CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY NEW SERIES 62 VOL. II—Nos. sf-75 1917-1925 CAMBRIDGE, MASSACHUSETTS, U. S. A. _ a hg ne ree pe oe - € * eo a a Pr he * bt fe as od af 4% . _ J Af s . Pre ae? wee 2 HW ¢ ifs f. Ge oe é if 3. fv ge a [ ae PA Lees AS i Pe TRIBUT : M. THE GRAY ‘HERBARIUM or 8 =No. LXI q-u'> ISLAND, WITH AC Proceedings of the Boston Society of Natural History. Vo. 36, No. 1, p. 1-103, pls. 1, 2. : - CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. New Srrizes.—No. LXIl. SABLE ISLAND, WITH A CAT CONTENTS. NN Ie aca. iso hve ET ED CREED OS oa we peewee Pas Stata Hr AIC ISIANG: sco Be anos CLC. eWeek oS Baty ee LENE A CME DEED TERED TE CTO SS eee ea Te T Wivat Viens Patabishment, 10). oo... 6 ee i oe ce eee Dieniaentes bie OF Gaile Island. ©. 5 2. oc eee ee reece se Changes in Wallace Lake:............:.eceeece eee eeeeeeeeeeees Zodlogy Tho endemic fresh-water SPONMe. «. 6.5 6-6 eve eee ec eee cee eee Ipswich Sparrow..........+-2eseceececec cect eereenesererecceece eee meek SG CHOMNIDINS. BIIIORIN, o 6 co sk 6 ho 5 RES - 0 ew ek eee Mabe Balan PONIES... so. ck sc ae ce cae e snes een tecceennans Botany Early botanical records.............0.+ see eee e cece eee ee eeenees ME aN iis ob ka os eo oe ss bo Ree Ke oe eon Seen Phytogeography............. cece eee cece e erect eee e eee ee eee Forestry experiments.........- +. 0-2 cece eee erect ett een eee Catalogue of the el RM es as ei ise 6 OG Se rah Al MI IRLIONIO ooo iw os oy So os bee oe a eet a ee ess List of new species, varieties, and forms...............++++-- Tabular statement of families, genera, species, varieties, and forms of the native or adventive flora...........-++++.50+ Bibliography.......020s0secesee eee cee cree ste cetccesessserereseres INTRODUCTION. In the summer of 1913, the writer made a botanical collecting trip to Sable Island, Nova Scotia. The journey was taken at the sugges- tion of Prof. Merritt L. Fernald, without whose continued inspiration and practical assistance, its results 2ould scarcely have been brought together in the present report. There are many other acknowledg- ments to make, especially to Dr. B. L. Robinson, who arranged to have the writer go as a collector from the Gray Herbarium, and who has forwarded in every way the completion of the work. Miss Mary A. Day. Librarian of the Gray Herbarium, has frequently been of great assistance, especially in bibliographical matters. The writer wishes particularly to express his thanks to the responsible Canadian Government officials because of their constant readiness to make the expedition possible and pleasant. Unless a shipwrecked waif, one may not land on Sable Island without a permit from the Government. Mr. A. Johnston, Deputy Minister of Marine and Fisheries, of Otta- wa, and Mr. C. H. Harvey, Agent of Marine and Fisheries, at Hali- fax, gave permission to visit the island and arranged for transporta- tion on Government steamers. The Superintendent of Sable Is- land, Capt. J. U. Blakeney, both officially and personally, was help- ful in every way possible, as were the members of the staff of the Life Saving Stations, the Lighthouses, and the Marconi Station. In Hal- ifax by good fortune it was possible to meet Mr. Robert J. Bouteillier, former Superintendent of Sable Island. His unusual intelligence and keen powers of observation had given him during his long period of residence 28 years, an unrivalled knowledge of Sable Island and its phenomena. This knowledge he has frequently shared. To the late Mr. J. M. Macoun of the Canadian Geological Survey and to Dr. H. T. Giissow of the Central Experimental Farm, Ottawa, thanks are extended for the loan of specimens. Mr. Edwin R. Jump has kindly read part of the manuscript and checked it with his intensive knowl- edge of the history of Sable Island. The neommpenyieg plates were drawn by Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews. 6 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. PRESENT STATUS OF SABLE ISLAND. Stretching between Cape Cod and Newfoundland is a series of shoals or banks, Nantucket Shoals, Georges Bank, Brown’s Bank, La Have Bank, Sambro Bank, Emerald Bank, Sable Island Bank, Mid- dle Ground, Canso Bank, Misaine Bank, Artimon Bank, Banquereau, St. Pierre Bank, Green Banks, and the Grand Banks of Newfoundland. In all this stretch there is but one spot above high-tide level, Sable Island, a long crescent of sand dunes, twenty miles in length and less than one mile broad. The visitor to Sable Island will start from Halifax, Nova Scotia, and steam eastward 150 miles. If the weather is calm and there have been no northerly winds for two or three days, the steamer will ap- proach the northerly, that is to say, the inner side of the crescent- shaped island, and anchor a mile or more from land. Surf-boats put out from the beach and soon the landing of the few passengers and the very important supplies is begun. On the way to the beach there are three troublesome bars that must be crossed on the crest of a big wave, so the trip is exciting enough for the most venturesome, and all the passengers are glad to have the boat’s nose ground in the soft sand of the beach, above which rises a steep sand dune. If he climbs the tall look-out mast crowning it, he will see that this dune is continued as a ridge or range of dunes skirting the top of the North Beach throughout the whole length of the island, and that this ridge. called the North Ridge, forms the backbone of the island. Near the east end of the island the dunes attain their greatest height, and at one place between Life Saving Stations Nos.3 and 4, the North Ridge rises to a peak called Rigging Hill, nearly 100 feet in height. From the North Ridge the dunes run inland diminishing in height and separated by dry or wet dune hollows. In some places there are definite cross- ridges of dunes. In every case these have their western faces bare, a condition caused by the constant erosion of the prevailing westerly winds. From the west end of the island, for a distance of twelve miles, the central strip is occupied by a large salt lake, Wallace Lake. The drifting sand has recently filled up a section of the lake a mile long and divided it into two unequal parts. The farther shore of Wallace Lake is formed by a narrow strip of sand, the South Beach. Near the eastern end of Wallace Lake there are a few dunes on the Scuth Beach, the only remnants of the protecting ridge of dunes that ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 7 used to run the whole length of that beach. In the larger dune hol- lows are fresh-water ponds, and near the shores, and especially at the eastern end of Wallace Lake, are series of brackish ponds. The dunes, especially those near the sea, and the pond shores are well covered with vegetation. The beach grass forms a thin covering over all but the most recent dunes and flats, but there are great stretches, espec- ially near the East End, where the blown sand is beyond control, drift- ing over everything and forming a barren desert of shifting white sand. This is a bird’s-eye view of Sable Island as it was in 1913, but we know from trustworthy records that many changes had taken place and that previously it was very different, at least in size. Earzty History oF SABLE ISLAND. Who was the first of the European voyagers to sight Sable Island, we cannot now say. It is certain, though, that at the beginning of the 16th century, the fishermen of western Europe were acquainted with it.’ “This is shown by maps of the period. One preserved in the royal library at Munich, marked as made by Pedro Reinel, who is described by Herrera as ‘a portuguese pilot of much fame,’ and supposed to be of about the year 1505, has it under the name of ta Cruz. “On the 13th March, 1521, the King of Portugal granted to Joan Alvarez Fagundez a large territory embracing Nova Scotia and ad- jacencies, together with various islands lying off it, which he is said to _ discovered on a previous voyage, and among them is Santa Cruz gs Gastaldi, a distinguished Italian cartographer, in a map of 1548, represents it under the name Isolla del Arena, and he is followed by his countryman, Zaltieri in 1566. But as early as 1546 Joannes Freire, a Portuguese mapmaker, calls it I. de Sable, * * * and by the nage of that period it seems to have been commonly known by that name.’ This is no place to give a detailed history of Sable Island; conse- quently only the more important facts, especially those bearing on its physiography or natural history, will be mentioned. 1 Much of this historical data has been freely drawn from Patterson, Rev. - Sable Island: Its History and Phenomena. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. xii. §2. 3-49 (1894). 8 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. Many of the early voyagers refer to the herds of cattle to be found on the island, and there is a great deal of conflicting evidence as to how and when they got there. According to Champlain, they were left there about the year 1552 by the Portuguese. “Not only does. Champlain mention the fact, but we find the same asserted by the historian of Sir Humphrey Gilbert’s expedition. That intrepid mar- iner sailed from Newfoundland in 1583 for the American coast in- tending, after making Cape Breton, to go to Sable Island, as the writ- er says, ‘upon intelligence we had of a Portugal who was himself pre- sent when the Portugals, above thirty years past,’ consequently be- fore 1553, ‘did put into the same island neat and swine to breed, which were since exceedingly multiplied.’ Eight days after sailing from Newfoundland, or early in the morning of the 29th of August the largest ship of the three in the fleet, the ‘Admiral’ of 120 tons, with Maurice Browne, captain, and Richard Clarke, master, first ran among shoals, then stroke aground and had soone after her sterne and hinder partes beaten in peeces’.”! It has been gen- erally interpreted as by Brymner? that this happened on Sable Is- land. There are two accounts of the event, one by Clarke, a relation of Richard Clarke, the master of the Admiral, the other by Hayes, captain and owner of the Golden Hinde. These contradictory ac- counts are both given by Hakluyt. All of the evidence has been re- viewed by Patterson* who concludes that the wreck of the Admiral could not have taken place upon Sable Island and that it pro- bably occured upon Cape Breton, near Louisbourg. “The island’ and the cattle upon it next come into notice by the expedition of Troilus du Mesgouez, Marquis de la Roche. He was a Catholic nobleman of Brittany, who had from his youth been connected with the French court. He agreed with the King to found a colony in America, and for that purpose received from him a com- mission in which he was named lieutenant-general of Canada, Hochel- aga, Newfoundland, Labrador, and the countries adjacent, with sovereign power over this vast domain. This commission was first 1 Patterson, I. c. 8. * Brymner, Douglas: Rept. on Canadian Archives, pp. Xxv—xxvii (1895), * Patterson, Rev. George: Termination of Sir Humphrey Gilbert’s Expe- dition. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 2nd ser. iii. part 2, 113-27, 2 illustr. and 1 chart (1897). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 9 issued in 1578.’’ Biggar tells us' that “he did not set sail until 1584. Unfortunately his largest vessel with over one hundred colonists on board was wrecked near Brouague and the voyage had to be aban- doned.”’ “In that year [1598] he set out with one small vessel, under Chef d’hétel, a distinguished Norman pilot. * * * His expedition was so modest, not to say cheap, in its proportion and equipment as to seem quite unworthy of its ambitious mission, or the vice-regal rank of its commander. One vessel constituted the fleet, and it is so small, that, according to a contemporary chronicle, you could wash your hands in the water without leaving the deck, while forty out of the sixty men comprising the marquis’ army of occupation and evangel- ization, were convicts chosen from the royal prisons. ”’? Biggar, who has investigated many of the old archives, gives us a somewhat different account. He quotes the contract made in March, 1597, between la Roche and Chefdostel, master of the La Catherine of 170 tons. Chefdostel was to transport a company of soldiers to Sable Island on condition that la Roche should pay for half the car- go of salt, half the wages of the crew, and the whole of the provisions. A year later la Roche, failing to attract bona fide colonists, was allow- ed to take convicts from the jails of Brittany and Normandy. On the 16th of March, 1598, la Roche made a new contract. with Chef- dostel who for 600 crowns was to transport the convicts to Sable Is- land. Two days later a similar contract was made with Jehan Girot, master of the Francoise, who having a smaller vessel was to receive 100 crowns. The Marquis de la Roche obtained 200 or 250 convicts, male and female, from the prisons, but it appears that he allowed many of these to purchase their freedom bef iling. Hesetsailin 1598 and onreach- ing Sable Island landed 40, 50, or 60 of the convicts, leaving with them a small supply of provisions and goods; then he sailed away to 1 Biggar, H. P.: The Early Trading Companies of New France, 39 (1901). 2 Oxley, J. M.: Mag. of Amer. Hist. xv. 166 (1886). 3 Charlevoix, P. F. X.: Histoire et Description de la Nouvelle France, i. 109 (1744), says 40 convicts were landed; Gosselin, E.: Early French Voyages to Newfoundland, Mag. Am. Hist. viii. 288 (1882), says that the colonists “with the exception of fifty, refused to disembark, and compelled de la Roche to bring them back to France”; Biggar, H. P.: The Early Trading Companies of New France, 40 (1901), says that only sixty persons were actually landed on the island. 10 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. explore the neighboring coast of Acadia. He intended “to select a site for settlement, to which he proposed afterwards to remove them. On his return he was caught by a tempest, which drove him east- ward. His frail bark was obliged to run before the storm, and at last he reached France, intending soon to return. But misfortune attend- ed him. The Duc de Moncoeur is said to have cast him into prison. At all events five years elapsed before anything could be done for the relief of the unfortunate creatures he had left behind.’ “At first it would seem as if on being thus released from all restraint they fought with one another like entrapped rats, for Les-carbot tells that ‘ces gens se mutinérent, et se coupérent la gorge l’un a l’autre’. Then as the horror of their situation fully dawned upon them, and they realized that only by harmonious co-operation could any life be preserved, better counsels prevailed, and systematic efforts were put forth to secure a maintenance. From the wreck of a Spanish ship they built themselves huts, the ocean furnished them with fire-wood, the wild cattle with meat, the seals with clothing, and with some seeds and farming implements happily included among the ‘bagage’ mentioned by Les-carbot, they carried on agricultural operations in a sheltered valley by the lake-side whose tradition remains to this day by the locality being known as the French Gardens. “Despite these alleviations in the rigor of their fate, however, the utter absence of the most necessary comforts, and their own evil deeds so reduced their numbers that when, in 1603, the King sent a vessel [under Chef d’hétel, the same pilot] to bring them back, only eleven out of the original forty were found alive, clad in their self- made seal-skin garments, broken, haggard, and unkempt, they were presented before Henry IV., and their harrowing tale so touched the royal heart that they each received a full pardon for their crimes, and a solatium of fifty golden crowns. The strangest part of the story remains yet to be told. Undeterred by an experience that was surely sufficient to appall the stoutest hearted, these Rip Van Winkles of the sea, whose names may still be found in record in the Registres @ Audience du Parliament de Rouen, returned to their place of exile, and drove a thriving trade in furs and ivory with their mother country for many years, until one by one they passed away.’’2 1 Patterson, l. c. 8. ? Oxley, l. c. 167. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 11 From Governor John Winthrop’s Journal! we learn that “Mr. John Rose, being cast ashore there in the [Mary and Jane] two years since [1633], and making a small pinnace of the wreck of his ship, sailed thence to the French upon the main, being thirty leagues off, by whom he was detained prisoner, and forced to pilot them to the is- land, where they had great store of sea-horse and cattle, and black foxes; and they left seventeen men upon the island to inhabit it. The island is thirty miles long, two miles broad in most places, a mere sand, yet full of fresh water in ponds, etc. He saw about eight hundred cattle, small and great, all red, and the largest he ever saw, and many foxes whereof some perfect black. There is no wood upon it, but store of wild peas and flags by the ponds, and grass. In the middle of it is a pond of salt water, ten miles long, full of plaice etc.” “In 1634 the island was granted, along with Port Royal and La Heve, by the Company of the Hundred Associates, to Claude de Razilli, brother of Isaac de Razilli, who had been appointed comman- der or governor-in-chief of Acadia, and who had commenced a settle- ment at La Heve.”? In the following year, 1635, according to Governor John Winthrop’, “Mr. Graves, in the James, and Mr. Hodges, in the Rebecka, set sail for the Isle of Sable for sea horse (which are there in great number) and wild cows. * * * The company which went now, carried twelve landmen, two mastiffs, a house and a shallop. “[August 26.] They returned from their voyage. They found there upon the island sixteen Frenchmen, who had wintered there, and built a little fort, and killed some black foxes. They had killed also many of the cattle, so as they found not above one hundred and forty, and but two or three calves. They could kill but few sea-horse, by reason they were forced to travel so far in the sand as they were too weak to stick them, and they came away at such time as they [the sea-horse or walrus] use to go up highest to eat green peas. The winter there is very cold, and the snow above knee deep.” Commander de Razilli died that year or the next, and his brother transferred the rights of both to Charnisay, and the French seem to have abandoned the island. 1 Winthrop, John: The History of New England from 1630 to 1649, edited by James Savage, i. 162 (1825). 2 Patterson, George: Supplementary Notes on Sable Island. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. 2nd series, iii. § 2, 133 (1897). 12. PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. Governor Winthrop also records! that in the summer of 1642 “the merchants of Boston sent out a vessel again to the isle of Sable, with 12 men, to stay there a year. They sent again in the 8th month, and in three weeks the vessel returned and brought home 400 pair of sea horse teeth, which were esteemed worth £300, and left all the men well and 12 tons of oil and many skins, which they could not bring away, being put from the island in a storm.” In the 4th month of 1642, “the adventurers to the Isle of Sable fetched off their men and goods all safe. The oil, teeth seal and horse hides, and some black fox skins came near to £1500.” As we learn from a letter by Bishop Saint Vallier, written in 1686, the Acadians caught and shipped large numbers of the wild cattle to their homes on the mainland, where they domesticated them. We do not find the wild cattle mentioned after this time. During the early part of the 18th century we hear very little of Sable Island. It was next brought into prominence by the Rev. An- drew Le Mercier, a graduate of Geneva and of old Huguenot stock, who, in 1719, became pastor of the French Protestant Church in Bos- ton. In 1729, on the arrival of Governor Phillips in Nova Scotia, Le Mercier proposed to him to plant a colony of French Protestants in Nova Scotia. The Governor recommended a grant of 5,000 acres, but nothing came of it. On the 6th of March, 1738, we find Le Mer- cier petitioning? Governor Armstrong for a grant of Sable Island, but after approval of his petition, he was unwilling to pay the penny an acre quit-rent. At this time, Le Mercier sent stock to the island pre- paratory to moving his family there. In 1740, he again applied for a grant of the island arguing‘ that as the land is “low, boggy and sandy scil, with large ponds or settlings of water occasioned by the overflow- ings of the tides, he thinks the penny an acre too much for what can net be improved.” At the instance of Le Mercier, the Governor of Nova Scotia issued two proclamations forbidding any molestation of Le Mercier’s estab- lishment on Sable Island. Nevertheless, he suffered losses and ad- vertised in a Boston paper’, in 1744, a reward of £40 for the detection 1 Winthrop, I. c. ii. 34. ? Winthrop, I. c. 67. ’ Murdoch, Beamish: Hist. of Nova Scotia, i. 523 (1865). ‘ [bid., ii. 6 (1866). * Boston Evening-Post, Jan. 30 (1744). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 13 of the plunderers, saying, “Notwithstanding those two Proclama- tions, the love of Money, which is the Root of all Evil, is so deeply root- ed in the Hearts of some Fishermen, that they have sundry Times Stole our Cattle and our Goods, regarding neither the Laws of God or of Man, neither Justice to me, or Humanity to Shipwreck’d Men, which by their Wickedness they endeavor to Starve, and minding neither natural or revealed Religion and their eternal Damnation, nor even their own temporal Interest, which is certainly not to hin- der but to promote the abovesaid Settlement, since it may be their Case one Time or other to be cast away upon the Island Sables, and to want there those Things which they have carried off.” In the year 1746, the Duc d’ Anville, in his expedition against the British colonies, was overtaken by a severe storm near this island and lost a transport and a fire-ship. In 1753, Le Mercier published a detailed notice of Sable Island.! It is really an advertisement, by means of which he boped to sell the island, so we must understand and discount the very rosy light in which it is portrayed. As the article is of very considerable interest, and as it is not readily available to all readers, it seems worth while to quote it here in its entirety. “TO BE SOLD by me the Subscriber “(Andrew Le Mercier, Pastor of the French Church) “Tue IstanpD Sables. “ The Publick hath here a short description of tt for nothing. “Sarp Island is situated at the Distance of about 40 Leagues from Halifax, thirty from Cape Breton, and 50 from Newfoundland; a good Market for the Produce of the Island, Cattle & Roots of all sorts. It is about 28 Miles long, one Mile over, and contains about 10,000 Acres of Land, 500 of which are quite barren, all the rest produces or may bear something. Their are neither River or Brooks or fresh Water, but everywhere even upon the Beach you may come to fresh clear Water by digging about 3 feet, by which means the root of the Grass is always kept cool and alive, so that it cannot be much subject to a Drought, as it was experienced three Years ago. The Climate may be called temperate, for as in Winter the Snow hardly lies above three 1 Le Mercier, Andrew: The Island Sables. Boston Weekly News Letter, February 8 (1753). 14 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. Days on the Ground, so it is never extream hot in Summer, and it is a rare thing to be frightened by any Thunder. It bears no venomous Creatures of any sort, and hardly any Flies.—The high Winds clear the air, which makes it healthy; and nature hath furnished it with medicinal Plants and Shrubs:—It preduces naturally near 20 sorts of Berries, out of which some People suppose very good Liquors and Wines might be expressed— It looks all green in Winter with the Juniper Bushes and red in Summer with the large Straw- berries and other wild Fruits which it bears.—It hath abundance of wild or Beach Pease, which fatten the Cattle very well:—By several Pieces of petrified Wood found there it is supposed that the Sand hath a Property of petrifying Wood.—Within these seven or eight Years Providence hath opened a Communication between the great Pond (fifteen Miles long) and the Sea, which hath made a safe and large Harbour, but the Entrance is barred so that large and sharp Vessels cannot get into it; but as there is about 8 Feet of Water over the Bar at high Water there is sufficient Passage (as we know by Experience) for Vessels of 30 Tuns or more, if not built Sharp.—The Ponds abound with Flounders and Eels; the Beech itself with Clams and Sand Eels; the Air with Fowls, and especially with black Ducks, so as to make money with their Feathers. The Soil is so natural for all sorts of Roots, especially Turnipe, that they are not only uncommonly sweet there but also uncommonly large, some weighing 7 Pounds a piece:—Rye grows there very naturally and also Wheat at the Rate of 13 Bushels per acre. It is supposed that Flax would grow there very well; it would also produce Indian Corn well enough if the high Winds in the Fall did not break it:—There is neither Trees (but many Bushes) nor Stones.—The Grass is tall, thick and hath a very sweet taste and nourishing Property; there is some English Grass, but the other is more profitable, and there is enough to feed some thousand Heads of Cattle:—Horses breed and grow there without Care or Trouble; there is all Winter long Grass enough or near enough for them, so that they eat but little of the Hay which is made for them in the Summer or the Fall_—The raising of Sheep, Horn-Cattle, and especially of Horses is the most Advantagious (as for the Grain there are not above 400 Acres where it may be raised). The Care of Gardens and Cattle take up our People’s Time in Summer, in Winter they go to kill Seils and boil their Fat into Oyl, as well as that of Whales, which now and then are cast away dead upon the Beach. The Island finds them in ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 15 Turf and the Sea brings them Wood; so they are not deprived of the Necessaries of Life, nor without Profits of several Sorts; besides their having the pleasure of saving many Men’s Lives, according to the motto of the Island, viz—Destruo & Salvo. When I took Possession of the Island there was no four-footed Creatures upon it, but a few foxes some red and some black (some of which remain to this Day) now there are I suppose about 90 Sheep, between 20 or 30 Horses in- cluding Colts, Stallions and breeding Mares, about 30 or 40 Cows tame and Wild, and 40 Hogs. There are all sorts of Utensils for Farming and trying Fat, several Boats and six or seven small Houses and Warehouses. The advantages which do acrue or may acrue from the Improvement of that Place are so great that I would not easily part with it if I was so skilful in Navigation and Shipping as is nec- essary: That Ignorance of mine induces me (not any Defect in the Island itself) to part with it. If any Person desires to purchase it, and to know further about it, they may see at my House a Map and Plan of it, or if they live at a Distance by letters sent (Postage free) they may enquire about any Thing, they want to be satisfied in, and I will endeavor to give them all the Light they desire. I must know their Mind within 2 or 3 Months, that the Crew now upon the Is- land, may be disposed of accordingly.” “ Boston, the 5th Day of Andrew Le Mercier, “ February, 1753 Pastor of the French Church.” It does not appear that Le Mercier found a purchaser. He died on March 31st, 1764, and his will, drawn on the 7th of November, 1761, does not mention Sable Island. At least in 1760, the island was un-— inhabited and a certain Boston merchant, Thomas Hancock’, desir- ing to relieve the sufferings of those shipwrecked, fitted out a schooner with “Horses, Cows, Sheep, Goats, Hogs and Animals likely to live on the Island. They were landed there and generally answered very well.” In 1760, a vessel with a part of the 43d regiment, returning from the capture of Quebec, was wrecked on the island. The evidence of this was found long afterward. “In the year 1842, during a severe gale, an old landmark in the form of a pyramid, said to be one hun- dred feet high, was completely blown away, exposing some small huts built of the timbers and planks of a vessel. On examination they were found to contain quite a number of articles of furniture, stores 1 Rept. on Canadian Archives, 86 (1895). 16 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. put in boxes, bales of blankets, a quantity of military shoes, and, among other articles, a dog-collar of brass, on which was engraved the name of Major Elliott, 43rd regiment. On referring to the re- cords of the regiment, however, it was found that the party had been taken off the island. The site of the encampment is now under at least five fathoms of water.””! In 1774, permission was granted by Governor Legge, and approved by the King, to Michael Flannigan and his associates to reside on the island.2. We know nothing of their intentions or the length of their stay. During the War of the American Revolution, American privateers frequently visited Sable Island and made great inroads on all its re- sources. By the close of the hostilities none of the animals remained, except a few of the horses. Moses Gerrish, a Newburyport skipper, was shipwrecked on Sable Island on a homeward voyage from the Banks, November 9, 1787. The provisions which he and his crew saved, and a number of young seal lasted them about 60 days when they “had recourse to the horses * * we killed and eat 13 of them. * * * Being with- out ammunition, we were obliged to dig pits to betray horses, it be- ing impossible to get them in any other way.’ He was rescued on the 18th of April by Capt. Nathaniel Preble of the schooner Betsy. In the year 1789, a certain Jesse Lawrence. “who lived on the isle of Sable, to receive wrecked people, and to carry on the seal fishery, was attacked by people from Massachusetts, who landed there and - wantonly pillaged and destroyed his house and effects, and then com- pelled him to leave the island. He received some compensation from Governor Hancock [of Massachusetts] and his council, which still left him a sufferer.’ During the last few years of the 18th century, Sable Island was the scene of many disastrous shipwrecks, and at this time objects of great value and foreign origin, laces, jewelry, etc., were seen in the cabins of certain Nova-Scotian fishermen, and ugly tales were told about wreck- Poon, George: Sable Island. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. xii. § 2, 11-12 2 Murdoch, Beamish: Hist. of Nova-Scotia, ii. 526 (1866). * Essex Journal and New Hampshire Packet (1788); and Boston Herald and Journal, December 28 (1917). * Murdoch, l. ¢. iii. 78 (1867); and Nova Scotia Gazette, February 10 (1789). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 17 ers and pirates preying on any unfortunates cast upon the island. So notorious was this condition, that at the instance of Sir John Went- worth an act was passed in 1801 for the protection of shipwrecked property; and unauthorized persons were forbidden to dwell on Sable Island, and were forcibly removed. The captain and the crew of one of the vessels cast away at this time were forced to stay on Sable Island through the winter. It be- came the Captain’s custom after each storm to examine the part of the island most affected by it. In doing this he counted over 40 wrecks, which had been uncovered, not one of which was visible before. First HumMANE ESTABLISHMENT, 1801. On the 25th of June, 1801, the House of Assembly of Nova Scotia authorized the settling of three families on Sable Island and voted £600 to defray the expenses. James Morris was appointed the first Superintendent, and on the 13th of October, he with his family and assistants was landed on the island. The object was to save the lives and the property of people shipwrecked on the island. Three years later, by an official report, we learn that from five wrecks, Supt. Mor- ris and his staff were i a for saving the lives of 41 persons and £2,300 worth of prope Between 1801 and ie there have been 176 known wrecks on the Island, and it is estimated from bits of wreckage that at least as many “missing ships” have struck and gone down with all hands on the more distant parts of the bars. The Northwest Bar extends 11 miles beyond the West End of the island and the Northeast Bar 16 miles beyond the East End, so that in time of storms the island and its bars form a line of breakers and shoals nearly 50 miles one that bodes ill for any mariner who attempts to cross. During the War of 1812, President Madison issued strict orders that “the public and private armed vessels of the United States are not to interrupt any British unarmed vessels bound to Sable Island, and laden with supplies for the humane establishment at that place.’”! The establishment has continued to the present day, supported at first by the government of Nova Scotia, then by Nova Scotia and Great Britain jointly, and now by Canada and Great Britain. In 1913, it consisted of five Life Saving Stations and two Sento with a staff of twenty-one men,and a} itl 1 Niles’ Weekly Register, iii. 191 (1812). five men, the 18 PROC : BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. total population including the families being about sixty persons. In the records of this establishment we have continuous detailed informa- tion as to the conditions on Sable Island. DIMINISHING SIZE OF SABLE ISLAND. We find Sable Island represented on the early charts of the coast of North America such as that by Reinel, in 1505, by Rotz in 1542, by Joannes Freire in 1546, by Vaz Dourado in 1573, and by that of Hakluyt in 1598-1600. It also appears on the small-scale maps by Philippe Buache in 1736, and that by Bellin in 1757. In 1766 and 1767, Joseph Frederick Wallet Des Barres made a sur- vey of Sable Island, published! in 1777 and 1779. It is drawn on two different scales, the larger about one-half a mile to the inch. He gives several hundred soundings near the island and locates it be- tween 60° 01’ and 60° 32’ W. Long. The island itself is shown asa long flat crescent, in shape much as it is to-day, and 30 miles long by 2 miles broad. The second highest hill is 146 feet above sea level. The center of the island is shown with an inland lake 12 feet in depth, with an opening to the sea on the north side. Al- most continuous ridges of dunes shelter this lake on both the north and the south sides. Des Barres says, “The whole island is composed of fine white sand, much coarser than any of the soundings about it, and inter-mixed with small transparent stones. Its face is very brok- en, and hove up in little hills, knobs and cliffs, wildly — together, within which are hollows and ponds of fresh water, * The Ram’s Head is the highest hill on this island; it has a steep cliff on the north west and falls gently to the south east. The Naked Sand Hills are one hundred and forty-six feet of perpendicular height above the level of high-water mark, * * * * * Gratia Hill is a knob at the top of a =— the height of which is one hundred and twenty-six feet * Of this same Sein is a chart by Capt. John Montresor: Map of Nova Scotia or Acadia; with the Islands of Cape Breton and St. John’s, from Actual Surveys, by Capt. Montresor, 1768. The scale is about 6 miles to the inch. Sable Island is shown as 30 24 miles in length by 2 miles in breadth. The salt lake has an opening at its western end through the South Beach. The dunes extend half-way 1 Atlantic — i ees and 1779). * Des Barres, l. ¢ ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 19 down the South Beach, but the remainder is shown as a mere sand flat. There is no detail as to the fresh-water ponds or the individual dunes. Another British Admiralty chart of Sable Island, dated 1770, ap- peared as Chart 8 in Robert Sayer’s North American Pilot of 1779. These charts were drawn from original surveys by James Cook, Mi- chael Lane, Surveyors, Joseph Gilbert, and other officers in the King’s Service, and they were engraved by Thomas Jeffreys, and printed by R. Sayer and J. Bennett. Although this Sayer chart was, like the Des Barres chart, an official British Admiralty chart and was pub- lished in a volume of the same year as the second issue of the Des Bar- res chart, and althcugh there is no indication of the identity of the surveyor of the Sayer chart, yet the two charts were undoubtedly based on two distinct and independent surveys. The Sayer chart is on the scale about 3 miles to the inch. The outline of the island is the same flat crescent, like that shown by Des Barres, and the length is “about 30 Miles, in Breadth across the Pond, Meadow and upland a Mile;’”’ but the details are quite different. There is no indication of the height of the sand dunes; and the local place-names differ. The opening from the salt lake through the North Ridge has been drifted over and appears as a sand flat, marked, “The Place to Dig for a Harbour.” Instead there is an opening through the South Beach at the western end of the salt lake. The South Beach is shown with a line of dunes running for six miles from the east end, then for the rest of its length it is shown as a mere sand flat with a few remnants of dunes. This chart lacks the detail of the location of the fresh-water ponds and the numerous ridges of dunes such as appears on the Des Barres chart. Superintendent James Morris, in 1801, estimated one hill at the east end to be 200 feet high and others to be 150 feet high. Lieut. Burton, in 1808, made a survey of the island when it was pro- posed to place a lighthouse there. He reported the island to be 30 miles in length and 2 miles in breadth, with hills from 150 to 200 feet, beginning at the west end, and attaining their greatest elevation at Mount Knight, its eastern extremity. When, in 1802, the position for the main station was chosen, it was one remarkably sheltered among the sand hills, 5 miles from the West nd. “Tn 1814 the Superintendent, Mr. Hudson, wrote the Government, that owing to the rapid manner in which the island was being washed | 20 PROC ‘GS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. away it would be necessary for him to remove the establishment to a more secure position; that within 4 years previous, 4 miles had gone entirely from the west end, leaving but a mile between him and the sea which was advancing steadily. On the north side an area equal to 4,0 ft. wide and 3 miles long had gone bodily from the island during a single night. He intended to move the buildings to a place called “Middle Houses’, 3 miles further east. “In 1820 the Superintendent again wrote the Government, that not only had the old site of the main station gone seaward; but the sea Was again encroaching to such an alarming extent that he would be obliged to once more remove the station, and had selected a place known as the ‘Haul over,’ 4 miles further east. Here it enjoyed a short respite when again the sea threatened its foundation. fe again the sea advanced, the two following winters were noted for the frequency of storms, and the havoc made along the sand cliffs, every gale sensibly diminishing the western portion of the island, toppling great masses of sand hills into the surf below as well as changing the surface of the interior. Oneinstance * * * when thousands of tons of sand were carried from the beach and strewn over the island, smothering vegetation, so that hundreds of horses died for want of food.”’! It has been argued by J. B. Gilpin’, and following him by Prof. John Macoun’, that the action of the wind is here always constructive, that it takes the sand from the dry upper beach, moves it inland and builds it up into the dunes, but that it does not act as a waster. It does build up, of course, but on the lee side it is also picking up the sand grains and carrying them out over the sea, where at the slightest lull they drop into the water, and are lost, as far as Sable Island is concerned. That the wind is constantly shifting the sand in what- ever direction the wind happens to blow, is forcibly brought to the attention of anyone who ventures out of doors in a strong wind. If the wind is blowing 20 miles an hour or more, it picks up so much sand that it acts like a veritable sand-blast. In consequence all the lights of glass in the windows become quickly dulled and soon so abraded that they are no longer transparent but only translucent. Any trav- eller feels it and is forced to shield his eyes, face, and bands from its severe action. * Macdonald, S. D.: Trans. N.S. Inst. Nat. Sci. vi. part 2, 113 (1884). * Gilpin, J. B.: Sable Island, 19 (1858). * Ann. Rep. Geol. Surv. Can. n. s. xii. 213A (1899). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 21 As stated, this shifting of the sand often completely buries the veg- etation of considerable areas. This is indicated by the layers of dark peat usually less than an inch in thickness that may be seen in vert- ical sections of the dunes such as are often exposed when the wind opens a new gulch. In 1913, two of the Life Saving Stations, no. 2 and no. 4, were seriously threatened with being buried by the shift- ing sand. Both were situated near and in the lee of the North Ridge, the high and nearly continuous line of grass-covered dunes that skirts the crest of the North Beach. In each case the wind had madea break and opened a gulch in the North Ridge opposite the stations. Every north wind enlarged the two gulches and piled the sand, tons of it, around the two stations. The necessity cf moving these stations was seriously being considered. The old main station-house was again moved, two miles farther east. When the sea later undermined the new foundation, it took the old house too. A chart of Sable Island by Capt. Joseph Darby was published in 1824 and revised in 1829. It is on the scale of 3 miles to the inch. The island is shown as 2514 miles long, and the South Beach is shown with an almost continuous line of dunes. Wallace Lake ap- pears 15 miles in length, and with the dunes extending 2 miles beyond its western end. Capt. Darby reports in Blunt’s Coast Pilot of 1832, “T have known this island for 28 years, during which time the west end has decreased in length 7 miles, although the outer breakers of the N. W. bar have the same bearings from the west end of the Island as they formerly had, demonstrating that the whole bank and bar are travelling east- ward.” Mr. Miller, in 1833, selected a site for a lighthouse, but in 1837, on revisiting it, he found that it had undergone a complete change and he was forced to recommend a temporary site and a lighthouse such as could be easily removed. A severe gale in 1842, completely demolished an old landmark, a pyramidal hill near the west-end station said to be 100 feet in height. Under this were found relics left by Maj. Elliott and men of the 43d Regiment, wrecked here in 1761. The Hon. Joseph Howe visited the island as Commissioner in 1851. In his report is the startling statement that during 30 years, 11 miles by actual measurement of the western end had been washed away. 22 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. At this time, 1851, Capt. H. W. Bayfield! made another survey of Sable Island and the bank about it. He determined the position of the East and West Ends as 59° 45’ 59’”” W. long., and 60°8’57”’ W. long. “The east extreme of the sand hills alone remains unchanged for comparison with the observations of Admiral Ogle’s officers [in 1828], and it is satisfactory to find, that there was not only no reason to find fault with their determination, but that their latitude and al- so the meridian distance from Halifax is the same as ours, within two or three seconds of space. About two miles of the west end of the Island have been washed away since they observed in 1828, and this reduction of the Island, and consequent addition to the western bar is reported to have been in operation at least since 1811, and seems almost certain to continue. A comparison some years hence with the present survey, can alone show precisely the amount of waste in any given time, the correctness or otherwise of the reported shifting of the bars, and of the opinion that the Island is insensibly becoming nar- rower, &c. All agree that there has been no material change in the east end of the Island within the memory of anyone acquainted with it, : For the next twenty years the island enjoyed a period of compara- tive stability and calm. The winter of 1881-82, was marked by a succession of severe gales in which great erosion took place. The winds wasted from the sur- face of the dunes and the waves chopped off whole sections from the end of the island. During one gale an area of 70 feet by one-quarter mile vanished, as a month later in a few hours did 33 feet of the whole breadth of the island. Early in February occurred another violent gale, this time coincident with a high run of tides. The sea had worn away the embankment of dunes to within forty feet of a bluff on which stood the light-keeper’s barn. All hands stood by. The cat- tle were removed to the porch of the lighthouse. As the staff were watching the force of the waves that were undermining the embank- ment, suddenly they saw a depression in the margin of the cliff, and the next instant an area equal to 48 feet wide and one-quarter mile long vanished into the breakers on the north side. During the night the forty feet in front of the barn vanished, and the next morning the barn itself went crashing down into the waves. ' Bayfield, fees H. W.: Append. to Journ. of House of Assembly, Prov. of N. 8. no. 24, 167-168 (1851). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 23 The sea was now within 12 feet of the West Lighthouse, a splendid tower built in 1873 at a cost of $40,000. During two days of un- usually quiet weather, a heavy ground-swell set in from the south- east undermining the embankment till the lighthouse canted over dangerously. Before the crash the apparatus was removed. Later it was installed about a mile further east. The sea continued to ad- vance and in 1888 the light was again removed, two miles farther east. From this time, another period of comparative stability started. It will be seen that such has been the regular course of events: dur- ing a few years every storm causes violent destruction of a part of the island, then follows a period of 10, 20, or 40 years of quiet. This is probably to be explained by the protecting action of the sand washed from the island and deposited on the surrounding bars during the years of active erosion. The building-up of these bars makes a pro- tecting ring upon which the waves break their fury before reaching the island. When these bars have been worn down the waves can again vigorously attack the island, and another period of destruction _ ensues. We have no more recent survey, but only the observations of those stationed on the island, which tell us that it is now twenty miles long, less than one mile broad, and its highest point, Rigging Hill, nearly 100 feet high. CHANGES IN WALLACE LAKE. The physical changes in Sable Island are also evidenced in Wallace Lake, the great salt-water aes that occupies the center of the island for over half its leng Le Mercier gives us our first good account! of this lake, in the year 1753. ‘Within these seven or eight Years, Providence hath opened a Communication between the great Pond (fifteen Miles long) and the Sea, which hath made a safe and large Harbour; but the Entrance is barred so that large and sharp Vessels cannot get into it; but as there is about 8 Feet of Water over the Bar at high Water there is sufficient Passage (as we know by Experience) for Vessels of 30 Tuns or more, if not built Sharp.” On Des Barres’ chart from the survey of 1766 and 1767 the lake is shown very much as at present, but with a broad opening to the sea through the dunes on the north side, with soundings in its center of 1 Boston Weekly News Letter, February 8 (1753). 24 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. 12 feet, and with a total length of 12 miles. Beyond its western end the sand dunes stretched continuously for about 5 miles. The South Beach was half a mile in width and had an almost continuous line of dunes 50 feet in height. In 1808, Superintendent James Morris writes of this channel, “It is completely shut, and it is difficult to trace where it has been.” In 1828, Superintendent Edward Hodg- son refers to this obliterated channel, urging that it be reopened. Some years afterward a terrific storm made a breach in the South Beach, again opening the salt pond to the sea, and making it available as a harbor for small vessels. In 1836, during a severe storm two American fishermen ran into this protected harbor for shelter, but the storm completely blecked up the channel, imprisoning the vessels, whose weathered timbers now lie on the shores of Wallace Lake. One of the gales in the winter of 1881 opened a gulch toward the eastern end, which so drained the lake as to reduce it to 8 miles in length, and rendered it so shallow as to be no longer useful in transporting ma- terials from one Life Saving Station to another. This gulch is now closed, and all the dunes beyond the western end of the lake have been washed away, only a narrow beach now separating the lake at this point from the sea. The waves have eaten off almost all of the South Beach, all of the line of dunes is gone except a small remnant near the eastern end, and the beach itself is so narrow now, that waves break over it in heavy weather. It is no longer possible to maintain a Life Saving Station on this South Beach. There is usually an opening, now through one or another part of the narrow South Beach. The wind has drifted sand across and filled up a strip, a mile wide in 1913, dividing Wallace Lake into two unequal parts. If we look back over this evidence and draw a contrast, it is a very striking one, for from various surveys of 1766-67, 1768, 1770, and 1801, the island was about 30 miles long, 1 to 2 miles broad, with hills 150 to 200 feet high; whereas now it is but 20 miles long, hardly 1 mile broad, and the highest hill does not even attain 100 feet. If the determination of the location of the island in the earlier sur- veys was correct, the whole island has been moving slowly eastward. The prevailing winds are westerly; the western end of the island is the lower and has suffered all of the severe erosion by wind and storm; and the eastern end is broader, with higher hills, and more drifting unanchored sand. As the bare undercut western side of the cross- ridges of dunes testifies the prevailing westerly winds are the dom- ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 25 inant eroding factor on the surface of the island, so that it is quite possible that the whole island is, under the compulsion of these west- erly winds, slowly creeping eastward along the summit of the Sable Island Bank. In any case, the island is rapidly wasting away. Three hundred years from now Sable Island, in all probability, will have vanished, and then there will be no lighthouse to warn the mariners of those times from the treacherous bars on the summit of the Sable Island Bank. The study of its fauna and flora will then be ancient history, only to be pursued by consulting the few specimens in the larger mus- eums and herbaria. Tue Enpemic FRESH-WATER SPONGE. An endemic species of fresh-water sponge, Heteromeyenia macount Mac Kay! has been described from Sable Island. “This sponge was collected in considerable abundance on the 18th of August, 1899, by Professor John Macoun, Botanist of the Geological Survey of Canada, in the fresh water pond found in the center of that great sand-shoal in the Atlantic Ocean, well known as Sable Island, nearly one hun- dred miles from Nova Scotia, the nearest part of the continent. It was growing around the submerged portion of the slender stems of Myriophyllum tenellum, Bigelow, in green, compact, lobular masses, showing, where broken, numerous orange yellow gemmules. “Tt appears to approach most nearly to the following fresh water sponges described by Potts: Heteromeyenia ryderi v. baleni, found from Florida to New Jersey, in its spiculation; and Heteromeyenia ryderi v. walshii, from Gilder Pond, Massachusetts, in the fasciculation of its ~ skeleton spicules.” Gilder Pond is at 1,800 feet altitude on the side of Mt. Everett, Mount Washington, Berkshire County, Massachu- setts.” : IpswicH SPARROW. The Ipswich Sparrow, first discovered in 1868 by C. J. Maynard among the sand dunes at Ipswich, has constantly been a source of interest to ornithologists. Repeated observations along the Atlan- tic seacoast proved it to be a regular migrant starting south from Nova Scotia in September, stopping at the bleak wind-swept areas of sand dunes on its journey to Maine, Virginia or sometimes to Georgia. 1Mac Kay, A. H.: Fresh Water Sponge from Sable Island. Trans. N. S. Inst. Sci. x. 319-322 (1900). 2 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia, 231 (1887). 26 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. In the early spring this shy, quiet bird follows the coast northward to its nesting grounds. In 1884, Robert Ridgway! suggested that a ser- ies cf eggs from Sable Island, collected by J. P. Dodd in July, 1862, might in reality be those of the Ipswich Sparrow. Immediately Dr. C. Hart Merriam? wrote to Rev. W. A. Des Brisay, a resident missionary at Sable Island, and obtained a specimen of the common “Gray Bird’ of the Island. The fact that this proved to be an Ipswich Sparrow added another link to the chain of accumula- ting evidence. It remained for Dr. Jonathan Dwight, Jr., however, act- ually to determine the breeding-haunts of this large pale-colored spar- row. In 1894, Dr. Dwight visited Sable Island, remaining there from the 28th of May till the 14th of June. During that time he found the Ipswich Sparrow breeding there; he studied its song, its habits; he collected sets of eggs and the cleverly hidden nests; and he learned that some of these “Gray Birds” as they are called by the Life Savers on Sable Island, are all the year residents, though most of them mi- grate southward in the fall. Persistent search on the mainland of Nova Scotia, on Cape Breton, on Prince Edward Island, and among the sand hills of the Magdalen Islands has failed to reveal or even hint that the Ipswich Sparrow ever breeds anywhere except on Sable Island. The bird is so small and so retiring that it has never attracted the notice of the fishermen, hunters, and desperadoes, who for centuries, just how many nc one can say, have frequented the island and brought persecution or destruction to one or another kind of animal life. Al- though neither man nor other living enemies disturb the bird, it does seem seriously threatened by other factors. Since all of the individuals of this species breed on Sable Island, is there a definite maximum of breeding pairs that can be supported? Of course this must be answered in the affirmative, and on a bleak, sterile island of about fifteen square miles in area, this maximum num- ber cannot be very large and it must now be smaller than in the past when Sable Island was much larger in size. But what of the future, when more and more of the island disappears in the waves, till finally it ceases to exist? Will the Ipswich Sparrow seek a new breeding- ground, or is it a species grown so conservative that it cannot make the change, and will vanish with its island home? The writer makes 1 Auk, i. 292 (1884). ? Auk, i. 390 (1884). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 27 no attempt to answer these questions that he has posed, but leaves them for the reader, or to the observers of future generations. NATIVE AND INTRODUCED ANIMALS. Most of the early voyagers were drawn to Sable Island because of the animal life, natural or introduced, that existed there. The Portu- guese fishermen, about 1520, placed cattle on the island, where they persisted and multiplied greatly. Johannes de Laet, in 1633, mentions the cattle and swine, as well as seals and black foxes. The convicts abandoned by Marquis de la Roche in 1598, lived on the cattle and clothed themselves in the skins of the seals. John Rose of Boston, when shipwrecked on Sable Island in 1633, saw, “about 800 cattle, small and great all red, and the largest he ever saw, and many foxes whereof some perfect black.”’ In the years that followed many parties sailed from Boston to the island to hunt the wild cattle, black fox, and the walrus. The cattle must have been killed off in the mean time for Andrew Le Mercier says, “ When I took Possession of the Island [1738] there was no four-footed creatures upon it, but a few foxes some red and some black (some of which remain to this day) [1753].” From his time on there are frequent mentions of wild horses or ponies on the island, but these we consider elsewhere. 'In 1801, with the outfit of the Humane Establishment, there were introduced on the island 1 three-year old bull, 2 young cows in calf, 1 young boar, 2 young sows, 1 male and 1 female goat, 2 rams, 8 ewes, and 1 horse. Superintendent Morris, in 1802, referred to the wild horses, “the only animals found on the island, if we except the rats and mice, which at one time became very troublesome.’’ Of the animals intreduced, it was found that the sheep did not thrive, all dying except two pet lambs brought up in the house. Several later attempts were made to maintain them on the island, but though done with care, all were unsuccessful. “The animals seemed to thrive, but one after another would be found dead, though quite fat. The officers in charge of the admiralty survey reported that they found a plant which was fatal to sheep.’! It has not been possible to deter- mine who made this report, nor to what species it alludes. The hogs ran wild and soon became quite fierce. They were all destroyed in 1814 because of their ghoulish tastes when shipwrecks occurred. 1 Patterson, George: Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. xii. § 2, 20 (1894). 28 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. English rabbits were introduced, and they multiplied so that they formed an abundant source of food. Then rats escaping from wrecked vessels reached the island and became so numerous as to be a plague, eating up so much of the stores that Superintendent Morris and his men were seriously threatened with starvation. Then the rats by killing the young, nearly annihilated the stock of rabbits. The gov- ernment sent out a number of cats, which killed the rats, and then finished the rabbits. The cats soon became very wild and so num- erous as to be troublesome. Dogs were then imported, and they, helped by men with shot-guns, finished the cats. Rabbits were again introduced and throve, until they were discovered by a snowy owl. The owls soon came in numbers to this happy hunting-ground, and they finished the rabbits. In 1882, rabbits were again introduced, and the story is almost parallel with the foregoing. They multiplied and became such a nuisance that in 1889, seven cats were brought from Halifax, and in 1890, thirty more. While the cats were winter- ing and fattening on the rabbits, seven red foxes were brought from the mainland and in a single season they made an end of all the rab- bits and cats: These records show in a very graphic way what hap- pens when an additional species of animal is introduced on a small island, what a severe struggle for existence takes place between it and the species already there. SABLE ISLAND Ponlzs. From nearly every recent voyager to Sable Island, we get accounts of more or less fullness about the wild ponies, but we must turn to J. Bernard Gilpin' for the best record. He assumes that the pres- ent gangs of Sable Island ponies are the descendants of a few horses of ordinary New England stock landed there by the Rev. Andrew Le Mercier about one hundred and fifty years before [1714]. This ap- proximate date is earlier than Le Mercier’s actual connection with the island, for? “on the 6th of March, 1738, he wrote to Governor Armstrong [of Nova Scotia], inclosing a petition for a grant of it, on behalf of himself and his associates. His design was stated as being to steck it with such domestic animals as might be useful in preserv- ing the lives of mariners who might escape from shipwrecks; though, ‘Gilpin, J. Bernard: On Introduced Species of Nova Scotia. Trans N. S. Inst. Nat. Sci. i. part 2. 60 (1864). * Patterson, George: Sable Island: Its History and Phenomena. ‘Trans. Roy. Soe. Can. xii. § 2. 11 (1894). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 29 from the suitableness of much of the soil for grazing and the oppor- tunities afforded for seal hunting, they no doubt hoped to combine profit with benevolence. The petition was approved, but the grant does not seem to have actually passed. He was unwilling to pay the penny an acre ss rent demanded by the instructions of his maj- esty’s government. * * in the mean time Mr. M. sent a stock of cattle to the island, preparatory to removing his family thither. “Tn 1740 he again applies for a grant of the island, but represents that as the land is, ‘low, boggy and sandy soil, with large ponds or settlings of water occasioned by the overflowing of the tides, he thinks the penny an acre, too much for what cannot be improved.’ On the 16th August Governor Mascarene writes to the board of trade that it would be to the advantage of the public to encourage the settle- ment, by affording relief to the ship-wrecked, and profitable to the proprietors by grazing, fishing, and killing seals for their oil skins. Le Mercier does not even then seem to have received his grant, but he continued to have cattle on the island for some years, and also some settlers, and through his efforts many lives were saved. But he complains that evil-disposed fishermen stole his cattle and goods, and in 1744 we find him advertising in Boston papers a reward of £40 for the discovery of the depredators.” In 1753, Le Mercier' writes, “ When I took Possession of the Island there was no four-feoted Creatures upon it, but a few foxes some red and some black (some of which remain to this Day) now there are I suppose about 90 Sheep, between 20 or 30 Horses including Colts, Stallions and Revenge Mares, about 30 or 40 Cows tame and Wild, and 40 Hogs It is said that about this time Le Mercier, failing to find a pur- chaser, abandoned his interests on Sable Island. Even though we cannot substantiate this, we can demonstrate that horses were placed on Sable Island by Thomas Hancock. About 1760, according to Lieutenant-Governor Sir John Went- worth,? Thomas Hancock, a Boston merchant, desiring to relieve the suffering of those that chanced to be shipwrecked on Sable Island, fitted out a schooner and upon her embarked “ Horses, Cows, Sheep, Goats, Hogs and Animals likely to live on the Island. These were landed there and generally answered very well. No great depre- dations were made on them till the commencement of the American 1 Boston Weekly News-Letter, February 8 (1753). 2 Rept. on Canadian Archives, 86 (1895). 30 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. War, during the course of which, privateersmen, and lawless persons of every description frequently landed on the island, and by the close of the War none of the Animals remained except a number of Horses. These Horses have been the means of affording food to many ae tunate persons who have since been thrown on the Island. * Many of them have been wantonly shot by persons wintering on the island for the purpose of wrecking. By such means as these, the greater part of the horses have been destroyed, and unless some rem- edy is found, this last hope of the unfortunate Mariner, will be entire- ly cut off.” Thus it is certain that horses of New England stock were left on Sable Island in 1753, or at least in 1760, and that Gilpin’s assumption that these were the parent stock of the present-day Sable Island ponies is quite justified. Gilpin describes them as he found them, “about four hundred in number, divided into about six herds, or gangs (so called), each gang headed by an old male, who was sufficiently conspicuous by his masses of mane and tail. Each herd had its separate feeding ground, to which the individuals composing it seemed to be equally attached, as to their leader. On driving over the Island, and mixing all herds, promiscuously, as we once did, by the next morning they had return- ed to their separate feeding grounds, some of them travelling ten or twelve miles during the night. On riding towards them the herd was seen grazing at the distance of a mile, with several outlying parties. The leader was observed repeatedly to drive these outlying mares and young horses into the general herd, who all now began a general retreat at a slow trot, with the exception of the old stallion, who faced the approaching party, passing backwards and forwards, frequently stopping and tossing back the mane from his eyes. The resemblance to a convoy crowding all sail to leeward, and a frigate in stays await- ing the enemy, was perfect. On pressing him, however, with our rid- ing horses, he joined his herd now in a gallop, but keeping always in the rear. His instinct taught him the unequal match with man, but the air of leadership was unmistakable. They often fight among emselves, one stallion visiting the herd of a second. I saw a horse nearly disabled in one of these encounters. The young horses, be- tween two and three years old, are driven out of the herd by the lead- er. I watched one, hour after hour, driving a young grey colt with the most furious bites, to a distance. The young horses live in small bands on the outskirts of the herd, and sometimes an old or disabled ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 31 mare, unable to keep up, drops behind; she is an object of the great- est attraction to them, soon produces foals, and thus a nucleus of a new herd is formed. _ “T never saw one lying down to rest. They seem to sleep standing. They persistingly refuse the shelter of a stable, or the society of man, always moving from him. In the rcughest weather escaping from the stable they would put a mile or two between them and it, before they stopped to graze; in this respect differing widely from the semi-wild cattle, which besieged the barn doors with their lowing during the - winter. sd “To sum up then what we read from this narrow page in natural * history, opened to our view, and in which my sole assumption is their origin from two or three individuals, we find that, left to them- selves, following the laws of natural selection, their descendants in one hundred and fifty years, have returned to the habits and manners of the tarpany, or only stock of wild horses now existing in the world. That, in regard to their form they differ in some respects from the tarpany, though agreeing with them in size, hairy head, and thick coat: but, although differing from these, they have wonderfully re- produced forms, of whose existence we only know from the sculptures of Nineveh and the friezes of the Parthenon, where we find the low stature contrasted by the tall rider, the abundant tail and mane either cropped or tied and plaited, to prevent its encumbering the rider, the hairy jowl and horizontal head, and the short and cock-thrappled neck, and in some figures the short croup and low tail. od ag “As regards colour we find that the original stock carried with them the germ of all colours known from ages, not only the bays and browns which we consider the natural colours, but the more startling varieties of pure white, and piebald,—piebalds known from ages, on old China coin, upon the ancient Thracian hills, from whose back Attila ravished worlds, and the mark of whose foot, it was his boast, that neither nature nor man could efface. We find, too, the chest- nuts prevailing with their extremities coloured like their bodies, their — tails and manes growing ever lighter, and a tendency to a dark streak on the back and withers; lastly, the blue greys or mouse or tans, with the same dark streak. Here, too, there is nothing new; the ancient Assyrian dun, and the Phrygian cerulean breeds of the time of Ho- mer, are all prototypes, though the latter is scarcely known among our domestic breeds.” 32 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. At various times the government authorities concerned with Sable Island have tried to improve the breed of the ponies. “A few un- successful experiments! have been tried, and the tame horses being let loose, have been killed by_the wild ones.”” Howe recommends, in conclusion, the introduction of blooded stallions. This, too, has been tried, without results. To one familiar with the history of the Sable Island ponies, this failure is not surprising, for the newly introduced horses are set loose and allowed to breed freely with the wild ponies. No artificial selection is exercised, and as these new horses and their offspring exist under the same living conditions that wrought the horses from New England into Sable Island ponies, they, or rather their offspring, become Sable Island ponies, and no “improvement in the breed”’ is realized. Earty BotranicaL REecorDs. The botanical history of Sable Island is not very extensive but it begins with a record of extraordinary interest. Johannes de Laet in the third, which is a Latin edition of his work mentions? in his account of Sable Island, or Insula de Sable as he calls it, “fruticeta multa, paucissimae arbores, humus fere nuda aut lev- iter herbida;.”” When translated this is; “there are many thickets of shrubs, Mie few trees, the soil is almost bare or lightly clothed with vegetation.” To the present state of the island these statements are all applicable, the sand dunes are bare, or lightly clothed with vege- tation, there are thickets of shrubs formed mostly of Rosa virginiana Mill., but also of Myrica carolinensis Mill., Ilex verticillata (L.) Gray, Viburnum cassinoides L., and Rubus arcuans Fernald & St. John, but at present there are no native trees of any sort. This clause which is quoted and translated from de Laet does not occur in the first and second editions of his work, which are in Dutch. It is added to the end of the paragraph devoted to Sable Island in the third or Lat- in edition, and it appears with similar wording in the fourth or French edition. Johannes de Laet was born in Antwerp in 1585 and died in Amsterdam in 1649. He had direct connections with the new world, being a “patroon” of Rensselaerswyck (now Albany, N. Y.) where his daughter and son-in-law had settled, and he was also a director of the Dutch West India Company. This official connection would erent Joseph: Append. to Journ. of House of Assembly Frov. (N.S. * Laet, Johannes de: Novus Orbis seu Descript. Indiae Occ. ed. 3, 37 (1633). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 33 give him access to the records of the Company and it is probably in this way that de Laet gained his information about Sable Island. He relates the early history of the island, the attempt to found a colony there by Baron de Lery, of the stocking of the island with eat- tle and pigs, the incident of Marquis de la Roche and the convicts whom he abandoned on the island, describes the series of deeps and shallows, that is the bars which surround the island, and the conse- quent difficulty in making a landing, and he cautions, “nor in my opinion is it reasonably worth while (neque sane, ut opinor, mere- ur).”” The absolute accuracy of these other statements about Sable Island by de Laet confirms the value of his statement that at 1633, the time of his writing, or a few years before, there were a very few trees on the island. The botanists of his time were still classifying plants on the basis of their habit, whether herbaceous, shrubby, or arborescent, so there is no reason for thinking that he did not know a tree from a shrub. Comparable regions on the mainland, such as Cape Cod or Plum Island, Massachusetts, have even in many ex- posed parts, clumps of trees in the hollows between the dunes. Of course, as far back as 1633, Sable Island was much larger than it is at present, and its sand hills much higher, so there would have been more sheltered spots in which trees could sine Taken = in ip every bit of evidence seems to indicate that de Laet ed at face value, that in 1633, or shortly ace then, ‘there eat a few native trees growing on Sable Island. ; From Gov. John Winthrop’s Journal! we learn that, in 1633, a cer- tain John Rose was wrecked in the Mary and Jane on Sable Island. From the timbers of his wrecked vessel he managed to construct a small pinnace in which he made his way to Acadia. There he was detained a prisoner by the French, and forced to pilot them back to Sable Island in their search for walrus and cattle. Finally, being set free, Rose returned to Boston. He reported great numbers of cattle and foxes and, “ There is no — upon it, but store of wild peas and flags by the ponds, and grass In 1753, Andrew Le Mercier sarbichea the next notice of Sable Island that contains any reference to its natural history. “It pro- duces naturally near 20 sorts of Berries, out of which some People suppose very good Liquors and Wines might be expressed—It looks 1 Winthrop, John: The History of New England from 1630 to 1649, edited by James Savage, i. 162 (1825). 2 Boston Weekly News Letter, Feb. 8 (1753.) 34 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. all green in Winter with the Juniper Bushes and red in Summer with the large Strawberries and other wild Fruits which it bears.—It hath abundance of wild or Beach Pease, which fatten the Cattle very well. * There is neither Trees (but many Bushes) nor Stones. —The Grass is tall, thick and hath a very sweet taste and nourish- ing Property; there is some English Grass, but the other is more pro- fitable, and there is enough to feed some thousand Heads of Cattle.” All of the native plants mentioned by Le Mercier, juniper bushes, strawberries (though they hardly color the ground red), and beach pease, grow there to-da With reference to the quotation from de Laet given above, it will be noticed that Le Mercier says, “There is neither Trees (but many Bushes) nor Stones” and that John Rose reported “no wood upon it” in 1633, so by the year 1753 any trees which had formerly existed on Sable Island had, in all probability disappeared. Joseph Frederick Wallet Des Barres made a survey of Sable Island in 1766 and 1767 in compliance with orders from the British Admir- alty. In his page and a half of “Remarks on the Isle of Sable,”! we find, “The whole island is composed of fine white sand, much coarser than any of the soundings about it, and intermixed with small trans- parent stones. Its face is very broken, and hove up in little hills, knobs and cliffs, wildly heaped together, within which are hollows and ponds of fresh water, the skirts of which abound with cranberries the whole year, and with blueberries &c. in their season, as also with ducks, snipes, and other birds. This sandy island affords a great plenty of beach grass, wild pease, and other herbages, for the support of the horses, cows, hogs, &c. which are running wild upon it. It grows no trees but abundance of wreck and drift wood may be picked up along shore for fuel.”’ Seth Coleman reported? to ‘icitacdak Govened Sir John Went- worth on conditions at Sable Island as he found them June 24th, 1801, saying, “The soil in general is nearly the same excepting upon the upland, which is principally of a nature to produce Beach Grass intermixed with the wild Pea, and round the Edge of the Pond, there is a finer kind of grass, but much of the same quality, and I discover- ed some small spots of English Grass, and on the boarders of the Pond Vegetables might be raised, if enclosed for Gardens, * * * and 1 Des Barres, Joseph Frederick Wallet: The Isle of Sable, Survey’d in 1766 and 1767. Atlantic Neptune, i. 68 (1777). 2 Rept. on Canadian Archives, 91 (1895). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 35 I have no doubt but Indian Corn might be produced, but not in large quantities.” In 1850, Joseph Howe visited Sable Island, and reported', “I was agreeably surprised to find it covered, for nearly its whole length of five and twenty miles, with natural grass and wild peas, and sustain- ing by its spontaneous production, five hundred head of wild horses, and ten or twelve head of cattle. “Cranberries of large size, and fine flavour, grow in abundance on Sable Island. A few barrels of these are generally picked in the au- tumn, but the cranberry, as a source of income, or a means of em- ployment, has scarcely ever been thought of by our people.” An anonymous writer? says, “ It was in the year 1851, when employ- ed as one of the assistants in the Admiralty Survey of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, that orders were unexpectedly received to proceed to Sable Island, and report upon the erection of a lighthouse. eae The amount and variety of vegetation on this gigantic sand bar is ex- traordinary. Besides several kinds of grass, there are wild peas, and other plants, affording subsistence to between 400 and 500 wild horses, and an innumerable colony of rats and rabbits, as well as the domes- tic cattle kept for the use of the establishment. +. %. “ae the neighbourhood of the chief residence, where white clover and other grasses have been sown, so luxuriant is the yield that over 100 tons of hay are made annually. There are several edible berries, the strawberry in the richest profusion covering the ground upon which we rode, with none to gather them. Cranberries abound.” In 1858, J. B. Gilpin published* a charming little book on Sable Island in which he devotes one paragraph to its botanical features: “A Botanist would give a scientific list of thirty or forty varieties of shrubs and plants. Trees there are none, and the usual shrubs are dwarft to a few inches; a little ground juniper and low with-wood would not afford a riding-cane. Tall coarse grasses cover the sur- face of the ground, alternating with sandy barrens and snowy peaks of blown sand. The wild rose, blue lily, and wild pea enamel the valleys. Strawberries, blueberries and cranberries are in abundance. They are measured by bucket-fulls; and as Autumn heats yellow the 1 Howe, Joseph: Appendix to Journ. of House of Assembly, Prov. of N.S. no. 24, 161-164 (1851). 2 The Leisure Hour, xxx. 432-433 (1881). 3 Gilpin, J. Bernard: Sable Island, Its Past History, Present Appearance, Natural History etc. 18-19 (1858). 36 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. luxuriant green, the tall, mallow, gay golden rods and wild China- asters are swept by the heaving gales.” Joseph Charles Taché, in 18851, published a book which in so far as it refers to Sable Island is very little but a free translation of J. B. Gilpin’s “Sable Island.” In a different form he reproduces Gil- pin’s paragraph on the botanical productions of the island. For some reason he feels that Gilpin’s estimate of the size of the flora was not adequate, and he, Taché, says?, “On a dit qu’un botaniste pourrait y observer trente 4 quarante espéces ou variétés; mais il est certain qu’un catalogue complet des plantes de l’fle et de ses rivages, qui com- prendrait les mousses, les algues et les plantes d’occasion, aurait beau- coup plus d’étendue que cela.” In 1890, an anonymous writer* makes the first mention of the oc- currence of blackberries on the island: “On the shores of the lake, - which extends for about eight miles, may be gathered in their season the wild pea, wild roses, lilies, asters, strawberries, blackberries, and cranberries. From these wild fruits a small revenue is derived by the men of the life-saving station, who gather and ship them to Nova Scotia.” The Rev. George Patterson in his article‘ devotes one sentence to the flowers and fruits. All of the species mentioned occur in Gilpin’s “Sable Island”? with almost the identical wording, and Patterson re- fers to him in a footnote on the following page. The first naturalist to visit Sable Island was Dr. Jonathan Dwight, Jr. From the 28th of May until the 14th of June, 1894, he was on the island with the special object of ascertaining the breeding-home © and habits of the Ipswich Sparrow, which were at that time quite unknown. This he accomplished very successfully. Although it was quite early in the season, Dr. Dwight gave con- siderable attention to the flora. “It® was impossible to study sat- isfactorily the flora of Sable Island, for at the time of my visit few of the plants had more than just opened their earliest buds, and of 1 Tache, Joseph Charles: Les Sablons (L’Ile de Sable) et L’Ile Saint-Bar- nabé, 1-154 (1885). 21. ¢. 29. 3 Anonymous: The Graveyard of the Atlantic. All the Year Round, Ixvi. 517-522 (1890). 4 Patterson, Rev. George: Sable Island, Its History and Phenomena. Trans. Roy. Soc. Can. xii. § 2. 5 (1894). . 5’ Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.: The Ipswich Sparrow. Mem. Nuttall Ornith. Club, ii. 12-13 (1895). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 5 aoe the species collected, many could not be positively identified even by so able a botanist as Dr. N. L. Britton of Columbia College, who was kind enough to make the attempt for me and to furnish the scientific names. * * The blueberry bushes were blossoming the second week in June, many of the tiny sprigs trailing in the sand, partly cov- ered by it, and the leaf buds of the rose bushes were little more than half unfolded.” This short quotation will give a hint of the con- dition of the vegetation and Dr. Dwight’s interest in it. He says! “my specimens show that not less than forty species occur.” “TI? make no pretense to a complete enumeration of the plants of Sable Island, for reasons given, but those that I have mentioned are among the most conspicuous and characteristic of its flora, which resembles in many respects that of the adjacent mainland.” He mentions several species that have been cultivated, and also some that were presumably introduced, but to him appeared so thor- oughly naturalized that they were hard to distinguish from the nat- ive ones. To quote his own words’: “ Timothy (Phleum pratense L.) and Red-top Grass (Agrostis alba vulgaris With.), as well as Red Clo- ver (Trifolium pratense L.), have been cultivated near the stations, and White Clover (T. repens L.) is frequently met with, but man’s influence has been at work on the island for so many centuries that it is almost impossible to draw the line between indigenous species, if such there be, and those artificially introduced. * * * Before my departure nearly the whcle surface had acquired a visibly greener tinge with here and there the ruddy glow of blossoming Sorrel (Rumex Acetosella L.) while such weeds as the Beach Pea (Lathyrus maritimus (L.)), Everlasting (@naphalium sp.?), and Meadow-rue (Thalictrum sp.?) were becoming conspicuous.” It is quite true as Dr. Dwight says, that some of the introduced species have made themselves thoroughly at home on the island, but the writer in no case had any difficulty in deciding whether or not a plant was a native? Trifolium repens is frequent on the island, par- ticularly on the dry sands near the Life Saving Stations and along the shores of the adjacent ponds where the cattle and the domesticated ponies browse continually. It does not occur in the remoter parts of 2 Dwight, I. c. 14. 3 Dwight, J. c. 12. 38 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. the island, and does not seem to the writer to be a native plant. Ru- mex Acetosella is obviously an introduced species. Observations in 1851! confirm that the white clover is an introduced species here: “In the neighbourhood of the chief residence, where white clover and other grasses have been sown, so luxuriant is the yield that over 100 tons of hay are made annually.” y Dr. Dwight called Lathyrus maritimus and the Thalictrum weeds, is not made clear, and the writer cannot imagine any explan- ation of it. They are both characteristic of and generally distributed on the dry sand dunes, which are surely a habitat on which native plants would be expected. Dr. Dwight mentions in his paper by generic or specific names twenty-seven plants. The remaining thirteen are presumably im- mature and at that time almost indeterminable specimens. The plants are all in the Herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden, but no list of them was ke Dwight’s admirable scholarly report contains as well as his data and remarks upon the Ipswich Sparrow, chapters on various features of Sable Island: the History of Sable Island, its Physical Aspect, its Climate, its Flora, its resident Mammals, and Birds. The first botanist to visit Sable Island was the Botanist of the Canadian Geological Survey, John Macoun, who landed on the island July 20, 1899, and remained there for five weeks. In his Report for that year? he gives a general account of the island and some mention of its flora. On the mooted question whether the island was ever wooded he brings some evidence. “I am inclined’ to believe that trees have never grown upon the island. On one occasion I saw roots protruding from under a sand-hill over thirty feet high, and on dig- ging them out found that they represented part of the remains of a specimen of Juniperus Sabina procumbens (creeping juniper). It was rooted in a layer of black soil and when taken out showed that it had lain flat on the ground. Two of the roots, including the bark, meas- ured 35 and 334 inches in diameter respectively, while the crown, where the branches began to spread was over seventeen inches in cir- cumference or nearly six inches in diameter. This growth and others observed under sand-hills indicate long periods of vegetation without encroachment of sand, so that when these shrubs lived, the lagoon was 1 The Leisure Hour, xxx. 432 (188 1). ? Ann. Rep. Can. Geol. Surv. xii. n. s. 212-219 A (1899). 3 Macoun, l. c., 217 A. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. : 39 2 quiet lake and the north side of the island was miles removed, as no sand reached these localities for many years. “Though there are no trees on the island and shrubs never attain more than a foot in height, these, if sheltered from the sea air and winter gales attain a considerable size. About fourteen years ago, Mr. Boutellier planted a willow and an elm, both of which are now about five feet high. Every summer they make a fine growth, but during the winter are killed back to the point at which they are pro- tected by an adjcining fence. Even in summer, as I learned from my own observations, the leaves above the shelter of the fence are small and badly formed, and after a strong gale or heavy fog the ten- der ones become blackened or shrivelled at the edges, while those that were protected were very large and well formed.” The two planted trees mentioned by John Macoun, were still living in 1913, that is twenty-eight years after their planting. They had good stur- dy trunks for about two feet, then bushed out into broom-like heads of innumerable fine shoots that stretched up above the protecting board fence. As John Macoun stated, each year all of these upright shoots are killed back to the level of the top of the fence. He makes the generalization that “all the shrubs are natives of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia.”! This seems to be the case, with the exception of Rubus arcuans which is not known from Newfound- land, and at that time was not known to Professor Macoun. Piant Hasirats. On an island consisting of a 20-mile stretch of sand dunes there can be little diversity of plant habitats. Nevertheless, a variety of these is found on Sable Island, and they may be distinguished as follows: Sea Breacues.—These are of pure white sand. This is true, ex- cept for one bit of the South Beach, east of the Life Saving Station No.3, where magnetite, as iron sand, is sc abundant as to alter the color. The vegetation of this strip, however, is not perceptibly different from that on other parts of the beach. Because of the encroachment of the waves, the beach is very steep, the loose dry sand rising abruptly to the base of a dune. At the very top of the beach in the soft, wind- blown sand are a few clumps of Arenaria peploides L., var. robusta Fernald, all of them with their young shoots gone, eaten off by the gangs of wild ponies. Here and there are small single plants of Cakile edentula (Bigel.) Hook.; otherwise the beach is bare of vegetation. 1 Macoun, I. c. 218 A. 40 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. SanD Fats and Sanp Spits.—Not long ago the salt lake, Wal- lace Lake, was sheltered by rows of dunes on both its north and its south shores, but now from most of the south side the dunes have been swept away, and between the southern shore of Wallace Lake and the South Beach of the Island, there is nothing but a great sand flat over which the waves break during all heavy storms. Sand spits and dry bars quite similar in character extend out for some distance from either end of the island. On all of these the Arenaria thrives, and here also it is despoiled by the ponies, so much so that it is almost im- possible to find fruiting specimens. The bareness of these stretches is also broken by occasional mats of Limosella subulata Ives. Wa.Lace Lake and the Brackish Ponps.—Wallace Lake, though often for short periods shut off from the sea, is quite as salt as is the sea itself. In the lake is an abundant grow th of Zostera marina L., which is not met with elsewhere. Especially at the eastern end of Wallace Lake, near Life Saving Station No. 3, and near the Wireless Station are series of ponds reach- ed by the salt water only during the heaviest fall and winter storms. These ponds form a perfect series from the outer ones which are quite brackish to the inner which are fresh. These brackish ponds have a much more abundant vegetation than does Wallace Lake. In them are great masses of Pondweeds, Potamogeton bupleuroides Fernald, P. pectinatus L., and P. pusillus L., var. capitatus Benn., as well as Ruppia maritima L., var. longipes Hagstrém. Around the borders of these ponds will be found Carex Oederi Retz., var. pumila (Coss. & Germain) Fernald, and great clumps of Spartina Michauzxiana Hitchce., Aster novi-belgit L., var. litoreus Gray, and Scirpus acutus Mubl. ‘Lake Beacu.—As the tides in Wallace Lake are very small or none at all, and as the waves during storms cannot become large and destructive, the Lake Beach has an abundant vegetation on its broad expanse. Over great stretches it is covered with a smooth green carpet made up of numerous species, among which are Juncus bu- fonius L., var. halophilus Buchenau & Fernald, Chenopodium ru- brum L., Spergularia leiosperma (Kindb.) F. Schmidt, Ranunculus Cymbalaria Pursh, Potentilla pacifica Howell, Plantago major L., var. intermedia (Gilibert) Dene., and P. decipiens Barneoud. Out of the sward formed by these lowly plants grow the less numerous taller ones, such as Rumex maritimus L., var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusén, and Atrip- lex patula L., var. hastata (L.) Gray. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 4] SanD Dunes.—If one may be allowed to generalize, the whole island is only a series of undulating sand dunes. All of them are ina continuous state of flux, but at any one time they can all be placed into one of several categories. A strong sea breeze blowing at low tide will pick up grain after grain of sand from the dry upper half of the beach, and transfer it inland. A storm wind, while doing the same thing, will often make a breach in the outer side of the most ex- posed dune, whirl away the sand from the roots of the protecting vegetation, and soon form a deep gully from which the sand is swirl- ed inland without obstruction. Coming from either of these sources, the sand is blown inland, then dumped in a quiet place. Whatever happens to be beneath, pond, cranberry-bog, or Life Saving Station, is buried by the new dune. These most recently formed dunes are to be met with all over the island, and are, of course, without vegetation. During the growing season the plants near by will tend to colonize them and, unless the boisterous winds keep them in constant motion, young plants will come up on them and tend to hold them in place. The first to appear in such situations is the Beach Grass, Ammophila breviligulata Fernald. Soon after, Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel. and Solidago sempervirens L. appear. If other storms do not inter- fere by shifting the dune to still another place, these plants will spread, and before long the dune will be fairly covered with vegetation and anchored by roots. Other species will creep in and join these three dominant ones, and soon the dune has on it many species such as Des- champsia flexuosa (L.) Trin., Festuca rubra L., Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf., Fragaria virginiana Duchesne, var. terrae-novae (Rydb.) Fernald & Wiegand, Rosa virginiana Mill., Convolvulus sepium L., and Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) B. & H., var. subalpina Gray. On the protected slopes of the more permanent dunes these species, es- pecially the Rose, the Beach Pea, and the Morning Glory, form a tangle that is waist-high and very difficult to penetrate. EmrerrumM Heatus.—These are in reality the ultimate stage in the evolution of the sand dune. They are found in the middle of the broadest part of the island, the place most protected from the erod- ing elements. The dunes themselves are low and undulating, and covering them is a low vegetation, composed especially of the trail- ing branches of Empetrum nigrum L., Juniperus communis L., var. megistocarpa Fernald & St. John, and Juniperus horizontalis Moench. Together they form a green, springy carpet nearly a foot in thick- ness. Mixed with the dominant species are of course others, such 42 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. as Ammophila breviligulata Fernald, Lathyrus maritimus (L.) Bigel., Solidago sempervirens L., and Aster novi-belgii L., which are ubi- quitous on all the drier parts of the island; there are also such species as Coptis trifolia (L.) Salisb., Pyrus arbutifolia (L.) L. f., var. atro- purpurea (Britton) Robinson, Vaccinium pennsylvanicum Lam., Tri- entalis borealis Raf., Mitchella repens L., Lonicera caerulea L., var. calvescens Fernald & Wiegand, Linnaea borealis L., var. americana (Forbes) Rehder, and Viburnum cassinoides L. These stretches here called Empetrum Heaths are what J. Macoun in his article called the “old land.” In this area he found Polypodium vulgare L., a surpris- ing plant to find on a sand-dune island. Yet we learn from Warming’ that in northern Europe it occurs on the gray sand dunes, and Fern- ald & Long found it in 1919 on sheltered wooded slopes of sand hills at Provincetown on Cape Cod. Duns Hoittows—The shallow hollows between the dunes are often dry and destitute of vegetation, but if the hollows are deep, they approach the water table which is relatively high. This water table has frequently been commented upon; for it is well known that clear fresh water can be obtained by di few inches or feet in any of the dune hollows. The level of ae wailed table has, of course, a relation to the height of the water in the fresh-water ponds. But through all this is a fundamental factor which we can- not yet explain. There is no evidence to show that there is any hard or impervious stratum underlying Sable Island. If such a layer ex- isted near the surface it would surely be known, and it would have to be near the surface to govern the relative position of the water table as observed. To the best of the writer’s knowledge, no deep borings have ever been made on the island. In discussing this ob- secure feature of Sable Island, Sir J. W. Dawson? says, “ Pools of fresh water, however, appear in places, which would seem to imply that there is an impervious subsoil. This may, however, be caused by the floating of rain water on water-soaked sand, an appearance which may sometimes be observed on ordinary sand beaches, where, in con- sequence of their resting on the surface of the sea-water, these pools or springs sometimes rise and fall with the tide. I am not aware, however, that this occurs at Sable Island.”” Any such tidal vari- ation in the level of the fresh-water ponds would be very conspicuous, but no such feature has ever been observed on the island. We must 1 Warming , Eugene: Oecology of Plants. English ed. 267 (1909). 2 Dawson, Sir John William: Acadian Geology, ed. 3, 37 (1878). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 43 leave this problem, then, having advanced no farther than the stat- ing of the difficulty. These wet dune hollows support the most abun- dant vegetation of any part of the island. The first plant to appear and the quickest to spread is Vaccinium macrocarpon Ait., and it forms a thick carpet in all of the wet hollows, though it is sometimes obscured by taller-growing plants. Conspicuous among its compan- ions in such places are Lycopodium inundatum L., Carex canescens L., var. disjuncta Fernald, Juncus balticus Willd., var. littoralis En- gelm., J. articulatus L., var. obtusatus Engelm., Sisyrinchium gram- ineum Curtis, Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br., Hypericum virgin- icum L., Viola lanceolata L., Lysimachia terrestris (L.) BSP., Lycopus uniflorus Michx., var. ovatus Fernald & St. John, and Agalinis pau- percula (Gray) Britton; var. neoscotica (Greene) Pennell & St. John. FRESH-WATER Ponps.—A mere stage beyond the wet dune hollows are the fresh-water ponds which occupy all of the deepest dune hol- lows. Some are only seasonal and disappear during any dry spell, but a considerable number are permanently maintained by the rain water. Most of these ponds have a pure sand bottom, but a few of the deep- er and more permanent have accumulated a layer of black muck over the bottom. Around their shores they have the cranberries and most of the other plants characteristic of the wet dune hollows, but they have many additional species, as Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S., Juncus bulbosus L., Iris versicolor L., Rumex Britannica L., Polygo- num hydropiperoides Michx., var. psilostachyum St. John, Tillaea aquatica L., Potentilla monspeliensis L., var. norvegica (L.) Rydb., F, palustris (L.) Scop., Lathyrus palustris L., vars. macranthus (T. G. White) Fernald, and retusus Fernald & St. John, Epilobium molle Torr., var. sabulonense Fernald, Centaurium umbellatum Gilib., Men- yanthes trifoliata L., and Teucrium canadense L., var. littorale (Bick- nell) Fernald. In one area, that part of the “old land” bordering the fresh-water ponds near the Marconi Station, conditions have been stable enough, and the vegetation vigorous enough, to form a deposit of loamy soil. It does not exceed a few acres in extent and nowhere is it more than a foot and a half in thickness. It lies directly on the white sand that forms the rest of the island. The vegetation on this leamy area is more vigorous, but not different in character from that around the borders of other fresh-water ponds. In the shallow borders of the ponds is another series of species, not to be found in the wet dune hol- 44 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. lows. Among these are Typha latifolia L., Potamogeton polygonifo- lius Pourret, P. epihydrus Raf., Eriocaulon septangulare With., Nym- phozanthus variegatus (Engelm.) Fernald, Myriophyllum_ tenellum Bigel., Hippuris vulgaris L., and Lobelia Dortmanna L. PHYTOGEOGRAPHY. In studying the geographic affinities of the flora of Sable Island, it was realized that this problem was but a small part of the much larger one of the relations and sources of the floras of Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island, and adjacent regions. It was, in fact, in the hope of throwing some light on this larger question that the trip to Sable Island was planned. And now, in this discussion of the flora, the general scheme used by Prof. M. L. Fernald in his analysis of the geographic relationships of the flora of Newfoundland', has been fol- lowed as far as it is applicable to this smaller flora. There is an element of definitely adventive plants, 51 in number. These are in most cases confined to the immediate neighborhood of the Life Saving Stations or the lighthouses, in the cultivated fields, along the paths, or near the stables. A few species such as Anthozxan- thum odoratum L., Rumex crispus L., Rumex Acetosella L., Cerastium vulgatum L., Trifolium repens L., and Cirsium arvense (L.) Scop. have spread to the shores of the fresh-water ponds or to the dry dunes, and made themselves very much at home. In every case, however, they can be demonstrated as a foreign element in the flora. As a result of the very extensive tree planting on the island there are a few species or individual trees that have survived and must be con- sidered now as a part of the flora. These planted species total 15 in number. Together with the 51 adventives they give us a total of 66 plants, which will be excluded from the further discussion of the phy- togeography of the island. The native flora consists of 147 species, varieties,and forms. They fall into the primary classes: Class I. Boreal types. Class II. Southwestern types. Class III. Endemic plants or species unknown on the American contin- ent. Class I. Boreal Types.—This class includes all of the plants that occur to the north of Newfoundland in Labrador proper, south-west- ern Greenland, or the Arctic regions. A few of the species could } Fernald, M. L.: Rhodora, xiii. 136 (1911). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 45 be classed as Arctic, but the great majority are Hudsonian or Canad- ian types, and it does not, in considering this region, seem worth while to try to distinguish between them. The boreal types total 45 plants, = 30 per cent. of the Sable Island flora. A few examples will indicate the make-up of this class: Elymus arenarius L., var. villosus E. Mey., Spiranthes Romanzoffiana Cham.., Arenaria lateriflora L., var. typica (Regel) St. John, Drosera rotundi- folia L., Fragaria virginiana Duchesne, var. terrae-novae (Rydb.) Fernald & Wiegand, Potentilla palustris (L.) Scop., var. parvifolia (Raf.) Fernald & Long, P. tridentata Ait., Empetrum nigrum L., Hip- puris vulgaris L., Ligusticum scothicum L., Coelopleurum lucidum (L.) Fernald, Cornus canadensis L., Menyanthes trifoliata L., Euphrasia purpurea Reeks, var. Randii (Robinson) Fernald & Wiegand, Plan- tago decipiens Barneoud, Linnaea borealis L., var. americana (Forbes) Rehder, Anaphalis margaritacea (L.) B. & H., var. subalpina Gray, and Senecio Pseudo-Arnica Less. Class II.1 Southwestern Types.—This class consists of plants found chiefly in regions to the southwest of Newfoundland. It totals 83 plants = 55 per cent. of the flora. It falls into three subdivisions. Subclass A. Canadian and Alleghanian plants mostly common to Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and coastal New Eng- land, but unknown in eastern Saguenay County, Quebec, or Labrador. These total 36 plants = 24 per cent. of the flora. As typical of this subclass may be listed: Polypodium vulgare L., _ Osmunda cinnamomea L., Scirpus acutus Muhl., Spartina Michauz- iana Hitche., Habenaria bracteata (Willd.) R. Br. (does not reach Newfoundland), Rubus hispidus Michx., Hypericum virginicum L., Galium Claytoni Michx., Mitchella repens L. (does not reach New- foundland), and Viburnum cassinoides L. Subclass B. Species having affinities with the Southern Coastal Plain, usually belonging to genera or having nearly related species 1 Class II of Prof. Fernald’s discussion (J. c. p. 138), the Western types, is represented on Sable Island by only two plants, Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx., var. psilostachyum St. John, occurring on Sable Island and along the Columbia River in Washington, and Lycopus uniflorus Michx., var. ovatus Fernald & St. John, occurring on Sable Island, at Canso, Nova Scotia, and at Sullivan’s Gulch, Portland, Oregon. If Sable Island contained a greater di- versity of soils it is probable that more of these western plants would occur there. Many of them are calcicoles, so it is not surprising that they are not to be found on Sable Island, which presents nothing but sand, wet or dry. 46 PROC : BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. characteristic of the southern Coastal Plain, but themselves extend- ing beyond its geological limits, following the sandy or acid-peaty soils northward and inland. These total 24 species = 16 per cent. of the flora. 3 To typify this subclass we can cite: Panicum huachucae Ashe, Eriocaulon septangulare With., Juncus canadensis J. Gay, Sisyrin- chium gramineum Curtis, Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br., Pyrus arbutifolia (L.) L. £., var. atropurpurea (Britton) Robinson, Ilex verti- cillata (L.) Gray, Myriophyllum tenellum Bigel., Utricularia cornuta Michx., Lobelia Dortmanna L. Subclass C. Southern Coastal Plain species ranging from Texas, Florida, the Carolinas, or New Jersey northward along the sandy coastal strip, Long Island, Nantucket, Cape Cod, to Sable Island, to Newfoundland, or Prince Edward Island, uncommon or unknown in- land in continental eastern Canada. These total 23 plants = 15 per cent. of the flora. It is noteworthy that the endemic fresh-water sponge, Heteromeyenia macount Mac Kay, has as its nearest relatives H. ryderi, var. baleni, ranging from Florida to New Jersey, and H. ryderi, var. walshii from Gilder Pond, Mount Washington, Massa- chusetts. This subclass contains Ammophila breviligulata Fernald, Agropyron repens (L.) Beauv., var. pilosum Scribn., Carex silicea Olney, Carex hormathodes Fernald, Juncus articulatus L., var. obtusatus Engelm., Habenaria lacera (Michx.) R. Br., Myrica carolinensis Mill., Tillaea aquatica L., Rosa virginiana Mill., Viola primulifolia L., Centuncu- lus minimus L., Teucrium canadense L., var. littorale (Bicknell) Fer- nald, Limosella subulata Ives, and Plantago major L., var. intermedia (Gilibert) Dene. Class III. Endemic Plants or Species unknown on the American Continent.—This includes 10 plants = 7 per cent. of the flora. Subclass A. Endemic Plants.—This includes 6 plants = 4 per cent. of the flora. It is notable that in no case were the characters of the endemic plants strong enough to be considered specific; in every case they had to be treated as of formal or varietal rank. The six endemic plants are: Juncus pelocarpus Mey., var. sabulonensis St. John, Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br., f. latifolius St. John, Lathy- rus palustris L., var. retusus Fernald & St. John, Epilobium molle Torr., var. sabulonense Fernald, Bartonia iodandra Robinson, var. sabul- onensis Fernald, Hieracium scabrum Michx., var. leucocaule Fernald & St. John. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 47 Subclass B. Species characteristic of western Europe, not known in Iceland, Greenland, or Labrador, but occurring on Sable Island, and usually on St. Pierre, Miquelon, and the Avalon Peninsula of Newfoundland. This includes 4 plants = 3 per cent. of the flora. They are: Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourret, Juncus bulbosus L., Polygonum Raii Bab., and Centaurium umbellatum Gilib. The 8 plants which are not included in any of these classes are either members of critical groups now under revision, or recently described species whose ranges are as yet imperfectly known. ForESTRY EXPERIMENTS. Since 1801, the government of Nova Scotia, and later that of Can- ada have maintained one or more Life Saving Stations on Sable Island. The buildings of these establishments have been constantly threat- ened with destruction, either by burial in the drifting sand, or by be- ing engulfed in the waves of a severe storm that might wash away the very site on which the buildings stand. Under these circumstances it is not strange that an attempt was made to hold in place the drift- ing sand hills that compose the island. In 1900, Sir Louis Davies, Minister of Marine and Fisheries, re- quested William Saunders, Director of the Dominion Experimental Farms, “to consider the subject of a somewhat extensive experiment in tree planting on Sable Island.” That same year Dr. Saunders! in company with Lieut.-Col. F. F. Gourdeau visited the seacoast of Brittany, “to see the results of the planting of pine forests there on the drifting sands on the ocean shores, to gain information as to the methods adopted in planting _ the varieties of trees which have been successfully grown. * “On returning to Ottawa a list of such sorts as were likely to be suitable was prepared with quantities desired. The trees and shrubs chosen included a large number of those which have succeeded well in drifting sands in France to which were added a number of other varieties which from Canadian experience were likely to prove use- ful for that purpose. Small lots of many other species were added to lend interest to the collection and to test their hardiness and adapt- ability to the climate of Sable Island. This list included in all 1 Saunders, Wm.: Experiments in Tree Planting on Sable Island, Do- minion Experimental Farms, Report, 63-77 (1901). 48 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. 68,755 evergreens of 25 varieties, and 12,590 deciduous sorts of 79 va- rieties,”—as well as 50 pounds of the seed of the Maritime Pine, Pinus maritima. This large shipment reached Sable Island the mid- dle of May, 1901, and under the direction of Lieut.-Col. Gourdeau and Mr. Saunders, planting was started at once. The crates were un- packed and the young trees, almost all of which arrived in good con- dition, were placed in trenches in the moist sand with their roots well covered. The work of planting the thousands of trees was pushed forward vigorously and completed on the 17th of June. Of the trees about 300 were planted near the East End Lighthouse, about 1000 at No. 2 Life Saving Station, about 5,000 at No. 3 L. S. S., about 3,000 at No.4 L.S.S.,and the remainder at Gourdeau Park, a section near the Wireless Station formed of low rolling dunes covered with a thick mat of trailing Juniperus and Empetrum. This area is one of those called Empetrum Heaths, where a thin layer of dark humus has been formed above the white sand. An accurate statement of the nature and conditions of the soil and the climate of Sable Island where these young trees were planted is given by Mr. Saunders.! “T brought witb me a sample of the almost pure sand forming the soil on the top of the sandy bluff on which the first plantation was made in which the sand binding grass was growing, also two samples of the black peaty layer which covers the sand to a depth of 3 to 4 inches over a large portion of the central part of the island, probably to the extent of 1,800 to 2,000 acres. One of these was taken from the large area chosen for the plantation to be known as Gourdeau Park, - and the other was from similar soil some miles further east. I also brought a sample of similar material picked up on the beach on the south shore where it was being washed by the sea. A fifth sample consisted of a bunch of the sand-binding grass Ammophila arenaria [= A. breviligulata Fernald]. These were submitted to the Chemist of the Experimental Farms, Mr. F. T. Shutt, for analysis, who re- ports on them as follows: “Analysis and Report on Samples From Sable Island. ‘By Frank T. Shutt, Chemist, Dominion Experimental Farms. ‘No. 1. Sample of the sand from field on top of the bluff, northeast of the look-out, where first forest clump was planted. It contains roots of grass Ammophila arenaria (A. breviligulata]. Weight of sand 2 pounds 13 ounces, containing 34 ounces of grass roots. _ 1Saunders, Wm., I. c. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 49 ‘Analysis of this sand after separation of the greater part of the fibre showed .0018 per cent of nitrogen. ‘Digestion of this sand with hydrochloric acid (sp. gr. 1.115) at the temper- cae ¥ boiling water for 5 hours, showed that .412 per cent had passed into solut: The wiaceiitiadlaee of this acid solution gave the following data: ates of iron and: aluntina «ss 6s .w6s 6 ess pce ee a . 328 Pde oe wisn Gwe S8 nis caw s hace Hains alee clas MR Ee Phen haus OI... . ike ives S29 ld eee aes ‘Potash:—By the spectroscope, traces of potash were plainly dineervabia, With the usual reagent (platinic chloride) only a very faint precipitation was obtained when working on an acid solution from 10 grams of the sand. ‘No. 2. Sample of peaty soil from surface underlaid by sand in central part of island 114 miles east of residence of Superintendent where a large block of trees has been planted, locality known as Gourdeau Park, layer 3 to 4 inches ck. ‘Analysis of (air-dried) peaty soil:— p.c. Dl ater go ek 5 ok ks baa os Ee So ee ee 4.87 pie matter ook ex tun ccs a 22.22 ‘Mineral ack practically sands... . cc. 660s est ec esses 08 72.91 100 ‘Nitrogen in organic matter...........--+ ++ sees reese ee ences .878 ‘No. 3. Representative sample of peaty soil covering a large area some dis- tance east of where No. 2 was taken, from 3 to 4 inches deep, and underlaid bysand. Weight soil, air-dried, 3 pounds 121% ounces, containing 5)4 ounces fib re. ‘Analysis of (air-dried) peaty soil:— p.- Cc. Dacian aw ee wo eked a erigioe eos 1.48 ‘Organic matter.......--.-.e0e-.sceceece cece ee tee sce teeees 8.63 ‘Mineral matter practically sand.........-.---++-++es+eeeeee 89.89 100 ‘itrugha | in organic matter........-.---+--seeeeeeeteeeeeees 201 ‘No. 4. Sample from a large pea of peaty soil found on the beach on the south shore, being washed by the sea. It contains a considerable amount of semi-decayed eel grass Zostera maritima. Weight of soil, air-dried, 1 pound 5 ounces, containing 214 ounces fibre, principally eel grass. ‘Analysis of (air-dried) peaty soil:— p. ¢c. Maetos a ee Se eter pee gee or eer ere Ce 3.00 ‘Clemanie matiOl. «os os Sec 5c vin kn Oe eek eae eee ee eke 9.50 ‘Mineral hatter scclatbealle sand. Sees bs Doeae awa eee 87.50 50 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. ‘Bitrowon torganic: matters: os. es Cie CU a . 267 ‘The above three samples are similar in character, and no doubt also as to origin. They may be considered as semi-decayed vegetable matter (largely fibrous) and sand, and practically the only point of difference between them lies in the varying proportions of these two constituents. In the air-dried condition the sand can be very easily separated from the organic matter by shaking and sifting, showing that there is no intimate incorporation of these constituents as in the case of true soils. he plant food they contain other than nitrogen is present in very small amounts, and we must suppose exists in such a condition that it is only slowly set free for plant us 0. Ana ean at the (air-dried) grass or hay Ammophila arenaria [A. iraastigaiiets| from Sable Island, chiefly barren stems: p ‘Micinbtire:6ocs. as ak ee i ee ee ee 12.42 dr eee ae 13.81 po See eee ee ey 81 jg! RRR Se eeu ggeicerny eee ie" eS rer 41.00 ee ae ee ee sas sv ave e eae trees 26.71 ee oy he er or ap er Ebaan 5.25 00 eh protein or albuminoids this grass makes a very good showing, being quite equal in respect to these important nutrients to many of our highly esteemed cultivated grasse ‘The Vasc of fibre is above the average, and this together with the somewhat high protein, necessarily makes the carbo-hydrates (starch, sugar, &e.) much lower than usual. This hay contains 5.25 per cent ash or mineral matter, which on further examinaton is found to include 1.37 per cent of sand. This sand had — attached to the grass in spite of all care be- ing taken to separate 1 e indications are ae though probably somewhat less digestible than the best hays made from grass cut before seeding, this Sable Island grass has a distinct and even moderately high feeding value due to its comparatively speaking large protein content.’ “The results obtained by Mr. Shutt are very interesting and valu- able. The ponies, of which there are four bands numbering about 120 in all running wild on the island, feed almost entirely on this grass which looks tough and hard and does not impress one as likely to be very nutritious. The ponies, however, do well on it, and even the domestic cattle use it considerably, although they are said to pre- fer timothy and clover. The fact that this grass has a decided nu- tritive character is now demonstrated. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 51 “Arrangements for the use of artificial fertilizers. “Realizing at the outset that it was probable that the soil of some of the sites which might be chosen for tree planting on the island would be deficient in the elements of fertility needed for the healthy growth of trees, a sufficient quantity of artificial fertilizers was taken to Sable Island with the trees. These included nitrate of soda, mur- iate of potash, superphosphate of lime with a few barrels of quick lime. Instructions were left with the Superintendent as to the use of these after the trees were planted, and the proportions in which they should be mixed. That after mixing they should be diluted with an equal bulk of sand and scattered in small proportion over the ground once a month for three months, leaving a small portion of each plan- tation untreated for comparison. This would probably give the trees at the start sufficient plant food for healthy growth. ‘4 natural source of plant food. “There is one source of plant food on Sable Island which should not be overlooked. Sea birds are most abundant there. After trav- elling over the greater part of the island and seeing the immense number of terns everywhere, from a rough computation of the num- ber per acre and the acreage of the island we estimated that these birds alone did not fall far short of a million on the island. They feed on small fish, and they are so incessantly active that they consume large quantities and their droppings are seen on every hand. This perennial source of fertility must have its effect. Like the guano on the sea-girt islands in parts of South America this material is very rich in plant food, which is in readily soluble forms and the quantity deposited every year would probably be sufficient to supply a con- siderable part of the small proportion of these elements needed for healthy tree growth. Traces only of these useful elements are found in the clear, pure sand which covers so large a part of the surface of the island, probably for the reason that this fertilizing material if not promptly taken up by plant roots is so soluble that it is soon washed through the porous sand by frequent rains and its accumula- tion is thus prevented. “Conditions of climate—strong winds. “The climate is a very singular one, and one of the chief difficulties in the way of rapid success in tree planting is the force and constancy 52 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. of the winds, and the frequency of the gales. From the meteorolog- ical tables here given, prepared by Mr. W. T. Ellis from material kindly furnished by Mr. R. F. Stupart, Director of the Meteorological Service of Canada, covering nearly four years, it appears that the average hourly velocity of the wind during the whole of that period has been more than 18 miles, while the gales have averaged over 10 each month when the winds have ranged mostly from 40 to 65 miles an hour. A study of the temperatures will show that there are no extremes of heat or cold on the island; that the highest temperature during the past four years has been 78, and the lowest point reached by the thermometer during the same period was 5 above zero. oe ! 8 a ; ‘ a cl 1s Months. : g E g © ce Baa 5 BE | oe |es3| a8 F g).. 3 = oop] 30 | = ap eee ee fa |S lel ee 1898. ve bs Inches.| Miles. hou as Days. January.. 48.5 6.0 5.65 21.5 48 18 15 2 WU MY feck 52s e5kss 43.0|17.0| 1.54| 18.7| 64 | 14 | 20] 2 March.... 46.5 | 23.5| 3.20| 17.8] 46 | 17 | 20] 9 April... 53.0 | 27.0 4.90 19.8 38 18 16 10 WA a oe ee, ein 4 = 60.5 | 33.0 2.90 15.7 41 es 24 June. eS a ss 66.0 | 39.0 3.12 15.9 39 9 20 14 Joly 75.0| 45.5 | 4.55] 11.8| 25 tt 37 hin to a = 77.0| 58.0| 4.44| 12.0| 27 1 te) 37 September 73.5 | 46.0 5.89 16.6 42 9 19 4 SRI ray Naetas ean 61.5 | 39.5 3.85 18.6 36 13 20 6 NGOVGIRDOE iss 5 beg e655 63.0 | 30.0 8.68 19.6 49 18 16 9 he eg eG $2.0) 18.0 6.64 2a .4 59 20 16 6 Averages 59.95] 31.87| 4.61 17.6 42.8] .12 18 8 1899. SUROIRES oko o ceccng ica es 48.5 7.5 ak 24.4 53 21 19 3 DOERR oes cee os 39.0 9.0 2.78 26.0 65 19 eg 6 March..... 47.5 | 17.0 4.96 22.6 46 20 22 13 April... 48.0 | 29.0 1.65 19.5 56 13 22 35 iw oe a 59.0 0 2.62 18.2 39 10 21 SN eS re a 64.5 | 41.0 4.97 12.8 27 3 16 11 July. . 71.0 | 52.0 2.30 14.9 31 5 22 21 A up sit 74. | 56:0 3.76 12.6 32 2 20 r 4 September 72.0 | 48.0 3.52 16.0 40 7 20 8 ~ 69.0 | 44.0 5.71 16.8 46 9 22 6 WMovember.. 6.0642 i ues oe 59.5 | 32.0 2.66 20.0 56 12 18 8 DOr a ee 53.0 | 24.0 4.31 18.8 49 18 17 6 Averages 58 .79| 32.29) 3.45 18.5 45 12 19 8 ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 53 oy t 5 oa H . 3 & i) P=] F: ee Months. F Be Spee Cae Gee Py BO oe os] oS 4 4 BE) agsies3| 48/23] . | € | $2/885|82| 38) a] = a = < a Z fm | By 1900. : ° | Inches.| Miles Days.|Days.| Days. WERE Y AS e-. Paee §2.5 1 17.0 5.76 23.7 56 20 14 5 PODVUATY «oc occ cede & 52.0 7.0 3.59 26.5 56 20 1% 3 March.... 48.5 | 15.5 6.15 22.2 52 19 16 8 IE ea een oe §2.5 | 32.5 5.55 19.4 46 16 14 6 May 57.8 | 34.0 3.04 16.2 37 6 19 7 June 69.0 | 40.0 2.84 14.2 27 6 21 14 July. 75.0 | 49.0 2.25 13.4 32 3 23 18 A Peet ek ae 73.0 | 51.0 6.16 13.6 40 4 17 6 September..... 70.0 | 47.0 5.66 16.2 49 7 17 8 Octo 66.0 | 37.0 2.31 17.4 51 11 21 5 November.......... 60.5 | 27.0 2.94 yr ey 46 24 1l 8 December.........- 49.0} 20.0 2.94 21.8 52 15 14 3 Averages......... 60.48] 31.41} 4.09 18.9 45 12 17 1901. January. ae 47.0 5.0 3.24 22.7 58 14 19 9 Pemriney 6 Co 45.5 | 19.0 3.21 21.9 45 9 12 4 March.. 47.0 | 19.0 4.04 20.2 56 12°.) 23 11 April 54.0 | 34.0 2.36 19.4 60 os 24 17 May. 57.0 | 34.0 4.97 13.3 34 | 18 10 June 63.0 | 44.0 2.38 14.8 36 1 24 15 July. 77.0. |..53.0 2.90 12.9 36 0 28 19 A hee 78.0 | 60.0 3.36 11:3 34 1 26 13 September 76.5 | 48.0 1.65 17.4 42 5 26 7 ber . 68.0 | 41.0 4.52 18.4 48 a 25 9 November.......... 57.5 130.0 2.30 18.2 62 rd 23 0 Averages 60.95} 35.18] 3.17 17.3 46 5 22 10 “The plantations started very executed. well, all of the young trees taking root and the seed of the Maritime Pine germinated and came up ‘as thick as it can stand, and * * * very fine and strong’.” This brief statement of the planting of the trees on Sable Island should impress the reader with the great care with which the plan was devised and the diligence with which the laborious planting was The Superintendent of Sable Island, R. J. Bouteillier, took a keen interest in the whole project and did all that a man could to insure its success. From his reports we learn that the trees began almost immediately to succumb to the severity of the climate. In his first 54 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. report he had to mention a discouraging loss. “I may say that al- most everything planted seems to have taken root, those you first put in are budding freely, although I regret to say that on Friday last we had a moderate gale which’lasted about 24 hours when the wind at times exceeded 40 miles an hour. I find that on the trees with soft leaves which had just opened, they were burned off as if from frost. The pines and spruces were not affected as far as could be observed.” In the fall of 1901, November 5th, Supt. Bouteillier wrote, “ With regard to the condition of the trees the latter part of the summer was very dry, so much so that our vegetables are less than a half crop, so that you can see it must have been trying for the trees. “ Rainfall— June, 2.38 inches; spread well over the whole month; fogs as well. July, 2.90 inches; spread well over the whole month; fair; warmer. August 1 to 13, 3.36 inches; no fogs; very warm. September 8 to 30, 1.65 inches; no fogs; very warm; dry gales. October 3 to 24, 3.60 inches; no fogs; warm; some high winds. “You will see from this that the trying time was from August 13 to October 3, with only 1.65 of rain, no fogs and very warm weather for Sable Island. The thermometer averaged high all summer. “This drought killed most of the weaklings, and the high winds burned the leaves off the deciduous trees between September 21 and 26, during which time it blew a continuous gale from S. W. around to north. After the gale subsided, the leaves were as though a fire had run close to the trees and scorched them. It was not cold, and we have had no frost yet. “Many of these trees were very promising, = some of them are budding again since we have had rains. “Now, as I think J] have shown you the worst ae I will show the other. All the evergreens looked dull during the drought, but after we had a few rains they improved wonderfully. All the pines, ex- cept the white pine P. strobus are looking splendidly and have made growth. The plants from the pine seed also grew well, but lately I noticed that many were turning a bluish cast. Some spruces sur- vive, but few look promising. Arbor-vitae suffered much from drought, but there are many promising specimens in various locali- ties. “This general statement of the conditions of the trees applies to all planted in the various localities, but I think Gourdeau Park, 114 ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 55 miles east of main station, is most promising, and next is 4th station plot. In all plots planted the weeds and grass has grown freely, and I am satisfied now that this is best for the trees; it gives shelter. If the ground had been kept clear the drifting sand would abrade the bark, and it is very noticeable that trees do best where sheltered by grass or wild plants. In ‘Gourdeau Park’ there is shelter owing to the conformation of the ground, and the slopes have different expos- ures. I find where the slopes are exposed to the south-west and west winds (our prevailing winds) the trees are least promising.” In the following year, Dr. Saunders in an additional report’ gave the latest news concerning the plantation on Sable Island. The first letter received in 1902 was written May 26. In this Mr. Bouteillier says, “I will give you the latest news of the trees. Our winter has been very mild; not much snow and not much frost. When a cold snap occurred it was followed by enough mild weather to take all the frost cut of the ground. March was very mild; April was cold and windy, and that has continued up to a week ago. Many pines that seemed to stand the winter went red in March and April, and many that turned color have recovered and are putting out new buds. Survivors of Austrian, Mountain and Maritime pines are the most promising, and those that are not doing well are the small specimens; nearly all the larger ones planted are killed. A few spruces of all kinds survive, but they are not promising. Of the arbor vitae only a few are living. Juniper of both kinds nearly all dead; perhaps four or five survivors. “Of the Maritime pines raised from the seed you brought, these were killed wherever they were scattered on the bare ground, but where they came up among the grass they are growing finely in this shelter, and there are thousands now green and putting out new buds. When sowing these I put them in thick, and after they came up I thought that in spots they were too thick; but this was their salvation, as the winds subsequently killed those on the outside, while those in the middle of these bunches were protected and have remained green. “The deciduous trees were killed down from the top, some to the ground, others killed outright, but they are no exceptions, all are killed at least half way down. Included in these are Pyrus pruni- folia, P. baccata, Caragana arborescens and Silver Poplar. All these deciduous sorts put out leaves a month ago, but lately we have had 1 Saunders, Wm.: Reports from Sable Island in 1902, J. c. 56-58 (1902). 56 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. very high winds and all the leaves are more or less blighted, and some of the gooseberry and currant bushes are stripped. As I have mention- ed before shelter is necessary here to success.” Supt. Bouteillier in the succeeding years continued to report on the condition of the young trees. Each year his report was more and more like a list of casualties due to the wind or the drought. In 1910, he made a careful census! of the survivors, finding 72 live. During my visit to Sable Island in 1913, I was naturally much in- terested in the result of the tree planting, and carefully inspected each of the sites. I found 77 individuals. In all cases Supt. Bou- teillier and I did not identify the trees as the same, but this is easy to understand as all of them are little dwarfed, blasted sprigs which never flower or fruit and which have very abnormal foliage. In all the important details we do agree, that out of the original planting in 1901 of 81,345 trees, as well as 50 pounds of seed of Pinus maritima there are now but 75 or so individuals alive, none of these exceeding the height of the sheltering Beach Grass. The attempt to forest these sand dunes was an absolute failure. After a review of all the circumstances connected with this tree planting, no error in planning, no omission, no carelessness or acci- dent in the planting is apparent. Large numbers of the trees that have successfully reclaimed similar areas were used, as well as a great variety of other possible trees and shrubs. It would seem that, al- though a few trees probably did grow on the island as late as 1633 the decreased size and height of the island since then had so reduced the amount of shelter from the fierce winds and storms that at pres- ent no trees could be made to stand the extreme climatic conditions. This remains, however, a distinct challenge to the foresters. It is hoped that sometime they may be able to meet it successfully. CATALOGUE OF THE VASCULAR PLANTS. In the following catalogue different fonts of type are used to dis- tinguish the different elements of the flora. Native plants are indicated by full-faced type. Adventive plants are indicated by large and small capitals. Discredited records are enclosed in brackets. * Dominion Experimental Farms, Report of the Director, Results of Exper- iments in Tree Planting on Sable Island, 54-55 (1910), ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 57 POLYPODIACEAE. [ASPIDIUM SPINULOSUM Sw., var. DILATATUM (Hoffm.) Hook. The record of this fern for Sable Island is based on a communication from H. T. Giissow, but he writes that the plant was in “too fragmentary a condition to be placed in the Herbarium.” The determination of this plant cannot now be verified.] Polypodium vulgare L. Known only from one collection, on the old land at Island Pond, very rare, J. Macoun (C. no. 22,695). . Spores mature,—late July. OSMUNDACEAE. Osmunda cinnamomea L. Local, but abundant by the marsby shores of the fresh ponds at the eastern end of Wallace Lake, near Life Saving Station No. 3. Collected by J. Macoun; H. T. Giis- sow; H. St. John, no. 1,108 (H). LYCOPODIACEAE. Lycopodium inundatum L. Somewhat general in the wet dune hollows. J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,109 and 1,110 (H). ; Spores mature,—September. PINACEAE. Pinus montana Mill. _ Six trees planted near Life Saving Station No. 3, in a grassy dune hollow have survived from the five thousand set out in 1901, but they are not over two feet in height, and are hidden by a luxuriant growth of Ammophila. H. St. John, no. 1,111 (H). P. syzvestris L. A few trees out of the ten thousand planted in 1901 near Life Saving Station No. 4, are still living but they are overtopped by the Ammophila. H. St. John, no. 1,112 (H). Picea CANADENSIS (Mill.) B.S. P. One tree surviving at Life Saving Station, No. 4, from the planting in 1901 of 2,500 young trees. H. St. John, no. 1,113 (H). [JunireRus comMuNIS recorded by J. Macoun (M. p. 216A) is probably of the var. megistocarpa.] 58 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. Juniperus communis L., var. megistocarpa Fernald & St. John, n. var., J. communem, var. montanam ramis prostratis foliis latis brevibus incurvantibus similans sed differt fructubus major- ibus, 9-13 mm. diametro; seminibus majoribus, 5-7 mm. longis. Resembling J. communis L., var. montana Ait. in its prostrate branches and short broad incurved leaves, but differing from it by a larger fruit, 9-13 mm. in diameter, and by its larger seeds, 5-7 mm. NEWFOUNDLAND: serpentine and magnesian limestone barrens northeastern base and slopes of Blomidon (‘“ Blow-me-down’ a Mountains, Bay of Islands, August 21, 1910, M. L. Fernald and K. . Wiegand, no. 2,422 (H). Quesec, Macpa.en Isianps: sand ridges back of the Narrows, Alright Island, August 21, 1912, M. L. Fernald, Bayard Long, and Harold St. John, no. 6, 729 (TYPE i in Gray Herb.); sand hills between East Cape and East Point, Coffin Island, M. L. Fernald, Bayard Long, and Harold St. Fake no. 6,728 (H); sand dunes, Brion Island, Aug. 6, 1914, Harold St. John, no. 2,040 (H). Nova Scotia: Empetrum heaths near oe park, Sable Island, Aug. 23, 1913, Harold St. John, no. 1,114 (H); sprawling on sand dunes, Empetrum heaths, Whalepost, Eble Island, Aug. 30, 1913, Harold St. Te u6.1,115 (i). Common on Sable Island on the dry slopes of the fixed dunes. This variety is probably the only one on the Island. In 1753 Andrew Le Mercier (LL) described the Island as looking “all green in winter with the Juniper bushes.” In 1766 and 1767, J. F. W. Des Barres observed “juniper &c., their season” (Atlantic Peptune, 1 i. 68, 1777 “ A little ground juniper,” is referred to by. 5 B. Gilpin (G. p. 18); “On y trouve, en fait de fruits, les baies du génévrier rampant” (T. p. 29). Fr.—August and September. [J. communis L., var. DEPRESSA Pursh. Collected by J. Macoun and H. T. Giissow, and probably to be referred to the ii toncocon variety.| [J. nana Willd. The plant mentioned by Jonathan Dwight, Jr., (D. pp. 9 and 12) is probably J. communis, var. megistocarpa.] J. horizontalis Moench. Dry sheltered slopes of the more perma- nent dunes. J. Macoun writes (M. p. 217A), “On one occasion I saw roots protruding from under a sand-hill over thirty feet high, and on digging them out found that they represented part of the remains ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 59 of a specimen of Juniperus Sabina procumbens (creeping juniper). It was rooted in a layer of black soil and when taken out showed that it had Jain flat on the ground. Two of the roots, including the bark, measured 35¢ and 33% inches in diameter respectively, while the crown, where the branches began to spread was over seventeen inches in circumference or nearly six inches in diameter.” Quite common on the old land, J. Macoun (C. no. 22,607); trailing on the sand dunes, Whalepost, H. St. John, nos. 1,116 and 1,117 (H). Fl., Fr.—August and September. [J. PROcCUMBENS recorded by J. Macoun (M. p. 218A) is probably J. horizontals. (J. SABINA PROCUMBENS recorded by J. Macoun (M. p. 217A) is J. horizontalis.| TYPHACEAE. Typha latifolia L. Local, growing only by the border of the fresh ponds at the east end of Wallace Lake, J. Macoun; and swampy edge of fresh-water pond near Life Saving Station No. 3, H. St. John, no. 1,118 (H). Fr.—September. SPARGANIACEAE. Sparganium angustifolium Michx. Common in the perma- nent fresh-water ponds. J. Macoun (C. nos. 22.637 and 22,637a); H. St. John, nos. 1,119 and 1,120 (H). Fl.—July and August. Fr.—August and September. [S. simpLEXx Huds. of J. Macoun is S. angustifolium.] POTAMOGETONACEAE. Potamogeton polygonifolius Pourret. Abundant in the fresh- water ponds. It will grow even in ponds that dry up for a part of the summer, but it probably does not fruit in these except in a wet season. In such exsiccated ponds the plant appears as a tight pros- trate rosette of apparently sessile leaves. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,095) —for the first notice of this, see A. Bennett, Journal of Botany, xxx. 198 (1901). H. St. John, nos. 1,121 and 1,122 (H). Fr.—August and September. P. epihydrus Raf. Very common in the fresh ponds. J. Ma- coun (C. no. 22,073); H. St. John, no. 1,123 (H). Fl.—July and August. Fr.—August and September. 69 PROC : BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. P. bupleuroides Fernald. Common in brackish ponds. J. Ma- coun (C. no. 22,081); H. T. Giissow (E); H. St. John, no. 1,124 (H). Fr.—August and September. [P. perFotiaTus L. The specimens from Sable Island interpreted as this prove to be the American P. bupleuroides.| [P. Fares Rupr. J. Macoun’s collection (C. no. 22,097) proves to be P. pusillus, var. capitatus.] P. pusillus L., var. capitatus Benn. Abundant in the brackish ponds. The type collection was made in pools, July 27, 1899, J. Macoun (C. no. 22,096 and 22,097); H. St. John, no. 1,125 (H). Fl., Fr—July and August. [P. Srurrockm Benn. In Fryer’s Potamogetons of the British Isles, 85 (1915) Arthur Bennett records this plant from Sable Island.] P. pectinatus L. Common in the brackish pools. J. Macoun (C. nos. 22,071 and 22,072); H. St. John, no. 1,126 (H). Fl., Fr—August. [P. pectinatus L., f. pseUDoMARINUS Benn. In the Journal of Botany, xxxix. 199 (1901) Bennett makes the combination and credits the plant to Sable Island.] [P. r1tirorMis Pers. The collection by J. Macoun called this, is P. pectinatus.] [Ruppia maritima L. J. Macoun’s collection so named proves to be var. longipes.] Ruppia maritima L., var. longipes Hagstrém. Abundant in Wallace Lake and the brackish ponds. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,635); H. St. John, no. 1,127 (H). Fl., Fr—August. Zostera marina L. Common in Wallace Lake and washed up on the sea beaches. J. Dwight, Jr., (D. pp. 13 & 40) mentions that it “abounds in the lagoon, and occurs as drift along its shores” and that the nest of the Ipswich Sparrow may be partly made of “eel-grass.’’? Listed by J. Macoun; and H. T. Giissow. H. St. John, no. 1,128 (H). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 61 GRAMINEAE. Panicum huachucae Ashe. Occasional in the drier spots. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,708), labeled P. implicatum; H. St. John, nos. 1,129 and 1,130 (H). Fr—July and August. [PANICUM IMPLICATUM Scribn. J. Macoun’s collection was so labeled by Hitchcock and Chase, but the size of the spikelets and the character of the pubescence indicate that this plant should rather be treated as P. huachucae. EcHINOCHLOA CRUSGALLI (L.) Beauv. A garden weed at the Main Life Saving Station. H. St. John, no. 1,131 (H). Fr.—September. ANTHOXANTHUM ODORATUM L. Established on the drier, more stable parts of the island. J. Macoun (M. p. 218A) comments on , the abundance of this species on the old land and argues that it appears native there, or at least is “a resident of such long standing that it has made itself at home in all suitable places.” H. St. John, no. 1,132 (H). Fr.— August. PHLEUM PRATENSE L. Planted and well established near the Life Saving Stations. Observed by J. Dwight, Jr. (D. p. 12); collected by J. Macoun; H. St. John, no. 1,133 (H). Fl., Fr—August. AGROSTIS ALBA L., var. VULGARIS (With.) Thurb. Cultivated near the stations, according to J. Dwight, Jr. (D. p. 12). A. alba L., var. maritima (Lam.) G. F. W. Mey. Abundant in the dune hollows and at the margins of the fresh-water ponds. Col- lected by J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow (E); H. St. John, nos. 1,134 and 1,135 (H). Fr.— August. A.—IA collection by J. Macoun (C. no. 73,060) obviously belongs to the alba series, but I have been unable to place it to my satisfaction. [A. nremauis (Walt.) B. S. P. Both Macoun and Giissow list this species, but the plants are probably to be interpreted as of the var. geminata.] 62 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. A. hiemalis (Walt.) B.S. P., var. geminata (Trin.) Hitche. A common plant, sprawling on the sand in the wet or the dry dune hollows. A. S. Hitchcock in his monograph of the North American Species of Agrostis, Bull. Bur. Plant Industry, Ixviii. 43 (1905), cites one sheet with awnless spikelets, but this phase is apparently common. H. St. John, nos. 1,136 and 1,365 (H). Fl., Fr—August. Ammophila breviligulata Fernald. (A. arenaria of Am. authors, not Link.) Abundant on all the drier parts of the island. Without doubt this is the most important plant on the island, for without it nothing would stay the erosive action of the wind, the storms, and the sea, and in a very short time the whole island would be reduced to a treacherous submerged bar, such as now extend out from either end of the island for more than fifteen miles. The Beach Grass does what none of the hundred odd species planted for this purpose suc- ceeded in doing, for in most parts of the island it actually does anchor the sand and prevent the dunes from being dissipated by the winds. Even the earlier explorers such as Des Barres, mention “a great plenty of beach grass” (Atlantic Neptune, i. 68, 1777); in 1801, Seth Coleman found the soil of Sable Island, “of a nature to produce Beach Grass” (Rept. on Canadian Archives, 91, 1895). John Ma- coun (M. p. 215A): “All the sandhills are covered with sandgrass (Ammophila) and the wonderful vigour of this grass is well shown everywhere, but more particularly where the sand has just been deposited, or is in a raw state. I found one underground stem or stolon over twelve feet long which had sixty-four series of roots and no less than forty-seven tufts of leaves. The growing point was so hard and sharp that it might almost penetrate wood.” Another equally important use of the Beach Grass is that of pro- viding the fodder that supports the gangs of wild and semi-domesti- cated ponies, as well as the cattle. To one familiar with it in other places the Beach Grass would seem like very poor fodder. On the sheltered slopes of many of the dunes, it grows here shoulder high, deep green, and juicy and succulent, so much so that I used to pull young shoots and chew them as I plodded over the soft sand and forced my way through the tangle of Beach Pea. It seemed to me that two factors might jointly or singly explain the unusually tender and succulent condition of the Beach Grass here: the cool, very moist climate; the regular cutting and harvesting of it as a hay crop over ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 63 large areas. During my stay at the Main Life Saving Station over sixty tons of this crop were stored away within the huge barns. Such a conspicuous plant was naturally observed by J. Dwight, Jr.; J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,137 (H). Fl.—Late August and September. [A. arenarta (L.) Link. All records belong to the American A, breviligulata. | Deschampsia flexuosa (L.) Trin. On the drier parts of the island. J. Macoun; H. T. Ghissow (E); H. St. John, no. 1,138 (H). Fr—July. [D. anba R. & S. Giissow’s specimen so named is D. flexuosa.} AvENA sativa L. A weed at the Main Life Saving Station. H. St. John, no. 1,139 (H). A. sativa L., var. ORIENTALIS (Schreb.) Richter. A weed at the Main Life Saving Station. H. St. John, no. 1,140 (H). Danthonia spicata (L.) Beauv. On the old land, not rare. Found only by J. Macoun (C. no. 22,688). Fr.—July. Spartina Michauxiana Hitche. Occasional at the borders of the brackish ponds. Found by J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,141 and 1,142 (H). Fl.—August. Poa annua'L. A weed near the stations. Collected by J. Macoun (C. no. 22,682). Fl.uly. P. patustris L. (P. triflora Gilib.) Planted in a field near the Main Life Saving Station. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,681). Fl.—July. P. pratensis L. Generally distributed and frequent on the dry dunes. In 1753, Andrew Le Mercier (L) remarked, “there is some English Grass’’; and in 1801, Seth Coleman found “some small spots of English Grass” (Rept. on Canadian Archives, 91, 1895). Listed by J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,143 (H). Fr.—August. 64 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. Glyceria Fernaldii (Hitche.) St. John. (G. pallida, var. Fernaldit Hitche.) In marshy spots, East End, J. Macoun (C. no. 22,684). Fr.—Early August. Festuca rubra L. Common on the drier parts of the island. Collected by J. Macoun (C. no. 22,686); H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,144 (H). ; Fl.—July. Fr.—August. F. rubra L., var. glaucescens (Hegetschw. & Heer) Richter. Common on the nearly bare dunes where the coarse glaucous leaves form great tufts. H. St. John, nos. 1,145, 1,146, and 1,147 (H). - Fr.—August. Bromus sEcALINUS L. A fugitive weed. In meadow grass, rare. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,671). Fr.—July. AGROPYRON REPENS L. Established near the Life Saving Stations. Recorded by J. Macoun; H. St. John, no. 1,148 (H). Fr.—August. A. repens L., var. pilosum Scribn. On sand dunes remote from the Life Saving Stations and apparently native. H. St. John, no. 1,149 (H). Fl.—August. Horpeum susatum L. A weed at the Main Life Saving Station. Reported by J. Macoun; H. St. John, no. 1,150 (H). Fr.—August and September. Elymus arenarius L., var. villosus E. Mey. (E. arenarius of Am. authors; E. mollis Trin.) Very rare on the island, occurring, as far as known, only along the top of a narrow ridge of dunes extend- ing a short distance from the eastern end of Wallace Lake along the South Beach. This line of dunes has been rapidly washing away and the remnants are still exposed to the action of the storms. This grass luxuriates here, sending its culms up to a height of six feet or more, but the station is in great danger of being destroyed. H. St. John, no. 1,151 (H). Fr.—September. CYPERACEAE. Eleocharis palustris (L.) R. & S. Abundantly fringing the borders of the permanent and semi-permanent fresh-water ponds. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 65 J. Macoun (C. nos. 77,185, 77,186, 77,163, 22,648); H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,152 (H). Fl.—August. E. palustris (L.) R. & S., var. glaucescens (Willd.) Gray. Even more common than the preceding, but found sprawling on the drier sand flats or in nearly bare dune hollows. J. Macoun (C. nos. 22,640, 22,647, and 77,187); H. St. John, nos. 1,153, 1,154, and 1,155 (H). Fl.—August. Fr.—August and September. Scirpus nanus Spreng. Found only by the brackish margins of Wallace Lake. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,649); H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,156 (H). Fl., Fr—September. S. americanus Pers. Common in the dune hollows. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,632); H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,157 (H). Fl.—August. S. acutus Muhl. (S. occidentalis (Wats.) Chase.) Brackish and nearly fresh ponds near Wallace Lake. Some of the specimens have been named S. validus but none seems to belong in that species. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,633) is very young material. H. T. Giissow’s collection has well developed achenes only 2 mm. long, but the spike- lets are borne for the most part in glomerules, so the plant is treated as of this species. H. St. John, nos. 1,158 and 1,159 (H) do not have long spikelets, but the achenes are large, 2.5 mm. long, and the scales are long and overlapping. These specimens with a mingling of characters of S. validus and of S. acutus raise the question as to the distinctness of these two species. Fr.—September. [S. occrpeNnTALIS (Wats.) Chase is S. acutus.] [S. vatipus Vahl. The specimens from Sable Island that have been called this seem better treated as S. acutus.] S. campestris Britton, var. paludosus (A. Nelson) Fernald. Brackish ponds near Wallace Lake. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,634); H. St. John, no. 1,160 (H). Fr.—September Carex hormathodes Fernald. Wet margins of the fresh ponds. common. J. Macoun; H. St. John, nos. 1,161, 1,162, and 1,163 (H). Fr.—August and September. 66 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. [C. srraminEA Willd. The specimen so labeled by J. Macoun is C. hormathodes.| C. silicea Olney. Uniformly distributed on the dunes and drier sand flats. J. Macoun; H. St. John, no. 1,164 (H). Fl., Fr—August. C. echinata Murr. (C. stellulata Good.) Borders of ponds and wet dune hollows. J. Macoun (C. no. 23,037); H. St. John, no. 1,165 (H). Fr—July and August. C. echinata Murr., var. cephalantha Bailey. Found at the East End, J. Macoun (C. no. 77,162 and 22,065). Fr—July. C. canescens L., var. disjuncta Fernald. Common along the pond margins and in the wet dune hollows. J. Macoun (C. nos. 23,070 and 23,071); H. St. John, no. 1,166 (H). Fr.—July to September. C. deflexa Hornem. Found only by J. Macoun (C. no. 23,089). Fr—July. C. Oederi Retz., var. pumila (Coss. & Germain) Fernald. Wet usually turfy borders of brackish ponds. J. Macoun (C. no. 23,088); H. St. John, no. 1,167 (H). Fr—July and August. ERIOCAULACEAE. Eriocaulon septangulare With. (E. articulatum (Huds.) Mor- ong.) Very abundant at the wet margins of the fresh-water ponds. J. Macoun; H. St. John, no. 1,168 (H). Fr.—August. JUNCACEAE. Juncus bufonius L. Wet sand near Wallace Lake. Collected by J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,169 (H). Fl., Fr—August. J. bufonius L., var. halophilus Buchenau & Fernald. Brackish beach of Wallace Lake, H. St. John, no. 1,170 (H). Fl., Fr—August. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 67 J. tenuis Willd. Common on ‘the sand dunes. Collected by J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,171 and 1,172 (H). Fl., Fr—August and September. [J. Bauric recorded by J. Macoun (M. p. 218A) is J. balticus, var. littoralis.] J. balticus Willd., var. littoralis Engelm. Very common in the ‘wet or dry dune hollows. Collected by J. Dwight, Jr. (D. p. 12); J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,173 (H). Fl., Fr—August. J. canadensis J. Gay. Common in the dune hollows. J. Ma- coun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,174 and 1,175 (H). Fl.—August. Fr.—August and September. J. pelocarpus Mey., var. sabulonensis, n. var., prostratus omni- bus partibus forma typica multo minor; foliis teretibus, septis vix visibilibus; floribus in cymam contractam aggregatis; capsulo 2. 5 mm. longo, 1-1.5 mm. diametro igitur crassitudine dimidium longitudinis subaequante. Prostrate, very much reduced in all parts: the septa scarcely showing on the terete leaf blades: flowers more nearly approximate in the reduced cyme: capsule 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. wide, averaging nearly one half as wide as long, while in J. pelocarpus the capsules are 3-4 mm. long, and 1-1.5 mm. wide, averaging one third as wide as long. The bulbiferous form is not known to occur in the var. sabulonensis. Nova Scotta: shallow ponds, Sable Island, Aug. 16, 1899, J. Ma- coun (C. no. 22,631); sprawling in wet dune hollow, Sable Island, _ Aug. 30, 1913, H. St. John, no. 1,176 (ryPE in Gray Herb.). J. bulbosus L. Common along the marshy borders of fresh- water ponds. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,623) see J. M. Macoun, Ottawa Nat. xv. (Contributions to Canadian Bot. xiv.) 79 (1901); H. St. John, no. 1,177 (H). Fl., Fr—August. (J. anticu.atus L. of J. Macoun is J. pelocarpus, var. sabulonensis.] J. articulatus L., var. obtusatus Engelm. Very common in the wet dune hollows. H. T. Giissow (E); H. St. John, nos. 1,178, 1,179, and 1,180 (H). Fr.—August and September. Luzula campestris (L.) DC., var. acadiensis Fernald. See Rhodora, xix. 38 (1917). Common on the dry dunes that are fixed 68 PROC : BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. by semi-abundant vegetation. H. St. John, nos. 1,181 and 1,182 (H). All records for the var. multiflora should probably go here. Fr.—August. [JUNCOIDES CAMPESTRE (L.) recorded by J. Dwight, Jr., (D. p. 12) is treated as Luzula campestris, var. acadiensis.] LILIACEAE. Smilacina stellata (L.) Desf. Found throughout, on the drier dunes that are anchored by a covering of larger vegetation. J. Dwight, Jr.; J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,183 (H). Fr.—August, uncommon. IRIDACEAE. Iris versicolor L. Common by the wet pond margins. John Rose, in 1633, saw “flags by the ponds” (Winthrop, John: Hist. of N. E., ed. James Savage, i. 162 (1825)). J. B. Gilpin records (G. p. 18), “The wild rose, blue lily and wild pea enamel the valleys.” It has seemed evident to me that Gilpin’s “blue lily” must be Iris versicolor. J. Dwight, Jr. (D. p. 14) refers to the “blue lilies,” “that are said to bloom later in the season, I failed to obtain any specimens.” J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,184 and 1,185 (H). Fl., Fr—August and September. Sisyrinchium gramineum Curtis. Abundant in the wet dune hollows all over the island. Recorded as S. graminoides Bicknell by Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxvii. 239 (1900). J. Macoun (C. nos. 76,855, 76,856, and 76,857); H. St. John, no. 1,186 (H). Fl., Fr.—July and August. [S. ancusTiFotium Mill. All records of this from Sable Island should be interpreted as S. gramineum.] ORCHIDACEAE. Habenaria bracteata (Willd.) R. Br. In boggy spots near Island Pond. Found only by J. Macoun (C. no. 22,614). This specimen has been recorded by Ames as H. viridis R. Br., var. brac- teata Gray, in his Orchidaceae, iv. 24 (1910). Fr.—July. [H. viripis R. Br., var. pracreata Gray recorded by Ames is IT. bracteata.] ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 69 H. clavellata (Michx.) Spreng. Occasional on turfy banks near the fresh-water ponds. J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow (E); H. St. John, nos. 1,187 and 1,188 (H). Fl., Fr.—September. H. lacera (Michx.) R. Br. Occasional on turfy banks and in the wet dune hollows. J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow (E); H. St. John, nos. 1,189, 1,190, 1,191, and 1,192 (H). Fl.—August. Fr.—September. Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br. Frequent in the wet dune hollows. J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, nos. 1,193 and 1,194 (H). Fl.—August. C. pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br., forma latifolius n. f., foliis oblongo- vel elliptici-lanceolatis, 7-11 cm. longis, 1.3-2.8 cm. latis. Leaves oblong- or elliptic-lanceolate, 7-11 cm. long, 1.3-2.8 cm. wide. Nova Scotia: wet dune hollow, Sable Island, Aug. 27, 1913, H. St. John, no. 1,195 (type in Gray Herb.). Spiranthes Romanzoffiana Cham. In damp boggy spots. Found only by J. Macoun (C. no. 22,603). Fl.—July. SALICACEAE. Satrx viMINALIs L. A planted specimen has survived at Life Saving Station No. 3, and attained a height of six feet. It showed no signs of having fruited. H. St. John, no. 1,196 (H). MYRICACEAE. Myrica carolinensis Mill. Scattered clumps on the dry dunes. J. Macoun; H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,197 (H). Fr.—August. M. cerirera L. Recorded by J. Dwight, Jr. (D. pp. 13 & 42) and by J. Macoun (M. p. 218A), but the specimens are undoubtedly M. carolinensis. BETULACEAE. Beru.a PENDULA Roth. Planted in 1901, and one tree surviving near Life Saving Station No. 4, although not equalling the Sand Grass (Ammophila) in height. H. St. John, no. 1,198 (H). 70 PROCEEDINGS: BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. B. atBa L. (B. puspesceNns Ehrh.) Two thousand trees were planted in 1901 in Gourdeau Park and a few are still growing there, but are not over two feet in height. H. St. John, no. 1,199 (H). POLYGONACEAE. Rumex Britannica L. Occurring only along the swampy mar- gins of the fresh-water ponds extending beyond the eastern end of Wallace Lake, near Life Saving Station No. 3. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,595); H. St. John, no. 1,200 (H) Fl.—August. Fr.—September. [R. occiDENTALIS Wats. The plant so listed by J. Macoun is R. Britannica. R. crispus L. Introduced and common near the Life Saving Stations, rare elsewhere. J. Macoun; H. St. John, nos. 1,201, 1,202, and 1,203 (H). Fr.—August and September. R. maritimus L., var. fueginus (Phil.) Dusén. See St. John Rhodora, xvii. 81 (1915). Abundant cn the brackish beaches of Wallace Lake, and appearing as a weed in the gardens through the use as a fertilizer of sea-weed collected on the beach of the lake. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,549); H. St. John, nos. 1,204, 1,205, 1,206, 1,207, and 1,208 (H). Fl.—August. Fr—September. R. Acerosetta L. Thoroughly established on the drier parts of the island, especially near the Life Saving Stations. Mentioned by J. Dwight, Jr. (D. pp. 13 & 42). Listed by J. Macoun; and H. T. Giissow; H. St. John, no. 1,209 (H). Fl.—August. Polygonum Raii Bab. Wet dune hollow, possibly brackish. Known only from the collection, H. St. John, no. 1,210 (H) Fl.—August. [P. Fowterr Robinson. The plant so listed by J. Macoun is P. aviculare.| P. avicuLARE L. Well established near the Life Saving Stations. J. Macoun (C. no. 22,599, also as door-weed M. p. 218A); H. St. John, nos. 1,211, and 1,212 (H). Fl., Fr—August and September. ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 71 P. tapatuiFotium L. Ina potato field, East End Post, J. Macoun (C. no. 22,590). Fl., Fr.—July. P. wapatTuirotium L., var. PROSTRATUM Wimmer. Brackish beach of Wallace Lake near the Main Life Saving Station. H. St. John, no. 1,361 (H). Material of this number was distributed under an unpublished manuscript name. Fl., Fr—September. P. scasprum Moench (P. tomentTosum Schrank). | se | se Oe < Zz < Zz Cnbracens 05 Fo ee 2 2 1 THUGrARNON. SS. a: 2 = Ue .. o cc Ss ee oe 3 2 1 Cernnbeehe se 1 1 ee eee eee ror deg ee 2 2 1 Premalniesiee soins 2 Ss 3 3 Cjentinnaoie. <6 3 2 1 Convolvulaceae................ wk 1 BOPARTAOONE = oe. oo a 1 1 RADI Sa ee ss 4 1 2 1 DRADGNE.. coerce ke 1 ni Scrophulariaceae............... 4 3 2 Lentibulariaceae............... 1 1 Piste... 2 3. i 1 1 1 1 A ar ys 2 3 CCapiloniaeehe. - os oe 5a aes 3 1 2 ampanulacese................ 1 1 Compete... 17 8 8 4 1 ROL SS nck Se cies BES ES 127 | 101 45 45 6 Total of'native and adventive species, varieties and forms 198 Planted — = included in preceding table.............. 15 30 BO ee ee 213 ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 101 BIBLIOGRAPHY. Anonymous: The Graveyard of the Atlantic. All the Year Round, Ixvi. 517-522 (1890). Anonymous: Sable Island. The Leisure Hour, xxx. 432-434 (1881). The author was one of the assistants in the Admiralty Survey of the Gulf of St. Lawrence, and visited Sable Island in 1851. Bayfield, Capt. H. W.: Report to the Hydrographer of the Navy. Appen- dix to Journal of House of Assembly, Province of Nova Scotia, no. 24, 167-168 (1851), and no. 8, 78-79 (1852). Biggar, H. P.: The Early Trading Companies of New France. 1-308 (1901). Brymner, Douglas: Report on Canadian: Archives, pp, xxv—xxvii (1895). Canadian Forestry Association, Officers of: Tree Planting on Sable Island. Rod and Gun in Canada, v. 466-470 (1904). Charlevoix, Pierre Francois Xavier de: Histoire et Description Générale de la Nouvelle France, 3 vols. (1744). Coleman, Seth: Report to Sir John Wentworth, Lieutenant Governor of Nova Scotia. Report on Canadian Archives, 91-92 (1895). Darby, Joseph: Chart of Sable Island. Published 8 April (1824), revised Dawson, John William: Acadian Geology, 36-38 (1878). Des Barres, Joseph Frederick Wallet: The Isle of Sable. Survey’d in 1766 and 1767 to Order of the Right Honourable the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty. Atlantic Neptune, i. 68, 2 charts, 12 illustr. (1777 and 1779 Dwight, Jonathan, Jr.: The Ipswich Sparrow and its Summer Home. Memoirs of the Nuttall Ornithological Club, no. 2. 1-56, 1 plate (1895). Gilpin, Jjohn] Bernard: On Introduced Species of Nova Scotia. Trans- actions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, i. (printed ii.) part 2 ( ie bleIs land, Tts Past History, Present Appearance, Nat 1 Hist ,&e NSE Darby, Joseph: A Description of the Shipwreck of the American ~ Schooner Arno, Lost on the Island, September 19, 1846, and including Howe, the Hon. Joseph: Sable Island, A Poem, and including Willis, J.: Mollusca of Sable Island, so far as ascertained up to 1858, 1-35, 3 illustr. (1858). , E.: Early French Voyages to Newfoundland. Translation. Mag. Am. Hist. viii. 286-290 (1882). Halleck, Charles: The Secrets of Sable Island. Harper’s Monthly, xxxiv. 4-19, 10 illustr. (1867). Howe, John: A Letter to Robert Murray Esqr., Captain of H. M. Ship Asia. Report on Canadian Archives, 89-90 (1895). Howe, Joseph: Condition and Past Management of the Humane Establish- ment at Sable Island, a Report to Lieut. genl. Sir John Harvey, dated October 21, 1850. Appendix to Journal of House of Assembly, Province of Nova Scotia, no. 24, 160-166 (1851), and no. 8, 70-76 (1852). 102 PROC : BOSTON SOCIETY NATURAL HISTORY. ——Sable Island, a Poem. See Gilpin, J. B.: Sable Island, 31-34 (1858). Jacombe, F. W. H.: The Problem of Sable Island. Canadian Forestry Journal, ix. 91-92 (1913). de Laet, Johannes: Novus Orbis seu Descriptionis Indiae Occidentalis. ed. 3, 1-690 (1633). Le Mercier, Rev. Andrew: The Island Sables. To be sold by me the Sub- criber. The Publick hath here a short description of it for nothing. Bos- ton Weekly News Letter, February 8 (1753). Macdonald, Simon D.: Geological Notes. Sable Island. Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, v. part 4, 337-338 (1882). ———Sable Island (continued). Transactions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, vi. part 2, 110-119 (1884). ——Sable Island, No. 3.—Its Probable Origin and Submergence. Trans- actions of the Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, vi. part 4, 265-280 (1886). Macoun, John: Sable Island. Annual Report of the Canadian Geological Survey, n. s. xii. 212A-219A (1899 Merriam, C. Hart: Breeding of Pausbiduiis princeps on Sable Island. Auk, i. 390 (1884). Montresor, Capt. John: Map of Nova Scotia or Acadia; with the Islands of Cape Breton and St. John’s from Actual Surveys (1768). Murdoch, Beamish: History of Nova-Scotia, 3 vols. (1865-1867). Oxley, J. Macdonald: An Ocean Grave-Yard. Scribner’s Magazine, i. 603-610, 2 ge aS 1 map (1887). i of Sable Island. Magazine of American History, xv. 162-170 (1886). Patterson, Rev. George: Sable Island: Its History and Phenomena. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, xii. section 2, 3-49, 1 map (1894). Re Wes corner notes on Sable Island. Transactions of the Royal Society of Canada, second series, iii. section 2, 131-138 (1897). Ri tobias: The Probable Breeding-place of Passerculus princeps. Auk, i. "992-293 (1884). : Experiments in Tree Planting on Sable Island. Re- port of tie Director of the Dominion Experimental Farms, 63-77 (1901) ———Reports from Sable Island in 1902. Report of the Director of the Dominion Experimental Farms, 56-58 (1902). Sayer, Robert: The North American Pilot for Newfoundland, Labradore, the Gulf and River St. Lawrence: being a collection of Sixty Accurate Charts and Plans, drawn from original surveys: taken by James Cook and Michael Lane, — and Joseph Gilbert, and other Officers in the King’s Service (1779 Scambler, Lieut. Jeaeph: A Letter to Lieut. Governor, Sir John Wentworth, written from, His Majesty’s Tender Cutter Trepassey, at Sydney, 17th May, 1800. Report on Canadian Archives, 88-89 (1895). Scott, Marshall : Ch Aspects of Sable Island. Canadian Magazine, xviii. 341-349, 5 illustr., 2 charts (1901-1902). ST. JOHN: SABLE ISLAND. 103 Tache, Jean Charles: Les Sablons (L’Ile de Sable) et L’Ile Saint Barnabé, 1-154 (1885). Uniacke, Richard John: The Address of the House of Representatives in General Assembly: To’ His Excellency Sir John Wentworth, Lieutenant Governor of Nova Scotia. 25 June, 1801. Report on Canadian Ar- chives, 92-93 (1895). Wentworth, Sir John: A Letter to Seth Coleman of Dartmouth in Nova Scotia, from Halifax, Nova Scotia, 11 June, 1801. Report on Canadian Archives, 90-91 (1895). ———Observations upon an Establishment proposed to be made on the Isle of Sable, for the relief of the distressed, and the Preservation of Property. Also, Statement of Facts relating to the Isle of Sable [1800]. Report on Canadian Archives, 84-88 (1895). Willis, J.: Mollusca of Sable Island, so far as ascertained up to 1858. This is included in Gilpin, J. B.: Sable Island, 35 (i858 Winsor, Justin: Narrative and Critical History of America. 8 vols. (1888-1889). Sr. JOHN—Sable Island. EXPLANATION OF PLATES. PLATE 1. 1. Juncus pelocarpus E. Mey., var. sabulonensis St.John, n. var. Habit sketch from the type, X 2. la. Detail of fruit of the type, < 5. lb. Seed of the type, X 10. 2. Juncus pelocarpus E. Mey. Detail of fruit after Buchenau, F.: Jun- caceae. Pflanzenreich, iv. fam. 36, f. 84 E (1906). 3. Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx., var. psilostachyum St. John. Habit sketch from the type, X 1%. 8a. is of inflorescence showing the eciliate ocreolae, from the type, 4, eee pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br., forma latifolius St. John. Habit sketch of the type, X 14. 5. Polygonum lapathifolium L., var. prostratum Wimmer. Habit sketch showing the tip half of one of the prostrate branches, from St. John, no. 1,361, Sable Island, Nova Scotia, September 4, 1913, x 14. 5a. Detail of a spike, x 2. 5b. A single fruit showing the raised anchor-like nerves on the two outer sepals, from the above, x 5. 5c. A mature achene, from the above, 6. Lathyrus palustris L., var. retusus ARES & St.John. Habit view of several median leaves of the type, x \%. St. Jonn. — SABLE ISLAND. PLatTe |. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. VOt. 36. Str. JOHN—Sable Island. PLATE 2. 7. Rubus arcuans Fernald & St. John. Habit sketch of fruiting branchlet of the type, X %. 7a. Flowering spray drawn from the specimen St. John, no. 1,259 from Sable Island, Nova Scotia, x 4. 7b. Detail of the base of a fruiting pedicel of the type, X 4. 7c. Sketch of a segment of a first-year cane and a single leaf from the type, x %. “5 Enlarged view of a portion of a first-year cane of the type, X 2. . &. Epilobium molle Torr., var. sabulonense Fernald. Detail of a portion of the stem and the base of a leaf showing the appressed pubescence, from the type, X 4. 2 9. Lycopus uniflorus Michx., var. ovatus Fernald & St. John. Habit sketch of the type, X 1 10. Bartonia iodandra Gatien. var. sabulonensis Fernald. Habit sketch of the upper half of a plant, from the type, x 1. 10a. Enlarged view of a single flower, from the type, X 2. 11. Bartonia iodandra Robinson. Enlarged view of a single flower, drawn from M. L. Fernald & K. M. Wiegand, no. 3,913, Birchy Cove, New- foundland, Aug. 11, 1910, x 2. 12. Agalinis paupercula (Gray) Britton, var. neoscotica (Greene) Pennell & St. John. Habit view drawn from St. John, no. 1,318, Sable Island, Nova Scotia, Aug. 18, 1913, x %. 12a. Corolla seen from within, drawn from St. John, no. 1,318, X 1. 12b. Enlarged view of an anther and part of its filament, showing the gla- brous line of dehiscence of the anther sacs and the attachment of the hairs to the nearer side of the filament, drawn from St. John, no. 1,318, x 10. 13. Hieracium scabrum Michx., var. leucocaule Fernald & St. John. Habit sketch of a plant on the type sheet, x %. 14. Hieracium scabrum Michx. Base of plant showing characteristic villous pubescence of the petioles and the base of the stem, drawn from the specimen, Ezra Brainerd, Cobble Hill, New Haven, Vermont, Aug- 18, 1898, x 4. St. JoHN. — SABLE ISLAND. Proc. Boston Soc. Nat. Hist. Vot. 36. . = "4 H ve" ee 7 a y , s 3 q es a } Ul \¥ £ = i a i, 7 7; il tf : i, = i ¥ te i? 4 os 1 i li f Py, i BARI R UNIVERSITY XII HE No. 1 ? Ruopora, Vol. 23 ? ROM bVARD New Srrtss, ON ted fra ————o or [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 23, Nes. 269-276, May-December, 1921.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Serizs, No. LXIII. Tur Gray HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO Nova Scott, 1920. M. L. FERNALD. \ Dates oF Issue. Pages 89-111 and Plate 130, 19 May, 1921, se | ; 26 August, 1921. ** 153-171, 24 October, 1921. ** 184-195, 15 December, 1921. ** 993-245, 26 January, 1922 ‘* 957-278, 27 February, 1922 ** 284-300, 22 April, 1922. t aw 3 al Py ie - d nt A ‘ Z hy CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—NEW SERIES, No. LXIII. THE GRAY HERBARIUM EXPEDITION TO NOVA SCOTIA, 1920 M. L. Fernatp (Plate 130) Part I. JouRNAL OF THE EXPEDITION. Ar first thought Nova Scotia would hardly occur to the student of our vascular floras as a particularly inviting field for a summer’s _ expedition. The province is one of the longest-settled and most visited regions of North America; the area best known to tourists, “the Valley” (the valleys of the Cornwallis and Annapolis Rivers), being closely cultivated and widely exploited as the “ Evangeline Land,” the home of Nova Scotian farms and orchards. The wildest region of the province, the northern half of Cape Breton Island, geologically, physiographically and floristically very different from Nova Scotia proper, has already attracted several discriminating collectors and has been carefully treated, from the ecological view- point at least, by Nichols,? whose work on the region has been called “by far the most important ecological study yet made on the vege- tation of northeastern America.”* The veteran Government Natur- alist, the late Professor John Macoun, repeatedly collected in all parts of the province; and the local botanists who, in Nova Scotia 1 Read before the New England Botanical Club, February 4, 1921 - ager The rs of Northern Cape Breton Island, Nova Scotia. Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. . pp. 249-467 (1918). 3 tae RuHopora, xxi. a (1919) 90 Rhodora [May as almost everywhere else, were more active in the field a generation or two ago than at the present period of narrow specialization or indifference to the tremendous problems of natural history, have published numerous local lists and records, including the Catalogue of the Flora of Nova Scotia by Lindsay.t Professor Sommers’s Intro-. duction to the latter work gives a pretty strong intimation that there is little left to be learned regarding the vascular element of the Nova Scotian flora, an impression surely conveyed by the following words: “it may be accepted as the most complete sy nopsis of the Nova Scotian Flora yet offered . . . . while the P[h]enerogamia ex- clusive of Cyperaceae and Gramin[elae are nearly complete, the Cryptogamia, exoone Filices. and Lycopodiacleale, are but spar- ingly represented.” Furthermore, one of the most acute Nova Scotian botanists of recent years, the late Dr. Charles Budd Robin- son, has stated that, “In general, the flora of the peninsula and is- land is composed of plants which have migrated from the west or southwest through New Brunswick;’? the other elements of the Nova Scotian flora recognized by Robinson being the introduced weeds and, in northern Cape Breton, “a third element, namely, species that are beheved st to occur anywhere upon the peninsular portion of the province,”’ in illustration of which 8 species are men- tioned, some of which, like Habenaria blephariglottis, Aster nemoralis and Drosera intermedia, are not only found on the peninsula but are there dominant plants over hundreds of square miles of acid bog. In fact, Professor L. W. Bailey, in his report on the geology of Yar- mouth and Digby Counties had specially commented on “the abund- ance of orchids, . The most common species . is the ahiletinged eae ‘(Habenaria blephariglotis, Hook). tie ‘It would thus seem, that the students of our northeastern flora, desirous of spending the summer in the field to the best advantage and re- strained by the present state of transportation-facilities and of man- power from the exploration of less’ accessible regions of Gaspé, New- foundland or Labrador, would be almost wasting time by concen- trating on Nova Scotia. Nevertheless, outside the very general collections of Professor Macoun there exist, in this country at least, comparatively few 1A. W. H. Lindsay, Proc. and Trans. N. 8S. Inst. Nat. Sci. iv. pt. 2, 184-222 (1877). 2C. B. Robinson as reported in T (1906). orreya, Vi. 257 ae Bailey, Geol. Surv. Can. Ann. Rep. n. s. ix. 18M (1898). 1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 9 specimens to represent Nova Scotia; and when a prominent present- day Nova Scotian botanist, asked about some critical species he is supposed to have discovered, replies that his only available evidence is a marginal memorandum in the Manual, it seems time that we learn what actually grows in the Province. Furthermore, in spite of the rather extreme generalization of Professor Sommers, that “The subarctic character of our [Nova Scotian] flora will be observed from a study of our list” and the fact that the list has less than forty subarctic species and that this and other lists indicate a prevailingly Canadian and Alleghenian flora with forests of spruce, larch, fir, white pine, red pine, canoe birch, white ash, sugar maple, American elm, beech, red oak and hop hornbeam, we had a few indications of the presence in Nova Scotia of southern coastal plain plants,—just enough to stimulate the imagination. The best known example of the very few characteristic coastal plain plants which we knew to be in Nova Scotia is Schizaea pusilla, the famous Curly Grass of the New Jersey pine barrens and of the Newfoundland barrens, an isolated representative in eastern North America of a large genus of the tropics and the southern hemisphere. Between the pine barrens of New Jersey and Nova Scotia Schizaea is quite unknown, although repeatedly sought on Long Island, Nantucket and Cape Cod, and in peninsular Nova Scotia its occur- rence has rested solely upon a single colony discovered in July, 1879, by Mrs. Britton,! whose station was very limited for, as she has reported, she “collected . . . nearly all there were” and “ Prof. Mackay, of Nova Scotia, has since searched in the locality where I found it, but in vain.’? Subsequently Schizaea has been found on the barrens of Cape Breton by Nichols, but not on the mainland of Nova Scotia. Another coastal plain plant, the Inkberry, Ilex glabra, was in Lindsay’s Catalogue, on the authority of Sommers, as found at Hali- fax; but, with no specimens known from east of Massachusetts, the record seemed too doubtful and the species was excluded by Macoun in 1883 from Part 1 of his Catalogue of Canadian Plants. In 1886, however, Macoun reinstated it, for in the meantime he had himself collected it near Halifax and received material from Shelburne. 1E. G. Knight, as reported in Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vii. 1 (1880); Gray, Bot Gaz. v. 4 (1880). f,. G. Britton, Linn. Fern Bull. iv. 18 (1896). 92 Rhodora [May Other coastal plain plants in Lindsay’s list are Woodwardia virginica, Corema Conradii and our two species of Hudsonia, Nova Scotian specimens of which have been well known, and the following for which vouchers have been lacking: Cupressus (now Chamaecyparis) thyoides, Eriocaulon decangulare, Xyris bulbosa (now X. torta), Juncus marginatus, Ilex opaca, Solidago odora and Coreopsis (now Bidens) discoidea. The latter list has always been treated as based on errors of de- termination, although the verification of the occurrence in Nova Scotia of Ilex glabra, the fully authenticated occurrence there of Schizaea pusilla and the recent discovery there of a single plant of the Golden Crest, Lophiola, a genus supposed to reach an isolated northern outpost in the pine barrens of New Jersey, have tended to render Lindsay’s list less incredible. Furthermore, we must not forget that specimen of Ceratiola ericoides Michx.? recorded as long ago as 1842 by Edward Tuckerman. — Ceratiola is a monotypic genus of shrubs of the Empetraceae, supposed to be restricted to pine barrens from South Carolina to Florida and Alabama. But Tuckerman, in recording the occurrence in Lambert’s herbarium of Corema Con- radii (as Oakesia), said to have come from “ Newfoundland, Cor- mack,’’ appended this important note: “The small label at the top of the sheet which contains this speci- men (apparently not original) reads as follows:— Cistus? from Nova Scotia.’ Above has been written by the late Prof. Don ‘Ceratiola cericoides [ericoides],’ in the same envelope with a fine and female specimen of which plant it is, singularly, placed.’’* Whether the Ceratiola actually came from Nova Scotia had, of course, long been in doubt, but in view of other pine barren species demonstrated to occur there, the shrub was worth keeping in mind. Altogether, the list of southern coastal plain plants reported from Nova Scotia numbered between 30 and 40, some of them with- out vouchers; others, like Schizaea pusilla, Lophiola and Ilex glabra, supported by actual modern specimens. They had all been dis- covered or reported at scattered intervals and mostly by different observers and it seemed apparent that they must be extremely loca plants. In view of the occurrence, especially in eastern Newfound- 1 See Nichols, Ruopora, xxi. 68 (1919). 2 In this report the authors are included only for a not in Gray’s Man., ed. 7. 3 Tuckerm. in Hook. Lond. Journ. Bot. i. 445 (184 1921] Fernald,—Expedition to Nova Scotia 93 land, of a large coastal plain element,! and the fact that several such species, unknown in adjacent New Brunswick and eastern Maine are obviously isolated on Nova Scotia as remnants of the flora which in the late Pleistocene or even later had lived on the then elevated but now submerged continental shelf, it became very evident that not only was there plenty of good botanizing left in peninsular Nova Scotia but that the region must hold some secrets of profound im- portance to a clear understanding of the history of life in eastern America. And since the least botanized and least cultivated region of the . peninsula happens to be the area of highly silicious and mostly acid quartzites and slates extending from Digby County around the coast via Yarmouth and Shelburne to Halifax, thence on to Canso, consti- tuting the “gold-bearing series”’ of the province, and the great granite masses which are interspersed through the quartzite area, it seemed probable that good results would be obtained by devoting a season to these formations. The silicious rocks of the gold-bearing series are essentially identical with the Avalonian formation of southeastern Newfoundland, where have been found many species isolated, some from the South, some from Atlantic Europe. In the silicious regions of Cape Cod and of Newfoundland the most fruitful habitats have always proved to be the boggy barrens and the pond- shores and, upon studying the detailed topographic maps of Nova Scotia, it was consequently a most promising sign, to find that in the belt of Avalonian and granitic rock there are no fewer than 2,600 lakes and fresh-water ponds, as well as an endless profusion of bogs, savannahs and barrens, vastly more than in the other half of the province, where a count shows fewer than 800 lakes. There was, therefore, no further doubt about the region to be explored and a summer’s campaign was made possible through the liberal support of such generous friends as Colonel John E. Thayer and Mr. Walter Deane and the cooperation of Dr. William McInnes, Directing Geologist of the Geological Survey of. Canada, and of Mr. R. R. Farrow, Canadian Commissioner of Customs. Through the helpful interest of Professor-Kenneth G. T. Webster of Harvard University and his brother, Dr. Charles Webster of Yarmouth, a suitable home with a dry barn was secured in the latter town and, 1See Fernald, Ruopora, mee 135-162 (1911); Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xl. 17 (1915); Am. Journ. Bot. v. 238 (19 94 Rhodora [May as it seemed quite appropriate that the flora of New Scotland should interest botanists of New England, invitations were sent to a num- ber of members of the New England Botanical Club to join for such time as they could during the summer in making as complete a sur- vey as possible of the vascular flora of western Nova Scotia. Alto- gether there were eight in the party,' though not all at one time. 5000 sheets of drying paper, nearly as many corrugated “ ventilators,” a large stock of white pressing paper, seven large collecting boxes, ten presses, a bushel of flake naphthaline (to keep out mold and . hasten drying of “soggy” specimens) and the other necessary equip- ment (to the extent of 16 heavy freight boxes) were shipped from the Gray Herbarium to Yarmouth, where they are entered as con- signed by “Messrs. Grey, Hubanning & Co., Boston;” and on July 1st four members of the party left Boston. I was slightly delayed in starting and saw Bissell, Long and Linder leave on the early-morning train without me, to be joined en route by Pease. Their first landing in Nova Scotia was at Digby, where, waiting for the train to Yar- mouth, they made the acquaintance of the village weeds and col- lected for the first time the beautiful Ladies’ Mantle, Alchemilla vulgaris,? afterward found to be one of the most obnoxious though handsome weeds of western Nova Scotia; Sedum stoloniferum, then only in bud, but later, when its pink petals were expanded, seen along several roadsides around the coast as far as Barrington; and Silene gallica, a somewhat unusual ballast weed. On the marshes Puccinellia maritima? was in fine condition, a characteristic plant of Massachusetts marshes, afterward found to be very generally dis- tributed on the coast of Nova Scotia. When I arrived on July 6 at Mrs. Frank Davis’s, where we had most comfortable and home-like quarters, presses of specimens were out-doors by the barn enjoying one of the last sunnings for several weeks. In the absence of maps, which were in my trunk, the advance 1 The members of the party age the periods of their stay in Nova Scotia follow. Rawrx ©. Bean, July 16-July Cuanr.es H. Bisseut, July 3. M. cuencana. c. Shrabty ; caves subchartaceous s, cuspidate-acuminatc; involucral scales (ciliate) glabrous on e back; proper tube of the corolla 1.75 mm. long........-- 4. M. Eggersii. 1. M. leiostachya Benth. Pl. Hartw. 201 (1845). Leaves ovate, essentially entire, rounded at base, subcoriaceous, reticulated on both surfaces; heads sessile, about 7 mm. long. For further characters see p. 29. PICHINCHA: near Meee Jameson (Gr.). {Colomb., Panama, Cent. Am.] In Ecuador this species appears to vary as follows Forma x. typica (see p. 15). Rather obscurely puberulent or nearly smooth. Lit., range, and exsicc. as above. Forma 6. irrasa Robina (see p. 15). Stems, petioles, and particularly > axis and branches of the inflorescence fulvous- tomentose——? M. Sodiroi Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 16 (1900). Fe encemsas a Cusatagua, vicinity of Ambato, Prof. A. Pachano, no. 201 No material of M. Sodirot has been seen by the writer and it is 6§2 ROBINSON quite possible that it may have distinctions much-more definite than any brought out in the original diagnosis. 2. M. chagalensis Hieron. Half-shrubby twiner, with stems reaching 8 m.; branches round, as much as 2.5 mm. thick, striate, at length glabrescent; leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate, entire or remote- ly and inconspicuously callous-denticulate, rounded and somewhat unsymmetrical at base, slightly puberulent or glabrescent on both surfaces, pinnately somewhat 5-nerved, the nerves subalternate, extending the greater part of the length and connected by subparallel cross-veins; spikes many, conglomerate, the glomerules opposite, long-stalked, the speading and pubescent peduncles often bearing a simple reflexed and stalked spike at the base; terminal panicle about 2 dm. long; bractlets linear, 1-1.5 mm. long; heads sessile; in- volucral scales lingulate, 2.5 mm. long, 0.75 mm. wide, ciliate at tip, fuscescent on the back but paler toward the edge; corollas greenish- white, about 1.75 mm. long; throat narrowly funnel-formed, twice as long as the proper tube; teeth linear-subulate; achenes glabrous, 1.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 35, slightly reddish.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 47 (1894). Not seen; the description here condensed from the original diagnosis. CUENCA: in open bushy places on middle western slopes of the western Andes near Chagal, alt. 2000-2500 m., Lehmann, no. 4887. 3. M. cuencana Hieron. Subscandent herb; stems round, obsoletely striate, soon glabrate, pithy, sometimes as much as 10 m. long, with internodes 9 cm. in length; leaves ovate, obtusish, entire, shortly cuneate in the middle of a broadly cordate base, somewhat 5-7-nerved, net-veined between the nerves, the veins perceptibly _exserted beneath, scarcely so above; petiole compressed, soon glabrate, sometimes as much as 5 em. long; inflorescence spicate-racemose, the lateral partial ones from the upper axils and equalling the subtending leaves; bracts 1—-1.5 cm. long; lateral spikes as much as 4 em. and the terminal 5 em. long, villous-pubescent; bractlets ovate, about 1 mm. long; heads sessile; involucral scales oblong, obtuse, 3-3.25 mm. long, 1.25-1.5 mm. wide, 3-5-nerved, dark-strawcolored, scarious, tufted at tip, ciliate, the outer glandular on the back; corollas greenish-white, 2.5 mm. long; proper tube scarcely 1 mm. long; throat 1.5 mm. in- oT are fo teeth (0.75 mm. in length and dorsally papillose at tip); achenes smooth; pappus-bristles 30-35, yellowish-white, thickened toward the apex.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 581 (1901). CUENCA: on - wet on of the lower western Andes, alt. 1000-1800 m., Lehmann, n MIKANIAS OF ECUADOR 63 Not seen; description here condensed from the original diagnosis. 4. M. Eggersii Hieron. High climbing shrub; stem subterete, costulate, pithy but sometimes fistulose, covered with a dark brown- ish spreading pubescence; internodes becoming 12 cm. or more in length; leaves ovate, cuspidate-acuminate, entire, shallowly and often unsymmetrically cordate, subchartaceous, green on both surfaces, above glabrous or nearly so and somewhat lucid, beneath dull, finely pubescent, 12-17 cm. long, 9-12.5 em. wide; lateral veins nerve-like, pinnately disposed in 3 pairs, curved-ascending, copiously connected by reticulated cross-veins; veinlets prominuleat on both surfaces; petiole 2-2.8 cm. long, spreading-pubescent; panicle large, opposite- branched; bracts ovate, foliaceous, 1-3.5 em. long; branches naked nearly to the middle; spikes mostly 5-13 on each branch, widely spreading, 2.5-5.5 em. long; bractlets lance-linear, attenuate, 1-3 mm. long; heads sessile, about 5 mm. long; involucral scales brownish- stramineous, oblong, 3-nerved, ciliolate, obtuse, about 3.5 mm. long; corollas white, smooth, about 3 mm. long; teeth lanceolate, sharp, 0.6 mm. long; achenes dark-brown, smooth; pappus-bristles 35-40, white turning to pale salmon, slightly thickened upward.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 582 (1901). Guayas: in woods near Balao, Eggers, no. 14,697 (Arn. Arb.). Subject to a gall or teratological condition in which the achenes are much elongated into flask-shaped bodies tipped with very short pappus and still more rudimentary (nearly polypetalous) corolla. Ser. II. TuyrstGerak (see p. 32). Key To SPECIES. a. Leaves pointed or rounded at bas b. Petioles 5-7 mm. long; leaves ge a lanceolate. ...5. M. lanceolata. b Putiole 1.5-4 em. | ome leaves ovate c. ads sessile; leaves er few-toothed........ 6. M. — ice paves enlit@ac2 sick oes 3 7M . pichinchen Heads a. ian (at fcnat € = cauline) ie. with pi ers — open, cipelidded its divisions not at all spici- form d. Leaves somewhat tawny-villous beneath, the basal sinus of the cauline narrow, acute; ctlets ictieetss nearly equalling the ’ involucral d. Leaves white-tomentellous beneath, the basal sinus — rounded; bractlets lance-linear ar, muc wer and shorter than the involucral 9. M. Holwayana. M. = Ruiziana. 64 ROBINSON c. Panicle dense, rye biesaae! its a ei soon whdbldins sub- eylindri what s GUICTIORM ks ihe oy one 10. M. Haenkeana. a. oan here teers frre 7 tabi lobes pra divaricate....11. M. angularis. 5. M. lanceolata ae Climbing shrub; stems round or nearly so, glaucous-green or slightly purplish, at first minutely powdery- puberulent, later glabrate; internodes 3-6 cm. long; leaves narrowly lanceolate, long-acuminate, rounded or shortly cuneate at base, sub- coriaceous, 8-12 cm. long, 1~1.5 em. wide, glabrous and glaucous on both surfaces, above clearly and beneath obsoletely glandular- foveolate, pinnately veined, the chief veins 5-6 on each side; veinlets reticulated, prominulent beneath, immersed above; inflorescence thyrsoid-paniculate, divaricately branched; heads sessile, in glomerules of 3-5 at the tips of the branchlets; involucral scales spatulate, obtuse, 3 mm. long, scarious, dark-stramineous, ciliolate, glandular-puberulent on the back; corollas puberulent, 3.5-4 mm. long; the proper tube 1-1.5 mm. long; the enlarged throat about 2 mm. long, and the teeth 0.5 mm. long; nearly mature achenes 2 mm. long, dark, with narrow scabrid straw-colored ribs; al eospaen 25-30, yellowish-white.— Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900). Soe aaa in woods of temperate region near Niebli, Sodiro, no. 7 Ai; [P Not seen; description compiled. Species said by Prof. Hieronymus to be most nearly related to the Bolivian M. longiacuminata Rusby, but to differ in the nature of its pubescence. 6. M. Jamesonii Robinson. Slender, nearly smooth up to the in- florescence, probably a subherbaceous twiner; stems terete, multi- costulate (after drying), smooth, brown, pithy, about 3 mm. thick; internodes as much as 1.5 dm. long; leaves ovate, rather abruptly caudate-acuminate, 5-6-toothed on each side, obtusely pointed to subacute at base, 7-9 cm. long, 5-7 cm. wide, submembranaceous, green and glabrous on both surfaces, with 3 pairs of lateral veins pinnately disposed, the first intramarginal, the second 6-7 mm. and the third 1.5 em. above the base; veins immersed above, exserted be- neath, loosely reticulated; teeth 2-4 mm. high, 1 cm. or more apart, salient, tipped with a divaricate cusp; panicles ovoid-pyramidal, terminal and in the upper axils, pedunculate, 1-2 dm. high and thick, covered with a tawny incurved puberulence; branches widely spread- ing; heads sessile in 3’s at the tips of the branchlets ae in age slightly below; bracteoles minute, lanceolate, 1-1.5 m A volucral scales linear-oblong, somewhat narrowed to an olrusish tip, MIKANIAS OF ECUADOR 65 ciliolate, dorsally brownish, nearly smooth, scarcely nerved, 5 mm, long; corollas smooth; proper tube slender, 1.5 mm. long; expanded throat campanulate-subcylindric, of equal length; teeth 0.7 mm. long; achenes slender, smooth or nearly so, 4 mm. long; pappus-bristles 30— 35, scarcely thickened toward the tip, slightly tawny at least in age.— Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 17 (1920). Picuincua: forest on the western side of Mt. Pichincha, Jameson, no. 833 (K., phot. and fragm. Gr.). A characteristic species, the leaves with their few coarse spreading and cuspidate teeth being quite unlike those of the other species having sessile paniculate heads. 7. M. pinchinchensis Hieron. Twining; branches flattened, striate, covered with dark glandular pubescence; internodes 5-10 cm. long; leaves ovate, shortly acuminate, entire, membranaceous, above sparingly and beneath more densely puberulent on the nerves, pinnately 5-nerved and reticulate-veined, attaining 7 cm. in length and 4.5 cm. in width, the pairs of nerves leaving the midrib about 5 and 15 mm. above the base and nearly reaching the tip; panicle glandular-puberulent, many-headed; pedicels 2-6 mm. long, slender, glandular-pubescent, the subtending bractlets lanceolate, about 2mm. long, glandular-ciliate; heads inclined to nod; involucral scales spatu- late, obtuse, about 4 mm. long, dusky green, glabrous; corollas (un- developed) about 3 mm. long; the proper tube about equalling the perceptibly enlarged throat and limb; apt etic 35-40, blush- whitish.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxviii. 576 (190 PICHINCHA: on western slopes of Mt. Pichincha, near ee Sodiro, no. 7/4. Not seen; the character here condensed from. the original of Prof. Hieronymus. 8. M. Ruiziana Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Noy. Gen. et Spec. iil. 53 (1845). Leaves bright green, ovate, caudate-attenuate, cordate by a narrow sinus. For further characters see p. PICHINCHA: in rot eae forests along the Pilaton River, Sodiro, no. 7/2, according to Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900); wi without locality but presumably in the Pesciies of Pichincha, = f ameson (U.S. , [Peru, Colomb.] . M. Holwayana Robinson (p. 11). Stems subterete, fistulose, puberulent, at length glabrate; leaves broadly ovate, shortly acumi- nate, cuspidate-denticulate or shallowly sinuate, cordate with an open sinus, membranaceous, above green, puberulent especially on the nerves, beneath whitish-tomentellous with some tinge or mottling 66 ROBINSON of purple at least when young, 7-16 cm. long, 5-14 cm. wide; nerves purplish-brown, 3(—5) from the very base or the main lateral leaving the midnerve as much as 10-12 mm. above a smaller essentially basal pair; petioles 2-3 cm. long, dark brown slightly puberulent; panicles large, 4-5 dm. long, 3-4 dm. thick, rather loose, leafy-bracted, the main divisions pedunculate, pyramidal, the ultimate branches not racemiform; pedicels 1.5-3 mm. long, bracteolate at or near the top; bracteoles subherbaceous, lance-linear, acute, 4 mm. long; heads about 1 em. long; involucral scales obovate-elliptical, obtuse to rounded at tip, purple-tinged, obscurely puberulent, ciliolate, 6.5 mm. long; corollas white, glabrous, with cylindric proper tube 3.5 mm. long, almost no throat, and ovate acutish spreading teeth about 2.2 mm. in length; immature achenes glabrous, 3.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 50, white, delicately capillary, not thickened upward.— Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixiv. 11 (1922) Cumeorazo: Huigra, 5 Aug. 1920, Prof. & Mrs. E. W. D. Holway (Gr., Ney U.S 10. M. Haenkeana DC. Slender herbaceous twiner; stem gla- brous; internodes sometimes as much as 17 cm. in length; petioles slender, 3-3.4 cm. long; leaves ovate, caudate-acuminate, subentire, shallowly cordate with narrow. sinus and broad rounded basal lobes, membranaceous, above glabrous, beneath subtomentose, about 6.8- 7.5 cm. long, 4-5 em. wide; panicle-divisions pedunculate in the upper axils, ascending, dense, thyrsoid; heads congested; involucral scales very minutely puberulent; achenes glabrous.—Prod. v. 196 (1836); Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900). PicuincHa: tropical and subtropical — by the Toachi River, Sodiro, no. 7/6, acc. to Hieron. 1. c. “ex descriptione [Peru, ] It may be remarked that the type-material from Peru, now in the DeCandollean Herbarium at Geneva, shows leaves more nearly entire and more narrowly caudate-acuminate than would be inferred from the description; also that although the branchlets of the panicles were originally characterized as subspiciform, the congested and thyrsoidal nature of the inflorescence is such that the species a better placed — among the Thyrsigerae than in Ser. Spiciform i, is H. & B. Pl. Aeq. ii. 87, t. 106 (1809). Fouo tisk: leaves Seine For further characters see p. 33. Losa: near the yiteae of Gonzanama, Humboldt & Bonpland, no. 3434 soraa Bove phot [Colomb., Peru., and acc, to Baker Dutch Guiana.] MIKANIAS OF ECUADOR 67 Ser. III. CorymsBosak (see p. 39). Key To SPECIES. a. Leaves ovate, cordate or subcordate b. . Heads small; beets: scales 2.5-4.5 mm. long; stems subterete, ‘suleate-c StNAteS So oie oe 12. M. micrantha. . Heads of medium sine; scales 6-9 mm. long; branches strongly hexagon c. Leaves 2-6 cm. ‘wits, ordate, membranaceous, above very shortly and finely Wi rcs ikaw hoes 13. M. cordifolia. c. Leaves very small, oe 10 mm. wide, hastately toothed SU oe os ee ts cee ole) oe oc i aes 14. M. Andrei. b. Heads large (for the meds o involucral scales 8-12 m ong; branches subterete or but slightly angulate, mostly multicostulate d, Herbaceous; wohl puberulent or sparingly pubes- cen e. Petioles 3-5 cm. long, obscurely puberulent, con- at base by fimbriated stipular HCN en Sera! APs Poh Pee 5. M. chimborazensis. e. Petioles 1.5-2 cm, long, rufous-pubescent, with- nspicuous stipular connection........ . M, loensis. a. sacthet broadly ovate to ei a tay ith aaeibe ounded to shortly and abruptly pointed at A f gear about pacer from the gas biped — teeth; heads pe o re Ih ose a ey . M. Seemannit. f. Leaves acuerdo rved from somewhat above ins base, entire; my emi torvinter.s (65 Cue ee 18. M. Tafallana. M. micrantha HBK. (see p. 41). M. scandens Hieron. in re Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900), not (L. ) Willd. PICHINCHA: in ipa woods in the Mindo Valley, etc., Sediro, no. 7/5, acc. to Hien. - . 8ca [Widely distrib. in agi and subtrop. Am.] Var. a guanaenaR (Hook. & Arn.), comb. nov. Stems slender, elongated, velvety; leaves small, cordate-ovate, finely puberulent above, softly ony ae beneath; inflorencences mostly rather dense as in forma congesta (see p. 43); heads small, the bractlets and at least the outer involucral scales tomentellous.—M. scandens, var. cynanchifolia Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 249 (1876); Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Anni xix. 46 pens M. cynanchifolia & M. pubescens Hook. & Arn. ace. to Bak. I. Guapuas: o oe a Sik Eggers, no. 14,336 (Arn. Arb.); in open bushy places on borders of maritime marshes near Naranjal, Lehmann, no. ace. to Hieronymus, 1 c., as M. scandens, vie cynanchifolia. [S. Braz. and N. Argent.]. 13. M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd. p- 41); Hieron. in Engl. Bot. ae xxix. 15 (1900). ? M. lorensis HBK. Nov. Gen. et 68 ROBINSON sp iv. 136 (1820); DC. Prod. v. 196 (1836); Jameson, Pl. Aeq. 1. 90 (1866). : Hieron. 1 6 in subtropical woods, San Nicolas, Sodiro, no. 7/9, acc. to i Azo: near Huigra, J. N. & G. Rose, no. 22,161 (Gr., N. Y.), = elie. qabeleent indeed, tomentellous form probably correspondin pg aaa “ northern Pa araguay described as var. TOMENTOSA by Hiero fem Ph n Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 793 (1897). It is to be rem ee. however, that veins the sei of the species exhibits considerable : ? Losa: between Alto de Pulla and Loja, “i eehbotis & ‘Ronni? (type of M. loxensis, Par., phot. Gr.), a smoothish oe probably of this species Prov. NOT ASCERTAINED: Sabiango, alt. 915 m., a vine with whitish flowers, Townsend, no. 929 (U.8., Field Mus.), one ne the more pavereent forms, also probably referable to the formal var. TOMENTOSA Hieron 14. M. Andrei Robinson. Slender and presumably herbaceous twiner; stem strongly 4(—6)-angled, brown, glabrate, scarcely over 1 mm. in thickness; leaves ovate, blunt or abruptly pointed at tip, cordate or subtruncate at base, hastately 1(—3)-toothed or -lobed on each side, 3-nerved from the base, above scarcely hirtellous, beneath slightly paler, nearly smooth, punctate, 7-14 mm. long, 4-10 mm. wide; petioles slender, 6-9 mm. long, crisped-puberulent; corymbs terminal, dense, convex, 3 cm. or more in diameter; bracts ovate- elliptic, herbaceous; bractlets similar, narrower, obtuse, a_ third shorter than the involucre; involucral scales lance-linear, 8-9 mm. long, narrowed to an obtusish or rounded and ciliolate tip, also some- what narrowed toward the callous-tumid base, nearly glabrous, with a yellowish tinge; corollas (very immature) about 6 mm. long, gla- brous; proper tube 2.5 mm. long, the throat of similar length, but the teeth only 0.8 mm. long; achenes subglabrous; pappus-bristles 80-90, not thickened at tip, yellowish-flesh-colored——Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 12 (1920). Losa: at Zamora, alt. about 3000 m., André, no. 4528 (Gr.). Nearly related to the Peruvian M. brachyphylla Hieron., but readily distinguished from its Ecuadorian congeners by its very small leaves. 15. M. chimborazensis Hieron. Herbaceous or somewhat shrubby; stems weak, climbing, subterete, striate-sulcate, soon gla- brate and fistulose; internodes 8-15 cm. long; petioles (of mature cauline leaves) 3-5 cm. long, obscurely puberulent, the pairs con- nected at base by a transverse somewhat arched stipular band fim- briate on the upper edge; leaf-blades rather broadly ovate, shortly acuminate, mucronate at tip, the cauline sinuate-dentate, with broad open sinus at base and short acumination at point of attachment, membranaceous, 7-10 cm. long, 6-8 em. wide, 7-nerved from the very MIKANIAS OF ECUADOR 69 base, subappressed-puberulent and scabrid above, sparingly and more softly appressed-pubescent at least on the nerves beneath; corymbs terminal, compound, 3-parted, only moderately convex, 7-10 cm. or more wide, their branchlets and pedicels (2-4 mm. long) granular- puberulent; involucral scales oblong, obtusish or subacute, 8-10 mm. long, deep-purple toward the ciliate tip, dorsally puberulent; corollas about 7 mm. long, the proper tube pale, yellowish, the narrowly turbi- nate throat purple, the teeth about 1 mm. long; achenes slender, gla- brous, grayish-olivaceous with paler ribs, about 5 mm. long; pappus- bristles exceedingly numerous (about 100), scabrid, fulvous.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 15 (1900). CurmBorazo: at high altitude, Cross, nos. 13 (K.) and 67 (Gr.); in forests at base of Mt. Chimborazo, Sodiro, no. 7/7, acc. to Hieron. |. c. PricuincHa: shrub in thickets, alt. 3100 m., Hall (K.). 16. M. Moensis Hieron. (see p. 48). PicuincHa: on the western slopes of Mt. Pichincha in the Lloa Valley, Sodiro, no. 7/8 (Brl., fragm. Gr.). [Colombia 17. M. Seemannii Robinson. Probably twining and subherba- ceous; stem when young hexagonal and muriculate-scabrous, later subterete, nearly smooth, yellowish-brown; internodes 1-5 cm. long, rougher and more angulate toward the summit; leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, dentate to undulate (the teeth 10-15 mm. apart, the lower commonly sharp and salient, the others mere undulations of the margin), rounded or somewhat pointed at the base, firmly coriaceous, 7-nerved from the base, above sharply scabrous (from the thickened bases of the persistent trichomes), lucid, beneath dull, slightly paler, scabrid, loosely reticulated, 5-8 em. long, 3.5-5 cm. wide; petioles 1-1.4 cm. long, hispidulo-puberulent; corymbs terminal, ovoid, rather dense, about 7 cm. high and thick; pedicels 2-4 mm. long, puberulent; bracteoles rhombic-ovate, acute, borne at the summit of the pedicel ; heads 1 em. long; involucral scales almost veinless, oblong, 7-9 mm. in length, the inner slightly puberulent, thin, ciliated, stramineo- olivaceous, the outer firmer, dark-brown, hispidulous, paler and re- volute at the edge; corollas 7-7.5 mm. long, the proper tube about 2.5 mm. in length, gradually expanded into the turbirate throat (about 3 mm. long), the teeth oblong-lanceolate, papillose toward the tip, 2 mm. long; achenes slender, smooth, about 4.5 mm. long, some- times with slight folds of tissue between the ribs; pappus-bristles 60 or more, upwardly hispidulous-scabrid, not thickened at tip, in age reddish-brown.—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 20 (1920). 70 ROBINSON Losa: at Loja, Seemann, no. 652 (K., phot. and small fragm. Gr.). 18. M. Tafallana HBK. Herbaceous perennial twiner; branches hexagonal, slightly puberulent; leaves broadly elliptic, acutish, entire, narrowly revolute on the margin, abruptly short-pointed at base, rough above, somewhat pubescent beneath, pinnately nerved from near the base (the nerves sometimes alternate), reticulate-veiny, about 9 em. long, two-thirds as wide; petiole about 12 mm. long; corymb compound, trichotomous, round-topped; the heads about 12 mm. long, sessile by threes, crowded in rounded glomerules; involucral scales oblong, rounded at tip, brownish-puberulent and lightly striate dorsally, about 7 mm. long; corollas glabrous, about 7.5 mm. long; the proper tube 2.6 mm. long, gradually enlarged into a slender throat 3.5 mm. in length; teeth lanceolate, about 1.5 mm. long; obscurely hispidulous at tip, achenes slender, essentially smooth, tapering at base, 4.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 80, reddish-brown in age, very slightly or not at all thickened at tip, scabrid, about 8 mm. long. —Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 137 (1820); DC. Prod. v. 193 (1836). M. Tafallae Spreng. Syst. iii. 422 (1826). Walloughbya Tafallana (HBK.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 373 (1891). Guayas: from the banks of the Daule River, near Guayaquil, brought to Bonpland by Tafalla (Par., phot. and fragm. Gr.). This species has rather closely the habit and foliage of the little understood M. parviflora (Aubl.) Karst. of French Guiana. Thanks to the kindness of Prof. Lecomte of the Museum of Natural History at Paris the writer has been able to examine an authentic fragment of M. Tafallana, and similarly through the courtesy of Mr. Rendle of the British Museum of Natural History has received not merely an ex- cellent photograph but critical notes and measurements made from the type of M. parviflora. From these sources of information (to- gether with a clear photograph of the type of M. Tafallana made by the writer at Paris some years ago), it appears that although the spe-_ cies possess striking similarity in most respects, their corollas are quite different, the relation of proper tube, throat, and teeth being in M. Tafallana 2.6 :3.5:1.5 while in M. parviflora it is 3: 1:1.5. From these figures it will be seen that in M. Tafallana the throat exceeds the proper tube, but in M. parviflora the proper tube is three times as long as the throat, and furthermore in M. Tafallana the throat is more than twice as long as the teeth, while in M. parviflora the teeth are longer than the throat. While from phytogeographic considerations it has seemed improbable that these plants would prove identical, their descriptions for a century have contained no sharp or MIKANIAS OF ECUADOR 71 convincing differences. It is true M. Tafallana was said to be herba- ceous and M. parviflora fruticose, yet anyone familiar with the varying estimates of tropical lignescent twiners knows how little diagnostic reliance may be placed on a distinction of this nature. Of course, when living or adequate dried material of the two can be brought to- gether for comparison many other differences will doubtless appear. However, it is gratifying to have in the mean time some distinctions capable of measurement and clear record. REDUCED, DOUBTFUL OR EXCLUDED SPECIES. M. corymbulosa Benth. Pl. Hartw. 211 (1845) = KaAnIMIA CORYM- BuLosA (Benth.) Benth. & Hook. f. Gen. Pl. ii. 247 ex Hook. f. & Jacks. Ind. Kew. ii. 235 (1895). The genus Kanimia, differing from Mikania solely in the more numerous angles of the achenes, seems a rather artificial group, but if maintained (as seems at present ex- pedient) it should include at least the typical form of M. corymbulosa. Of M. corymbulosa, var. lojana Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 47 (1894) no material has been available for examination and it is im- possible to say whether it should also be referred to Kanimia or be treated as a separate species under Mikania.. M. loxensis HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 136 (1820). J udged from description and a fairly clear photograph of the material type at Paris, this is nothing but a smoothish form of M. CoRDIFOLIA (L. f.) Willd. M. mutrinervia Turez. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mose. xxiv. pt. 2, 59 (1851). Although recorded as.from Ecuador, the type material of this species came from Narifio, the southernmost department of Colombia as now delimited. The plant does not appear to have been rediscovered. M. psinosTacuya or its var. RACEMULOSA (Benth.) Bak. was vaguely recorded by Baker in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 266 (1876), as extending from Peru to Panama. However, neither the species nor variety seems to have been thus far collected in or reported from Ecuador. M. scandens Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900) and M. scandens, var. cynanchifolia Hieron. 1. c. xix. 46 (1894), although not available for study during the preparation of this paper, are both in- ferred to be forms of M. micrantha HBK. (see p. 67). M. Sodiroi Hieron. 1. c. xxix. 16 (1900). This species (not seen) does not appear to differ in character from the earlier M. leiostachya Benth. (see p. 61). 72 ROBINSON PERU. The chief sources of information regarding the Mikanias of Peru have to date been as follows: 1820. Humpotpt, BonpLtanp & Kuntu, Nov. Gen. et Spee. iv. 135, described as new M. mollis, founded on a plant collected by Humboldt & Bonpland on the banks of the Guancabamba. The type of this species appear, however, to be merely an unusually pubescent form of M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd. A second species, M. Tafallana, also credited to Peru by the same authors, |. c. 137, came from what is now Ecuador. 1836. DrECanpDoLLE, Prod. v. 190-201, in his treatment of Mikania, besides renumerating the species of Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth, described from Peru seven species of his own. 1843. Mryen & Watpers, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. Suppl. 1, 257 characterized as M. variabilis a plant from near Lima collected by eyen. 1845. Porpria in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spee. iii. 52-54 redescribed three of the DeCandollean species and added diagnoses of four more from localities within the present limits of Peru. His _plants from Ega (in Brazil) are not here included. 1856. ScHurz-Brrontinvs, Bonplandia, iv. 54, in a list of Peru- vian plants collected by Lechler, mentions quite without diagnosis or any descriptive notes, Mikania tenax, M. Lechleri, and M. cuneata, which are even yet nomina nuda. 1876. Baxerin Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 238 in assigning an extra- limital range to M. amara, var. guaco (H. & B.) Bak. states that it occurs from Peru to Panama. 1905. Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 470-475, lists eight species and one variety from Peru on the basis of a collection by von Jelski, the variety and no less than seven of the species being described as new. 1908. Hrrronymus, I. c. xl. 389-393, founded on some of Prof. Weberbauer’s plants four more species of Peruvian Mikania. 1911. Wersersaver in Engl. & Drude, Pflanzenw. xii. 150, 255, 284, and 289, mentions with indication of their geographic and eco- logical occurrence five species of Peruvian M ikania, four being the same as those described by Hieronymus from his collection. 1913. Muscuier in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. |.; Beibl. 111, p. 76, pub- lished his Mikania carnosa, a Peruvian species based upon a specimen collected by Prof. Weberbauer. 1920. Roxpinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 13-22, pending the MIKANIAS OF PERU 73 delayed issue of the present paper, put on published record the diag- noses of seven new Peruvian Mikanias. It is to be remarked that a considerable part of the Mikanias thus far discovered in Peru have come from two rather limited areas, one, explored by von Jelski, around Tambillo, Dept. Cajamarca, and the other, by Weberbauer, around Monzon, Dept. Huanuco. While these localities may be especially suited to the genus, it is probably that other regions in Peru will be found equally so when visited by collectors of like patience and discrimination, it being a well known fact that tropical twiners since exceptionally difficult to collect are commonly neglected by travellers with limited time. Ser. I. Sprcrrormes DC. (see p. 27). Kery TO SPECIES. a. Leaves (7-12 em. long) acuminate to caudate or at least acutish at tip, pubescent on the nerves beneat b. Involucral i about 5 mm. long; leaves avabeid <3 Pe M. psilostachya. b. Involucral seales 2.5-3.5 pee long; leaves softly hie tellous to glabrous above é leaves (at least the caulisie) ovate, cordate; een tube and throat glabrous.............++++++> 5. M. Haenkeana. c. Leaves ie papas to -oblong, obtusely n r at most subcordate at base; condi -tabie glandu d. Coruta shont 4.2 mm. long; heads shortly but per- it eine pedicelled; leaves pinnately 5-nerved.. . 2. M. Jedskis. d. Corolla 2.6—3 mm. long; heads closely moony mand 5-nerved essentially from the base......--..-- . M. oreopola. a. — (4-6 em. long) narrowed to a rounded tip, gbiois oe mn both MaPAGOE. Soo oe case Sc ont ees oe ee . M. Szyszylowiczit. M. a DC. Prod. v. 190 (1836); Poepp. in Poepp. & Eodl Nov. Gen. ac Spee. iii. 54 (1845); Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 265 (1876). For description see p. 30. RETO: near Tocache, Peoppig (DC., phot. Gr.); Tarapoto, Ule, no. 6781 «Ky [Braz., Guiana, Colomb.,. Boliv. ad 2. M. ere Hieron. Somewhat woody twiner; stems round, corrugated, brown, tawny-pubescent, soon nearly or quite glabrate; leaves eae acuminate, entire, rounded or abruptly pointed or the larger cauline —: at base, about 1 dm. long, 3-5 cm. wide, firm-membranaceous, green on both surfaces, nearly glabrous and slightly shining ae. dull, somewhat paler, and glan- dular-punctate beneath and on the nerves sparingly pubescent; lateral nerves 2 pairs, the first only 1-2 mm. from the base, the sec- 74 ROBINSON ond about 1 cm. above the base; petioles 6-18 mm. long, channeled above, rusty-pubescent, their bases connected by a narrow hairy ridge; panicles dense, leafy-bracted, rusty-pubescent, the branches divaricate or nearly so; heads about 7 mm. long, subsessile on the terminal branchlets; the spikes 1.5-5 cm. Jong, short-peduncled, rather dense, tending to branch at base; involucral scales oblong, obtusish, 3.4-3.8 mm. long, herbaceous, pubescent; corollas yellow- ish-white, densely beset with globular sessile glands; proper tube about 0.8 mm. long, gradually expanded into a turbinate throat about 1.5 mm. long, the teeth deltoid, acutish, 0.6 mm. long; achenes glandular; pappus-bristles 40 or more, brownish-white.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 475 (1905). AMARCA!: near ees von Jelski, no. 634 (Bri., fragm. Gr.), also nos. 10 Ba} ) and 635 (Brl.). 3. M. oreopola Robinson (p. 16). A slender twiner with slightly hexagonal costulate hollow stems, the internodes sometimes as much as 12 em. long; leaves elliptic- or somewhat subrhombic-ovate, acuminate, obscurely denticulate, obtusely narrowed at base, 9-10 em. long, half as wide, slightly chartaceous, nearly glabrous on both surfaces, 5-ribbed from near the base, the ribs connected by numerous cross-veins; panicles opposite, pyramidal, pedunculate, about 14 cm. long and thick, leafy-bracted at base, the branches slender, widely spreading loosely spiciform; heads closely sessile, alternate or opposite, about 5 mm. long, subtended by small lance-linear bracts about 0.7 mm. in length; involucral scales oblong, 2.6-3 mm. long, 0.8 mm. wide, rounded at tip, nearly smooth, slightly thickened at base; corollas 2.5-3 mm. long, the proper tube glandular-granulated, 1.3 mm. long, the throat gradually but decidely enlarged, subcylindrical- campanulate, 1 mm. long; teeth deltoid, only 0.4 mm. in length; mature achenes smooth, dark-gray with lighter-colored angles, 2.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 40, sordid-white. ois (Ke sabe ngs een a. Gavan (or Zavan?), July, 1854, Lechler, no. 4. M. Szyszylowiczii Hieron. Somewhat lignescent, glabrous; stems round but slightly corrugated; internodes 7.5 em. long or less; leaves ovate or ovate-lanceolate, narrowed to a very blunt rounded tip, entire, slightly revolute on the margin, cuneate at base, thin- coriaceous, pinnately veined, glabrous on both surfaces, 4-6.5 cm. long, about half as wide; midrib and veins grooved above, exserted beneath, two pairs of the lateral veins thicker than the others and MIKANIAS OF PERU 75 leaving the midrib at a smaller angle; petiole 1-2 cm. long, slender; panicles terminal, pyramidal, their lower parts from the axils of foliaceous bracts; spikes dense, the upper subsimple, the lower com- monly branched toward the base; bractlets narrowly deltoid, about 2 mm. long; heads sessile, about 5 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, rounded at tip, convex, slightly callous and gibbous at base, obscurely ciliolate, otherwise glabrous, in dried state dark-brown, 3 mm. long; corollas about 3 mm. long, the proper tube half this length, throat slightly enlarged, turbinate-campanulate, about equalling the teeth; achenes dark-brown, 2 mm. long, essentially smooth or perceptibly glandular between the ribs; pappus-bristles about 30, pale yellowish, thickened toward the tip.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 475 (1906). CasaMarca: near Tambillo, von Jelski, no. 681 (Brl., fragm. Gr.). Ser. II. Racremosak (see p. 30). Kry To SPECIES. a. Leaves rounded, subcordate, or obtusely pointed at base, ovate or lance-ovate to oblong or elliptical b. * b. Pedicels very short, rarely over 0. mm. long...... 2. M. Jelskii. b. Pedicels 1.5—4 mm. in length (species much in need of further study and sharper contrast than can be made c. Leaves at most 4.5 em. long d. d. Involucral scales 2.5 mm. long, obtuse or subtrun- cate; leaves elliptical, mucronate........ 5 d. ge ra scales 4 mm. long, acutish; leaves ovate, with an el ted cuspidate-acuminate apex : eer 6. M. moyabambensis. c. Leaves 6-15 cm. long, elliptic-ovate; involucral scales about 3 mm. long, rounded at tip.....-.-- eee : a. Leaves narrowly and sharply cuneate at base, tending to be ; ate, acuminate to a rounded tip........------ 8. M. tarapotensis. 5. M. parvicapitulata Hieron. Twining shrub; stems round, at first glaucous and rusty- or dark-villous; internodes 1-5 cm. long; leaves elliptic, minutely toothed toward the mucronate apex, smooth, glaucous, and glandular-punctate on both surfaces, at most 4.5 cm. long and 2.5 em. wide; one pair of lateral nerves leaving the midrib at the base and reaching about to the middle of the blade, another starting 3-6 mm. above the base and nearly attaining the tip; in- florescence racemose-paniculate, the divisions divaricate, the lower from the axils of leaflike bracts; pedicels 1.5-3 mm. long; bractlets linear, about 1.5 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, 1-nerved, sub- truncate, about 2.5 mm. long, thickish, rather densely glandular- 76 ROBINSON villous on the back, dark in dried state; corollas whitish-yellow, 3 mm. long, sprinkled with globular sessile glands; proper tube about 1 mm. long; throat turbinate; teeth deltoid-ovate, 0.5 mm. long; achenes (very immature) 1 mm. long, sprinkled on angles with sessile capitate glands; pappus-bristles about 35-40, yellowish-white——Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 392 (1908). Hvacuuco: in bushy places on the mountains to the south of the village of Monzon, Prov. Huamalies, alt. 2500-2900 m., Weberbauer, no. 3405. Species not seen; the character here drawn with some condensation from the original description. . moyobambensis Hieron. |. c. 393. Twining shrub, the nearly round woody branches densely covered with dark-rusty tomentum; internodes 9 cm. long or less; leaves ovate, with a long cuspidate acumination, entire, rounded at base, revolute-margined, at most 4.5 cm. long and 2 cm. wide, chartaceous, somewhat 5-nerved ; one pair of lateral nerves running from the base to about the middle, a second starting 5-6 mm. above the base and nearly attaining the tip; veins and veinlets somewhat depressed above and prominent be- neath; petiole 3-8 mm. long, dark-rusty hairy; inflorescence racemose- paniculate; racemes pedunculate, simple or nearly so, the lateral from the axils of leaflike or much reduced bracts; pedicels 1-2 mm. long, rusty-velvety; bractlets linear, about 5 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, acutish, 5-nerved, thickish, herbaceous, 4 mm. long, sprinkled on the back with orange glands; corollas 3.5 mm. long, the tube about 0.75 mm. long, sprinkled with orange sessile capitate glands; throat suddenly enlarged, somewhat funnel-shaped, glabrous, 2 mm. long, teeth 0.75 mm. long; achenes (still immature) 2.5 mm. long, sprinkled with orange seme pappus-bristles 30-35, yellowish-white, thickened at the summ Loreto: in bushy ices on sthe lains, alt. 800-900 m., near the town of Moyobamba, Weberbauer, no. 4476. : Not seen; character here condensed from the original diagnosis of Prof. Hieronymus, 7. M. decora Poepp. Twining shrub; stars (attaining 6 m. or more in height) slender, round, at first glandular-puberulent; leaves ovate-oblong, sharply acuminate, obsoletely callous-denticulate, rounded at the base, at full maturity 15 em. long, half as wide, firmly membranaceous, slightly puberulent beneath; petiole slender, about 1.5 em. long; ums terminal, compound, lax; leafy-bracted to the MIKANIAS OF PERU 77 middle, tawny-puberulent; the divisions slender-peduncled, exceeding the subtending bracts; heads subracemose; pedicels filiform, about 4 mm. long, bracteolate at base; bracteoles subulate, about 1.5 mm. long; involucral scales at first oblong, at maturity linear, about 3 mm. long, obtuse, glabrous or nearly so; flowers odorless corollas white. —Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ae Spec. iii. 53 (1845). Ancacus: Prov. Pampayaco: in woods about Cuchero, Poeppig, no. 1654 (Naturhist. Mus. Vienna, phot. Gr.). EPT. NOT STATED: Mathews, no. 1737 (Gr., K.). [Bolivia. 8. M.tarapotensis Robinson. Probably twining and somewhat woody; stem round, covered with fine close tawny puberulence leaves oblong-oblanceolate, short-acuminate to a bluntish cuspidate tip, entire, sharply cuneate at base, 5-10 em. long, 2-3 cm. wide, subcoriaceous, glabrous and dark-green above, beneath somewhat tawny, very closely and finely glandular-punctate and obscurely puberulent, 5(-7)-nerved; the first pair of lateral nerves inconspicu- ous, close to base, the second starting 7-10 mm. and the third (often alternate) 1.6-3 cm. above the base; petiole about 5 mm. long; panicle pyramidal, rather loose, about 1.4 dm. long and 1.2 dm. thick, tawny- puberulent, the ultimate branches 2-5 cm. long; pedicels filiform, 2-2.5 mm. long; bractlets 1.4-1.7 mm. long, linear; heads somewhat irregularly racemose; involucral scales linear, 4.5—5 mm. long, acutish, smooth except at the obscurely puberulent tip; corollas 3 mm. long, smooth; proper tube 1.5 mm. long; throat turbinate, 1 mm. long; teeth triangular-ovate, 0.5 mm. long; achenes 2-2.2 mm. long, black, slightly granulate toward the summit or wholly glabrous; pappus- bristles about 30, whitish, scarcely thickened upward.—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 21 (1920). — Lorero: in mountains along the River Mayo, near Tarapoto, Spruce, no. 4822 (Gr.). Ser. III. TuyrsiGerar (see p. 32). Key To SPECIES. cate or shallowly subcordate with distinct acumination : at petiole; pappus white...........- Me eee 9. M. angularis. 78 ROBINSON b. Leaves sib lateral angles turned obliquely downward, basal sinus deep and rounded, with little or no acumi- nation <9 netic le; pappus Nila at), 62 8 10. M. laxa, a, Leaves ovate, cordate, without peescus lateral angles c. Petiole one-tenth to one-third the length of the leaf-blade d. . Opposite petioles connate by i (sede thick ridge aroun e. gg ae: cole “tomentellous; ; leaves narrowly gular-ovate, the veins depressed above...... 11. M. rugosa. e. acedncrsl abs ’ subglabrous or slightly villous; eaves round-ovate, the veins exserted above. _.21. M. trachodes. d. Petioles not at all connate at base 4 whitish, dense, velve ety, persistent; leaves about three-fourths as broad as long... .12. M. lanuginosa. f. Pubescence dark or tawny, villous or tomentose, ending to deciduous Loaves rarely more than half as Wide ong g g. os Laven ovate-oblong, merely rounded at ase, the lower cordate, not strongly bullate . M. Ruiziana. g. U bine! leaves ovate and cordate as well as ae: wer, all strongly bullate at maturity........ 14. M. bullata. Ee Sn ee Oe ee M. Haenkeana. h. Leaves suborbicular, about 1 dm. wide and oll longer, puberulent especially on nerves beneath : 16. M. monzonensis. a. a (he pete hastate nor cordate at poses é 4. 3(-7)-nerved from near the bas J. Heads a pedicelled in fither een aiibalen’ heads not crowd Be ovate, Tounded at base, not at all angled at si Bre eM ede ten See . M. incasina. ovate; heads in short acorns comtalke tely dis (od WE hee: 18. M. spat i sessile; leaves vnaeowly lanceolate. ...... 29. M. lanceolata. pag Heads slender-pedicelled n sp eco very sc: us even in age; leaves thickish- artaceous, rounded at base................ 21. M. trachodes. n. aes acc n glabra rate and (though prcorenemma’y aot to the touch; leaves acute or shortly acum nate at base o o. Leaves | maneclite. oriaceous, searcely paler and not clearly punctate beneath; veinlets depressed ONG a oe 20. M. lancifolia. o. Leaves chai ona to broadly ovate, mem- ceous, glaucous and finely So pesca SE OR DSR era aie alee, | Ore ae ee 22. M. Mathewsit. MIKANIAS OF PERU 79 9. M. angularis H. & B. Pl. Aeq. ii. 87, t. 106 (1809). With large idanculaakeoatehe leaves having a sharp divergent angle on each side of the shallowly cordate base. For further description see p. 33. UANUCO: in light woods on level ground near the Monzon ie Prov. Huamalies, alt. 600-700 m., Weberbauer, no. 3640 (Brl., fragm. Keuad., ’Colomb., and, ace. to Baker, Dutch Guiana.| 10. M. laxa DC. Twining shrub; stem terete or slightly angled at first, in dried state striate-suleate, when young fulvous-puberulent, soon entirely glabrate; internodes 5-14 cm. long; leaves triangular- hastate, acuminate, entire or slightly undulate, cordate by a rather deep but open and rounded sinus, 3(—7)-nerved from the very base, membranaceous, above sparingly puberulent on the nerves and chief veins, below at first rufous-velvety, about 1 dm. long and 7 cm. wide; petiole slender, about 2.5 cm. long; panicles terminal on the upper branches, ovoid, loose; bracts lanceolate, petiolate; branches opposite and alternate, spreading to divaricate, rufous-tomentellous; pedicels 2-3 mm. long; bractlet borne at summit of pedicel, linear-lanceolate, tomentellous, about half as long as the involucre; scales of the latter oblong, puberulent especially toward the obtuse apex, 5 mm. long; corollas (immature) glabrous, the teeth lance-oblong, considerably exceeding the short throat; pappus-bristles about 50, rufous.—Prod. v. 200 (1836); Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 250 (1876). M. armigera Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spee. iii. 52, t. 260 (1845). ANACHs: at the edge of woods, Cuchero, Poeppig, no. 29 (DC., phot. Gr. 3 in shrubby places of the su ubandean region, Pampayaco bis rou ro), F oepprg, no. b (Naturhist. Mes Vienna, phot. Gr.). [W.. Braz. ace. to Bak. 1. ¢.] Microscopic comparison of clear photographs of the types of MV. laxa at Geneva and M. armigera in Vienna fails to disclose any signi- ficant difference. The trifling divergence of the original diagnoses appears to be merely such as would result from different methods of interpretation and description rather than from any real differences in the plants characterized. Baker, I. ¢. 255, is certainly wrong in placing M. armigera in the onymy of the Brazilian M. salviaefolia Gardn., which exhibits a valet of differences (more narrowly i aagulir leaves densely canescent-tomentellous beneath, much broader ovate bracts, shorter aie ee etc.). M. Robinson. Twining shrub; stems somewhat 6- aeo -densely and sometimes retrorsely tawny-tomentellous, solid; 80 ROBINSON pith white; internodes 9-12 cm. or more in length; leaves rather narrowly ovate, gradually narrowed almost from the base to an attenuate tip, remotely and very obscurely cuspidate-denticulate, cordate with rounded lobes and shallow but narrow sinus, subcoria- ceous, above finely fulvous-pilose, minutely papillose, conspicuously bullate-rugose, beneath densely fulvous-tomentose, 10-11 cm. long, about half as wide, 3(-7)-nerved from the base; petioles about 2.5 em. long, stout, terete, tawny-tomentose, flexuous and contorted, the members of each pair connected at base by a thick transverse ridge; panicle large, probably 3-5 dm. long, 2.5 dm. thick, the lower divi- sions opposite in the axils of the upper leaves, pedunculate, often leafy-bracted below; their branches spreading, opposite or alternate, sometimes flexuous, tawny-tomentellous; terminal pedicels scarcely 0.5 mm. long, the others 3-5 mm. in length; bractlet borne high on pedicel or at its summit, narrowly lance-oblong, 2 mm. long, tomen- tellous on the back; involucral bracts oblanceolate-oblong, subacute, fuscous, 4 mm. long, tawny-tomentellous on back; corollas whitish, the proper tube 1.7 mm. long, obscurely appressed-hirtellous, throat of equal length, broadly campanulate, glabrous, teeth ovate-lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long; achenes 3 mm. long, sparingly glandular-roughened be- tween the paler ribs, somewhat tapering near the base; pappus- bristles about 30, yellowish-white, disarticulating readily —Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 20 (1920). Puno: in bushy places, alt. 2400-2500 m., Ramospata, on the way from fone ay tars aun 27 July, 1902, Weberbauer, no. 1323 (Brl., phot. and ra 12. M. lanuginosa DC. Prod. v. 201 (1836). For description, ete. see p. 35. Puno: in shrubby thickets chiefly of bamboos, alt. 2600-3000 m., Sandia, eberbauer, no. 755 (Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). [Venez., Colomb., Boliv., Braz.] 13. M. Ruiziana Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spec. iti. 53 (1845). For ets see p. 34. Ancacus: borders the woods in ag subandean region, at Cuchero, Poeppig (Naturhist, Mus. a: Soruiek phot. RETO: near Tarapo 4079 Gr [Ecuad., Colomb.] gi de ( “ 14. M. bullata Robinson. Climbing shrub; stems terete, densely covered with tawny spreading or deflexed soon mostly deciduous tomentum; internodes, 5-13 em. or more in length; leaves ovate, MIKANIAS OF PERU ; 81 acute, obscurely denticulate (teeth 0.3 mm. high, 3-8 mm. apart), cordate by a narrow acute sinus, sometimes conduplicate, 9-10 em. long, about two-thirds as wide, harsh and chartaceo-coriaceous, above tawny-pilose, strongly bullate and very scabrous from the persistent pustule-like bases of the deciduous hairs, beneath persistently tawny- villous and finely punctate, pinnate-veined; the veins and veinlets strongly exesrted on the lower surface; petiole stout, round, tawny- tomentose, 1-2.5 em. long; panicles dense, tawny-tomentellous, leafy- bracted, the bracts large, often equalling the subtended portions of the panicle; pedicels mostly 2-3 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, rounded at tip, 4 mm. long, at first a little tawny-pilose, later subglabrate and more or less dark-punctate; corollas 4 mm. long, nearly smooth, the proper tube 1.5 mm. long, slender, the throat broadly campanulate, 1.2 mm. long, the teeth about 1.3 mm. long; achenes brownish- olivaceous, 3 mm. long, somewhat tapering at the base, obsoletely papillate on the faces; pappus-bristles 35-45, sordid-white, decidedly thickened toward the tip.—Contrib. Gray Herb. xi. 13 (1920). Puno: in bushy places between Tambo gh se and Tambo Yuneac vi on the way from Sandia to Chunchusmayo, alt. 1800-2000 m., Dr. A. Webe bauer (Bri, phot. and fragm. Gr.). ue M.Haenkeana DC. Herbaceous twiner; stems round, at first wny-tomentellous, soon almost or quite glabrate, pruinous, striate; eae 1 dm. or more in length; leaves ovate, caudate-acuminate, entire or nearly so, cordate by a narrow sinus (or the upper leaves mere- ly rounded) at base, 7-12 cm. long, 4-9 cm. wide, softly membranceous, green and somewhat obscurely hirtellous above, beneath paler, glandu- lar-puncticulate and softly tawny-villous especially on the 5-7 nerves; the reticulated veinlets more or less translucent; petioles tawny-villous, 3. 55. 5 cm. i. FONE; panicles pyramidal, the thyrsoid divisions usually or foliaceous bracts; heads il ] tad apicil tinuous or at length more or ae interrupted glomerules; involucral scales linear-oblong, acutish, stramineous, pubescent on the back, about 3.2 mm. long; corollas whit- ish, of delicate texture, glabrous, about 3 mm. long, the proper tube gradually expanded into the narrowly turbinate throat, the teeth very short, about 0.3 mm. long, bearing on the back a few sessile globular orange glands; achenes black, glabrous or obsoletely hispidulous to- ward the summit, 1.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles 30 or more, delicate, white.—Prod. v. 196 (1836). M. pellucidivenia Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 474 (1905)? 82 : ROBINSON Hvanuco ? in mountains of cone} Haenke (DC., phot. Gr.). It is inferred that DeCandolle’s a loc “in montanis Orinocensibus” a clerical error for in monta ae agieienastbion. Haenke having aaas most of his Peruvian collecting eile} caida at Huanuco AJAMARCA: near Tambillo, von Jelski, no. 600 (Brl., fragm. Gr.) and 642. Perv witHouT Locality: Mathew s (N. Bs Fs 16. M. monzonensis Hieron. Herbaceous twiner; stems round, striate, at first glandular-pubescent, soon glabrate, pruinose; inter- nodes probably as much as 1.5 dm. long; leaves suborbicular, cuspi- date-acuminate, obsoletely mucronate-denticulate (teeth scarcely 0.25 mm. high, 3-8 mm. apart), cordate at base, membranaceous, puberulent and glandular-atomiferous on both surfaces, especially along the nerves, about 1 dm. long and nearly as wide, somewhat 7- nerved from the very base, the nerves connected by subparallel transverse veins and the veinlets reticulated; petiole sometimes as much as 8 em. long, glandular-pubescent; panicles pyramidal, the lower primary divisions from the axils of petiolate leaflike bracts, the secondary divisions spiciform, the ultimate branchlets very short, bearing 3-5 sessile heads; bracteoles subulate, scarcely 4 mm. long, pubescent; involucral scales oblong, acutish, rusty-ochraceous, 3- nerved, 3 mm. long, the outer villous on the back, the inner hyaline- margined, glabrous; corollas 2.5 mm. long, yellowish (after drying); the proper tube cylindrical, 1 mm. long, the throat turbinate, 1.25 mm. long, the teeth deltoid, scarcely 0.25 mm. long; achenes (still immature) 0.75 mm. long, villous at the summit; pappus-bristles 35- 40, yellowish-white, a little thickened toward the whitish summit.— Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 391 (1908); Weberbauer in Engl. & Drude, Pflanzenw. xii. 284 (1911). Huanuco: Prov. Huamalies, alt. 900-1000 m., in scattered woods and bushy places, Weberbauer, no. 3430. Not seen; the description here condensed from the original diag- nosis. From character suspiciously close to the preceding. 17. M. ineasina Robinson (p. 11). Probably a somewhat woody twiner; branches nearly terete, brown, at first puberulent but soon glabrate, becoming many-ribbed when dried; leaves rather narrowly deltoid-ovate, essentially entire, subtruncate at base, gradually narrowed to an acuminate tip, membranaceous, 5-7 cm. long, about half as wide, with a slight but usually perceptible angle at each side between the base and side, above green, sparingly hirtellous, beneath gray-tomentellous; petioles slender 1.5 cm. long, those of the same pair united by an elevated and woccd transverse line; panicles MIKANIAS OF PERU 83 terminal, conical, rather loose, leafy-bracted, 2 dm. or more in length, 1 dm. in diameter, puberulent; pedicels 0.5-2 mm. long; heads about 9.5 mm. long, closely subtended by a linear puberulent bractlet about 3.2 em. in length; involucral scales substramineous, oblong, obtuse, about 5 mm. long and 2 mm. wide, slightly puberulent and obscurely striate; corollas about 5.8 mm. long, glabrous, apparently white; proper tube 2.4 mm. long; the throat 0.8 mm. long; teeth lanceolate, 1.8 mm. long, nearly 1 mm. wide; immature achenes 3.2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 50, yellowish-white. Amazonas: Chachapoyas, Mathews (K., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 18. M.platyphylla DC. Probably a half-shrubby twiner; stem terete, striate-sulcate, at first puberulent, soon glabrate; internodes probably 1 dm. or more in length; leaves opposite, broadly ovate, definitely cuspidate, entire, 8-10 cm. long, three-fourths as wide, gla- brous but obscurely papillose on both surfaces, membranaceous, 5(- 7)-nerved from near the abruptly pointed base; petiole glabrous, about 2.6 em. long; panicle probably large, the lower divisions (all that are known) opposite, pedunculate, deflexed, sordidly crisped- puberulent, leafy-bracted; heads closely sessile, crowded in short glomerule-like subglobose spikes; bracteoles lanceolate, puberulent, 5 mm. long; involucral scales 3.5-4 mm. long, narrowly oblong, ~ scarious-margined, of firm texture, obscurely puberulent on the back especially toward the tip, obtuse, slightly thickened at base; corollas about 6 mm. long, the proper tube slender, gradually enlarged into an ill-defined throat; teeth short, triangular; achenes (very immature) 1.3 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 40, rufous, not thickened up- ward.—Prod. v. 195 (1836); Poeppig in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spee. iii. 53 (1845). Loreto: Prov. Maynas, in woods, Poeppig, no. 2148 (DC., phot. and fragm. from Klatt herb. now in Gray Herb.). This little known species in difficult to place satisfactorily in any one of the series defined by inflorescence. heads are technically spicate, but the spikes are disposed in a panicle and so short as to appear like subspherical glomerules. 19. M. Stuebelii Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxi. 333 (1895). Leaves (in typical form) lanceolate, attenuate, entire or inconspic- uously few-toothed, coriaceous and somewhat lucid; panicle of few rather widely separated glomerules. For further characters see p. 36. S4 ROBINSON ’ Amazonas: Prov. Chachapoyas, Mathews (K.). Hvuanuco (?): ‘““Montana Peruvia Quanocensis,”’ Haenke (Bri., phot. and fragm. Gr.). [Colomb.} 20. M. lancifolia Robinson. Twining shrub; stem at first angu- late, soon terete, soft-woody, pithy, sulcate-striate (after drying), when young sparingly yellowish-villous, later entirely glabrate; leaves (only the floral known) often deflexed, lanceolate, attenuate, remotely and obscurely callous-denticulate, subacute at base, about 7 em. long, about one-fourth as wide, feather-veined, above subgla- brous, rugose and rugulose, chartaceo-coriaceous; petiole slender, 7-9 mm. long; panicle terminal, about 3 dm. long and 2 dm. thick, leafy- bracted nearly to the summit; the divisions opposite, spreading, pedunculate, hirtellous; pedicels slender, spreading, mostly 3-4 mm. long; bracteoles lance-linear, about 2 mm. long, borne at the summit of the pedicel; involucral scales linear-oblong, acutish, dark reddish- brown, essentially glabrous, at full maturity 4.5 mm. long; corollas white, glabrous, proper tube 1.5 mm. long, throat campanulate, of equal length, teeth about 1 mm. long; achenes dark-olivaceous, lucid, 3.7 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 36, brownish-white.—Contrib. Gray Herb. lxi. 17 (1920) Puno: in shrubby places between Tambo Yuncacoya and Tambo a eachi on the way from Sandia to Chunchusmayo, alt. 1800-2200 m., We bauer, no. 1137 (Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 21. M.trachodes Robinson. Robust twining shrub; stems terete, striate-costulate after drying, pithy, 5 mm. oF more in diameter, yel- lowis , igil ly scabrous; internodes 12 cm. or more in length; branches terete, Tibet aeued ulus or -setulose; leaves broadly ovate, acuminate, remotely callous-denticu- late (teeth at most 0.5 mm. high and 1 cm. apart), rounded at base, not at all decurrent on the petiole, 13-15 em. long, about 8 cm. wide, firmly subcoriaceous, pinnately veined (but with 2 pairs of veins much more prominent and nerve-like than the others), above appressed tawny-puberulent on the nerves, beneath spreading-villous on the reticulated veinlets as well; petioles subterete, yellowish-tomentose, about 1.5 em. long, flexnous, each pair connected at base by a thickish _papillose-tomentose ring or fold; panicle large, 4 dm. long or more, decompound, rather dense, élosely villous-setulose; pedicels slender, of unequal length; bracteole lanceolate, thin, acute, dorsally somewhat villous, borne at summit of the pedicel and about half as long as the - MIKANIAS OF PERU 85 involucre; involucral scales lance-linear or narrowly oblong, acutish, brownish-stramineous, dorsally a little villous, 4 mm. long; corollas whitish, about 3.8 mm. long, externally somewhat villous especially at the base of the throat and on the teeth; proper tube about 1.2 mm. long; throat 1.6 mm. long and the teeth 1 mm. long; achenes oliva- ceous, shining, 2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 40, dirty-white, slightly thickened below the acute tip.—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 22 (1920). Hvanuco: Prov. Huamalies: in bushy places on mountains southwest of Monzon, alt. 2500-2900 m., Weberbauer, no. 3395 (Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 22. M. Mathewsii Robinson. Soft-wooded probably twining shrub; stem terete, striate-sulcate, at first sordid- or fulvous-tomen- tellous, soon subglabrate though retaining a slight puberulence especially about the nodes; leaves broadly ovate to ovate-oblong (the rameal lance-ovate), acuminate at both ends, entire, narrowly revo- lute, 12-14 em. long, 5-9 cm. wide, pinnately veined, membranaceous, above green, glabrous and slightly lucid, beneath much paler, dark- puncticulate and on the midrib and chief veins somewhat puberulent; panicle large, compound, tawny-tomentellous, leafy-bracted, the divi- sions opposite, ascending their branches usually divaricate, the ulti- mate branchlets somewhat corymbosely capituliferous toward the tip; pedicels filiform, 1-3 mm. long, bracteolate at base, the terminal one very short; bracteole ovate, ciliolate; involucral scales ovate- _ oblong, obtuse, thin, brownish-stramineous, slightly puberulent near the tip and often tumid base, 3 mm. long; corollas subglabrous, the proper tube slender, smooth, about 1.3 mm. long, the glabrous throat campanulate, 1.7 mm. long, the teeth about 0.8 mm. long, minutely hispidulous; achenes 3 mm. long, brown, nearly smooth; pappus- bristles about 30, brownish-white-—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 18 (1920). __ Perv witsout tocanity: in the Andes, Mathews, no. 1368 (Gr., N. Y.); Fielding (Gr.). Ser. III. Corymposak (see p. 39). Key To Speciss. a. Leaves bi- to tri-pinnate; leaflets less than 1 em. in — M. filicifolia. a. Leaves simple b. b. Leaves very small, less than 1 em. long, triangular, cor- date-subsdpittnte SS eRe 24. M. brachyphylla. b. Leaves much larger, 3.5-20 em. long ec. c. Heads sessile d. 86 ROBINSON d. hopes abeoels ee overe to suborbicular, more alf as wide as lon e. Hands clustered in 3’s 6 5’s at the tips of the ultimate branchlets of the saya mbs f. 3 P toes larg e, 10-12 mm. lon . Lea m mbranaceous, conspicuously euneate-decurrent on the petiole, the veins not standing out beneath................ 25. M. guaco. g. Leaves Pe a at inte or subcoriaceous, ath, the veins ctindine cL | eee 26. M. speciosa. f PE SDE tn 8 : ng av: in-membrana: 3, conspicuously ecurrent on the petiole; “bractlets lance- linear, mae Fe nee ee ee eee 27. M. brachiata. n. Leaves c GES 3 Ha rounded or acute at b ot urrent on petiole; tlets elliptic-spatulate, petiolate... .28. M. loretensis. e. Heads in short paniculately disposed spikes 18. M. platyphylla. d, Leaves lanceolate to ov: ate-oblong, not half (rarely much over a third) as wide as long i z. Involucral scales spatulate, about 3 mm. ope 29. M. lanceolata. ?. Involucral scales oblong, 4 lon all thickened at the summ .30. M. tambillensis. k. Pappus white, comb thickened at : ack ie Sag Mae as eee 31. M. Weberbauert. Seem e Bes EU enpcie dle <6 cos . M. pyenadenia. k Spee Sea. nal m m. ne> ed rblike. i not win ‘ m perma. ona puberilent be Aeiorpean surg leaves co mbra sarin aS 33. M. cordifolia. ee oP ety Ee a ce es pe . M. carnosa. M. microptera. x — terete or nearly so, after drying multi-striate r -cost 0. e 0. Feats tenalt (about 6-7.5 mm. long) p p. Leaves rhombic-ovate, sonided hae rd the base then cuneately decurrent on the petiole, not at all cordate; leaves 7-7.5 mm. long. ...27. M. brachiata p. Leaves tri -ovate, cordate or somewhat hastate; leaves about 6 mm. long........ 35. M. micrantha. es he mm. wide; corolla ane ’ violet 36. M. crassifolia. q- Petiole 5-10 mm. “laneet stipuliform appendages ear, stramineous; co- rola OO SR oe 37. M. carnosa. MIKANIAS OF PERU 87 23. M4. filicifolia Robinson. Slender trailing herb with spreading branches; stem purplish-brown, scarcely 2 mm. thick, sulcate-costate, at first puberulent, soon entirely glabrate; internodes 3-10 cm. long; leaves opposite, bi- to tri-pinnately divided, 2-3 cm. long, 1.5-2.4 em. wide, slender-petioled; leaflets ovate-elliptic to suborbicular, usually entire, obtuse, 3-6 mm. in diameter, petiolulate (the terminal apt to be lanceolate and acute), puberulent at least on the midrib beneath; corymbs trifid, 4-7.5 em. wide, flattish, puberulent; pedicels 1.5—2.5 mm. long; bracteoles broadly ovate, acute, herbaceous, 2.5-4 mm. long; heads about 8 mm. long; involucral scales lance-linear, attenuate, stramineous, slightly callous toward the base; corollas 5.5 mm. long, smooth, pale, the proper tube 3 mm. long; the throat scarcely 1 mm. long and but little enlarged; the teeth linear-lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long; achenes (very immature) crowned by a slightly expanded pappus- bearing disk; pappus-bristles about 40, finely capillary, white, not thickened isuaid the summit.—Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 14 (1920). Cuzco: Machu Picchu, alt. about 2100 m., Cook & Gilbert, no. 853 (U. 8., phot. and fragm. Gr.). A striking species with delicate, fern-like foliage. 24. M. brachyphylla Hieron. Slender herb; stems dull purplish- brown, somewhat 4-angled, glabrous or nearly so; internodes mostly _ short but sometimes toward 1 dm. long; leaves opposite, simple, very small, at most 1 cm. long and 7 mm. wide, triangular-ovate, rather deeply sagittate-cordate, entire or obscurely 2-3-toothed on each side, scabrid above, appressed-hirtellous on the nerves beneath, sub- triplinerved from the base; petiole about 5 mm. long; stipular ring earing on each side 3-5 filiform ciliated appendages 1-3 mm. in length; corymbs terminal; heads about 9 mm. long, pedicellate; bracteoles ovate, herbaceous, borne at the summit of the pedicel; in- volucral scales oblong, obtuse, puberulent, about 5 mm. long; corollas (after drying) yellowish; the throat subcylindrical-campanulate, 3 mm. long, about equalling the proper tube; the teeth deltoid, short, granular on the outer surface; pappus-bristles 75 or more, tawny-buff, not thickened upward.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 472 (1905). Casamarca: near Tambillo (Chanta Cruz), alt. 2600-2700 m., von Jelski, no. 703 (Brl., fragm. Gr.). 25. M. guaco H. & B. Pl. Aeq. ii. 84, t. 105 (1809); HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 136 (1820). M. amara, var. Guaco (H. & B.) Bak. 88 ROBINSON in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 237, t. 66 (1876), where the undescribed M. cuneata Sch.-Bip. (Bonplandia, iv. 54), founded on Lechler’s no. 2477, is cited as an unquestioned synonym. ? M. attenuata DC. Prod. v. 195 (1836).—Leaves membranaceous, broadly ovate, some- what puberulent or pubescent on both surfaces, the blade partially rounded at base then cuneately decurrent on a rather long petiole. For further characters see p. 46. Prru (without locality), ace. to Baker, 1. c., a record probably based on Lechler’s no. 2477 (the type of the undescribed M. cuneata Sch.-Bip., a plant not seen by the writer). [Cent. Am. to Boliv. and Braz.] M. attenuata DC., here doubtfully referred to this species, has been studied chiefly from a photograph of the type-material in the De- Candollean Prodromus herbarium at Geneva. From this it appears that the habital correspondence is close and the original diagnosis fails to show any very significant differences except the smoothness of the leaves, which may in the brevity of the description have been somewhat overstated. 26. M. speciosa DC. Suffruticose tall twiner; stem terete fistulose, covered with a short dense velvety puberulence; internode, sometimes 17 cm. or more in length; leaves broadly ovate, acuminates entire or nearly so, the lower subcordate, the upper rounded at base, but at the insertion cuneately decurrent on the petiole, 10-15 cm. long, more than half as wide, above dull green, minutely scabrid- puberulent, beneath gray-tomentellous and prominulently reticu- lated, near the base pinnately several-nerved, then more prominently 3-nerved from a point considerably above the base, membranaceous; petiole 3-6 cm. long, winged toward its distal end; corymbs large, trichotomous, strongly convex; heads about 12 mm. long, sessile by 3’s; bractlets linear, acute, 2-3 mm. long; involucral scales narrowly oblong, obtuse, puberulent and glandular on the back, 5-6 mm. long, corollas about 6.2 mm. long, essentially glabrous; proper tube slender; 3.6-4 mm. long; throat turbinate, 1.4 mm. long; teeth lance-oblong, about 1.4 mm. long; achenes dark-gray, tapering at base, about 5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 65, not thickened at tip, in age slightly flesh-colored.—Prod. v. 196 (1836). Cuzco: climbing on trees in forest, San Miguel, Urubamba Valley, alt. about 1800 m., Cook & Gilbert, no. 947 (U.S., phot. Gr.). pale - STATED: Haenke (DC., phot. Gr.). Vv. The description of this species has been drawn, as to its details, MIKANIAS OF PERU 89 from the plant of Cook & Gilbert which appears to agree with the photograph of the type. More material is needed to determine the precise relation of this species to M. guaco, M. Tafallana, and M. dictyophylla. 27. M. brachiata Poepp. Twining shrub; stems slender,sub- terete, multicostulate, sharply scabrous especially near the nodes, brown, fistulose; internodes elongated (sometimes 1.5-2 dm. in length); leaves rhombic-ovate gradually acuminate, undulate-denticu- late, narrowed at base or more often rounded and then rather abruptly cuneate-decurrent on the petiole, 8-10 em. long, 4.5-7 cm. wide, membranaceous, thin, glabrous or scabrid with minute tumid-based hairs; petiole 1.5-3.5 cm. long, puberulent; the chief lateral nerves leaving the midnerve about 1.5-2 cm. from the base, curved-ascending and connected with the midnerve by subparallel cross-veins; panicle- branches opposite, brachiate, often 1.3-1.5 dm. long, naked to the rather dense corymbs at the ends; bracts small, lanceolate, petiolate; bracteoles lance-linear, pubescent; heads about 7 mm. long, sub- sessile; involucral scales linear-oblong, 4.5 mm. long, brownish, sub- striate, dorsally puberulent especially. toward the deltoid obtusish tip; corollas yellowish-green to brownish, about 4.5 mm. long; proper tube slender, 2 mm. long, rather suddenly enlarged into a campanu- late throat of equal length; teeth deltoid, 0.5 mm. long, dorsally his- pidulous; achenes slender, 2.6 mm. long, slightly puberulent; pappus- bristles 35-45, flesh-colored, capillary, not thickened upward.— Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. iii. 53 (1845). gover in forests at Tocache, Poeppig, no. 2041 (Naturhist. Mus. Vienna, : ea Prov. Huamalies: both cultivated and wild in woods about Monzon, Weberbauer, no. 3442 (Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 28. M. loretensis Robinson (p. 15). A slender twiner; stem purplish, terete, or nearly so, tawny-puberulent; internodes some- times 12. em. or more in length; leaves ovate, acute or shortly acumi- nate, subentire, rounded at base, 6-8 cm. long, 3.5-4.5 em. wide, above green, nearly glabrous and finely reticulated, beneath scarcely paler, dull, minutely puberulent on nerves an prominulent reticulated veins, pinnately 5-nerved, the lowest pair of lateral nerves arising about 2 mm. and the second pair about 1 em. above the base; corymbs convex, 3-12 cm. in diameter, on divaricate curved nearly naked peduncles and together forming an interrupted leafy-bracted panicle bractlets elliptic-spatulate 3.5 mm. long, petiolate; heads 8 mm. long, sessile and mostly ternate on the tips of the ultimate branchlets of the 90 ROBINSON corymbs; involucral scales oblong, obtuse, 6.6-8 mm. long, dorsally nearly smooth, callous-tumid at base; corollas whitish, smooth; proper tube 2-2.2 mm. long; throat cylindrical, 2.3-2.5 mm. in length; teeth deltoid, about 9.5 mm. long; achenes about 2.5 mm. long; pappus- bristles about 50, flesh-colored, not thickened at tip. Loreto: Inquitos, Z. Ule, no. 6238 (K., phot. Gr.). M. lanceolata Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxix. 17 (1900).— Leaves narrowly lanceolate, long-acuminate, feather-veined; invo- lucral scales spatulate, 3mm. long. For further characters see p. 64. DATAMAROA: near Tambillo, von Jelski, nos. 601, 745, and 746, acc. to Cc. ieron. |. [Keuad.] 30. M. tambillensis Hieron. Twining shrub, puberulent on the axis and branches of the inflorescence, otherwise glabrous throughout; stem subterete, striate-sulcate, purplish-brown, fistulose; internodes 5-7 cm. long; leaves ovate-oblong or -lanceolate, acute or abruptly acuminate, entire, shortly pointed or almost rounded at base, 8-12 cm. long, 3-5 em. wide, pinnately 5-nerved; first pair of nerves starting from midnerve about 3 mm., the second about 6-10 mm. above the base, all exserted on both surfaces, connected by subparallel immersed veins; petioles smooth, channeled above, 1.5-1.8 em. long; panicles pyramidal, the lower divisions in the axils of the upper leaves; heads about 8 mm. high, sessile in clusters of 3-7 at the tips of the ultimate branchlets (3-4 mm. in length) of the corymbs; bracteoles linear, ciliate, about 2 mm. long; involucral scales lance-oblong, narrowed to an obtuse point, brownish-stramineous, 4.5 mm. long; corollas smooth, 6-6.5 mm. long; proper tube gradually expanded into a cylindric-subturbinate throat; teeth deltoid, acute, about 0.5 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 33, buff, capillary and not thickened up- ward.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 470 (1905). Casamarca: near Tambillo, von Jelski, no. 762 (Brl., fragm. Gr.). 31. M. Weberbaueri Hieron. Twining shrub; branches olive- green, hollow, striate-suleate; internodes as much as 19 cm. long; leaves ovate-oblong or sublanceolate, acuminate, mucronate, entire, very smooth, rounded or shortly cuneate at base, subtriplinerved 5-10 mm. above the base, at largest 13 em. long and 5 cm. wide; petioles 2-3 cm. long; inflorescence a thyrselike panicle; heads sessile or nearly so (pedicels scarcely over 1 mm. long) and clustered at the tips of the MIKANIAS OF PERU 91 ultimate branchlets (usually about 1 cm. long) of the corymbs; in- volucral scales 5 mm. long, obtusish or acutish, puberulent on the dark-stramineous 5-7-nerved back, ciliate toward the tip; corollas about 6 mm. long; tube not enlarged upward; teeth of the limb oblong, about 1 mm. in length; unripe achenes 1 mm. long, sparingly villous at the summit; pappus-bristles 35-40, whitish, thickened at tip.— Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 389 (1908). Huanuco: Prov. Huamalies, in sparse woods and bushy places, alt. 900- 1 m., near Monzon, Weberbauer, no, 3426. Not seen. Description compiled. Seemingly near the preceding, but with larger and more attenuate-pointed leaves, longer-stalked glomerules, and whitish pappus-bristles thickened at the summit. 32. M. pycnadenia Robinson (p. 18). Copiously branching herbaceous twiner; branches terete, tawny-tomentellous, very leafy; internodes sometimes 10-12 cm. or at other points scarcely 1 em. in length; leaves ovate, acuminate, obscurely and remotely denticulate, rounded at base, revolute at margin, 3-6 em. long, 1.8-2.8 cm. wide 5-nerved almost from the base, thickish, firm, hard, above dull green, minutely puberulent, beneath strongly reticulated, slightly paler, pubescent and closely punctate with reddish-orange glands; petiole terete, about 4 mm. long, fulvous-tomentellous; corymbs convex, compound, trichotomous, the ultimate divisions dense, conspicuously bracteate; bracts ovate, herbaceous, sessile, about 8 mm. long; bractlets similar but smaller; heads sessile, for the most part in 3’s; involucral scales narrowly oblong, rounded at tip, firm, puberulent and glanduliferous on the back, 6.5 mm. long, 1.4 mm. wide; corollas about 4.5 mm. long; proper tube at first scarcely differentiated from the slightly funnel-formed throat; teeth broadly deltoid, 0.5 mm. long, obscurely hispidulous; achenes about 4.3 mm. long, pale, puberu- lent; pappus-bristles as many as 65, fulvous. Loreto: in mountains of Tarapoto, Spruce (without number, K., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 33. M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1746 (1804). Cacalia cordifolia L. f. Suppl. 351 (1781). M. mollis HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 135 (1820).—Branches hexagonal, usually puberulent to to- mentellous, the angles riblike, not winged; leaves ovate, acuminate, cordate, nearly smooth, entire to undulate-dentate. For further characters see p. 41. Prura: in temperate region on banks of the Guancabamba Humboldt & Bonpland, no. 3532 (Par., phot. Gr.); Townsend, no. A173 (Field Mus.). ROBINSON UNO: in bushy places between Sandia and Tambo Azalaya (on the way om Sandia to Chunchusmayo), alt. 1500-2000 m., Weberbauer, no. 1063 1., phot. and fragm. Gr.). Widely distrib. in trop. and subtrop. Am.] 34. M. microptera DC. Slender, probably twining, puberulent; _ stem and especially the branches distinctly hexagonal, brown, at first puberulent, the angles very narrowly herbaceous-winged; leaves ovate, acuminate, subentire to distinctly mucronate-denticulate, broadly cordate or nearly rounded at base, membranaceous, about 5-nerved from the very base, almost smooth, 5-10 cm. long, three-fourths as wide; petiole slender, 1-2.5 em. long; panicle large, ovoid, brachiate, the widely spreading branches naked to the moderately dense small and rounded corymbs at their tips; heads about 7 mm. long, short- pedicelled; involucral scales brownish-substramineous, oblong, obtuse to subacute; achenes 1.8 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 55, barbel- late, capillary, not thickened upward, flesh-colored (in age).—Prod. v. 196 (1836). M. scandens, var. microptera (HBK.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 250 (1876). Peru? “ex coll. Poeppig” acc. to De Candolle. [Bahia, Braz., Boliv.] 35. M. micrantha HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 134 (1820). M. scandens of auth. not (L.) Willd. M. variabilis Meyen & Walp. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. Suppl. 1, 257 (1843).—Slender subherbaceous twiner with subterete stems; leaves triangular-ovate, cordate or hastate, subentire to conspicuously crenate or undulate-dentate; heads small, somewhat cymosely disposed; flowers white. For further characters see p. 41. Prura: Townsend, no. 791 (Field Mus.), a tomentellous form. FS ay about city of Lima, Gaudichaud (Gr.); Wilkes Exped. (Gr., U. §., ANCAcus: in woods near river, alt. 1000-1400 m., Caracha on the way from Supe to Ochros, Weberbauer, no. 2638 (Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). [Widely distrib. in trop. and subtrop. Am.] ai Vernacular name camotillo (W eberbauer). Forma hirsuta (Hieron.) Robinson (see p. 43). Villous-hirsute; leaves often large, sometimes as much as 12 em. long.—M. scandens, var. villosa Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 473 (1905). Casamarca: near Tambillo, von Jelski, nes. 600, 640, 641, and 695, ace. to Hieron. 1. c. (fragm. of nos. 640 and 641 ex hb. Br. in hb. Gr.). {Celomb.] This large-leaved hairy Peruvian plant closely matches the plant of Colombia collected by Hartweg (no. 1111), which was doubtfully MIKANIAS OF PERU * 93 referred to M. suaveolens by Bentham, Pl. Hartw. 201. Its leaves are somewhat larger and pubescence rather longer than in M. scandens, var. hirsuta Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xix. 47 (1894), but it is con- fidently believed by the writer to be only a phase of the same plant, especially as much variation in pubescence and luxuriance has been observed in other specimens examined. 36. M. crassifolia Hieron. Half-shrubby twiner; stems round, multicostulate (after drying), brownish, papillate-scabrid, fistulose; internodes sometimes nearly 3 dm. long; leaves broadly ovate, cuspi- date, acuminate, entire or with a few remote and inconspicuous teeth, acuminately decurrent on the petiole from a somewhat rounded base, 8-14 em. long, 4-9 cm. wide, subpinnately 5-7-nerved from near the base, slightly fleshy, glabrous, a little paler beneath; nerves thick, somewhat exserted beneath, impressed above; petioles 2-4 em. long; stipules large, connate, subentire or dentate, sometimes 1.5 em. wide and 6 mm. high; panicled corymbs strongly convex or even ovoid, puberulent; bracts ovate, petiolate; pedicels mostly 2-3 mm. long, puberulent; the bracteole borne near the summit, lance-linear, 6-S.imm. long, acutish; heads 12-14 mm. long; involucral-scales oblong-lanceo- late, subherbaceous, narrowed to an obtusish apex, 8-9 mm. long, multistriate, the margin thin, marcescent, sometimes purple- tinged toward the tip; corollas dark-violet, 9 mm. long; the proper tube 3-4 mm. long, gradually enlarged into the throat; teeth 2-2.5 mm. long, oblong; achenes (still immature) 5 mm. long, slightly hispi- dulous on the angles; pappus-bristles numerous, 125-150, buff, not thickened upward.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 471 (1905). CaJAMARCA: near Tambillo, von Jelski, no. 696 (Brl., fragm. Gr.). With its large dark-colored flowers and smoothish somewhat fleshy foliage this must be a striking species. It is here referred, as by Prof. Hieronymus to Ser. Corymbosae but perhaps it might with equal appropriateness be placed among the Thyrsigerae. 7 M. carnosa Muschler. Twining shrub; stem subterete, when dried becoming sulcate-striate, quickly and completely glabrate except for some obscure puberulence about the nodes; branches and branch- lets somewhat hexagonal, quickly glabrate; leaves ovate-lanceolate, gradually narrowed from below the middle to a subobtuse or acutish apex, rather inconspicuously crenate-serrate from below the middle nearly to the tip (teeth about 0.5 mm. high, 2-4 mm. wide, somewhat callous-mucronulate), subpinnately 5-nerved nearly from the entire and cuneately narrowed base, above glabrous and minutely reticulate- 94 ROBINSON veiny, beneath crisped-puberulent and grandular, 2-3.5 cm. long, 1-2 cm. wide; petiole 5-10 mm. long, without stipule-like appendages; corymbs terminal on the branches, compound, dense, flattish, 1.5-6 cm. or more in diameter, soon nearly glabrate; bractlets lance-oblong, 4-5 mm. long; pedicels 2-5 mm. long; involucral scales lance-linear, attenuate, 7-8.5 mm. long; corollas pale-yellow, glabrous; proper tube slender, 2.5-3.5 mm. long; throat turbinate, about 1 mm. long; teeth oblong, 1.7 mm. in length, 0.7 mm. wide; achenes 3.5-4 mm. long, glabrous, grayish, with lighter-colored angles; pappus-bristles about 80, yellowish-white, slightly scabrid, not thickened upward.— Muschler in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. |., Beibl. 111, p. 76 (1913). Ayacucno: Prov. Huanta: on road between Tambo and Osno, on the Apurimac River, in shrubby places, alt. 2700-3000 m., Weberbauer, no. 5645 (Brl., fragm. in hb. Gr.). Thanks to the kindness of Prof. L. Diels, Director of the Botanical Garden at Berlin-Dahlem, the writer has been supplied with a liberal fraction of the type-material of this species. It has accordingly been possible to draw a new description for it. This will be found to agree in general features with the original diagnosis, but to differ consider- ably in some of the measurements. Prof. Diels has kindly had the data relative to the locality and habitat verified by a re-examination of the original label of Dr. Weberbauer. DovuBTFUL, TRANSFERRED, OR EXCLUDED SPECIES. M. armigera Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spee. iii. 52 (1845) = M. taxa DC. (see p. 79). M. amara, var. Guaco (H. & B.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt; 2, 237 (1876) = M. auaco H. & B. (see p. 88). M. attenuata DC. Prod. v. 195 (1836) is doubtfully referred to M. auaco H. & B. (see p. 88). M. cuneata Sch.-Bip. Bonplandia, iv. 54 (1856), without descrip- tion; Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 238 (1876), where referred to synonymy and treated as identical with M. auaco H. & B. (see p. 88). M. cutervensis Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 473 (1905) was later transferred to Kania by Hieronymus himself in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 394 (1908). M. Lechleri Sch.-Bip. 1. c. is a nomen nudum, founded on Lechler’s no. 2480. MIKANIAS OF PERU 95 M. tetosracuya Benth. Pl. Hartw. 201 (1845). The range of this species was by Hemsley, Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 103 (1881), extended to Peru, but it has proved impossible to locate, either at Kew or else- where, any Peruvian material to substantiate this record. It is therefore inferred that Hemsley was interpreting the plant in a broad way and including material of similar habit here referred to other species. M. Lioensis Hieron. (see p. 49). An immature inflorescence of this species lent to the writer from the Botanical Museum in Copenhagen is labeled “72 Née. 997 Peru.” Née travelled in Ecuador as well as Peru, and these adjacent countries were at that period not very sharply distinguished by European writers. Further- more, there is said to have been confusion in the marking of some packages in the collection of Née, leading to uncertainty as to their geographical source. Under these circumstances, it seems probable that the specimen actually was secured in Ecuador. At all events, it is not a satisfactory basis for the inclusion of this species in the flora of Peru. M. mollis HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 135 (1820) appears to be merely a very pubescent form of M. CoRDIFOLIA (L. f.) Willd. (see p. 91). M. pellucidivenia Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxxvi. 474 (1905) is believed to be conspecific with M. HAENKEANA DC. (see p. 81). M. SALVIAEFOLIA Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Journ. v. 487 (1846). To this Brazilian species Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 255 (1876) doubtfully and incorrectly reduced the Peruvian M. armigera Poepp., which as above stated has proved inseparable from the earlier M. LAxA DC. M. scandens of authors as to Peruvian specimens is chiefly M. MICRANTHA HBK. (see p. 92). 3 M. Tarattana HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spee. iv. 137 (1836), originally published as from Peru, came from near Guayaquil in what is now Ecua- dor. M. tenax Sch.-Bip. |. c. is a nomen nudum, founded on Lechler’s no. 2355. M. variabilis Meyen & Walp. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. Suppl. 1, 257 (1843) is M. micrantHa HBK. (see p. 92). 96 ROBINSON BOLIVIA. The more important references to the Mikanias of Bolivia are as follows: 1865-66. Scuurz-Brrontinus, Bull. Soc. Fr. xii. 82, & Linnaea, xxxiv. 535-536, lists as Mikanias 5 species collected by Mandon about Mt. Sorata. Of these, four were named as new but none was charac- terized. Two of these supposed new species, namely M. Cumingii and M. Mandonii, have since been referred to the genus Ophryosporus. 1892. Brirron, Bulletin Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1-2, chiefly on the basis of collections by Dr. H. H. Rusby, enumerates 8 species of Mikania from Bolivia. 1893. Russy, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. no. 3, 53, describes (under the since abandoned name Willoughbya) a new Bolivian Mikania and records the Bolivian occurrence of two others. 1895. Russy, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. 211, mentions the Bolivian occurrence of M. micrantha (also under the name of HV “Wlough- bya). 1896. Russy, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58-59, under the generic name Willoughbya describes three new Bolivian members of the genus and gives further records of the Bolivian occurrence of four others. 1907. Rvussy, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381-383 (still under the name Willoughbya) lists 11 Bolivian species of the genus, 3 of these being characterized as new. Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 390, describes M. Fiebrigit from southern Bolivia. . LInGELsHEm in Fedde, Rep. vii. 250-51, characterizes as new three Bolivian Mikanias collected by Buchtien. 1910. Bucutren, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. pt. 1, 190, enumerates, on the basis of his own collecting, 10 species of Mikania from Bolivia. 1912. Russy, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. viii. 127, describes as new two more species of Mikania from Bolivia, based upon plants collected by Mr. R. S. Williams. It will be seen that the Mikanias of Bolivia have at no time received any monographic attention. They never have been revised, keyed, or even catalogued except as they happen to have been present in some particular collection. Dr. Rusby’s paper of 1907, giving what is the most extended list of Bolivian Mikanias, includes only eleven ~ s of this group—a number which may now be raised to twenty- eight. MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA : 97 Ser. I. SprctrormMes DC (see p. 27). Key To Species. Heads at maturity 8-10 mm. long Spikes rather loose, 3-10 cm. long; leaves ellintic-oblong, Be BOVE tor cGiee ut de Uee ww 5 StPars els . M. psilostachya. Spikes dense, capitiform, 1-2 em. long; leaves broadly ovate, gla OVO ee ie vale os A She ie ee 13. M. platyphylla. Heads even when fully mature about 5 mm. long; spikes oose; leaves glabrous above............s.sse0cees 2. M. dioscoreoides. 1. M. psilostachya DC. Foliage harsh, rough and somewhat rigid, the veins commonly somewhat depressed on the upper leaf- surface.—Prod. v. 190 (1836); Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892); Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. pt. 1, 190 (1910). Walloughbya psilostachya (DC.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1892); Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 (1896), & Bull. N. Y, Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907). L Bang, no. 2148 (Gr., N. Y., U.S., Mo., Philad., Field Mus.). Prov. Lareeaja: alt. 763 m., Mapiri, Rusby, nos. 1701 (Gr., N. Y., U. S., M Mus.), 1703 (N. Y.); Tipuani-Guanai, Bang, no. 1730 (Gr., N. Y., U.5S., Mo., Philad., Field. Mus.); San Carlos, alt. 750 m., Buchtien, no. 991, ace. to Buchtien, |. ec. Prov. Caupolican: alt. 550 m., Tumupasa, Fk. S. Williams, nos. 406 (N. Y.), 423 (N. Y.). Santa Cruz: Prov. Sara: Buena Vista, alt. 500 m., Steinbach, nos. 5169 (Arn. Arb.), 5232 (Arn. Arb.). [Peru, Colomb., Guian., Braz.] 2. M. dioscoreoides (Rusby), comb. nov. Tall twiner; branches subterete, in dried state striate-costulate, brownish, at first puberu- lent, soon essentially glabrate; internodes 9-12 or more cm. long; leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate or narrowed to a prolonged cuspidate tip, entire, rounded or in varying degree pointed at base, 8-20 em. long, about half as wide, glabrous, pale or after drying dark-green, with a fine and somewhat raised reticulation on both surfaces, charta- ceo-coriaceous, above slightly shining, beneath a little paler and dull, pinnately 5(-7)-nerved from near (within 6-22 mm. of) the base, the nerves connected by numerous transverse roughly parallel though somewhat irregular veins; petiole about 3 cm. long; panicle large, sometimes 4 dm. or more in length and 2.8 dm. in diameter, its divi- sions nearly divaricate, dividing again into those of the secondary and tertiary order, puberulent; bracts ovate-oblong to lanceolate, mostly 3-5 cm. long, 1.3-2 cm. wide; bractlets small, subulate; heads small for the genus, 4-5 mm. long, closely sessile; involucral scales _ about 3 mm. long, 1 mm. wide, nearly smooth; corollas about 2.5 mm. long, glabrous; proper tube 1.3 mm. long; slightly enlarged throat about 0.9 mm. long; teeth deltoid, scarcely 0.4 mm. long; achenes (not 98 ROBINSON fully mature) 1.2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 30, white.—Wil- loughbya dioscoreodes Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 (1896). ? Mikania cinnamomifolia Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 251 (1909); Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910) mage ca Prov. Chapare: near the town of Cochabamba, Bang, n 1256 (Gr., N. Y., U.S., Mo. renee Field Mus.); Espirito Santo, i in tropical region, alt. 750 m., Buchtien, ‘no. 2247 (Gr.). A Paz v. Lar : San Carlos near a alt. 750 m., Buchtien, nos. 1398, 1508 ines aad of M. cinnamomifoli _ No authentic material of M. cinnamomifolia has been available for examination. It is here provisionally and with some doubt referred to M. dioscoreoides since in all described features it bears a very close resemblance to this species. The slight differences of measurement, etc., are such as to have little significance. ‘Ser. II. Racemosakz (see p. 30). Key To SPECIES. ck; leaves sraapetat coriaceous, scabrous upper so Here = be sought forms which, though having some cellate pone clearly belong to...... 1. M. psilostachya. a scales eter 4mm. long) nearly or cite glabrous; ves chartaceo-membranaceous, not scabrous above...... 3. M. decora. 3. M.decora Poepp. Slender shrubby twiner, at first puberulent, soon nearly smooth; leaves ovate-oblong, acuminate, rounded at base; firmly vaeribiah gesotis: panicle large, — its ultimate divisions some- what irregularly racemiform.—Poepp. in Poepp. & Endl. Nov. Gen. ac Spec. iii. 53 (1845). Walloughbya Bangi Rusby, Mem. Torr. Club, ili. pt. 3, 53 (1893). For a more detailed description see p. 76 of this paper. any — Yungas, Bang, nos. 523 (Gr., N. Y., Philad., Field. Mus.), 639a Ser. III. Tuyrsicerak (see p. 32). Y To SPECIES a. Heads (or at least most of them) disti the led b. b. Leaves not angled at the sides et beedied c. Leaves pointed or Rare Firvtg but not cordate at base d. ad. Head loosely subracemose on ultimate branches of the panicle; leaves rounded at base 3. M. decora. ee MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 99 d. Heads in rather dense cymose glomerules, not in the e. Leaves sor ht pent —s reticulated — raised o e upper surface, és oc. bic see . M. eucosma. é. Leaves wae c-ovate ny lance-oblong; sae at eee ee ee sy eRe 5. M. baccharoidea. Fr ae (at least the mature cauline) cordate at base f. : 3 es appendages z base of petiole none or light and inconspicuous g. q. “hat Ft scales eck h Ee, glabrous to thinly h. Stem permanently invested in a thick densely matted woolly sheath; leaves canescent- peticeaun: “béneath ei.) see he ces M. lanuginosa. h. Stem tawny-villous to nearly glabrous; leaves canescent-sericeous neath...... « oe. Fawr g Invlucral seals herbaceous, tomentellous....... 8. usbyi. f. Petioles expanded at base into large stipule- = ON On OER eee, Oe . M. leucophylla. b. Leaves ovate or somewhat deltoid with a panes Fo angle or sharp lobe on a we! both sides of the deeply a to subtruncate . Leaves with a slightly sained. reticulation on both so etait Lctrest! thickish and rather firm.......... M. ferruginea. ‘i — out conspicuous or elevated stinaiodsal valemealias or nearly so } Peta tath ot much exceeding the throat; leaves 0 cm. or does in width) at maturity nearly smooth beneath OSS ais oe a ae . 9. M. punctata. * Cor rolla +h te i 1 throat; leaves Mee em. ene) peas say oe tellous DONONEN So Oe ee se eters . M. Buchtienii, a. Heads sess eens one at base, ovate l. ‘1. Petiole not a quarter as long as the blade.......... LE tn socio l. Petiole more oar half as long as the blade. . iG) ii, M. Haenkeana k. Leaves rounded o: at base m. pee: tanee-cotrie, feather-veined; stem sate boa rulent ores Vis 4 Sag eee hk a 12. M. longiacu m. Lara broadly ovate; stem soon glabrate...... 13. M. caption 4. M. eucosma Robinson (p. 9). Slender, very smooth, slightly ligneous; leaves elliptical-ovate, acuminate to an obtuse tip, entire, slightly pointed at base, coriaceous, 5(—7)-ribbed essentially from the base, finely reticulated on both surfaces, 7-9 cm. long, half as wide; petiole slender, flexuous, about 2 cm. long; panicle terminal, 3 dm. long, 1-1.5 dm. thick, rather open, leafy-bracted; bractlets ovate-lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long; heads 5-6 mm. long, short-pedicelled, in rather close cyme-like clusters; involucral scales oblong, obtuse, about 3.5 mm. long callous-thickened and slightly connate at the somewhat narrowed base; corollas about 3.5 mm. long; the proper tube 1 mm. long; throat subcylindric, 2 mm. long; teeth short; achenes 100 ROBINSON pale, 2.7 mm. long, slightly puberulent between the ribs; pappus- bristles about 50, whitish, perceptibly scabrid, not thickened at the tip.—M. Lindbergit Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), not Bak. v La Paz: Yungas, alt. 1830 m., Rusby, no. 1736 (N. Y., phot. and fragm beef M. baccharoidea Rusby. Climbing and much branched shrub, branches leafy, subterete, brownish, woody, with small white pith; their surface at first covered by a short spreading sordid puberulence; leaves ovate, 2.5-4.5(-8) cm. long, 1.5-2.5(-3.5) em. wide, entire or bearing one or two blunt teeth on each side, narrowed or subacuminate to a rounded apex, revolute at the margin, coriaceous, pinnately 5- nerved from near the obtusish base, glabrous and slightly lucid on both surfaces; first pair of lateral nerves small, submarginal, second pair prominent, leaving the midrib 3-5 mm. above the base; veinlets slightly impressed above, scarcely exserted beneath; petiole slender, 3-7 mm. long; panicles t see a on the branches, pyramidal, very leafy, the divisions spreading-ascending, rather densely sordid-puberu- lent; heads about 6 mm. long, ssiipesaiie or most of them perceptibly pedicelled in rounded clusters; bractlets very small; involucral scales narrowly oblong, brownish, pituniahs, puberulent, about 2.5 mm. long; corollas white, 3 mm. long, glabrous; proper tube 1.3 mm. long; narrowly campanulate throat 1 mm. long; teeth triangular, 0.7 mm. long; ripe achenes blackish, 2.7 mm. long, gland-sprinkled between the ribs; pappus-bristles about 30, white, not noticeably thickened at tip.—Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. viii. 127 (1912). PT. NOT ASCERTAINED: Cargadira, alt. 2440 m., R. S. Williams, no. 1004 (N. Y., phot. and fragm. Gr.). To this species may be doubtfully referred Bang’s no. 2884 (Gr., N. Y., Field Mus., Mo., U. S., Philad. ), immature material, reported by Eeusby. Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907), as Willoughbya trinervis (H. & A.) Rusby, under the impression that it was identical with the southern Brazilian Mikania trinervis H. & A. The latter species, however, has larger, more elliptic-ovate, slightly thinner and more chartaceo-coriaceous leaves which are 5-nerved almost from the very base and which assume a different olive-brown shade in drying. Although these differences are not strong singly, they indicate in combination that the Bolivian and Brazilian plants are probably dis- tinct. On the other hand, Bang’s immature no. 2884 corresponds MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 101 closely with the Bolivian M. baccharoidea except in having slightly larger and smoother leaves. : . lanuginosa DC. A stoutish twiner notable for its thick dense white silky-woolly indument.—Prod. v. 201 (1836). Wel- loughbya lanuginosa (DC.) Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891); Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907). For char., synon., ete., see p. 35 of present paper. N. wages Caupolican: Tumupasa, alt. 550 m., R. S. Williams, no, 551 Dept Dees peace without locality, date, or number, Bang (N. Y.). {Venez., Colomb., Peru., Braz.] 7. M. ferruginea Rusby. Vigorous twiner, 3-4 m. high, more or less woody; stem terete, after drying suleate-costulate, spreading tawny-villous to subsetose or in varying degree glabrate, yellowish- brown to deep purple; internodes 5-10 cm. long; leaves mostly long- ovate, acute to caudate-acuminate, quite entire to (at least the lower) sometimes coarsely dentate or occasionally bearing a single angle or short sharpish lobe on one or both sides, green and reticulate-veiny on both surfaces, 5-28 em. long, 3.8-20 em. wide, cordate by a shallow or a deeper and narrow or sometimes by an open and rounded sinus, pinnately 5-nerved, appressed tawny-villous on both surfaces, some- times quite glabrate above; petioles 1-2 cm. long, densely spreading- hirsute with tawny bristles; panicles terminal, 3 dm. long or more, half as thick, pubescent, leafy-bracted; bractlets stramineous, ovate- or lance-oblong; heads about 7 mm. long, sessile by 3’s or in varying degree raised singly on pedicels 1-3 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, pale or brownish-stramineous, striate, subacute at the often marces- cent tip, nearly smooth dorsally, 5-6 mm. long, 1.6 mm. wide; corollas white, glabrous; proper tube 1.5 mm. long; throat broadly campanu- late, of equal length; teeth deltoid, 0.8 mm. long; achenes 2.7 mm long, gray, nearly smooth, with lighter-colored angles, somewhat tapering toward the base, perceptibly constricted just below the pappus-bearing disk; pappus-bristles about 40, scabrid, scarcely thickened at tip.—Rusby ex Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), where mentioned without char. or synon. but intended to apply to the same plant as Willoughbya ferruginea Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. (1896). W. hirsutissima Rusby, |. c. & Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard: iv. 381 (1907), not Ktze. ? Mikania hirsutissima Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), not DC. La Paz: Proy. Larecaja: Guanai-Tipuanai, Bang, nos. 1331 (Gr., U.S., Mo., Philad., Field Mus.), 1419 (Gr., N. Y., Mo., Philad., Field Mia 102 ROBINSON alt. 750 m., San Carlos, Buchtien, acc. to Buchtien, l. ce. Prov. Nor Yungas: apampa, Bang, no. 2326 (Gr., N. Y., U. S., Mo., Philad., Field Mus.); Coroico, Holway (Gr.); Hacienda ‘“ Anacuri,”” Holway (Gr.). SANTA Cruz: Prov. Chiquitos: Santa Cruz, Pearce (K.). WirtHovt Locauity: Bang, no. 2883 (Gr., U. S., Mo., K., Philad.). 8. M. Rusbyi Robinson (see p. 18). Slightly lignescent twiner with solid terete densely fulvous-tomentose stems; internodes 7-12 cm. long or more; leaves ovate, 11-17 cm. long, about half as broad, membranaceous or nearly so, gradually tapering to the tip, entire or inconspicuously cuspidate-denticulate, above green and finely pubes- cent, beneath densely fulvous-tomentose, cordate or (the upper merely rounded at base, pinnately 5-nerved; petiole 2-3 cm. long, tawny- tomentose; panicle 2.5-4 dm. long, 9-15 em. thick, leafy-bracted; bractlets small, lance-linear, the ultimate scarcely 2mm. long; heads 1 cm. long, somewhat cymosely disposed; pedicels 1-5 mm. long; involucral scales obovate-elliptical, rounded at tip, 5 mm. long, 2.5 mm. wide, tawny-tomentose; corollas 5-6 mm. long, slightly hairy; the proper tube 2 mm. long; throat campanulate, 3 mm. high; teeth triangular, 0.8 mm. long; achenes brown, 4 mm. long, smooth, tapering downward; pappus-bristles about 30, yellowish-white.—M. rufa Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 2 (1892), not Benth. b La Paz: Prov. Nor Yungas: Unduavi, alt. 2440 m. Rusby, no. 1737 (N. Y., phot. and fragm. Gr.); Buchtien, alt. 3300 m., no. 3044 (N. Y.). 9. M. punctata Klatt. Tall, weak-stemmed twiner; leaves oval to deltoid, caudate-acuminate, the cauline cordate by an open sinus and bearing at each side an acuminate spreading lobe.—Bull. Soe. Bot. Belg. xxxi. 195 (“ 1892.” [1893] ). M. boliviensis Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 251 (1909); Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. 190 (1910); not Sch.-Bip. For further char. and synon. see p. 33 of this paper. Paz: Prov. Larecaja: San Carlos near Mapiri, alt. 750 m., Buchtien, La nos. 1553 (N. Y.), 71 (Gr., N. Y., Field Mus.) [Colomb., Venez., Cent.-Am., 8. Mex.] The Bolivian plant, described: as M. boliviensis by Lingelsheim, corresponds with the more northern material from Colombia and Central America even in exceedingly small details. The only point of difference thus far detected lies in the fact that while the more northern material has the heads mostly subsessile, they are in the Bolivian material borne on pedicels from 0.5-3 mm. long. It is well known that the distinction between subsessile and shortly pedicelled has little classificatory value. It is certainly far too slight to warrant MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 103 specific separation of plants which agree closely in all other observed details. 10. M. Buchtienii Robinson (see p. 7). Rather slender, twin- ing, probably herbaceous; stem at first hexagonal and covered with a crisped tawny short tomentum, at length nearly terete, fistu- lous; leaves deltoid-hastate, acuminate, nearly entire, 5—6.5 cm. long, 3.7-4.5 em. wide, submembranceous, 3(—5)-nerved from the sub- truncate or shallowly cordate base, above green and rusty tomen- tellous on the nerves, beneath gray-velvety; petiole 2-3 cm. long, slender, tawny-tomentellous; panicles terminal and lateral, 1.5-2.5 dm. long, 1-1.6 dm. thick, leafy-bracted, rather loose, tawny- or rusty-tomentellous; pedicels 2-5 mm. long, bracteolate at summit; bracteoles lanceolate, acute, 2.5-3 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, obtuse or rounded at summit, ciliolate, nearly smooth dorsally, brownish, 4.5 mm. long, 0.8-1.6 mm. wide; corollas glabrous, slender; proper tube 3.5 mm. long, curved; throat almost none; teeth spreading, lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long; achenes glabrous, 2.8 mm. long, dark with lighter-colored angles; pappus-bristles about 40, scarcely roughened, slightly carneous, about 5 mm. long. La Paz: Proy. Nor Yungas: Polo-Polo, near Coroico, alt. os Buchtien, nos. 3935 (rTypn, N. Y. —: and fragm. Gr. J: id 3036 “(N. Y: pho 11. M. Haenkeana DC. Subherbaceous slender twiner with long-petioled round-ovate deeply cordate membranaceous leaves and sessile densely crowded subspicately paniculate heads.—Prod. v. 196 (1836). Willoughbya odorata Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907), not, however, from character M. odorata Lehm. Hamb. Gartenz. v. 369 (1849), which (thought to be Mexican) was described as having pedicelled many-flowered heads, fistulose stem, and ecordate leaves. For further char. and synon. of M. Haenkeana see p. 81 of the present paper. La P Yun hae ok ae ces U. S., Mo. Pad, Told Mus eae anaetai — 12. M. lo: ta Rusby. Stem subterete, densely fulvous- tomentellous; pith white; internodes 5-7 cm. long, attaining 6 mm. or more in diameter; leaves ovate-lanceolate, gradually attenuate to a sharp tip, slightly undulate or entire, about 12 em. long and 4 cm. wide, rounded at base, above glabrous, beneath grayish-tomentellous, reticulate-veiny, pinnately nerved; first pair of nerves leaving the 104 ROBINSON midrib about 3 mm., the second about 7 mm., and the third (the most prominent) about 20-25 mm. above the base; petioles 1.5—2 cm. long, those of the same pair connected by a transverse ridge; panicles large, terminal, ovoid, 2-3.5 dm. high, 1.5—-2 dm. thick, leafy-bracted, with spreading-ascending opposite pedunculate conical-ovoid divisions; secondary bracts lance-linear, subpetiolate; heads (immature) sessile; bractlets suborbicular, 1.4 mm. in diameter; involucral scales broadly oblong or subobovate, about, 3 mm. long and half as wide, brownish- green, striatulate, smooth; corollas (very immature) apparently smooth and with teeth unusually long and narrow in proportion to the tube and throat.—Rusby in sched. pl. Bang. and ex Buchtien, Contrib. Fi. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), without char. or synon. but doubtless referring to Willoughbya longiacuminata Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 59 (1896), where described. La Paz: Prov. Larecaja: Mapiri, Bang, no. 1504 (Gr., N. Y., Mo., Philad. Field hea): Charopampa, alt. 750 m. , according to Buchtien, le 13. M. platyphylla DC. Climbing shrub (Poeppig), obscurely puberulent on inflorescence and petioles, otherwise glabrous; leaves ovate-oblong, rhombic-ovate, or suborbicular, acuminate; heads sessile in panicled spiciform glomerules.—Prod. v. 195 (1836). AM. Hookeriana DC. 1. c. ? Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 2 (1892). For further char, and synon. see p. 83 of the present paper. gh Task Prov. Larecaja: alt. 1525 m., Mapiri, Rusby, no. 1738 (N. Y., pho fale Brit. Guian.?] M. Hookeriana DC. of British Guiana is a very closely related if not actually identical plant, sharing all the more important characters of this species. Proof of their full identity must await more copious material. Ser. TV. Corymposak (see p. 39). Key To Species. gig: annie appendages large, coreg wr mate b. say paras Aarask wpb inlorsnenot DIRDEOME by jes 5s 14, M. leucophylla. . M. Fiebrigiz. a. Stipuliform oo. none oaks sometimes slightly, broadened at base and often connected by a transverse Ti c. © Tenoee: SS foliomle eee 16. M. trifolia. . Leaves simple d. MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 105 d. Erect perennial herb; leaves — subsessile, ...17. M. officinalis. ioled e somewhat cuneately decurrent on the petiole/f. pound co Sg. g- Lower surface of leaf smoothish or merely papillose or puberulent, not conspicuously OUCUIAEOG ot ch cee acceanas Spetes ver 19. M. guaco. g. Lower surface of leaf densely grayish-tomentose and reticulate-veiny..........+-+++++2+05 20. M. speciosa. e. Leaf-blade rounded, subtruncate or cordate at base, i. Angles rib-like, not winged..........+-+++- 21. M. cordifolia. i. Angles subherbaceous, like exceedingly narrow WHEE sc PUSS pd Ee ten ls ee ea 22. M. microptera. h. Branches subterete, several-many-ribbed J. j. Flaceid as if somewhat hydrophytic, entirely glabrous; leaves lanceolate from a roun base, caudate-acuminate.......---------++ 23. M. flaccida. j. Mesophytic and more or less pubescent; leaves deltoid or ovate, cordate or hastate k. k. Heads (when mature) fully 12 mm. long. . . .24. M. longiflora. k. Heads 4-8 mm. long /. l. Corolla-teeth deltoid, distinctly shorter han the turbinate-campanulate throat; inflorescence often glomerate-corymbose but when expanded and loose having the terminal cymes much excee by the the central "portion somewhat racemi- form, not surpassed by the lateral; its bracts herbaceous, conspicuous... ... 26. M. Schultzir. 14. M. leucophylla (Rusby) Robinson. Vigorous but rather slender twiner; stem slightly lignescent (base not seen), terete, gla- brous and somewhat glaucous, fistulose; internodes 6-14 cm. long; leaves ovate, caudate-attenuate, undulate and narrowly revolute on the edge, deeply cordate by a narrow sinus, 5(-7)-nerved from the base, 9-13 em. long, 5-7 cm. wide, above green and glabrous, beneath pale, finely reticulated, the veinlets minutely shaggy with a white scurfiness; petioles 3-5 cm. long, flexuous, expanded at base into brown ovate subconnate appendages (1.5 cm. in breadth); corymbs lateral and terminal, long-stalked, divaricately branched, glabrous; heads 106 ROBINSON about 15 mm. long, mostly nodding on short slender smooth curved pedicels; bractlets spathulate-linear, about 1.5 mm. long; involucral scales narrowly oblong, about 8 mm. in length, thickened and slightly gibbous at base, smooth except at the obtuse hirtellous tip; corollas glabrous; proper tube slender, 2 mm. long, dark-brown (in dried state); throat relatively large, campanulate, 3 mm. long, yellow (after drying); teeth broadly deltoid, 0.6 mm. long; achenes slender, brown, glabrous, 6 mm. long; pappus-bristles very numerous, more than 100, with a slight reddish tinge, delicately capillary, not thickened at tip.— Proce. Am. Acad. xlvii. 196 (1911). Wéilloughbya leucophylla Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 382 (1907). . Bouivia WITHOUT Locatity: Bang, no. 2241 (Gr., N. Y., U. S., Mo., Philad., Field Mus.). A beautifully distinct species. 15. M. Fiebrigii Hieron. Twining, said to be shrubby; stems terete, at first covered with a pale and slightly glandular pubescence, soon glabrate, in dried state multicostulate, 7-9 mm. in diameter, fistulose; leaves ovate, acuminate, incisely dentate (teeth radially spreading, 1-5 mm. high and wide), deeply cordate with an open sinus, 3(—5)-nerved from an acuminate junction with the petiole, membranaceous, green above, slightly paler beneath, obscurely hirtellous on both surfaces, 9-15 cm. long, 7-10 cm. wide; petioles 3-6 cm. long, slender to the stem, their bases connected by spreading transverse lunate sharply dentate herbaceous stipuliform appendages (1 cm. in radius); inflorescence pubescent, repeatedly divided, the ultimate corymbs 3-7 em. wide, convex, rather dense; pedicels 1-3 mm. long; bractlets linear; heads 10-12 mm. long; involucral scales about 7 mm. long, oblong, thickened and slightly gibbous at base, hirtellous toward the tip; corollas pale yellowish (after drying), about 6 mm. long; proper tube 2.3 mm. long; throat distinctly en- larged, turbinate-campanulate, 2 mm. long; teeth ovate-lanceolate, 1.8 mm. long; achenes nearly black, about 5.5 mm. long, subterete, the angles represented by thin pale ribs; pappus-bristles about 60, with slight yellowish or carneous cast, scarcely at all thickened to- ward the summit.—Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xl. 390 (1998). M. saltensis, var. stipulata Hieron. in herb., a name abandoned before publication by its author, but found on a label and needlessly added to the burden of published synonymy by Muschler in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 1. Beibl. no. 111, p. 77 (1913). MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 107 Tarisa: Pinos near the city of Tarija, and near Chiquiaca, alt. 1000-2000 m., Fiebrig, no. 3132 (Gr.). 16. M. trifolia Sch.-Bip. Slender subherbaceous twiner; stem rusty-puberulent, 3-5 mm. thick; leaves palmately 3-foliolate, 1.6-7 cm. in diameter; leaflets cuneate at base, usually lobed (the lateral cleft nearly to the base, rendering the leaves almost 5-foliolate), mem- branaceous, green above, paler and punctate beneath; petioles 1.5-3 em. long, often connected at base by obscure corky lobulate ridges; corymbs rounded, pedunculate, rather dense, 3-5 cm. wide, united to form a terminal leafy-bracted compound inflorescence; pedicels 1-2.5 mm. long; heads about 8 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, acutish, green, puberulent, 7 mm. long, 2 mm. wide, striate; corollas white (Bang), with almost no throat, the proper tube 2.8 mm. long, slender, granulate; the widely spreading teeth linear-oblong, about 1.6 mm. long; achenes dark, granulated on the faces, 3.2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 55, nearly white.—Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865), & Linnaea, xxxiv. 535 (1865-66), without descrip. Willough- bya trifolia Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 382 (1907), where first described. A Paz: Prov. Larecaja: in woods of the temperate region, Queliguaya, near Sorata, alt. 2 3000 m., Mandon, no. 266 (Gr., N. Y.). Prov. Nor Yungas: forest mould, Coroico, Bang, no. 2426 (Gr., N. Y., Mo., Philad.). 17. M. officinalis Mart. Erect herbaceous perennial; stems commonly two or more from the same lignescent caudex, subterete to suleate-angulate, 4-8 dm. high, simple and leafy up to the corym- bosely branched compound flattish inflorescence; internodes mostly 2-3 cm. long; leaves deltoid, 1.5-6 cm. long and wide, acute, coarsely few-toothed at the sides, entire toward the abruptly narrowed base, 5(-7)-nerved, thin and submembranaceous to firmly coriaceous and veiny, pale green, glabrous or (toward the margin) strigillose; petiole flattish, at most 3-4 mm. long; corymbs 3-18 em. in diameter, pubes- cent; bracts small, lance-linear, acute; pedicels very unequal, 0-3 mm. long; heads 9-10 mm. long; bractlets borne at summit of the pedicel, lanceolate, about 4 mm. long; involucral scales lance-oblong, acute, 7 mm. long, scabrid, brownish-stramineous; corollas 5 mm. long; 108 ROBINSON viii. t. 71 (1827). M. brachypoda DC. Prod. v. 201 (1836). Cato- phyllum tropaeolifolium Pohl ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 222 876). C. deltoidewm Pohl ex Bak. |. c. Eupatorium officinale (Mart.) Baill. Dict. ii. 748 (1886). Wéllowghbya officinalis (Mart.) Ktze. ot Gen. i. 372 (1891); Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, ii. pt. 3, ne 93). A Paz: Prov. oe Bang, no. 252 (Gr., a. Y., Mo., Philad., gree ori: Prov. Caupolican: Tumupasa, alt. 550 R. 8S. Williams, no. ai & saape: near rAnote; “alt 1677 m., R.S. Williams, no. 133 (N. Y.). 18. M. rubella Lingelsheim. Twining shrub, 3-4 m. high, gla- brous up to the puberulent inflorescence, darkening in drying; stem terete, purplish; internodes 5~17 cm. long; leaves broadly ovate- oblong, acuminate at each end, 7-10 cm. long, 4.5-6 cm. wide, entire, submembranaceous, pinnately veined, glabrous on both sides, slightly paler beneath; chief veins on upper surface running in slightly sunken channels, somewhat prominent beneath; petioles 1 cm. or more in length, their bases connected by a slight transverse ridge; branches of the inflorescence divaricate, 5-8 cm. long, naked nearly to the small dense corymbs (1.5-4.5 em. in diameter) at their tips; bractlets linear-lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long; involucral scales oblong, dark-brown, rounded at tip, 5 mm. long, 1.2 mm. wide, ciliolate, slightly thickened at base, dorsally ochraceous-puberulent or -tomentellous; corollas 5-6 mm. long, glabrous, slender; proper tube 2 mm. long, gradually expanded into the subcylindric throat (3 mm. long); teeth deltoid, acute, 0.5 mm. long; achenes (still very immature) 2 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 57, salmon-red.—Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 250 lie) oc Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i..190 (1910 La Paz: Prov. Lare : in woods of the tropical region at San Carlos near Mapiri, alt. 750 m. af 0 no. 1552 (N. Y., phot. and fragm. Gr.). 19. M. guaco H. & B. Stout twiner with large broadly ovate acuminate often scabrid leaves rounded at base then narrowed to cuneately winged petioles; heads chiefly sessile by 3’s in rounded corymbs.—PI. Aeq. ii. 84, t. 105 (1809). M. amara, var. Guaco (H. & B.) Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 237, t. 66 (1876); Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 2 (1892). Walloughbya guaco (H. & B.) Ktze Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891). W. parviflora, @. guaco (H. & B.) Ktze. l. ¢., iti. 184 (1898). For fuller descrip. see p. 46 of present paper. SanTA ch Prov. Sara: Yapacani, Kuntze (N. Y.). aR: Junction of the Rivers Beni beg Madre de Dios, Rusby, NN no. 1650 (Gr N.Y., U.S., Mo., Philad., Field M (Braz Pee (ace. "to Bak. x Colombia, Cent. Am.] MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA ‘109 20. M. speciosa DC. Somewhat shrubby twiner; leaves shaped as in the preceding but densely gray-tomentose and reticulate-veiny beneath; heads similarly sessile by 3’s in dense rounded corymbs.— Prod. v. 196 (1836). Walloughbya Hieronymi Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 383 (1907). For further char. see p. 88 of the present paper. La Paz: Prov. Nor Yungas: in wet clay soil, a “climber, on the ground, haba bluish-green,”’ Bang, no. 2169 (Gr., N. Y., U. S., Mo., Philad., Field {Peru.] 21. M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd. Slender herbaceous or soft-woody twiner; stems and particularly branches hexagonal, the angles rib- like; leaves ovate, acuminate, cordate, slender-petioled.—Sp. PI. iii. 1746 (1804); Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892) in part. Cacalia cordifolia L. £. Suppl. 351 (1781). Willoughbya cordifolia (L. f.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891). M. scandens Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), in part (as to no. 1644), not Willd. La Paz: Prov. Larecaja: Guanai, alt. 610 m., Rusby, nos. 1644 (Gr., N. x4, U. S., K., Field Mus., 1649 (Gr., N. Y., U. 8., Field Mus.) ; between Mapiri and Tipuani, Bang, no. 1497 (Gr., N. Y., U.S., Mo., Field Mus.). {Widely distrib. in trop. and subtrop. Am.] 22. M.microptera DC. A weak rather slender twiner; stem and branches hexagonal, the angles with exceedingly narrow (at times obsolescent) subherbaceous ridge-like wings; leaves deltoid-ovate, cordate and tending to be hastate; heads about 7 mm. long, pedicel- late; florets white.—Prod. v. 196 (1836). M. scandens Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), as to pl. no. 1645, not Willd. For more detailed char. see p. 92 of this paper. La Paz: Prov. Yungas (alt. 1830 m. ace. to Britton, |. c.), Rusby, no. 1645 (Gr., N. Y., U.S., K., Field Mus.). [Braz., Peru.] 23. M. flaccida Robinson (see p. 9). Slender, weak, flaccid as if somewhat hydrophytic, probably reclining or drooping, with slight tendency to climb; obscurely strigillose on the stem about the nodes, in the inflorescence, and on the lower surface of the leaves, otherwise glabrous; stems subterete, sulcate-costulate, about 3 mm. in diameter, herbaceous; internodes 8-12 cm. long; branches flagelli- form, flexuous, much elongated, | mm. or less in diameter; leaves (cauline) lanceolate, caudate-acuminate, undulate to entire, rounded at base, 6-8 em. long, 1.7-2.6 em. wide, thin-membranaceous, slightly 110 ROBINSON translucent, green on both surfaces, 3(—7)-nerved from near the base; petiole slender, about 17 mm. long; rameal leaves lanceolate, much reduced, 1-2 cm. long, 2-7 mm. wide; inflorescences axillary, re- peatedly trichotomous, leafy-bracted, 6-8 cm. in diameter; peduncles about 7 cm. long, compressed; bracts lanceolate, 1—-1.5 em. long; bractlets similar, often exceeding the heads; pedicels angulate, 1-2 -mm. long; heads about 8.5 mm. in height; involucral scales oblong, acute, thin, green, striatulate, 8 mm. long, 1.7 mm. wide; corollas (immature) 4 mm. long, glabrous; proper tube 1.5 mm. long, throat scarcely 1 mm. long, teeth lance-oblong, 1.5 mm. long; achenes (im- mature) slender, smooth, about 4 mm. long, tapering at base; pappus- bristles about 32, slightly scabrid, sordid-carneous. La Paz: Prov. Nor Yungas: Polo-Polo near Coroico, alt. 1100 m., Oct. and Nov. 1912, Dr. O. Buchtien, no. 3951 (N. Y., phot. Gr ». A plant of rather striking habit, with elongated runner-like branches, and flaccid texture suggesting dripping ledges as possible habitat, about which unfortunately there are no field notes. 24. M. longiflora (Rusby) Robinson. Vigorous lignescent twiner, 3-4 m. high; stems terete, 6 mm. or more in diameter, tawny- tomentellous, striate after drying, somewhat fistulose or with spongy pith; leaves broadly ovate, acute, inconspicuously glandular-denticu- late (teeth scarcely 0.2 mm. high, about 7 mm. apart), above dull green and puberulent, beneath much paler, grayish-green, tawny- tomentellous, 3(—7)-nerved from the deeply cordate base, 12-18 cm. long, 9-11 cm. wide; petioles subterete, 5-6 cm. long, tawny-tomen- tellous; peduncles 4-12 em. long; corymbs convex, disposed in a large terminal leafy-bracted panicle; heads about about 14 mm. long, often nodding on short curved pedicels; bractlets herbaceous, lanceolate, acute, about 4 mm. long, ciliolate, borne at the summit of the pedicel; involucral scales lance-oblong, acute, substramineous, puberulent, callose at the base, 7-8 mm. long; corollas white, glabrous; proper tube slender, 4 mm. long; throat distinctly enlarged, subcylindric, 3 mm. high; teeth deltoid-lanceolate, acute, 2 mm. long, recurved; achenes glabrous, 4 mm. long (still very immature); pappus-bristles about 110, pale; carneous, finely capillary, not thickened upward.— Proc. Am. Acad. xlvii. 196 (1911). eae longiflora Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 382 (1907). La Paz ar Coroico Fok Se no wee (Gr. oN. Y, x. A te mould angers pee situstiona algo w t Coripata, Bang, no. 3297 (Gr., N. Y., Mo., Philad., Field MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 111 25. M. micrantha HBK. Weak twiner, herbaceous or nearly so; stem subterete though finely several-ribbed; leaves membranaceous, ovate-deltoid to -oblong, acuminate, often undulate, sagittate or usually somewhat hastate, with a deep open basal sinus; heads small for the genus, in numerous chiefly lateral pedunculate compound open or compact and rounded corymbs.—Noy., Gen. et Spec. iv. 134 (1820); Sch.-Bip. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865). M. micrantha, var. Sch.-Bip. Linnaea, xxxiv. 536 (1865-66). M. scandens Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), in part (as to no. 1647), not Willd. M. cordifolia Britton, 1. ¢., in part (as to no. 1648), not Willd. Willoughby s micrantha (HBK.) Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iv. 211 (1895). W. scandens Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907), not M. scandens (L.) Willd. W. cordifolia Rusby, Mem. Torr. Club, iii. pt. 3, 53 (1893); Rusby, Bull N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907), in part (as to no. 2880), not M. cordifolia (L. f.) Willd. M. sinuata Rusby, I. c. viii. 127 (1912). ., K., Field Mus.). Prov. Caupolican: Apolo, alt. 1464 m., R. 8S. Williams, no. 172 (N. Y.). Prov. Soe ape near La Paz, alt. 3050 m Rusby 1648 (Gr., N.Y., U.S., K., Fie oats C Cruz: Prov. Sara: Buena Vista, as "500 m., Steinbach, no. 5068 TARISA (2): Chiquiaca, alt. 1000 m., Fiebrig, no. 2685 (Gr.). Dept. Not cLear: San Juan, alt. 975 m., R. S. Williams, no. 207 (N. Y.); Bee oclity, Bang, no. 2880 (Gr Mo. ae: s. N. Y. where eer) bg Rusby label and stated to e from Reis, "Bolivia); Bang, no. 2882 (Gr., U.S) [Widely distrib, in trop and subtrop. Am.] Forma. «a. typica Robinson (see p. 42). Inflorescence open- corymbose, the gone sesaieicis often clearly cymose.—Lit., synon., and exsice. as a Forma. 8. congesta (DC) Robinson (see p. 43). Inflores- cence denser, the heads scarcely pedicelled, packed in rounded glo- merule-like corymbs.—M. congesta DC. Prod. v. 197 (1836). M. a Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892) in part (as to 0. 1646). Willoughbya scandens, var. congesta (DC.) Ktze., Rev. Gin. iii. 184 (1898). Kuntze (N. Y., U. 8.)- ah shigesgrer no Sara: Vanes et Bent ‘a Madre Dios, Rusby, 646 (Gr., N. Y., U.S., K., Field Mus.). norWidely distrib. in trop ‘and subtrop. Am.] 26. M. Schultzii Robinson (see p. 19). Twining to 3 m., 112 ROBINSON scarcely lignescent; stem terete, sulcate-costulate (after drying), brown, at first more or less tawny-tomentose especially about the nodes, in maturity often subglabrate, becoming 5 mm. or more in diameter; internodes 3-17 cm. long; leaves ovate, acuminate, coarsely crenate-serrate (teeth sometimes 4-5 mm. high and 7-10 mm. wide at base), cordate, membranaceous, green and puberulent on both surfaces, 4-12 em. long, 3-6 em. wide, 3(—5)-nerved from the base; petiole 2-3 cm. long, slender, fulvous-tomentellous; corymbs convex, together forming an at length flattish-topped compound inflorescence, the central axis being somewhat racemiform and more conspicuously bracteate than the lateral; lowest bracts leaflike, the succeeding ones much reduced, lance-subulate; pedicels filiform, 3-10 mm. long; in volucral scales oblong, rounded at tip, 5 mm. long, the outer pair dorsally rounded and sordid-tomentellous, the ane slightly carinate and pubescent along the midnerve; corollas about 4 mm. long; the proper tube slender, 2 mm. long, beset with sessile glands; throat campanulate, about 0.9 mm. high; teeth lanceolate, about 1.3 mm. long, acutish, granulated dorsally; achenes dark-brown, smooth, tapering downward, 1.8 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 40, slightly thickened upward, dull white, becoming carneous in age.—. boliviensis Sch.-Bip. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865), without char., & Linnaea, xxxiv. 535 (1865-66), also without char., not Lingelsheim. Willoughbya scandens a form “near var. barbinervia’”’ Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 Sates region Latioaeh HE tk vat Chilieca, near Sor alt. 3900-3400 1 m., Mandon, no. 265 (TPE, Gr., N. ge Prov. No iaaane: in thickets, Unduavi, It. 3300 m., Buchtien, no. 198 (N. Y CocHaBaMBA: Prov. Chapare: Espirito Santo, Bang, no. 1267 (Gr., N. Y., U.S8., Field Mus., Philad., Mo.). Nearly related to, but pretty certainly distinct from, M. micrantha HBK., a fact long ago noticed by Schultz-Bipontinus. Ser. V. Groposak (see p. 49). Kry To SpeEcti&s. Teeth of the corolla a f a equalling the throat; leav ves mem MOOS Se oS 27. M. desmocephala. MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 113 27. M. desmocephala Robinson (see p. 7). Probably a. tall twiner; stem subterete but (after drying) sulcate-pluricostate, dark purple, minutely scurfy or granulated, lignescent, fistulose, becoming 5 mm. or more in diameter; internodes 5-21 cm. long; leaves ovate- oblong, caudate-acuminate, entire, narrowly revolute on the edge, rounded at base, 10-15 em. long, half as wide, membranaceous, gla- brous on both surfaces, paler beneath, pinnately 5-nerved from near the base; petioles 2-4.5 cm. long; terminal panicle very large, com- pound, pyramidal, with opposite spreading branches; these again branched a second, third, or even fourth time; heads about 8 mm. long, sessile in dense subglobose glomerules (2 em. in diameter); bractlets ovate, obtuse, about 2 mm. long, grayish-puberulent; in- volucral scales oblong, rounded at tip greenish- or brownish-stramin- eous, pulverulent-puberulent dorsally, finely striate; corollas 4-5 mm. long; the proper tube slender and definite, 2 mm. long; throat narrowly campanulate, 1.2 mm. high; teeth lance-oblong, 1.2 mm. long, obscurely granulated dorsally toward the at length recurved tip; achenes dark-brown, about 3.3 mm. long, slightly granulated on the — the ribs of lighter color; pippus baton about 25, not thickened pward, nearly smooth, in age carneous-subfulvous.—M. ang gularis ina Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), not H. & B La Paz: “near Yungas”’ li. e. within or near t f the — of this name}, alt. 1220 m., Rusby, no. 1740 nN A mere and fragm. 28. M. Williamsii Robinson (see p. 19). In habit and many de- tails closely simulating the preceding species, but differing in the following points: leaves of firm almost leathery texture; panicle (grayish-tomentellous) more divaricately branched, the glomerules somewhat larger (about 2.5 em. in diameter) ; corollas with the proper tube (about 1.8 mm. long) gradually passing into a subfusiform throat (2.2 mm. long), the teeth of the limb being relatively short, scarcely over 0.5 mm. in length; achenes about 2.7 mm. long; pappus-bristles about 35, perceptibly thickened toward the tip. La Paz: Prov. Caupolican: Charopampa, alt. 488 m., &. S. Walliams, no. 696 (N. Y., phot. and fragm. Gr.). EXCLUDED, TRANSFERRED, AND DOUBTFUL SPECIES. amara, var Guaco (H. & B.) Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2 237 7s = M. euaco H. & B. M. angularis Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), not H. & B. = M. pesmocepHata Robinson (see above). 114 ROBINSON M. BanisTERIAE DC. This species of the Upper Amazon has been reported in Bolivia by Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), but error is suspected. M. boliviensis Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 251 (1909); Buch- tien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1901), not Sch.-Bip. = M. puncTATA Klatt (see p. 102). M. boliviensis Sch.-Bip. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865), & Linnaea, xxxiv. 535 (1865-66), not Lingelsheim = M. Scuuttzi Robinson (see p. 112). M. cinnamomifolia Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 251 (1909), known to the writer from character only, differs in no significant described feature from M. pioscorEomes (Rusby) Robinson, with which it may well prove identical (see p. 98). M. congesta DC. Prod. v. 197 (1836) = M. micrantHa HBK., forma concEsta (DC.) Robinson (see p. 111). M. cordifolia Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892) = in part M. corpirouia (L.) Willd., in part M. micranrua HBK. (see pages 109 and 111). M. Cumingii Sch.-Bip. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865), & Linnaea, xxxix. 535 (1865-66) = OpHryosporus Cuminat (Sch.-Bip.) Benth. ex Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 188 (1876); Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 25 (1906). M. nasrata (L.) Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1742 (1804). This plant, hitherto known only from Cuba and Jamaica, has been reported by Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), as collected by himself at San Carlos, Bolivia. The material on which this record was based has not been seen by the writer. On phytogeographic grounds it is highly improbable that a plant of the Antilles should turn up in the Andes of Bolivia. It seems pretty certain therefore that this re cord rests on some mistake of identification or clerical error. M. hirsutissima Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), is presumably the same as Willoughbya hirsutissima Rusby, not Ktze., 0 if so appears inseparable from M. rerruGinea Rusby (see p.- M. Lindbergit Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892) = M. Ev- cosMA Robinson (see p. 100). : - Mandonii var. Sch.-Bip. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. xii. 82 (1865), & M. Mandonii Sch.-Bip. Linnaea, xxxiv. 536 (1865-66) = OpHRyo- SPORUS PIQUERIOIDES (DC.) Benth. ex Bak. in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 188 (1876); Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xlii. 23 (1906). M. rufa Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 2 (1892), not Benth. = M. Russyt Robinson (see p. 102). MIKANIAS OF BOLIVIA 115 M. scandens Britton, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 1 (1892), not (L.) Willd. = in part M. corprroxta (L. f.) Willd. (see p. 109), in part M. micrantoa HBK. (see p. 111), in part M. micranrua, forma conGEsta (DC.) Robinson (see p. 111), and in part M. MICROPTERA DC. (see p. 109). M. sinuata Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. viii. 127 (1912) = M. MICRAN THA HBK. (see p. 111). Willoughbya Bangii Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, ti. pt. 3, 53 (1893) = M. pecora Poepp. (see p. W. cordifolia (L.) Ktze. Rev. Gen. i. 372 (1891); Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 (1896) = M. ocecue (L. £.) Willd. (see p. 109). W. cordifolia —_ Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. 381 (1907), in part (as to no. 2880) = M. micranrHa HBK. (see p. 111). W. Hieronymi aes Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 383 (1907) = M. spEciosa DC. (see p. 109). W. hirsutissima Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 581 (1896), & Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 381 (1907), not Ktze. = M. FERRUGINEA Rusby (see p. 101). W. leucophylla Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 382 (1907) = LEUCOPHYLLA (Rusby) Robinson (see p. 106). W. longiacuminata Rusby, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 59 (1896) = M. tonaracumrnata Rusby (see p. 104). W. longiflora Rusby, Bull. N. Y. a Gard. iv. 382 (1907) = M. LONGIFLORA (Rusby) Robinson (see p. 110). W. micrantha (HBK.) Rusby, Mem. ae Bot. Club, iv. 211 (1895) = M. micrantoa HBK. (see p. 111). W. odorata Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. eg: iv. 381 (1907), not (Lehm.) Ktze. = M. Haenxeana DC. (see p. 103). W. scandens Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. ee iv. 381 (1907) = MICRANTHA HBK. (see p. 111). W. scandens a form “near var. barbinervia” Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 (1896) = M. Scuvutrzn Robinson (see p. 112). W. irifolia Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iv. 382 (1907) = TRIFOLIA Sch.-Bip. (see p. 107). W. trinervis Rusby, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. iy. 381 (1907), not M. trinervis H. & A., is immature and doubtfully referred to M. BAc- CHAROIDEA ids (see p. 100). 116 ROBINSON CHILE. Mikania is a genus largely of tropical and subtropical mesophytes. It is by no means surprising therefore that the group is scarcely re- presented in Chile. Indeed, the genus does not appear in Gay’s fairly extended and detailed Flora Chilena (1845-52) and it was not until 1894 that Philippi, Ann. Univ. Chil. Ixxxvii. 330, definitely re- corded a single species from the country. This was described as new, under the name of M. araucana. It is a delicate herbaceous twiner of § Corymbosae. It has small membranaceous deltoid-hastate leaves, congested corymbs, very small heads, and pubescent rather blunt or shortly pointed involucral scales. The species was originally found in what is now the Province of Cautin in Central Chile, but Reiche, FI. Chil. iv. 267 (1901) includes with it a plant, from the Province of O’ Higgins 500-600 km. further north, having somewhat more coarse- ly toothed leaves. A similar, if not identical plant was early collected by Poeppig in the intermediate Province of Talca. ‘This was distributed under the number IT. 106 (59), and was given the manuscript name M. humilis Kunze. See Hieronymus in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 792 (1897). Hieronymus, |. ¢., reduced to M. scandens, var. congesta (DC.) Bak. both this undescribed M. humilis Kunze and a similar, though slightly smoother and more xerophytic plant of western Argentina, namely M. mendocina Phil. Sert. Mendoc. Alt. 20, Ann. Univ. Chil. xxxvi. 178 (1870). As pointed out elsewhere in the present paper, the real M. scandens L. is a distinct North American species, and M. congesta DC. appears to be merely a densely corymbed form of the tropical M. micrantha HBK. These plants of Chile and adjacent Argentina, however, together with M. pertplocifolia Hook. & Arn. Comp. Bot. Mag. i. 243 (1836), constitute a little group— or perhaps but a single slightly variable species—of somewhat more xerophytic nature and probably as distinct from the more tropical M. micrantha HBK. asbothare from the remote and purplish-flowered M. scandens L. of North America. Unfortunately, these highly technical and closely related plants of extra-tropical South America are much too slightly represented in North American herbaria to permit their satisfactory revision at this time and place. It is to be noted, however, that they form a problem not very closely connected with the other Andean groups here treated. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY Issued Sept.13 1922 New Series.—LXV. a The Group of Polypodium lanceolatum in North America. By C. A. WEATHERBY II. Notes on certain Tagiminesae of the Tribe Proraleae. By J. Francis MACBRIDE III. Dyscritothamnus, a New Genus of Com eee By B. . 7 Rosinsow 24 IV. A Revision of the ‘Rocky Mountain Astrapals ‘of f Subgenus Homalobus. By J. Francts MACBRIDE hee? V. Various North American Spermatophytes, new or ais: ferred. By J. Francis MACBRIDE - . of Records preliminary to a general Treatment of the E palo rieae, —II. By B. L. Roprnson : eee VI. — PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CAMBRIDGE, 38,.MASS., U. 8. A. 1922 I. THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM IN NORTH AMERICA. By C. A. WEATHERBY. Tue group of Polypodium lanceolatum, as here defined, consists of species which possess in common the following characters :—root- stocks slender, branched and widely creeping: scales of the root- - stock never aristate-pointed, composed, except for the hyaline mav- gin when present, of comparatively short and broad thick-walled cells, at least some of the scales (except perhaps in P. panamense) bearing near the point of insertion one to several thick, dark-colored, blunt trichomes: fronds simple, rarely and exceptionally sinuate- lobed: lamina decurrent as two green lines on the stipe for its whole length, lepidote on both surfaces, the scales of the lower surface orbicular to ovate-lanceolate: venation of a phlebodioid type, con- sisting of a single series of narrow costal areoles; a second series of larger and broader areoles set obliquely to the costa and containing, when well developed, two or three simple or branched included vein- lets which may be free but are more often variously united by cross veinlets to each other and to the sides and apex of the areole; and outside of these one or more additional series of small irregular areoles whose number and shape vary with the size and width of the frond: sori large, borne at the confluence of included veinlets of the large areoles in a single series, producing peltate scales among the spor- angia, but without the numerous and conspicuous paraphyses which in P. percussum, for instance, almost conceal the sporangia: spores oblong-ellipsoid or ovoid, smooth, usually yellowish and shining. The earliest described species of the group is, of course, P. lanceo- latum L. This must be regarded as based entirely on pl. 6, fig. 2 of Petiver’s Pterigraphia, the sole citation under it. There is a specimen labelled P. lanceolatum in the Linnaean herbarium, but since, according to Jackson’s Index, it was not in Linnaeus’s posses- sion in 1753, it cannot be taken as a type. Linnaeus’s brief descrip- tion follows neither’ Petiver’s still shorter diagnosis nor the more elaborate one of Plumier accompanying his plate 137 (of which Peti- ver’s figure is rather obviously a re-drawing, but which is not cited by Linnaeus). There is, however, nothing in it which could not have been suggested by the plate—the phrases “frondibus glabris”’ and “radice nudo,” for instance, applying well enough to the draw- ing in which the scales of the lamina are not indicated at all and those of the rootstock only at the growing ends where they are most 4 WEATHERBY conspicuous. There seems no reason to disturb the tenn ap- plication of the name to the group here placed under As here understood, P. lanceolatum is a species of wide distribution in tropical regions of America, Africa and India. In its main dis- tinguishing characters it is constant enough throughout its range, but in certain other characters, notably those of the scales of the rootstock, it varies very considerably. The most readily recogniz- able of these variants occur in Mexico and Central America, and . though their characters are far from constant either in themselves or their correlation with others, their extreme phases are sufficiently marked and their distributional areas so distinct, as to make their segregation as geographic varieties seem worth while. Since Petiver states that most of his plants came from the West Indies, the form of that region is taken as the type of the species. I am indebted for aid in the preparation of this paper to Mr. Wil- lard N. Clute who has furnished needed information; to Mr. Carl Christensen, who very kindly procured for me a fragment of the type collection of P. astrolepis Liebmann; to Mr. William R. Maxon for the loan of the large suite of specimens in the National Her- barium and other cordially given assistance;! and to the authorities of the Missouri Botanical Garden and of the Osborn Botanical Lab- oratory of Yale University for the privilege of examining specimens in these institutions. Key TO THE SPECIES AND VARIETIES. a. Scales of the rootstock usually blackish or dak i in color often with pale margins, fect of a tomentose rad rt stipe hg often obsolete, always less than one-half as long as the lam ina; lamina with thin, non-cartilaginous margin; cular es of the lower surface deeply escrate: stellate; sori usually oblo oa eg Oe er nigs Pea aera a 1. P. astrolepis. b. ici of the rotstek oft of two kinds, o a peltate base, conspicuous, the other small, orbicular to elliptic, closely appressed to the rootstock and con- cealed by the larger scales; trichomes present, but, if abundant, never concealing all the larger scales which ect among them; margin of the lamina more or citing eas the a G for the Gray Herbarium and N for the v. . National Herbarium are THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM — gg oun a ox thickened; stipe terete neers n P. lanceolatum, var. complanatum); sori round t brokdly Oa c. Seales of the lower surface of the lamina erose-serru- ate to entire, not deeply lacerate nor fimbriate- —_ i- ay those of the orbicular type more numerou d, Scales of the r ootstock erose- or pectinate-serrulate their median Hg with lumina evident under an surface of the lamina es sane. brownish when young, more or less erose-serrulate. e. Scales - the pes from black with a pale mar- pale ph! and cone olorous, patie . only ee ‘ae ye the cells of the eeeical band “comparatively ‘large e, eatenlis se bn with som ite: t proje eae 7. an ae veins cot if rarely prominent, con neolorous =p mg ‘the rootstock (except those bd e bud) always with a dark central pertio g. Stipe! terete; rae ae ‘of the rootstock 24 pis rey smaller, lanceolate to q. Stine "attend iueane scales of the rootstock long, lanceolate or ovate- ats ola ste Pah veeue lk « oor a. var. f. Lamina more or less translucent, the veins prominent beneath, at least some of those ned, fo g tern: seales of the rootsteck 1.5-2 mm. long, often ae A pa e and concolorous except for a Poets at the point of oo n, P. lanceolatum. complanatum. Sgn Cee Gidde © elt Sie eas r. crassinervatum. lax aac , e. Scales of the rootstock 1.5-2 long, bla x with pale margins, usually ‘abundantly and i So median cells comparatively small, umina not vis- ible under a hand-lens; orbicular scales of the lower surface of the lamina rather garter MAGS eee wegen Snes ce. var. trichophorum. short-denticul d. jas = <3 codscek entire or with a merely ir- r at mest minutely denticulate margin er firm, their median cells ae thick. walled an without “evident a tes not con- e lamina usu: nsely entire or peter dentate gene, which, are reddish CT ee ee ee 3. P. polylepis. when + Seales of the lower surface of the lamina numerous, short-fimbriate to fimbr cetera 8 those of the ovate-lanceolate type predominatm 6 WEATHERBY EH GENER Gig pip cage or A ee 4. P. erythrolepis. h. Stipe shorter than the large (15-21 em. long) lam- ina; lower surface of the lamina clothed with very do not conceal the leaf-surface; costa black beneath. 5. P. Conzattii. a, Scales of the rootstock grayish or reddish-brown or, if blackish, with cell-walls laterally excurrent, evenly and conspicuously clathrate under a hand-lens. 7. Rootsteck 2-3 mm. in diameter, its seales 1.5-2 mm. long, reddish-brown, their exterior cells closed by an outer wall, forming a subentire margin; fronds dif- orm, the fertile much narrower.................. . P. fructuosum. z. Rootstoek 1 mm. in diameter, its scales 0.8-] mm. long, Pleopeltts angustifolia D. C. Eaton, Amer. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, XXvil. 198 (1859). Gymnogramme elongata Hook. Sp. Fil. v. 157 (1864). Taenitis Swartzii Jenman, Journ. Bot. 1879. 263. Polypodium lance- - olatum, var. elongatum Krug, Engl. Jahrb. xxiv. 131 (1897). Poly- podium Prieurti Christ, Prim. Fl. Costaric. iii. 17 (1901).—Lamina linear-lanceolate to narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate or rarely ovate- lanceolate, obtuse or acute, in continental specimens 8-15 em. long in well developed plants, in West Indian specimens averaging larger (15-20 cm., extreme measurement 24 cm.); stipe 5-18 mm. long, sometimes obsolete; costa black in the lower half of the lamina.— Mexico from Vera Cruz southward. Central America, throughout the West Indies, Guiana, and Brazil. The following specimens may be cited as representative of the species: Mexico: Vera Cruz: Orizaba, 18 May, 1866, Bourgeau (G); May, 1905, THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM 7 Purpus 1156 (G, N). Oaxaca: Trapiche de la Concepcion, 1841, Liebmann (fragment of the type-specimen in Gray erb.). Cutapas: Ghiesbreght 446 (G); Finea Mexiquito, July, 1913, Purpus 6759 (G, N). G cae Rica: San José, July, 1892, Tonduz 7121 (Hb. Boissier Fl. Cost.) ‘una: Monte Verde, Feb. 2 and July 2, 1859, Wright 796 (G, N); Feb. 13, 1911, Shafer 8683 (G, N). Por co: Caye ct. 8, 1885, Sintenis 2261 (G, N); near Ponce, Dec. 17, 1902, Heller 8300 N). TRINIDAD: 1877-8, Fendler 58 (G, N). FrencH GumANa: near Cayenne, June, 1837, Leprieur (N). RAzIL: Cupeiro Mts. of Matto Grosso, Dec. 20, 1893, Lindman A 2629 (N). 2. PoLypopIUM LANCEOLATUM L. Sp. Pl. 1082 (1753). P. maero- carpum Bory ex Willd. Sp. Pl. v. 147 (1810). P. marginale Bory ex Willd. }. c. Pleopeltis ensifolia Carm. Trans. Linn. Soc. xii. 510 (1818). Polypodium adspersum Schrad. Goétting. Gel. Anz. 915 (1818). Pleopeltis linearis Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 246 (1824). Polypodium lepidotum Willd. ex Schlecht. Adumbr. 17 (1825).—-North American specimens examined: ica: around the Lagune of Reventado, alt. 2300 m., Jan. 25, atal iqui Voleano, alt. 2100-2300 m., March 10-13, 1911, Maxon 5283 (N). ca: Cinchona, alt. 5000 ft., April 18, 1903, Mazon 1202 (N); Sept. b. 7, 1900, W. N. Clute 67 , 1904, G. N. Collins 97 (N); lower _ Moses, alt. 2000-2500 ft., April 14, 1903, Maxon 1069, 1084 (N); Sir John Peak, Sept. 2-10, 1906, Underwood 3211 (N). AnNto DominGo: near Constanza, alt. 2200 m., Aug., 1910, v. Tiirckheim 3551 (G, N). ; Stipe 1-10 em. long, varying much both in absolute Jength and, relatively to the length of the lamina, but always shorter than the latter; lamina 3.5-27 em. long, averaging about 15 cm., 0.5-3 cm. wide. After the manner of most ferns, the fronds occasionally fork at the tip (Lepicystis lanceolata, var. dichotoma Hieron. ex Mild- braed, Deutsch. Zent. Afrik. Exped. ii. 33. 19107), and are rarely sinuate-lobate (var. sinuatum Sim, Ferns S. Afr. ed. 1, 202. 1892; Lepicystis lanceolata, var. pinnatiloba Hieron. |. c.).—On trees, stumps and, less often, walls and banks, Costa Rica to Juan Fernandez, Uruguay and northern Argentina; Jamaica and Santo Domingo; Africa from Cameroon and Abyssinia southward; Ceylon and south- ern India. The synonyms cited above were all founded on African plants. They appear to me to be correctly referred to P. lanceola- tum. 8 WEATHERBY 2a. PoLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM L., var. complanatum, var. nov., rhizomatis paleis majoribus 1.5-2 mm. longis, lanceolatis vel ovato- lanceolatis, acutis acuminatisve, medio nigrescentibus, margine pallidis, cellulis medianis rectangularibus, ancipitibus; laminis lanceo- latis 6-18 cm. (plerumque 10-15 em.) longis, 0.7—2 em. latis, crassis, coriaceis, opacis; costa saepius fusca; paginae inferioris paleis orbicu- latis conspicue eroso-fimbriato-serrulatis. Costa Rica: forests of — Vinas, lag 25, 1890, Pittier in Pittier mages Pl. Co; og Exs 1855 (TYPE n U.S. Nat. Herb.); Ochonojo, alt. 1600 m., Nov., 1898, Piltier 13025 (N Ys San Jeronimo, ee 1500 m., Aug. 1910, Wercklé 560 (herb Jimene z) (N); La Fortuna, between Cervantes and cae alt. 1480 m., July, 1906, Biolley 93 (N); Uichaut. souslity, Wercklé : Los Siguas Camp, southern slope of Cerro de la Horquete, Chir- iqui, ca Sabot 1700 m., March 17-19, 1911, Mazon 5428; Rafallo Trail above El Boquete, alt. 1600-1 1700 m., Feb., 1918, Killip 5421. Epiphytic. A plant aves? in its flattened stipe suggests P. astro- lepis, but in all other characters plainly belongs with P. lanceolatum. 2b. PoLypopIUM LANCEOLATUM L., var. crassinervatum (Fée), comb. nov. Drynaria crassinervata Fée, Mém. des Foug. viii. 97 (1857). or See crassinervatum Kiaersk, Cat. Fil. Herb. Ht. Haun. 49 (1874). Mexico: Vera Cruz: region of Orizaba, 23 Aug., 1866, Bourgeau 2284ter (G); Cordoba, 1908, John Spence 101, 102 ‘G); oa ov. 19, 1907, Bro bay 1 4 (N). CHIAPAS: near Pantepec, 16, 1907, Collins & Doyle 224 (N); Aug. 13, 1901, Rose & Hay 6087 (N). eat TEMALA: nea + Paueeiina: Alta Verapaz, "Jan. 19, 1905, Maxon & Hay 1 (N); Finea Mocca, Alta Verapaz, alt. 3600 ft., Dee. 15, 1919, Harry Sion 147 (G, N). Stipe usually short, terete, dark, 0.7-2.5(-4) cm. long; lamina mostly 12-15 em. long, 1-2 em. wide, its orbicular scales rather more conspicuously erose-serrulate than in var. trichophorum. Probably epiphytic I have seen no specimens of the collections cited by Fée under Drynaria crassinervata, but the characters which he adduces—the translucent frond and darkened nerves—leave no doubt as to the identity of his plant. The latter character I should have considered pathological did it not repeatedly occur in correlation with the pale, soft scales of the rootstock and the short stipe characteristic of this variety. Fink 82, of which there are three sheets in the National Hethatiots and one in the Gray Herbarium, and Gonzales & Conzatti 581, 15 Dec., 1897 (G), both from Cordoba, Vera Cruz, show material more or less transitional in scale-characters to var. trichophorum. 2c. PoLypopruM LANCEOLATUM L., var. trichophorum var. nov., THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM g rhizomatis paleis majoribus 1.5-2.5 mm. longis, ovatis vel late lanceo- latis, medio nigrescentibus, margine pallido saepius angusto, tricho- matibus dense onustis; cellulis medianis ex comparatione parvis parietibus crassis luminibus inconspicuis angustis; stipitibus tere- tibus, 1-8 em. longis, semper lamina brevioribus; laminis lanceolatis vel ets gree 6.8-28 em. longis (plerumque 15-25 cm.), 1.2-2.5 em. latis, coriaceis, opacis; costa infra saepe nigrescente; paleis icine paginae inferioris saepius diametro minus quam 0.5 mm., sparse et breviter denticulatis——Drynaria mexicana Fée Mém. des Foug. viii. 97 (1857).—On trees and rocky banks. xtco: ‘Salto ng! oe io 1905, Purpus 1591 (G, N). Conma: Man- Sails, March 2-18, yer 1409 (N); Cuhilla, east side, Voleano of Colima, alt. 850 0 ft., aire 1 1906, 2: Goldsmith 42 (G). MIcHOACAN: vicinity of M rahe various aie in 1910 and 1911, alt. 1950-2200 m., Bro. Arsene 5260, 6935, 5145, 6920, 10674, 6083, 6777 (all N); Patzcuaro, Nov., 1890, Pringle 3358 (G, N; of two sheets of this collection in N one, no. 833113, is mixed with P. polylepis). Mexico; lava fields near Palaba, ton 8000 ft., ., Sept. 1 AXACA: a of Leora alt. aaa ie tk ft... Hd 15-20, 1894, E. W. ( Gux TEMALA: San Rafael, Dept. Zacatepequez, alt. 6500 ft., Feb., 1892, rg Smith 2742 (G, N); Coban, Dept. Alta Verapaz, alt. 4300 ft., Aug., Tiirckheim ed. Donnell Smith tnd pee Roe N). Jun 1908, v. 1880, Tiirc bc Il. 2384b (N); = Miguel Uspa t. Quiché, alt. 6000 "tt., April, 1892, Heyde & Lux ed. Donnell Smith 3083 “: - Nebaj, Dept. Quiché, alt. 7000 gy aie 1889, ian de & Lux - Donne Il Smith 4688 (G, N); near I have seen specimens of none of the collections cited by Fée as belonging to his Drynaria mexicana, but his description seems to place his proposed species here. The “tomentose rootstock” ex- cludes it definitely from var. crassinervatum, with which it was placed by Fournier, as here understood; and the “midrib black for its whole feagth” and the “revolute margins” exclude it almost as definitely from P. astrolepis to which it was referred by Christensen. Since, however, there is, in the absence of authentic specimens a possibility of error in referring it here and since there is already a valid Poly- podium mexicanum likewise based on a_ species - Fée (Selliguea mexicana), it seems best not to take up Fée’s nam 3. Potypoprum poLyLepis Roem. ex Kze. ea xiii. 131 (1839). Drynaria vestita Fée, Gen. Fil. 271 (1850-52). Pleopeltis lepidota 10 WEATHERBY Fourn. Pl. Mex. i. 87 (1870), at least in part, not Polypodium lepi- dotum Willd.—On trees, banks and rocks. exico: San Luts Porost: eget alt. 8000 ft., Sept. 5-10, 1902, Pal- mer 472 (N); Santa Barbara, Nov., 0, Berlandier (G); Monte Sun Miguel- ito, 1876, Schaffner’ 938 (G); from poe San Luis Potosi, par 1898, Pal- mer 629 (N; ‘lingua cierval); without tocality. 1878, Parr y & ‘Palmer 975 (G, N). Guanasvato: 1883 A. Dugés (G; “lingua de ciervo” Pac and Real “el ieeate: Aug. 31, 3, & Painter 6659 (N) op Hes de Pac 1, 190 , Rose & Painter 6718 (N); ibid. July = a 1905, Rose, ects & Rose 8851 (N). Jatrsco: Colo , Aug. 1897, ae 3609 (N); Sierr Oi west of Balafios, Sept. 16, 1897, Rese 3716 (N); Voleano of Salita , July 13, 1892, M. E. hye 507 a vie _Mr- CHO Tl ae | rose & 1 : 3, Ros 6516 (N); Toluca Pps se eae Rose & Painter 6799 (N ean ratpelncet ‘Oct. 13, 1903, Rose & Painter 7855 (N ); Ixtac siiaik 1905, Dap 1590 (G, N); © Exicatnaribn, uly 7, 1905, Rose, Peis & Rose 8442 (N); Contreras, cut 3 ( 7500 June 1910, Rusby 167 (N); P atapetl, Aug. 5-6, 1910, iitcheek GeV e de Mexico, Oct., 1875, Schaffner aS 74 (N); El Oro, 1910, Bro. go 10675 (N). Morevos: El Par e, Aug. ou 1910, Orcutt B84 (N). Pursua: vicinity of Pu ti various ce Pe in 1906 and 1 Bro. scvieiird 1839 (G. a Eh 10669, 2313, aN ae 70 (N); Hasiepda Jalapasco, alt. 10,000 ft., 1892, J. G. Smith 61 (N). Vera Cruz: rizaba, uy 25 ea be 061, Rose & a 5708 8 (N): Aug. 23, 1866, u 2884 (N); alt. 11,500 n 200 ( ). Oaxaca: Cafiada de oe an Gabriel Btla, alt. 3000 ane pele g, 1897, GuATEMALA: Volcan de en alt. 2700-3000 m., March 22, 1905, Maxon & Hay 3673 Ni pay Guatemala, von 2 O000 4000 123 . haufig,”’ Pane 17, 1882, [okies 1559 (N). A common Mexican species, closely related to P. lanceolatum, but usually readily distinguishable from it both by the scale characters given in the key and by its habit. The fronds are usually smaller than in P. lanceolatum, only occasionally reaching an extreme length of 17 em., in average plants 9-12 em. long or only 5-6 cm. in small ones. They are linear-lanceolate to narrowly oblanceolate in out- line, only occasionally becoming truly lanceolate or ovate and then mostly in sterile specimens. The stipes are 1-4.5 cm. long, usually markedly shorter than the lamina. The costa may be either black or green beneath. Certain forms are, however, as Fournier long ago pointed out, difficult to place satisfactorily. Collins & Doyle 135 from San Cris- tobal, Chiapas (N) and Kellerman 5947 from Quetzaltenango, Guate- mala (N) have the habit and the sparse and small lamina-scales of P. lanceolatum. var. trichophorum, but these scales are nearly entire THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM 11 and those of the rather stout rootsteck have the characteristics of P. polylepis. These plants seem to me an extreme form of the latter. 4. Polypodium erythrolepis, sp. nov., rhizomate gracili, diametro 1.5-2 mm., longe repente, squamis aliis parvis orbiculatis vel ellip- ticis peltatis aliis majoribus 2-3 mm. longis ovato-lanceolatis longe acuminatis medio nigrescentibus cellulis quadrato-oblongis parieti- bus crassis margine pallide brunneis eroso- vel pectinato-serrulatis onusto. quarum generum ambo nonnullae tamen juxta insertionis punctum trichomata fusca pluria emittunt; stipite gracili, terete, squamoso, griseo, 2-4 cm. longo, laminam saepe aequante vel etiam superante ; lamina coriacea, ovata, lanceolata, oblanceolatave, in apicem obtusum vel obtusiusculum angustata, basi sensim attenu- ata lineis duobus viridibus in he si ba ad phyllopodium de- currente, 1.5-4.5 em. longa, 0.5-1.2 . lata, integra vel leviter sinuata, supra squamis usc 1.5-2 mm. longis juventute rubidis aetate albescentibus e basi peltato caudatis breviter fimbriato-ciliatis obsita, a paleis plerumque ovato-lanceolatis attenuatis 1-1.5 mm. lon tenuibus juventute erubescentibus aetate griseis vel basis breviter fimbriato-ciliatis imbricatis arcte adhaerenti- bus dense obtecta; nervatione pleopeltidis, nervis immersis; costa supra prominente infra immersa, viride; margine paullum incras- sato subcartilagineo; soris rotundis vel late ovalibus laminae partem superiorem vel paene longitudinem totam oceupantibus, juventute squamulis peltatis deciduis inter sporangia instructis; sporangiis pyriformibus longe et tenuissime pedicellatis; sporis (ex specimine sonorense) ovoideis vel suboblongis, laevibus, flavescentibus. repo’ yr aig sre cold cliffs, Pertrero Peak, Sept. 10, 1886, Pringle in the a wae Herb.). Sonora: Pine Ridge Pase. alt. 8000 ft., Dee. 17, 1890, Hartman, Lumholtz Exp. 346 (G, N); cwithaiat definite locality, Dec. 15, 1890, F. E. Lloyd, Lawbaits Exp. 480 (G, N). A small, apparently terrestrial and mat-forming species of north- western Mexico, similac in habit and color of scales to P. polylepis but well distinguished by its usually relatively long stipes and im- bricated spr be scales. 5. Polypodium Conzattii, sp. nov., rhizomate repente, diametro 2-3 mm., palearum EN sicut tomentoso, paleis aliis parvis teint vel ellipticis peltatis aliis majoribus 1.5-2 mm. longis e basi peltato ovato-lanceolatis medio nigrescentibus cellulis quad- ratis parietibus crass's margine angustissimo pallido serrulato onusto, quarum genera ambo juxta insertionis punctum trichomata fusca plurima paleas minores totius occultantia et tomentum densum for- 12 WEATHERBY mantia emittunt; stipite ex speciminibus visis lamina valde brevi- oribus, 2.5-4.5 em. longis, terete, fusco, squamulis paucis obsito vel fere glabro; lamina coriacea, lineari-lanceolata vel lanceolata, 15-21 em. longa, 1.4-2 em. lata, in apicem acutum angustata e basi acuto duabus lineis viridibus in stipitem usque ad phyllopodium decur- rente, nervatione pleopeltidis, nervis immersis utrinque paleis deli- catulis hyalinis solum insertionis puncto vel rarius medio fuscatis dense obsitis, eis paginae superioris albidis aliis orbiculatis diametro 0.25 mm. stellato-fimbriatis aliis e basi angusto peltato lineari-cau- datis sparse pectinato-ciliatis, eis paginae inferioris pallide brunneis paucis orbiculatis, pluribus e basi subdilatato peltato lanceolatis 1.5-2 mm. longis longe eleganterque fimbriato-ciliatis leviter a paren- chymate disjungendis; costa utrinque prominente supra viride infra nigrescente; margine leviter incrassato, cartilagineo, integro vel subsinuato; soris magnis rotundis vel late ovatis, paleis deciduis lanceolatis fimbriatis inter sporangia instructis, laminae partem superi- orem occupan tibus; sporangiis pyriformibus, longe et tenuissime pedicellatis; sporis ellipsoideis, laevibus, flavescentibus. Mexico: Cerro San Felipe, Oaxaca, alt. 3000 m., April 7 and 8, 1898, C. Conzatti 678 (G). | Known to me only from the type collection. A plant with the habit and stature of P. lanceolatum, but very distinct in its delicate, beautifully ciliate lamina-scales, which suggest those of certain spe- cies of Elaphoglossum. 6. Polypodium fructuosum Maxon & Weatherby, sp. nov., rhizo- mate longe repente, diametro circa 1.5 mm., frondes plurimas emit- tente, paleis laxis patulis 1.5-2 mm. Jongis e basi peltato deltoideo ovato-Janceolatis acutis margine subintegro clathratis cellulis quad- ratis oblongisve rarius solum trichomata brevia gerentibus onusto; frondibus difformibus; fertilibus valde angustioribus, laminis lineari- bus, 8.5-11 em. longis, 5-6 mm. latis, in stipitem teretem sparsis- sime squamulosum sensim angustatis, apice acutis; sterilibus laminis ovato-lanceolatis, 9-10.5 cm. longis, 1.5-2 em. latis, apice acutis, sessilibus vel in stipitem “oe (0.5-1.5 em. longum) subalatum abrupte angustatis, nervatione pleopeltidis nervis immersis vel sub- prominentibus, utrinque paleis parvis 0.25-0.75 mm. longis orbicu- latis vel ovatis centro fusco-brunneis margine serrulato hyalino angusto et infra paleis aliis 1-1.5 mm. longis oblongo-ovatis clath- ratis secundum costam obsitis; costa utrinque prominente, concolore; ine non incrassato integro vel minute crenato-serrulato; soris magnis, late ovalibus, 5 mm. longis, laminae totam longitudinem et THE GROUP OF POLYPODIUM LANCEOLATUM 13 latitudinem occupantibus paleis eorum non visis; sporangiis pyri- formibus longe et tenuissime pedicellatis; sporis ellipsoideis, laevibus, flavescentibus. PANAMA: on branch fallen from large tree, humid forest along the upper Caldera River near “Camp I,” Holeomb’s trail above El Boquete, Chiriqui, alt. 1450-1650 m., March 22-24, 1911, Mazon 5689 (type in Nat. Herb.); fallen tree in deep woods, valley of Rio Piarnasta above El Boquete, alt. 1525-1530 m., Feb. 9, 1918, Killip 5418 (N). In habit and appearance similar to P. lycopodioides, but in its venation, scale-characters and lepidote fronds nearest P. lanceolatum. From both it differs in its clathrate scales, which however, are not very far removed in shape and general type from those of P. lanceo- latum, var. crassinervatum and form a connecting link between them and the extreme clathrate type found in P. panamense. The scales of these two species are unique among American species of the Pleo- peltis group, but are similar to. those of the glabrous-fronded Old World species, P. lineare and P. Scolopendrium (P. excavatum Bedd. et auctt., not Bory). Polypodium panamense sp. nov., rhizomate longe repente, gracili diametro 0.75-1 mm., paleis laxis fuscis vel nigrescentibus 0.8-1 mm. longis suborbiculatis-ovatis acutis cellulis magnis quad- ratis vel oblongis parietibus crassis clathratis marginibus irregulariter laceratis cellularum parietibus extremis excurrentibus onusto; tricho- matibus observatis nullis; frondibus subdistantibus, fertilibus saepe plus minusve angustioribus; stipitibus fuscis leviter complanatis plus minusve clathrato-squamulosis 1.54 em. longis laminis valde brevi- oribus; laminis lanceolatis vel late ovatis apice et basi angustatis, 4-9.5 cm. longis, 1-3 em. latis, coriaceis, supra paleis plerumque orbiculatis parvis eroso-serrulatis vel breviter fimbriatis peltatis non clathratis brunneis margine angustissimo pallido sparse, infra fre- quentius paleis aliis brunneis orbiculatis peltatis parvis 0.25 mm. diametro vix clathratis aliis ovato-lanceolatis 0.5-1 mm. longis dis- tincte clathratis saepe fuscioribus obsitis; costa utrinque promi- nente, supra viride, infra fusca; margine tenui, non cartilagineo; nervatione pleopeltidis ei P. lanceolati simili, in frondibus latioribus areolis exterioribus pluri-seriatis; soris magnis ad 7 mm. longis Tro- tundis vel late ovatis, paleis deciduis orbiculatis breviter fimbriatis peltatis brunneis 0.5 mm. diametro inter sporangia instructis; spor- angiis pyriformibus, longe et tenuissime pedicellatis; sporis ovoideis, pallide flavescentibus. Panama: on tree trunks, forests around Porto Bello, Province of Colon, alt. 5-200 m., April 6-8, 1911 Mazon 5784 (rps in U.S. Nat. Herb., sheet 14 MACBRIDE no. 676331); also a second sheet of the same collection, no. 676332; Bismarck, March 17, 1908, R. S. Williams 503 (N). EXCLUDED SPECIES. Polypodium sag eye var. Elizabethae Jenman, Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica, ix. 199 7). Known to me only from specimens collected by W. N. ane (no. 847; N) which, Mr. Clute informs me, were taken at Jenman’s type station near Cinchona, the only known locality for the plant in that vicinity or, probably, in Jamaica. These specimens are exactly P. lewcosporum Kl. There would seem to be little doubt that Jenman overlooked the scale characters which, as well as the pinnately lobed frond, separate P. leucosporum from P. lanceolatum and that his name should be reduced to synonymy under the former species. P. leucosporum is known to occur in South America from Venezuela to Peru but has not, so far as I am aware, been hitherto reported from the West Indies. Il. NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE OF THE TRIBE PSORALEAE. By J. Francis Macsripe. In continuing from time to time the ordering up of portions of the Leguminosae at the Gray Herbarium, certain nomenclatorial changes have been made in order to have the work conform to the Interna- tional Rules of Botanical Nomenclature. The resulting new names and new combinations of names are here placed on record. SORALEA TENUIFLORA Pursh, var. Bigelovii (Rydb.), comb. nov. Psoralidium Bigelovii Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 14 (1919). This variety is closely related to the variable P. tenuiflora Pursh, the range of which, however, is on the whole, different. The lez ves _ of var. Bigelovit apparently are uniformly obovate or broadly ob- lanceolate. Dr. Rydberg’s extreme segregation of Psoralea and its allies is almost revolutionary in character. One wonders if his treatment will be followed by any students of the flora of the Old World where the group is well represented. If so, they will propose a number of new genera to take care of species which do not exactly fall into any of Dr. Rydberg’s genera since these have apparently been drawn up at least to some extent without study of closely a groups that grow outside the range of the North American Flor, NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE 15 Psoralea scaposa (Gray), comb. nov. P. hypogaea Nutt., var scaposa Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. vi. 173 (1850). Pediomelum scaposum (Gray) Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 21 (1919). There is no evidence that the characters indicated by Rydberg, l. ¢., as distinctive for this plant are not constant. These characters, moreover, are fairly well marked so that there seems to be no ques- tion but that the plant merits specific recognition. Psoralea humilis (Rydb.), comb. nov. Pediomelum humile Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 24 (1919). An excellent species that may be readily distinguished by its acaulescent habit. PsoraALEA MACROoSTACHYA DC., var. longiloba (Rydb.), comb. nov. Hoita longiloba Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 10 (1919). Horta villosa Ryd. | _ It seems to me that P. macrostachya is a highly variable species from which certain forms, even though at times widely divergent, should not be specifically divided. I have seen only three of the several related plants to which Rydberg assigns specific rank. Two of these it seems advisable to merge under one varietal name as indicated above. The variety longiloba, so constituted, may be more or iess readily distinguished by the somewhat elongate lower calyx- lobe and also frequently by the denser pubescence, especially on the stems. Another plant which seems to be only a variety of P. macrostachya is Hoita rhomboidea Rydb. (P. macrostachya DC., var. rhembifolia Torr.). This is a more glabrous state with a tendency for the ra- cemes to be somewhat shorter than they commonly are in the typical form. Parosela Benthami (Brandg.), comb. nov. Dalea Benthami Brandg. Proc. Cal. Acad. ii. 2. 148 (1889); Psorobatus Benthami (Brandg.) Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 40 (1919). Parosela megacarpa (Wats.), comb. nov. Dalea megacarpa Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 359 (1885). Psorobatus megacarpus (Wats.) Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 41 (1919). The genus Parosela, as it has been defined by most if not all recent students, seems to be a rather natural group although like most large genera it contains some subgroups which possess a technical character or two not shared by the great majority of the species. Nevertheless the plants that make up these subgroups are, on the whole, good Paroselas and for my part I fail to see that the under-- lying principles of classification are in any way benefited by removing 16 MACBRIDE them from Parosela as Rydberg has done. They may be distinguished sectionally but they cannot be separated generically without assigning them an importance which they do not merit. For funda- mentally they are Paroselas; they certainly are not of the related genera Eysenhardtia or Amorpha and to treat them as though they were as well defined groups as these and the genus Parosela will ap- pear to most students inexpedient. ParoseLta Fremontit (Torr.) Vail, var. Wheeleri (Vail) Robinson, in herb. P. Wheeleri Vail, Bull. Torr. Club, xxiv. 17 (1897). | Psoro- dendron Wheeleri (Vail) Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 42 (1919). Although Rydberg, 1. ¢. 41, distinguishes P. Wheeleri from P. Fre- montii by the “obovate or oval’ instead of “oblong to lanceolate or linear’’ leaflets he describes, |. c. 43, the leaves of the latter spe- cies as “oblong, elliptic or rarely obovate.” P. Wheeleri is evidently but a broad-leaved variety of P. Fremontiv. P. Saundersii (Parish) Abrams is scarcely more than a nearly glabrous state of P. Fremontii and accordingly may become ParoseLA Fremont (Torr.) Vail, var. Saundersii (Parish), comb. nov. Dalea Saundersii Parish, Bull. S. Calif. Acad. ii. 83 (1903). P. Saundersii (Parish) Abrams, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. 396 (1910). P. Johnsoni (Wats.) Vail, var. Saundersii Parish, Bot. Gaz. lv. 308 (1913). Parosela tinctoria (Brandg.), comb. nov. Daleatinctoria Brandg. Proc. Cal. Acad. 2, ii. 147 (1889). Psorothamnus tinctorius (Brandg.) Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 47 (1919). This species although closely related to P. Emoryi (Gray) Heller seems to differ constantly not only in the shorter calyx-lobes, as indicated by Rydberg, I. c. 46, but also in the more divergent branch- ing of the plant. P. Emoryi is intricately branched. PAaRosELA MOLLIS (Benth.) Heller, var. meo-mexicana (Gray), comb. nov. Dalea mollis Benth. var. ? neo-mexicana Gray, Pl. Wright, i. 47 (1852). P. neomexicana (Gray) Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. ed. 2. 6 (1900). The acute banner and acutish wings of the corolla are the only characters I find that show any degree of constancy; in the typical form the parts of the corolla are rounded or sometimes retuse at apex. P. longipila [Robins.| Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 64 (1919) differs from P. mollis not only in the acute banner of the corolla but also in the elliptical leaves, rounded-at apex, and accordingly seems worthy of specific recognition. I am unable, however, to distinguish even — P. pilosa Rydb. and P. mollissima Rydb., |. ¢., ad- NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE i ditional segregates of P. mollis. The characters relied upon by Rydberg appear entirely relative. In this connection it seems inter- esting to note that cotype material of both species in the Gray Her- barium is referred by Rydberg without question to P. mollis. Parosela laxiflora (Schlecht.), comb. nov. Dalea laxiflora Schlecht. Linnaea, xii. 293 (1838). D. Hegewischiana Steud. Nom. Bot. ed. 2. i. 480 (1840). P. Hegewischiana (Steud.) Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 57 (1919). Rydberg does not take up Schlechtendal’s name because of the presence of Dalea laxiflora Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 741 (1814). The latter, however, is a synonym of P. enneandra (Nutt.) Britton and since the cognomen laxiflora has not before been used in Parosela, it is to be retained as indicated above. PAROSELA LEPORINA (Ait.) Rydb., var. alba (Michx.), comb. nov. Dalea alba Michx. in Roem. Cat. Hort. Turie. (1802). D. alopecu- roides Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1336 (1803). Parosela alopecuroides (Willd.) Rydb. FI. Ry. Mts. 483, 1063 (1917). Except for the lighter-colored flowers and bracts there is no es- sential difference between the plant of the Mississippi valley and P. leporina of Mexico. The bracts of the latter are often nearly gla- brous but in this there is variation. Furthermore, the plant with pale flowers ranges south into Mexico and the darker-flowered form north to New Mexico. Dalea alba, therefore, seems to be only a geographical variety of the earlier-named P. leporina. P. costaricana Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 77 (1920), is, I think, not to be distinguished from P. leporina even varietally. In its white flowers it approaches the variety alba. There is another variant, however, that deserves recognition on account of its extremely dark and somewhat pubescent bracts, dark flowers and uniformly low stature. This form may be known as PAROSELA LEPORINA (Ait.) Rydb., var. Thouini (Schrank), comb. nov. Dalea Thouini Schrank, Pl. Rar. Hort. Monac. i. 9 (1819). P. Thouini (Schrank) Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 78 (1920). PAROSELA VERNICIA Rose, var. citrina (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. citrina Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 81 (1920). This plant may be treated only as a variety of P. vernicia since, except for the lesser elongation of the bract-tips there is no single distinguishing character that displays constancy. PAROSELA RAMOsIssiMA (Benth.) Heller, Cat. N. Am. Pl. ed. 2. 6 (1900). P. Brandegei Rose, Contrib. U.S. Nat. Herb. x. 106 (1906). In as much as Dalea ramosissima Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. 18 MACBRIDE x. pt. 2, 41 (1843) is a synonym of P. diffusa (Moric.) Rose, this specific name may be retained for the plant described by Bentham in 1844, Bot. Voy. Sulph. 11. Rydberg, N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 71 (1920), contrasts P. ramosissima with P. lasiostachya, and allies. It appears rather to be related to P. Hemsleyana (cf. Rose, |. c. 104) notwith- standing the fact that the corolla is rose-colored throughout. PAROSELA TOMENTOSA (Cav.) Rose, var. psoraleoides (Moric.), comb. nov. Dalea psoraleoides Moric. Mém. Soc. Genéve, vi. 533 (1833). P. psoraleoides (Moric.) Rose, Contrib. U. 5. Nat. Herb. x. Apparently the only essential difference between P. tomentosa and P. psoraleoides is the lighter and somewhat yellowish tint to the corolla of the latter; the corolla of the former, which possibly is a trifle larger, is pink. Accordingly it seems advisable to treat the more recently described form as a variety, especially since the ranges nearly coincide. AROSELA POLYCEPHALA (Benth.) Rydb., var. minutifolia (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. minutifolia Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 87 (1920). The variety is distinguishable from the typical form chiefly by the glabrous instead of minutely pubescent leaflets, although Ryd- berg, in his arrangement of the species of Parosela, places the two forms three pages apart. Parosela triphylla (Sessé & Moc.), comb. nov. Dalea triphylla Sessé & Moc. ex G. Don, Gen. Hist. ii. 224 (1832). D. trifoliolata Moric. Mém. Soc. Genéve, vi. 531 (1833). P. trifoliolata (Moric.) Rydb. Fl. N. Am. xxiv. 98 (1920). It seems strange to me that Rydberg, |. c., did not take up the above name for this well-marked species. The description of D. triphylla, it is true, is meager, but the short characterization is definite and apparently could apply to no other species then known. Rydberg, 1. c., also refers doubtfully to D. trifoliolata, D. prostrata Ortega, Dec. 69 (1798). If Ortega’s rather full description is even reasonably accurate he surely had before him a quite different plant, as indi- cated by Moricand, |. ec. 533. PAROSELA VERSICOLOR seme 8 Rydb., var. tsugoides (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. tsugordes Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 102 (1920). Since P. tsugoides is scarcely distinguished from true P. versicolor except by the narrower, more pubescent and strongly involute Jeaf- lets, it seems to. me preferable to treat it as varietally rather than specifically distinct, for the differences are of a type often dependent upon the habitat of the plant. NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE 19 PAROSELA Wisiizent (Gray) Vail, var. sanctae-crucis (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. Sanctae-Crucis Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 103 (1920). Dalea Wislizeni var., Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 38 (1853). As indicated by Gray, |. ¢., this variety differs from the typical form in the lesser and shorter pubescence, the leaves being glabrous or nearly so above. I have not seen authentic material of P. leucan- tha Rydb., |. c., but it appears to be only a form with lighter flowers. PW “helices is very closely related to P. versicolor. Indeed, it might be considered a geographical variety of the latter. But as there is a wide gap between the ranges of the two species—P. versi- color is restricted to southern Mexico while P. Wislizent and its vari- ants belong to the northern portion and the southwestern United States—in which apparently no intermediate forms occur, P. Wis- lizeni may best be kept distinct. It is generally a shorter, less widely branched shrub with flowers varying from bright rose-color to white. Apparently the flowers of P. versicolor, as stated by Ryd- berg, |. c. 70, are uniformly dark purple, or the banner alone may be white. PAROSELA LASIOSTACHYA (Benth.) Rose, var. glabrescens (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. glabrescens Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 106 (1920). The only noteworthy difference between this plant and the typical state of the species is the pubescence of the immature leaves. The is the same, i. e., densely villous with only a few minute glandular dots toward the summit, which character distinguishes the species from the related P. Wislizeni and P. versicolor. The pods of these two species are much less pubescent and are conspicuously dotted with large glands. Another variant of P. lasiostachya is glabrous like the type, even as to the immature leaves, but these are more alia and the corolla is of a lighter color. This form may be known PAROSELA LASIOSTACHYA (Benth.) Rose, var. prince (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. involuta Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 107 (1920). The group of species typified by P. microphylla is divided by Ryd- berg, N. Am. FI. xxiv. 67 (1920) as follows: “Calyx not conspicuously enaeie- deter between the ribs; leaves glabrous; spikes short.........--..+--- Xxxvii. MICROPHYLLAE. Calyx with a row of Suances yellow or brown glan between ‘ks ribs; leaves more or less pubescent . _Xxxvili. LeucosToMAE.”’ The contrast here seems definite; but let us turn to page 71, |. c. and read, under the Micro phyllae, * ‘glands of the calyx very conspicu- ous. 155. P. fuscescens.” And under the Leucostomae, “Leaves glabrous.” Furthermore, P. microphylla is distinguished at once 20 MACBRIDE from the other glabrous-leaved species by the red or yellow glands, yet under the Leucostomae (cf. the key quoted above) are placed P. argyrostachya and P. Botterii, with black glands. Dr. Rydberg’s key has not been found workable and as there is a species, apparently undescribed, to be added to the group, the following classification may be given. The species are closely re- lated but the presence or absence of pubescence seems to be a good character which, furthermore, is usually concomitant with less ob- vious but equally constant characteristics. a. Leaflets glabrou b. —— of the Talk eased red or yellow; foliage drying c Montel 11-19, mostly less than 6° jou Tone oo ase . P. microphylla. c. Leaflets 13-35, more than 6 mm. long............ . P. diversicolor. b. Glands black; fo ere does black. . Calyx p ubescent throughout...............+-+e.0e-- 3. P. melantha. d, Calyx-tube ES a, a least the lower half. e. Corolla dryin na w; stems glabrous eS fe eee ek ein. eae See P. argyrostachya. e. Corolla drying nomi stems pubescent Avg .5. P. Botteri. Leaflets pubescent. “ae: Corolla yellow. [oe ubese ent or glabrous, in the latter case ght caudate-acuminate; shrubs often over 1 h. Calys-tube densely pubescent, at least about the Po geo RUE sro wantibay tect into get is (al) on a he reg ee alae 6. P. lutea. h, Calysctube: glabrous or essentially so; bracts long- a. Geir: saacis or quite glandless; leaflets mostly i. Ps Arsene. i. Calyx conspicuously glandular; leaflets fewer. j. Leaflets 11-17, more or less villous on both TEES AS Ue On fe ORM ad ea pel naan meet or Rata Ue ve 8. P. gigantea. j. Leaflets 17-25, oe. pubescent, at least beneath, the Melee Shotts Oe 9. P. macrostachya. g. vane glabrous or with . few scattered hairs oward the top; whee acute or short-acuminate; ne sh che less tha: k. Calyx-teeth plumose-pilose; leaflets pubescent on bot 2 BRON ir tk Sota, hab te he be wea Wee eS 10. P. plumosa. k. Calyx-teeth mi the hairs strongly ascend- ing; peor caine ‘above DAU agormudeer ey Soi dari ct 15 ce a a J] Conon Gali hee eo eee SS os 12. P. atrocyane P. fuscescens Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 109 (1920) I think is not to be distinguished from P. melantha (S. Schauer) Rydb. I have not seen Palmer’s no. 209 on which the species is based, but Purpus’s no. 1376 from Hidalgo is referred by Rydberg in the Gray Her- barium to P. fuscescens Another species eases 3 is P. Wardii Rydb., |. ¢., 112, separated NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE 21 from P. lutea Cav. on account of the somewhat smaller corollas and “glabrous bracts.” The bracts, rather, are glabrate; this may prove to be a variety of P. lutea. Better marked is P. caudata Rydb., |. ¢., because of the caudate-acuminate bracts which equal or surpass the calyx. However as this appears to be the only character of any consequence, and somewhat variable, the plant may be known as PAROSELA LUTEA Cay., var. caudata (Rydb.), comb. nov. P. caudata Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 112 (1920), not P. caudata Rydb., Ll e., 82. Parosela zimapanica (S. Schauer) Rydb. is the proper name for the plant referred to above as P. microphylla if the latter is confined to South America, as Rydberg thinks, |. c. 109. I have not seen P. diversicolor Rydb. to which, by a typographical error in the key in the North American Flora, |. c. 71, are ascribed leaflets “ usually more than 5 cm.” long. The more numerous leaflets, “7-9 mm. long,” seem to distinguish the species from P. microphylla. Parosela Arsenei, spec. nov., fruticosa ut videtur 1 m. alta; ram- ulis foliisque parce pilosis; foliis numerosis, 5-7 cm. longis, 27-33 (plerumque 31)-foliolatis; foliolis 0.5 mm. petiolatis oblongo-ovalibus cicca 7 mm. longis, fere 4 mm. latis, apice rotundatis vel paululo emarginatis; spicis oblongo-cylindricis densis plerumque 7 em. longis; bracteis ovato-lanceolatis, plus minusve abrupte cauda to-acuminatis, circa 5 mm. longis, calyce paulo brevioribus dorso fere glabris vel ad apicem mediocriter villosis; calycibus obscure vel haud glandulosis, tubo glabro circa 3 mm. longo; laciniis subulatis villosis circa 2 mm. longis; corolla circa 12 mm. longa, flava—Mexico: vicinity of Morelia, Michoacan, Arséne 5596 (tyPE, Gray Herb.). The relationship and the salient characters of this species are brought out in the foregoing key. The specimen is one of a collec- tion made in Mexico in 1910 by Bro. G. Arséne, whose name this plant may appropriately bear. Dr. Rydberg has emphatically called attention to the closeness of the genera Parosela and Petalostemum by removing from the former the group of species typified by P. albiflora, for which group he has proposed the name Thornbera Rydb. Journ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. xx. 66 (1919). The segregate genus is characterized as having the clawless or short-clawed wings and keel-petals inserted at the mouth of the stamineal tube, as in Petalostemum. There are 9 or 10 stamens, however, as in Parosela. In proposing Thornbera the author indi- cates that these aberrant species must either be placed in a separate genus, or transferred to Petalostemum, or Parosela and Petalostemum hye MACBRIDE must be united. A fourth possibility, and to me obviously the most natural treatment of these plants, —i. e., their retention in Parosela —does not seem to have occurred to Rydberg. Probably there are few large genera that do not, in the case of some species, merge. The disposition of the species that are thus on the border line, as it were, between two genera may sometimes be satis- factorily determined by discovering the character or characters that most constantly distinguish the plants from one of the genera. If we apply this method to the species referred by Rydberg to Thorn- bera we find that the stamens are always 10 or 9 as in true Parosela, although a few species retained in Parosela by Rydberg may some- times have only 7 stamens, thus in this respect approaching the always 5-stamened Petalostemum. There are also species of Paro- sela that have the habit and the petals of Petalostemum. Now if we observe the insertion of the petals in species of Parosela we find that they are not inserted at a given point on the stamineal tube, but that the place of insertion is different for different species. It is apparent therefore that this character, i. e., the petal-insertion, is variable within the genus Parosela and consequently does not con- stitute a proper basis for generic segregation. As Thornbera rests only upon this character, the genus cannot logically be retained. Parosela, as noted above, also contains species that in other char- acters approach or match those known to belong constantly to Petal- ostemum. Is it not evident, therefore, that the latter genus is prop- erly distinguished from the former by the constant presence of 5 stamens and that the homogeneity of Paroscla is not disturbed by the presence of 9- and 10-stamened species that have the petals inserted as in Petalostemum? It would be decidedly inconsistent, however, to refer Thornbera to Petalostemum,—a disposition suggested by Rydberg—for in the latter genus there is no variation in the posi- tion of the petals on the stamineal tube-and the number of stamens is constant. Accordingly it is obvious that Thornbera is most closely related to true Parosela and as its “key” character is not funda- mental, being of a variable nature, it may become Paroseta Cay., subgenus Thornbera (Rydb.), comb. nov. Thorn- bera Rydb. Journ. N. Y. Bot. Gard. xx. 66 (1919). Paroseta Davea (L.) Britton, var. robusta (Rydb.), comb. nov. Thornbera robusta Rydb. N. Am. FI. xxiv. 121 (1920). Dalea vir- gata Micheli, Bull. Herk. Boiss. ii. 442 (1894), not D. virgata Lag. Gen. & Sp. Nov. 23 (1816). The name “robusta” is well chosen for this variety since it differs NOTES ON CERTAIN LEGUMINOSAE 23 from the typical form of the species in the more robust habit and larger—1 cm. or more thick—spikes. Parosela pumila (Rydb.), comb. nov. Thornbera pumila Rydb. N. Am. Fl. xxiv. 120 (1920). If the low stature of this plant and the broadly obovate bracts were the only features, as noted by Rydberg, to distinguish it from P. Dalea, it would scarcely merit specific recognition but the calyx- lobes are uniformly shorter,- being somewhat less than 2 mm. long and not quite equaling the calyx-tube. The longer calyx-lobes of P. Dalea usually surpass (or at least equal) the calyx-tube in length. It is worthy of note, also, that P. pumila is known only from Sinaloa and that several collections from there exhibit no variation in the characters mentioned. P. Dalea has not been secured north of Tepic. Parosela tenuicaulis (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Dalea tenuicaulis Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 226 (1851). Parosela pazensis (Rusby), comb. nov. Dalea pazensis Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, iii. pt. 3. 18 (1893). Parosela parvifolia (Hook. f.), comb. nov. Dalea parvifolia Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 225 (1851). Parosela multifoliolata (Clos), comb. nov. Psoralea multifoliolata Clos in Gay, Fl. Chile, ii. 87 (1846); Dalea multifoliata (Clos) Phil. f. Cat. Pl. Vase. Chile, 55 (1881). Parosela humifusa (Benth.), comb. nov. Dalea humifusa Benth. Pl. Hartw. 170 (1845). Parosela cylindrica (Hook.), comb. nov. Dalea cylindrica Hook. Bot. Mise. ii. 213 (1831). Parosela coerulea (L. f.), comb. nov. Galegacoerulea L. f. Suppl. 335 (1781). Dalea coerulea (L. f.) Schinz & Thellung Mém. Soc. Neuchat. Sci. Nat. v. 370 (1913). D. Mudtisii Kunth, Mim. 161 (1824). In listing D. Onobrychis DC. Prod. ii. 247 (1825) in Jouin. Bot. xxii. 36 (1885) Mr. John Ball remarks: “Searcely distinct as a species from D. Mutisii Kunth.” Our material seems to confirm this ob- servation. -Parosela calliantha (Ulbrich), comb. nov. Dalea calliantha UI- brich in Fedde, Rep. ii. 11 (1906). Parosela boliviana (Britton), comb. nov. Dalea boliviana Brit- ton, Bull. Torr. Club, xvi. 259 (1889). 24 ROBINSON Ill. DYSCRITOTHAMNUS, A NEW GENUS OF COMPOSITAE. By B. L. Rosinson. (With plate.) In finishing the study of a considerable number of tropical Amevican Compositae, lent some years ago by the Director of the Berlin Botan- ical Garden for study and determination at the Gray Herbarium, a very puzzling specimen has been encountered. It is a plant repre- sented solely by rather small, poorly dried, much broken and some- what insect-damaged portions of a low and presumably xerophytic shrub. The label indicates that it was collected by Car) August Ehren- berg, January 1840, on steep mountain slopes between Las Ajuntas and Las Ranas,! somewhere in Mexico. No such place-names have been found in atlases or on maps readily available; but fortunately Ehrenberg in a brief account of his collecting of Cacti mentions Las Ajuntas in a way that indicates closely its position,? and this must have been near the boundary between Queretaro and Hidalgo in Central Mexico. On the sheet the only attempt to indicate the identity of the plant consists of an unsigned note in pencil reading: “Carminatia n. sp. vel nov. gen.” However, the plant has a chaffy receptacle, sub- corymbous inflorescence, short and unangled but villous-hirsute achenes, and alternate subfiliform leaves. It can thus have no close relationship to the erect annual monotype Carminatia, very dis- similar both in habit and technical characters. The label shows that this was Ehrenberg’s no. 1075 but although Hemsley in the Biologia Centrali-Americana cites many of Ehren- berg’s specimens—whether specifically determined or not—he does not seem to have mentioned this particular number. Probably it was not represented at Kew or in the other herbaria examined in the preparation of the work. Indeed, it has been thus far impossible to . learn of its presence in any herbarium other than that of Berlin. Nor after considerable search has any reference to this number been found in literature. 1**Bei Las Ajuntas am Wege nach las Ranas.”’ 2See Linnaea, xix. 343 (1847), where Ehrenberg says “Bei Las Ajuntas, wo sich der Moctezumafiuss mit dem Flusse von Toliman vereinigt * * * "' This, of course, establishes the position of Las Ajuntas; and from the manner in which i is mentioned on the label Las Ranas must have been a small settlement in the im- mediate neighborhood. ; DYSCRITOTHAMNUS, A NEW GENUS OF COMPOSITAE 25 It is likely that the plant in nature is a rare or very local one. Queretaro, Hidalgo, and the adjacent states of Mexico have been visited repeatedly by botanists, indeed by such effective collectors as Thomas Coulter, Hartweg, Schaffner, Pringle, Palmer, Rose, Pur- pus, and Arséne. Most of their plants are very fully represented in the larger North American herbaria, but thus far neither the plant in question nor any very close relative has been found among them. Possibly Ehrenberg’s no. 1075 was a “unicate” and these small bits, now belonging to the herbarium of the Botanical Museum at Berlin- Dahlem, are all that were collected of this particular plant. Ehren- berg appears to have been primarily in search of cacti and such plants as would be suited to cultivation. It is not improbable that his col- lecting of other species was rather incidental and that few duplicates were taken unless there was some promise of horticultural interest. When in Berlin in 1905 the writer found the Ehrenberg sheet among unnamed Eupatorieae and was most kindly permitted to borrow it for detailed examination. He has returned again and again to its study, but always without being able to place it in any known species or genus, or indeed to refer it with certainty to any tribe of the Com- positae. Furthermore, the fragmentary nature of the material seemed at first hardly to justify its use as a generic type. However, as on several former occasions when dealing with inadequate material, the writer sought the aid of Mr. F. Schuyler Mathews, who with his usual skill has recorded effectively each of the characters as cau- tious dissection brought them to view. Supplemented by his de- tailed and very accurate plate it is believed that the following tech- nical description will record the genus so fully that there can be no difficulty in recognizing the plant whenever it may be rediscovered. Dyscritothamnus, gen. nov. Capitula mediocria pauciflora pedi- cellata homogama discoidea. Receptaculum valde convexum paleis angustis persistentibus onustum. Corolla graciliter tubulosa elon- gata; tubo proprio faucibus cylindricis gradatim ampliatis multo breviore; limbo subbilabiato; labia exteriore 4-dentata; labia in- teriore integea vix dentibus labiae exterioris longiore; dentibus om- nibus quinque ovato-oblongis acutiusculis. Antherae connatae an- gustissimae ad apicem cum appendice ovato-oblonga obtusa basi subintegrae nec cordatae nec sagittatae nec caudatae. Styli rami filiformes valde recurvati, obtusiusculi extus minute papillati. Achaenia obovoidea densissime sursum villosa nec angulata nec costata. Pappi setae multae inaequales praesertim basin versus plumosae, longioribus am subaequantibus.—Frutex xerophyticus 26 ROBINSON nanus; caule identidem dichotomo; ramis arcuatis; foliis alternis filiformi-linearibus caducis. D. filifolius spec. nov., fruticosus glaber ca. 3 dm. altus; caule tereti ca. 3 mm. crasso iterum et iterum furcato primo folioso deinde cum cicatricibus foliorum delapsorum scabrato; ramis patentibus curvato-adscendentibus; foliis subfiliformibus acutis supra enerviis subtus paullo carinatis post exsiccationem nigricantibus 2-3 cm, longis 0.5-0.8 mm. latis sessilibus integerrimis patentibus saepe curvatis; capitulis ad apices ramulorum subcorymbosis paucis ca. 10-floris pedicellatis ca. 12-13 mm. longis et 6 mm. crassis; involucri squamis lanceolatis acuminatis tenuibus subscariosis glabris 2-3- seriatim imbricatis et paullo gradatis; paleis disci linearibus attenu- atis flosculos subaequantibus persistentibus; corollis graciliter tubu- latis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 2.5 mm. longo; faucibus gradatim ampli- atis subceylindricis 6 mm. longis; sens limbi ca. 1.4 mm. longi- tudine; achaeniis villoso-hirsutis ca. 2.5 mm. longis et 1.8 mm. cras- sis; pappi setis numerosis capillaribus modice plumosis albidis.— Mexico: on mountain walls in the range near Las Ajuntas on the way to Las Ranas [near the boundary between the states of Queretaro and Hidalgo], Ehrenberg, January, 1840, no. 1075 (rypx, Brl., phot. and slight fragm. Gr.). As already intimated the plant does not fall convincingly into any of the tribes of the Compositae-Tubuliflorae. It is true its slightly zygomorphous corollas suggest possible affinity with the Mutisieae; but in that tribe the anthers are almost always caudate, while here they are entire-based. In the few genera of the Mutisieac which have ecaudate anthers, such as Schlechtendalia and Barnadesia the style-branches are short, somewhat flattened and suberect, instead of being as here filiform. In the Berlin Herbarium the Ehrenberg sheet had been provision- ally referred to the Eupatorieae. But that tribe has almost through- out columnar distinctly 5-angled or 8-10-ribbed achenes, more elongated and usually less recurved style-branches, and nerveless anther-appendages. Furthermore, a chaffy disk and_ alternate leaves are not very frequent in the tribe and irregularity of corolla quite foreign to it. If ultimately it receives a place in the Eupatorieae it will be rele- gated there not so much on account of any obvious affinity as be- cause of the difficulty of finding any more natural disposition. Of course, its general involucral and floral traits keep it clearly out of certain tribes like the Anthemideae, Calenduleae, Arctotideae, DYSCRITOTHAMNUS, A NEW GENUS OF COMPOSITAE 27 and Cynareae. Its entire-based anthers distinguish it from the Vernonieae, its capillary pappus from the Heliantheae, and chaffy disk from the Helenieae. There remain only the Astereae which have flattened and more definitely appendaged style-branches, the Inuleae, which normally have caudate anthers, and the Senecioneae, generally characterized by penicillate style-branches. In all three of these tribes irregularity of the corolla, while not unprecedented, is unusual and a chaffy receptacle is exceptional. It is true that there are a few genera in the Senecioneae in which the style-branches are filiform and fail to show the penicillate character usual in the tribe, but none of these shows any approach to the present plant, either in general habit or in the combination of technical characters. In case the genus is ultimately referred to the Eupatoricae it should probably follow Carphephorus with which it corresponds in having a chaffy disk, plumose pappus, and alternate leaves. If placed among the Inuleae it would find some habitally similar neighbors in such genera as Pegolettia and Jasonia; and in fact Pegolettia has a plumose pappus and a strikingly similar irregularity in the corolla in which one tooth is a trifle more deeply cut away from the rest than they are from each other. However, these habitally similar genera of the Jnuleae are not only geographically remote but pos- sess in accentuated degree the characteristic long-tailed anthers of the tribe. ‘If placed in the Astereae it would fall, in consequence of its homo- gamous heads of perfect florets, among the Solidagineae somewhere near Bigelowia, but without any very obvious affinity, differing as it does in its filiform style-branches, chaffy disk, and irregular cor- ollas. In consideration of these facts it may be well for the present to append this little-known monotype to the Eupatorieae. Happily the genus Carphephorus with which it shares some important tech- nical characters is ordinarily placed at the end of the tribe. Thus if the new genus is inserted immediately after Carphephorus it will fall between the Eupatorieae with which it has some teaits in com- mon and the Astereae where its relatively short plump and_ hairy achenes would form no anomaly. Unfortunately the color of the florets was not recorded by the col- lector. They have faded to a dingy brownish shade. Had they heen bright yellow in nature, some trace of this color would have probably been retained after drying. It is probable therefore that they were white, roseate, purplish, or possibly ochroleucous. 28 -MACBRIDE The generic name, from Sickert, hard to determine, and 6éuvos, shrub, seems to be justifiable. Should anyone find further material of this plant, either in field or herbarium, the writer would welcome information of the fact. EXPLANATION OF PLATE. Figs. 1-10: Dyscritothamnus filifolius. Fig. 1, habit, natural size. Fig. 2, leaf x 4. Fig. 3, head X 4. Fi in of the persistent pales shown X 6. Fig. 5, corolla X 6. Fig. 6 limb of the opened corolla, showing irregularity < 12. Fig. 7, bases and tips of anthers x 12. Fig. 8, upper portion of style X 12. Fig. 9, achene X 6. Fig. 10, pappus-bristle x 12. : IV. A REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMA- LOBUS, IN THE ROCKY MOUNTAINS. By J. Francis MAcsripeE. Tue desire to place in the Gray Herbarium under the name Astra- galus, an excellent specimen received from Mr. I. W. Clokey of Den- ver, referred by him to Homalobus decurrens Rydb., resulted in the following revision. This includes the species known to Dr. Rydberg to grow in the area covered by his Flora of the Rocky Mountains and Adjacent Plains—broadly speaking, the central Rocky Mountain states—and I acknowledge with appreciation my indebtedness to his treatment, with which, however, I cannot agree, either in the generic delimitation of the group or in the specific lines. For instance he “keys,” |. ¢. 455, Homalobus Nutt. under the characterization “Pods 1-celled, the partition if any rudimentary.” This describes the pods of all species included by him in Homalobus, but in Atelophragma Rydb., “keyed” under the same heading and distinguished by Rydberg, |. ¢., from the former genus by “ Partial partition present,” is placed A. Arthuri Jones, described by Ryd- berg himself, |. c. 507, as having pods with “ Partial partition broad, making the pod almost 2-celled!” This single discrepancy is cited “as one of many that seem to show the futility, recognized by Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 188-190 (1864), Nelson, Coulter & Nelson. New Man. Ry. Mt. Bot. 280 (1909) and Bot. Gaz. liii. 222 (1912), Wooton & Standley, Contrib. Nat. Herb. xix. 357 (1915), Jones, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Ser. 2. v. 633 (1895), and others of segregating REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMALOBUS 29 the on the whole homogeneous group Astragalus L., notwithstanding the fact that a few species suggest the genus 7'’rifolium—an interest- ing phenomonon but to my mind not an argument at all for the further disassociation generically of either group. In considering the specific limitations of the plants referred by Rydberg to Homalobus I have reached the conclusion that nearly all the members of this subgenus are extremely plastic, responding quickly to various ecological conditions. Therefore, I have been constrained to recognize only as varieties (or to reduce entirely) many of the forms assigned by Rydberg to specific rank. However, some of the species apparently not capable of sharp definition never- theless merit recognition, notably A. hylophilus which in some forms approaches very closely A. serotinus, var. Palliseri and yet for the most part is reasonably well-marked. In spite of the existence of perplexing forms, therefore, I think the species should be retained. I have omitted A. grallator Wats. Zoe, iii. 52 (1892), which Ryd- berg has allied to A. wingatanus Wats. Jones, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sei. Ser. 2. v. 646 (1895), however, considers it an aberrant state of A. Haydenianus Gray. To this disposition I am not inclined to agree, but on the other hand, the species is surely more out of place in the neighborhood of A. wingatanus, etc., for the pods certainly are not “decidedly flattened laterally.” Excluding A. grallator I think that twenty-six species, instead of forty-five as recognized by Rydberg, may be distinguished as follows: Key To SPECIES AND VARIETIES. a. Pods evidently flattened laterally. b. Leaves simple, or rarely some of them 3-foliolate; densely cespitose plants. c. Pods ovate-oblong, 5-10 mm. long, the sutures rather prominent; peduncles often scarcely exceeding the Wein ei eeu ee FOR ee ae ee 1 A. simplicifolius. c. Pods oblong-linear, 8-15 mm. long, the sutures thin- : wncles often elongate: 23.5 a a. var. caespitosus. b. Leaves pinnate; if the leaflets reduced to-phyllodia, the plants not densely cespitose. d. Pods sessile, or if stipitate, the stipe never much ex- ceeding the cal ong; pods membranous.......-....-++++- 3. A. lancearius g Calyx-teeth 1.5 mm lo ng; flowers about 12 30 MACBRIDE h. Pods ridged on the sides, acuminate, black- SSE A yt a apr ren ee eee 5. A. Bourgovii. i. Plants 1-2 dm. cs rather densely "ys le aa racemes short; pods only about 8 m Pe Pesluncles 2-3 em. long, mostly shorter the axiea: pods white-hairy..... 6. A. pauciflorus. 7 Pediuncls. mostly longer and exceeding the s; pods black-hairy...........---- 7. A. debilis. i. Plants wt geile cespitose, usually taller; racemes more or less elongate; pods r rarely k. Pods sessile or v ery nearly so. i sfeorwristra es about 4 mm. eae htc! ene See i Pe ke oes A. wingatanus. l. Oblong, — 3 mm. wide, very siete "tipi ge settee and leaflets remote, mostly or _ apart; stems ae wide ly Bee Guten oes A. Dodgeanus. m. Flow = snd Teaflets gyeoes aay mm. stems only airict a oe a ph A. tenellus, var. Clementis. k. ees stipitate, the stipe at least as lon ng a thee Calwsdane Sas SPOT St 10. A. tenellus. e. Pods of a pueae or i Vwab cae type, or somewhat ob gta ceolate, sessile and usually more than 1.5 em n, Rush-ike plants seemingly leafless (the leaves reduced to phyllodia), or the terminal leaflet greatly prolonged, as a continuation of the o. Stems 2-6 dm. high; pods 2.5-3 cm. lon p. Cal 5 mm. long, the teeth a little if at all longer than broad; leaves often we reduced to phyllodia............-. 11. A. campestris. p. C 5-6 mm. long, the teeth usually se than broad; lower leaves, at least, re or less st strongly developed. . Lla. var. Sy penal Stems 1-2 (2-15 mm. long. A. Garreltsi n. peep ee the lateral leaflets of even the e€ up- per leaves we q. Stems densely tufted, 1-1.5 dm eh: ear si em. long; racemes dense, usuall m. lon: *: Lasts ‘mostly 5, serine i oo Ty 2. A. detritalis. r. Leaflets gota y t er s. Pods 1.5 st yi goes ae grayish- strigose, as least ben t. Pods linear-oblong, 2-3 mm. wide; leaves strigose on. both eae 33. A. divergens. t. Pods widened above the middle to t 3.5 mm.; leaves glabrous “oF neatly so above... . 2.06... e068 . A. Carltonii. REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMALOBUS 31 s, Pods 1.5-2.5 cm. long; leaves sees the pubescence sparse ; 15. A. decumbens. qg. Stems ary not —. tufted or fie. — lax, cm ets 1-4 cm. n. sper de Groce to igen south or obtuse; pod fe v. Técoaial leaflet little ns any ae r than the lateral — and with ech arti- culation he achis. w. Pods g eed Ct ye gue Ae ee 16. A. hylophilus. w. Pods edie Tit yon eet cee ee l6a. var. oblongifolius v. chen Lntiots distinctly longer than al and tapering vee the rhachis ithout — artioulation:..:.) 5.203% 17. A. Rydbergii. u. Leatlets oblong, or linear va rapes: no r if broader " the e pods only 1.5 em. long. ria Pods about 2 em. long; rac cae often 1 n. long y. Pods alia or eons so; leaves us- ually glabrous above..........--+-. 18. A. serotinus. y. Pods pubescent; eure strigose on both surfaces: .5.5005 se vein ati see 18a. var. strigosus. x. i to 1.5 em. long; racemes usually BORE a Cha a" rhe eee 18b. var. Palliseri. d. Pods i celiciate the stipe distinctly exserted from the calyx. 2. Pods membranous, strongly flattened; calyx-tube 3-4 mm lon aa. Becat Sle ich se aga wae ges long. - ‘ stenophyllus. aa. Flowers red-purple; pedicels t 2 mm. lon 0. A. Coltoni. Pods mem facie eoeblik, vee ey flat. . lon a. ten ter nearly c. Pods ai “le or the Aklos shorter than the calyx. ae Pods es gs or more in diameter; flowers 1 cm. or more ee. Pods "pao: flowers about 5 5 om, — er ers . A, Hallit. ee. Pods pubescent; flowers about 1 em. dd. 3g ‘ mm. or less in diameter; ibe ais about ...25. A. fleruosus. 26. A. lonchocar rpus. 2 i i] 1. A. simpuiciroutus (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 231 (1866). Phaca simplicifolia Nutt. ex T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i. 350 (1838). Homa- lobus simplicifolius (Nutt.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 52 (1913). A. lingulatus Sheld. Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 118 (1894). H. lingulatus (Sheld.) Rydb. |. c. A. exilifolius A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club, xxvi. 10 (1899). H. exilifolius (A. Nels.) Rydb. |. ¢. H. uniflorus Rydb. 1. c. xxxiv. 49 (1907).—Wyoming and adjacent Idaho to northern Utah and Colorado.—Wyomine: Freezeout Hills, F. Nelson, 4493; Carter, June 25, as, M. E. Jones; Laramie Hills, A. Nelson, 31; oe MACBRIDE Alcova, Goodding, 142; Hanna, EF. B. & L. B. Payson, 1694; Laramie, A. Nelson, 7289; northwestern Wyoming, Parry, 68 & 69. CoLoRapo: north of La Porte, Crandall, 758; Cafion City, June, 1877, Brande- gee. Urvan: Brush Creek Cafion, Goodding, 1285; Wasatch Station, Watson, 289. la. A. stmpuicirotius (Nutt.) Gray, var. caEsprrosus (Nutt.) Jones, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci. Ser. 2. v. 647 (1895). Homalobus caes- pitosus Nutt. ex T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i. 352 (1838). A. caespitosus (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 230 (1864). H. brachycarpus Nutt. lc. H. canescens Nutt. 1. c. A. spatulatus Sheld. Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 119 (1894). A. simplicifolius (Nutt.) Gray, var. spatulatus (Sheld.) Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. x. 65 (1902).—The Central Rocky Mountain States east to Saskatchewan and Ne Daxota: Newell, Carr, 15; Black Hills, 1887, Dr. W. H . Forwood; Crook Mountain Ranger Station, John Murdoch, Jr., 3561. Asst- ntpotA: Medicine Hat, Macoun, 4211; Cypress Hills, Macoun, 4210, and 28. Nepraska: Harrison, June 4, 1891, Bates. Wy- omine: Newcastle, June 17, 1896, Bates; Yellowstone, 1878, Havard; Cheyenne, Greene, 27 All of Nuttall’s species named above are represented in the Gray Herbarium by material labeled in his own writing. It is a study of this material in conjunction with the specimens cited that has con- vinced me of the futility of Rydberg’s attempt to recognize six spe- cies in this group, typified by A. simplicifolius. That there is but one variable species concerned seems evident from the fact that the characters relied upon by Rydberg to distinguish the forms are seen to be never concomitant nor constant when more than one collection is observed. Moreover, the Nuttallian specimens seen by me do not agree with Rydberg’s characterization. For instance, he de- scribes A. simplicifolius, Fl. Ry. Mts. 509, as having leaves “not pungent.” Those of Nuttall’s specimen are distinctly so. Simi- larly, the bracts of H. brachycarpus are quite as slender and scarious as those of A. caespitosus. Curiously enough, Rydberg makes no mention of H. canescens Nutt. which was published with H. caespi- tosus and H. brachycarpus. 2. A. DETRITALIS Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. xiii. 9 (1910). Homa- lobus detritalis (Jones) Rydb. Fl. Ry. Mts. 511 (1917)—_Utan.— Not seen by me. 3. A. LANcEARIUS Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xiii. 370 (1878).—North- ern Arizona to Utah and probably Colorado.—Arizona: Beaver Dam, 1877, Palmer, 114. REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMALOBUS 33 Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. x. 64 (1902), reduces this species to the next. Both are represented in the Gray Herbarium by the type material only, from which they appear to be distinct by the char- acters indicated, although closely related. 4. A. Episcopus Wats.. Proc. Am. Acad. x. 346 (1875). Homa- lobus episcopus (Wats.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 53 (1913).— SouTHERN Uvtan: 1873. F. M. Bishop. 5. A. Bourcovi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 227 (1864). Homa- lobus Bourgovit (Gray) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 247 (1900). —Alberta to British Columbia and south to northern Idaho, Mon- tana and South Dakota.—ALBERTA: Sheep Mountain, John Macoun, 10,190; head of Lake Louise, John Macoun, 65,084; Mount Paget, John Macoun, 65,082. Montana: McDonald’s Peak, Canby, 87; Summit, July 24, 1894, Williams; Belt Mts., Williams, 747. Ipano: Stevens Peak, Leiberg, 1470. British CoLumBia: Kootenay Pass, Aug. 15, 1881, Dawson; Summit of Rocky Mts., John Macoun, 26. “Rocky Mountains on the British Boundary,” 1858, FE. Bourgeau. 6. A. pauctrLorus Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 149 (1838). A. vextlli- flexus Sheld. Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 121 (1894). Homalobus vexilli- flecus (Sheld.) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 249 (1900). A. amphidorus Blank. Mont. Agric. Col. Sci. Stud. i. 72 (1905). Homalobus miser Rydb. Fl. Ry. Mts. 511 (1917), not Dougl.— Northern Wyoming to Saskatchewan and British Columbia.—AL- BERTA: Belly River, John Macoun, 10,202; Pipestone Pass, John Macoun, 65,083. Montana: Skyhigh, Unionville, July 10, 1898, E. N. Brandegee; Shield’s River, Scribner, 27; Bozeman, Canby, 82; Bridger Mts., Rydberg & Bessey, 4486. WYOMING: Soda Butte, A. & E. Nelson, 5873. British Cotumsta: heights above Carbon- ate Draw, Hencock, 351. A. miser Dougl., Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 153 (1838), is the earlier name for A. microcystis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 220 (1864), as indicated by Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. viii. 9 (1898), and by. Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 373 (1906). Homalobus miser Rydb., Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 52 (1913) and Fl. Ry. Mts., is apparently a state of A. pauciflorus Hook., at least in large part. 7. A. pepitis (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Acad. Phil. 2. vii. 60 (1863). Phaca debilig Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. 1. 345 (1838). Homa- lobus debilis (Nutt.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 53. (1913).—North- ern Colorado to Wyoming, Idaho and northern Canada.—CoLorRaDo: North Park, Osterhout, 3; Upper Platte, Geyer, 3. g. A. wincaTanus Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xviii. 192 (1883). 34 MACBRIDE Homalobus wingatanus (Wats.) Heller, Muhl. i. 145 (1906). H. wingatensis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxi. 563 (1904).—Western New Mexico and adjacent Arizona to Colorado and Utah.—Cotorapo. Naturita, Payson, 304; Mancos, Baker, Earle & Tracy, 78. NEw Mexico: Fort Wingate, Matthews, 7 & 15; “New Mexico,” Palmer, 14 & 61. 9. A. DopcEanus Jones, Zoe, iii. 289 (1893). Homalobus Dodge- anus (Jones) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 52 (1913)—Utah and southwestern Colorado.—Cotorapo: Grand Junctioa, May 22, 1895, Jones. Uran: Thompson’s Springs, June 17, 1913, Jones. 10. A. TENELLUS Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 473 (1814). Homa- lobus tenellus (Pursh) Britton, Britton & Brown, Illus. FI. ii. 305 (1897). Orobus dispar Nutt. Gen. ii. 95 (1818). H. dispar Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i. 350 (1838). H. stipitatus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxiv. 419 (1907).—From New Mexico and Nevada to north- ern Canada and east to Nebraska and Minnesota.—Nortu Dakota: Devil’s Lake, June 29, 1902, Lunell. Sourn Daxora: Bull Springs, Rydberg, 632. AsstntBota: Medicine Hat, John Macoun, 4200. SASKATCHEWAN: Herzel, Macoun & Herriot, 70,486. ALBERTA: Red Deer Valley, Moodie, 960. Montana: valley of Blackfoot River, Canby, 83. Ipano: Clyde, Macbride & Payson, 3112. Wy- ominc: Dubois, Nelson, 751; C. Y. Horse Ranch, Goodding, 244. CoLorapo: near Empire, Patterson, 182; Idaho Springs, Jones, 687. Uran: P. V. Junction, Aug., 1883, Jones. New Mexico: Santa Fé, Rothrock, 40. Only a few representative collections of this somewhat variable species have been cited. I am unable to distinguish even varietally I. dispar Nutt. and H. stipitatus Rydb. recognized by Rydberg, F'l. Ry. Mts. 509 and 512. He maintains the former because of the short stipe and “oblong to oval” leaflets. Nuttall’s specimen in the Gray Herbarium has narrowly linear leaflets and the stipe of even very immature pods is quite as long as the calyx. H. stipitatus, characterized as having “narrowly linear” leaflets and a stipe eXx- ceeding the calyx, is limited as to range to “Sask.Mina.S. D.” The material seen by me from this territory has broadly obiong leaves and exhibits great variation in the development of the stipe. Furthermore, the pods of a Wyoming specimen are borne on stipes that somewhat exceed the calyx. A form of the species with pubes- cent pods occurs in Utah and Nevada which may be known as A. TENELLUS Pursh, forma strigulosus (Rydb.), comb. nov. Homalobus strigulosus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxiv. 420 (1907)—Utah and Nevada.—Nevapa: E. Humboldt Mts., Watson, 285. REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMALOBUS 35 10a. A. TENELLUS Pursh, var. Clementis (Rydb.), comb. nov. Homalobus Clementis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxi. 563 (1904).— Colorado and New Mexico.—Cotorapa: Marshall Pass, Baker, 489. New Mexico: Ponchuelo Creek, Stewdley, 4181. Rydberg contrasts this plant with A. wingatanus. The pods how- ever are distinctly though shortly stipitate, and accordingly, not- withstanding the purplish flowers, the plant is allied to A. tenellus. which it resembles closely in habit. Besides the difference in the color of the corolla the variety Clementis can be distinguished from the typical form of A. tenellus by the pubescent and very shortly stipitate pods. The specimen cited from New Mexico has pods on longer stipes than exhibited on cotype material from Colorado which suggests that this plant is better treated as a variety than as a dis- tinct species. Furthermore, specimens of A. tenellus with glabrous pods on well-developed stipes occasionally have purple instead of yellowish corollas. This color form may be known as A. TENELLUS Pursh, forma acerbus (Sheld.), comb. nov. A. acerbus Sheld. Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 123 (1894). Homalobus acerbus (Sheld.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 666 (1906). 11. A. campestris (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 229 (1864). Homalobus campestris Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. j. 351 (1838). H. junceus Nutt. 1. ¢. A. junceus (Nutt.) Gray, l. c. 230. A. junet- formis A. Nels. Bull. Torr. Club, xxvi. 9 (1899). H. junciformis (A. Nels.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 666 (1906). A. diversi- folius Gray, var. roborum Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. x. 61 (1902).— Wyoming to Colorado, Utah and Arizona.—WYoMING: Fort Steele, Nelson, 4839; Leucite Hills, Merrill & Wilcox, 468; Gros Ventre River, Nelson, 1086; northwestern Wyoming, Parry, 80. CoLoRapo: White River, 1878, Mrs. Danfurth. Utau: Parley’s Peak, Watson, 288; southern Utah, Mrs. Thompson; Salt Lake City, Garrett, 984. Nevaba: Cave Creek P. O., Heller, 9500. lla. A. campestris (Nutt.) Gray, var. diversifolius (Gray), comb. nov. A. diversifolius Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 230 (1864).—Mon- tana to Colorado, west to Utah and Idaho.—MonTana: Helena, Canby, 84. Ipano: Tikura, Nelson & Macbride, 1292; Clyde, Mac- bride & Payson, 3183; Beaver Cation, Watson, 92; Picabo, Macbride & Payson, 2993. WyYoMING: sources of the Platte, Nuttall. Cot- orapDOo: South Fork of Platte, Geyer, 2; Middle Park, 1864, Parry; Cedar Edge, Baker, 242. Uran: Uintah, Jones, 1831; Salt Lake City, Garrett, 1776; Magna, W. W. Jones, 166 I have reached the conclusion that H. junceus Nutt. aad H. cam- 36 MACBRIDE pestris Nutt. are phases of but one species by examination of Nutt- all’s material in the Gray Herbarium in conjunction with the speci- mens cited above. The relative length of the calyx-lobes, and the presence or absence of black pubescence seem to me to be trivial variations not concomitant with other characters and of no practical taxonomic value. 12. A. Garrettii, nom. nov. Homalobus paucijugus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxiv. 418 (1907), not A. paucijugus Schrenk, Bull. Phys. —Math. Acad. Petersh. ii. 196 (1844).—Utah.—Big Cottonwood Canyon, Garrett, 1580, in part. 13. A. pivercENS Blank. Mont. Agric. Col. Sci. Stud. i. 73 (1905). Homalobus tenuifolius Nutt. in T. & G. FJ. N. Am. i. 351 (1838), not A. tenuifolius Desf. Fl. Atl. ii. 186.1800). H. camporum Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 666 (1906)—Wyoming to Idaho, Utah and Colorado.—Ipano: Howe, Macbride & Payson, 3106: Beaver Cafion, Watson, 91. Cotorapo: Dry Sandy, June 22, 1873, Parry. Wyomine: “Colorado of the West,” Nuttall; north- western Wyoming, Parry, 81; Medicine Bow, Nelson, 9648; Bush Ranch, Nelson, 7085; Laramie Hills, Nelson, 198; Birds Eye, Nelson, 9359; Leckie, Merrill & Wilcox, 537 & 585; Alcova, Goodding, 146; Mammoth Hot Springs, A. & FE. Nelson, 5649. Uran: Big Cotton- wood Canyon, Garrett, 1580, in part. 14. A. Carltonii, nom. nov. Homalobus humilis Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxiv. 417 (1907), not A. humilis Bieb. Fl. Taur. Cauc. il. 203 (1808).—Utah.—near Marysvale, Rydberg & Carlton, 7147; Delano Peak, Rydberg & Carlton, 7219; Alta, Jones, 1210. 15. A. pecumBens (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 229 (1864). Homalobus decumbens Nutt. in T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i. 352 (1838). H. microcarpus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxiv. 417 (1907)?—Colo- rado and Wyoming.—Wyomine: Wood’s Creek, Goodding, 1429; Platte, Nuttall. Cotorapo: 1862, Hall & Harbour, 142 in part; 1862, Parry, 435; Como, Crandall & Cowen, 131. Nuttall’s material of this species in the Gray Herbarium consists of a single stem and one mature legume. The specimen is not ex- actly duplicated by any others I have seen, but the material cited cannot be referred to another species, unless to H. microcarpus Rydb. which I know only from description. 16. A. HyLopuitus (Rydb.) A. Nels. in Coult. & Nels. New Man. Ry. Mt. Bot. 291 (1909). Homalobus hylophilus Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 247 (1900).—Montana to Utah—Monrtana: Bridger Mts., Rydberg & Bessey, 4490; Bozeman, W. W. Jones. WYOMING: REVISION OF ASTRAGALUS, SUBGENUS HOMALOBUS 37 Yellowstone Lake, A. & E. Nelson, 6627. Uran. Dyer Mine, Goodding, 1321. 16a. A. HYLoPHILUS (Rydb.) A. Nels., var. oblongifolius (Rydb.), comb. nov. Homalobus oblongifolius Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, XXXIV. 50 (1907).—Wyoming and Colorado.—Wyomine: Union Pass, Nelson, 869; Teton Pass Mts., E. B. & L. B. Payson, 2068. CoLo- rapo: Leadville, July, 1884, Jones; Cerro Summit, Baker, 409; Pinkham Creek, Goodding, 1472. 17. A. Rydbergii, nom. nov. Homalobus decurrens Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxi. 563 (1904), not A. decurrens Boiss. Diagn. Ser. 1. vi. 40 (1845).—Colorado.—Jefferson Co., Clokey, 3808; 1862, Hall & & Harbour, 142, in part; Golden City, 1870, Greene. 18. A. seroTinus Gray, Pac. R. Rep. xii. 51 (1860). Homalobus serotinus (Gray) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 248 (1900).—Wash- ington, British Columbia and Montana (?).—WasHINGTON: on the Okanagan, Cooper; Peshastin, Sandberg & Leiberg, 473; 1889, Vasey, 273. British CoLtumBIA: Armstrong, Wilson, 133; between Kettle and Columbia River, J. M. Macoun, 63,752. 18a. A. sERoTINUS Gray, var. strigosus (Coult. & Fish.), comb. noy. A. strigosus Coult. & Fish. Bot. Gaz. xviii. 299 (1893). Homa- lobus strigosus (Coult. & Fish.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 53 (1913). A. griseopubescens Sheld. Mina. Bot. Stud. i. 126 (1894).—Mon- tana and Washington.—MOonTANa: Columbia Falls, July 12, 1894, Williams. WasHINGTON: near Spokane and Columbia Rivers, Geyer, 475; 1860, Lyall. 18b. A. seRoTINUS Gray, var. Palliseri (Gray), comb. nov. A- Palliseri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 227 (1864). Homalobus Pallo- serr (Gray) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 248 (1900).—Montana, Washington, Alberta, British Columbia and apparently Utah.— Montana: Old Sentinal, M acDougal, 168. WASHINGTON: Walla Walla, Brandegee, 733. ALBERTA: Squaw Mt., Barber, 279; Banff, Butters & Holway, 12. Brirish CoLuMBIA: Columbia Valley, John Macoun, 1; Selkirk, Shaw, 241; Sophie Mt., J. M. Macoun, This species is closely related indeed to the more southern A. hylophilus to which it may pass through the var. Palliseri, but the typical forms are clearly distinct. 19. A. srenopuyiius T. & G. Fl. N. Am. i. 329 (1838). Homa- lobus stenophyllus (T. & G.) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 249 (1900).—Nevada to Montana and British Columbia.—Specimens of this common and characteristic species need not be noted. 38 MACBRIDE 20. A. Cotront Jones, Zoe, ii. 237 (1891). Homalobus episcopus Rydb. Fl. Ry. Mts. 514 (1917), not A. episcopus Wats.—Utah, Colorado and New Mexico.—Cotorapvo: Naturita, Payson, 336. New Mexico: Carrizo Mts., May & June, 1892, Matthews. Rydberg’s reduction, |. ¢., of this species to A. episcopus, a plant with strictly sessile pods, is not understandable. 21. A. cottinus Dougl. in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 256 (1832).— Oregon to western Idaho and British Columbia.—Collections of this rather common species are regularly determined correctly. 22. A. curvicarpus (Sheld.) comb. nov. A. speirocarpus Gray, var. curvicarpus Sheld. Minn. Bot. Stud. i. 125 (1894). Homalobus curvicarpus (Sheld.) Heller, Muhl. ii. 86 (1905). A. speirocarpus Gray, var. falciformis Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 152 (1880), not A. falet- formis Desf. ex DC. Astrag. 176 (1802). A. Gibbsii Kell., var. fal- ciformis (Gray) Jones, Contrib. W. Bot. viii. 23 (1898).—Washing- ton to California and Idaho.—Ipano: New Plymouth, Macbride, 75; Shoshone Falls, Nelson & Macbride, 1839. Nevapa: Toyabe Mts., Watson, 282. Cauirornta: Fall River Mills, Hall & Babcock, 4252; Sierra Co., Lemmon, 621; Grenada Station, Heller, 8066; west of Amedee, June 24, 1897, Jones. OreGon: Barren Valley, Let- berg, 2187; Rock Creek, Leiberg, 66; Otis Creek, Leiberg, 2332; east- ern Oregon, May 20, 1898, Cusick, 1878; Antelope, Howell, 387; Steins Mt., Howell, 381; Narrows, Peck, 3020. A, (ibbsii Kell. is closely related to this species but I have seen no intermediate specimens. A. Gibbsii, furthermore, occurs only in extreme western Nevada and adjacent California. The species may be contrasted as follows: ees .5-3.5 mm. long; pods turgid, coriaceous; on exceeding the calyx; pubescence soft, rie wh Sete eS a eer ee eh to ontirgs ad nf) 2 ek GaN Ue els A. Gibbsit. Calyx- tecth ‘= 1.5 mm. long; pods little turgid, sub- coriaceous; stipes long-exserted; pubescence stri- : ret, Me ek A. curvicarpus. 23. A. Hauum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. vi. 224 (1864). Homalobus Halli? (Gray) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 667 (1913).—Colorado. —Middle Park, 1875, Patterson; Como, Crandall & Cowen, 134; South Park, Hughes, 2; 1862, Hall & Harbour, 121; McCoy, Shear & Bessey, 1345. 24. A. Fenpiert Gray, Pl. Wright. ii. 44 (1853). Phaca Fendlert Gray, Pl. Fendl. 36 (1840). Homalobus Fendleri (Gray) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 667 (1906).—Colorado and New Mexico.—Co.o- raDO: Black Cafion, Baker, 376; Apex, Wolf & Rothrock, 226; Los VARIOUS NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTHS 39 Pinos, Baker, 425; Boulder City, 1862, Parry. New Mexico: Los Pinos, Baker, 411; between Santa Fé and Canoncito, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, 3783; between Santa Fé and Pecos, Fendler, 157. 25. A. FLExUOSUS Dougl. in G. Don, Gen. Syst. ii. 256 (1832). Phaca flexuosa Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 140 (1833). Homalobus flexu- osus (Dougl.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 666 (1906). H. proxi- mus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 667 (1906)? H. Salidae Rydb. .c. ? A. proximus (Rydb.) Woot. & Standl. Contrib. U. S. Nat Herb. xix. 366 (1915) ?—Saskatchewan to New Mexico, Utah, sad Alberta. I have not seen authentic material of either H. proximus Rydb. or H. Salidae Rydb. but from description these Segregates possess no characters that are not evident in varying are in the large series of specimens I have seen of this common spec ‘ie 26. A. LoncHocaRPUS Torr. Pac. R. Rep. iv. "80 (1857). Phaca macrocarpa Gray, Pl. Fendl. 36 (1849), not A. macrocarpus ‘ ee 148 (1802). Homalobus macrocarpus (Gray) Rydb. Bull. r. Club, xxxii. 667 (1906). A. macer A. Nels. Bot. Gaz. Ivi. 65 (1913) .—Utah and Colorado to New Mexico.—Cotorapo: Paradox, Walker, 179; Durango, Crandall, 4; Pagosa Springs, Baker, 416; Naturita, Payson, 314. Uran: 1874, Parry, 52. New Mexico: Santa Fé, A. A. & E. Gertrude Heller, 3604; also Fendler, 160. V. VARIOUS NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES, NEW OR TRANSFERRED. By J. Francis MAcsrIDe. /CLEOME LUTEA Hook., var. Jonesii, var. nov., staminibus 6 didy- nimis, eorum 4 brevioribus 2 cm. longis sed 2 ceteris longioribus 3 em. longis; siliqua lineari-fusiformi circa 4 em. longa, medio circa 2 mm. lata vix haud torulosa, matura stipite circa 2.5 cm. longo praedita; corolla aurea.—ARIZONA. verde Valley, July 24, 1920, W. W. Jones, 168 (rypx, Gray Herb.). In view of the considerable variation display. ed in a series of speci- mens of C. lutea it seems best to regard this plant with extremely long filaments and pods as only a variety. The flowers, however, appear to be of a brighter yellow than those of the typical form. The specimen belongs to a small collection of plants, chiefly Arizonan, 40 MACBRIDE made in 1920 by Mr. W. W. Jones, who revised the genus Zexmenia. Lotus Torrey (Gray) Greene, va... seorsus, var. nov., plus minusve adpresse hirsutulus; caulibus gracilibus erectis vel adscentibus; foliolis fere glabris, rare 1.5 cm. longis, 5 mm. latis, apice rotundatis, abrupte cuspidatis; pedunculis 2—4-floris; corolla circa 1 em. longa.— CALIFORNIA: near the stream, Idlewild, San Jacinto Mts., June 28, 1919, Mary F. Spencer, 1280 (type, Gray Herb.). Parish, Plant World, xx. 220 (1917), referred specimens secured in the San Bernardino Mountains to L. Torreyi without comment. These probably are the same as Mrs. Spencer’s which differ sufficiently from the typical form of the species as it occurs in the central Sierra Nevada to be accorded varietal recognitioa. The southern plant is less: pubescent, the pubescence hirsutulous rather than villous, the smaller leaflets are much more abruptly cuspidate and the peduncles bear fewer and smaller flowers. Usually, too, the variety is less robust. If it were not for the presence of intermediate forms in which all of these characters are seen to vary the variety seorsus would merit specific rank. For a discussion regarding the recent delimitation of the genus Lotus, see Contrib. Gray Herb. liii. 14 (1918). MENTZELIA LAEVICAULIS (Dougl.) T. & G., var. acuminata Nels. & Macbr., in herb. Nuttallia acuminata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xl. 61 (1913). In a large series of specimens I have been unable to see any constant coordination of the characters upon which Dr. Rydberg segregated, ¢., N. acuminata. The “pubescent, duller stem” may or may not be associated with long-acuminate upper stem-leaves with “ broad almost subhastate bases.” For instance, Suksdorf’s no. 175 from Park County, Montana, is pubescent-stemmed but even the upper- most leaves are narrow. And surely the upper leaves of Cotton’s no. 808 from the Yakima region of Washington, are quite as broad at the base and as long-acuminate as those of W. W. Jones’ no. 430 from Bacchus, Utah, although the former specimen has a smooth lustrous stem while that of the latter is finely pubescent and dull. Furthermore, all of the Californian material referred to M. laevi- caulis by Urban and Gilg, and other authorities, is not smooth- stemmed. And indeed this Californian material does not seem dis- tinguishable from specimens cited by Rydberg, |. ¢., as representing N. acuminata, which therefore is not “ lacking in California.” M. acuminata, therefore, appears to be merely a form with pubescent stems that approximates the range of the typical state but that VARIOUS NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 4] replaces it, at least largely, in Wyoming and Montana. Accordingly it may be assigned varietal rank. Mentzelia parviflora (Dougl.), comb. nov. Bartonia parviflora Dougl. ex Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 221 (1834). Nuttallia parviflora (Dougl.) Greene, Leaflets, i. 210 (1906). Rydberg, Fl. Ry. Mt. 572 (1917), refers to this species, with a question, M. Brandegei Wats. The only specimen I have seen of the latter is the type from “Washington Territory” and it seems very distinct by virtue of the fewer stamens (only about 35) and the narrow almost pinnately dissected leaves. M. parviflora resembles M. laevicaulis, var. acuminata except that the flowers are much smaller and the leaves more remotely toothed. In spite of the presence of the name M. parviflora Heller, Bull. Torr. Club, xxv. 199 (1898), I am taking up Douglas’s name on the ground that Heller’s species is “ universally regarded as non-valid” (Art. 50, Int. Rules Bot. Nomencl.). Exception to this may be taken, however, as Wooton and Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xix. 435-436 (1915) recognized it although remarking, “close to” M. albicaulis. However, they maintained the name under the seg- regate genus Acrolasia and no authority has given Heller’s species any standing under Menézelia. The name “ parviflora,” therefore. seems to me available for the plant of Douglas. Opuntia compressa (Salisb.), comb. nov. Cactus Opuntia L., Sp. Pl. 468 (1753). C. compressus Salisb. Prod. 348 (1796). 0. Opuntia (L.) Karsten, Deutsch. Fl. 888 (1882). In accordance with Art. 55, 2 of the International Rules of Botani- cal Nomenclature which reads, “Specific names must also be rejected when they merely repeat the generic name” the above new combin- ation is necessary. As the word “ compressus” has not before been used as a specific cognomen in Opuntia, Satisbury’s name is available. /Oenothera Abramsi, nom. noy. Sphaerostigma pallidum Abrams, Bull. Torr. Club, xxxii. 539 (1905), not 0. pallida Lindl. Bot. Reg. t. 1142 (1828). Mrs. Mary F. Spencer has secured a series of specimens of this xerophilous species, which is well differentiated from other related members of the subgenus Sphaerostigma by the uniformly appressed pubescence and relatively small flowers. nothera (Davidson), comb. nov. Sphaerostigma erythra Davidson, Bull. South. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 118, pl. 9 (1902). Although I have seen no authentic material of Dr. Davidson’s species, I refer to it with but little hesitation Mrs. Spencer’s number 42 MACBRIDE 1465 from Palm Canyon, Colorado Desert, California, secured April 7, 1920. CoELopLEURUM LUCIDUM (L.) Fernald, Rhodora, xxi. 146 (1919). C. Gmelini (DC.) Ledeb. FI. Ross. ii. 361 (1844). C. maritimum Coult. & Rose, Bot. Gaz. xiii. 145 (1888). C. longipes Coult. & Rose, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. vii. 142 (1900). The attempt to determine an excellent specimen of Coe lopleurum collected at Harbor, Curry County, Oregon, July 10, 1919, by Prof. Morton E. Peck has brought to sie the fact that the genus is mono- typic instead of consisting “of 4 or 5 species belonging to the north- ern coasts of North America and adjacent Asia,” as stated by Coul- tee and. Rose, I. c. 141. Study of the large amount of material in the Gray Herbariam and in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club shows con- clusively that the character “fruit with equal ribs,” used by Coulter and Rose to distinguish the plant of the northeastern coast from that of the northwestern, breaks down completely. Specimens from both coasts have fruits with the lateral ribs distinctly broader than the others; and also every gradation from ribs very unequal to ribs equal i in size may be observed. Coulter and Rose recognize three species on the western coast, distinguishing them from each other by the size of the fruit and the “obtuse” and “acute or ac uminate’’ leaflets. Clearly if these are valid characters there are several spe- cies on the eastern coast as well. For there the same variation in the size of the fruits and the degree to which the leaflets are acute is evident in a large series of specimens Prof. Fernald has called my attention to the fact that there is no reason to expect, from a standpoint of range, the western and eastern plants to differ. The range is, in fact, analogous to that of many plants, notably Elymus axenarius, var. villosus, Lathyrus maritimus, Mertensia maritimus, Carex maritimus, C. norvegica, Poa eminens, Senecio pseudo-arnica, and others. It is interesting to add_ this showy umbelliferous species to the list. phocarp sae nom. nov. Gomphocarpus tomentosus (Torr. ) Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 477 (1876), not G. tomentosus Buch. Trav. i. 543 (1822). Gompnocarrus Torrey Macbr., var. Xanti (Gray), comb. nov. Gomphocarpus tomentosus (Torr.) Gray, var. Xanti Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 477 (1876). It seems strange that no one has observed that the name fomen- tosus was used for an African species (which is valid) long before VARIOUS NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 43 this not uncommon Gomphocarpus of southern California was dis- covered. My attention has been called to this in determining some excellent specimens of the species secured by Mrs. Mary F. Spencer at Mesa Grande, San Diego County, in May, 1919 Puaceuia viscipa (Benth.) Torr., forma sibifiors (Nutt.), saa nov. Kutoca albiflora Nutt., Journ. ‘Ae ad. Nat. Sci. Phil. Ser. 1. ii. 158 (1848). P. viscida (Benth) Torr., var. albiflora (Nutt.) Gray, By n. fr ii. 1. 163 (1878.) My attention has been called to this species by a specimen in a set of California plants received from Mr. W. N. Suksdorf. As it differs from the typical state of the species, with which it may some- times grow, only in the white corollas, formal rather than varietal designation seems to be more fitting. v ALLOCARYA STIPITATA Greene, var. micrantha (Piper), comb. nov. A, stiprtata Greene, subsp. micrantha Piper, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 94 (1920). I have discussed the distinctness of the categories variety and sub- species in Contrib. Gray Herb. lix. 1 (1919). Since the plant treated by Piper as a subspecies of A. stipitata differs only in the smaller corolla it seems to me not more than a variety. Piper’s revision of Allocarya is one of the finest consummated in this family. He may be said-to have discovered the specific char- acters, since, even though to some extent recognized, they have never before been consistently described for each species. Certainly these characters, minute as they are and mostly of the fruit, are re- markably constant, in this respect suggesting those of Cryptantha and Orescarya. Thus is added a third genus in this family, as it occurs in western North America, the species of which are often scarcely, if at all, distinguishable by vegetative characters. Mr. Willard N. Clute, editor of a‘ magazine, “The American Botanist,” comments in the May issue, 1920 (page 65) on Piper’s revision. Mention is made of this in order that some toiling tax- onomist may find delightful relaxation in reading Mr. Clute’s para- graph. Sotanum XantTI Gray, var. Spencerae, var. nov., habitu ignotum. ramulis superioribus viridibus, ut videtur glabris, non patentibus; corollis albis, solum 1.5 em. latis—Catrrornia: Torrey Pines, near San Diego, March 28, 1919, Mary F. Spencer (type, Gray Herb.). Mrs. Spencer’s label records the flowers of this interesting variant as “snow white.” The aspect of the specimens is similar to that of the var, glabrescens Parish but the corollas are much smaller (and white) ; 44 MACBRIDE and if one may judge from the way in which the upper branches are borne the habit of the plant is much more compact than is the case with the variety glabrescens. vy CastittesA Douctasu Benth., var. contentiosa, var. nov., foliis numerosis cinereo-viridibus seabrido-pubescentibus nunc integris ounc trifidis; calyce 19-21 mm. longo antice et postice subaequaliter lobis apice dentatis obtusis; corolla 20-24 mm. longa, tubo circa 1 em. longo, galea calycem paululum superanti; labii lobis circa .75 mm. longis.—Ca.irornia: hi!l near Lompoc, June 11, 1913, Suks- dorf, 94 (rypE, Gray Herb.); Gaviota, May 1, 1908, Eastwood, 57; country adjacent to Santa Barbara, May 16, 1908, Eastwood, 136. The obvious difference between this variety, apparently restricted to Santa Barbara County, and the typical form of the species is the very scabrous pubescence which is sufficiently dense to give an ashy hue to the foliage. Also, in the specimens examined, the corolla, in proportion to the calyx, is shorter than in true C. Douglasii, but this character belongs likewise to C. Wrightii Elmer, Bot. Gaz. xli. 322 (1906) which appears to be another variety, not as distinct, how- ever, as var. contentiosa. Indeed the disposition of the latter is per- plexing but its relationship is surely here. Now, at least, C. Doug- lasii seems to be the proper name for the rather common Indian Paint Brush of western California. Jepson’s treatment of it in Fl. W. Middle Cal. 402 (1901) as merely a variety of C. parviflora - Bong., of Alaska, well-defined by Fernald, Erythea, vi. 41, 43 (1898), is radical. Rather must it be compared with the variable C. angusti- folia (Nutt.) G. Don typically of the Rocky Mountains and the northwestern United States. Sotipaco ricipa L., var. HUMILIS Porter, Syn. Fl. Colo. (Dept. Int. Misc. Publ. 4) 63 (1874). Oligoneuron canescens Rydb. Bull. Torr. Club, xxxi. 652 (1904). My attention has been called to this well-marked species by the receipt of an excellent specimen from Mr. I. W. Clokey. The label accompanying the material reads: “3901 Oligoneuron canescens Rydb. Dry soil, Jefferson Co., Colorado.” Dr. Rydberg, |. ¢., in segregating the Rocky Mountain plant from typical S. rigida, distributed from the Atlantic states to the Great Plains, mentioned one difference only that obviously was not one of degree, viz., the presence of a few hairs at the summit of the achene. The achenes of the eastern state of the species are, indeed, uniformly glabrous throughout, but some western material, notably, Aven Nelson’s no. 8638 from Platte Canyon, Wyoming, has glabrous achenes although the foliage is densely pubescent, the plant in this VARIOUS NORTH AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 45 respect according with O. canescens. Furthermore, it becomes evi- dent, upon examination of many specimens, that the amount of pubescence at the summit of the achenes varies. Accordingly the western form of S. rigida appears at most to be a variety, distinguish- able, but with no constant character. The smooth achenes of some specimens probably accounts for the suppression by Nelson, Coulter & Nelson, New Man. Ry. Mt. Bot. 507 (1909) of Porter’s varietal name, a course certainly less open to censure than Rydberg’s treat- ment which may be said to be fantastic in that even the convenient and logical expression of the group relationship is lost by the main- tenance of Oligoneuron Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 1188 (1903). ‘ Lepachys columnifera (Nutt.), comb. nov. Rudbeckia columnifera Nutt. Fraser’s Cat. no. 75 (1813). R. columnaris Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. 575 (1814), or Sims, Bot. Mag. t. 1601 (1814). L. colum- naris (Pursh) T. & G. Fl. N. Am. ii. 315 (1842). Ratibida colum- nifera (Nutt.) Woot. & Standl. Contrib. U. 5S. Nat. Herb. xix. 706 (1915). The diagnosis of R. columnifera is meager but since the identity of the plant is not open to question, the specific name is to be taken up. In accordance with Art. 38 of the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature, Lepachys Raf. Journ. Phys. Ixxxix. 100 (1819), al- though a later name than Ratibida Raf. Am. Monthly Mag. ii. 268 _ (1818), is retained since the latter was published “without diagnosis or reference to a former description under another name” and there- fore “is not valid.” v Stephanomeria Wheeleri (Gray) Nels. & Macbr., in oa Chaet- adelpha Wheelert Gray, ex Wats. Am. Nat. vii. 301 (1873). Proc. Am. Acad. ix. 218 (1874). When Dr. Gray, |. ¢., proposed his segregate genus Chactadelpha he did so from the view point that “There are so few characters to hold to in the Cichoriaceae that we cannot let go those founded on the nature of the pappus. It seems necessary, however undesirable, to admit a third genus of the sort, founded on a single species.” The other two genera referred to are Stephanomeria and Lygodesmia, then, as now, distinguished essentially by the more or less plumose pappus of the former and the eplumose pappus of the latter. But now that Stephanomeria is better known, particularly the variation of S. exigua, Chaetadelpha Wheeleri is seen to be a species of Stephanomeria for its single character, regarded by Dr. Gray as salient, viz. the presence of several bristles toward the base of the pappus, is merely an extreme modification of certain forms of S. 46 ROBINSON exigua in which the pappus-bristles are setulose. S. Wheelert may well constitute yet another section of its genus but its affinity is now so obviously with Stephanomeria that its maintenance as a genus for the purpose of holding on to the character that distinguishes this group from Lygodesmia is no longer necessary. Apparently Dr. Hall reached this conclusion in 1907 for in describing Chactadelpha in Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. iii. 260 he wrote: “Similar to Stephanomeria with which it is probably congeneric.” VI. RECORDS PRELIMINARY TO A GENERAL TREAT- MENT OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—II. By B. L. Rosrnson. In the course of recent studies of the Eupatorium Tribe of the Compositae the following diagnoses and notes have been prepared for published record. Eupatorium (§Subimbricata) angulifolium, spec. nov., subgla- gracile; caule subcomp glaberrimo; internodiis aliis brevibus 6-10 mm. longis aliis multo longioribus; foliis oppositis petiolatis sub- orbicularibus ca. ll-angulatis vel breviter lobatis margine argute cuspidato-dentatis basi sinu clauso cordatis tenuissime membranaceis utrinque viridibus glaberrimis subtus paullo pallidioribus ca. 1 dm. diametro penniveniis levissime reticulato-venulosis; angulis acutius- culis ca. 1 em. altis; dentibus Marginis incisis 2-3 mm. altis, 3-5 min. latis; sinu basilari usque ad 1.5 em. alto; petiolis 2.44.5 cm. longis obsolete puberulis; eis ejusdem jugi basi anguste connexis; corymbis terminalibus compositis; ramis inflorescentiae gracilibus adscendentibus subnudis; bracteis oblanceolatis vix 5 mm. longis; corymbis partialibus 3-6 cm. diametro 6-S-capitulatis; pedicellis subfiliformibus glaberrimis 6-30 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 1-1.2 cm. diametro ca. 75-100-floris; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 50 lanceolatis 3-4-seriatim laxe imbricatis fusco-brunneis striatis acutius- culis minute ciliolatis, maximis ca. 6 mm. longis et 1.3 mm. latis; corollis anguste tubulosis glabris ut videtur albis vel pallidis; tubo proprio ca. 1 mm. longo basim versus dilatato sursum in fauces cy- lindricas 3 mm. longas vix ampliato; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.3 mm. longis; achaeniis pallide brunneis 2.5 mm. longis ad angulos sursum scabratis; ‘pappi setis paucis albis tenuissimis caducis corol- PRELIMINARY RECORDS OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—II 47 lam subaequantibus—GuaTEMALA: on shady bank, Barranco Hondo, Salvin & Godman, 1861, no. 265 (K., phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This plant appears to be near the still obscure E. Petasites Griseb. Ind. Sem. Hort. Goett. 1877, p. 8, a species described from cultivated material supposed to have been raised from Central American seed. So far as can be learned E. Petasites has never been rediscovered in nature or precisely located geographically. Even its description is difficult of access since it occurs only in a very rare seed-list. For a careful transcription of this diagnosis, the writer is indebted to Prof. L. Diels, Director of the Botanic Garden of Berlin. From this it has been learned that the petioles in E. Petasites were longer than the blade, the leaves sinuate-dentate, the leaf-veins depressed above, and the corymbs subtricephalous, while in the plant of Sal- vin & Godman, here characterized, the petioles are less than half as long as the rather incisely toothed blade; the leaf-veins are distinctly prominulent above and the individual corymbs are 6-8-headed— differences sufficient to remove any likelihood that the plants are conspecific. E. Arechavaletae Bak. Jour. Bot. xvi. 78 (1878). Through the kindness of Sir David Prain, Director of the Royal Gardens at Kew, there have been recently received for examination at the Gray Her- barium a clear photograph and some characteristic fragments of the type-material of this species. It proved to be a smoothish form of VERNONIA EcHIOWES Less. Linnaea, iv. 278 (1829), to which species (as was subsequently learned) it had been reduced some years ago by Arechavaleta, Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevid. vi. 120 (1907). EK. paccuarowes HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 132 (1820); Robin- son, Proc. Am. Acad..liv. 287 (1918). Material has recently been received which differs from the typical form of this species con- spicuously in certain features, yet agrees closely in all the more es- sential characters. It thus becomes necessary to recognize varieties as follows: Var. typicum, [oliis lanceolati-oblongis basi acutiusculis vel acutis 6-8 cm. longis 1.7-2.5 cm. latis; corymbis primo recurvato-nutanti- bus; eorum ramis_pedicellisque glabris.—Lit. synon. exsicc. an range as cited in Proc. Am. Acad. liv. 287 (1918). Var. fratri, var. nov., foliis multo minoribus ovatis vel ovato- lanceolatis bast saepissime rotundatis sed rarius acutiusculis 2-3.5 em. longis 0.6-1.6 cm. latis; corymbis suberectis vix nutantibus, eorum ramis pedicellisque paullo pilosis; pilis atropurpureis monili- formibus.—CoLoMBIA: region of Bogota, Bro. Ariste-Joseph (TYPE, U. S., fragm. Gr.). 48 ROBINSON E. ELEGANS HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 133 (1820). To the synonymy of this species should be added EF. rorulentum Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. liv. 255 (1918). When preparing his revision of the Eupatoriums of Colombia some years ago the writer found in material collected at Guadelupe near Bogoté some immature speci- mens of a species not previously known or at least recorded from Colombia. Although it exhibited general resemblance to EK. cle- gans HBK., some minor differences were visible and it seemed from geographic considerations rather unlikely that there should be spe- cific identity between a species known only locally about Bogoté and another recorded -only from southern-central Ecuador. Ac- cordingly the plant from Guadelupe was described as a new species, E. rorulentum, being named in reference to the copious shining glands. The recent receipt of further and much more mature ma- terial of the Colombian plant has again raised the question of its possible identity with LE. elegans of Ecuador, especially as the very similar case of the Colombian L. latipes Benth. and the Ecuadorean E. viscosum HBK., discussed below, had also come to attention. Ac- cordingly characteristic bits of E. rorulentum from near Laguna de Verjén, Colombia, collected by Bro. Ariste-Joseph (no. B20) were sent to Paris for comparison. They were there most kindly examined by Prof. H. Lecomte and Father Sacleur, who report them con- specific with E. elegans. As two of the Humboldt & Bonpland plants of this group, namely E. elegans and E. viscosum, attributed by Kunth, though with some obvious uncertainty, to central Ecuador, have not been subsequently collected in or at least reported from that country and as both appear common elements in the flora about Bogota, it is impossible to escape the inference that there was some confusion in recording the localities of these plants and that they must in fact have been secured by Humboldt and Bonpland during their rather copious collecting about Bogot4 and not in their rather hurried travels through Ecuador. In confirmation of this surmise it may be said that the latter country has now for more than a century been traversed by subsequent explorers, including such diligent and acute botanical collectors as Hartweg, Jameson, Eggers, Lehmann, Stiibel, Sodiro, Rose, and Holway, none of whom appears to have turned up either of these species. E. LaEvE DC. Prod. v. 169 (1836). This species appears to vary as follows: Var. x typicum, glaberrimum; foliis ovato-oblongis ca. triplo longi- oribus quam latis fere a basi pinnatim 3—5-nerviis serratis; dentibus PRELIMINARY RECORDS OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—II 49 plerisque acutis plus minusve incurvatis.—Well illustrated by Baker in Mart. Fl. Bras. vi. pt. 2, t. 93 (1876).—Braziu: frequent especially in Prov. Rio de Janeiro. Var. 8. INTEGRIUSCULUM Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. |. c. (as integriuscula), foliis subintegris—BraztL. Presumably a mere form of the pre- ceding variety. ar. . pubens, var. nov., inflorescentiis et axillis nervorum folli- orum breviter puberulis; foliis quam apud var. typicum paullo lati- oribus majus ovatis longius a basi pinnatim 5(-7)-nerviis serratis vel crenato-dentatis, dentibus plerumque obtusis.—PARaGuay: a low tree in bushy woods near Villa Occidental, 7 Feb. 1879, P. G. Lorentz, no. 11 (Brl.); Cordillera de Altos, Sep.Oct. 1902, K. Fiebrig, no. 277 (type, Gr.); in region of Lake Ypacaray, Mar. 1913, E. Hassler, no. 12,147 (Gr.). E. (§ Eximbricata) neriifolium, spec. nov.,fruticosum vel arboreum ad 3 m. (Pittier) vel 8 m. (Fendler) altum; cortice brunnescenti- griseo rimoso ad 5 mm. crasso; ligno albescente denso; ramis tereti- bus glabris pallide brunneis primo dense foliosis tardius denudatis medullosis; internodiis plerisque 1-3 cm. longis; foliis oppositis lanceolato-oblongis utroque attenuatis serrulatis (dentibus vix 0.4 mm. altis ca. 3-4 mm. inter se distantibus) basim versus integris penniveniis 7-12 cm. longis 1.8-2.8 cm. latis supra glabris viridibus minute reticulato-venulosis subtus paullo pallidioribus in costa ven- isque plus minusve hirsutis; petiolis 5-9 mm. longis ciliatis; paniculis terminalibus corymbiformibus valde convexis ca. 1.5 dm. diametro sordide pubescentibus; bracteis parvis linearibus; capitulis parvis ca. 7.5 mm. longis ad apices ramulorum subsessilibus ca. 7-floris; invo- lucri squamis ca. 11° subherbaceo-brunnescentibus ciliolatis, extimis 3 multo brevioribus, intermediis 5 subaequalibus oblongis obtusis ca. 4 mm. longis et 1.3 mm. latis, intimis ca. 3 angustissimis linearibus paleiformibus; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 1.5 mm. longo; faucibus vix ampliatis ca. 2.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi 5 lanceolatis ad anthesin patente recurvantibus; styli ramis filiformibus vix clavel- latis albis; achaeniis brunneis glabris 2.5 mm. longis; pappi setis ca. 97 albis.—VENEZUELA: Colonia Tovar, State of Aragua, alt. 1900— 2000 m., 25 Dec. 1921, Prof. H. Pittier, no. 9963 (Type Gr.); near Colonia Tovar, alt. 1982 m. (6500 ft.), 23 June, 1855, A. Fendler, no. 634 (Gr.). This highly interesting species, which must be one of the tallest and most woody of the genus, has been known to the writer for many years from specimens collected in the middle of the last cen- 50 - ROBINSON tury by Fendler and sent to Dr. Gray under no. 634. At the Gray Herbarium there are three of these sheets. Unfortunately the in- florescences of all were so old as to exhibit only the dried and with- ered remains of the involucres and not a floret in condition to show the characters needful for certain determination. The plant was doubtfully referred by Dr. Gray to the Vernonieae. However it was some years ago transferred by the writer to Eupatorium in the Gray Herbarium with a fair degree of confidence that when the flowers were discovered they would show it to be of that genus. A collection recently received from Prof. Pittier has been found to contain excellent material of this species at anthesis and in fact clearly proves it a Eupatorium. This new material like Fendler’s was secured at Colonia Tovar and at essentially the same altitude, so that it may have come from the same thicket. A strip of the bark accompanying Fendler’s specimens shows that the trunk must attain a diameter of at least 1 dm. and probably much more. A chip of the wood shows it to be whitish, dense, and firm. The specific name alludes to the resemblance of the leaves (in contour rather than texture) to those of the cultivated oleander,—a form of foliage not very frequent in the genus Eupatoriwm. __E. (§ Conoclinium) militare, spec. nov., herbaceum erectum ca. 1 m. vel ultra altum virgatum; caule tereti pallide brunnescente recto vel superne flexuoso usque ad 5 mm. crasso medulloso ad inflores- centiam simplici juventate brevissime puberulo tardius glabrato; internodiis ad 8 cm. longis; foliis oppositis erectis oblongo-lanceolatis a basi late sagittata usque ad apicem vix acutum gradatim angustatis denticulatis 7-12 cm. longis 1.6-3.7 em. basi latis obscure (praecipue in costa) puberulis penniveniis utrinque viridibus subconcoloribus subchartaceo-membranaceis; petiolo usque ad 2 em. longo puberulo supra conspicuiter. canaliculato; inflorescentia corymbosa alterni- ramea planiuscula 1-2 dm. lata bracteata multicapitulata; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis vel (supremis) subfiliformibus; capitulis ca, 8 mm. diametro et 6 mm. altis 50-60-floris; involucri squamis numerosis ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis lanceolatis acutis modice inaequalibus dorso hirsutulis obscure 1-3-costulatis; receptaculo conico ubique anguste paleifero; paleis linearibus flosculos subaequantibus apice puberulis acutis; corollis albis glabris ca. 3.5 mm. longis; tubo proprio gracili 1.2 mm. longo; faucibus cylindricis distincte ampliatis 3.2 mm longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.4 mm. longis; antheris apice cum appendiculo ovato obtuso munitis; achaeniis obovoideo-pris- maticis vix 1 mm. longis griseo-brunneis ad angulis minute scabratis; PRELIMINARY RECORDS OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—II 51 pappi setis ca. 32 albis tenuissimis sublevibus basi ex annulo cupuli- forme orientibus.—ARGENTINA: Prov. Formosa, Pedro Jérgensen, no. 3229 (Gr.). Flowers white, fragrant. This well marked species by habit and the nature of involucre and receptacle immediately suggests close affinity to Eupatorium § Conoclinium. The presence of pales on the disk, it is true, is a fea- ture anomalous in the genus. Were this trait accompanied, as in the case of the Mexican Eupatoriastrum Greenman or the Bolivian Sphaereupatorium Ktze., by other technical differences or even by strongly divergent habit, the present plant might be separated as a monotypic genus, but the approach to Eupatorium § Conoclinvum is here so close that such a segregation would have to rest solely upon the character of the paleaceous disk—a feature which is known to be inconstant in the neighboring genus Ageratum and elsewhere in the Compositac. At least until other species are discovered sharing with this the paleaceous disk and approaching it in habit to the extent of indicating a natural group, the plant seems best classed as an exceptional member of Eupatorium§ Conoclinium. Of course, it approaches in its technical characters Eupatoricstrum but that is of quite differeat habit and geographically so remote as to render close affinity unlikely. E. organense, Gardn., var. junius Bak. ex Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. lvi. mém. 3, p. 391 (1909). As cited by Glaziou, 1. c., this variety, which seems never to have been formally characterized, was based upon Glaziou’s numbers 11,017 and 15,153. A specimen of the former number, kindly lent to the writer from the herbarium of the Botanical Museum of Copenhagen, proves to be E. Graziovil Bak., though slightly less hirsute than the type. It certainly has nothing what- ever to do with E. organense Gardn. E. robustum Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Ivi. mém. 3, p. 384 (1909), published as an “n. sp.?” but without characterization beyond the note that it is frutescent and has yellow and very fragrant flowers. The Kew sheet of Glaziou’s no. 21,612, the number upon which Glaziou founded his E. robustum, was kindly loaned to the writer some time ago for study. The heads are very immature, in fact only in bud, and even very careful dissection has failed to bring out the florets clearly enough to show the nature of their pappus or to determine whether or not the disc is chaffy. To the writer it ap- 52 ROBINSON E. (§ Praxelis ?) sagittiferum, spec. nov., herbaceum ut videtur perenne (basi ignota) ca. 3 dm. altum gracile suberectum fere a basi ramosum; caule subtereti purpureo-brunneo vix 2 mm. diametro glabrescente; ramis gracilibus erectis leviter curvatis crispe puberulis fere per totam longitudinem foliosis; internodiis plerisque 4—6 mm. longis; foliis minimis oppositis et superne alternis erectis sessilibus deltoideo-ovatis vel supremis lanceolatis subacutis basi sagittatis vel subhastatis integris vel paullo in margine revoluta undulatis supra glabris lucidulis subtus vix pallidioribus glandulari-punctatis utrinque reticulatis 5-12 mm. longis 1.8-4.5 mm. latis; capitulis terminalibus solitariis vel in corymbis 3-cephalis dispositis 12 mm. altis 6 mm. diametro erectis; pedunculis 1.5-3.4 em. longis 1-3- bracteolatis; involucri ovoideo-campanulati squamis numerosis plus quam 40 pluri-seriatim imbricatis adpressis 3-nervatis brunnescenti- bus, extimis et intermediis apice subacuminato-cuspidatis et utrinque cum angulo lobulove laterali instructis ad apicem verum vix acutis dorso glandulifero-atomiferis, intimis anguste oblongis vel linearibus apicem versus puberulis et ciliolatis; receptaculo conico; corollis ut videtur purpureis ca. 5.6 mm. longis sursum gradatim ampliatis tubo proprio indistincte differentiato ca. 1.4 mm. longo; faucibus ca. 3.2 mm. longis glabris; dentibus limbi ca. 1 mm. longis acutiusculis margine paullo incrassitis dorso granulatis; styli ramis filiformibus vix clavellatis minute papillosis laete lilaceo-purpureis ; achaeniis gracilibus 3.5 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus in angulis hir- tellis in faciebus glabris; pappi setis ca. 32 sordide albis scabratis ca. 5 mm. longis.—Brazit: Minas Geraés, Dr. A. Glaziou, no. 19,537 (K., Copenhagen, phot. and slight fragm. Gr.). This plant does not happen to have been cited by Dr. Glaziou in the published lists of his Brazilian collections (Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Ivi. and lvii.). It was determined by Mr. J. G. Baker as “ Eupa- torium (Osmia) sp.” and was found under this designation both in the Kew Herbarium and Copenhagen Botanical Museum. It is surprising that a species so marked should not have received descrip- tion or at least have been given an herbarium name, especially as the supposed novelties in Glaziou’s collection were generally given provisional names though not described. As to the relationship of this plant its affinity seems to be quite as much with § Prazelis as with § Cylindrocephalum to which (as Osmia) it was referred by Baker. It has a conical receptacle charac- teristic of the former group and the peculiar shape of its involucral seales is not so very unlike that of E. decumbens (Gardn.) Bak.— PRELIMINARY RECORDS OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—II 53 referred by Baker to § Praxelis—a species which also has small leaves, terminal sub-solitary heads, and purple styles, as well as the same type of achenes. ’ E. suBPENNINERVIUM Sch.-Bip. ex Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 89 (1884). This little known and not very fully described Mexican species has not been rediscovered or at least again reported in print. It was collected by Liebmann at “Vaqueria Jacal, 10,000’.” This doubtless refers to the locality known as Vacqueria del Jacal on Mt. Orizaba which in fact is at an altitude of about 10,000’. (See La- ségue, Mus. Bot. Deless. 469.) In the herbarium of the late Dr. F. W. Klatt, now in the Gray Herbarium, there is a single sheet repre- senting this species. It bears a fairly detailed pen-drawing of stem, inflorescence, and two detached leaves, also a pocket containing some fragments of an involucre and florets. With some undetermined material of the Eupatorium tribe lent to the writer from the Botanical Museum at Berlin, is now found a sheet of material so closely cor- responding in habit and most details with Klatt’s sketch and frag- ments that it seems best to refer it provisionally to the same spe- cies. It is Ehrenberg’s 1095. The label states that it was collected “In monte Kankandé en la Encarnacion Jan. 40.” This means doubtless the Cordillera Cangando in the State of Hidalgo. So far as can be judged from factors of climate, altitude, distance, etc., there is no reason why Schultz’s E. subpenninervium should not be rediscovered at this point. It is of somewhat similar altitude and not more than 300 kilometers distant in a more or less continuously mountainous region.. While the corollas are described as “alba marginata”’ by Klatt, they are roseate or purplish in the Ehrenberg material in which some of the heads are still immature. This differ- ence is very likely one of observation or record, but in any event does not seem to be very significant since white-flowered forms of purple- flowered species are of such frequent occurrence. FE. viscosum HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spee. iv. 129 (1820). As already suggested by the writer (Proc. Am. Acad. liv. 361), it seems prob- able that the type of E. viscosum did not come from Ecuador as doubtfully indicated by Kunth’s expression “crescit in Regno Qui- tensi?” but in reality was gathered in the neighborhood of Bogota. At all events, as more material of the Colombian E. latipes Benth. has been available for examination, it has become evident that the trifling differences of leaf-dimensions, fineness of serration, shortness and breadth of the petiole, etc., supposed to separate the Colombian species from the earlier E. viscosum, all break down. It seems clear, 54 ROBINSON therefore, that E. latipes Benth.should be reduced to the synonymy of E. viscosum HBK. The species is certainly frequent around Bogot4, where Humboldt & Bonpland collected extensively, but a century of subsequent exploration has failed to demonstrate its occurrence in Ecuador to which it was originally assigned with doubt. The case is closely similar to that of KE. elegans and E. rorulentum discussed above. imia microphylla, spec. nov., perenne herbacea vel paullo lignescens virgata 3-4 dm. alta erecta a basi aliquando decumbente; caule brunneo puberulo vel tomentello folioso; internodiis plerisque 1-3 em. longis; ramis numerosis erectis gracillimis 2-5 cm. vel ultra longis foliosissimis; foliis caulinis oppositis triangulari-ovatis ob- tusis basi subtruncatis 13-15 mm. longis 10-12 mm. latis integris vel saepissime utroque dente unico basilari instructis et qua de causa subhastatis supra sparse puberulis subtus multo pallidioribus puncti- culatis obscure squamuliferis et in nervis 3 pubentibus; petiolo ca. 3 mm. longo; foliis rameis oppositis multo minoribus plerisque ad anthesin 5 mm. longis et 4 mm. latis ovatis et integris vel triangulari- hastatis et in quoque latere unidentatis subsessilibus; inflorescentia oppositiramea terminali vel parva corymbosa subsimplici 4 cm. alta et crassa vel thyrsiformi majus composita 15 cm. longa et 8 crassa;. pedicellis ca. 3 mm. longis; capitulis 4-floris ca. 1 cm. altis 5 mm. crassis cum bracteola ovato-oblonga demidium breviore suffultis; involucri squamis oblongis subobtusis 9 mm. longis 2 mm. latis firmiusculis dorso convexis griseo-puberulis; corollis post exsiccati- onem rubescenti-brunneis ca. 5 mm. longis; tubo proprio 2 mm. longo atomifero; faucibus paullo ampliatis 2 mm. longis; limbi den- tibus 5 ovatis acuminatis dorso resinoso-atomiferis; achaeniis 2.8 mm. longis, 1.2 mm. crassis atrobrunneis griseo-puberulis ca. 10- costatis; costis pallidis; pappi setis plus quam 110 inaequalibus vix scabratis —K. gracilis Glaziou, Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. lvii. mém. 3, p. 396 (1910), not Bak—Brazit: Minas Geriies: Moro do Infici- onado, near Caraca, May-June, Glaziou, no. 15,120 (K., Brl., phot. and fragm. Gr.). A clear photograph and some fragments of K. gracilis Bak., kindly supplied to the writer by Sir David Prain, Director of the Royal Gardens, Kew, show that that species has the cauline leaves con- siderably larger, more ovate, less deltoid and more acute, with the brownish veins forming an evident reticulation on the lower sur- face; furthermore, the corymbs are smaller and denser, the heads apparently subsessile. PLATE-TF. AY ey CS = = Fi\/ ContTris. GRAY Hers. LXV. DyYscCRITOTHAMNUS FILIFOLIUS Robinson, gen. et spec. nov. [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. XXIV. July, 1922.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY i. 33 New Szrtes No. LXVI. VA POLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM AND P. VULGARE. By M. L. FerNawp. ‘ < tog e a Byte Oa ye: Oh: toa {Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. XXIV. July, 1922.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY Issued sane a Gs ~— “te pt. a Famed at as New Series No. LXVI. POLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM AND P. VULGARE. By M. L. Fernacp. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—NEW SERIES, No. LXVI. POLYPODIUM VIRGINIANUM AND P. VULGARE M. L. FERNALD. In eastern America we are so used to designating our common Polypody of rocky woods as Polypodium vulgare L. and the hosts of fern-specialists who have studied our ferns during the last three- fourths of a century have so universally followed this usage, that to many people it may seem as if our fern has a vested right to the name. When, however, we look into the original treatment of Linnaeus in the Species Plantarum,! it is at once clear that he re- stricted the name P. vulgare exclusively to the plant of Europe (“ Habi- tat in Europa rimis rupium”’); while to the plant of eastern America (“Habitat in Virginia”) he assigned the name P. virginianum. Linnaeus also included under P. virginianum a citation of one of Plumier’s West Indian plates and a reference to Petiver which do not belong with the Virginian plant, but the source of his name was clearly the Polypodium ‘virginiense minus, foliis obtusioribus of Morison’s Plant Hist. Univ. Oxon. iii. 563, sect. 14, t. 2, fig. 3 (1715), published with a good illustration and very fair description of the _ common Polypody of eastern America. Morison’s conventionalized figure showed the rootstock unusually clean of scales (although occasional herbarium-specimens of the American plant have almost 1L, Sp. Pl. ii. 1085 (1753). 126 Rhodora [Juny completely lost them) and from this fact Linnaeus was misled into over-emphasizing this rather unusual and post-mortem character, describing his P. virginianum: “Polypodium frondibus pinnatifidis: pinnis oblongis subserratis obtusis, radice laevi”’ and adding the comparative note: ‘“‘Antecedenti [P. vulgare] simillima, sed minor, & subtus glabra.”” This over-emphasis on the smooth rootstock was again eepiayes by Amos Eaton when, in 1818," he stated that P. vulgare, “var. virginianum, has a naked root,”’ though Jacob Bigelow? had given a better description of the American plant and referred to the fronds as “divided by sinuses which are more acute than in the European variety.” The first post-Linnean botanist to make a really satisfactory differentiation of our plant from the European Polypodium vulgare was Sir William Hooker who, in 1840, considered typical P. vulgare simiost strictly European, while in America there were two varieties: . Americanum; minus, fronde angustiore, laciniis remotioribus. Ps acter Linn. Sp. Pl. p. 1345 (excl. Syn. Plum. &c.) = y. occidentale; frondis laciniis acutis acute serratis. P. vulgare, ' Virginianum. Bong. Veg. Sitcha, p. 57.” Var. americanum was given a range through southern Canada west to the Saskatchewan , and Slave River, while var. occidentale occurred from the mouth of the Columbia north to Sitka; and Hooker added under var. america- num. the following illuminating comment: “The common state of this plant throughout the United States and in British N. America, is to be smaller than the European form, with narrower and more oblong fronds, with laciniae more distant, and the sori nearer the margin This is no doubt the P. Virginianum of Linnaeus and authors, as far as regards the Virginia plant, on which Linnaeus founded his character.” Somewhat later, in that storehouse of accurate obser- vation, his Flora of the State of New York, Torrey took up var. amert- canur and in his description added the highly important character: “Segments mostly alternate, 3-4 lines wide.’’4 Still later, in 1848, Kunze, who certainly had an intimate knowledge of European ferns, published a suggestive comment: “P. vulgare, %. americanum. Hook., (P. virginianum, L.,) differs from the European form by a Ge *'Forr. FL N: Y. ii. 484 (1843). 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 127 narrower and more elongated frond, narrower lobes separated by wider sinus, the lowest being longer or at least not shorter than the following ones, and the sori being always nearer the margin than in the European plant. I have not met with any American specimens entirely agreeing with the true P. vulgare of the old world.’” These quotations are sufficient to indicate that the most discerning of the earlier students of our ferns were convinced that no true Polypodium vulgare occurs in eastern America, although there was difference of judgment as to whether our plant was specifically or only varietally separable from it. Since the statements above quoted little has been consciously added to the once rapidly accumu- lating series of differential characters and for three-fourths of a century our plant has passed, with only desultory and inconclusive challenges, as typical P. vulgare. For instance, the late B. D. Gilbert stated that, “For some time past I have been inclined to look upon our so-called Polypodium vulgare in Eastern North America as a distinct species from the European and Pacific coast species iss However, I am not yet prepared to separate the two, which can only be done by one who has a large number of European as well as American specimens;’” while the English specialist, the late C. T. Druery, in 1902, assumed the identity of P. virginianum with European P. vulgare when he urged “The undesirability of attaching different names on your [American] side to varietal types which may already exist on this [European].”* In 1907, it is true, Tidestrom took up our plant as P. virginianum, but with only one highly inconstant character: “In its outward appearance this species differs in no appreciable degree from P. rulgare. The latter species is characterized by having from 8 to 5 stelai at the base of the petiole, while in our plant the number is commonly 2, and inolderleaves3,—2 being normal and 1 is smaller.” In such a discriminating work as Christensen’s Index Filicum, however, P. virginianum appears as an unquestioned synonym of P. vulgare, although full specific rank is accorded P. californicum Kaulf., P. faleatum Kell. (P. vulgare, var. occrdentale Hook., P. Glycyrrhiza D. C. Eaton, P. occidentale (Hook.) Maxon) and P. hesperium Maxon, plants so strongly resembling variants 1 902). 2 Druery, Fern Bull. x. 51 (1902). ; 4Tidestrom, Elysium Marianum, ed. 2: 18 (1907) 128 Rhodora [JuLy of the European P. vulgare that only upon the most minute but often inconstant characters can they possibly be kept apart from them. In fact if one compares a series of typical Californian plants (for example Heller’s no. 5011 or 7255, C. F. Baker’s no. 235; Abrams’s no. 3021 or Parish’s no. 4375) with a series of the European P. vulgare, var. serratum, he will have the greatest difficulty in separating the fronds; or similarly, he will be puzzled if he compares them with such European plates as Lowe’s Our Native Ferns, i. t. 6 (and figs. 6, 18, 21, ete.) or Moore’s Nature Printed British Ferns (octavo ed.), i. tt. 1 and 2. Hooker & Baker in Synopsis Filicum, to be sure, placed P. californicum in the Section Goniophlebium with “Veins forming ample regular areolae,” while P. vulgare was kept in Eupolypodium with “Veins free’”’; but they certainly must have been in error for, although some extreme specimens show several areolae, the veins of P. californicum are mostly quite free and specimen after specimen shows no difference in venation between this species and the European. Indeed, several European specimens in the Gray Herbarium, especially of P. vulgare, var. serratum, have quite as many areolae as there are in extreme Californian plants; and such “nature-printed”’ illustrations of the European P. vulgare as those of Moore’s Nature Printed British Ferns (octavo ed.) tt. 3 D and 5 or Ettinghausen & Pokorny’s Gefdsspflanzen Oesterreichs in Naturselbstdruck, i. (t. 7) show as numerous areolae as many Californian specimens, especially those referred to P. californicum, var. intermedium D. C. Eaton, of paar s author frankly stated, that “in var. intermedium this species [P ] tly near approach to P. vulgare,” adding the ccmusient: “Tt may be noticed in this connection that Milde says of the veinlets of P. vulgare, var. serratum, ‘Interdum ramos anastomosantes invent.’ ” Similarly, the same difficulty is experienced in separating fronds of Polypodium falcatum (for instance, J. C. Nelson, no. 1122) from such a plate as Lowe’s no. 9, representing P. vulgare, var. Acutum- Stansfielditi. In this connection it is noteworthy that, in Synopsis Filicum, Hooker & Baker assigned P. vulgare a North American range only from “Sitka, southward to California and the north of Mexico,” i. e. they excluded, by inference, P. virginianum of the East and included as specifically inseparable from P. vulgare the western 1D. C. Eaton, Ferns of N. A. i. 246 (1879). |makes an i a 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 129 P. faleatum and P. californicum, var. intermedium; at the same time calling “ P. falcatum, Kellogg (P. glycyrrhiza, Eaton), a Californian variety, with the pinnae finely toothed, and narrowed very gradually to an acute point.”! Very similarly, Diels states the range to include in America, at least by inference, only the western region: “siidlich bis Makaronesien, Nordafrika, Vorderasien, Japan, Nordmexico.’’? From earlest times the European Polypodium vulgare has attracted the gatherers of medicinal herbs on account of its sweet roots. Gerarde in the 16th century, stated that the root “hath in it a certaine sweete- fes’”;? Parkinson, in the 17th, said it has “a certaine sweetish harshnesse in the taste,’’! Morison, in the 18th, described it with a “sweet taste (sapore dulci)’’;> and Diels, in the 19th, said, “Das Rhizom (‘Radix polypodii S. filiculae dulcis’-— Engelsiiss’) enthalt ucker.’’® In view of the many indications of specific identity be- tween the Polypodies of western America and the European P. vulgare it is not surprising, therefore, to find in Kellogg’s original account of P. falcatum the statement that the rootstock has a “sweet- ish liquorice flavor’’;’ that D. C. Eaton, publishing the same species almost simultaneously gave it the name P. Glycyrrhiza, with “ Root- lets aerial, having a sweet flavor like that of liquorice” ;° that by Piper & Beattie it is called Licorice-root Fern because “The rootstocks taste much like licorice, and are eaten by children” ;? and that Maxon, in describing as a species of the western mountains P. hesperium, stated that, “It is doubtful whether hesperium is very closely related to the eastern vulgare. Its affinities seem rather to lie with the Poly- podiums of the Pacific coast, one especially notable feature which it possesses in common with them being the hard licorice-like root- stock. The rhizomes of the eastern vulgare, on the other hand, are not only spongy and quite acrid but more or less unsavory in taste.’’!° The only character which I have thus far been able to discover, by which Polypodium californicum, P. falcatum and P. hesperium Baker, Syn, Fil. 334 osee * Diels in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenf. i. Ab. 4: 311 (1899). Gerarde, Herball, 972 (1597). Henan oie Theatrum Botanicum, 1040 (1640). 5 Morison, Pl. Hist. iii. 562 (1715). * Diels, 1. c. (1899 7 Kellogg, Proc. Cal. Acad. i. 20 sea As . C. Eaton, Am. Journ. Sci. , xxii. 138 (1856). "Piper & & Beattie, Fl. N. W. Cont 3 (1915). ° Maxon, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. . 200 (1900 130 Rhodora [JuLy can be separated from most European P. vulgare, is in the scales of the rhizome. In most of the European plants the scales are very prolonged into a capillary tip; in the plants of Pacific Amer'ca they are less prolonged. But such plants as those distributed by Dérfler in his Herbarium Normale as no. 3687, P. vulgare, forma variegata from Germany, have the scales quite like those of the western Ameri- can plants; and certainly there is nothing to separate this German material specifically from such representatives of P. californicum as Abrams & McGregor’s no. 31 from Ventura Co., California, Kellogg & Harford’s no. 1164 from Lone Mountain, California, Heller’s no. 13,090 from Butte Co. or his no. 5030 from Sonoma Co., Parish’s no. 4373 from San Bernardino Co., or Abrams’s no. 3100 from San Diego Co. Similarly Dérfler’s no. 3687 is quite as indistinguishable from such representatives of P. falcatum as Bongard’s Sitkan material sent out as P. vulgare, virginianum, Funston’s no. 13 from Yakutat Bay, Eastwood’s no. 798 from Shagway or G. R. Vasey’s no. 42 from Washington, the latter all originally and correctly distributed as P. vulgare but specifically inseparable from plants passing as P. falcatum. In European Polypodium vulgare and the western American P. californicum, P. faleatum and P. hesperium the scales of the rhizome, though varying in different plants from pale-cinnamon to dark brown, are individually of tolerably uniform color throughout and (under high magnification) show a similarly close cellular structure with thin cell-walls; in the eastern American P. virginianum, on the other hand, the scales commonly have a deeper-colored median band and they are of much looser or more open structure, and the cell-walls are thickish. The late D. C. Eaton, leaning too confidently upon Europ- ean authors, described the rootstock of the eastern American plant as “covered with ovate-acuminate brownish chaffy scales, peltately attached near the base;”! but as Miss Slosson points out in her description of the eastern plant: “I find a sinus leading from the base to the point of attachment. An over-lapping of the sides of this sinus often makes the scales appear peltately attached.’” Miss Slosson thus accurately describes the basal scales of P. virginia- “num, while Eaton’s description accords with that of European — C. Eaton, Ferns N. A. i. 239 (1879). , How Ferns Grow, 49 (1906). 1922] _Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 131 authors when describing their plant, for example Luerssen who definitely calls the scales “schildférmig.”! Careful comparison of scales from the two plants shows this to be a constant character and, as would be expected, the scales of the western American P. californi- cum, P. faleatum and P. hesperium agree with the European P. vulgare in being peltately attached just above their base. Reference has been made to Tidestrom’s statement that P. wirginia- num differs from P. vulgare in having only 2 or 3 vascular bundles at the base of the stipe, two of them large, the third smaller; while in P. vulgare there are said to be 3 to 5 bundles. Luerssen? somewhat similarly describes P. vulgare as having at the base of the stipe 2 large and 2 smaller bundles, while Waters definitely places our plant in his section with “ Bundles three at extreme base.” Whether there is any pronounced difference in the number and arrangement of the bundles cannot be determined without more adequate European material; but it is significant that some dried European plants, in which the stipe has been severed just above the base, seem to show only 2 bundles while others show but 3. The habitats of Polypodium vulgare and of P. virginianum are usually very different. Although some forms occur on rocks or on mossy banks or even sand dunes,‘ a common habitat in Europe is tree-trunks (either living or dead), old stumps and fallen logs. The early European herbalists, for instance Gerarde in the 16th century, distinguished “ Polypodium Quercinum Polipodie of the Oke,” which occurs “in the tops of the trunks of trees in thicke woods’’;> Kerner von Marilaun in his popular compilation, the Natural History of Plants (Pflanzenleben), says: “ Polypodium vulgare is often met with enveloping the trunks and boughs of large trees”;* Luerssen briefly states its habitat in continental Europe: “Auf Baumwurzeln und Baumstumpfen, moosbewachsenen Felsblocken, an alten Mauern und in Felsspalten”;? while Lowe gives the following vivid picture from Great Britian: “Looking higher up the tree, an epiphyte in the shape of a Fern has taken possession, and is clothing the forks from 1 Luerssen, Farnpfi. 54 (1889). 2 Luerssen, Farnpfl. 55 (1889). Waters, 3 4 Warming, Oecology of Plants, ed. Groom & Balfour, 267 (1909). ® Gerarde, Herball, 974 (1597). 6 Kerner von Marilaun, Nat. Hist. Pl. ed. Oliver, ii. 705 (1895). 7 Luerssen, Farnpfl. 55 (1889) 132 Rhodora [Jury where the branches spring; and this Fern is the Common Polypody. It is a Fern that delights to run along the ground amongst old wood and moss . . . It may justly be called a parasite—or rather an epiphytal plant—which seeks to hasten to destruction those trees where decay has made its appearance . . . A group of pollard willows clothed with Polypodiwm vulgare are [is] both singular and interesting.”! Similarly, the Pacific American varieties of P. vulgare delight in mossy carpets, old stumps and tree-trunks. Thus Watson, in the Botany of California speaks of P. vulgare as “often growing on trees” and P. falcatum “On trees and sometimes on rocks’’;? Macoun & Burgess speak of P. falcatum as “frequent in the hollows of living trees”’;? Piper & Beattie assign P. occidentale to “moss on rocks, logs and trees”; * while Henry says of P. vulgare: “Often on mossy trees and logs’’.5 How different from the ordinary habitat of Polypodium virginianum, which is accurately described in many books on the eastern American ferns. Thus Waters says that P. virginianum “prefers the top of a shaded ledge of rocks”’;® Miss Slosson likewise says: “Flat or slightly sloping surfaces of rocks, woodland banks, stone walls, etc.’’; 7 while Clute equals Lowe in his vivid account: “Wherever there is a shaded ledge of rocks in the northeastern States one is almost sure to find the polypody . . . There is no question as to choice of location with this sturdy species. All are alike to it, provided there are rocks upon which it can grow. The only preference it has is for the tops and upper shelves of the rocks where the soil is moderately dry. So characteristic is it in such situations that when one sees a fern clad rocky summit from a distance too great to discern the individual fronds he identifies them with confidence as this species.’”’* In fact so generally is P. virginianum of eastern America a plant of rock- habitats or woodland banks that, when it is rarely found as an epiphyte it at once attracts attention. Thus when the late Lester F. Ward, in 1878, discovered it as an epiphyte on Betula nigra, he was so interested 1 Lowe, Our Native Ferns, i. 24, 25 (1867). 2 Watson, Bot. Cal. ii. 334 (1880). 3 Macoun urgess, Trans, Roy. Soc. Can. ii. Sect. iv. 181 (1884). ‘Piper & Beattie, Fl. N. W. Coast, 3 (1915). 5J. K. Henry, Fl. So. Brit. Columb. 3 (1915). 8’ Waters, Ferns, 79 (1903) 7 Slosson, How Ferns Grow, 51 (1906). #Clute, Our Ferns in their Haunts, 196 (1901). 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 133 in the novel habitat that he specially recorded the discovery, the Polypody growing on the “trunk several feet above the base, after the manner of P. incanum . : e roots have taken a firm hold in the clean living bark, so that I collected my specimens with a knife, leaving the bark attached.’! In 1884, in their paper on Canadian Filicineae, after stating the range and the ordinary habitat of the ae in Canada, Macoun & Burgess added as a noteworthy item: “growing plentifully on old elm trees, near Belleville, Ont., near Heely Falls, Trent River, Northumberland Co., Ont., and near Amherstburg, Essex Co., Ont.’’? In 1903 Waters® published a photo- graph, taken apparently near Baltimore, of “The Polypody at the Base of a Tree’. In September, 1906, Professor J. Franklin Collins showed me at Lincoln, Rhode Island, several trees of Betula lenta with festoons of Polypody hanging from the lower halves of the trunks, and he was so interested in the novelty that he photographed the colony; and similar occurrences in Nova Scotia, observed in 1920, seemed so unusual as to merit the note: “ Polypodium vulgare |i. e. P. virginianum|, here having no rocks to grow on, was climbing the tree-trunks, the creeping rootstocks ascending in the crevices of the bark to a height of 2 or 3 meters” and at another station “the tree- climbing Polypodium again.’’! Almost simultaneously, Professor Duncan S. Johnson discussed in some detail the occurrence of the eastern American Polypody on trees near Baltimore, this habitat being so unusual in his experience that he had “not been able to find a definite report of its being really epiphytic in habit in the United States.”®> In Europe and Pacific America, then, although often occurring on mossy rocks and wooded banks, P. vulgare is frequent on living or dead trees; but the eastern American P. virginianum, though very rarely epiphytic, is ordinarily a plant of rock-habitats. In view of the similarly stout and firm, sweetish rhizome with peltately attached scales of similarly dense structure, the identical fronds with often very broad pinnae (up to 1.8 cm. and rarely to 4 cm.) bearing median sori, the clearly intergrading venation, and the _ F. Ward, Field and Forest, iii. 150 (1878) and report in Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. vi. 238 (1878). Burgess, chee Roy. Soc. Can. ii. Sect. iv. 181 (1884). 3 Waters, Ferns, 82 (1903 4 Fernald, Ruopora, ie 147, 149 (1921). . 5D. S. Johnsbn, Bot. Gaz. Ixxii. 237 (1921). 134 Rhodora [Juny predilection for living or dead trees, stumps and mossy logs, the plants of western America are certainly specifically inseparable from the endlessly variable P. vulgare of Europe. Their ranges on the two continents are so strikingly similar to those of Blechnum Spicant (L.) Sm. (western Eurasia, north Africa and the Atlantic Islands; southern Alaska to California) and Equisetum maximum Lam. (E. Telmateia Ehrh.) (western Eurasia, north Africa and the Atlantic Islands; British Columbia to southern California) that absolutely no violence is done the probabilities of truth by treating them as one species; and, until they are shown to have stronger characters than their supporters have yet pointed out, it would seem only the part of sound classification so to treat them. Diels has expressed almost this conclusion by saying, “P. californicum Kaulf. (pacifisches Nord- amerika) kommt dem P.-vulgare L. so nahe, dass es nur durch die (noch dazu nicht iiberall constante) Maschenbildung davon zu trennen ist”’;! Schur, describing the European P. vulgare, var. transsilvanicum made the note: “An P. vulgare, var. occidentale Hook” ;? Eaton, describing P. californicum, var. intermedium, practically admitted that he could not separate it from the European P. vulgare, var. serratum; Hooker & Baker gave up the attempt to keep P. falcatum distinct from European forms of P. vulgare; and Maxon, in publishing P. hesperium as a species, suggested the possibility “that the species here described is identical with the var. rotundatum [of P. vulgare| of Milde.” Neither Blechnum Spicant nor Equisetum maximum extend east- ward far beyond the limits of Europe. It is, therefore, significant to note Hooker’s statement? of the Eurasian range of Polypodiwm vulgare: “Europe, to its:extreme south; North Africa, Madeira, Canaries, and Azores . . . ; Siberia, the Amur, Manchuria, pan (unknown in the tropical intent of Asia, or even in the Himalaya). From Erzeroum, Asiatic Turkey, I possess specimens.” In other words, except from an indefinite “Siberia,” the species was not known to Hooker from between Europe and adjacent Asia Minor and “the Amur, Manchuria, Japan.” Ledebour, in Flora Rossica,‘ cites Siberian material only from the Ural (on the Russian 1 Diels in Engler & Prantl, Pflanzenf. ‘ Ab. 4: 312 (1899). ?Schur, En. Pl. Transsilv. 830 (1866 ? Hook. Sp. Fil. iv. 205 (1862). * Ledeb. Fl. Ross. iv. 508 (1853). 1922] Fernald,—Polypoiudm virginianum and P. vulgare 135 border), then from the Altai eastward across the Baikal region to Kamchatka. I have seen no Altai nor Japanese material and it is probable that all the Japanese plant is referable to P. F auriei Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. iv. 672 (1896). (P. vulgare, var. japonicum Franchet & Savatier, Enum. Pl. Jap. ii. 244 (1879); P. japonicum (Franch. & Sav.) Maxon, Fern Bull. x. 42 (1902), not Hoult. (1783)). The plant of Amur and Manchuria, however, well shown in the Gray Herbarium, is neither European P. vulgare nor the Japanese P. Fauriet but is a good match in all characters for the eastern American P. virginianum. This specific identity of the Polypody of Amur and Manchuria with the plant of eastern America, while the western American species prove to be inseparable from the European, is so exactly what we have learned to expect, that in itself it is some indication that we are dealing with two distinct species; and the various characters already discussed lead inevitably to the conclusion that P. vulgare and P. virginianum are separated by many fundamental differences. Another point worthy of brief note is the comparative variability of the two. In Europe Polypodium vulgare is so exceedingly given to” the production of varieties and sports that it, along with the European and western American Blechnum Spicant and Athyrium F ilix-femina,' supplies a large proportion of the 1119 varieties of ferns recognized in the British Isles alone in Lowe’s British Ferns, and where Found. The fact that, to quote Druery, “This species has been very liberal in ‘sports’,”? supplemented by the infectious charm of the couplet, ‘‘How wonderfully you vary, Polypodium vulgare.” has stimulated the fern lovers of eastern America to emulate their British. cousins in searching for these so-called varieties. The result is well stated by Waters in the words: “ The common polypody [of eastern America, i. €. P. virginianum| is not ordinarily a variable fern.”? How different from Druery’s statement just quoted or that of Mr. James Britten, in writing of the European plant: “The Poly- 1 “Gn the eastern United States and Canada there are two distinct species of lady ferns, neither of which is conspecific with A. Filiz-femina (L.) Roth of Europe . _ the ferns of the northwest are cons) with the European plant, but, in SC , differ from the common European forms of A. Filix-femina in certain minor points’’—Butters, Ruopora, xix. 178, 179 (1917). 2 Druery, _ Ferns, 172 (1910). 2 Waters, Ferns, 81 (1903). i 136 Rhodora : [Juny pody is a very variable species.”! Discussion of the larger bearings of this difference, which the writer is considering in another paper, would lead us now too far afield; but the conclusion which immediately concerns us is, that the profound difference in the variability of the Polypodies of the two sides of the Atlantic, as well as on the two slopes of the North American continent, is due to the fact that they are two distinct species of quite different geological and geographic history and distribution. The diagnostic characters of the two species and their American variations are shown below. Rhizome firm, se Tage in American forms commonly 0.5-1 em thick; its pale-cinnamon to Srsemmege ss seales uniformly colored (or asker toward the base), densely cellular, with thin ealoalls, peltately attaones slightly above the base, 0.5-1 long; stipes (except in the smallest ex- tremes) 1-3 n dia / fronds 0.2-5.5 dm. long igs (av. 1.1.) . broad: pinnae opposite, suboppo or alternate, the lowest com- monly shorter A ey ‘the middle ones; the latter 0.2-2 (in var. cambricum -4.5) em. broad, their raidribs com- urving at base: sori commonly media: ..1. P. vulgare. Rhizome rather soft and spongy, not sweet, 2 thie ; scales darkened on th eer loosely bea ae with .5 mm. ong; stipes 0. mm. in diameter: 0.1-2 dm. long: fronds 0,25-2.6 dm. lon ng, 1.5-7 (av. 4) or in very unusual forms -11 em. broad: pinnae alternate, or the lowest subopposite, ciauall abaat as long as or slightly naar than the median; the latter 2-8 (in very unusual forms -11) mm. i of the upper pinnae straight: sori nearly marginal... .2. P. virginianum. he PoLypopiuM VULGARE L. Sp. Pl. ii. fs (1753). P. californicum Kaulf. Enum. 102 (1824). P. vulgare, var. Bong. Vég. Sitch. 17 (1832). Maprwavia californica erage Presl, Tent. Pterid. 188 (1836). P. vulgare, y occidentale Hook. FI. Bor.- in ee 258 (1840). P. intermedium Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 405 (1841). P. faleatum esi ii i ee Acad. : — (1854). P. Glycyrrhiza D. C. aton, Am 138 (1856). Goniophlebium caietainccun (Kaulf.) poate rad. Fil, 386 gan P. californicum, vars. Kaulfussii and intermedium ook D. E. Ferns N. A. i. 244 879). P- Lichen icon, Proc. Biol. ‘ash. xiii. 200 (1900). P. occidentale (Hook.) Maxon, Fern Bull. xii. 102 (1904).—Europe and adjacent Asia and north Africa; Atlantic Islands; Alaska to Lower California, Arizona and New Mex xico. In North America the following varieties are recognizable, though 1 Britten, Europ. Ferns, 165 (1881). 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 137 several herbarium-sheets show them variously mixed under one num- ber and intergradient individuals are numerous. Var. COMMUNE Milde, Fil. Eu. Atl. 18 (1867). P. vulgare (typical).— Frond lanceolate, of firm texture, 0.7-2.5 dm. long, 3-9 em. broad; with subacute to obtuse oblong crenate or minutely serrulate pinnae, the longer 1.5-4.5 em. long, 0.4-1 em. broad.—Northern and central Europe; Alaska to Oregon. The following are characteristic. ALASKA: rocks, Nagai Island, Shumagin Islands, July 27, 1872, M. W. Harrington; near the Mission, Yakutat Bay, June 6, 1892, Funston, no. 13; Sitka, Bongard, Bischoff; trail to the lakes, Skagway, July 20, 1914, Eastwood, no. 798. WASHINGTON: moss on trees, Quiniault Valley, June 20, 1902, H. S. Conard, no. 107; Castle Rock, Cowlitz Co., October 31, 1902, Piper. Orecon: Hood River, Wasco Co., May 26, 1910, Heller, no. 10,095; Elk Rock, Multnomah Co., No- vember 24, 1902, FE. P. Sheldon, no. 11,342; Calapooya Valley, Douglas Co., July 26, 1899, M. A. Barber, no. 122. The extreme of the var. commune with the pinnae strongly rounded at tip is sometimes distinguished as forma rotundatum Milde, Gefiiss- Crypt. Schlesien, 631 (1858). Var. rotundatum Milde, Fil. Eu. Atl. 18 (1867). In publishing var. rotundatum Milde made it perfectly clear that the plant of Alaska with round-tipped pinnae was in his mind, giving the range: “Non raro in Europa bor.—Unalaschka. xiii. 200 (1900). Var. hespertum (Maxon) Nelson & Macebride, Bot. Gaz. lxi. 30 (1916).—In the mountains, British Columbia to Montana and the Black Hills of South Dakota, south to Colorado, Utah and Oregon. The following are characteristic. BrrrisH Co.LuMBIA: Fraser River, Wallace; within five miles of Lillooet, July, 1916, J. M. Macoun, nos. 93,250, 93,251. Montana: Big Fork, July 24, 1908, Mrs. J. Clemens. Wyomine: dry granite cliffs, Crow Creek, Albany Co., July 8, 1903, A. Nelson, no. 8902. CoLorapo: Hardscrabble Canyon, j yon, August, 1869, Watson, no. 1357. OREGON: basaltic cliffs, Bingham Springs, Umatilla River, July 17, 1908, Cusick, no. 3287. WAsHING- ToN: Wenatchie region, July, 1883, Brandegee, no. 1208; Stehekin, Lake Chelan, July 5, 1901, Whited, no. 1392; rocks, Cape Horn, 138 Rhodora | Juny ~ August 18, 1894, pan no. 2336; crevices of rock, Mt. Baldy, July 7, 1902, Conard, n When he published var. SS kiascs. Gilbert at least knew of P. hesperium for he included it in his List, but all the points emphasized by him: “the short stipes and narrow fronds, the very glandular surfaces, the odd pinna at base of frond, the deep lobations of lower pinnae, and the occasionally green-gold hue of lower surface,” are found in one specimen or another of P. hesperium. The measurement of the fronds nearly coincide with those originally given for P. hes- perium (“6 to 13 em. long, 2 to 314 em. broad.’’—Gilbert; 3 to 8 inches [7.3 to 19.6 cm.] long, 1 to 134 inches [2.4 to 7.2 em.] broad— Maxon); the glandularity of the frond is extremely variable, though Maxon originally indicated some glandularity for P. hesperium; and the alternate pinnae (and consequently “odd pinna at base of frond”’) were specially emphasized by Maxon and they were described with “margins obscurely (or less often, decidedly) crenate.” When he published P. hesperxum as a species, Maxon said, “It is barely possible, but hardly probable, that the species here described is identical with the var. rotundatwn of Milde.” Surely the larger development of the plants (such as G. R. Vasey’s no. 41 or Whited’s no. 1392 from Lake Chelan, the type region of P. hesperium) are difficult to distinguish from var. (or forma) rotundatum and Mr. J. K. Henry (Fl. So. Brit. Columb. 2) reduces them outright; but the pinnae are too broad and short to satisfy Luerssen’s requirement (Farnpfl. 56) of pinnae “linealisch oder langlisch-linealisch;” and although the larger plants closely approach Alaskan and Norwegian specimens of forma rotundatum, var. columhianum may stand as a fairly differentiated extreme of the western mountains. In its nar- rower forms passing insensibly to Var. — Clute, Fern Bull. xviii. 98 ee cree riaceo ng, 0.3-1.7 dm. long, 1-2 «1 . broad; New Mexico: lower side of cliff, vicinity of Brazos vt i Rio Arriba Co., August 20, 1914, Standley & Bollman, no. 10,626. Var. PYGMAEUM Scher, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. 830 (1866).—Stipe 1-7 em. long, slender: frond ovate-lanceolate, ovate or deltoid, 2-8 em. long, 2-3 ¢ a with only 1-7 pairs of broad-oblong to narrowly ovate pao pinnae or segments.—Forma pumilum Hausm. ex Luerss. eae 58 . (1889) cor leone American 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 139 specimens, all from ARIZONA, seem quite like European material: Maple Canyon Falls, Huachuca Mts ., 1882, Lemmon; dry shaded crevices, north side of cliffs, Miller Canyon, Huschacs Mts., 1909, Goodding, no. 123 (distributed as P. hespe rium); without statement of locality, 1903, J. H. Ferriss; moist rocks at 8000 ft., Rincon Mts., ar. OCCIDENTALE Ho ok. Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 258 (1840). —Fronds elongate, broad-lanceolate, usually of thin texture, 1-5.5 dm. long, m. broad, with 10-36 pairs of narrowly lanceolate, attenuate or ae finely serrate or serrate-dentate pinnae. a falcatum Kel- logg, Proc. Cal. Acad. i. 20 (1854). P. Glycyrrhiza D. C. Eaton, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, xxii. 138 (1856). Var. Falealeiih (Kellogg) Christ, Beitr. Krypt. Schweiz. i. Heft. 2: 51 (1900 . occident (Hook.) Maxon, a Bull. xii. 102 (1904). —Southern Alaska to northern California. ALASKA: dry rocky beach, Tongas Village, August 3, 1915, Walker, no. 888 in part (mixed with var. commune). BRITISH CoLuMBIA: Skidegate, Queen Charlotte sen June 13, 1910, Spreadborough, no. 94,847; New Westminister, 1899, A. J. Hill; Brackendale, June 15, 1916, J. M. Macoun, no. 93,246; anced Vancouver I., May 18, 1887, J. Macoun; on tree-trunks, mostly alder, Pistact of Renfrew, 1901, Rosendahl & Brand, no. 98. WasH- INGTON: mossy rocks and logs, August 20, 1888, F. Binns; Friday Harbor, San Juan Tans: 1917, Zeller, no. 794; "old ie logs in mossy woods, Tacoma, November 13, 1898, . ORE : Sauvies Island, J. Howell; on tree-trunks, Coos Bay, speldnsones moss-covered trees, Coos River, October 29, 1881, Pringle; rocky woods, Salem, sand 2 got J.C. Nelson. Cattrornta: Charlotta, Humboldt Co. Jun 5, E. P. Hawver; Feather River, Butte Co., March 29, 1919, Hele 2 no. "13,08 9. . The extreme plant (var. faleatum) with very long-attenuate pinnae seems to be practically if not quite the European var. transsilvanicum Schur, Enum. Pl. Transsilv. 830 (1866), which was described: “ Ela- tum 12-15 poll. Fronde ambitu lanceolata, utrinque viridi; laciniis lineari-oblongis, 3 poll. long. 3-4 lin. latis, a media sensim acuminatis, acutis, manifeste serratis,” with the discriminating comment by Schur: “An P. vulgare var. occidentale Hook.” Itisalsovery close to the European var. attenuatum Milde, Fil. Eur. Atl. 18 (1867) and to var. Acutum-Stansfieldii Lowe, Our Native Ferns, i. 28, t. 9 (1867). Var. intermedium we se Arn.), n. comb.—Fronds ovate to ovate-oblong; herbaceous to mbranaceous, 1—3.5 dm. long, 0.6—1.2 dm. broad, with 6-23 pairs of fabloug or oblong-linear coarsely serrate, crenate or subentire acute to obtuse pinnae 0.6-1.8 cm. —P. antermedium Hook. & Arn. Bot. Beech. Voy. 405 (as4i). Pr. californi- 140 Rhodora [ JuLyY cum, ae . (Hook. & Arn.) D. C. Eaton, Ferns N. A. i. 244, t. 31, fig. 4. (1879)—Oregon to Lower California. OREGON: ek Cox; October, 1877, Howell. CAatirornta: Feather River, Butte Co., March 29, 1919, Hales. no. 13,090; Little Chico, March 10, 1897, Mrs. R. M. Austin, no. 1868; hills near Santa Rosa, Sonoma Co., March 10, 1902, Heller, no. 5011; open banks of Sonoma Creek, May 23, 1902, Heller, no. 5030; large mats on espe 2 and ri King’s Mountain, San Mateo Co., January 15, 1902, Baker, 235; Stockton Pass, May 4, 1879, La Yates; Santa Cruz, 1873, denioraan: foothills west of Los Gatos, Santa Clara Co. March b, 1904, Heller, no. 7255; San Luis Obispo Co., 1886, M. M. Miles; Sulphur Mountains, Ventura Co., June, 1908, Abrams & McGregor, no. 31; near San Bernardino, May, 1894, Parish, no. 2824. Lower CALIFORNIA: Guadalupe Island, 1889, Palmer, no. 857. The Pacific American representative of var. serratum Willd. of southern Europe, the Mediterranean region and the Atlantic Islands. Differing chiefly in the scales of the rhizome, which are usually shorter and less attenuate than in var. serratum. When he published P. californicum var. intermedium, Eaton commented on it as making ‘an inconveniently near approach to P. vulgare” and at the same time quoted Milde as remarking “of the veinlets of P. vulgare, var. serratum, ‘Interdum ramos anastomosantes inveni,’ ”’ the character chiefly relied upon to keep P. californicum separate from P. vulgare. Azorean specimens (for instance, Ponta Delgada, Ware) of var. serratum certainly show quite as many areolae as any Californian eae . INTERMEDIUM, forma projectum, n. f., pinnis mediis imisque sis eee sbbreviatis subtruncatis, costis excurrentibus. CALIFORNIA: hico Canyon, Butte Co., December 29, 1902, E. B. Copeland, no. 2749 (TYPE in Gray He rb.). Var. Kaulfussii (D. C. Eaton), n. comb. Fronds ovate to ovate- oblong, coriaceous, 0.5-2.1 dm. long, 0.4-1.3 dm. broad, with 7-15 pairs of oblong to oblong-linear obtuse to acutish serrate, crenate or seers aga 0.7-1.2 em. broad: veinlets more often anastomos- than in most varieties.—P. re er Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 102 (1824): r. sbteeuaiier var. Kaulfussii D. C. Eaton, Ferns N. A. i. 244 (1879).—California and Lower California. The following are characteristic. CALIFORNIA: pare March 1, 1891, Blankinship; vicinity of San Bernardino, March 23 1897 Pavisk, no. 4347; Los Abrams, no. 3120. Lower CALIFORNIA: Se hie Island, ’ 1875, Palmer, no. 103, March-June, 1897, Anthony, no. 256. 1922] Fernald,—Polypodium virginianum and P. vulgare 141 Closely simulating the more coriaceous extreme of var. serratum of southern Europe; differing from it chiefly in the shorter and less attenuate scales of the rhizome. Var. cAaMBRICUM (L.) Willd. op. Pl. v. 173 (1810). —Frond ovate or ovate-oblong, 2-2.5 dm. long, 1-2 dm. broad; its pinnae or many of them up to 1 dm. long and 4 em. broad, deeply and agrees pinnatifid or lacerate—P. cambricum L. Sp. Pl. ii. 1086 1753). P. australe Fée, Gen. Fil. 236, t. 20A, fig. 2 (1850-52). Var. hibernicum Moore, Handb.. Brit. Ferns, ed. 2: 44 (1853).—Western Europe; Portland Inlet, British Ee ace. to Burgess, Trans. Roy. Soe. Can. ii. Sect. iv. 10 (188 VIRGINIANUM L. Sp. PI. ii. ae Byphrod as to Virginian plant; om, Elys. Marianum, ed. e 8 (1907). . vulgare, evinces (L.) Eaton, Man. ed. 7 Ast). P. vulgare, 8. denericanin Fook. FL Bot-Am. ii, oe Soe Bod FIN. 484 (1843); Kunze, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 2, vi. 82 (1848). P. vulgare of eastern Am. authors, not L.—Shaded rocks, woodland banks an rarely korea ape eomres to Manitoba and ear iene Alberta, south to the mountains of northern Georgia and Alabam Illinois and sya Missouri. res following are chatacerieGe illustrations: Eaton, Ferns N. A. i. t. 31, fig. i (1879). Clute, Our Ferns in their Haunts, 196 and t. 6 (1901); W. aters, Ferns, 78 and 80 (1903). No true varieties of P. virginianum are known. The following minor forms are recognizable. For uminatum (Gilbert), n. comb. P. vulgare acuminatum Gilbert, * eck Bull. x. 13 (1902). P. vulgare, var. angustum of Am authors, not Muell. P. vulgare, var. attenuatum Am. authors, not Milde. Forma elongatum, (Jewell), n. a. oo —— forma elongata Jewell, Maine Woods, xx ae no es hypteron plex, n. f., laminis subsimplicibus lineari-lanceolatis 7-9 cm. longis 0.7—1 em. latis crenatis basi undulatis—NeEw Hamp- SHIRE: on top of a rock, Intervale, July, 1911, Anna I. Rodliff (type in Gray Herb.). Forma deltoideum (Gilbert), n.comb. P. vulgare, bn peea deltov- deum and hastatum Gilbert, Fern Bull. 2 uy (1906). P. vulgare, var. auritum Buchheister, Am. Bot. v. 56, fi 3 (1903), not uae nor ee P. vulgare, forms, Clute, Fern Bull. xviii. 48, figs. 1, 2 and 3 (1910). Forma bipinnatifidum, n. f., pinnis plus minusve pinnatifidis.— 142 Rhodora [ JuLy Tyee: Western Mountain, Mt. Desert Island, Maine, August, 1902, Miss E. L. Shaw in Gray Herb. This form includes the plants referred in eastern America to P. vulgare, vars. cambricum (L.) Willd., semilacerum Moore and sinua- tum Willd. It is well illustrated by Waters, Ferns, 83 (1903), and by Buchheister, Am. Bot. v. 55, fig. 1 and 57, fig. 4 (1903). Forma chondroides, n. nom. P. vulgare, var. bifido-multifidum Gilbert, Fern Bull. xiv. 39 (1906), not Druery. - Forma alato-multifidum (Gilbert), n. sath = vulgare, var. — Gilbert, Fern Bull. xiv. 105 (190 Forma Churchiae Gilbert), n. comb. P. fives var. Churchiae Gilbert. Revi Bull. xiv. 39 (1906). [Reprinted from Rropora, Vol. 24, Nas. 284-286, August-Octoher, 1922.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Series, No. as Notes ON THE Fiora oF WESTERN Nova Scorta, 1921 M. L. FERNALD. Pages 157-164, _ 11 September, 1922. ‘Pages 165-180, Pages 201-208, EER Be ae a ae ees al ade se eee neg ieee [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 24, Nos. 284-286, August-October, 1922.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Series, No. LX VII. Nores ON THE FLora OF WESTERN Nova Scorta, 1921. M. L. FERNALD. Dates or Issuz. Pages 157-164, 11 September, 1922. Pages 165-180, 27 September, 1922. Pages 201-208, 6 October, 1922. Apr. Cr ae ae offer A 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Western Nova Scotia 157 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY Cerys OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY, NEW SERIES, NO. LXVII. NOTES ON THE FLORA OF WESTERN NOVA SCOTIA 1921 M. L. FERNALD. Tue results! of our exploration of Nova Scotia in 1920 were so gratifying that it seemed wise to continue the work, with Yarmouth as a center, during another season. Accordingly, Mr. Bayard Long and I devoted two months in 1921 to further investigation of the flora of western Nova Scotia. We were accompanied for all too short periods in July by Messrs. Edwin B. Bartram and Norman C. Fassett, and for a few days in September we had the active cooperation of Professor Horace G. Perry of Acadia University. The summer of 1920 had been abnormally wet, with the result that savannahs and lake-margins were often inaccessible or the characteristic plants of these habitats drowned or very tardy in development. In marked contrast, the summer of 1921 was phenomenally dry, in northwestern Nova Scotia to the point of extreme drouth; and the shores of un- dammed lakes were generally exposed, while small ponds had in some instances completely evaporated. We were consequently able to explore many places which were inaccessible in 1920, with the result that the ranges of a large proportion of the coastal plain types were extended and a good number of additions to our previous list ‘of Nova Scotian plants discovered. Several regions, for example southwestern Lunenburg County, in the neighborhood of Bridgewater furnished days of thrilling botanizing and important discoveries, but they were all in general character so similar to our already described experiences of 1920, that they need not be related in detail. e itinerary of the summer, briefly stated, was as follows, the collecting being done by Mr. Long and myself unless otherwise stated. July 13: Markland (Cape Forchu), Yarmouth Co., Fernald, Bartram, Long assett. At wad Brook, Shelburne Co., Bartr vag Bas Cper Wood’s Harbor, Shelburne Co. ‘ermal & Fassett. July 16: Brazil Lake, Yarmouth we Bartram e George, Yarmouth gall July 18: henapele iotdng and Grarvitle, Annapolis Co., Fernald, Bartram, Long & Fassett 1 Ruopora, xxiii. 89-111 (1921), 130-152 (1921), 153-171 (1921), 184-195 (1921), 223-245 (1922), 257-278 (1922), 284-300 (1922). 158 July 19: July 21: July 23: July 25: July 26: August 17: August 18: August 21: August 22: M August 23: September rete Center, Belle Isle, Lamb’s Wiasaor, tails Co. nald, Bartram & tea enrages ig and Five-Island Lake, ante Co., Pera: Bartram by 5: Ar: oad to Belleville, Yar ber 7-eien i Rhodora {[AuausT Lake and Grand Lake, o., Fernald, Bartram, Long & Fass Tusket and Gavelton, Yarmout th Co., Fernald. Bartram, Long sett. beget Branch of the Tusket as far east as St. eh (Wilson) Lake, ald, Bartram & Lon uth Co., Fern 4, Fer July 27: agi “clhivates Co. and re Grand Lake, Halifax ernald, Bartram & Lon July 28: ont and Armdale (Dutch Village), Halifax Co. Fernald, Bartram & Long. August 2: Welshtown Strato’ Lake, Shelburne Co. August 3: Roseway River, Shelburne Co., north to Jones Lake. August 4: Shelburne to Sable River, Shelburne August 5: Harper ake. Shelburne August 8: Weymouth, Digby Co. ; August 9 Headwaters hg Meteghan and Tusket Rivers, ig Little Metehgan Lake to Wentworth Lake, Digby August 10: ss we oy Bony ieee, from Everitt Lake to Mistake La August 12: Aide Fs Branch of Tusket River, from Carleton to Parr Lake, August 13: Gavelton ‘Butler’s) and Vaughan (Tusket) Lakes, Yarmouth co) August 15: Fela abel Lunenburg Co. August 16: Bri gon wate - Hebb’s Lake, Fancy L., Wallace L., ete., Lunen- Yaheve Rivers orth bl bio Lake; onuaeond River; Rhodes Cones: lystner Lake; all in Lunen 0. Ades s Se wtih Lake, Feindel” s L., and tihodenieer mg Lunen- 0 ewindt Yarmouth C arkland Core Vercho, Yarmouth Bar and Overton, Yar- mou _—— a of Tusket from puma, to Canoe Lake, Yarmouth ' rast Annap' SS cowie: Fanning, Skinner, Pearl and Crawley Lakes, Yar- uth Co., with H. G. Perry 4: Parr aah Yarmouth Co., pb Cedar Lake, New Tusket, with H. G. P outh Co. , with H. G. Perry. ie; — Port Clyde to Upper Clyde River, oyal, urne 8: Harper, We Brac and Gold Lakes, Shelburne Co. 9: Jordan River, from Jordan Falls to Lake John, Shelburne 10: Five-River (Morris) Lake and Bower’s (Beaver Dam) Lake, Shelburne Co 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Western Nova Scotia 159 - The more important range-extensions and observations of the summer are enumerated below; as in the previous enumeration the species new to Canada (37) are marked **, the additional ones (25) new to Nova Scotia.* WoopwakbIA virGinica (L.) Moore. Besides occurring as already reported, in Yarmouth and Queens Cos., the Chain Fern is character- istic of boggy shores and thickets northeastward through Digby Co. to Annapolis Co. (near Lamb’s Lake; near Liverpool Head L.) It is frequent throughout Shelburne Co., sometimes, as at Harper Lake, reaching a height of 1.7 m. W. arEotata (L.) Moore. Rather frequent in the Tusket Valley, north to Pearl Lake, Kemptville and east to St. John (Wilson) Lake; splendidly developed in the sandy alluvium and lake-margins of the Roseway River system, Shelburne Co., plants from near the head of McKay’s Lake, Middle Ohio, measuring 7 dm. high ATHYRIUM ACROsTICHoIDES (Sw.) Diels. Rich woods on north Mt., Belle Isle, Annapolis Co. A. ancustum (Willd.) Presl, var. ELatius (Link) Butters. Swampy woods on slopes above Lahave River, Bridgewater, Lunenburg Co. THELYPTERIS SIMULATA (Dav.) Nieuwl. Reported from Yarmouth to Queens; but now known eastward to LUNENBURG Co.: knolls in boggy thicket by Wile’s (Oakhill) Lake. Extending north in Yarmouth nad Shelburne Cos. to Kemptville and to Jones Lake, Roseway River. _ Tuetypreris Boorru (Tuckerm.) Nieuwl. At various stations in Shelburne and Lunenburg Cos. CysTopTeRIs FRAGILIS (L.) Bernh., var. Mackay Lawson. Local on the basaltic North Mt.: collected near Granville, Annapolis Co., and on Shobel’s Mt., Sandy Cove, Digby Co. Woopsta ILVENSIs (L.) R. Br. Basaltic cliffs and ledges, Shofel’s Mt., Sandy Cove, Digby Co. ScHIZAEA PUSILLA Pursh. Additional stations indicate, with those already recorded, that the Curly Grass is to be expected in proper _ species, within a few rods of the Bay of Fundy; wet sphagnous hollows in peaty savannah along The Brook, Central Grove. SHEL- = = © ) Qu is”) g 4 Z 5 QR. a i 5 = 3 = g : & 3 = S 4 S Lycopopium 1nuNDATUM L., var. BrcELovit Tuckerm. ported as common in Yarmouth and Digby Cos. Abundant in Shelburne Co. u ore locally in Lunenburg and Halifax Cos, 160 Rhodora [AuGust *SELAGINELLA RUPESTRIS (L.) Spring. Basalt ledges, summit of Shobel’s Mt., Sandy Cove, Digby Co. *ISOETES MACROSPORA Dur. Gravelly bottom of Clyde River, Middle Clyde. I. ecutnospora Dur., var. Braunm (Dur.) Engelm. Gravelly and muddy bottoms of brooks, West Branch of Tusket River, Have- lock and New Tusket, Digby Co. Pinus Srrosus L. he wind-swept and starved trees on the rocky barrens near Armdale, Halifax Co., have leaves only 2.5-5 em. long and from a short distance away so strongly resemble P. Banksiana that such trees may have been the bases of unverified records of P. Banksiana from near Halifax. UJA OCCIDENTALIS L. As suggested in Ruopora, xxiii. 188 (1921), Cedar Lake, east of oe Digby Co., proves to have a characteristic growth of Thuja at its border. POTAMOGETON OAKESIANUS Robbins Probably common through- ame the silicious areas; additional pollatinins from Lunenburg and ants ge ER Tuckerm. Digpy Co.: quagmire-margin of Sears Lake, New: Tusket (form with remarkably small and round emersed leaves). LunenBuRG Co.: brook-beds in peaty swale by Rhodeniser P. ampuirotius Tucker ANNAPOLIS Co.: shallow water of Young’s Lake, North Mt., Belle ae: Diapy Co.: peaty cove in Little ovat Lake. omEs Reichenb. Cheba 29, 1916, Fernald, no. 15,128; Granville, Bosieestics 20, 1913; F.C: Seymour, no. 34; Kitchen B Cheshire, July 24, 1016, J. R. Churchill. Ruope Istanp Fohukici, BST; Olney ; border of low woods, Tiverton, June 11, 1912, S. N. F. Sanford. p phctrea leo woods about Keney Park, Hart- ford, September 8, 1907, A. W. Driggs; woods, Southington, August 1 Without terial it is impossible to determine the exact identity of. oa aie prada of Newfoundland, Labrador, and so: me regions to the south of the 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 171 27, 1894, Bissell, no. 538; Mount Carmel, 1857, D. C. Eaton. New YorkK: sandy woodlands, Whitestown, Oneida Co., September 2, 1904, Haberer, no. 808; border of sphagnum bog, southeast of Oriskany, July 2, 1904, Haberer, no. 809; moist rocky bank, Lower Enfield Ravine, Ithaca, September 5, 1915, A. J. Eames, no. 3922. West Vircinta: along East Fork of Greenbrier River, Pocohontas Co., September 19, 1904, A. H. Moore, no. 2364. TENNESSEE: lower slopes of the mountains, Doe River Valley, September, 1884. John Ball; near foot of Thunderhead Mt., July 25, 1896, Ruth, no. 474, INDIANA: tamarack and huckleberry marsh 6 miles north o Plymouth, August 31, 1914, C. C. Deam, no. 15,105; low border of Graveyard Lake, Steuben Co., June 11, 1911, Deam, nos. 8648, 8651 8653; wet woods about 12 miles east of Michigan City, June 17, 1911, Deam, no. 8760. Wisconstn: Kilbourn, 1861, 7. J. ; swamp, - Preble, Brown Co., August 26, 1892, J. H. Schuette. Ivutnots: Dixon, Vasey. **BETULA CAERULEA-GRANDIS Blanchard, Betula, i. no. 1 (May 7, 1904). B. caerulea, var. grandis Blanchard in Vermont Phoenix for May 13, 1904 and Betula, i. no. 2 (May 13, 1904). B. caerulea, var. Blanchardi Sargent, Man. Trees N. A. 202, fig. 168 A (1905).— A characteristic tree in portions of Nova Scotia; probably of wide ‘distribution. LIFAX Co.: wooded roadside, Armdale (Dutch illage). Lunenpure Co.: roadside thickets and banks of Lahave River, Bridgewater. B. caerulea-grandis is an abundant and characteristic tree in some ~ parts of Prince Edward Island, especially in the forests of Queens County where, in the outskirts of Charlottetown and in the dry woods along Brackley Point Road, it forms very extensive groves with the stature and bark of B. papyrifera but at once recognized by the high- ly lustrous blue-green upper surfaces of the Jeaves. Upon examina- tion these are found to be quite glabrous as are the young branchlets. The fruiting aments strongly resemble those of B. papyrifera. B. caerulea-grandis, besides occurring as a characteristic tree on Prince Edward Island and in Nova Scotia, is found thence to the Gaspé Peninsula and the region of Quebec, and south to eastern and central Maine, northern New Hampshire and the Green Mountains of Vermont. Itis the tree of eastern America, incorrectly called by me! in earlier publications B. pendula Roth and B. pendula var. japonica Rehder. Besides Blanchard’s Vermont material and the Nova Scotia collections above cited the following are characteristic. Quesec: vicinity of Montmorenci Falls, July 7, 1905, J. Macoun, no. 68,774. Prince Epwarp Istanp: dry woods, Brackley Point 1 Fernald, Am. Journ. Sci. ser. 4, xiv. 184, 191 (1902): Robinson & Fernald in Gray. Man. ed. 7: 335 (1908). 172 : Rhodora [SEPTEMBER Road, August, 1 1912, Fernald, Long & St. John, nos. 7299, 7300. INE: in disintegrated volcanic rock, Haystack Mountain, Aroos- took Co., aay 11, 1902, Wilkams, Collins & Fernald; shore of Rowe Pond, Pleasant Ridge, Somerset Co., September 10, 1909, J. F. Collins; near summit of hill with coast-survey tower, Cutler, July 7, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald; a s Neck, Cutler, August 11, 1902, Kate Furbish. New Ham RE: Endicott Farm, Shelburne, July 4, 1914, W. Deane; barat Randolsh, August 28, 1914, Pease, no. 16,298; near Glen House, Pinkham Notch, July 28, 1921, 7. W. Edmonson, no. 5321. When he first published Betula caerulea-grandis (May 7, 1904) Blanchard also put forward B. caerulea, introducing the two with the phrase: “The writer has found and here names and describes two new species of white birch.” This first number of Betula was re- - ceived at the Gray Herbarium on May 10, 1904. Almost i liately (on May 13) Blanchard issued in the Vermont Phoenix a popular account of his discoveries and reprinted this account “ without change of type” as Betula, i. no. 2. In this second account he says “The blue birch, as I have said, presents two well-marked forms As these birches are without names I propose to call the mallee’ one Betula caerulea and the larger one Betula caerulea variety grandis.”’ _ This paper was received at the Gray Herbarium May 24 but, that Blanchard himself did not believe the larger-fruited tree to be really a variety of B. caerulea, is indicated by his annotations on the two copies sent, and on additional copies sent at the same time of Betula, no. 1. On the two copies of no. 2, in which B. caerulea, var. grandis was published as a variety, Blanchard had written in red ink; “ Wise editor helped spoil” and “Spoiled by wise editor,” while on the copies of no. 1 sent at the same time he wrote against the phrase “two new species;” “I stand by this” and “ By this I stand now.” It is thus clear that, although on second thought Blanchard wavered, on third thought he regarded the two as species as he had originally done. The name B. dherulea, var. Blanchardi (1905), based upon the same material as B. caerulea-grandis (1904) and B. caerulea, var. grandis (1904), must be treated as a synonym ETULA CAERULEA Blanchard, Hewat i. no. 1 (May 7, 1904); Sargent, Man. Trees N. A. 201, fig. 168 (1905). Harirax Co.: dr ry rocky thickets, Dartmouth; wooded roadside, Armdale (Dutch Village). At the latter station B. caerulea was associated with the abundant _ B. caerulea-grandis and B. populifolia; at Dartmouth, only a few miles away, it was with at least B. populifolia; and at its Vermont 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 173 stations it occurs with B. caerulea-grandis and B. populifolia. In foliage B. caerulea is a good combination of the two; in fruiting aments it is much closer to B. populifolia, having short horizontally divergent and puberulent scales, and in a large proportion of specimens there is only a solitary staminate ament, B. caerulea-grandis more often having 2 or 3. The present evidence seems to indicate that B, caerulea is a hybrid of B. caerulea-grandis and B. populifolia and it is noteworthy that on one of his sheets of B. caeruleain the Gray Herbar- ium Blanchard originally wrote: “It may be a hybrid between pendula [of eastern America, i. e. B. caerulea-grandis| and populifolia.”’ Anus 1ncaANa (L.) Moench, var. HYPocHLoRA Call. Recorded from a single station in RHopora, xxiii. 257 (1922). Frequent eastward at $ QueERcus BOREALIS Michx. f., var. MAXIMA (Marsh.) Ashe, Proc. - Am. Foresters, xi. 90 (1916). @. rubra of authors, not L. Al- though the common oak of Nova Scotia is typical Q. borealis (Q. rubra, var. ambigua), the southern extreme with flattish cups was twice collected. YarmMouTH Co.: dry woods near Canoe Lake. ANNAPOLIS Co.: woods bordering Boot Lake. ** Polygonum Bistorta L. Sp. Pl. i. 360 (1753). The European Bistort is somewhat naturalized (at least two obviously increasing ruro. Mvu.enserctt (Meisn.) Watson. Additional stations are, in Yarmoutu Co.: cobbly beach of Ogden Lake; rocky swale bordering Dominick Lake east of Springhaven. *P. peNsyLVANICUM L., var. GENUINUM Fernald, Ruopora, xix. 72 (1917). ANNAPOLIS Co.: exsiccated clay roadway bordering salt marsh, Annapolis Royal; first record from east of Massachusetts, previous records belonging to var. LAEVIGATUM Fernald. P. ropustius (Small) Fernald, RHopora, xxiii. 147 (1921). Addi- tional stations, in YaRMouTH Co.: cobbly beach of Ogden Lake. Dicpy Co.: rocky thicket bordering West Branch of Tusket R., Havelock; rocky thicket bordering Wentworth Lake. ANNAPOLIS - in peat and granite gravel bordering outlet of Lamb’s Lake. . **P_ puRITANORUM Fernald, RHopDoRA, xxi. 141 (1919). ANNAPOLIS Co.: in sand or gravel among granite boulders, beach of Grand Lake; first record outside southeastern Massachusetts. ROPIPEROWES Mich ommon eastward at least to Anna- polis and Lunen oO Se P. HYDROPIPEROIDES, var. DIGITATUM Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 60 (1922). Typical P. hydropiperoides was in maturity from mid- 174 ; Rhodora [SEPTEMBER basi valde lignescenti stoloniferoque plerumque 3-5 mm. crasso; ramis floriferis adscendentibus 0.3-1 m. longis; foliis anguste ellipticis vel elliptico-lanceolatis acuminatis vel acutis 0.5-2 dm. longis 0.8-4 cm. latis; ocreis laxe cylindricis strigosis ciliatis, ciliis 2-5 mm. longis; pedunculis erectis elongatis; spicis filiformibus plerumque 0.4-1 dm. longis alternifloris, rhachi purpurascenti; ocreolis ciliatis: perianthiis lacteis 2-3 mm. longis, epunctatis vel rare punctatis: achaeniis vacuis. Nova Sorta: in great abundance in peat and granite gravel bordering outlet of Lamb’s Lake, Annapolis Co.. July 19, 1921 Cone) Fernald, hgh Long & Fassett, no. 23,802, August 29, rnald ong, no. 23,803 eee in Gray Herb.) and in Pl. Easice. hing Septenrber 16, Daan McPherson, no. 23,804. Exactly combining the aspect and characters of the two species, both of which occur with or near it. In its coarse habit with stout subligneous base nearer P. robustius; in foliage intermediate; in the spike showing the slender habit of P. hydropiperoides and the purple color of the rhachis, but in the large milk-white flowers and the great length of the spikes suggesting P. robustius. Practically all the achenes are empty. Out of 135 sheets of specimens collected on August 29 we were able to secure only 5 partially filled achenes; while a mass of 100 or more older inflorescences collected in September by Mr. _ McPherson yielded no good achenes. Chenopodium Bonus-Henricus L. ANNAPOLIS Co.: en basic roadsides and waste ground, Annapolis Roya BRASENIA SCHREBERI Gmel. Lakes of ‘Shalburne Co. CorYDALIS SEMPERVIRENS (L.) Pers. Apparently rare. Seen only in ha hl cleared yas in Digby Co. (Wentworth Lake) and Lunen- burg Co. (Bridgewater). resale AQUATICA L. Many additional stations in Digby and Lunenburg Sr dincivens' purpurea L., forma heterophylla (Eaton), n. comb. S. heterophylla Eaton, Man. ed. 4: 445+(1824)._ S. eae tes var. heterophylla (Eaton) Torr. Re ep. Bot. Dept. Surv. 1 Ee mbly No. 50: 120 (1839), Fl. N. Y. i. 41 (1843). S. purpurea ata (Eaton) Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 176 (1894). - This very striking iheafoee; with yellow-green sepals, yellowish petals and stigma and pale-green leaves, occurs abundantly at the boggy margin of Young’s Lake, North Mt., Belle Isle (Annapolis Co.). PYRUS ARBUTIFOLIA (L.) L. f. SHELBURNE Co.: wet thicket border- ing Harper Lake. fg STOLONIFERA Wiegand. Additional stations | in Yarmouth Co. 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 175 A. STOLONIFERA, var. LUCIDA Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 267 agg . Additional stations in Yarmouth, Shelburne and Lunenburg . LAEV illd., var. nirma (Wiegand) Pertinld: ime, ORA, xxiii. 267 (1922). Many stations from Yarmouth Co.*to Halifax Co. of the lower Penobscot. Previously known in Canada only from southern Ontario.—J. M. Macoun, Ott. Nat. xvi. 214 (1903). *Filipendula rubra (Hill) Robinson. Damp roadside-thicket, Yarmout **RuBUS oporatus L. var. malachophyllus, n. var. foliis utrinque densissime pilosis vel subvelutinis supra juventate et subtus ad nervos atro-glandulosis. eaves densely pilose or almost velvety on both surfaces, the upper surfaces of the young and the nerves beneath black-glandular.— Nova Scotia: thicket, Belleville, Yarmouth Co., July 23, 1921, Fernald, Bartram & Long, no. 23,974 (ryPE in Gray Herb.). Typical Rubus odoratus has the leaves nearly or often quite glabrous on the upper surfaces and only sparingly pubescent on the nerves beneath, and only rarely in the typical continental plant do glands occur upon the leaf-surfaces. Lindsay records R. odoratus as “cult’ed at Annaplolis., pos’bly fm. w[ild] plants.” isis hice: ebrosus Focke, Abh. Nat. Ver. Bremen, xvi. 278 (1899).— An mental garden plant from Japan, tending to spread from cultivation at Annapolis R. HENIENSIS Porter. Much of the Nova Scotia shrub is uncharacersi, having comparatively short and _leafy-bracted racemes, and subglobose berries with coarse drupelets of inferior sare This may prove to be separable from R. allegheniensis. R. NDICAULIS Blanchard. The typical form of the species collected in Hants Co.: gravelly thicket near Uniacke Lake. MNICOLA Blanchard. YARMOUTH Co.: thickets and clearings g h Branch of Tusket River, Quinan; high- ads shrubs, yes prolific, bearing fruit of the richest quality. Should be cultivat R. MULTIFORMIS Manche Many additional stations, especially in Se cl Co., where this low-arching or trailing species is charac- teristic of boggy thickets and river- and lake-margins. R. sirormisprnus Blanchard. One of the most characteristic coarse trailers of the sandy roadsides and rafroad embankments in southern Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. The lustrous foliage of darkest prea is Pts handsome and the “ser ‘schiteti canes are often nearly 1 cm. in diameter; fruit inf R. ins Blanchard. Frequ ent from : Yarmouth Co. to ‘Lunenburg Co. Where well developed, as about Gavelton or in thickets by — Lake, furnishing the Saieur blackberries. in the province. 176 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER R. rEcurvicauus Blanchard. The observations of 1920 were confirmed: een this is one of the commonest species of rocky or sie eek habita R. Oats Blanchard. Additional stations in Annapolis and Shelburne Cos TARDATUS Blanchard. Additional stations in Yarmouth, s Cos ABBREVIANS Blanchard. Frequent in Yarmouth and Shelburne Cos. Additional stations in YarmMoutH Co.: sphagnous thicket, Markland (Cape Forchu), nos. 23,982, 24,025; grav ‘ally railroad bank, Tusket, no. 23,996; open rocky thicket near Vaughan (Tusket) Lake, Gavelton, no. 24, 016. SHELBURNE Co.: gravelly railroad bank, Atwood Brook, no. 987; rocky thicket bordering Welshtown (Birchtown) Fake: no. 24, RCUANS Fernald & St. John. parts scar on the gravelly railroad banks from Shelburne to Sable R R. gacens Blanchard. Additional sete northward to Digby Neck and eastward to Lunenburg Co. **Rosa NITIDA X PALUSTRIS Rydb. N. A. Fl. xxii. 496 (1918). carolina x nitida Crépin, Ruopora, ii. 113 (1900). R. carolina, var. setigera Crepin, |. ¢. A characteristic clump in wet rocky thicket er re ig Gs Lake, southeast of Hasset, Dibgy Co. — , *R. NITIDA X VIRGINIANA Rydb. I. e. 502 (1918). Border of spruce swamp, ‘Markland (Cape Forchu). ae a Raf. as interpreted by Rydberg |. c. 499 (1918). hanes wel defined species. Our material is from YARMOUTH Co.: damp thicket bordering Brazil Lake. LunenpurG Co.: borders of dry pine and oak woods on steep slopes se Lahave River, Bridge- water (quite like the southern specimen Cytisus scoparius (L.) Link. Long we from Shelburne; but now rapidly covering all open ground of roadside, pasture and woods- border along the main road from Shelburne to Jordon Falls, especially in et vicinity of Swanburg Lake. The plant is locally gathered for g market. Trifolium dubium Sibth. Northeastward to Weymouth. *Vicia sepium L. Border of field, Annapolis Royal. Apios TUBEROSA Moench. Many additional stations in Digby, Annapolis and Lunenburg Cos. In 1920 the plant appeared always ie in 1921 it rege heavily. ERANIUM BicKNELLD Britton. Seen only in a recently burned clearing west of Bridgewater—one of the most characteristic habitats = the a elsewhere. Earlier records of G. carolinianum undoubtedly Intex verticittata (L.) Gray, var. TeNuIFoLIA (Torr.) Wats. SHELBURNE Co.: rocky shore of Deception Lake. I. VERTICILLATA, Var. FASTIGIATA (Bicknell) Fernald, RHopORA ee 274 (1922). Additional stations in Yarmouth and Shelburne 8. 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 177 ACER RUBRUM L., var. TRIDENS Wood. Ha.irax Co.: mixed woods, Armdale (Dutch Village). *4. Negundo L. Well naturalized on banks of Lahave River. Bridgewater. Vitis labrusca X vinifera. A single vigorous vine of one of the commonly cultivated grapes is growing in the gravelly thicket at the foot of a railroad bank near Uniacke Lake; obviously sprung from seed thrown from the train. HyrericuM DISsIMULATUM Bicknell. Additional stations in Digby, Yarmouth and Lunenburg Cos. ExatineE minima (Nutt.) Fisch. & Meyer. Many additional stations in Annapolis, Lunenburg and Hants Cos. - Hupsonta Ertcowes L. SHELBURNE Co.: dry rocky and sandy barrens, Shelburne. VIOLA LABRADORICA Schrank. The Nova Scotia material passing as V. conspersa has the very small and nearly entire stipules of V. labradorica. In foliage it is sometimes quite like the latter, at other times like the former and its exact identification must await better material. : Daphne Mezereum L. Thoroughly naturalized and very handsome in roadside-thickets and on clay banks in the gypsiferous or basaltic regions from Annapolis Co. to Hants Co. Shepherdia canadensis (L.) Nutt. A single shrub, not yet destroyed, on an open bank near gypsum quarries, ji r Decopon verTicitiatus (L.) EIl., var. Lazvicatrus T Additional stations, for Digpy Co.: among granite boulders bordering Cedar Lake, New Tusket. SHELBURNE Co.: quaking sphagnous border of Western Lake, Birchtown Brook; peaty margin of McKay’s Lake, Middle Ohio. RuwEXxtA vircinica L. Additional stations, for YarMouTH Co.: peaty and cobbly beach of St. J ohn (Wilson’s ) Lake; very abundant, peaty swale bordering Canoe Lake. SHELBURNE Co.: upper border Pp cobbly beach, McKay’s Lake, Middle Ohio. LuNnENBURG Co.: upper border of gravelly beach, Feindel’s Lake, west of Bridgewater. *Epriopium coLoratuM Muhl. n spot with both native and introduced plants near railroad station, Weymouth. Should be r vars. adenocaulon (Heussk.) Fernald and occidentale (Trel.) Fernald. OENOTHERA HyBRIDA Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i, 225 (1803); Blake, Ruopora, xx. 51 (1918). 0. fruticosa, var. hirsuta Nutt. in T. G. Fl. i. 496 (1840). Kneiffia tetragona hybrida (Michx.) Pennell, Bull Torr. Bot. Cl. xlvi. 371 (1919).—DieBy Co.: dry sandy open soil of pastures and roadsides, Ashmore. Doubtless this is the plant reported by others from western Nova Scotia as O. fruticosa. . Dr. F. W. Pennell objects to the use of the perfectly identified and Pa 178 Rhodora [SerTEMBER typified name O. hybrida Michx. because, in taking up this earliest valid specific name, “ Dr. Blake has hardly improved nomenclature— surely not in the opinion of our genetical friends—by the substitution - of the name ‘hybrida.’” Under the generic name Oenothera this specific name is, naturally, unfortunate but “No one is authorized to reject, change or modify a name (or combination of names) because it is badly chosen,” etc. (Internat. Rules, Art. 50) and under the generic name Kneiffia, which Pennell maintains, it could not be very ~ embarrassing to “our genetical friends,”’ since they have not specially concerned themselves with that subgenus (or genus). As a result of his objection to the name Oenothera hybrida Michx. Pennell made a special search of literature in “the hope of finding for this species some appropriate name.” This he feels that he has found in 0. tetragona Roth, Catalecta, ii. 39 (1800), a name which antedates by three years Michaux’s publication. Pennell has seen no specimen but is satisfied that “the full description would apply to the plant here considered.” Whether Roth had a plant which is conspecific with 0. hybrida Michx. (the Knetffia fruticosa of the Illustrated Flora) is certainly very doubtful. Roth calls for a plant with dichotomus branching (Caulis . . . dichotomus), a habit not shown in any material I have seen; Roth calls for oval, obtuse, entire, recurved leaves about 3 inches long and 1 inch wide (Folia . . . oualia, obtusa, integra, . . . plerumque recurua, tres vncias circiter longa vnciamque in medio lata), but the Illustrated Flora correctly describes our plant with “Leaves lanceolate, ovate-lanceolate or oval-lanceolate, acute or obtusish . . . repand-denticulate, or rarely nearly entire,” while Pennell’s key-characters describe his K. tetragona with “Leaves lanceolate.” Roth knew perfectly well that his 0. tetragona did not have lanceolate and repand leaves, for in contrasting it with 0. tetraptera Cav. he said: “Foliis oualibus, integris; nec lanceolatis, a basi ad medium vsque pinnati fidis.”’ Similarly in distinguishing it from 0. fruticosa he said: “ Foliis oualibus, obtusis; nec lanceolatis, acutis.” And surely. the spreading- ascending leaves of O. hybrida are not well described as “recurva.” The calyx-tube of 0. hybrida is very slender, well described as filiform, but Roth described the calyx-tube of 0. tetragona as cylindric (cylindra- ceus . . . crassitie pedicelli) and emphasized its thickness by contrasting it with that of 0. fruticosa: “ Calyvis tubo cylindraceo; nec filiformi, 0.” Other points, such as the crenate petals 1922] Fernald—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 179 described by Roth, might be discussed, but enough has already been emphasized to indicate that Roth’s detailed description of 0. tetragona departs in very many points from QO. hybrida and that those who wish to throw out Michaux’s specific name must find an earlier name which is more clearly synonymous with it than is 0. tetragona Roth. MYRIOPHYLLUM HUMILE (Raf.) Morong Yarmoutn Co.: Vaughan (Tusket) Lake. LunenBURG ay Feindel’s Lake, west of Bridge- water; Rhodeniser Lake. Hants Co.: Uniacke Lake. . TENELLUM Bigel. The eaieidens veriation in the stature of this species is illustrated by our collections. At the eae pee of Uniacke Lake (Hants) the plant was flowering when 2.5-5 ¢ high; but in a peaty cove of Little Meteghan Lake the coarse stipe mceckad a height of 5.5 dm. PROSERPINACA PALUSTRIS L. At various stations from Yarmouth Co. to Annapolis and Lunenburg Cos.; in the latter region sometimes reaching remarkable development: 0.5 m. high, with emersed leaves up to 8.5 em. long and 1.3 cm. broad. P. pectinata Lam. Additional stations, for YaArRMouTH Co: wet savannahs bordering Geven and Kegeshook Lakes and South Branch by Tusket River, Quinan. LuNENBURG Co.: sphagnous swale west of Italy Cross; sandy and srevelly beach of seed Lake; peaty bottom dried-out mill-pond north ee er **HyYDROCOTYLE UMBELLATA cL YARMOUTH Co. t sandy and gravelly jaan of St. John (Wilson’s) Lake: first ‘fsa cant of Massa- chusetts. Very rare and local and appearing like a waif washed down from some as yet undiscovered station farther up the valley of the Tusket AMERICANA L. F requent eastward at least to Annapolis and Lunenburg * Acthusa Cu apium L. Waste ground in barn-yard, Shelburne. Co sa Pr othe ions Michx. Westward to Annapolis Co. LA CHLORANTHA Sw. At various stations in Digby, Annapolis and eae Cos. Var. paucifolia Fernald seems hardly worth main- tainin P. “ROTUNDIFOLIA L., var. ARENARIA Mert. & Koch. Additional stations eastward to Hants *VACCINIUM Sarina E The typical form of the species we ~ have only from thickets Laest! Goven Lake, Yarmouth Co. 5 a ORYMBOSUM, var. AMOENUM (Ait.) Gray. Additional stations eastward the Roseway hy Shelburne Co. V. CORYMBOSUM, ALLIDUM (Ait.) Gray. Additional stations ps Raat) e WLhews eauchtown) Lake, Shelburne Co. PRIMULA FARINOSA L., var. MACROPODA Fernald. YarmoutuH Co.: turfy crests and slopes of sie headlands, Markland (Cape Forchw); : ed to us from headlands near Pembroke Shore. SaMoLus FLORIBUNDUS HBK. SHELBURNE Co.: border of salt 180 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER marsh, Port Clyde. Lunenpure Co.: brackish mud by Lahave River, et copiers LYsIMACHIA TERRESTRIS (L.) BSP. In boggy thickets reaching a full mete in height; in dry sands fruiting at a height of 2 SABATIA KENNEDYANA Fernald. Many additional stations, all in the ike Sosa bag nel to Canoe ie **S. KEn forma CANDIDA Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 151 (1916). The Eset dw cred form local by Vagahan (Tusket) and Canoe Lake. og KENNEDYANA, forma eucycla, n. f., lobis corollae late obovatis plus minusve imbricatis of the corolla broadly obovate, more or less imbricated.— Nova Beatie: wet peaty margin of Vaughan (Tusket) Lake, Gavelton, Yarmouth Co., August 13, 1921, Fernald & Long, no. 24,354 (TYPF in Gray He rb.). The ordinary form of S. Kennedyana has the segments narrowly cuneate-obovate, averaging two-fifths as broad as long, and with only rarely overlapping margins. Forma eucycla, with the lobes five- sevenths as broad as long and with usually overlapping margins, a a colony of considerable extent at one point on Vaughan Lake. RTONIA virGINIcA (L.) BSP. Many additional stations in Yar- Maes and Shelburne Cos. Plants from Corema-barrens north of Jordon hit have very large flowers, with calyx up to 4.5 mm. lo ong. B. panicunata (Michx.) Robinson. Many additional stations in Digby, Yarmouth, Egger: Lunenburg and Halifax Cos ULATA, INTERMEDIA Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 287 (1922), “Many saditionsad stations in Yarmouth, She!burne and Lunenburg B. pa apes ces var. SABULONENSIS Fernald, |. c. 288 (1922). Colonies closely approaching the Sable Island plant i in ereiaeae, Co.: wet sandy beach, Harper Lake. Lunenpure Co.: peaty and dren eaalh” of Feindel’s I lake west of Bridgewater. YNUM CANNABINUM L. Sieencn! Co.: cobbly beach of Weta Lake. A rocky thicket Lioedisins Wentworth Lake. VinwGeis Co.: thicket at upper border of cobbly beach, Parr Lake. rand Co.: peaty margin of a dried-out mill-pond north of Blockhous The only other Canadian records are from New Geniank: Lunen- burg Co.—J. M. Macoun, Ott. Nat. xv. 77 (1901). (To be continued.) NOTES ON THE FLORA OF WESTERN NOVA SCOTIA 1921. M. L. FERNALD. (Continued from page 180.) Cuscuta Gronovit Willd. C. vulgyraga Engelm. Am. Journ: Sci. xliii. 338 (1842). C. Gronovii a vulgivaga Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis i. 508 (1859); Yuncker. Revis. N. A. and W. I. Cuscuta, 202 Rhodora [OcropER — 65 (1921). Lunenzure Co.: wet thickets and swales back of brackish shore of Lahave River, Bridgewater; upper border of cobbly beach, Wentzell Tales. ar. vulgivaga is the typical form of the species as was clearly indicated by Engelmann in ae ka it: “It is Willdenow’s original Gronowit, in his Hb. nr ~ . GRonovi, var. niin RA Engelm. Trans. Acad. Sci. St. a i. 508 (1859); Yuneker 1, c. ¢. (1921). C. Saururt Engelm. Am. Journ. Sci. xliii. 339 (1842). Yarmouts Co.: thickets and damp shores, Quinan, Argyle and Belleville. A coastal plain variety re- corded by — as extending from Texas to southern Illinois an New Jers All our one of 3 var. latiflora from Nova Scotia has large, de- pressed-globose or oblate capsules, in maturity 4-5 mm. broad, and unusually large seeds, 2.2-3 mm. long. Its corolla and anthers are exactly those of the southern plant and, although Yuncker in his . Fecently published Revision of the North American and West Indian Species of Cuscuta excludes C. Gronovii (in his key, p. 47) from the group characterized by “Capsule globose, more or less depressed,” and places it (p. 48) in the group with “Capsule globose-ovoid to conic or long-beaked,”” many of the specimens placed by him under this species have definitely depressed-globose capsules like the plant of western Nova Scotia. Similarly, although Yuncker’s description of C. Gronovii calls for seeds “ about 1.5 mm. long,” many plants which he has identified have seeds up to 2.3 mm. long. The old corollas of C. Gronovii and var. latiflora sometimes crown the capsule. In such cases there is great difficulty in distinguishing the plants with de- pressed-globose capsules from C. Cephalanthi Engelm. In the latter species, however, the anthers are smaller and more ‘Founded than in C. Gronovii. MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray, forma aLBirLora Fernald, Ruopora, xxiii. 288 (1922). Rocky barrier beach, Markland (Cape Neg and very abundant and uniform on the barrier beach at st an Tevcrrum CANADENSE L., var. LITTORALE (Bicknell) Fernald. LBURNE Co.: crest of barrier beach, East Jordan. aca Dulcamara L., var. villosissimum Desv. Pl. Angers, 112 (1818). 8. tomentosum Koch, Syn. 507 (1838). y. marinum Bab. Man. 210 (1843). S. littorale “Raab i in Flora, ii. 414 (1819). —Much of the material collected in western Nova Scotia, at various aga especially near the coast of Yarmouth, Shelburne and Annapo Cos., belongs to the variety with velvety or densely pilose Pollage. ¢ 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 203 We have it from various stations in Newfoundland, Quebec, and Massachusetts. RATIOLA AUREA Pursh. Common eastward to Annapolis and Lunenburg Cos Veronica agrestis L. Waste ground, Dartmouth. AGALINIS NEOSCOTICA (Greene) Fernald, RHopora, xxiii. a Many additional stations including some in Shelburne oo A. MARITIMA’ Raf. Gerardia maritima Raf. Yarmoutu Co.: very picadintes on the salt marsh along Sch River, Argyle Head. Heretofore unknown east of York Co., Main UTRICULARIA GEMINISCAPA Benj. Additional stations in Shelburne, Lunenburg and Halifax Cos U. minor L. Additional stations in Digby ig U.cipspa L. Additional stations, in YARMO H Co.: forming a filmy turf in quagmire-margin of Sloane take, Gstloton: LUNEN- BURG Co.: forming compact mats in shallow pools at outlet of Hebb’s Lake, Bridgewater; peaty quagmire-margin of Frank Lake and of a near-by small pond, Upper Cornwall. U. purPuREA Walt. Frequent or common eastward to Hants Co. U. cornuta Michx. A colony in exposed peat and sand by Rhodeni- ser Lake, espe Co., is i soda on account of its forking stems—with 2 or 3 long bra Conipaonia: AMERICANA “(L. wi ) Wallr. Lunensure Co.: dry pine and oak woods on steep slopes along Lahave River, Bridgewater; locally abundant, many stems springing from deep-seated thick bases 9 eg to oak-roots. Freshly bruised plant with a strong odor ci LirroRELLA AMERICANA Fernald. On the shores of Shubenacadie | Grand Lake Littorella did not flower in 1920, owing to the high water; but in 1921 it formed freely flowering carpets stranded on the sandy and shingly beach. Plantago lanceolata L. There are two well — varieties of Plantago lanceolata naturalized in America and a second species which has been confused with them. The varieties are distih guished as follows. saga te at oe a anthesis narrowl whhlos AP a hn rah cylindric and obtuse, 1.5-8 cm. long: ies oe oy One 3 dm. long, 0.64 em. broad: adaes up to 8 dm. t : ss P. lanceolata (typical). Spike at beginning of anthesis subglabose, — to Syor is in fruit su a to cylindric and obtuse, 0.5-2.3-¢ : as: leaf- eggs oz: 2 dm. ra 0.3-2 cm. rothiere scapes Upper 1g So Bare ces glabrous or sparsely caer eg Ck ke. eh ee wie Ok eke oe wp ee ee eH Oe Se eee h abundant long hairs. ‘ an urf; it t ai pendaeeanertanctn iaataeg OS Vee r. long baie, forma eriophora. P. lanceolata L. (typi ead). Generally naturalized from Newfound- land to British Colombia and southward. A locally Sacsdaut variant 204 Rhodora : [OcroBER has the spike branching a tae with a few, more often with many short and densely crowded bran ar. sphaerostachya Mert. & Koch in Roehling, Deutschl. FI. ag 03 (1823). y. pumila Koch, Syn. 597 (1837). 6. capitellata Schultz, i. Pfalz, 380 (1846). 8. capitata Dene. in A. DC. Prodr. xiii. pt. 1: 715 (18 m2). P. ee Royle acc. to Bey aetna Mon. Plant. ar. sphaerostachya, forma ae Fie noRMi CONEY Beck von He sok Fl. Nied. -Oesterr. ii. 1093 (1893). P. eriophora Hoffmansegg & Link, Fl. Port. i. 423 (1809). P. hungarica Waldst. & Kit. Pl. Rar. Hung. iii lil. 225, t. 203 (1812). P. lanata Host. Fl. Austr. i. 210 (1827). P. lanceolata 6. lanuginosa te Syn. 597 (1837).—Nova Scotia; southern New England; Orego A closely related species, P. prea L. Sp. ed. 2, i. 164 (1762); Kern, Ost. Bot. Zeit. xxv. 59 (1875); Beck von Man. Fl. Nied.-Oes- terr. ii. 1093 (1893), was collected by the late H. S. Clark somewhere on the “Connecticut coast” in 1899. The label gives no further in- formation but is sufficient indication that the plant is to be watched for. P. altissima is a stouter plant than P. lanceolata, with heavy, creeping root, large leaves (up to 4 dm. long and 4 em. broad) glabrous upon both surfaces; stout scapes 0.6-1. m high; and flowers 6-7 mm. broad (in P. lanceolata mostly under 5 mm.). *CEPHALANTHUS OCCIDENTALIS L. SHELBURNE Co.: rocky shore of Deception Lake; among granite boulders by Lake John; at bot , stations scarce and local. Mr. R. H. Wetmore informs me that h i ne Se Cephalanthus on Cameron Lake (head of Medway River), VIBURNUM ALNIFOLIUM Marsh. Rare in Yarmouta Co.: thickets and mixed woods near Lake George. Becoming frequent in Digby Co. Thence eastward pani the northern and central region at least to Halifax Co. OLIDAGO LATIFOLIA L. Lunensure Co.: shaded ledges by Lahave River above Bridgewater LIDAGO BICOLOR L. SHELBURNE Co.: from en eastward, Ba cinta Pee. Porter, var. necLecta (T. & G.) Fernald, , Xxili. 292 (1922). The plants in a spruce swamp a t Mark- band” (Cane Forchu), Yarmouth Co., are thoroughly paaimgorcick of the variety which, in perrene development, we have not had from east of southern Main . LLIOTTIT X RU Shi One colony, apparently of this origin, on a gravelly bank south of Belleville, Yarmouth Co. 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 205 S. CANADENSIS UNILIGULATA. clump, apparently of this origin, in a thicket near Five-River ay nate, Lake Shelburne Co. . SEROTINA Ait., var. GIGANTEA (Ait.) Gray. Various stations oO. OLIDAGO TENUIFOLIA Pursh. Many additional stations from Yarmouth and Digby Cos. to Halifax Co. *AsTER UNDULATUS L. LuNENBURG Co.: fr requent in dry thickets and borders of woods about Bridgewater and northward at least to Wentzell Lake. STER LinpLEYANus T. & G. Hants Co.: border of old hillside woods, Mt. Uniacke. *ANTENNARIA Partin Fernald. Lunensure Co.: abundant at the border of ay pine and oak woods on steep slopes along Lahave River, Bridgewa ** \NAPHALIS MARGARITACEA (L.) B. & H., forma anochlora f., foliis lineari-lanceolatis supra viridibus glabris sub etacades valde reductis. Leaves linear-lanceolate, green and glabrous above, much reduced below the inflorescence. —Occasional throughout the range of the typical form. Type: dry clearings and burns near Five-River (Morris) Lake, Sicihaitne Co., Nova Scotia, September 10, 1921, Fernald & Long, no. 24,670, in Gray Herb. Forma anochlora, on account of its bright green upper leaf-surfaces, is often sent out as var. occidentalis Greene. That variety, of more boreal range than the slender-leaved A. margaritacea and forma anochlora, has the leaves of more oblong tendency and scarcely reduced in size below the inflorescence. For discussion of it see Ruopora, xiii. 25-37 (1911). hn trifida L. Waste are Dartmouth. **Ru KIA LACINIATA L., gaspereauensis, n. var., foliis subtus et actcke et rhachibus Sosis, Lower surfaces of leaves, petioles and rhachises pilose-—Nova Scorta: alluvial soil in thickets close to shore or on the strand of streams and brooks of the Gaspereau River system, Kings County. e type material collected at the border of an alder thicket by Black River (tributary to the Gaspereau), August 31, 1921, by Prof. . Perry (type in Gray Herb.). This indigenous and isolated Nova Scotian variety differs from the continental plant in the development of long pubescence, typical R. laciniata being glabrous or merely scabrous. Coreopsis ROSEA Nutt. Additional stations, all in YarmMoutu Co.: Sle (Greenville) Lake; Goven, St. John (Wilson) and Gil- filling Lakes. 206 Rhodora [OcToBER BIDENS CERNUA IN EASTERN AMERICA. Bidens cernua L. is a highly variable species with several well defined varieties in nobie eastern America. It belongs to a group of three species with simple leaves and achenes with a convex cartilaginous summit. These three species may be distinguished as follows. Mature disk ee in a im agen extremes) 1 3-2.8 cm. bro: ruiting heads often nodding: outer involucre reflexed, x pee ane or acky subascending: isk- coro on B-to othed: anthers exserted, purple-black: astiines not conspicuously striate between Lee ary and midribs or keels; the central 1.8-2.5 Ante sraiaht and flat, not winged nor peroney. keeled, rown or purplish; the outer 6-8 mm. long with marginal awns 2.8-4.5 mm. cog si the pane 39.5 mm. long, with miata: awns 3.5-5 mm. se stem d usually smooth; its rooting base up to 6 se outer md na rarely longer: than the inner: reddish-tipped: rays 1.5-3 cm. long. ee nes Nohenes ieee: i almost wing-like pale 2 margins and keels, Glivavecdet the outer 3.3-6.3 mm. long, with marginal we 2-2.8 mm og the esti 4.2-7.8 ci n ge ae RS ies oat a decile GOLA aN aut es al kien eng B. cernua. Mature. ak gyre 1.5 cm. broad: ae sage 3 heads erect: outer involucre : disk-corollas 3.5-4 mm. long, 4- toothed: Gnvhies irchined aes walieies distinctly 7—15- striate on each face; the central 1.4-1.9 mm. broad, flat, We a B. hyperborea. Bidens laevis is not specially variable with us; the variations of B. hyperborea have recently been discussed;! and to round out the treatment of this group the northeastern varieties of B. cernua are g, 0.5- ‘. hi sile or mos narrowed at base, thickish, 0.2-2 dm. long; heads com- only numerous, y pherical, many-flowered; m : erous hemist ; the primary ones with disks 1-2.7 em. broad, nodding in fruit: outer Loman oe of 5-10 bracts; inner of about Leaves tapering to long acuminate-attenuate tips; the with 4-24 pairs of s apg serrations: bracts of pot ipl involucre ane o lanceolate, acute or Leaves with sit ghee connate or aoennee bases, scarcely narrowed AG tom bigh 055 Sons ie B. cernua = pe *Rgopora, xx. 146-150 (1918). 1922] Fernald,—Notes on the Flora of Nova Scotia 207 teeth scarcely 1-mm. high............:..... Var. integra. OU et ss tT ee ee ee UES Var. elliptica. Leaves mostly blunt or inte ang te the primary ones entire -—6 pairs of remote teeth: bracts of Salas arson oblong to spatulate, with obtuse or rounde ee. ae Nia oe Cd seis ec SHEN PE ck Sa hgag oligodonta, teas he —4) em. long: heads solitary or very few, campanulate, few-flowered, with disks 1.5-10 mm. bier Searcely nodding in fruit: outer Oh Neat of 2-6 bracts; inner involucre of 3-6 bracts 2-7 m OR oe. vi Var. minima. B. CERNUA (typical). eee springs, ay and wet shores, ex- ere northeastward to Chico , Rimouski and Bonaventure Cos., QUEBEC, MADGALEN ce Peed Cape Breton, Nova Scott; Eurasia. In Nova Scotia unknown from west of Annapolis and Lunenburg **Var. INTEGRA Msbieais, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. okie 418 (1899 PRINCE “EDWARD IstanD; Cape Cod, Massacuusetts; etcls ‘to western North Carckthas ‘Oklahons and South Dakota Var. ELLIPTICA Wiegand I. c. 417 (1899). B. elliptica (Wiegand) Gleason, Ohio Nat. v. 317 (1905).—Extending northeastward to the Ottawa Valley, ONTARIO and QuEBEC, and Prince Epwarp IsLanp. Var. OLIGODONTA Fernald & St. John, Ruopora, xvii. 25 (1915).— Brackish or saline shores, MaGpALEN IsLaNnps, Prince Epwarp ISLAND and Massacuusetts locally inland to western New York **Var. MINIMA (Huds. rodr. v. 595 (1836). B. minima Huds. Fl. Angl. 310 (1762) —Bogs and shallow pools, MaGpALEN SLANDS to southern New HaMpsHIRE and western New York and northwestward; Europe. ur only Nova Scotian collection is from LunenBurRG Co.: margins of shallow pools, out’et of Hebb’s Lake, Bridgewater. ATA Muhl.; Fernald, Roopora, x. 200 (1908). LunenBuRG records belong to var. petiolata (Nutt.) Farwell. -. FRONDOSA L., var. ANOMALA Porter. YARMOUTH Co.: Zostera as gravelly sea-beach, Yarmouth Bar; api ng thicket bordering cobbly beach of Parr Lake; the latter station unusual in being on a yaar Sheets lake, the variety usually occurring in brackish abita Puic itpaies Becxu (Torr.) Greene. Bidens Beckii Torr. Diepy Co.: deadwater of Rocky Brook north of Hasset; first station east of the Penobscot. : Chrysanthemum Leucanthemum L. The typical form of the species is apparently common at Annapolis Royal and Granville, and pre- 208 Rhodora [OcTroBER sumably in Annapolis Co.; the common plant — throughout counties. Seen by us only at one station in YARMOUTH Co.: sphagnous thicket, Belleville. SENECIO AUREUS L. Very rare in the western counties; seen by us only at one station in YARMOUTH Co.: sphangous thicket, Belleville. ucA HirsuTA Muhl. Widely demas but nowhere abundant ENANTHES NANA (Bigel.) ad YarRMoutTH Co.: tur’y crests os aniculatum x scabrum. A large ‘Sli exactly peter a Bei of H. paniculatum and H. scabrum and more abundan than either of them, in dry pine and oak woods on steep ‘aiobies pre Lahave River, Bridgewater, Lunenburg Co. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Serres.—L XVIII. I. Records preliminary to a onan une of the Eupato- rieae,—ILL. By B. lL. Ropinsoni cs. oo ees cs ee II. Studies in the Boraginaceae. By oT M. JoHNSTON (eee. 43 1. Restoration of the Genus Hoke oS 43 2. The Genus Anitohytum: .... os. <0 uke espe es 3. Novelties and new Combinations in the Genus Cryp- . A Synopsis and Redefinition of Plagiobothrys......... Kil. bcs and Notes relating to the Spermatophytes chiefly of North America. By I. M. JoHNSTON............... LISHED BY THE GRAY ss iagudaen OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CAMBRIDGE, 38, MASS., U S. A. I. RECORDS PRELIMINARY TO A GENERAL TREATMENT OF THE EUPATORIEAE,—III. By B. L. Rosinson In further study of the Compositae-Eupatorieae, it has been possible for the writer to examine, during the last eighteen months, a large amount of highly interesting material. Much of this has been in the form of indeterminata of earlier collections very kindly lent for study and identification. Notable among such sendings have been the following: a) Two loans from the Museum of Natural History in Paris, one chiefly of Brazilian material, the other largely Mexican, the former including a remarkable series of plants collected from 1816 to 1821 by Auguste de Saint-Hilaire and containing many striking novelties. 6) The Ewpatorieae from the extensive Bolivian herbarium of Dr. Otto Buchtien lately acquired by the United States National Herbarium, a collection exceedingly helpful in the further interpre- tation of the complicated flora it represents. c) A loan from the Botanical Museum of the University of Ziirich, including many plants of interest, notably some from the Colombian collection of Dr. Eugene Mayor and of the Bolivian collection of Dr. Th. Herzog, which had not been previously available to the writer. d) A large loan from the Botanical Institute and Boissier Herbarium of the University of Geneva, exceptionally rich in certain of the older col- lections, particularly of the Mexican and Peruvian plants of Pavon and the horticultural gatherings of Linden, Funck, and Schlim in Colombia, also containing some further numbers from the Bolivian collection of Dr. Herzog, as well as extensive and admirable Para- guayan material (still to be studied in detail). e) A small but inter- esting collection of horticultural forms of Ageratum sent from the United States Department of Agriculture for botanical identification. f) Recent loans of Mexican and Central American innominata from the United States National Herbarium and from the Missouri Botanical Garden. g) Residual portions of several older loans of similar nature from the Royal Gardens at Kew, the New York Botanical Garden, the Missouri Botanical Garden and the herbarium of the University of California, each of which has on further study yielded points of interest or novelties not previously demonstrated. The writer has also had the privilege of lately re-examining the Eupatorieae in the National Herbarium and its segregated type-col- lection, also the unexcelled Central American herbarium of Mr. John 4 ROBINSON Donnell Smith of Baltimore. He has furthermore had opportunity to study the Eupatorieae secured on several expeditions recently made in the American tropics, notably the following: Mr. P. C. Stand- ley’s large collection from the Republic of Salvador and eastern Guatemala,. supplemented by that of Dr. Calder6én; considerable material from the more recent gatherings of Prof. H. Pittier, Dr. Alfredo Jahn, and Mr. E. H. Pittier in northern and western Venezu- ela; of Dr. H. A. Gleason and assistants in British Guiana; of Dr. N. L. Britton and assistants in several of the West Indian Islands; of the late Prof. E. W. D. Holway in Minas Geraés and Sao Paulo, Brazil; and an exceedingly interesting collection obtained by Messrs. Mac- bride and Featherstone on the first Peruvian Expedition of the Field Museum of Natural History. Material from the above sources, examined in connection with the now fairly detailed and largely authenticated representation of the Eupatorium tribe in the Gray Herbarium, has yielded the following novelties and plants needing some revision of their classification, synonymy, or nomenclature. OPHRYOSPORUS ORIGANOIDES (Meyen & Walp.) Hieron. in Engl. Bot. Jahrb. xxii. 707 (1897). To the synonymy of this species must be added the recently published Kanimia colombiana Rusby, Descript. S. Am. Pl. 148 (1920). The type of the latter, kindly loaned to the writer from the New York Botanical Garden, proves to have distinctly 5-angled achenes without supplementary ribs and to have anthers destitute of the terminal appendage. Either of these characters would exclude the plant from Kanimia, which furthermore is a genus of normally twining habit totally unlike the upright much branched small-leaved shrub here in question. Careful dissection and com- parison, detail by detail has, however, failed to disclose any sig- nificant difference separating this plant, supposedly of Colombia, from Ophryosporus origanoides, a species common and widespread i in the Andes of Peru and Bolivia. The number of florets in the head seems to be subject to considerable variation even in the same in- dividual, as for instance from 3 in small crowded heads to 9 in ter- minal or better developed ones. The number therefore is not suf- ficiently constant to justify its use in keying the nearly related species of Ophryosporus, as by the writer, Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixi. 26 (1920). It is exceedingly unfortunate that the original label of the Rusby & Pennell plant was lost. The sheet is annotated as having been found next no. 165 in the bundle, and Prof. Britton informs me that no. 165 (Sida jamaicensis) was collected at Girardot, Dept. Cundina- TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 5 marca. This seems to be the first record of the genus Ophryosporus from Colombia. It is a great pity that it does not rest upon greater certainty. Noteworthy in this connection is a close habital resemblance between Ophryosporus origanoides and the still obscure Eupatorium serratifolium (HBK.) DC. The type of the latter species, originally described as Mikania serratifolia HBK., is supposed to have come from near Mariquita in the Colombian Department of Tolima. Though shown by a (very poor and partially fogged) photograph to possess in habit a remarkable similarity to Ophryosporus origanoides, it was described as having 6-angled and glabrous branches and gla- brous involucral scales, characters which certainly do not apply to. O. origanoides. AGERATUM CORYMBOSUM Zuccagni, forma ALBUM Robinson, Proc. ' Am. Acad. xlix. 475 (1913). To the synonymy of this form may be added Coelestina sclerophylla Wooton & Standley, Contrib. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 176 (1913). After comparing the type of this proposed species with extensive and varied material of A. corymbosum in the Gray Herbarium and in the United States National Herbarium, the writer can find no differences which appear to be significant. . Hovusrontanum Mill. Dict. ed. 8, no. 2 (1768). This, for hartenlentat purposes, the best annual species of its genus, is subject to conspicuous variation, particularly when brought under the arti- ficial conditions of cultivation. Some of the resulting forms, such as those tending to compactness of habit, dwarf stature, etc., are pretty clearly. minor strains of little importance in natural classification whatever may be their economic value in trade. However, variations involving morphological differences in parts or conspicuous distinc- tions of color may well be put on botanical record to secure uniformity of listing when these plants are found in the wild as escapes, ballast weeds, etc. The following forms of this species —— to comprehend those worthy of such record so far as known to dat Var. a. typicum, foliis deltoideo-ovatis vix on non longioribus quam latis basi truncatis vel cordatis; pappi squamis 5 distinctis longe aristatis.—This variety includes a great majority of the culti- vated forms of the species, showing much difference in luxuriance, compactness and stature. It has also three conspicuous color-forms, as follows: : Forma a. normale, corollis et styli ramis coeruleis.—In horticulture this passes as “A. mexicanum,” “Dwarf Blue,” “Little Dorrit (blue),”’ ete. 6 ROBINSON Forma b. niveum, forma nova, corollis et styli ramis laete albis. —Cultivated as “Ageratum Dwarf White” and “Little Dorrit (white),” ete. Founded on material purchased under these names of the Joseph Breck & Sons Corporation, grown for the Department of Agriculture at Glen Echo, Maryland, and collected 13 Sept. 1922, O. M. Freeman, nos. 5074, 5080 (U. S., Gr.). Forma c. luteum, forma nova, corollis et styli ramis pallide luteis. —Cultivated as “Ageratum nanum luteum.” F ounded on materia supplied by the Joseph Breck & Sons Corporation and cultivated at Glen Echo for the Department of Agriculture, collected 24 Aug. 1922, O. M. Freeman, no. 5084 in part (U.5., Gr.). _ Var. 8. angustatum, var. nov., foliis (oppositis vel aliquando ternis) suboblongo-ovatis sesqui vel bis longioribus quam latis basi rotundatis vel obtusis vel etiam acutatis; pappi squamis distinctis longe aristatis—Found naturalized in the Maritime Alps at Menton, France, in the spring of 1878, Walther (hb. Univ. Ziirich, tracing and small fragm. Gr.). The flower-color appears to have been a pale pinkish blue. Var. y. MuTICESCENS Robinson, foliis deltoideo-ovatis; pappi squamis vel omnibus vel ex parte muticis saepius plus minusve con- natis et pappum coroniformem formantibus.—Proc. Am. Acad. li. 532 (1916).—Now known in two marked color-forms, as follows: Forma d. isochroum, corollis et styli ramis coeruleis.—Found in the wild at Wartenberg, near Tantoyuca, Prov. Huasteca, southern Mexico, Ervendberg, no. 100 (Gr.); cultivated under the names “Stella Gurney,” “Cope’s Pet,” and “ Blue Perfection.” Forma e. versicolor, forma nova, corollis pallide luteis; styli ramis in eodem capitulo aliis pallide luteis aliis lavandulaceo-coe- ruleis.—Founded on material sold by the Joseph Breck & Sons Corpor- ation under the name “Ageratum nanum luteum” and grown at Glen Echo, Maryland, for study at the Department of Agriculture in Washington, collected 29 July, 1922, by 0. M. Freeman, no. 5084 in part (U.S., Gr.). Color said to be creamy white. The styles are clearly variable in the same head from very pale yellow to light lavender-blue. Material obtained from the Joseph Breck & Sons Corporation under the name “Little Blue Star” and cultivated by Mr. O. M. hong at Glen Echo, Maryland, proves to be Ageratum latifoliuwm av. SY op mpyricifolius, _ nov., fruticosus glaber viscidus plus minusve vernicosus oppositirameus; caulibus 5 mm. vel TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE ‘ ultra diametro inferne delapsu foliorumdenudatis et cicatricosis; rameis adscendentibus post exsiccationem atropurpureis angulatis superne foliosissimis; internodiis 0.5—4 cm. longis; foliis suboppositis vel distincte alternis oblanceolato-oblongis obtusis vel acutiusculis grosse serratis (basi gradatim cuneata integerrima excepta) chartaceo- subcoriaceis penniveniis utrinque minute punctatis 6-9 em. longis 2-3 cm. latis post exsiccationem | tibus; cos lata subtus exserta; venis lateralibus utroque 4~9 prorsus vergentibus; dentibus marginis 0.5-1.5 mm. altis 6-14 mm. inter se distantibus; petiolo 1-1.8 cm. longo atropurpureo; corymbis densis leviter con- vexis ca. 8 cm. diametro folia vix aequantibus; pedicellis inaequalibus plerisque brevibus angulatis; capitulis ca. 1 em. longis 2.5 mm. dia- metro ca. 5-floris; involucri squamis ca. 11 brunneo-stramineis 3-4- seriatim imbricatis plerisque 3-striatis, extimis lanceolatis acutis laxis, mediis et interioribus oblongis obtusis vel rotundatis apicem versus ciliolatis et granulatis; corollis 5 mm. longis tubulatis glabris, faucibus vix differentiatis; dentibus limbi anguste deltoideis 0.5 mm. longis; achaeniis glabris 5-angulatis deorsum decrescentibus 2.5 mm. longis nigrescentibus lucidulis; pappi setis ca. 35-40 basi in annulo _breviter connatis et conjunctim ab achaenio deciduis ca. 4.5 mm. longis flavescenti-albis deorsum paullo incrassatis sursum barbellatis. —Braziu: Minas Geraés, A. Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), Cat. D. no. 155 (Par., phot. Gr.). This plant is certainly a Symphyopappus if that genus is to be main- tained as distinct from Eupatorium. The pappus-bristles, which are somewhat firmer than is usual in Eupatorium, are clearly though shortly connate into a ring at the base and cohere after disarticulation from the achene. The habit of the species is much like that of S. polystachyus, but the leaves (recalling those of Myrica cerifera) are distinctly feather-veined, a character which at once distinguishes the plant from any hitherto described species of the genus. s ta supra eanalicu- . venius, spec. nov., ut videtur erectus herbaceus perennis 4 dm. vel ultra altus (basi ignota); caule recto ad inflorescentiam sim- plici foliato purpureo-brunneo primo crispe puberulo tardius glabrato 6 mm. diametro post exsiccationem pluricostulato; internodiis 2.5-5.5 em. longis; foliis oppositis oblanceolato-oblongis saepe con- duplicatis caudato-acuminatis basi longe cuneata integra excepta — argute serratis (dentibus 0.5—1 mm. altis 2-4 mm. basi latis prorsus vergentibus) chartaceis penniveniis supra glabris subbullatis viridibus subtus multo pallidioribus in costa venisque puberulis 7-12 cm. longis 2-3.5 cm. latis; venis lateralibus principibus utroque 4-6; petiolo 8 ROBINSON brevi 2-5 mm. longo basi ampliato; corymbo terminali amplissimo trichotomo modice convexo denso usque ad 27 cm. diametro puberulo; bracteis linearibus attenuatis; capitulis numerosissimis 5-floris 7-8 mm. longis; involucri primo cylindrati mox plus minusve campanulati- patentis squamis ca. 16 caducissimis stramineis 3-nerviis apicem ro- tundatum versus ciliolatis 3—-4-seriatim imbricatis; corollis cylindratis ca. 4.8 mm. longis vix in tubum proprium et fauces differentiatis; dentibus limbi anguste deltoideis 0.3 mm. longis; achaeniis nigris lucidis glabris 2.5 mm. longis deorsum abrupte attenuatis; pappi setis ca. 48 albidis saepe conjunctim disarticulantibus.—Braziv: Minas Geraés, A. de Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 743, Cat. D, no. 196 (Par., phot. Gr.). Except for its much wider and distinctly pinnate-veined leaves this species much resembles Eupatorium bupleurifolium DC., a plant suspiciously near to the genus Symphyopappus both in technical and habital traits. Eupatorium (§ Subimbricata) arthrodes, spec. nov., fruticosum scandens; caule tereti fistuloso 5 mm. vel ultra crassitudine flexuoso a cortice griseo tecto ad nodos transverse articulato; internodiis pleris- que 1-3 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis oblongis acuminatis basi acutiusculis vel subrotundatis utroque latere obscure pauci-dentatis (dentibus 0.3-0.5 mm. altis 7-10 mm. inter se distantibus incurvis inconspicuis) unicostatis penniveniis utrinque glaberrimis post ex- siccationem nigrescentibus subtus pallidioribus 7-10 cm. longis 3-4 em. latis ut videtur carnosis; petiolo 1.7-3.5 cm. longo glabro; corymbis terminalibus modice convexis 8-17 ecm. diametro crispe puberulis multicapitulatis modice densis; pedicellis 6-10 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 12-floris 1 cm. altis 5 mm. (sed post exsiccationem ca. 0 mm.) diametro; involucri squamis ca. 10 minute ciliolatis aliter glabris stramineo-brunneis striatulis apice rotundatis valde imbricatis conspicue inaequalibus; exterioribus 4—5 late ovatis 2.6-5 mm. longis 2.8-3.2 mm. latis, interioribus oblongis 6-8.5 mm. longis 1.8-2.8 mm. latis; corollis glabris tubulatis 5-5.5 mm. longis roseis; dentibus limbi ca. 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis flavido-brunneis 4 mm. longis in angulis sursum scabratis; pappi setis ca. 40 albidis sublaevibus 6 mm. longis. ~Cosra Rica: a pink-flowered liana on old trees in pastures at La Palma, alt. 1550 m., 15 Aug. 1898, A. Tonduz, no. 12430 (U. S., Herb. Inst. phys.-geog. nat. Cost., fragm. Gr.) This striking plant has long been doubtfully associated with E. carnosum O. Ktze., a species known to the writer only from a sketch and notes made during somewhat hurried examinations of TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 9 authentic material at Kew and at the New York Botanical Garden. As it seemed likely that the Tonduz plant on actual comparison might prove distinct the New York type of E. carnosum was borrowed and on careful examination the following differences were evident. n E. carnosum the leaves are more rhombic-oblong, more acute at base, obviously thicker, and subentire; the petioles are only about 8 mm. long, thus being scarcely half the length of those in E. arthrodes. The heads are more numerously flowered (florets according to Kuntze 20-25). The corollas are conspicuously glandular-atomiferous about the limb while in E. arthrodes they appear to be quite free from such glandularity. Kuntze described his species as a shrub 3-4 m. high, while Tonduz states that his was a “liane a fleurs roses sur les vieux arbres.” These plants, now found to be clearly distinct, belong in a small group of thick-leaved lignescent species of which other members are the Mexican and Central American E. araliaefolium Less., the Costa Rican E. parasiticum Klatt, and the Colombian FE. sciaphilum Robinson. The name arthrodes alludes of course to the jointed character of the stem, the nodes showing (at least in the dried specimens) a fine sharp transverse constriction. E. ASCENDENS Sch.-Bip. ex Bak. in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 296 (1876). Plants with habit and significant characters of this species may be varietally distinguished as follows: typicum, caule ubique breviter incurvo-puberulo et cum pilis longioribus patentibus subsetiformibus obtecto; foliis coriaceis basi abrupte contractis vel subrotundatis utrinque setosis subtus reticulatis; petiolo 2-3 mm. longo densissime setoso.—BraziL: Prov. Minas Geraés. : Var. 8. parcisetosum, var. nov., paullo gracilius; caule incurvo- puberulo non setoso; foliis submembranaceis subsessilibus utrinque parce (praecipue in nervis venisque) setosis subtus conspicue puncta- tis; petiolo vix 1 mm. ongo.—BraziL: Prov. Rio Grande do Sul, A. de Saint-Hilaire, Cat. C2, no. 2761 (Par., phot. Gr.). E. (§ Cylindrocephala) austerum, spec. nov., fruticosum va- lidum glabrum ut videtur erectum (basi ignota) ramosum post exsic- cationem nigrescens; partibus juvenilibus plus minusve viscidis et vernicosis; caule tereti griseo ad 4 mm. vel ultra diametro, internodiis 2-6 cm. longis; ramis adscendentibus subteretibus atropurpureis foliosis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis basi abruptius acutatis margine serratis (dentibus utroque latere 8—11 plerisque ca. 10 ROBINSON 1 mm. altis) fere a basi 3-nerviis utrinque glabris et prominulenter reticulatis 4-7 cm. longis 1.5—4 em. latis coriaceis saepe conduplicatis; petiolis 10-17 mm. longis supra canaliculatis, eis ejusdem jugi a linea elevata transversa connexis; corymbis terminalibus convexis 3-10 cm. vel ultra diametro 5-25-capitulatis; pedicellis 4-10 mm. longis crassis rigidis; capitulis ca. 65-floris ca. 13 mm. altis et 9 mm. dia- metro; involucro ovoideo-cylindrato ca. 11 mm. alto; squamis ca. 60 pluriseriatim imbricatis arcte adpressis apice obtussisimis vel rotund- atis ciliolatis plerisque 3—5-nervatis apicem versus fuscescentibus dorso glabris vel obscure pulverulentis, extimis suborbiculatis ca. 3.5 mm. diametro, intermediis late ellipticis ca. 5 mm. longis et 3 mm. latis, interioribus anguste spatulatis paleiformibus; corollis lilaceis ca. 6.5 mm. longis glabris gradatim sursum paullo dilatatis sine faucibus distinctis; dentibus limbi ca. 0.6 mm. longis; achaeniis (valde imma- turis) glabris 4 mm. longis; pappl setis delicatule capillaribus corollam -subaequantibus.—Bo.rvi1a: in the bush region of Tres Cruces, alt. 1500 m., Feb. 1911 (rypE, hb. Univ. Geneva, phot. and fragm. Gr.). This apenien is nearest E. laevigatum Lam. but differs markedly in its relatively longer petioles; its more ovate and acuminate instead of elliptic-oblong and acute leaves, its stouter pedicels and especially its much larger more numerously flowered heads. The name has been suggested by the darkened hue and consequent gloomy appear- ance of the specimen. E. baccharoides, var. fratris. Mr. J. C. Nelson of Salem, Oregon, has kindly called my attention to the fact that in the original publication of this variety (Contrib. Gray Herb. Ixv. 47, 1922) the varietal name was through some now unaccountable clerical or typo- graphical error given as fratri. The form intended —~ of course, as above. E. (§ Eximbricata) Brandegeanum, spec. nov., herbaceum et perenne vel (basi ignota) verisimiliter plus minusve fruticosum; caulibus (ramisve) gracilibus teretibus flexuosis crispe puberulis pallide viridibus 1-1.6 mm. diametro; internodiis 3-5 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis deltoideo-ovatis obtusis basi truncata vel subcordata excepta crenato-dentatis (dentibus plerisque 1-2 mm. altis et 4-6 mm. latis) membranaceis utrinque viridibus supra parce pubescenti- bus a basi 3(-6)-merviis; etch gracili 3-10 mm. longo supra canal- iculato puberulo; corymbis trichotomis laxiusculis subfasciculatis glandulari-puberulis; pedicellis filiformibus flexuosis glandulari- puberulis 6-15 mm. longis; capitulis 12-18-floris ca. 8 mm. altis; TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 11 involucri squamis ca. 12 vix imbricatis lineari-lanceolatis attenuatis viridibus vel purpureo-tinctis plerisque 2-costatis dorso glandulari- puberulis; corollis albis glabris; tubo proprio 2 mm. longo; faucibus ampliatis campanulato-subcylindricis 2.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 1 mm. longis; achaeniis 3-3.5 mm. longis brunneis sursum hispidulis; pappi setis ca. 20 tenuibus albis—MExico: State of San Luis Potosi: at Minas de San Rafael, Nov. 1910, Dr. C. A. Purpus, no. 4822 (hb. Univ. of Calif. phot. and fragm. Gr.). This well marked species is perhaps most nearly related to the little known E. hederaefolium Gray, which however has reniform-ovate decidedly cordate leaves, more compact. inflorescence, and shorter considerably less attenuate involucral scales which are dorsally tomentellous and not as here glandular-puberulent. From E. petiolare Moc. the present species differs considerably in the smaller size and much less cordate shape of the leaves, much shorter petioles, looser inflorescence, and fewer-flowered heads, as well as in its much more slender habit. It is a pleasure to dedicate this attractive species to Mr. T. S. Brandegee, who in addition to many other botanical activities has long cared for the identification and distribution of the highly inter- esting series of Mexican plants secured by Dr. Purpus. E. (§ ExmmpricaTA) CALAMINTHAEFOLIUM HBK., Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 129, t. 348 (1820). This characteristic species, frequent from Coahuila to southern central Mexico, shows considerable variability in the size and form of the leaves. It also varies much in the length and density of the pubescence. The historical type was characterized as being pulverulent-pubescent, and it is true that in the greater part of the material available the hairs are very short, obscure, and scattered. The following variety may be readily distinguished: Var. irrasum, var. nov., ramis dense patenter pubescentibus; foliis conspicuiter bicoloribus supra dense puberulis viridibus subtus multo pallidioribus griseo-tomentellis; aliter var. typicam simile-—MEx1co: in fields, alt. ca. 2135 m., in the Cordillera, Oaxaca, H. Galeotti, no. 2022 (ryPE in the Natural History Museum at Paris, phot. Gr.); Esperanza, Puebla, Dr. C. A. Purpus, no. 2457 (Gr.). The leaves in the specimen of Dr. Purpus are very small in the manner of the north Mexican E. Wrightit Gray, but they are exclusively secondary rameal leaves characteristic of the renewal of .vegetative conditions after drought. E. (§ Praxelis) chiquitense, spec. nov., humile herbaceum perenne ca. 1.5 dm. altum; radice (vel caudice) lignescente usque ad 5 mm. 12 ROBINSON crassa a cortice griseo rimoso obtecta; caule brevi plus minusve decumbente 1-3 mm. crasso glaberrimo primo folioso mox per delapsum foliorum denudato pallide brunneo; internodiis 3-5 mm. longis; ramis adscendentibus teretibus costulato-striatis foliosissimis ; foliis oppositis anguste linearibus sessilibus integerrimis paullulo carnosulis supra glaberrimis longitudinaliter ruguloso-plicatulis subtus inter costam et marginem paullo furfuraceo-arachnoideis obscure 3-nerviis 1.5-2 cm. longis 0.5-0.9 mm. latis utroque subat- tenuatis post exsiccationem nigrescentibus; corymbis pauci-capitu- latis laxis; pedicellis 8-20 mm. longis glabris; capitulis ca. 25-floris saepe nutantibus; involucro albido-stramineo 8 mm. longo 4 mm. diametre pluriseriatim imbricato glaberrimo; squamis_ gradatis pallidis plerisque 3-striatis, exterioribus lanceolatis attenuatis, in- terioribus lineari-oblongis acutis; receptaculo conico glabro; flosculis valde immaturis; pappi setis albidis scabratis——Bortvia: Dept. Santa Cruz: Prov. Chiquitos; on rocks of the Cerro Pesenema near Santiago de Chiquitos, alt. 800 m., May, 1907, Th. Herzog, no. 25 (herb. Univ. of Ziirich., phot. and single leaf Gr.) Habitally near the Brazilian EL. sanctopaulense Robinson described below, but of much lower stature, more densely leafy, and with pale acute involucral scales. E. (§ Eximpricata) conspicuum Kunth & Bouché, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. 1847, p. 13 (1847). Two varieties of this species may be dis- tinguished as follows: ; Var. typicum, caule ramisque plus minusve flexuosis sulcatis et conspicue hexagonis; acumine basali foliorum serrato.—E. grandi- folium Regel, Gartenfl. i. 102, t. 12 (1852); Kyrstenia grandifolia (Regel) Greene, Leafl. i. 9 (1903).—Mexico: Oaxaca, on the Sierra de San Felipe, alt. 1800 m., Conzatti, no. 121 (Gr.); Morelos, on lava fields above Cuernavaca, alt. 2440 m., Pringle, no. 8050 (Gr.). Cul- tivated material from original stock raised at the Berlin Botanical Garden in 1847 (Gr.). Var. pueblense, var. nov., ut videtur erectum; caule ramisque rectis teretibus nec angulatis nec sulcatis; acumine basali foliorum integro.— MEx1co: State of Puebla, on rocky slopes, Boca del Monte, Mar. 1908, Dr. C. A. Purpus, no. 2992 in chief part (hb. Univ. Callif., phot. & fragm. Gr.). With this plant there has been associated on the sheet jn the herbarium of the University of California a small branch of what appears to be E. Aschenbornianum Schauer. a (§ Subimbracata) costatipes, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne basi paullulo lignescente ramosum; caulibus paucis gracillimis flexu- TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 13 osis suberectis 2—3.3 dm. altis brevissime tomentellis obscure costu- latis ad mediam partem foliosis superne nudis; foliis oppositis ovatis breviter petiolatis apice rotundatis crenato-serratis sed basin rotund- ato-subcuneatam versus integerrimis (serraturis utroque 3-7 ca. 1 mm. altis 2—5 basi latis) coriaceis utrinque pulchre reticulato-venosis- simis obscure brevissimeque puberulis supra laete viridibus subtus vix pallidioribus a petiolo 5-7-nervatis, maximis 4—4.7 cm. longis —2.4 em. latis; petiolo 2-3 mm. longo dorsaliter costato; pedunculo terminali simplici vel subsimplici ca. 12 em. longo; bracteis 1-3 subu- latis; corymbo denso rotundato 2-3 cm. diametro; capitulis plerisque sessilibus 4—5-floris ca. 6.5 mm. longis ca. 3 mm. diametro; involucri squamis ca. 8 ovatis subacutis 2(—3)-seriatis tenuibus vix neryatis hispidulis apicem versus cum glandulis sessilibus aureis ornatis; corollis 3.5 mm. longis glanduliferis vix in tubum et fauces differen- tiatis; dentibus limbi 0.6 mm. longis deltoideis; achaeniis (valde im- maturis) 2.2 mm. longis in costis hispidulis et in intervallis cum glandulis sessilibus aureis ornatis; pappi setis ca. 45 sursum barbulatis. —Braziu: Minas Geraés, A. de Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 826, Cat. C1, no. 424 (Par., phot. Gr.). An attractive little species with habit, foliage, long naked peduncles and closely grouped small heads much as in the Paraguayan E. maracayuense Chod., but very different as to involucre and many of the finer details. The ribs of the leaves are curiously continued downward to the base of the short petiole, which is presumably a contracted part of the lamina of what was once a sessile leaf. . (§ Campuloclinium) Debeauxii, spec. nov., ut videtur herb- aceum vel paullo lignescens; caule fistuloso et ramis teretibus leviter costulatis primo aspectu glabriusculis sed vero obscure brevissimeque ferrugineo-tomentellis vel -puberulis; internodiis 2-6 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis subacutis integerrimis vel obsolete undulato-subcrenatis basi deltoideo-cuneatis papyraceis 3.5-7 cm. longis 1.5-3.5 em. latis a puncto 4-14 mm. supra basin 3-nervatis supra viridibus puberulo-strigillosis subtus paullo _pallidioribus plerumque in nervis venisque puberulis et cum glandulis sessilibus instructis; petiolo gracili sub lente brunneo-tomentello 5-12 mm. longo; corymbis terminalibus 3-8 cm. latis modice rotundatis vel planiusculis; bracteolis ligulatis; pedicellis plerisque 2-5 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 60-floris 1 cm. altis et crassis; involucri campanulato- turbinati squamis ca. 20 subaequilongis (6-7 mm. longitudine), extimis oblongis obtusis ca. 2 mm. latis extus puberulis, intermediis obovatis obtusis usque ad 2.6 mm. latis, interioribus lanceolato- 14 ROBINSON oblongis ad 1.6 mm. latis acutiusculis, intimis linearibus acutis; receptaculo conico ca. 2.6 mm. diametro ca. 1.5 mm. alto; corollis gracilibus 5.5 mm. longis glabris sursum gradatim paullo ampliatis sine faucibus distinctis; dentibus limbi ovato-deltoideis 0.5 mm. longis; antheris basi rotundatis apice cum appendice ovato-oblonga diaphana instructis; achaeniis immaturis 2.5 mm. longis apicem versus granu- latis et paullo hispidulis aliter glabris; pappi setis ca. 42 albidis lae- viusculis corollam subaequantibus.—BraziL: Santos, 23 July, 1898, Marcel Debeaux, no. 74 (Par., phot. Gr.). On account of its elevated disk and the nature of its involucre this plant should certainly be referred to § Campuloclinium. Among the species of this section it approaches most nearly to E. purpurascens Bak. and E. Glaziovii Bak. Both these species, however, have in- cisely crenate leaves of somewhat different form and texture. They also have heads only about 25-40-flowered. In habit E. Debeauxii bears considerable resemblance to E. Lundianum DC. and E. Schlech- tendalit DC. Both of these, however, have smaller, about 20-flowered heads, much more pubescent leaves, denser inflorescence, and more distinctly ribbed involucral scales. § Cylindrocephala) desmocephalum, spec. nov., ut videtur Saale teas perenne decumbens 3-4 dm. vel ultra seein: caule vix mm. crasso tereti griseo puberulo pauce ramoso folioso; internodiis plerisque 1-3 cm. longis, 1-2 penultimis usque ad 5-6 cm. longis; foliis oppositis lanceolatis utroque acutis integerrimis vel obscure et plerumque solum uno latere 1—2-crenato-dentatis a basi vel paullo supra basin 3-nerviis 1.4-3 cm. longis 3-8 mm. latis crassiusculis subcoriaceis utrinque griseo-puberulis subtus vix pallidioribus punc- tatis; petiolo 2-5 mm. longo; corymbis immaturis terminalibus sub- globosis densis; capitulis ca. 10-floris subsessilibus ca. 8 mm. longis (valde immaturis) et 3.5 mm. diametro; involucri cylindrati squamis ca. 20 subquadri- vel quinque-seriatis obtusis squarrosis, appendice pubescenti viridi cum globulis aureis sessilibus dorso ornatis; corollis (valde immaturis) ca. 4 mm. longis roseo-lilaceis in dentibus extus -globulis aurantiacis instructis; achaeniis hirtellis etiam aureo-atomi- feris; pappi setis ca. 50 albis.—Botrv1a: on rocky slopes of the Cuesta de Guayabillas, alt. 1200 m., March, 1911, Th. Herzog, no. 1739 (type, hb. Univ. Geneva, phot. and fragm. Gr.). Obviously related to E. rhinanthaceum, var. latisquamulosum Hieron. in Engl. Bot Jahrb. xxii. 759 (1897). However, the leaves of the present plant are less than half as wide as those described by Hieronymus and clearly shown upon his ad (Brl., phot. Gr. ). Furthermore, it is exceedingly TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 15 hard to believe that Herzog’s Bolivian plant can be placed appropri- ately as a variety of the Brazilian E. rhinanthaceum DC. for De Candolle described his species as glabrous and nigrescent, with im- punctate leaves of larger size. The leaves in E. desmocephalum are conspicuously dark-punctate on the lower surface, and the whole plant is thinly but very evidently cinereous-puberulent. A tracing (Gr.) of the fragmentary type of E. rhinanthaceum DC. in the De- Candollean herbarium now at the Botanical Garden of Geneva and a photograph (Gr.) of the type of var. latisgquamulosum Hieron. at Berlin show the leaves in both cases more obviously crenate-dentate and less acute than in the Bolivian plant. . (§ Eximbricata) enixum, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne erectum fere ad apicem foliosum inconspicuiter puberulum habitu Asterem lateriflorum simulans 4 dm. vel ultra altitudine; caule tereti brunneo laevi superrie ramoso; internodiis usque ad 7 em. longis; foliis op- positis ad anthesin plerumque rameis lanceolatis attenuatis basi subrotundatis lateraliter pauciserratis membranaceis a basi 3(-5)- nervatis supra viridibus parce in superficie incurvo-strigillosis subtus paullo pallidioribus solum in nervis obscure puberulis 3-4.3 cm. longis 8-14 mm. latis; petiolo gracili tenuiter pubescente; capitulis ca. 22-floris ca. 7 mm. altis et crassis ramorum apices versus aggre- gatis conjunctim inflorescentiam pyramidatam formantibus; pedicellis gracilibus 3-5 mm. longis; involucri squamis ca. 12 subaequilongis tenuibus, extimis lanceolato-linearibus attenuatis dorso tomentellis vix costulatis ca. 4.6 mm. longis et 0.8 mm. latis, interioribus anguste oblongis acutis apicem versus ciliato-erosis dorso valde 2-3-costulatis pubescentibus ca. 5.7 mm. longis ca. 1.4 mm. latis; corollis albis limbum versus hispidulis; tubo proprio gracili 2 mm. longo; faucibus ampliatis cylindricis ca. 2 mm. longis, dentibus limbi 5 deltoideis ca. 0.6 . longis; achaeniis brunneis (immaturis) 2-2.2 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus in angulis hispidis; pappi setis 14-19 albis tenuissimis.—Mexico: State of Vera Cruz: Mt. Orizaba at an altitude of about 3355 m. (11,000 ft.), Feb. 27, 1892, Jared G. Smith, no. 477 (ryPE in hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., Gr.); Chalchicomula, Feb. 27, 1892, Jared G. Smith, no. 480 (Mo.). This narrow-leaved species with somewhat pyramidal nas panicle guexests in dried specimens one of the small-flowered as It also ; some resemblance to E. pauperculum Gray which, ae has more corymbose inflorescence of smaller heads with narrower more attenuate involucral scales. The name selected alludes, of course, to the considerable altitude to which this plant of mesophytic habit has ascended 16 ROBINSON E. (§ Eximbricata) euphyes, spec. nov., fruticosum robustum 3-5 m. altum; caulibus teretibus medullosis brunneo-tomentosis ad 5 mm vel ultra crassis; internodiis 4—7.5 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis oblongis apice attenuatis basi rotundatis vel leviter cordatis utroque latere serratis (dentibus ca. 1 mm. altis et 3 mm. latis) supra pubes- centibus subtus griseo- vel fulvido-tomentosis 8-12 cm. longis 3-6.5 em. latis penniveniis; petiolo robusto flexuoso tomentoso 1-2 cm. longo; corymbis terminalibus amplis rotundatis ca. 1 dm. diametro modice densis; pedicellis 6-15 mm. longis flexuosis; capitulis magnis speciosis ca. 15 mm. altis et crassis ca. 80-floris; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 40 lanceolatis attenuatis dorso tomentellis, extimis ca. 5 mm. longis et 1.4 mm. latis, intermediis ca. 6.5 mm. longis et 1.7 mm. latis, intimis ca. 8 mm. longis et 1.3 mm. latis; corollis purpureis glabris, tubo sine faucibus distinctis a basi ad limbum gradatim ampliato ca. 9 mm. longo; dentibus limbi 5 deltoideis ca. 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis (immaturis) ca. 3 mm. longis apicem versus paullo hispidulis basi calcaratis; pappi setis ca. 50 laete albis sublaevibus; receptaculo leviter convexo glabro.—Bottvia: Andean region, Un- duavi, Nor Yungas, alt. 3300 m., Nov. 1910, Dr. Otto Buchtien, no. 3029 (U. S., Gr.). This species in foliage somewhat resembles EL. endytum Robinson, but its heads are much larger, the inflorescence looser and the corollas much more deeply colored. The plant must be a conspicuous one in nature from its grayish velvety leaves and great corymbs of bright purple flowers. In its involucre it is somewhat transitional between $$ Eximbricata and Subimbricata, the scales though not very unequal being rather numerous and fairly well imbricated toward the base. Eximbricata) Funckii, spec. nov., fruticulum pluricaule 2-3 dm. alvaas subglabrum; caudice Sank nae! caulibus floriferis erectis vel curvato-adscendentibus ca. 2 mm. diametro purpureo-brun- nescentibus post exsiccationem vagulosis juventate hexagonis foli- osis; internodiis ca. 1 cm. longis; foliis oppositis copiose in axillis proliferis petiolatis lanceolato-oblongis apice rotundatis basi acutis margine utroque latere 2~6-serrato-dentatis a basi trinerviis utrinque glabris membranaceis, caulinis 1.5-2.5 em. longis 5-7 mm. latis, eis ex axillis orientibus 1-1.5 cm. longis 3-4 mm. latis; corymbis ter- minalibus valde convexis ca. 8-12-capitulatis in ramulis pedicellisque paullo hirtellis; pedicellis ca. 4 mm. longis gracilibus; capitulis ca. 80-floris 9-12 mm. altis 10-14 mm. diametro; involucri squamis oblongis acutis tenuibus viridescenti-subscareis basin versus plerum- que 2-costulatis dorso glabris vel parcissime hirtellis ca. 9 mm. longis TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 17 et 1.5-2 mm. latis, plerisque subaequalibus sed 1-3 extimis brevioribus; corollis albis ca. 4.5 mm. longis tubo proprio gracili glabro ca. 2-2.5 mm. longo; faucibus turbinato-subcylindricis ca. 3 mm. longis; den- tibus limbi anguste deltoideis 1 mm. longis; achaeniis gracilibus nigris 3 mm. longis obscure paullulo scabratis basi pallide calcaratis apice a cupula pappifera coronatis; pappi setis tenuibus corollam subaequan- tibus caducissimis——Cotoms1a: an undershrub with white flowers in the Sierra Nevada, Prov. Santa Marta, alt. 2135 m.; 1843, Funck, no. 473 (TYPE, hb. Univ. Geneva, phot. and small cai: Gr.). This species differs much from any previously attributed to Colombia. It somewhat resembles, however, the Bolivian and Peru- vian alpine species E. scopulorum Wedd., but the latter has larger ovate leaves rounded at the base and somewhat pubescent while its involucral scales are for the most part narrower more acute and clearly gland-sprinkled. Furthermore in E. scopulorum, the young stems and branches are terete and covered with a fine puberulence, which persists nearly or quite to the woody part, but in E. Funchii the young stems and branches are decidedly hexagonal and much more sparingly and fleetingly clothed with an obscure puberulence. E. (§ Subimbricata) Galeottii, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne (Galeotti) vel fruticosum glabriusculum usque ad 4-6 m. altum (Linden) foliis inflorescentiaque E. Pittieri simillimum; caule veri- similiter erecto et plus minusve lignescente juventate hexagono pur- purascente obscure puberulo aetate subtereti glabriusculo cortice griseo obtecto; internodiis superioribus usque ad 8 dm. longis, in- ferioribus multo brevioribus; foliis oppositis magnis petiolatis oblongis acuminatis basi acuminato-cuneatis lateraliter grosse vel obscure serratis penniveniis subcoriaceis opacis utrinque viridibus et promi- nulenti-reticulatis solum in costa et in venis primariis obscure puberu- lis 11-17 cm. longis 4.5-6.5 em. latis; petiolo 1.7-2.8 cm. longo gracili seriatim imbricatis omnibus plus minusve acutatis, exterioribus deltoideo-ovatis ca. 2 mm. longis et 1.5 mm. latis puberulis costulatis, interioribus oblongis ca. 5 mm. longis et 1.3 mm. latis, intimis 1-2. linearibus; corollis tubulatis sursum paullo ampliatis sine faucibus distinctis ca. 3 mm. longis glabris; dentibus limbi brevibus; styli ramis ad apicem abrupte incrassatis more Ophryosport sed antheris 18 ROBINSON apice distincte quamquam breviter appendiculatis; achaeniis ca. 2 mm. longis pallidis granulatis; pappi setis ca. 32.—Mexico: in damp thick woods on the Cordillera, State of Vera Cruz, alt. about 915 m. (3000 ft.), Mar. 1840, H. Galeotti, no. 2337 (ryex K., Par., phot. Gr.); in the State of Vera Cruz, Feb. 1839, J. Linden, no. 1225 (K., Univ. Geneva); Valley of Cordova, Apr. 2, 1866, Bourgeau, no. 2204 (K.). Galeotti states that the flowers are fragrant and greenish (“ver- datres”), while Linden’s note calls them “d’un jaune verd4tre.”’ This species in foliage, inflorescence and many details is strikingly similar to the Central American EF. Pittiert Klatt, but that has the involucral scales all rounded, not pointed, at the tip and they are by no means so different in length as in E. Galeottii. Pittier, col- lecting E. Pittieri in Costa Rica, called it on his label an “arbre” and von Tuerckheim, securing it some years later in Guatemala, calls ita “Baum.” On the other hand Galeotti notes his plant with the sign 2 traditionally employed to indicate a perennial herb, and in fact specimens of the Mexican plant, though none show the base, appear less inclined to lignescence. It is possible that these nearly related species will ultimately show transition, but so far as our knowledge goes they are consistently different in their involucres and must for the present be treated as independent species, especially as they have distinct ranges which do not overlap. E. (§ CyLinpROcEPHALA) GLABERRIMUM DC. Prod. v. 144 (1836). This species, based upon one of Haenke’s plants, supposed to have come from Mexico, but without more precise data, was described as glabrous throughout and as having leaves two inches wide. On finding in the collection of Langlassé in 1905 a plant with conspicu- ously pubescent stem and inflorescence and with decidedly narrower leaves, the writer described it as E. Michelianum (Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 27 6), believing it to be specifically distinct, but at the time calling attention to its close relationship to the still obscure E. glaberrimum. Recent opportunity to examine further material of Langlassé’s no. 589, on which E. Michelianum was based, shows such variability in its leaf-breadth and in the degree of its pubescence as to lessen considerably the diagnostic value of these characters and it now seems probable that E. Michelianum is more appropriately ranked merely as a narrow-leaved mane pubescent variety of the earlier and little known species, thus: E. GLABERRIMUM DC. .. var. Michelianum (Robinson), comb. nov. E. Michelianum Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 276 (1905). TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 19 E. (§ Cylindrocephala) Herzogii, spec. nov., ut videtur herbaceum perenne erectum; basi ignota; caule (ramove) tereti post exsiccationem obscure costulato brunneo ca. 3 mm. crasso superne griseo-puberulo mox subglabro; internodiis ca. 5 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis membranaceis anguste ovatis gradatim acuminatis basi primo ro- tundatis sed deinde ad petiolum abruptius acuminatis ca. 5 em. longis ea. 2 cm. latis apice basique integris margine lateraliter serratis a puncto ca. 5 mm. super basi 3-nerviis supra minute villosulis subtus multo pallidioribus molliter griseo-tomentosis; corymbo composito modice convexo densiusculo multicapitulato ca. 8 cm. diametro griseo-puberulo cum partialibus minoribus lateralibus; pedicellis filiformibus 3-6 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 20-floris erectis vel adscend- entibus ca. 9 mm. longis ca. 5 mm. diametro; involucri cylindrati 6.5 mm. longi 4 mm. crassi squamis 5-seriatim imbricatis ca. 24 eroso- sursum scabratis; pappi setis ca. 30 albidis capillaribus sublaevibus. —BOoLiviA: common on mountain meadows near Samaipata, Dec. 1907, Th. Herzog, no. 694 (hb. Univ. Ziirich, phot. and small fragm. Gr.) This plant is clearly distinct from any included by the author in his recent. revision of the Eupatoriums of Bolivia. It approaches most nearly the Colombian E. tacotanum Klatt, var. trineurolepis Robinson, but that has somewhat more slender heads with narrower and less rounded involucral scales, as well as obtuser and more oblong- ovate rugose crenate leaves. E. Herzogit somewhat resembles the Paraguayan E. conyzoides, subsp. magaritense Hassl. but that has slightly larger 12—14-flowered heads and broader involucral scales, even the innermost being 3-nerved. E. (§ Cylindrocephala) Hilarii, spec. nov., fruticosum opposi- tirameum; caule ramisque post exsiccationem plus minusve angulato- costatis medullosis ferrugineo-tomentellis vel -puberulis, pilis brevibus curvatis; internodiis plerisque 2-5 em. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis basi subacuta integerrima excepta serratis vel rarius crenatis (dentibus utroque 8-17 saepius 0.4-1 mm. altis 24 20 ROBINSON mm. inter se distantibus) penniveniis firmiusculo-membranaceis supra viridibus glaberrimis lucidulis.rugulosis subtus multo pallidior- ik ticulato-venulosis punctati costam et venas plus minusve ferrugineo-lanulosis, maximis 6-7 cm. longis 3-4 cm. latis; petiolo 7-11 mm. longo crispe puberulo; corymbis ramos terminantibus densis valde convexis 4-7 cm. diametro; capitulis 5-floris 1 em. longis sub- sessilibus vel breviter pedicellatis; involucri cylindrati squamis ca. 20 obtusis, extimis brevibus ovatis brunneis paullo pilosis, interioribus (caducissimis) gradatim longioribus stramineis vel brunneo-tinctis striatis oblongis apicem rotundatum versus ciliatis; corollis ca. 5 mm. longis; tubo proprio ab faucibus vix distinguendo; dentibus limbi lanceolato-oblongis 0.7 mm. longis; achaeniis &trobrunneis 3.8 mm. longis gracilibus granuliferis basin versus attenuatis; pappi setis ca. 36 paullulo rigidiusculis flavescentibus sursum minute barbellatis attenuatis.—BraziL: Minas Geraés, A. de Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 744, Cat. D, no. 161 (rypxE, Par., phot. Gr.); also Cat. C?, no. 60 (Par., phot. Gr.). This species is obviously related to E. rosewm Gardn., which, how- ever, has oblong much shorter-petioled leaves and shorter, thicker, and smoother achenes, as well as other differences. FE. Hilarii is likewise near E. caaguazense Hieron., but that is said to have cordate leaves (at most 3 cm. long and 2 em. wide) and acute inner involucral scales. In naming this plant for its distinguished collector, it has seemed best to follow the example of such masters of New Latin as DeCandolle, Bentham, and Baillon in selecting Hilarii as the sim- plified genitive. - (§ Subimbricata) imitans, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne erectum laxe ramosum gracile puberulum 6 dm. vel ultra altitudine; caule tereti 2-3 mm. diametro juventate griseo-puberulo vel subto- mentello aetate subglabrato; internodiis 3-6 cm. longis; foliis op- positis petiolatis saepe in axillis proliferis anguste ovatis vel rhombeo- lanceolatis utroque acutis apicem basinque versus integerrimis utroque latere argute 2-5-serratis utrinque viridibus puberulis ima a basi 3-nervatis 2.5-4.5 em. longis 8-12 mm. latis membranaceis; petiolo 7-12 mm. longo gracili; inflorescentia terminali pyramidali foliosa laxe ramosa; ramis oppositis vel supra alternis adscendentibus apice corymbiferis; corymbis partialibus 2-4 em. diametro plerisque 3-9- capituliferis; capitulis 49-53-floris ca. 6 mm. altis et crassis; involucri 3-5-seriati campanulati squamis ca. 27 lanceolatis viridibus acutis plerisque 2-costulatis dorso puberulis; corollis Jimbum versus laete purpureis hispidulis; tubo albido gradatim sursum ampliato sine TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 21 faucibus distinctis 2.6-3 mm. longo glabro; dentibus limbi ca. 0.5 mm. longis; antheris apice bene appendiculatis; achaeniis nigris 1.3 mm. longis basi pallide calcaratis in angulis sursum minute hispidulis; pappi setis 14-17 capillaribus albis—GuaTemaLa: Santa Rosa, Dept. Santa Rosa, alt. 915 m., Dec. 1892, Heyde & Luz (series of J. D. Smith) 4194 (rype, Gr.); basin of ravine, Fiscal, alt. 1130 m., 21 June, 1909, C. C. Deam, no. 6168A eg se eee Cerro de la Olla, 1922, Dr. S. Calderén, no. 993 (U. S., This species stands close to the Costa fe E. sideritidis Benth., but that has much narrower linear-lanceolate, much more shortly petioled, indeed subsessile leaves, and smaller only 20-25-flowered heads. EE. imitans shares almost to the point of identity the habit, inflorescence, and involucral traits of Fleisehmannia arguta (HBK.) Robinson, but the latter has nearly twice as many florets in each head and of course has in the manner of its genus only 5 pappus- bristles definitely disposed at the angles of the achene, while in E. imitans the bristles are indefinite and from about 14 to 17 in number. The material collected in Salvador by Dr. Calder6én, while clearly conspecific with the Guatemalan specimens, is somewhat smoother and has slightly firmer leaves. E. (§ Eximbricata) lasium, spec. nov., herbaceum perenne erectum 5-6 dm. vel ultra altum; radice e fibris 6-12 atrogriseis simplicibus ca. 2 mm. crassis composita; caule tereti basin versus ca. m. crasso densissime sordideque patentim hirsuto ad inflorescentiam foliato; foliis oppositis longe petiolatis ovatis leviter cordatis breviter acuminatis grosse obtuseque dentatis (dentibus 1-3 mm. altis 2-4 mm. latis) utrinque laxe hirsutis (pilis albis crispis articulatis) ut videtur textura carnosulis tamen membranaceis 3-7 cm. longis-2.7-6 em. latis paullo supra basin 3(—7)-nervatis; petiolis inferioribus usque ad 5 em. longis; inflorescentia laxe paniculata; bracteis foliaceis sed multo reductis; pedicellis plerisque 5-18 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 8 mm. altis et crassis ca. 60-floris; involucri squamis ca. 15 oblongis subaequalibus obtusis ca. 5.5 mm. longis et 1.4 mm. latis apicem versus longe ciliatis; corollis albis in limbo hispidulis; tubo proprio ca. 1.7 mm. longo; faucibus ampliatis cylindratis ca. 2 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis ca. 0.8 mm. longis; achaeniis _nigris ca. 1.8 Michoacan, near la Huerta in the vicinity of Morelia, alt. 1950 m., 1 Sep. 1910, Bro. Arséne, nos. 5788 (Type in Gray Herb., U. S.), 5440 (Gr., U. S.); also at Loma Santa Maria, alt. 1950 m., likewise 22 ROBINSON in the vicinity of Morelia, 28 Oct. 1910, Bro. Arséne, no. 5867 (Gr., U.S This beautifully distinct species belongs in a small group striking by reason of their loose inflorescence. They may be keyed as follows: Leaves ovate-oblong to elliptic-suborbicular, acutish tp ob- pointed at base, confined to the lowest third of the stem. Involucral scales broadly oblong, rounded at apex.. ... . .....-B. Muelleri. Involucral scales linear-lanceolate, acute.................E. bellidifoliwm. Leaves ovate, broadly cordate; stem leafy up to or often into inflorescence. Be, MY Fe PO I ek ies cs So Sede stedecs wohes E. lasium. Members of this group have been already discussed in Proc. Am. Acad. xlix. 433, 434, and liv. 239, 240. E. (§ Subimbricata) leucomyelum, spec. nov., habitu E. popayan- ense valde simulans; basi ignota; caule (ramove) curvato adscendente subtereti crassiusculo ad 6 mm. diametro pallide brunneo laxe setoso- piloso usque ad inflorescentiam folioso post exsiccationem longi- tudinaliter ruguloso; internodiis ca. 3 cm. longis; foliis oppositis lanceolato-oblongis utroque acuminatis basi gradatim cuneata integer- rimis aliter margine serrato-dentatis (dentibus utroque ca. 30 plerisque 0.6-0.9 mm. altis 3-4 mm. latis cuspidatis) firmiter membranaceis 11-15 em. longis 3-5 cm. latis penniveniis supra atroviridibus sub- glabris (costa media basin versus latiuscula canaliculata flavescente) subtus praecipue in costa venisque setoso-pilosis; petiolo ca. 6 mm. — longo cum setis moniliforme articulatis piloso; corymbo composito piloso modice convexo ca. 1.5 dm. diametro multicapitulato; capitulis ca. 9-10-floris ca. 7.5 mm. altis; pedicellis 0.5—4 mm. longis; involucri squamis ca. 10 ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis valde inaequalibus, inter- mediis maximis ovatis ca. 4 mm. longis et 1.7 mm. latis obtusis apicem versus eroso-ciliolatis medio plus minusve incrassatis viridibus vel purpurascentibus marginem versus tenuioribus stramineis, intimis 1-3 linearibus vix 0.5 mm. latis; corollis albis glabris 4 mm. longis; tubo proprio 1.5 mm. longo; faucibus ampliatis ca. 2.5 mm. altis; dentibus limbi ovatis 0.6 mm. longis; achaeniis (vix maturis) pallide Tunnels ca. 1.8 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus in costis sursum hispidulis; pappi setis ca. 23-25 inaequalibus albis—VENEZUELA: State of Mérida: Paramo de Timotes and La Venta, alt. 2800 m., 21 Jan. 1922, Dr. Alfredo Jahn, no. 829 (U. S., Gr.). TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 23 This plant in the form and disposition of its leaves immediately recalls E. popayanense Hieron. and indeed appears to be rather closely related to that species. However, FE. popayanense is a much smoother plant without the setose pilosity here readily discernible on stem, petioles and lower surface of leaves. Furthermore, E. popayanense has longer-pedicelled about 20-flowered heads with larger more numerous and 3-nerved involucral scales. Its slightly larger corollas are said to be beset on the tube with sessile glands not found in the case of E. leucomyelum. Though the leaves of E. leucomyelum in form somewhat resemble those of Mexican and West Indian species of the Critonia series they show no pellucid dot-and-dash punctation. E. (§ Subimbricata-Eximbricata) Macbridei, spec. nov., arboreum integris subchartaceis penniveniis utrinque exserto-reticulatis supra viridibus atomiferis subtus pallidioribus in venulis hirtellis costam versus parce arachnoideis 12-16 cm. longis 3-4.5 em. latis; petiolo ca. 2 cm. longo gracili; corymbis terminalibus sessilibus a foliis super- atis convexis modice densis ca. 1 dm. diametro; capitulis 7—8-floris breviter pedicellatis ca. 1 cm. longis et 4 mm. diametro; involucri laxe imbricati squamis ca. 11 ovatis vel oblanceolatis acutis ca. 3- seriatis dorso valde convexis subecostulatis granuliferis; corollis albis ca. 5.5 mm. longis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 2 mm. longo; faucibus cylindratis paullo ampliatis ca. 3.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi valde recurvatis ca. 0.8 mm. longis; achaeniis flavescenti-brunneis 2.4-2.7 mm. longis ca. 0.8 mm. crassis basi paullo calearatis apice cum cupula pappifera coronatis in angulis et apicem versus parce granuli- feris; pappi setis 40-50 albis capillaribus inaequalibus.—PERv: in thicket at Mito, alt. 2745 m., July 23-Aug. 14, 1922, Macbride & Featherstone, no. 1742 (TYPE, Field Mus.; isotype, Gr.). This species is closely related to E. pseudarboreum Hicson. with which it shares many characters. It differs, however, in having larger leaves, which are somewhat arachnoid beneath and granular above, in the fact that its heads are only 7-8-flowered instead of about 14-flowered as in E. pseudarboreum and by having its achenes granuliferous instead of ciliolate on the angles; also in its less distinctly ribbed involucral scales. It is a pleasure to dedicate this notable species to its dis- coverer, Mr. J. Francis Macbride, now of the Field Museum. 24 ROBINSON E. (§ Subimbricata) macromeris, spec. nov., robustum herbaceum seu potius fruticosum elatum; caule subtereti recto medulloso primo laxe lanuginoso mox subglabrato; internodiis usque ad 17 cm. vel ultra longitudine; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis late ellipticis apice acutis vel brevissime acuminatis basi rotundatis cuspidato-denticulatis (dentibus vix 0.7 mm. altis et ca. 5 mm. inter se distantibus) coriaceis penniveniis utrinque viridibus in costa venisque parce lanatis vel villosis aliter mox glabratis 10-13 cm. longis 5-6 em. latis; petiolis latis grosse arachnoideo-lanatis supra canaliculatis 5-8 mm. longis; corymbis trichotomis planiusculis ca. 2 dm. latis; brunneo-hirsutis; capitulis pedicellatis ca. 1 cm. altis et 9 mm. diametro ca. 40-floris; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 24-30 subobtusis crassiusculis gradatis ca. 4-seriatis, intermediis late ovatis 3.7-4.5 mm. longis et 2 mm. latis, interioribus usque ad 7 mm. longis multo angustioribus ad paleas disci transientibus; corollis tubulatis glabris sine faucibus ullis distinctis ca. 5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi angustis ca. 0.4 mm. longis; achaeniis glabris gracilibus ca. 3 mm. longis 0.5 mm. crassis brunneis lucidis deorsum valde attenuatis; pappi setis ca. 20-25 capillaribus flavescenti-albidis paullo scabratis—PeEru: without more precise locality, Herb. Pavon (typE, hb. Univ. of Geneva). A plant of striking habit, perhaps as close to EF. endytum Robinson as to any hitherto described Peruvian species, but of course differing markedly in its much shorter and broader petioles, flatter more corymbose in- florescence and in the nature of its indument. The disc appears to be somewhat chaffy toward the margin. The name alludes, of course, to the unusually long internodes. E. (§ Subimbricata) Mayorii, spec. nov., ut videtur herbaceum verisimiliter perenne 1-1.5 m. altum alternirameum; caule subtereti plus minusve suleato sordide brevissime arachnoideo-lanuloso medul- loso 5 mm. vel ultra diametro; foliis oppositis vel subalternis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis serratis (dentibus plerisque 0.5-1.2 mm. altis 1:5- 3.5 mm. latis) basi integris rotundatis vel cuneatis membranaceis a ‘basi 3-5-nerviis supra in nervis venisque flavido-villosulis subtus in nervis et venis reticulatis sub lente ochraceo-lanulatis 4-8 em. longis 2.5-5 cm. latis; petiolo 1-2 cm. longo ochraceo-griseo; corymbis ir- regulariter ramosis subpyramidatis ca. 6 cm. diametro; pedicellis plerisque 1-3 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 25-floris 5-6 mm. altis et crassis; involucri campanulati squamis ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis et gradatis dorso puberulis, exterioribus ovatis acutis ca. 1.8 mm. longis et 0.9 mm. latis, interioribus obtusiusculis ad 3.6 mm. longis et 1-1.4 mm. latis plerumque 3-striatis; corollis albis ca. 2.5-2.8 mm. longis 5- TROPICAL AMERICAN iain 25 costulatis; she i proprio 0.7 mm. longo; faucibus gradatim paullo ampliatis ca. 1.5 mm. longis; limbi dentibus deltoideis vix 0.4 mm. longis ie hispidulis; achaeniis nigris 1 mm. longis glabris; pappi setis ca. 30 albis corollam subaequantibus.—Co.tomsia: Dept. Tolima: Soledad, on road from Ruiz to Mariquita, alt. 1500 m., 6 Oct. 1910, Dr. Eug. Mayor, no. 104 (hb. Univ. Ziirich, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). This species resembles perhaps most nearly E. obscurifolium Hieron., which, however, has shorter-petioled leaves punctate beneath, larger more numerously flowered heads, involucral scales with a con- spicuous basal callosity, roseate-lilac florets, and very different pu- bescence. It is a pleasure to dedicate this apparently distinct species to its collector whose ei sree have contributed greatly to the knowledge of the flora of Colombia E. MICROSTEMON Cass. Dict. xxv. 432 (1822). When recently revising the Eupatoriums of Peru, Proc. Am. Acad. lv. 69 (1919), the writer commented on the fact that this species, now widely dis- tributed as a weed in the warmer parts of America, had not been found among the older collections from Peru, though occurring in a compar- atively recent one made by Messrs. Cook and Gilbert. The natural inference was drawn that it might have been of recent introduction in the country. However, in material belonging to the Herbarium of the University of Geneva and lately lent for study at the Gray Herbarium a characteristic specimen of E. microstemon is labelled as from Chachapoyas, Peru, and is said to have been obtained by Prag eeee in his last collection, thati is to say probably about 1840. E. (§ Cylindrocephala) molinum, spec. nov., fruticosum ramosum; ramis teretibus 2-4 mm. crassis atro-griseis dhecate puberulis; inter- nodiis 1-3 em. longis; ramulis gracilibus foliosis puberulis vel subto- mentellis; foliis ovatis vel ovato-ellipticis faleato-acuminatis remote crenato-dentatis (dentibus utroque 14 vix 1 mm. altis 3-5 mm. inter se distantibus) basi subrotundatis fere a basi 3-nerviis exsiccatione nigrescentibus supra glabris lucidulis tenuissime sulcato-reticulatis ‘subtus opacis atomiferis in nervis puberulis ca. 3 cm. longis 13-17 mm. latis subcoriaceis; petiolo 5 mm. longo; corymbis ramulos foliosos terminantibus sessilibus ca. 5-capitulatis ca. 3 em. diametro; pedicellis 1-2 em. longis teretibus gracilibus curvato-adscendentibus; capitulis ca. 40-50-floris ca. 12 mm. altis ca. 6 mm. diametro; involucri ovali- subeylindrici squamis numerosis arcte imbricatis ca. 6-seriatis atro- brunneis leviusculis obscure nervatis, extimis ovatis acutis vel saltim cuspidatis, intermediis et interioribus oblongis vel ellipticis apice 26 ROBINSON rotundatis; axe involucri albido cylindrico a delapsu squamarum denudato cicatricoso, receptaculo proprio leviter convexo; corollis gla- bris ca. 4.5 mm. longis gracilibus, tubo proprio fauces paullo ampliatas subeylindricas fere aequante; achaeniis flavido-brunneis gracilibus glabris ca. 4 mm. longis; pappi setis tenuissimis ca. 28 albis sublevibus. —VENEZUELA: State of Mérida, Paramo del Molino, alt. 2000 m., 19 Feb. 1922, Dr. Alfredo Jahn, no. 950 (U.S., phot. and fragm. Gr.). This species bears some resemblance to the Colombian E. hyperici- folium HBK., but that, however, has entire, merely acute (not acum- inate) leaves which are rusty-tomentellous beneath, also black achenes hispid on the angles. From E. subscandens Hieron. E. molinum differs in its much smaller leaves, considerably thicker and much more numerously flowered heads, broader, blunter involucral scales, etc. E. (§ Subimbricata) mollicomum, spec. nov., basi ignota; caule ut videtur erecto herbaceo virgato 4 mm. crasso molliter brunneo- tomentoso usque ad inflorescentiam foliato 4 dm. vel ultra altitudine subtereti post exsiccationem costulato; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis elliptico-oblongis apice obtusis vel rotundatis basi rotunda- tis margine obtuse serratis (serraturis utroque 12-15 vix 1 mm. altis ca. 4 mm. latis) submembranaceis penniveniis supra tomentellis subtus paullo pallidioribus molliter tomentosis (indumento griseo- runneo) usque ad 5 em. longis et 3 em. latis; petiolo ferrugineo- tomentoso plerumique recurvo ca. 1 em. longo; corymbo composito ca. 1 dm. lato convexo, partialibus densissimis subgloboso-congestis ; capitulis 5-floris sessilibus 8 mm. longis 5 mm. diametro; involucri duplicis squamis ca 10, exterioribus linearibus atrorubris hispido- ciliatis saepe flexuosis (3-)5-6 mm. longis ca. 0.6 mm. latis, interioribus aequalibus rhombeo-oblongis vel -ovatis purpurascentibus apice rotundatis dorso griseo-tomentellis ca. 5 mm. longis 2-2.4 mm. latis; corollis cylindratis glabris 4.5 mm. longis sine faucibus distinctis; dentibus limbi anguste detoideis 0.6 mm. longis; achaeniis robustis atrobrunneis glabris lucidis 1.8 mm. longis 0.9 mm. crassis; pappi setis ca. 37 subaristiformibus paullo deorsum obcompressis et dilatatis stramineis 44.5 mm. longis.—BraziL: Minas Geraés, A. de Saint- Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 823 ter, Cat. C1, no. 136 (Par., phot. Gr.) This plant very clearly belongs in the little Series Heterolaena and E. mollissimum (Sch.-Bip.) Bak. and E. dimorpholepis Bak. Both . _ these species, however, are said to be branching shrubs with larger TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 27 leaves which in E. dimorpholepis are pointed at both ends and in E. mollissimum are more coarsely toothed on the margin and distinctly cordate at the base. E. (§ Subimbricata) multifolium, spec. nov., herbaceum erectum virgatum perenne griseo-tomentellum 3-4.5 dm. altum; caule subtereti dense foliosissimo ca. 3 mm. crasso post exsiccationem paullo costu- lato; internodiis plerisque 2-10 mm. longis; foliis lineari-spatulatis integerrimis sessilibus alternis fasciculatis 1.5-3.4 em. longis 4-6 mm. latis apice rotundatis basi attenuatis utrinque in margine costaque griseo-tomentellis aliter subglabris sed dense glanduloso-punctatis; corymbo terminali composito planiusculo multicapitulato 8-14 cm. diametro griseo-tomentello; capitulis 5-floris breviter pedicellatis 7 mm. longis 4 mm. diametro; involucri squamis ca. 11 valde inaequali- bus, extimis 1-2 linearibus bracteoliformibus, intermediis deltoideo- oblongis 2.5-3.5 mm. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis dorso griseo-tomentellis obtusis, interioribus 5 rhombeo-oblongis ca. 5 mm. longis 2 mm. latis dorso griseo-tomentellis ecostatis cymbiformibus apice rotundatis; disco planiusculo parvo; corollis cylindratis 4.5 mm. longis; dentibus limbi 0.8 mm. longis; achaeniis nigris glabris 2.2 mm. longis 1 mm. crassis; pappi setis ca. 43 flavescenti-albidis corollam subaequantibus. —Braziu? A. de Saint-Hilaire (Par., phot. Gr.). This characteristic species belongs obviously to the Series Dasy- naphia. From previously described species of this group it may be readily distinguished by its linear-spatulate fasciculate leaves which are tomentellous merely on the margin and midnerves. The sheet, Hilaire, unfortunately bears no data of collection. It was received from the Museum of Natural History at Paris with a considerable number of plants secured by the same collector on his journey to southern Brazil in 1816-1821. There can be little doubt that this specimen also came from southern Brazil or possibly from Paraguay. The § Dasynaphia is largely confined to these countries. E. (§ Eximbricata) ocanense, spec. nov., fruticosum 3 dm. vel ultra altitudine; caulibus suberectis teretibus juventate hispido-hirsutulis maturitate glabratis 3-4 mm. crassis foliosis deorsum delapsu foliorum mox denudatis; internodiis 14.5 cm. longis; foliis oppositis breviter petiolatis utroque acutis obscure serrulato-crenulatis penniveniis 3-6.3 cm. longis 1-2 em. latis firmiter coriaceis supra costa profunde depressa et venis paullo pubentibus aliter glabris reticulo-venulosis subtus glabris lucidulis creberrime recticulatis; petiolo brevi lato supra profunde canaliculato vix 5 mm. longo; corymbo terminali 28 ROBINSON valde convexo denso patenter hirsutulo ca. 13 em. diametro; bracteolis lanceolatis integerrimis crassis glabris 2-6 mm. longis; pedicellis 3-5 mm. longis flavido-hirsutulis; capitulis plerisque 4-floris ca. 8 mm. longis et 2.5 mm. diametro; involucri squamis ca. 12 valde inaequalibus sed vix imbricatis firmiusculis substramineis ciliolatis aliter glabris, interioribus ca. 4.5 mm. longis et 1.2 mm. latis ovato-oblongis apice rotundatis, exterioribus anguste ovatis multo brevioribus; corollis roseis glabris, tubo proprio ca. 1.3 mm. longo, faucibus cy- lindratis ca. 3 mm. longis; dentibus limbi recurvatis ca. 0.8 mm. longis; achaeniis ca. 2.6 mm. longis nigrescentibus in angulis apicem versus paullo hispidulis; pappi setis ca. 40 inaequalibus 2-4.5 mm. longis flavescenti-albidis paullo scabridis—Cotompta: shrub with roseate flowers, Province of Ocafia, on paramos at an altitude of 2440-3050 m., collected on journey of 1846 to 1852, L. Schlim, no. 357 (TYPE, hb. Univ. of Geneva, phot. and small fragm. Gr.). Sharing rather closely the habit of E. pomaderrifolium Benth., this species differs in its coarser more spreading pubescence, shorter and broader petioles, as well as in its slightly larger leaves which are more pointed at each end and glabrous beneath. It is doubtless the anal- -ogous species on the paramos of the Sierra Nevada to E. pomader- rifolium on those about Bogoté and E. Jahnii in the highlands about Mérida, Venezuela. E. (§ Subimbricata) neglectum, spec. nov., verisimiliter herbace- um erectum 4 dm. vel ultra altitudine (basi ignota); caule tereti 5 mm. diametro medulloso infirmo modice ramoso usque ad inflor- escentiam foliato tomentoso, indumento purpureo-brunneo, pilis sub lente purpureo-articulatis attenuatis; internodiis 5-11 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis gradatim acuminatis serratis (ser- raturis utroque ca. 12-14 ca. 1-1.5 mm. altis et 3-5 mm. latis) basi rotundatis vel distincte cordatis membranaceis usque ad 6-7 ecm. Jongis 3-3.5 cm. latis supra atroviridibus rugulosis breviter pubes- centibus subtus paullo pallidioribus copiose molliterque pubescentibus fere a basi 3(-5)-nerviis; petiolo ca. 1 cm. longo dense brunneo-to- corymbo terminali composito 1.5 dm. diametro rotundato, partialibus densis subglobosis; capitulis ca. 10-floris sessilibus con- ‘gestis; involucri squamis ca. 12 paullo purpurascentibus apice rotund- atis iatis ca. 3-seriatim imbricatis, extimis 3-4 ovatis dorso pube- scentibus, ceteris oblongis vel oblanceolato-oblongis dorso glabris ‘Sstriatis; llis albis gracilibus glabris fere a basi ad limbum gradatim leviter ampliatis ca. 5.4 mm. longis; dentibus limbi ca. 0.4 mm. longis; achaeniis purpureo-brunneis glabris ca. 2.4 mm. longis cum TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 29 cupula (0.2 mm. alta) albida pappifera coronatis; pappi setis ca. 33 laevibus 4.5 mm. longis.—BraziL: Minas Geraés, A. de Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 724, Cat. D., no. 524 (Par., phot. Gr.). This species must in many respects resstnliles E. semistriatum Bak., known to the writer only from character and from photograph of ‘he type at Kew. Baker describes the involucral scales in his species as biseriate, acute, dorsally pilose and pale. From this it seems quite impossible that his plant could have been conspecific with the one here characterized. The involucre is here almost as imbricated as in some species of § Cylindrocephalum but, the scales being early disposed to spread somewhat and showing greater ability to persist than is usual in § Cylindrocephalum, it seems best to refer the plant to § Subimbricata, where it appears to be among its nearest relatives. Eupatorium (§ Praxelis) porophylloides, spec. nov., glaberrimum herbaceum 2.4-2.8 dm. altum; caulibus 1-2 vel pluribus ab caudice lignescente suberectis flexuosis gracilibus subteretibus post exsic- cationem costulatis dense foliatis vel inferne post delapsum foliorum denudatis ad mediam partem saepius trichotomis; internodiis 4-15 mi. longis; foliis oppositis anguste linearibus integris glaberrimis uninerviis sessilibus apice obtusis callosis 1-3.5 em. longis 0.6-1 mm. latis adscendentibus vel subappressis; pedunculis erectis vel curvato- adscendentibus 4-7.5 em. longis gracilibus; capitulis paucis ad apicem pedunculi solitariis erectis ca. 25-30-floris 1 em. altis 7 mm. diametro; involucri turbinati campanulati squamis ca. 28 ca. 5-seriatim imbri- catis arcte adpressis regulariter gradatis obtusis purpureis 3-5- striatis; receptaculo hemisphaerico glabro; corollis violaceis ca. 5 mm. longis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 1.3 mm. longo in fauces vix distin- guendas subcylindratas ca. 3.5 mm. longis ampliato; dentibus limbi deltoideis patentibus ca. 1 mm. longis; achaeniis nigris ca. 2 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus ‘in faciebus strigillosis et in angulis costiformibus pallidis sursum ciliolatis; pappi setis ca. 23 paullulo scabratis albidis apicem versus purpureo-tinctis.—Bo.tvi1a: Dept. of Santa Cruz: Prov. of Chiquitos: on high plain of the Cerro de San- tiego, alt. 800 m., May, 1907, Th. Herzog, no. 24 (herb. Univ. of Ziirich, phot. and slight fragm. Gr.). This species, clearly of § Prazxelis, stands the nar leaved forms of E. kleinioides HBK. but differs in its se cakes character, its entire narrowly linear almost filiform leaves, its very short internodes, and its t-ohfuse snyotaces! scales. It is also provided tibet as 6 mm. in diameter, which suggests a perennial nature. 30 ROBINSON E. praefictum, spec. nov., fruticosum (saltim distincte lignescens) subglabrum; caule dichotomo tereti a cortice griseo pallide flavescente tecto mox delapsu foliorum denudato et cicatricoso 4 mm. vel ultra diametro; ramis curvato-adscendentibus apicem versus foliosissimis; internodiis 1-3 mm. longis; foliis spiraliter dispositis linearibus vel angustissime oblanceolatis 4-7 cm. longis 1.8-4.5 mm. latis integris apice conspicue calloso-induratis basi gradatim angustatis sessilibus subcarnosulis glabris unicostatis; corymbis terminalibus paullo con- vexis 3-8 cm. diametro densis folia vix superantibus subglabris; pedicellis 3-10 mm. longis; bracteolis 1-3 lanceolato-subulatis; capitulis ca. 5-floris 1 cm. longis; involucri squamis ca. 10-12 acu- minatis, extimis linearibus vel anguste ovato-lanceolatis laxis, mediis et intimis oblongo-obovatis ciliolatis in parte media herbaceis et costulatis lateraliter tenuissimis albidis; corollis ca. 7 mm. longis glabris ut videtur pallidis; tubo proprio ca. 2 mm. longo; faucibus 4 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 1 mm. longis; achaeniis 5-an- gulatis (cum vel absque nervis 1 vel 2 secundariis) nigrescentibus 3.3 mm. longis in angulis nervisque pallidis superne hirtellis; pappi setis ca. 30 valde inaequalibus 4-6 mm. longis pallide ochroleucis sursum paullo barbellatis—Brazi_: Minas Geraés, A. Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), Cat. B, no. 1990 (Par., phot. Gr.). A very well marked species, with somewhat the habit of Agrianthus campestris but with the pappus and other technical characters of / upatortum. The involucral scales are more decidedly unequal than is usual in § Eximbricata but less closely imbricated than is commonly the case in § Subimbricata. The species appears to have no very close relative, but may be provisionally placed in or next to the Ser. asynaphia. The specific name alludes of course to the callous tips of the leaves. E. pumilum (Gardn.), comb. nov. Bolbostylis pumila Gardn. in Hook. Lond. Jour. Bot. v. 470 (1846). Gardner’s Bolbostylis pumila was reduced by Baker in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 309 (1876) to the synonymy of Eupatorium amphidictyum DC. and Baker’s description of the latter species seems to have been drawn largely with the traits of the former in mind. Dr. Hochreutiner, Bull. N. Y. Bot. Gard. vi. 292 (1910), was the first to observe inconsistency between the real E. amphidictyum of DeCandolle and a portion of the material (Martius’s no. 830) which had been referred to it by Baker, |. c., but, having insufficient material to permit a detailed study of the plant of von Martius, Hochreutiner merely states that “if it is a Eupatorium it 1s a new species.” To the writer there seems no doubt whatever TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 31 that the plant represented by Martius’s no. 830 is a Eupatorium, but it seems certainly identical or at least conspecific with Gardner’s clearly described though ineptly named Bolbostylis pumila. While Hochreutiner is clearly right in maintaining that this plant, with its relatively long and narrow scarcely reticulated leaves and elongated pedicels, is quite distinct from E. amphidictywm and that it represents _ an independent species of Eupatorium, it is certainly necessary to apply to it Gardner’s valid, though somewhat ill-chosen, specific name, since this has not been previously employed in Eupatorium except for E. pumilum Wender ex Steud. Nom. ed. 2, i. 608 (1840), a nomen nudissimum of no possible validity or claim to recognition. To E. pumilum may be referred not merely Martius’s no. 830, but A. Saint-Hilaire’s no. 823 bis (Par.). Clearly conspecific with these yet differing markedly in much greater luxuriance is the following: E. PUMILUM, var. vegetius var. nov., elatius ad 6 dm. altum usque ad inflorescentiam foliatum; foliis quam apud var. typicam multo majoribus usque ad 13 cm. longis et 5-6 em. latis; aliter var. typicae simillimum. t seems best to put on record this large variety, since should it be found without some evidence of transition, it could scarcely be referred with confidence to the usually much lower and less leafy-stemmed E. pumilum. E. pYCNOCEPHALUM Less. Linnaea, vi. 404 (1831). This species, one of the most common and widespread of the genus and often ap- pearing to be an introduced weed, is subject to considerable variation in such matters as stature, leaf-contour, density of inflorescence, etc. Especially in the matter of pubescence there is great variability. The nomenclatorial type appears to have been a rather smooth or at least smoothish plant, but even in the same region the species passes by imperceptible transitions to forms with rather copious pubescence, and it has not seemed feasible to make any useful separation on the basis of the quantity of pubescence. However, the following form may be readily recognized not by the mere abundance of the indument but by the nature of the hairs. Forma glandulitectum, forma nova, ubique dense cum glandulis breviter stipitatis vel sessilibus fere modo EF. glandulost obtectum; aliter formam typicam simile—Mexico: Querétaro, collected by Bro. Agniel, 1910-1913, and forming no. 10598 in the large series of Mexican plants distributed by Bro. Arséne (Gr., Mo.). 32 ROBINSON E. Raputa Chod. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, ii. 311 (1902). Prof. Chodat in characterizing this species describes the leaves as one-fourth to one-fifth as wide as long and this relation in the main holds good in regard to the material seen by the writer. Chodat & Hassler have later proposed, |. c. ser. 2, iii. 707 (1903), two varieties of the plant, namely: var. obtusifolium, with the leaves of the inflorescence obtuse and more crenate, founded upon Hassler’s no. 7779; and var. serratum with leaves acutely serrate, margined, and more strongly nerved beneath, founded on Hassler’s no. 8538. From all these forms of the species, however, the following material recently received from the Museum of Natural History at Paris for study at the Gray Herbarium, while agreeing with E. Radula very closely in all important details, differs so conspicuously in its much more slender habit and very. narrow leaves as to appear at first sight a distinct species. Such separation might indeed seem the correct treatment were the leaves of the other varieties of uniform breadth, but in fact they occasionally show considerable variability even on the same stem. — This being the case, it appears probable that the leaf-breadth is here largely determined by the conditions of growth and that the following slender plant represents merely an extreme of variation. Var. stenophyllum, var. noy., stricte virgatum gracile rigidum; caulibus vix 2 mm. crassis; foliis inferioribus et mediis linearibus ser- ratis venosis 2-6 mm. latis; aliter var. typico et var. serrato simil- limum.—Braziu: prov. Sao Paulo, A. de Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816-1821), no. 838, Cat. C1, no. 987 (Par., phot. Gr.). E. (§ Praxelis) sanctopaulense, spec. nov., gracile diffuse ramosum; caule tereti vix 2.5 mm. diametro tamen distincte lignescente brun- nescente puberulo; ramis tenuibus numerosis curvato-ascendentibus usque ad inflorescentiam foliatis plerumque simplicibus 2-3 dm. longis; foliis vel oppositis vel subternis vel alternis in ramo eodem sessilibus anguste linearibus integerrimis vel apicem versus obsolete subdentatis utroque attenuatis 1.5-2 cm. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis 3-nerviis obscure in margine et costa parce pubentibus; internodiis plerisque ca. 1 cm. longis; corymbis terminalibus laxis; pedicellis filiformibus 3-30 mm. longis; capitulis ca. 20-floris erectis ca. 7 mm. ngis 5-6 mm. diametro; involucri campanulato-subcylindrati ca. 4-seriatim imbricati squamis ca. 27 gradatis obtusi li lati purpureo-tinctis 3-nervatis glabriusculis apicem versus obscure cilio- latis, intimis ca. 5.5 mm. longis et 1 mm. latis; disco vix conico-elevato; corollis glabris ut videtur atropurpureis ca. 4.2 mm. longis; tubo proprio ca. 0.8 mm. longo; faucibus cylindratis paullo ampliatis ca. TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 33 2.6 mm. longis; dentibus limbi deltoideis 0.6 mm. longis; achaeniis (immaturis) 2 mm. longis in costis sursum parce hispidulis; pappi setis ca. 27 stramineo-albidis ca. 3.5 mm. longis vix scabratis—BRAZIL: prov. Sao Paulo, A. de Saint-Hilaire, Cat. C2 no. 1401 (Par., phot. Gr.). This species probably approaches most closely E. asperulaceum Bak., which, however, according to its original description was an annual with 15-flowered heads and distant linear leaves of consider- ably greater size (3.5-5 em. long and 3.5-5 mm. wide). Although the base of the present plant is not shown in the material at hand, the stem, though slender, is solid and woody as if certainly perennial. E. sotipacinoiDes HBK. Nov. Gen. et Spec. iv. 126 (1820). To the synonymy of this rather widely distributed and somewhat variable species may be added EF. decussatum Klatt, Bull. Soc. Bot. Belg. xxxv. pt. 1, 295 (1896). Klatt founded his proposed new species solely upon no. 9869 in Prof. Pittier’s extensive series of Costa Rican exsiccatae. This number was collected by Tonduz in thickets on the banks of the Virilla River, near San Juan, Costa Rica. The speci- men labelled in Klatt’s hand is now in the Gray Herbarium and shows only lateral branches with small leaves and scarcely developed in- florescences. When compared with lateral branches of E. solidagi- noides at a similar stage of development it shows perfect corre- spondence in habit and no differences in technical details worthy of mention. E. (§ SUBIMBRICATA) URUBAMBENSE Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. lv. 38, 65 (1919). Material recently received and agreeing perfectly with the typical form of this species in its essential characters shows what appear to be two strong strains which are probably to a con- siderable extent developed in response to differences of environment but are so pronounced as to claim at least varietal recognition, as follows: Var. typicum, fruticosum ad 2.4 dm. altum laxe ramosum; ramis 2-4 dm. vel ultra longis gracilibus flexuosis; internodiis elongatis (usque ad 8-9 em. longis); foliis plerumque 3-4 cm. longis; involucri squamis distincte marginatis——Prrv: in Valley of Ymay [?], Uru- bamba, Cuzco, Pentland (K., phot. and fragm. Gr.) ; Urubamba Valley, E. D. W. & M. M. Holway, no. 759 (Gr.); Ollantaytambo, alt. about 3000 m., Cook & Gilbert, no. 336 (U. S.).—Described by Prof. Holway as a slender shrub. Var. determinatum var. nov., fruticosum multo humilius 3-6 dm. altum rigidiuscule bievitendiie: ramosum; axe repetitive aborto et 34 ROBINSON pseudo-dichotome ramoso; internediis 0.5-3.8 em. longis; foliis 1.5- 2.5 cm. longis; inyolucri squamis obscure marginatis vel omnino im- marginatis.—Prrvu: on southern slope, in open ground, 6 dm. high, flowers white or very pale lilac, Yanahuanca, alt. 3050 m., June 16-22, Macbride & Featherstone, no. 1181 (rypr, Field Mus.; isotype, Gr.); gulches of red clay hills, about 3 dm. high, flowers pale lavender, fragrant, Llata, alt. about 2135 m., Aug. 21, 1922, Macbride & Feather- stone, no. 1990 (Field Mus., Gr.). In var. determinatum the axis tends repeatedly to die at the tip and be surpassed by the opposite curved-ascending somewhat rigid branches, hence the name. A SECOND SPECIES oF EupATORIASTRUM.—When, some years ago, the writer pointed out (Proc. Am. Acad. li. 537 (1916)) the corre- spondence of Bulbostylis triangularis DC. and Eupatorium vitifolium (Sch.-Bip.) Klatt, the comparison was made on the basis of a photo- graph of the former taken at the DeCandolle herbarium in Geneva and some fragments of the latter present in the Klatt herbarium. While the specific identity was fairly evident, the material at hand did not permit thorough study. Happily, the problematic plant has been again found among some undetermined Eupatorieae recently lent from the United States National Herbarium for study and identi- fication at the Gray Herbarium. This new material consists of two sheets representing P. B. Reko’s no. 3539, collected at Apango, Oaxaca, alt. 450 m., 9 Oct. 1917. These specimens prove what was now seems that the problematic plant which has successively been referred to Bulbostylis, Carphephorus, Hebeclinium and Eupatorium to any undoubted species of Eupatorium. It is best, therefore, to make the following new disposition of the plant under discussion. Eu angul. .), comb. nov. Bulbostylis triangu- laris DC. Prod. vii. 268 (1838). Carphephorus triangularis (DC.) TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 35 Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 86 (1852), by implication, and acc. to Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 109 (1881). Eupatorium vitifolium (Sch.-Bip.) Klatt, Leopoldina, xx. 90 (1884); Robinson, Proc. Am. Acad. li. 537 (1916). Hebeclinium vitifolium Sch.-Bip. ex Klatt, 1. ¢—SouTHERN Mexico, State of Oaxaca, at San Miguel (“Ladani’’), Liebmann, no. 246 (sketch and fragm. Gr.); Apango, Reko, no. 3539 (U. S., fragm. Gr.). Mexico. witout Locauity: Haenke (“ Prodromus herbarium” of DeCandolle, phot. Gr.). While Eupatoriastrum Nelsonii and its var. cardiophyllum Robinson & Greenman, Proc. Am. Acad. xli. 277 (1905) both have broadly ovate to suborbicular leaves rather finely toothed but nearly or quite without lobes or angles, the leaves of E. triangularis are triangular- ovate with spreading acute basal lobes and with or without some lesser lobing higher on the blade. In both species the margin is - cuspidate-dentate. In E. triangularis the larger involucral scales are about 1 cm. long, attenuate to an entire very sharp tip and dorsally marked with three dark veins. In E. Nelsonii and its variety they are 6-8 mm. long and narrowed much more abruptly to a merely acute erose-fimbriolate tip, while dorsally they are scurfy and without conspicuous veins. In E. triangularis the corollas are about 8 mm. long, in E. Nelsonii about 5 mm. There is no doubt that these plants represent two distinct species, but their resemblance in many details is so pronounced that it is impossible to doubt their close relationship and the fact that they should be treated as congeneric. From the small, compact, and Inatris-like genus Carphephorus of the southeastern United States, these two plants of southern Mexico differ so widely in habit and are geographically so far removed as to render any generic union strained and artificial. ikania (§ Thyrsigerae) Broadwayi, spec. nov., verisimiliter volubilis perennis et paullo lignescens multis M. punctatum simulans; caule tereti costulato glabrato; foliis deltoideo-ovatis caudato- acuminatis basi rotundatis vel subtruncatis ad insertionem petioli leviter sinu clauso cordatis vel ut videtur peltatis supra basin hastatis lobum brevem divaricatum acutum utroque modo M. punctati gerentibus margine obscure cuspidato-denticulatis membranaceis ca. ¢-nerviis utrinque viridibus prominulenter reticulatis glabris subtus paullo pallidioribus ca. 15 em. longis ca. 10-12 em. latis; petiolo ca. 4 cm. longo obscure villosulo; panicula ovoidea 12-16 cm. longa 8-12 cm. crassa adpresse pilosula; bracteis ellipticis petiolatis, primariis foliaceis, superioribus multo reductis lanceolatis ca. 5 mm. longis; 36 ROBINSON capitulis ad apices ramulorum fastigiatim subracemosis ca. 8 mm. longis; pedicellis 2-6 mm. longis plerisque supra mediam partem brac- teolam viridem lanceolatam gerentibus; involucri squamis 4 mem- branaceis viridibus late oblongis apice rotundatis glabriusculis multi- nervatis 5 mm. longis 2.3 mm. latis margine tenuiter ciliato-erosis; corollis glabris ut videtur albis, tubo proprio gracili 2 mm. longo; faucibus abrupte campanulatis 1.5 mm. altis, dentibus limbi deltoideis fauces subaequantibus; achaeniis nigrescentibus 3 mm. longis, 0.5 mm. crassis parce pubescentibus; pappi setis ca. 40 distincte barbel- latis flexuosis albidis—Trinipap: Heights of Aripo, W. E. Broadway, Jan. 10-26, 1922 no. 9828 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). This plant, recently forwarded to the Gray Herbarium from the New York Botanical Garden, at once recalls by its foliage M. punctata Klatt, a species extending from Mexico to Venezuela and Bolivia, but differs in inflorescence, broader involucral scales, shorter proper - tube of the corolla, more decidedly reticulate leaves, shorter, stouter and more pubescent achenes, etc. In M. punctata the heads are mostly shorter-pedicelled and grouped in somewhat globular glomer- ules, the proper tube of the corolla is fully 3 mm. long, exceeding the combined throat and limb, and the achenes are about 4 mm. long, very slender and nearly smooth or merely granular. It is with pleasure that I name this species for its collector a veteran explorer of difficult tropical regions. M. cINNAMOMIFOLIA Lingelsheim in Fedde, Rep. vii. 251 (1909). When publishing (Contrib. Gray Herb. lxiv. 96-115) upon the Bolivian Mikanias, the author had not seen any material of M. cinnamomifolia. From the original diagnosis it was impossible to separate it on any satisfactory characters from the earlier M. dioscoreoides Rusby. Ac- cordingly it was doubtfully referred to the synonymy of that species. Subsequently, through a loan kindly sent from the United States National Herbarium, it has been possible to compare isotypes of M. cnnamomifolia and M. dioscoreoides. It is obvious that these plants are closely related. However, there seem to be differences adequate to show them to be distinct species. The leaves of M. cinnamomifolia even at full maturity are elliptic- or lance-oblong, 8-12 cm. in length, 34.2 cm. wide, of a papery-membranaceous texture, dull and ob- scurely pubescent beneath (on the surface as well as on the ribs and veins). In strong transmitted light they are finely translucent- punctate. The involucral bracts are pale-stramineous, rounded at summit and distinctly pubescent dorsally. In M. dioscoreoides, on _ the other hand, the mature leaves become much broader and ovate, TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIBAE 37 being sometimes as much as 2 dm. long and about half as wide. They are much thicker, rather firmly coriaceous and more definitely promi- nulent-reticulated, glabrous beneath. In transmitted light they are opaque except for a very few widely scattered points. The involucral scales are more narrowly oblong, less conspicuously rounded at tip, and nearly or quite glabrous on the back. The lack of precisely equivalent stages of development makes it still difficult to be sure of differences in the florets or achenes. The material examined has been as follows: M. dioscoreoides Rusby: Dept. Cochabamba, near town of Cocha- bamba, Bang, no. 1256 (Gr., N. Y., U. S., Mo., Philad., Field Mus.); Antahuacoma, Espiritu Santo (160 km. northeast of Cochabamba), Buchtien, no. 2297 (U. S., Gr.). M. cinnamomifolia Liageloh, Dept. La Paz: San Carlos, near Mapiri, alt. 750 m., Buchtien, nos. 1398, 1508 (U. S.). M. pESMOCEPHALA Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixiv. 113 (1922). This species, founded upon Dr. Rusby’s no. 1740 and thus far known only from the original material, is represented by Dr. Buchtien’s no. 1550 from San Carlos near Mapiri, in the tropical region at an altitude of 750 m. Dr. Buchtien’s label indicates that the plant is a twining shrub reaching a height of 34 m. and growing in the woods. This new material corresponds so closely with the type that there can be no question that it is conspecific, yet it shows some variation. Its leaves instead of being uniformly rounded at base are sometimes openly. cordate. They are granular-puberulent above and somewhat hirtellous beneath. Re-examination of the type material in which the leaves were incorrectly described as glabrous on both surfaces discloses at least on some of the younger leaves traces of puberulence. Dr. Buchtien’s rediscovery of this species is particularly fortunate since it makes it possible to assign to it a definite geographical locality. Mikania (§ Corymbosae) dictyota, spec. nov., volubilis gracilis ut videtur herbacea ubique subglabra; caule Riis torto tetragono vel hexagono ca. 2.5 mm. crasso brunneo vel atropurpureo; internodiis 5-10 cm. longis; foliis ovatis cuspidato-acuminatis profunde cordatis utroque 3-8-dentatis (dentibus cuspidatis 0.5-3 mm. altis 4-10 mm. basi latis) coriaceis vix discoloribus utrinque valde reticulatis 2.8-5 cm. longis ee _> cm. latis a basi 5-7-nervatis; petiolis gracilibus 1-3 is, eis ejusdem j jugi basi ab annulo aaa transverse conjunctis; corymbis numerosis parvis ca. 3 em. diametro (valde immaturis) leviter convexis plerisque ramulos paten- 38 ROBINSON tes terminantibus; bracteolis ovatis acuminatis 7.5 mm. longis et 4 m. latis in summo pedicelli orientibus; involucri squamis anguste oblongis purpurascenti-viridibus apicem versus puberulis dorso glandulari-atomiferis et obscure striatulis ca. 9 mm. longis et 1.7 mm. latis; corollis (valde immaturis) ca. 5.5 mm. longis apicem versus atomiferis, dentibus limbi linearibus 3 mm. longis tubum et fauces superantibus; pappi setis ca. 75; achaeniis valde immaturis.— BoLivia: Unduavi, Nor Yungas, in the Andean region, 3200 m. alt., Dr. Otto Buchtien, no. 4762 (U. S., Gr.). An attractive species with some habital similarity to the Peruvian M. brachyphylla Hieron. and the Ecuadorean M. Andrei Robinson but with considerably larger leaves and much longer corolla-teeth than either of these. M. (§ Corymbosae) Featherstonei, spec. nov., volubilis fruticosa inter frutices scandens; caulibus teretibus molliter lignescentibus sordido-tomentosis ad 5 mm. vel ultra crassis; internodiis ad 11 cm. longis; foliis oppositis petiolatis ovatis acuminatis undulato-sub- dentatis vel fere integris basi rotundatis vel profunde cordatis supra scaberrimis rugosis (venulis reticulatis depressis) subtus prominenter reticulato-venosissimis sordide tomentosis supra basin pinnatim 6-8-nervatis 10-15 cm. longis 7-9 cm. latis crassiuscule membranaceis; petiolis gracilibus tomentosis 3-4 em. longis; eis ejusdem jugi neque connatis neque cum linea transversa basi conjunctis; appendicibus stipularibus nullis; corymbis axillaribus pedunculatis valde convexis vel subglobosis 4-8 cm. diametro tomentellis; capitulis brevissime pedicellatis subglomeratis ¢a. 15 mm. altis ca. 9 mm. diametro; involucri ca. 10 mm. longi squamis exterioribus oblongis obtusis dorso scabratis ca. 3.5 mm. latis herbaceis obscure multinervatis, squamis terioribus obovato-oblongis similibus sed glabriusculis solum apicem versus paullo scabratis basi callosis; corollis viridi-albis; limbi patentis dentibus ca. 2 mm. longis; faucibus vix ullis; tubo cylindrato gracili saepe curvato extus paullo scabrato ca. 5.5 mm. longo; antherarum columna exserta purpurea; achaeniis 5-angularibus 6 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus paullo scabratis; pappi setis ca. 90 brun- nescenti-albidis ca. 6.5 mm. longis——Prru: twining in shrubs of stream bank, Pueblo, 3 miles below Ambo, Tomaiquichua, alt. about 2600 m., Sep. 19, 1922, Macbride & Featherstone, no. 2428 (TYPE, Field Mus.; isotype, Gr.). This species, with the coarse, wrinkled foliage of M. bullata and M. rugosa, is clearly of the § Corymbosae. Its heads are commonly in 3’s but are distinctly pedicelled. It appears to have no near relatives in Peru. TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEFAE 39 M. riaccipa Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixiv. 9, 109 (1922). In some material recently acquired by the United States National Herbarium there has been found a second sheet of this characteristic species. Its label indicates the following data of col- lection. San Carlos near Mapiri, Bolivia, in the tropical region at an altitude of 750 m., August, 1907, Dr. Otto Buchtien, no. 1960. It is unfortunately very immature, but its correspondence with the original material bch Polo-Polo near Coroico, alt. 1100 m., seems to be perfect. Mica cuaco H. & B. Pl. Aegq. ii. 84, t. 105 (1809). Some months ago, in Contrib. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixiv. 10-11 (1922), I recorded the occurrence of this South American species on Trinidad from the evidence of a poor old specimen without collector’s name and destitute of precise data as to locality. Subsequently an excellent specimen was received from Prof. Britton which was collected by Mr. W. E. Broadway on the Heights of Aripo, Trinidad, Jan. 10-26, 1922 (no. 9830). This closely matches South American material of M. guaco and fully establishes the occurrence of the species on the island of Trinidad. Mrixania Lanucinosa DC. Prod, v. 201 (1836). To the synonymy of this species may be added M. Banisteriae Buchtien, Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910), not DC, § Oorymbosse) oreimeles, spec. nov., fruticosa ad 3 m. al- titudine scanden shabtenct post exsiccationem costulato praesertim nodos versus brunneo-hirsuto; internodiis usque ad 1 dm. longis; foliis oppositis graciliter petiolatis ovatis acuminatis utrinque viridibus supra sparse hirtis subtus paullo pallidioribus pubescentibus 5-7 cm. longis 3-3.5 cm. latis mebranaceis a basi 3(—5)-nerviis margine crenatis vel subserratis vel undulatis vel etiam integriusculis; petiolo 1.5-2.5 em. longo; corymbo composito denso planiusculo 6-13 cm. lato; bracteolis lanceolato-linearibus; ramulis corymbi late patentibus; capitulis numerosis ca. 6 mm. altis; involucri squamis anguste oblongis apice rotundatis basi subcalloso incrassatis dorso viridibus plus minusve pubentibus ca. 4 mm. longis; corollis ut videtur albidis vel pallide ochroleucis glabris; tubo proprio ca. 1.5 mm. longo gracili; faucibus turbinatis ca. 0.7 mm. altis; dentibus limbi ca. 1.2 mm. longis lanceolato-deltoideis; achaeniis nigrescentibus ca. 2 mm. longis deorsum decrescentibus; pappi setis albis ca. 35.— Schultzit Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. Ixiv. 19, 111 (1922) in part, that is as to plants of Bang and of Buchtien, but not as to type, namely plant of Mandon. Walloughbya scandens “form near var. 40 ROBINSON barbinervia,” Rusby, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club, vi. 58 (1896).—Bottvia: Dept. Cochabamba: Espirito Santo, 1891, Bang, no. 1267 (TYPE, Gr., N. Y., U. S., Philad., Field Mus., Mo.). Dept. La Paz: Prov. Nor Yungas, in thickets, Unduavi, alt. 3300 m., Buchtien, no. 198 (N. Y.); also in woods at same locality, alt. 3200 m., Buchtien, nos. 683 (U.S., fragm. Gr.) and 4183 (U. S., Gr.). This species, when well developed, is rendered somewhat striking by the candelabra-like form of its compound corymb of which the lateral branches are conspicuously elongated and widely spreading. For technical distinctions between this species and its nearest Bolivian relatives see key under M. Schultzii below. M. PENNELL Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. lxi. 19 (1920), Ixiv. 43 (1922). When described this characteristic species was known to the writer only from material collected by Dr. Pennell in the neighborhood of Villavicencio in central Colombia. However, the species has again been found among specimens from the herbarium of Dr. Otto Buchtien recently purchased by the United States National Herbarium. It proves, in fact, to be the plant collected by Dr. Buchtien at San Carlos near Mapiri, Bolivia, as his no. 1554, and reported in his Contrib. Fl. Boliv. i. 190 (1910) as M. hastata (L.) Willd., of which the determination was doubted on geographic grounds by the writer, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. Ixiv. 114 (1922). The real M. hastata is an essentially West Indian plant, barely reaching north- ern Venezuela. It has sessile heads in long regular paniculately dis- posed spikes, the involucral scales are oblong and rounded or merely mucronate at the tip, and the corollas are funnelformed and white. M. Pennellii, on the other hand, has the heads for the most part distinctly pedicelled and borne in an irregularly subracemose manner on the branchlets of an open thyrse, the involucral scales oblanceolate and acute, and the greenish-yellow corollas with slender tube and rotate limb. While it is surprising to find a plant of central Colombia reappearing in Bolivia, it is to be observed that in this case both occur at similar low altitudes on the eastern side of the Andes in the wooded tropical region, probably under by no means dissimilar climatic conditions. It is also to be remembered that the intervening territory on the east of the Andes has been very imperfectly explored and that climbing plants are not favorites with collectors in difficult regions. . M. (§ Corymposar) Scuutrzm Robinson, Contrib. Gray Herb. n. ser. Ixiv. 111 (1922). A re-examination of this species in the light of related material lately received makes it clear that two specimens covered by the original description are in reality separable as an TROPICAL AMERICAN EUPATORIEAE 41 independent species, which is characterized above as M. oreimeles. The segregation of this new species makes it desirable to recast the alternatives lettered “1’’ in the author’s key to the Bolivian Mikanias of § Corymbosae, 1. c. 105, It is believed that the following characters will adequately distinguish the species in question from its closest Bolivian relatives. l. Involucral scales oblanceolate, acute or acutish, thin, finely but distinctly nerved; corolla-teeth broadly deltoid, widely spreading or recurved, shorter than the companu- date throats se 216 aes ga EN ae 5. M. micrantha. ‘1. Involucral scales narrowly oblong, rounded at the tip, firmer in ure, callous-thickened at base, obscurely if at all nerved; corolla-teeth lance-deltoid, suberect; the throat turbinate. m. m. Leaves ovate-oblong, 9-12 em. long; stems soon sub- glabrate; heads 8 mm. high; involucral scales 5 mm. long; corolla-teeth about equaling the throat... .... ..26. M. Schulizit. m. Leaves ovate, 5-7 cm. long; stems permanently bristly with brown articulated spreading hairs; heads 6 mm. igh; involucral scales 4 mm. long; corolla-teeth dis- tinctly longer than the throat............-.+...-. 26a. M. oreimeles. Mikania (§ Racemosae) virgata, spec. nov., herbacea perennis erecta stricta virgata 1 m. vel ultra alta infra inflorescentiam glabra; caule subtereti multicostulato ad 6 mm. crasso foliosissimo deinde basin versus delapsu foliorum denudato; internodiis 1-3.5 cm. longis; foliis inferne suboppositis superne disjunctim ternatis vel quaternatis late elliptico-obovatis obtusis vel apice rotundatis basi integris et angustatis aliter grosse crenato-dentatis plerisque 5-nerviis coriaceis utrinque viridibus subeoncoloribus subtus atro-puncticulatis 4-5 em. longis 2.5-3.2 em. latis, nervis venisque utrinque paullo prominentibus; inflorescentia terminali pyramidata racemose paniculata 1-2.5 dm. alta 6-9 em. diametro fulvo-puberula, ramis adscendentibus 3-8 cm. longis saepe ramosis; bracteis primariis subfoliaceis petiolatis secunda- riis multo reductis lanceolatis; pedicellis puberulis gracilibus 2-6 mm. longis apicem versus bracteolatis; involucri squamis oblanceolato- oblongis acuminatis 6 mm. longis 2 mm. latis brunneo-flavidis cilio- latis dorso glabris inconspicue 3-nervatis; corollis glabris albis, tubo proprio gracili cylindrico paullo basi expanso 2 mm. longo, faucibus campanulatis 1.6 mm. altis, dentibus limbi deltoideis 1.2 mm. longis; achaeniis prismaticis pentagonis 2 mm. longis in faciebus dense glanduliferis; pappi setis ca. 38 albis capillaribus barbellatis—BraziL: on open hills at Barbacena, State of Minas Geraés, 13 Dec. 1921, Prof. & Mrs. E. W. D. Holway, no. 1395 (Gr.. U. S., N. Y.). This highly characteristic species has strikingly the habit of some of the taller virgate Solidagos. It bears also habital similarity to 42 ROBINSON some of the Kanimias but has strictly 5-angled achenes. It appears to be near M. subverticillata Sch. Bip. (known to the writer only from Baker’s original description in Mart. FI. Bras. vi. pt. 2, 224), but that is said’to be glabrous throughout and to have sessile heads, obtuse distinctly smaller involucral scales, and pinnately nerved leaves. Brickellia gentianoides, spec. nov., herbacea perennis decumbens ubique glaberrima 2.5-3.5 dm. alta; caule tereti 3 mm. crasso; inter- nodiis 1-5 em. longis; foliis oppositis oblanceolatis vel (superioribus) 3-nerviis utrinque viridibus glaberrimis paullo carnosulis levissime basi connatis; corymbis trichotomis planis terminalibus; bracteis lineari-lanceolatis vel subulatis; capitulis ca. 21-floris 1 cm. altis ca. 7 mm. diametro pedicellatis; involucri turbinato-campanulati squamis ca. 20 anguste lanceolatis peracutis paullo rigidulis 3-4-seriatis 3- nerviis glabris obscure eroso-ciliolatis; receptaculo conico nudo; corollis 44.5 mm. longis; tubo proprio et faucibus vix distinguendis 3.7 mm. longis; dentibus limbi 5 ovato-dentoideis 0.7 mm. longis antheris apice cum appendice’ anguste deltoidea instructis basi paullo sagittatis; achaeniis 2.6 mm. longis glabris subaequaliter 9-10- costatis; pappi setis ca. 50 capillaribus flavescenti-albis vix scabratis. —Brazit: Rio Grande do Sul, A. Saint-Hilaire (journey of 1816- 1821), no. 768, Cat. C2, no. 2735 bis (Par., phot. Gr.). On account of its evenly 9-10-ribbed achenes it becomes necessary to place this plant in the genus Brickellia rather than in Eupatorium. Its slightly sagittate anthers are anomalous (though not unpre- cendented) in either of these genera. The species would fall within the definition of Brickellia § Bulbostylis (see Robinson, Mem. Gray Herb. i. 24) but does not fit well into any of the hitherto recognized subsections. ; BRICKELLIA KELLERMANII Greenman, Field Columb. Mus. Bot. Ser. ii. 265 (1907); Robinson, Mem. Gray Herb. i. 54, f. 32 (1917). A specimen collected in Guatemala by Friedrichsthal about the middle of the last century and cited without specific name by Hemsley, Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 107 (1881) under no. 35, has been lent to the writer from the Royal Gardens at Kew for study and identification. It corresponds admirably with a photograph of the rare and little known B. Kellermanii except that the heads instead of being sub- sessile, as in the original plant (which may be called forma typica) are borne on slender pedicels. Rather wide variation in the length STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 43 of the pedicels is frequent in the genus and at least until other more convincing differences are found this plant of Friedrichsthal may be provisionally placed as B. KELLERMANH, forma podocephala, forma nov., formae typicae simillima differt capitulis graciliter pedicellatis; pedicellis 3-10(—20) mm. longis erectis vel adscendentibus.—GuatTEMaLa: Friedrichsthal (K., phot. and fragm. Gr. II. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE. By I. M. JoHnston 1. RESTORATION OF THE GENUS HACKELIA. As currently taken the genus Lappula is composed of two sharply differentiated groups. It is here proposed that the perennial and biennial species with pyramidal gynobase be segregated to form the genus Hackelia, while the annual species with subulate gynobase be left to constitute the genus Lappula. The very important characters which separate these very distinct genera may be realized by a study of the following contrast. Lapputa. Annual; inflorescence abundantly bracteate; pedicels erect; gynobase subulate, 5-10 times as tall as broad, about equaling the nutlets; style g the nutlets; nutlets narrowly attached all along the well Piieveloped medial ventral keel. Hacxeuta. Biennial or perennial; inflorescence naked or rarely sparsely bracteate; pedicels recurved or deflexed in fruit; gynobase pyramidal, less tall than broad; style definitely surpassed by nutlets; nutlets attached by a large oblique submedial ovate or deltoid areola; ventral keel extending over only upper half of nutlet. As usually taken Lappula has been an unnatural aggregate formed of two groups whose structures are so different that it seems improb- able that the groups are immediately related. The species which Ihave refered to Hackelia do not find their g the species of true Lappula, but rather among the species in section Coloboma of Eritrichium. Indeed so close and unmistakable are the relations between Hackelia and Eritrichium that with much justi- fication the two genera might be merged. On the other hand Hackelia has been referred to Lappula only because the species in both genera have glochidiate bristles on the dorsal rim of the nutlets, and despite the fact that the species of the two groups differ markedly in habit and in a number of fundamental characters. As both Lappula and 44 JOHNSTON Hackelia have in all probability evolved from the Cynoglosseae where glochidiate bristles are common as carpel appendages, it must be evident that the presence of barbed appendages is only of general phylogenetic significance and not a safe criterion upon which to judge immediate relationships. Hackelia and Lappula differ in the manner by which the nutlets are attached to the gynobase. Among the borages this correctly has been considered of fundamental importance. In the characters of gynobase and nutlets Hackelia is almost exactly matched by de- velopments in Eritrichium § Coloboma, for many species of that section approximate upon a reduced scale the characteristic habit of Hackelia, while furthermore some species, such as E. strictum Decne., E. pectinatum (Pall.) A-DC., ete., have the toothing on the dorsal margining of the nutlet tipped by subulate barbed prolongations. Although approaching one another closely Hackelia and Eritri- chium seem readily distinguished by habit, the former being rank- growing green biennials or perennials with broad thin leaves and stems 2-10 dm. high, whereas Eritrichium contains low, canescent or silvery, strongly rooted, caespitose plants with small firm leaves and stems 1-20 cm. high. The dorsal margining of the nutlets in Hackelia is usually broken up into flattened subulate glochidiate appendages, but in Eritrichium the margin is entire or merely dentate and usually without glochids. The only invariably diagnostic character by which the two genera can be separated is that found in the direction of the fruiting pedicels; in Hackelia the pedicels are recurved or reflexed in fruit whereas in Eritrichium they are always erect or nearly so. Hackelia centers in western North America and has outlying species in the Andes and Himalayas, and in central Europe, eastern United States, and Mexico. Eritrichium centers in Asia, but has an arctic series of species occurring at high latitudes or altitudes in Europe and North America. genus, there were eight of Ledebour’s species, all true Lappulas, referred to it ina footnote. The characteristic areola and attachment ee iy io r STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 45 of Echi afew pages further on. Hackelia deflexa wae . Opiz, being the first species given under Hackelia and the only one treated with any detail, it is taken as constituting the type of the genus as here redefined. The species referable to Hackelia are as follows:— HACKELIA DEFLEXA (Wahl.) Opiz in Bercht. Fl. Bohm. ii, pt. 2, 147 (1839). Myosotis deflera Wahl. Vet. Acad. Handl. Stockholm, xxxi. 113, t. 4 (1810). Echinospermum deflerum Lehm. Asperif. i. 120 (1818). Rochelia deflexa R. & S. Syst. iv. 109 (1819). Cyno- glossum deflexum Roth, Enum. i. 589 (1827). Lappula deflexa Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). Echinospermum deflecum, var. americanum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 224 (1882). Lappula deflexa, var. americana Greene, |. c. 183. L. americana Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxiv. 294 (1897). / H. virginiana (L.), comb. nov. Myosotis virginiana L. Sp. Pl. 131 (1753). Echinospermum virginicum Lehm. Asperif. i. 117 (1818). Rochelia virginiana R. & S. Syst. iv. 108 (1819). Lappula virginiana Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). Cynoglossum Morisont A.DC. Prodr. x. 155 (1846) “ H. pinetorum (Greene), comb. nov. Echinospermum. pinetorum Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 224 (1882). Lappula pine- torum Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). L. pustulata Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 39 (1916). L. heliocarpa Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 310 (1922). H. Roylei (Wall.), comb. nov. Cynoglossum Roylet Wall. in Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 356 (1838). C.laxum Don,1.c. Lappulalaxa Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 543 (1916). C. uncinatum Royle, ace. to Benth. in Royle, Ill. 305 (1839). C. glochidiatum Wall. ace. to Benth. in Royle, 1. ¢. 306. Echinospermum glochidiatum A.DC. Prodr. x. 136 (1846). Paracaryum glochidiatum Benth. in Hook FI. Brit. Ind. iv. 161 (1883). L. glochidiata Brand in Fedde, Repert. xiv. 146 (1915). H. macrophylla (Brand), comb. nov. Lappula macrophylla Brand in Fedde, Repert. xiv. 147 (1915). Cynoglossum uncinatum, var. laxiflora Benth. in Royle, Ill. 305 (1839). Echinospermum glochidi- atum, var. laxiflorum A.DC. Prodr. x. 136 (1846).—From their de- oe this and the next species seem scarcely distinct from the one. ar ae (Brand), comb. nov. Lappula Dielsii Brand in Fedde, Repert. xiv. 147 (1915). H. revoluta (R. & P.), comb. nov. Cynoglossum revolutum R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 6 (1799). Lappula revoluta Brand in Fedde, Repert. 46 JOHNSTON xiv. 148 (1915). C. ovatifolium Griesb. Gétting. Abhandl. xxiv. 271 (1879). L. revoluta, f. ovatifolia Brand, l. c. C. parviflorum Krause, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xxxvii. 634 (1906). C. Fiebrigit. Krause, 1. c. L. revoluta, f. Fiebrigii Brand, 1. c. C. andicolum Krause, |. c. 635. H. costaricensis (Brand), comb. nov. La pula costaricensis Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 310 (1922). L. guatemalensis Brand, Is G81. H. mexicana (Schl. & Cham.), comb. nov. Cynoglossum mexi- canum Schl. & Cham. Linnaea v. 114 (1830). Echinospermum mexicanum Hemsl. Biol. Cent.-Am. Bot. ii. 377 (1882). Lappula mexicanum Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891).—This.and the preceding are closely related to H. revoluta and perhaps are not specifically distinct. ’ ~ H. leptophylla (Rydb.), comb. nov. Lappula leptophylla Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 329 (1900). (?) L. scaberrima Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 545 (1902). (?) L. angustata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxi. 636 (1904). L. Besseyi Rydb. |. ce. 636. (?) L. grisea Woot. & Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 164 (1913). L. floribunda of Piper (Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 537. 1902.) and other recent authors. / H. hispida (Gray), comb. nov. Echinospermum diffusum, var. hispidum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 225 (1882). E. hispidum Gray, l. c. xx. 259 (1884). _L. hispida Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). “H. ciliata (Dougl.), comb. nov. Cynoglossum ciliatum Dougl. in Lehm. Pug. ii. 24 (1830). Echinospermum ciliatum Gray, Proc. Am. we xvii. 225 (1882). Lappula ciliata Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 “H. setosa (Piper), comb. nov. Lappula setosa Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 544 (1902). ~ Hi. cinerea (Piper), comb. nov. Lappula cinerea Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 544 (1902). « H. ursina (Greene), comb. nov. Echinospermum ursinum Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii, 224 (1882). Lappula ursina Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). YH. uta (Woot. & Standl.), comb. nov. Lappula hirsuta Woot. & Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 164 (1913). /H. gracilenta (Eastw.), comb. nov. Lappula gracilenta Eastw. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 523 (1902). v AH. floribunda (Lehm.), comb. nov. Echinospermum floribundum Lehm. Pug. ii. 24 (1830). Lappula floribunda Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). Rochelia patens Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. vii. 44 (1834). E. subdecumbens Parry, Proc. Davenport Acad. i. 148 (1876). L. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 47 subdecumbens Nels., Manual Rocky Mt. Bot. 412 (1909). (?) L. leucantha Greene, Leaflets i. 152 (1905). L. Jessicae McGreg. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxvii. 262 (1910). L. diffusa of Piper and other recent authors.—The plant referred here has always been associated with Lehmann’s Echinospermum diffusum despite the fact that it is per- fectly portrayed in Hooker’s, Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 84, t. 164 (1838), plate of E. floribundum, a plate apparently drawn from an isotype if not the actual type of that latter species. It is to be particularly noted that the plant, the Lappula diffusa of recent authors, which I refer to Lehmann’s Echinospermum floribundum agrees with the pictured plant in perennial duration and in size of corolla, developments not present in H. leptophylla, the plant usually referred to Lehmann’s species. In spite of the note by Nelson and Macbride, Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 42 (1916), the account given by Parry, I. c., and the isotype pre- served in the Gray Herbarium both clearly show that Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 225 (1882), and Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 539 (1902), were correct in refering Echinospermum subdecumbens to the present species. The use of Parry’s name in the Rocky Mountain Manual is incorrect! The plant is definitely blue-flowered, as the lack of mention of color in Parry’s observations would suggest. H. Eastwoodae, nom. nov. Lappula micrantha Eastw. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxx. 497 (1903); not H. micrantha (Ledeb.) Opiz.—Related to H. floribunda, but differing in small flowers and in having a few glochidiate prickles on the back of the nutlets. Perhaps only the Californian variety of that species. ~“H. bella (Macbr.), comb. nov. Lappula bella Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 39 (1916). (?) L. Rattanii Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 311 (1922).—Differing from the closely related H. velutina in possessing white corollas, and in having the back of the nutlets unarmed. H: nervosa (Kell.), comb. nov. Echinospermum nervosum Kell. Proc. Calif. Acad. ii. 146, f. 42 (1862). Lappula nervosa Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). H. velutina (Piper), comb. nov. Lappula velutina Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 546 (1902) .—Perhaps only a ao variety of the last. The Hackelias of the Yosemite Reg they vary as to pubescence and have small eapteis with short tubes: 2 H. californica (Gray), comb. nov. Echinospermum californicum ‘Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii. 225 (1882). Lappula californica Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 546 (1902). 48 JOHNSTON VH. arida (Piper), comb. nov. Lappula arida Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxviii. 44 (1901). L. Cottoni Piper, |. c. xxix. 549 (1902). /H. arida, var. Cusickii (Piper), comb. nov. Lappula Cusickii Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 542 (1902). L. arida, var. Cusickii Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 41 (1916). LZ. sazxatilis Piper, 1. ¢. 541. H. diffusa (Lehm.), comb. nov. Echinospermum diffusum Lehm. Pug. ii. 23 (1830). Lappula diffusa Greene, Pittonia ii. 182 (1891). L. Hendersoni Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 539 (1902). (?) L. trachy- phylla Piper, 1. c. 540. L. subdecumbens of Nels. Man. Rocky Mt. Bot. 412 (1909), as to description only—The plant concerned here agrees with Lehmann’s description in height of growth, pubescence, size and color of flowers, and in the arming of the nutlets. It fits the description far better than the other plant, here called H. flori- bunda, which has borne Lehmann’s specific name in the past. In fact the present plant diverges from Lehmann’s description only by having usually acutish rather than obtusish cauline leaves. » H. diffusa var. caerulescens (Rydb.), comb. nov. Lappula caerulescens Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 328 (1900). L. sub- decumbens caerulescens Garrett, Fl. Wasatch Reg. 78 (1911). 2. THe GeNus ANTIPHYTUM. In the literature concerned with the Boraginaceae the species of Antiphytum have been repeatedly confused with the species now referred to Plagiobothrys, Cryptantha, and allied genera, despite the fact that the former genus appears to belong not to the Eritrichieae, but rather to the Lithospermeae. This confusion has resulted from the attention being too closely centered upon similarities in nutlets, similarities which caused Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885), to refer the Mexican species of Antiphytum to Krynitzkia, and which gave Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 41 (1916), his reasons for saying that Amblynotopsis, here referred to Antiphytum, is “inter- mediate between the genera Allocarya and Plagiobothrys.” The genus Antiphytum, however, differs from Plagiobothrys in habit, color of flowers, and particularly in the geminate stigmas. The stigmas of Antiphytum definitely remove it from the Eritrichieae in which Plagiobothrys and its other supposed allies are found. The genus Antiphytum was first described in Meisner’s Genera, i. 280 (1836-43). The original description, about fifty words in length, applies well to the genus as it has been taken in the past. In the vommentary accompanying his Genera, ii. 188 (1836-43), Meisner gives the bibliography of the genus as follows:— STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 49 “ AnTipHyTUM. DC. Mss. in Moc. ic. fl. vie ined. (4 sp.)—Anchusa oppositifolia, H.B.K., nov. gen. 3. p. 91. t. 200. A. cruciata et stoe- chadifolia, Cham. in Linidand, p. 438. et - Mexicana, DC. ap. Moc. 1. c.—Genus jam foliis oppositis (unde nomen) insigne.”’ Mocifio’s flora referred to was unpublished until 1874, or over thirty years after the appearance of Meisner’s Genera. Antiphytum mexicana DC., published in the Prodromus, x. 121, in 1846, is Heli- _ otropium caleicola Fernald, Proc. Am. Acad. xliii. 62 (1907). Although the only Antiphytum published in Mocifio posthumous work, A. mexicana can scarcely be considered as the type of the genus since it remained so long unpublished and particularly since having typical Heliotropium fruit, it is not at all described in the original generic diagnosis. Anchusa oppositifolia HBK. is an Allocarya. This species being the first published species mentioned under Antiphytum and the only one with a cited illustration, might be considered the type of Antiphytum and that name treated as an older synonym of Greene’s genus Allocarya, Pittonia i. 12 (1887). Usage, however, has restricted the name Antiphytum to the genus including Chamisso’s Anchusa cruciata and A. stoechadifolia. This usage is justifiable by the workings of the logical process of residues, the other species originally placed in Antiphytum having been referred to other genera and the name Antiphytum left to that group which had a majority representation in the original definition of the genus. It is also to be noted that with the exception that they are never herbs, Chamisso’s species agree with every item in Meisner’s diagnosis. On the other hand Anchusa oppositifolia is never suffrutescent, and does not have scorpioid cymes, nor ciliate-papillose faucal protuberances. In 1916 Macbride, 1. c., erected the genus Amblynotopsis for the Mexican species which I refer to Antiphytum. Although four of the five recognized and previously published species had been at one time or another referred to Antiphytum no contrast was made between the members of the newly proposed genus and the old restricted one. A careful study of this relationship now shows that the Mexican plants, forming the genus Amblynotopsis, are distinguished from the Brazilian ones, forming the true Antiphytum, only by having non-blue corollas and alternate upper leaves. These are scarcely generic differences. The Mexican Antiphytum heliotromoides besides agreeing with the Brazilian A. cruciatum in shrubby habit and loose strigose pubescence of similar encrusted hairs, also has opposite leaves. The chief difference between the two plants being that in the Mexican plant the leaves of the inflorescence are alternate, whereas in the Brazilian 50 JOHNSTON species the leaves are opposite throughout the plant. Among the Mexican species A. floribundum has all its leaves alternate. Such species as A. peninsulare and A. nudicalces have several pairs of opposite leaves. Hence within the enlarged Antiphytum there are all the stages from an entirely opposite-leaved condition to a com- pletely alternate-leaved one. Since leaf-position has various degrees of development among the Mexican species and since the difference separating the Mexican and Brazilian species is simply a matter of slight degree it seems inadvisable to attempt the use of leaf-position as a generic character. Flower-color is equally unsatisfactory as a genericcharacter. The Brazilian species have bluish flowers. Among the Mexican species A. peninsulare has white flowers, whereas the re- mainder have yellow ones. If the color of corolla is to be exalted to generic importance there will be need of three instead of merely two genera. The Brazilian species have flat gynobases and nutlets that are basally attached by a short stipe-like prolongation. Although most Mexican specimens have their nutlets directly attached to a more or less pyramidal gynobase by a large oblique submedial ventral scar, certain specimens (Palmer 443, 207) here referred to the polymorphous A. floribundum have nutlets with basal attachments through a short stipe to a flattened gynobase quite like that exhibited in Brazilian specimens. A synopsis and bibliography of the genus follows :— Antipaytum A.DC. in Meisner, Genera i. 280; ii. 188 (1836-43). Thaumatocaryon Baill. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 839 (1890). Amblynotopsis Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 41 (1916). Leaves all opposite; es bluish; South Am dane’ toed us; leaves 10-35 mm. eonads y rariots epee | pond corolla Ifo es SS RSS ee een Palas . A. te letraquetrum. dull; corolla vod lo sahat OE PE PCAN Pa aan ne 2. A. cruciatum. Leaves eran at least shore corolla yellow or white; 0 mm te only in the me la edie ith definite bey l DORN a ee 3. A. heliotropioides. Pedicels not elongating, at most 5 mm mm. long; leaves in basal rosettes, alternate, or only lowermost opposite orolla subrotate, throat broad and open, tube practi- dntiesetiad: appendages he ai amens exX- strictl. naigrd 3-8 dm. high; basal leaves few, re NGblaneelate'“t linear-oblanceolate, a og a We eee ee floribundum. Stems decumbent, less than 2 dm. tall; basal Hate crowded, very narrowly linear, silvery, rpg emer tran Ser eras ea RRR = oi 5. A. paniculatum. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 51 Corolla en igiabijgae tube cylindrical and well developed; aga well ee stamens included an Plant with a loosely henaled shrubby caudex; leaves not in biseal rosettes, all cauline Hy Sey, nudicalces. Plant avn ca mai basal leaves in dense rosettes rating c calyx 34 Pim, Maa os os. 7. A. caespitosum. Corolla abou . broad; style ant surpassing nutlets; feitior ‘calyx 2-3 mm. lon DE asa. 9. A. Parryi. 1. ANTIPHYTUM TETRAQUETRUM (Cham.) A.DC. Prodr. x. 122 (1846). Anchusa tetraquetra Cham. Linnaea viii. 113 (1833). Thau- matocaryon Hilarit Baill. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris 839 (1890). Antiphytum Bornmiilleri Pilger in Fedde, Repert. iii. 24 (1906). cabaret Bornmiillert, var. asperior Pilger 1. c. 25. . A. CRUCIATUM (Cham.) A.DC. Prodr. x. 121 (1846). Anchusa pane Cham. Linnaea iv. 438 (1829). Anchusa stoechadifolia Cham. 1. c.439. Antiphytum staechadifolium A.DC. 1. c. Myosotis Berrot Arech. Anal. Mus. Nac. Montevideo, ser. 2, i. 69, f. 5-6 (1911). —The lengthy descriptions given by Chamisso do not seem to contain any fundamental characters by which his two species can be distin- » guished, nor has any subsequent writer pointed out diagnostic char- acters. 3. A. HELIOTROPIOWES A.DC. Prodr. x. 122 (1846). Eritrichium rad heliotropioides Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 140 (1859). Krynitzkia heliotropioides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885). Cryptantha heliotropoides Loes. in Fedde, Repert. xii. 243 (1913). Amblynotopsis pany one Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 41 (1916). A FLorIBUNDUM (Torr.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 55 (1875). pes ae floribundum Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 140 (1859). Kry- nitzkia floribunda Gray, |. ¢. xx. 265 (1885). Amblynotopsis floribunda Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xviii 41 (1916). Amblynotopsis duran- gensis Macbr. I. c. 42.—As here taken the species is extremely poly- morphous and almost certainly capable of division, but at present the material is too meager to attempt satisfactory segregation. 5. A. paniculatum, nom. nov. Lithospermum linifolium Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Belg. xi. 338 (1844); not Antiphytum linifolium A.DC. (1846). ¥6. A. peninsulare (Rose), comb. nov. KArynitzkia peninsularis Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 85 (1890). ee penin- sularis Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 41 (1916). - §2 JOHNSTON A. caespitosum, sp. nov., mexicanum; caulibus erectis vel valde ascendentibus 8-16 cm. altis apicem versus pauce stricteque ramosis; foliis dense strigosis argyro-canescentibus 1-2 mm. latis acutiusculis, inferioribus anguste linearibus 2-5 cm. longis erectis rosulatis, caulinis 8-15 mm. longis; racemis paucis unilateralibus manifeste bracteatis 2-3 cm. longis; calyce 2.5-3 mm. longo 5-partito breve pedicellato; corolla flava, limbo 4-5 mm. lato plano, lobis rotundatis imbricatis ‘ extus pubescentibus, tubo 1.5-2 mm. longo ad apicem cum 5 append- iculis gibbosis instructo, staminibus inclusis cum filamentis antheris brevioribus; nuculis rugoso-tuberculatis 1.5-2 mm. longis, areolis amplis distincte sub medio locatis; gynobasi angusta pyramidali; stylo nuculis longiore; stigmatibus geminatis.—Mexico: Cerros near San Luis Tultitlanapa, Puebla, Purpus 2606 (type, Gray Herb.). Sonnige Kalkhiigel bei Comitan, Chiapas, Seler 3073. Huauclilla, Nochixtlan, Oaxaca, Conzatti & Gonzdlez 1222. 8. A. nudicalces, sp. nov., diffusum; A. caespitosum similans sed differt ramis numerosis ramosis e caudice suffruticoso laxe ramoso prostrato vel etiam paullo subterraneo orientibus et foliis majoribus 2-3 mm. latis omnibus caulinis—Mexico: Sosola, alt. 7000 ft., Oaxaca, L. C. Smith 393 (rypr, Gray Herb.). Although differing from A. caespitosum conspicuously in habit this species is identical with it in inflorescence, floral, and fruit characters and may prove to be worthy of no more than varietal recognition. 9. A. Parryt Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xviii. 122 (1883). Krynitzkia Parryt Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885). Amblynotopsis Parryi Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 41 (1916).—Mexico: En route from San Luis Potosi to San Antonio, Texas, Parry (type). Sosola, Oaxaca, L. C. Smith 394. Without locality, Coulter 1050 in part. The type is in advanced maturity and entirely lacks flowers. It is associated with the small-flowered Oaxacan plant only because of the remarkable similarity in the size and developments of all other parts. 3. NOVELTIES AND NEW CoMBINATIONS IN THE GENUS CRYPTANTHA. Cryptantha Abramsii, sp. nov., annua basem versus simplex supra sparse ascendenter ramosa 15-30 em. alta strigosa; foliis linear- ibus vel lineari-filiformibus 1-3 cm. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis sessilibus acutiusculis basem versus hispidis, infimis oppositis; spicis solitariis vel geminatis 2.5-10 em. longis conspicue bracteatis, bracteis linear- ibus vel lanceolatis; corolla evidenti 1.5-2 mm. lata; calycibus maturitate 3-4 mm. longis remotis non biseriatis strictis vel ascend- entibus, lobis lanceolatis breviter hispidis calyce 14-14 brevioribus 2 STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 53 abaxillaribus crassissimis et hispidissimis; nuculis 14 lanceolatis laevibus nitidis basi truncatis compressis 2-2.2 mm. longis, sulcis clausis basem versus furcatis; stylo alto 14-4 nuculis breviori; gynobasi subulata.—Ca.trorn1a: San Pedro Hills near Malaga Cove, Los Angeles Co., March 14, 1903, Abrams 3139 (typE, Gray Herb.; IsoTYPE, Univ. Calif. Herb.). Allied to Cryptantha leiocarpa (F. & M.) Greene, but differing from that species in its short style, erect habit, and fewer nutlets. It suggests the large-flowered forms of C. Clevelandi Greene, and possibly may be only a bracteate form of the latter species. Further material is a great desideratum. Cryptantha Brandegei, sp. nov., annua diffusa decumbens; caulibus gracilibus 14 dm. longis strigosis pustulatis vel levibus; foliis oblongo-lanceolatis vel linearibus obtusis 6-15 mm. longis 2-3(—4) mm. latis basem versus sparse hispidis concoloribus; spicis solitariis vel rare geminatis aliquid sparse bracteatis vetustis 4-8 em. hispidissimis; corolla parva minus quam 1 mm. lata; nuculis 1-4 laevibus 1.5-2 mm. lanceolatis nitidis basi truncatis, sulcis clausis basem versus furcatis; stylo alto nuculis 3-} breviori; gynobasi subulata.—CaLIForRNIA: Santa Rosa Island, June 1888, 7. S. Brande- gee (TYPE, Gray Herb.; tsorype, Univ. Calif. Herb.). This is an ally of Cryptantha leiocarpa (F. & M.) Greene, from which it differs in its southern island occurence, greater range in nutlet-number, and particularly in its shorter style. It suggests phases of the poly- morphous C. Clevelandi Greene, but is readily told from that species by its bracteate inflorescence and slightly longer style. Cryptantha Brandegezi is to be distinguished from C. Abramsii by its smaller corolla and diffuse spreading habit. Cryptantha albida (HBK.), comb. nov. Myosotis albida HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 91 (Aug. 1818). Lithospermum ramosum Lehm. Asperif. ii. 328 (Nov. or Dec. 1818). Eritrichium ramosum A.DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). Krynitzkia ramosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 274 (1885). Cryptanthe ramosa Greene, Pittonia i. 115 (1887). Eritrichium hispidum Buckley, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861, 462 (1861). (?) Krynitzkia mexicana Brandg. Zoe v. 182 (1904).—Information kindly supplied me by Dr. J. H. Barnhart of the New York Botanical Garden has given the reason for reviving the long neglected Myosotis albida HBK. This name was published in the ninth part of the Nova Genera which, according to Dr. Barnhart, appeared probably 54 JOHNSTON late in August 1818 since it was noted under the date of October 3, 1818 in the Bibliographie de la France, a work in which the ap- pearance of books was usually announced about six weeks after their actual publication. The first part of Lehmann’s Asperifoliae appeared before the ninth part of the Nova Genera and its priority was recog- nized by Kunth, Flora i. 601 (1818) and Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 451 (1820). When the first part of the Asperifoliae was reviewed in Flora, i. 501, under the date October 30, 1818, it was accompanied by the statement “Der zweyte Theil ist unter der Presse” which would seem to indicate that the second part of Lehmann’s work did not appear for at least two months after the ninth part of the Nova Genera. The second part of the Asperifoliae may have appeared in November or December but at present there seems no way of telling whether it actually did appear before the end of 1818, the year given on the title page. Cryptantha falcata (Hieron.), comb. nov. Eritrichium falcatum Hieron. Bol. Acad. Cérdoba iv. pt. 1, 64 (1882). Cryptantha patagonica (Speg.), comb. nov. Amsinckia patagonica Speg. Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. liii. 137 (1902). Cryptantha Spegazzinii, nom. nov. Amsinckia angustifolia, var. microcarpa Speg. Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. liii. 136 (1902).—The nutlets described by Spegazzini are evidently not those of an Am- sinckia. I am associating with this name a specimen from near General Roco, Rio Negro, Fischer 131, although the plant has the corolla and calyx subequal and not “corollae... calyce duplo longioris.” Cryptantha granulosa (R. & P.), comb. nov. Myosotis granulosa R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 5 (1799). Cryptantha corymbosa (R.& P.), comb. nov. Myosotis corymbosa R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 5 (1799). of the genus Cryptantha. The nutlets found in Eremocarya and Piptocalyx are indistinguishable from those of Cryptantha, being of similar shape, possessing similar markings, and having a very similar groove. The gynobase also is much the same in all three genera. In fact, Eremocarya and Piptocalyx seem merely well marked species £ Cryptanth lare quently referred to Cryptantha where their 8 pecies can be disposed of as follows:-— STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 55 Cryptantha § Piptocalyx. Piptocaljzx Torr. in Wats. Bot. King Exped. 240 (1871); not Oliver (1870). Krynitzkia Subsect. Pipto- calyx Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 275 (1885). Krynitzkia Sect. Piptocalyx Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. i. 206 (1885). Greeneocharis Girke’ & Harms in E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenf., Gesamtreg. 462 (1899). Wheelerella Grant, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. v. 28 (1906).—This section of Cryptantha is characterized by its peculiar circumscissile calyx which is tubular to above the middle and has its lobes practically unribbed. A short distance below the sinuses the calyx-tube suddenly changes, at the line of dehiscence, from firm siliceous-hyaline to herbaceous. In the characters of its calyx the plants much resemble certain species of Plagiobothrys. Among the suggested generic char- acters of Piptocalyx, Greene especially stressed its possession of persistent pedicels although that development is present in such Cryptanthas as C. albida, C. racemosa, C. holoptera, and C. pterocarya. The character most emphasized by Greene, however, was the dichot- omy of Piptocalyx. Unfortunately this character also fails since un- mistakable and very similar dichotomy occurs in such species as Cryptantha recurvata and C. micromeres. The only distinctive char- acter possessed by Piptocalyx is its circumscissile calyx. This de- velopment, however, is both present and absent in the closely related genus Plagiobothrys and there seems no particular reason why in the present case the character.should be considered of generic value. The following two species are recognized.., C tha circumscissa (H. & A.), comb. nov. Lithospermum circumscissum H. & A. Bot. Beech. 370 (1840). Piptocalyx circeum- scissus Torr. in Wats. Bot. King. Exped. 240. (1871). Eritrichium cireumscissum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 58 (1874). Krynitzkia circumscissa Gray, l.c. xx. 275 (1885). Wheelerella circumscissa Grant, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. v. 28 (1906). Greeneocharis circumscissa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxvi. 677 (1909). Cryptanthe depressa Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 29 (1902). tha dichotoma (Greene), comb. nov. Krynitzkia dicho- toma Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. i. 206 (1885). Piptocalyx dichotomus Greene, Pittonia i. 60 (1887). Wheelerella dichotoma Grant. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. v. 28 (1906). Greeneocharis dichotoma Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 546 (1916). G. cireumscissa, var. hispida Macbr. 1. e-—Macbride’s variety of G. cireumscissa is evidently a reduced montane form of C. dichotoma which simulates C. circumscissa in gross aspect. It makes it impossible to use robustness as a distin- guishing character between C. dichotoma and C. circumscissa, and leaves pubescence as the wed differentiating character. 56 JOHNSTON According to Greene, Pittonia i. 56 (1887), “Eremocarya is most excellently marked in a three-fold way by its racemes” which are biserial and very dense, conspicuously bracteate, and repeatedly dichotomous. Neither singly nor in combination do these characters distinguish Eremocarya from Cryptantha. Almost every species of Cryptantha has its flowers somewhat biserial. In Cryptantha Grayi, C. albida, C. pusilla, C. maritima, ete., particularly dense biserial racemes may be found. Dichotomy is also frequently present in Cryptantha and is quite unmistakable in C. albida. Bracteate racemes are well developed in C. maritima, C. leiocarpa, C. albida, ete. Also emphasized by Greene was the dye-secreting tissue of Eremocarya. Following him most recent authors have dignified that development by treating it as the crucial generic character. In Plagiobothrys, even as limited by Greene, there are species with dye-secreting tissue and those without. This example would give precedent for including dye-secreting and non-dye-secreting species within the same genus, even were there no recognized case of dye-secretion among the indub- itable species of Cryptantha. Dye-secretions in the roots are not uncommon in Cryptantha and in the Gray Herbarium are found pres- ent in specimens of such distinct species as (. Fendleri (Osterhout 3425, Patterson 112, Baker 780) and C. muricata (Parish 929). During 1921 I collected on the islands of the Gulf of California a yet un- published variety of C. Grayi which has its roots as heavily charged with purple dye as do the most characteristic specimens of Eremo- carya. In addition to the above characters, which are evidently insufficient to justify generic segregation, Greene gave Eremocarya as having “a persistent open calyx and an enlarged persistent style.” The persistent open calyx of Eremocarya is well matched in C. holop- tera and in C. albida, while in what Greene calls an “enlarged persist- ent style” Eremocarya is indistinguishable from the several species allied to true C. muricata. A careful study of Eremocarya has failed to reveal characters other than those unsatisfactory ones enumerated by its author and I am consequently forced to the conviction that Greene’s genus is unworthy of recognition even as a section. Ac- cordingly the following species and variety are referred to Cryptantha where they fit naturally into the same group of species as C. Grayi and and C. angustifolia. Cryptantha micrantha (Torr.), comb. nov. Eritrichium micran- thum Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 141 (1859). Krynitzkia micrantha Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 275 (1885). Eremocarya micrantha Greene, Pittonia i. 59 (1887). Eremocarya muricata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxvi. 677 (1909). STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE HY 6 Cryptantha micrantha, var. lepida (Gray), comb. nov. Eri- trichium micranthum, var. lepidum Gray, Synop. Fl. N. A. ii. pt. 1, 193 (1878). Krynitzkia micrantha, var. lepida Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 275 (1885). Eremocarya lepida Greene, Pittonia i. 59 (1887). Eremocarya micrantha, var. lepida Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 545 (1916). 4. A Synopsis AND REDEFINITION OF THE GENUS PLAGIOBOTHRYS. In 1835 the name Plagiobothrys was originally used by Fischer and Meyer for what then appeared to be a monotypic Chilean genus. The first species, P. fulvus, was separated from Eritrichium because of the peculiar annular scar on its nutlets. In 1874 Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 57, reduced Plagiobothrys to a section under Eritrichiuwm and placed in the section besides the original species five others which lacked annular scars on the nutlets. Plagiobothrys was reéstablished by Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 281, in 1885 when he amplified it to include fourteen species, five of which were placed in a newly erected section, and nine of which were put in his section Genuini, a group coéxtensive with his Eritrichiwm § Plagiobothrys of 1874. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 89, founded the genus Echidiocarya in 1876, and at that time included in it only the anomalous E. arizonica (P. Pringlei Greene). The character for the genus was found in the long-stiped nutlets. In 1877, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 163, the genus was enlarged so as to include the newly described and obviously related E. californica. A third member of the group was added in 1883, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 90, when Gray described P. ursinus and noted that, “The comparatively recent discovery of the preceding species [P. ursinus] of this section has made it clear that both of them should fall into Plagiobothrys, ...” Asa result of the transfer Echidio- carya was reduced to its original species and characterized by its “conspicuously stipitate” nutlets. In 1887 Greene, Pittonia i. 9 & 21, argued the artificiality of this latter concept and transferred to Plagiobothrys the remaining and type species of Echidiocarya saying that it had “every aspect and every character of Plagiobothrys, except that there is a stipe between the scar, or point of attachment to the gynobase, and the body of the nutlet.” Greene’s disposal of Echidio- carya has remained unchallenged. nee Anyone who will study Gray’s Echidiocarya arizonica, E. californica, and Plagiobothrys ursinus can not help appreciating the close relations between those species and the naturalness of Echidiocarya in its broadest sense, for the species agree not only in gross aspect, but in 58 JOHNSTON scores of important and unimportant minute details as well. The similarity among the three species as regards calyx and corolla. None of the species have obvious relations within Plagiobothrys as that . genus is currently taken. The three are sharply set off from it by their lack of a conspicuous caruncular scar on the nutlets and by their bearing the scar on a stipe projected above the ventral keel and not in a broad shallow transverse groove below the level of the keel. In fact Echidiocarya is not a part of Plagiobothrys, as that genus is usually taken, but belongs rather to the group which Greene named Allocarya. This latter relation is indicated by the occurence of lower opposite leaves in all three species. Significant also is the fact that the habit of Echidiocarya is approached by various species of Allocarya, and its nutlet-form simulated by the fruit of Allocarya australasica. The species of Echidiocarya seem clearly congeneric with those of Allocarya, and since Gray’s generic name is about ten years older than that of Greene the concept commonly called Allocarya will have . be called Echidiocarya if it be actually worthy of generic recogniti The genus Sonnea was proposed by Greene, Pittonia i. "29, in 1887. It consists of two quite distinct and apparently not immediately related elements. The typical section of Sonnea contains the species which Gray called Plagiobothrys glomeratus and P. hispidus, and placed in the specially formed Plagiobothrys § Hypsoula. This group differs from all others of Plagiobothrys in its glomerate inflores- -cence, rough hispid pubescence, and supramedial ‘caruncular scar. Although the group is a natural one and is fairly well marked, the form and structure of its nutlets reveal such unmistakable relations with Plagiobothrys that it seems best to consider it a member of that genus as most recent authors have been content to do. The fragile nature of the caruncle, particularly emphasized by Greene, is not positive nor capable of exact definition. It is not worthy of particular note and is certainly not of generic value. The second section of Sonnea is composed of three species falling under what Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 281, in 1885 indicated as Plagiobothrys * Ambigui. These species differ from those in genuine Plagiobothrys by having a coarse hispid pubescence and nutlets which superficially closely simulate the nutlets of Amsinckia. There is little in common between the species of the second section of Sonnea and those of the first and typical section, apparently the most im- portant agreement being in the coarse hispid pubescence. Greene STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 59 attributed to the second section a fragile caruncular scar similar to that in the typical section, but this attribute I am utterly unable to appreciate. The second section has a peculiar and characteristic nutlet development. The nutlets have a submedial scar that is borne, not at or below the lower end of the ventral keel, but surrounded by and wedged in between the pericarpial margins that form the keel and consequently appearing at first glance as if borne upon it. The striking nutlet difference seems of funamental importance and were other important concomitant characters forthcoming I should feel that the group merits generic recognition. The problem deserves further study and for the present I am following current usage and referring the group to Plagiobothrys where it can form a new section which may appropriately be called Amsinckiopsis. The genus Allocarya was erected by Greene, Pittonia i. 10-12, in 1887. In proposing the genus Greene argued that its species “agree admirably in that best mark of a good and natural genus, the habit” and that they possessed “a character very rare in the order, if not indeed unique, that of the lower leaves being not only opposite, but distinctly connate-perfoliate.” He states further that “ Allocarya is, in truth, much more nearly allied to Plagzobothrys than to Krynitzkia [Cryptantha]. Its nutlets are in general, not very different, being rugose, keeled more or less both dorsally and ventrally, and showing distinct lateral angles.’ Since its proposal Allocarya has been uni- versally accepted in manuals and floras of western United States. The presence of opposite leaves in its species has been taken as the crucial character. Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 79 (1920), in his detailed “Study of Allocarya” speaks generally of the genus as follows,—‘“'The genus as delimited by Greene has been generally accepted as valid. It is best distinguished from allied genera by the ventrally keeled nutlets, which are attached basally or suprabasally to a low gynobase, and by having the lowermost leaves opposite.” Recently Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. lix. 34 (1919), wrote, apropos of the reduction of Allocarya to Lappula, as follows:—* Allocarya is most closely related to Plagiobothrys and if Mr. Druce had referred his plant to the latter genus some well-taken arguments for his action could be presented. These genera also, however, are nicely distinct although in nutlet-characters they approach each other closely. The attachment of the nutlets of Plagiobothrys is nearly or quite medial rather than basal or supra-basal and the leaves are never opposite as are the lower ones of Allocarya. The fact that both genera contain numerous species none of which fail in any degree to conform to the 60 JOHNSTON generic character in each case is the best argument to my mind as to the validity of those genera.” Summing up the above paragraph it may be said that Allocarya deserves generic recognition because of its naturalness, this evidenced by its universal acceptance, and because of the constancy and generic value of its habit, the attach- ment of its nutlets, and its opposite leaves. Allocarya is said to have a characteristic habit, but at least this is not evident upon a comparison of species so diverse in appearance as A. mollis, A. Scoulert, A. Greenei, A. humistrata, A. californica, and A. stricta. Not only do the species present quite different habits, but they are closely simulated by species commonly referred to Plagiobothrys. For example in gross aspect A. mollis is strikingly like southern forms of P. canescens; A. Greenei and A. Scouleri suggest P. fulvus and P. nothofulvus, while A. scopulorum and A. Cooperi simulate forms of P. californicus. It can be positively said that the species of Allocarya do not have a common and distinctive aspect, and furthermore that they are not as a group habitally distinct from Plagiobothrys. The attachment of the nutlet is not distinctive of Allocarya. This is at once evident upon a comparison of the fruit of A. Greenei with that of P. fulvus, for in these species there is a remarkable agreement in size and shape of the nutlets and in the arrangement of keels and ridges upon them. Most striking of all is the occurrence in both species of similarly placed, very similar excavated scars. A Pata- gonian Allocarya described further along in this paper has nutlets closely approximating in both form and attachment those of P. Torreyi. The nutlets of P. Torreyi are also suggested by those of A. mollis. Allocarya does present extremes in fruit developments such as the elongate lance-like basally attached nutlets of A. stipitata and allies, but these are but culminations of tendencies which inter- mediate developments bring very close to the conditions present in various species of Plagiobothrys. It would seem that the claims of Allocarya for generic recognition must rest upon the occurrence of opposite leaves on its species. This condition seems to have been at least vaguely realized by the authors who have maintained the genus, for in every keyed or descriptive account of the group the presence of opposite leaves has been given as its crucial character. What has not been realized, however, is that opposite leaves are not particularly characteristic of Allocarya, the development being quite evident and exactly similar in mature plants of Cryptantha rostellata and C. affinis, as well as in the younger stages STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 61 of most other species of Cryptantha. Furthermore the character is well developed and very obvious in P. Pringlei and in most (not all) specimens of P. californicus. Allocarya Greenet shows unmistakable relationships with P. fulvus and is probably the nearest relative of that species, yet because it has opposite lower leaves it is forthwith put in- to another genus. This species alone seems a good argument against the genus Allocarya. It should also be realized that opposite leaves occur in varying abundance in the several species of Allocarya, some having all the leaves opposite, others having a less large pro- portion or only the lowest pair opposite. In other words there seems to be a complete set of intermediate stages which connect up mor- phologically the completely opposite-leaved Allocaryas with the completely alternate-leaved Plagiobothrys. In the light of the un- questionably close relation between Allocarya and Plagiobothrys, and the varying proportion of opposite leaves in the species of Allo- carya, it is most evident that the use of opposite leaves as a generic criterion is arbitrary and that the currently accepted line of cleavage between the genera is neither a profound nor a particularly natural one. Summing up the present paragraph it can be said that opposite leaves are considered a poor diagnostic character in the present in- stance because they are present or absent in certain species of Plagi- obothrys, and because their absence in Plagiobothrys seems but the culmination (or the beginning) of the variable quantitative develop- ment of the character in Allocarya. Although much stress has been placed on the fact that Allocarya has remained unchallanged since its promulgation over thirty years ago, the fact is significant only as it shows the lack of study of generic relations within the eritrichioid borages. The genus may have had wide acceptance, but it has not had repeated critical reconsiderations. The last critical study of the generic lines of the group was by Greene. Greene’s grasp of the relations and characters of the western American eritrichioid borages is undeniable, but unfortunately his subdivisions within the borages, as in many other families, represent intergrading or scarcely distinct groups which seem better treated as sections or subgenera. rae Plagiobothrys can not be separated from Allocarya, Echidiocarya, and Sonnea by developments possessed by the latter genera, and neither can it be distinguished from the enumerated genera by peculiar structures of its own. The character usually given as gener- ically diagnostic for Plagiobothrys is the occurrence of a “caruncular scar” upon its nutlets. However, this character is probably best 62 JOHNSTON developed in Sonnea glomerata and S. hispida, and is present although weakly developed in Allocarya Scoulert and in the Patagonian Al- locarya described in this paper. In A. Greenet the character fails completely, for the scar in that species is essentially the same as the sear in P. fulvus. Although it can be said that the caruncular scar reaches a high development in Plagiobothrys, it can not be said that it characterizes the genus or reaches its greatest development there. Although not previously pointed out, the species of true Plagio- bothrys are fairly well characterized by the position of the scar. In Plagiobothrys the nutlet-scar is in a broad shallow transverse groove, and distinct from the ventral keel and below the level of it. Allocarya and Echidiocarya the scar is usually contiguous with the ventral keel and either flush with it or projected from it on a stipe- like base. As with most other characters its universality is destroyed by Allocarya Greenei, that species which is an Allocarya only in its lower leaves. Because of the lack of consistently diagnostic characters which would separate them, Allocarya, Echidiocarya, and Sonnea are all merged with Plagiobothrys. The result is a genus which appears to be a very natural one, and one which admits of great precision in definition. The amplified Plagiobothrys is at once distinguished from its nearest relatives, Cryptantha and Oreocarya, by the lack of a pro- nounced longitudinal ventral groove, and the possession instead of a well developed ventral keel and a definitely circumscribed small sear. The gynobase is a pyramid or low frustum and very much shorter than the nutlets, and is not subulate and about equalling the nutlets as in Cryptantha and Oreocarya. The nutlets in Plagioboth- rys are commonly keeled and usually rugose, whereas in Cryptan- tha and Oreocarya they are rarely if ever keeled and the roughenings usually tuberculate or muricate. The pubescence in Plagiobothrys is mostly appressed and is less stiffly spreading than is the hispid indu- ment characteristic of Cryptantha In order intelligently to select he specific names which should be transferred to Plagiobothrys it has been necessary to go into the intra- generic classification. As a result of this study and with the hope that it will give the paper a wider usefulness I have included a rough key to the accepted species. It is not pretended that the present paper supplies a finished study of the specific classification, but rather only a hastily prepared conservative synopsis which I hope may be preliminary to a future detailed descriptive account. Al- though it seems certain that future detailed work would cause the STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 63 reduction of some of the species here recognized, it is believed that the equally certain recognition of species here reduced will keep the total number of recognized species about as here given. The chief result of a protracted study would be the clarifying of specific lines and the naming and classifying of the abundant intraspecific variation. During the preparation of this paper I have had Professor Piper’s “Study of Allocarya”’ continually at hand, and have given his suggested classification a careful study. His treatment is based almost entirely upon the shape, sculpturing, and attachment of the nutlets; characters upon which he comments as follows:—“ The nutlet characters seem remarkably constant, and in mixed gatherings serve perfectly to segregate the species. Relying on the constancy of the nutlet characters in particular, it is necessary to recognize additional species.” The number of recognized species was increased from eighteen to seventy-nine. Although Piper’s revision is based upon a wealth of material and shows every evidence of a patient and pro- longed investigation I find that I am unable to follow it since I differ from its author in a fundamental point; 7.e. I believe that the sculptur- ing and markings of the nutlets in Allocarya had best be considered excessively variable and consequently of minor if of any importance in the characterization of species. I am led to believe as I do because surprisingly numerous nutlet variations may be discovered in very small areas among plants remarkably uniform in aspect and in all other characters save those of nutlets. Piper has taken the utlets a tant and has practically disregarded all other characters, whereas I have felt that a paralleling of several vegetative characters were more important than the variation of a single fruiting structure. The nutlet variations of Allocarya have been patiently worked out by Piper and named as species. These minute, very numerous micro- scopic species appear unpractical and seem justifiable only if they greatly increase the precision in identification and result in a more natural classification. Unfortunately even after considerable famil- iarity with his key to the numerous species I find it difficult to name plants satisfactorily according to Professor Piper’s treatment, and I am compelled to believe that the minute nutlet sculpturings merely appear constant because their great arc of variation has been broken up and specific names associated with very short segments of variation. Though the classification seems carried to an unpractical extreme I would be glad to accept it were it clearly natural. Distribution, I feel, supplies one of the best tests of the naturalness of a species. By the disregard which Piper’s species show for the principles underlying 64 JOHNSTON Jordan’s Law, Science n. s. xxii. 547 (1905), I feel forced to consider them, in a large part, to be unnatural entities. It is highly significant that by largely disregarding nutlet characters and basing species upon obvious external characters that a classification can be made which does not place closely related species together in the same small area. The four species of Allocarya recently published by Brand, Fedde Repert. xviii. 312 (1922), should also make one realize that the ac- ceptance of species based upon unit nutlet characters will undoubtedly lead to the further multiplication of species, for future collecting is bound to turn up unnamed developments anda more careful examina- tion of Piper’s specimens is certain to reveal unnamed variations. This will soon make Allocarya one of those genera that are over- divided and hopelessly snarled, and one in which an identification is but rarely attempted—then only with a sigh—and never accom- plished with either expedition or with confidence. Piaciopoturys F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 46 (1835). Echidiocarya Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 89 (1876). Sonnea Greene, Pittonia i. 22 (1887). silence Greene, Pittonia i. 12 (1887). Key To Sprctgs. Leaves all alterna Caruncle of arte t elongate, apparently extending along ese of SMe: keel; nutlets trigonous, Amsinckia-like. nckiopsis N gileia & irregula. rly rugose; corolla 4-7 mm. broad. Inflorescence elongated, loosely flowered; plant 1-4 m. high. _ 1. P. Kingii. Inflorescence glomerate or ‘searcely elongated, ‘con- gested; plant 5-15 om. tall....:..5.2........: $F. aby ee Nutlets ey Foil ey corolla 1-2.5mm. broad. 3. P. Jones Caruncle ov: Mey ae at or below end of ventral keel —— le weakly developed, borne at tip of a short ventral utlets iene « broad transverse ventral Reig RUN ea og Gina eee eo aa ea 16. P. californicus. Gigects well developed, sessile ven Bony in a broad shallow transverse ven’ Inflorescence glomerate; porn a back, at or sore the middle of nutlet; Mhneay leaves lacking a mat Nutlets dark, dull, ad rugose and tuber- culate ae 2.3 mn iM ee ee 4. P. hispidus. Nitlot+ light : - J , nearly smooth, 2.5-3 mm. long ; wecsice GO» Fn Qlomeratus. Inflorescence elongate, cemose; ‘earuncle cartila in- ous, at or below middle of nutlet; basal leaves evi- dent brs maturity of plant. § Euplagiobothrys. Calyx circumscissile in fruit, less than 4 mm. send loling y connivent over fruit; usually onl 1-2 nutlets developing. Inflo — a long simple bracteate raceme; ms usually ge oer 2 dm. long, ascending, STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 65 hispid, branched mainly below middle; ame lets highly arched in lateral outline, 1-2. 5m ng; corolla 3 mm. a . P. arizonicus. Inflorescence furcate, bracteate only at base if at all; stems strictly nai t 3.5 mm. high, la —- outline, 2-3 mm. long; corolla 3-9 Mm ss FE Visi CRIES Ste R wom ER ara emcee eat . P. nothofulvus. Calyx not. riphe acapin or if so the strongly nt calyx over 4 mm. in length; calyx-lobes pen oe spreading; 4 nutlets usually developing. - eee? - with a cons picuous annular caruncle, .3 mm. long; calyx cleft to near base, fulvescent eels ihe slightly exceeding Nutlets with solid sig ig less than 2.3 mm. g; calyx cleft 24 to base erse dorsal tide of nilete very narrow and sharp, with medial keel enclosing poly- gonal granulate areas. Corolla-tube shorter than calyx; plants erect to prostrate, comparatively coarse-s seo ed; leaves 3-7 mm. bro ad; Californi Plant dye-stained throughout; atiets 2. 9, P. catalinensis. Plant dye-stained if at all only at base; PAIOUT As occ. 657s caw Feces se wre 10. P. canescens. pai ee equ ualling or slightly exceeding yx; plants very pipe strict or pnoleies ti leaves 1.5-2.5 mm. broad; Bi ae, se oe es Seta a egeNtee 34, PB, linctorius. Transverse dorsal crests of nutlets very low and a only by low lineate Nutlets rate usually constricted nage at apex, the ‘base being rounded or rarely eaule constricted, Sik culaced: plant a _dye-stai Re Se nr: ettete a: ene P. Torreyt. equal constrictions at base a anc nd apex, glassy; _— only aouially dye- mm. long and nearly as wide; “hutlts 23 7 mm. long orescence bra pal naam coarse ,few-stemmed. pe A ag pesca Calyx bya ~7) mm. long, ut half as broad; nutlets 1. 5-2 mm. free: slender, byw $itHed DA. i oo ee ee ene 14. P. tenellus. Leave ite at least below. Nutlets attached to to gynobase by a peer or less well de- velo, stipe-like ventral ania § Echidiocarya. Stipe-like ame oa t equaling beey oi of: nutlet, frequently : Visited It PAINE... es eee 8 aw oe ean ee 15. P. Pringlei. Stipe-like base my than half length of body of sage never joined into pairs .........-...--ee+e0ee-> . P. californicus. sige cttachen directly to gynobase, oy com a oo stipe-like ventra! peslougation. § Allocarya 66 JOHNSTON Plant perennial. Flowers solitary in the axils. inear; style greatly surpassing the nutlets. 17. P. Kunthii. b epitor: oblance-linear; style shorter or about equalin Saco obtusish usually strigose-hispidulous 10- —— g; corolla small, 2-3 mm. broad; mpact pool 18. P. pygmaeus. Laven acute, somewhat elliatestrigose along: mar- gins A age below on midrib; corolla broa 2 wang Ae branche d pobaniect tane hel ng 19. P. linifolius. Flowers in filles es or racemes, frequently terminal; leaves st Style grea atly surpassing beri utlet, ..20. P. mollis. Style hao te —— nutlets or hed ie exceeded Pedicels ‘becoming ghee mm. long; mature Peeters leaves 0 355 m ‘lo ong; stems simple; sia) lobes masabine oblong, acutish, 3 mm. lon: . P. mexicanus. Leaves 4.4-5 mm. long; stems branched above; ame narrowly linear, obtusish, 2mm. Bet diner RR LG Sones Se aMag cit GR 22. P. pedicellaris. ong, adhe: eee fue ie toe in- florescence a rather loose el me de mm. long, sparsely yea or Bade cobs da ps Oth ee eee Sos 23. P. humilis. Calin 6-15(-35) mm. long; fruiting calyx 2m long, lobes lance-linear; iinreaiease | a dense stout —— e, 5-10 mm. long, leafy beacbed thirouphotits cies es 24. P. congestus. Plant annual. min . Spikes Srna Ree Coan maya. Wig A es ce = 25. P. Scouleri. Spikes solita Dorel rece extending down Senet of nutlet, usually well developed. Scar of nutlet solid, not — level of ventral — nutlets vitreous; Australian............ Scar Sad eer & deeply excavated, at eee adh level of . Netlens 1-1. 5 mm. long, weakly keeled do: orsally ; stems prostrate, much red fruiting calyces cro wded a7 Nutlets 1. 52mm. | , strongly keeled dorsally; stems erect or ascending, loosely branched; eo fruiting eal cealyces remote. ....... Bape eae 28. P. Greenei. nutlet, usually weakly doveit Scar of nutlet nearly medial; t dye-stained. Sear = Bates at or aear the base; plant not Pa P. patagonicus. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 67 Ventral keel of nutlet oo in a longitudinal er lower fruiting a ii m. long, ila spreading or re- Nutlets smooth and SDIDY OVO as 66 ss say 30. P. lithocaryus. Nutlets roughened, beraont Phil compressed. 1. P. Chorisianus. Ventral keel of nutlet prominent, not in groove i of lower fruiting calyces less than . long, coarse, stiff, strict or oF ascending. , Fee 1 enlarged in fruit; wales sion or a ssile td a narrowly conic base, usually asymetrical in fruit. Plant very stout and fleshy. ................ 32. P. glaber. Plant not stout and fleshy. ets transversely rugose..........33. P. humistratus. Nutlets reticulat ose. nches strict or ascending......... 34. P. stipitatus. Branches prostrate or widely spreading. i bracts few, mainly Asie sa aac Oued eet eas 35. P. divergens. eahelen sonal stiffish; bracts or less t hout i orescence. 36. P. Nelsoni. Midrib of galy aloes scarcely indur: ickened in fruit; calyx-lobes sy to differ s erick Cage from Lye tube in structure calyx dicellate, symetrical, base Pinkeye Pat sparsely oe lacking appressed irs. Calyx 2.5-4 mm - long, short pedicellate; s pa co naked or with 1 or 2 bracts.......... 39. P. Parishii. ia ..40. P. salsus. Plant sar pubescence ‘at least in “part “of Chive sobs h in fri ‘ usually twice cone i) frui Nutlets setiouiatel rugose; a0 large. 37. P. plebejus. oe 2 areas y rugose; scar me- fe Ce hCG as Ree 38. P. trachycarpus. Calysclobes ance en to ascending, 1-2 imes length of nutlets Calys wing heey strict; plant stiffly erect, rate Calyx me gprs ren tending to spread; t prostrate to cae but not stiff, usually densely pul Calyx-lobes 2-3 mm. tong, 2 eas length of nutlets 68 JOHNSTON Leaves extremely narrow, 1-1.5 mm. ca inflorescence prac- tically naked. 306.5 cc oka 42. P. tenutfolius. Leaves peasy linear, 2-5 mm a orescence leafy- Nutlets not at all rugose or PYANWUBte ys. ec ued cit soe, 43. P. nitens. N tlets eee or renee or oth. . .44. P. orthocarpus. Calyx-lobes 1- 2 mm. lone, 1-15 times length of nutlet Leaves fleshy, terete. 45. °p. steeple toa Leaves alps flattene Vee RAN we. . P. muricatus. Nutlets rug + ts ag Gaaners rugose, ually low and ad; inflorescence usu- naked above.....47. P. scopulorum. Nutlets dinale rugose, ually narrow and Plant slels prostrate.. .48. P. Lechleri, Plant erect or ascending. 49. P. procumbens, 1. Piaciopoturys Kine (Wats.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 281 (1885). LEritrichium Kingii Wats. Bot. King Exped. 243, t. 23 (1871). Sonnea Kingii Greene, Pittonia i. 23 (1887). Krynitzkia Kingit Wats. acc. to Hillman, Agric. Exper. Sta. Nev. Bull. xxiv. 71 (1894).—Western Nevada and adjacent California. Apparently a rare species and known only from the vicinity of southern Washoe County, Nevada. It is well marked by its coarse spreading pubes- cence, large flowers, and naked geminate or ternate racemes. . 2. P. Harxnesstt (Greene) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixii. 143 (1916). Sonnea Harknessit Greene, Pittonia i. 23 (1887).—Eastern Oregon to Inyo County, California, and eastward to northwestern Utah. Much more common than the last and perhaps only a form of it. 3. P. Jonestt Gray, Synop. Fl. ed. 2, ii. pt. 1, 430 (1886). Sonnea Jonesii Greene, Pittonia i. 23 (1887).—Eastern border of Southern California. Specimens from Inyo County, California, differ from the type in their prostrate habit and may represent an unnamed variety or species. The nutlets of this species remarkably simulate those of Amsinckia tessellata. Because of this Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xii. 57 (1908), wrote that “Plagiobothrys Jonesii Gray is an Am- sinckia in every thing but the flowers, which are white. It has the tessellated pavement-like nutlets of A. tessellata and a little sharper STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 69 rugae, and illustrates again the very slim foundation on which some Borraginaceous genera rest.” These ideas were accepted and re- peated by Nelson and Macbride, Bot. Gaz. Ixii. 143 (1916), in the following form,—In this connection Jones has called attention to the fact that P. Jonesit . . . is an Amsinckia in everything but its white flowers. . . . The pubescence of P. Jonesit and the tessellated nutlets surely suggest a relationship to A. tessellata, but the white and short corollas that are so widely at variance with the long yellow ones of Amsinckia are perfectly congeneric with the SoNNEA section of Plagiobothrys.” The above quotations show a striking lack of acquaintance with the real characters of Plagiobothrys and Amsinckia and are examples of hasty generalizations based upon superficialities. Plagiobothrys Jonesii and immediate relatives simulate species of Amsinckia in the form of nutlets, but are clearly not directly related in that genus, for like other.species of Plagiobothrys they have un- divided cotyledons and short appendaged corollas. 4. P. nisprpus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 286 (1885). Sonnea hispida Greene, Pittonia i. 22 (1887).—Eastern Oregon southward through northeastern California and extreme western Nevada to the region about Mono Lake. 4a. P. hispidus, var. foliaceus (Greene), comb. nov. Sonnea foliacea Greene, Pittonia i. 222 (1888). P. foliaceus Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixii. 143 (1916).—Known only from Washoe Mts., Nevada. Nelson and Macbride speak of the “ dorsal depressions of the nutlets”’ as being “ particularly unique” for this plant, but I find that exactly similar developments are frequent in P. hispidus, var. genuinus and in P. glomeratus. The nutlets of the var. folvaceus are 2-2.5 mm. long, instead of 1.5-2 mm. long as in the var. genuinus, and appear to be elongated so that the scar appears decidedly above the middle rather than near the middle of the nutlet. The dorsal surface of the nutlets in the var. foliaceus lack the coarse papillae or irregular short 1 t ghenings cl teristic of the var. genuinus, instead show- ing @ maximum development of the granulations which in the case of the var. genuinus are crowded by the larger rugosities nearly to extinction. Greene’s species is not given specific recognition because it is only known from the type collection. It is possible that the plant is a hybrid between P. hispidus and P. glomeratus. 5. P. cLomerATus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 286 (1885). Sonnea glomerata Greene, Pittonia i. 22 (1887 ).—Western Nevada, rare. Characterized by its large rather smooth nutlets. 70 JOHNSTON 6. P. nornorutvus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 285 (1885). Eri- trichium nothofuloum Gray, |. c. xvii. 227 (1882).—Frequent over the length of California and locally reaching to the Columbia River Valley. 7. P. arizonicus (Gray) Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 284 (1885). Eritrichium canescens, var. arizonicus Gray, |. ¢. xvil. 227 (1882).—Western New Mexico to Southern California. The species grows in arid situations, and in California is primarily a plant of the desert from which it occasionally extends through the low passes to the dryest of the transmontane valleys. The species is quite variable as to nutlets, and in calyx and habit makes a close approach to, if it does not actually intergrade with P. canescens. 8. P. fulvus (H. & A.), comb. nov. Myosotis fulva H. & A. Bot. Beech. 38 1880). Eritrichium fuloum A.DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). M. alba Colla, Mem. Acad. Torino xxxviii. 128, t. 42 (1835). P. rufescens F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 46 (1835 or early 1836). E. asperum Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xliii. 516 (1873). E. laxiflorwm Phil. |. ¢. xe. 527 (1895). P. rufescens, var. laxiflorus Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 812 (1908). EH. Rengifoanum Phil. 1. c. xe. 529 (1895). P. rufescens, var. Renjifoanus Reiche, |. tion Chile. 8a. P. fulvus, var. campestris (Greene), comb. nov. P. cam- pestris Greene, Pittonia ii. 282 (1892). P. eR var. campestris Jeps. Fl. W. Midd. Calif. 446 (1901). P. californicus Greene, Pit- tonia ii. 231 (1892); not Greene (1887).—California from San Luis Obispo County and the upper San Joaquin Valley northward through the Sacramento Valley to southern Oregon. Through a misunder- standing Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 282 (1885), cited a specimen of P. rufescens as from “near Los Angeles.”” The Nevin collection upon which this record was based actually came from “n. Sacramento o.” The Oregon collections may represent a distinct variety, their nutlets being dark in color and nearly lacking the transverse dorsal rugae. The Californian plants do not differ in fruit from the Chilian ones, and it is only because the southern plants seem more slender than the northern material that the latter is put into a distinct variety. 9. P. cATALINENSIS (Gray) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 546 (1916). P. arizonicus, var. catalinensis Gray, Synop. Fl. ed. 2, ii. pt. 1, 431 (1886) .—Endemic on Santa Uatalis tlotd: California. This species is intermediate in its characters between P. canescens and P. arizonicus, having the few nutlets and dye-stained herbage of the latter, and the spreading non-circumscissile calyx of the former. As dye is frequently developed in indubitable P. canescens (cf. Heller STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 71 7758 from Mohave, Calif.), and specimens of the var. apertus fre- quently have imperfectly circumscissile calyces, the claims of P. arizonicus and P. catalinensis to specific rank are clouded ones, the two species being maintained only for convenience pending further study. 10. P. canescens Benth. Pl. Hartw. 326 (1849). Eritrichium canescens Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 57 (1874). P. microcarpa Greene, Pittonia i. 21 (1887). P. canescens, var. apertus Greene, ]. c-—Ranging the length of California. The typical phase of this species is the small, 1.5-2 dm. high, erect-growing plant which is most common in the Sacramento Valley. The var. apertus is best restricted to the large prostrate or subprostrate plant, usually with stellately spreading calyx-lobes, which is most common in the upper San Joaquin Valley. There are numerous other unnamed variations. . P. rinctorius (R. & P.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 283 (1885). Lithospermum tinctorium R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 4, t. 114 (1799). Eritrichium tinctorium A.DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). L. myosotoides Lehm. Asperif. ii. 319 (1818). L. tingens R. & S. Syst. iv. 44 (1819). E. verrucosum Phil. Linnaea xxix. 17 (1857).—Central Chile. 12. P. Torrey Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 284 (1885). Eritrichiwm Torreyi Gray, l. c. x. 58 (1875). Cryptanthe Torrey Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 331 (1900).—California; apparently confined to vicinity of Yosemite Valley. 12a. P. Torreyi, var. diffusus, var. nov., laxus prostratus; caulibus ad basin florigeris; floribus numerosis; calyce fructifero 3-4 mm. longo 3-4.5 mm. lato; bracteis grandis conspicuissimis.—CaLt- FORNIA: Sierra Valley, Lemmon. Donner Lake, Heller 6986 (TYPE, Gray Herb.). Sunnyside, Lake Tahoe Region, Eastwood 1067. About Tallac, July 1904, M. S. Baker. Echo Camp on Lincoln Highway, Heller 12,158. Yosemite, 1878, Lemmon. Upper San Joaquin, Madera Co., 1895, Congdon. Okenden, Pine Ridge, Fresno Co., Hall & Chandler 273. Volcano Cr., Tulare Co., Hall & Babcock 5317. This is the most common and widely distributed phase of -P. Torreyi. It was mentioned by Gray when he described the species, but was not named by him. The type of P. Torreyi is evidently Torrey 338 and that is the slender erect-growing plant with few leaves and bracts which is frequently collected in the region about Yosemite Valley. The typical phase of P. Torreyi and the var. diffusus are quite dissimilar in aspect, differing as they do in direction of growth, leafiness, amount of branching, and size of bracts. Young forms of var. diffusus might be confused with typical Torrey, but may be usually distinguished by having the lower floral bracts three or more times as long as the calyx. 72 JOHNSTON 12b. P. Torreyi, var. perplexans, var. nov., erectus gracilior altior apicem versus laxe ramosus; bracteis inconspicuis paucis; nuculis ovatis basin versus paulo constrictis; habitu P. tenelli sed caulibus colorantibus.—CaLirorn1a: Greenhorn Pass, alt. 4—-5000 ft., Purpus 5542 (type, Univ. Calif.).. Greenhorn Range, Kern Co., ol 5000 ft., Hall & Babcock 5041. This variety has a characteristic habit, but it is primarily distinguished by its nutlets which, while most like those of P. Torreyi, have weakly constricted bases and so suggest the nutlets of P. tenellus. The new variety can be looked upon as a connecting link between P. tenellus and P. Torreyz, but due to its combining of characters it suggests a hybrid and so, pending further information, I am leaving the status of its possible parents unchanged. 13. P. suasTensis Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 284 (1885). —California from the lower San Joaquin Valley northward to southern gon;not common. A very near relative of P. tenellus and perhaps only a rankly growing strain of it, but usually to be recognized by its large fruiting calyces and nutlets, erect simple few-flowered stems, and soft pubescence. It superficially suggests P. canescens but may be readily told by its very different nutlets. 14. P. reneLLus (Nutt.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 283 (1885). Myposotis tenella Nutt. in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. iii. 295 (1851), nom. subnudum. Eritrichium tenellum Gray, |. c. x. 57 (1875). P. echa- natus Greene, Pittonia ili. 262 (1898). P. asper Greene, |. c. P. humifusa Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 7 (1910).—British Columbia to northern Utah ‘and Nevada, and southward through the coastal drainage of California to northern Lower California. This is the most widely ranging and most variable of the species of true Plagiobothrys. Greene has named a number of forms, but these do not seem striking or constant enough to warrant their recognition. Plagiobothrys asper is a conspicuously hispid phase, which is not geographically correlated and intergrades so gradually and completely with the normal villous forms that its recognition even as a forma seems unpractical. Plagi- obothrys humifusus is a compact form of P. asper. 14a. P. tenellus, var. parvulus (Greene), comb. nov. P. parvulus Greene, Pittonia iii. 261 (1898).—California; along the South Coast Ranges from San Francisco Bay Region to San Luis Obispo County. This is the prevailing form of the species in the area of its occurrence, and from its geographic correlation perhaps deserves minor recog- nition. It differs from other forms of the species by having its nutlets 1-1.5 mm. long and its fruiting calyces 2 mm. long or less. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 73 In the typical form of the species the nutlets are 1.5-2 mm. long and the calyces measure 2-3 mm. in lengt 14b. P. tenellus, var. colorans, comb. nov. P. colorans Greene Pittonia iii. 262 (1898).—Known only from extreme northern Cali- fornia. A poorly understood plant which appears to be only a dye- stained form of P. tenellus. 15. P. Prinerter Greene, Pittonia i. 21 (1887). Echidiocarya arizonica Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 89 (1875).—Southern Arizona and adjacent Sonora. 16. P. catrrornicus (Gray) Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. ii. 407 (1887). Echidiocarya californica Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 164 (1877). P. Cooperi Gray, |. c. xx. 285 (1885).—Southern California and northern Lower California. Differing from the last only in the length of the stipe-like base of the nutlet. There are the following well marked varieties. Corolla 4-7 mm. pubescence fine, appressed, usually Som BURY oN wt ke iA bier wae cee gees var. genuinus. Corolla 1-3 mm. ro oad; pubescence usually spreading. Leaves cs EY linear, 2-2.5 mm. broad; pubescence fine, MOOS. 55 Ae bac x Oak kee wa ee a Ce ee var. gracilis. Leaves Ghianoeniate, 3-5 mm. broad; pubescence coarse, vescent. Racemes dense, hidden among the leaves . . Var. ursinus. Racemes elongated, projected from among the leaves" ae alk pais e oe kee nee eee ee var. fulvescens. 16a. P. californicus, var. genuinus, var. nov.—CaLiFrorniA: Near San Gabriel, Brewer 147. Near Upland, Johnston 1839. San Bernardino, Parry 213. Corona, Johnston 1876. Las Flores, Abrams 3276. La Jolla, Clements 110. San Diego, Spencer 126; Brandegee 1637. Lower CALirorNia: Tia Juana Valley, April 1882, Pringle. San Rafael Valley, April 1885, Orcutt. The above cited suite of selected specimens covers the range of genuinus. It is the common form on the grassy hillsides on the coastal drainage of Southern California. The stems are long, lax, and strigose-canescent. It has conspicuous corollas, large fruiting calyces, and broad ob- lanceolate leaves. 16b. P. californicus, var. gracilis, var. nov., hispidulosus minuti- florus; caulibus cane ay foliis lanceolato-linearibus acutis sparsis; sepalis angustis.—CALIFORNIA: La Jolla, Clements 111. San Diego, Brandegee 1658 (tyPE, Gray Herb.); Orcutt 1014, in part. Lower CauirorniA: Cedros Island, Palmer 711. Without locality Parry. A very well marked variety which apparently grows with var. genuinus and seems much less common. It is perhaps specifically distinct. 74 JOHNSTON l6c. P. californicus, var. ursinus (Gray), comb. nov. Echidio- carya ursina Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 90. (1883). P. ursinus Gray, ]. ce. xx. 285 (1885).—Catirornia: San Bernardino Mts., Parish 927 (tyPE); Munz 5725. San Jacinto Mts., Spencer 1656; Munz & Johnston 6416. Lower Cauirornia: Without locality. Orcutt 908. A variety inhabiting warm montane valleys and differing from the following only in its congested inflorescence. P. californicus, var. fulvescens, var. nov., hispidus minuti- florus; caulibus elongatis prostratis; foliis oblanceolatis; inflorescentia elongata remotiflora a foliis non obscurata.—CALIFORNIA: Santa Barbara, 1888, 7. S. Brandegee (rypE, Gray Herb.). Witch Creek, Alderson 7625. Lower Cattrornia: Hansen’s Ranch, April 1885, Orcutt. 17. P. Kunthii (Walp.), comb. nov. Anchusa Kunthii Walp. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. suppl. 1, 372 (1843). Allocarya linifolia, var. Kunthii Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 545 (1916). Antiphytum Walpersii A.DC. Prodr. x. 122 (1846). Eritrichium Walpersii Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 90 (1859).—I associate with this name two Bolivian collections (Mandon 382, 383) in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. The flowers are solitary in the axils and the corollas have very elongate tubes and conspicuous (ca. 4 mm. broad) limbs. The style surpasses the mature nutlets by nearly 2 mm. The pedicels are very slender becoming nearly 5mm. long. Walpers’s description is extremely short and vague, the Mandon collections being associated with it only because they come from Lake Titicaca, the type region of Anchusa Kunthii, and because they alone among the available Peruvian and Bolivian material agree with the “floribus solitariis, axillaribus” of the original diagnosis. 18. P. pygmaeus (HBK.), comb. nov. Anchusa pygmaca HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 92 (1818). Eritrichium pygmaeum Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 89 (1859). Lithospermum alpinum R. & S. Syst. iv. 742 (1819).—Ecuador. 19. P. linifolius (Lehm.), comb. nov. Anchusa linifolia Lehm. Asperif. i, 215 (1818). Antiphytum linifolium A.DC. Prodr. x. 121 (1846). LEritrichium linifolium Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 89 (1859). Krynitzkia linifolia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885). Allocarya linifolia Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 545 (1916). Anchusa oppositi- folia HBK. Nov. Gen et Sp. iii. 91, t. 200 (1818).—Ecuador. 20. P. mollis (Gray), comb. nov. Eritrichium molle Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 89 (1883). Allocarya mols Greene, Pittonia i. 20 (1887).—California, along the northern Sierras, and in adjacent Nevada and Oregon. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 70 20a. P. mollis var. vestita (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya vestita Greene, Erythea iti. 125 (1895). A. mollis, var. vestita Jepson, Fl. Midd. W. Calif. 442 (1901).—Middle California; rare. o only from Marin and Tulare counties. It is apparently a geographical variety differing from the typical form of the species in its darker and more loosely reticulate-rugose nutlets. 21. P. mexicanus (Macbr.),comb.nov. Allocarya mexicana Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. lix. 34 (1919).—Mexico. Known only from the type collection made in the state of Mexico. 22. P. pedicellaris (Phil.), comb. nov. Eritrichium pedicellare Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xe. 549 (1895). Allocarya pedicellaris Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 809 (1907).—Chile. Known to me only by wait ay P. humilis (R. & P.), comb. nov. Myosotis humilis R. & P. Fl. gers ii. 5 (1799). Eritrichium humile A.DC. Prodr. x. 133 (1846). Allocarya humilis Greene, Pittonia i. 17 (1887). Amsinckia humifusa Walp. Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. xix. suppl. 1,371 (1843). Ben- thamia humifusa Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. iv. 298 (1916). E. Germaini Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xc. 550 (1895). Allocarya Ger- maint Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 809 (1907).—Peru and Bolivia. Apparently also in Chile, Philippi’s species being doubtfully associ- ated with the Peruvian one 2 24. P. congestus (Wedd.), comb. nov. Eritrichium humile, var. congestum Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 88 (1859).—Peru and Bolivia, ap- parently at high altitudes. 25. P. Scouleri (H. & A.), comb. nov. Myosotis Scoulert H. & A. Bot. Beech. 370 (1840), nom. subnudum. Eritrichium Scoulert A.DC. Prodr. x. 130 (1846). Krynitzkia Scoulerit Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885). Allocarya Scouleri Greene, Pittonia i. 18 (1887). E. sessiliflorum A.DC. 1. ¢. 133. A. sessilifolia Greene, l.c. 17. A. hirta Greene, |. c. 161 (1888). A. Scouleri, var. hirta Nels & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 36 (1916). A. calycosa Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 101 (1920). A. figurata Piper, 1.c.101. A. dichotoma Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 313 (1922).—Oregon to southern British Colum- bia, and apparently also in central Chile. 26. P. australasicus (A.DC.), comb. nov. Eritrichium austra- lasieum A.DC. Prodr. x. 134 (1846). Allocarya australasica Greene, Erythea iii. 57 (1895).—Australia. This is the only extra-American species of the genus. vt ee SF Piperi, nom. nov. Allocarya microcar pa Piper, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 91 (1920); not P. microcarpus Greene (1887).— 76 JOHNSTON Known only from Mariposa County, California. Superficially nearly indistinguishable from P. scopulorum, but in fruit-characters clearly allied with P. Greenez. 28. P. Greenei (Gray), comb. nov. Echinospermum Greenei Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 163 (1877). Allocarya Greenei Greene, Bot. San Francisco 259 (1894). A. Echinoglochin Greene, Pittonia i. 15 (1887). A. Austinae Greene, Pittonia i. 18 (1887). A. hystricula Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 87 (1920). A. acanthocarpa Piper, |. c. 87. A. oligochaeta Piper, |. c. 88. A. echinacea Piper, |. c. 88. A. cristata Piper, l.c. 89. A. Eastwoodae Piper, |. c. 89. A. glyptocarpa Piper, I. c. 90. A. spiculifera Piper, 1. c. 90. A. anaglyptica Piper, l.c. 90. A. papillata Piper, 1.c.91. A. distantiflora Piper, |. c. 91.— Occuring over the length of California. Very conspicuously variable in the sculpturing and arming of the nutlets, even in a single locality, and apparently showing no tendency to break up into definite geo- graphic variants. Some of the conspicuous extremes might well be treated as formae. Allocarya glyptocarpa probably is specifically distinct differing from the great mass of P. Greenei in its large corollas and elongate nutlets. . P. patagonicus, sp. nov., annuus tinctus; caulibus prostratis diffuse ramosis ca. 1 dm. longis sparse breveque villosis; foliis ovato- oblongis vel oblongis 13-15 mm. longis 3-5 mm. latis, infimis oppositis ; racemis elongatis maturitate remote florentibus cum bracteis foliaceis; floribus albis ca. 2.5 mm. longis; corollae tubo calyce longiori cylin- drato, lobis ascendentibus; calyce strigoso-hispido ad basin partito ad anthesin ca. 2 mm. longo fructifero aperto 3-4 mm. longo; nuculis 4 late ovatis ca. 1.5 mm. longis dorso congeste humileque rugosis ventrale carinatis in media parte ad gynobasin humilem adfixis.— ARGENTINA: Patagonia, 50° 3’ Lat., 1882, Moreno & Tonini 530 (TYPE, N. Y. Bot. Gard.). San Carlos de Bariloche, 800 m. alt., Buchtien 118 (U. S.). In gross aspect much resembling P. Torreyi, var. diffusus, and in most parts suggesting a true Plagiobothrys rather than a species of Allocarya which it must be because of its opposite lower leaves. Itis probably the “ Plagiobothrys decumbens” of Macloskie, Fl. Patag. 679 (1905), and perhaps also the “Cryptanthe globulifera” of Skotts- berg, Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. lvi. no. 5, 290 (1916). . P. lithocaryus (Greene), comb. nov. Krynitzkia lithocarya Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885). Allocarya lithocarya Greene, Pittonia i. 12 (1887).—California, along the North Coast Ranges. Rare. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 77 31. P. Chorisianus (Cham.), comb. nov. Myosotis Chorisiana Cham. Linnaea iv. 444 (1829). FEritrichium Chorisianum A.DC. Prodr. x. 130 (1846). Krynitzkia Chorisiana Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885). Allocarya Chorisiana Greene, Pittonia, i. 13 (1887). E. connatifolium Kell. Proc. Calif. Acad. ii. 163, f. 51 (1862). A. Hickmani Greene, Pittonia i. 13 (1887). A. myriantha Greene, Erythea iii. 125 (1895). A. Jonesii Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 313 (1922).—California, from San Francisco to Santa Barbara counties. 32. P. glaber (Gray), comb. nov. Lithospermum glabrum Gray, Proce. Am. Acad. xvii. 227 (1882). Allocarya glabra Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 543 (1916). A. salina Jepson, Fl. W. Midd. Calif. 442 (1901).—Middle California, and doubtfully also Arizona. Mrs. Brandegee, Zoe v. 94 (1901), doubts the Arizonian origin of the type of L. glabrum. No undoubted material is at hand from Arizona, and Professor J. J. Thornber of the University of Arizona writes me that he has neither collected such a plant in Arizona nor knows of anyone else having done so. It is possible that the following four species had best be treated as varieties of the present one. . P. humistratus (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya humistrata Greene, Pittonia i. 16 (1887). A. scripta Greene, |. c. 142. A. limicola Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 97 (1920). A. sagillata Piper, 1. e.—Middle California. 34. P. stipitatus (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya stipitata Greene, Pittonia i. 19 (1887)——Lappula stipitata Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. v. 38 (1918). A. stipitata, subsp. minnie Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 94 (1920). A. ambigens Piper, l. c. 96. —Middle California. There are two conspicuous extremes in flower-size. 35. P. divergens (Piper), comb. nov. Allocarya divergens Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 92 (1920). A. charazata Piper, |. c. 96.— California, from Tulare County to San Diego County. 36. P. Nelsonii (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya Nelsonii Greene, Erythea iii. 48 (1895). A. leptoclada Greene, Pittonia iii. 109 (1896). A. oricola Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 92 (1920). A. asperula Piper, l. c. 93. A. Wilcowii Piper, 1.c. 93. A. setulosa Piper, |. c. 93. A, Leibergit Piper, l. c.95. A. tuberculata Piper, l.c. 95. A. fragilis Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 312 (1922).—Eastern Oregon and northern Nevada and northwestward to Montana and adjacent Saskatchewan. 37. P. plebejus (Cham.), comb. nov. Lithospermum plebeyum Cham. Linnaea iv. 446 (1829). Eritrichium plebeium A. DC. Prodr. #8 JOHNSTON x. 133 (1846). Krynitzkia plebeia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 . Allocarya plebeia Greene, Pittonia i. 16 (1887).—Alaska. 38. trachycarpus (Gray), comb. nov. Krynitzkia_trachy- carpa poe Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885). Allocarya trachycarpa Greene, Pittonia i. 14 (1887). Myosotis californica F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 42 (1835). LEritrichium californicewm A.DC Prodr. x. 130 (1846). K. californica Gray,|l.c. A. californica Greene, |. c. 20; not P. californicus Greene (1887). A. diffusa Greene, I. c. 14. A. interrasilis Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 108 (1920). A. commixta Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 312 (1922).—Coast Ranges of middle California. The type of K. trachycarpa, Brewer 1007 from Sonoma County, is a good match for authentic specimens of M. californica, and appears to represent the very slender plant with long lax leafy stems and linear spreading calyx-lobes which seems to replace P. scopulorum in the region along the middle Coast Ranges of California. As I have taken it P. trachycarpus may consist of two things, the southern plants seeming to be less diffuse and to have shorter calyx-lobes. 9. P. Parishii, nom. nov. Eritrichium Coopert Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 89 (1883). Krynitzkia Cooperi Gray, |.c. xx. 267 (1885). Allocarya Cooperit Greene, Pittonia i. 19 (1887); not P. Coopert Gray (1885).—Mohave Desert of California. 40. P. salsus (Brandg.), comb. nov. Allocarya salsa Brandg. Bot. Gaz. xxvii. 452 (1899). A. jacunda Piper, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxix. 643 (1902). A. Cusickii, var. a. ees & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 36 (1916).—Nevada and eastern Oreg 41. P. strictus (Greene), betta nov. Allocarya stricta Greene, Pittonia ii. 231 (1892).—Northern California, perhaps best restricted to the Calistoga plant. 42. P. tenuifolius (Gray), comb. nov. Krynitzkia tenuifolia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885). Eritrichium tenuifolium Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xlii. 518 (1873), nom. nudum, & xe. 546 (1895). Allocarya tenuifolia Greene, Erythea iii. 57 (1895). E. humile, var. capitatum Clos in Gay, Fl. Chile iv. 471 (1849). E. tenuifoliwm, var. longipes Phil. |. c. xlii. 518 (1873). A. tenuifolia, var. longipes Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 806 (1907).—Chile. 43. P. nitens (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya nitens Greene, Pittonia iii. 108 (1896).—Nevada — Utah, apparently rare. Per- haps only a phase of the next 44. P. orthocarpus 1Goctiine): bial nov. Allocarya orthocarpa Greene, Pittonia iv. 235 (1901). —Washington and Nevada, eastward to Utah and Colorado. A rare and poorly understood species. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 79 45. P. mesembryanthemoides (Speg.), comb. nov. Eritrichium mesembryanthemoides Speg. Anal. Soc. Cientf. Argent. liii. 136 (1902). —Patagonia. 46. P. muricatus (R. & P.), comb. nov. Lithospermum muricatum R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 4 (1799). FEritrichium muricatum A.DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). Allocarya muricata Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 810 (1907).—Chile. This plant may be a Cryptantha, although Philippi’s note, Anal. Univ. Chile xc. 540 (1895), makes it seem im- probable. It is possible that the species should be amplified to include the concepts here called P. procumbens and P. scopulorum. 47. P. scopulorum (Greene), comb. nov. Allocarya scopulorum Greene, Pittonia i. 16 (1887). Eritrichium californicum, var. sub- glochidiatum Gray in Wats. Bot. Calif. i. 526 (1876). Krynitzkia californica, var. subglochidiata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885). A, subglochidiata Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 485 (1906). A. hispidula Greene, l.c. 17. A. Cusickit Greene, |.c. 17. A. penicil- lata Greene, 1.c. 18. A.-tenera Greene, l. c. iii. 109 (1896). A.cognata Greene, |. c. iv. 235 (1901). A. bracteata Howell, Fl. N. W. Amer. 481 (1901). A. cryocarpa Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 98 (1920). A. gracilis Piper, l.c. 98. A. laxa Piper, |.c.98. A. pra- tensis Piper, l.c. 99. A. cermna Piper, l.c. 100. A. ramosa Piper, l.c. 100. A. vallata Piper, l.c.101. A. undulata Piper, |l.c.104. A. minuta Piper, l.c. 104. A. scalpta Piper, l.c. 104. A. reticulata Piper, ].c. 105. A. areolata Piper, |. c. 105. A. wnornata Piper, |. c. 106. A. media Piper, l.c. 107. A. divaricata Piper, |.c.107. A. in- sculpta Piper, 1.c.109. A. dispar Piper, |. c. 109. A. granuluta Piper, l. c. 109. A. conjuncta Piper, |.c. 109. A. corrugata Piper, |. c. 110. A. scalpocarpa Piper, |. c. 111.—Western United States and adjacent Canada. This is the most common and widely distributed Allocarya, and that which has mostly borne the name A. californica. It varies considerably in the marking and sculpturing of the nutlets, and to a less extent in habit as well. A careful study will probably cause the recognition of a number of forms here submerged. There is a large- flowered plant on Vancouver Island (e.g. Macoun 56, 680), and a stiffish strict one of western Oregon (e.g. Sheldon 10,577) which may be distinct. Some plants from the Argentine, for the present referred to P. procumbens, seem indistinguishable from certain of the North American specimens. . P. Lechleri, nom. nov. Eritrichium albiflorum Griseb. Ab- andl. Ges. Wiss. Gott. vi. 131 (1854); not Myosotis albiflora B. & S. in Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. ii. 329 (1847).—Patagonia and Fuego. This 80 JOHNSTON is the plant which has been variously identified as Eritrichium albi- florum (Grisebach, |. ¢.), E. diffusum (Dusén, Svenska Exped. Magell. iii. 132 (1900)), and Allocarya procumbens (Skottsberg, Svenska Vet. Akad. Handl. lvi. 289 (1916)). It was a specimen of this species, incorrectly identified as Myosotis albiflora, that gave Greene, Erythea ili. 57 (1895), his reasons for proposing the combination, Allocarya al- biflora. Regarding the identity of Myosotis albiflora B. & S. see the lengthy note by Skottsberg, |. c. 290-291, t. 23, f. Sa—d. 49. P. procumBEns (Colla) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 283 (1885), Myosotis procumbens Colla, Mem. Acad. Torino xxxviii. 130 (1834). Eritrichium procumbens A.DC. Prodr. x. 133 (1846). Allocarya procumbens Greene, Pittonia i. 17 (1887). EE. tenuicaule Phil. Linnaea xxix. 18 (1857). A. tenuicaulis Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 544 (1916). E. uliginosum Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xliii. 519 (1873). A. uliginosa Greene, l.c. 14. E. calandrinioides Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xe. 541. (1895). E. oppositifolium Phil. |. c. 542. A. oppositi- folia Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 807 (1907). E. polycaule Phil. loc. 542. E. delicatulum Phil. 1. c. 544. E. flavicans Phil. 1. c. 544. E. pulchellum Phil. 1. c. 545. E. cinereuwm Phil.].¢. 545. A. cinerea Reiche, 1. c. 808. E. limonium Phil. |. c. 546. E. graminifolium Phil. l.c, 547. E. illapelinum Phil. |. c. 548. E. bracteatum Phil. 1. c. 548. E. vernum Phil. 1.c. 550.—Chile and Argentine. This appears to be the South American homologue of P. scopulorum, and like it is very variable in its structures. Ill. DIAGNOSES AND NOTES RELATING TO THE SPERMATOPHYTES CHIEFLY OF NORTH AMERICA. By I. M. Jounston. The subjoined paragraphs bring together miscellaneous data which have accumulated during the past few months as a by-product of general herbarium work. Considerable time has been spent by the author in ordering up the Euphorbiaceae of the Gray Herbarium. As a result of this work it has been found desirable to place on record certain undescribed species which have been detected and to make some new combinations which were needed in order that the naming of the collection could be strictly in accord with the International of Nomenclature. Some time has also been spent in an SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 81 attempt to bring order into the covers of the Mexican Gnaphaliums. During the course of this work a few more undescribed species were found which seem worthy of record. Of particular interest in the present paper is the description of a new monotypic composite genus recently collected on the deserts of California. ; Lilium Howellii, sp. nov., glabrum; cauli 3-7 dm. alto; bulbis ovoideis, squamis 2-3 cm. longis oblongo-lanceolatis; foliis obovatis vel oblanceolatis 2.5-4 cm. longis 10-17 mm. latis acutiusculis firmis saepe glaucis, superioribus in 3-6 verticillos dispositis, in- ferioribus alternis minoribus; floribus 1-3(—7) horizontalibus rubi- ginosis vel luride purpureis; segmentis paullo recurvatis 28-40 mm. longis 8 mm. latis—OrrcGon: Coast Mt. of Curry County, June 13, 1884, Thos. Howell (ryer, Gray Herb.). The species briefly described above is that called L. Bolanderi by Purdy, Garden lix. 331 (1901), and by Jepson, FI. Calif. i. 311 (1921). The original description of Lilium Bolanderi Wats., Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 377 (1885), was based upon four collections which represent three distinct species. The Bolander plant from the Red Hills is that species which Purdy, |. c., described and figured as L. Kelloggii; the Rattan collection from near Arcata is L. occidentalis Purdy, Erythea v. 103 (1897); whereas the Rattan and the Howell collections from “near the State boundary” are both the plant current under the name L. Bolanderi. Purdy restricted the name L. Bolanderi to the last two elements of the Watsonian aggregate, arguing that Watson based his description primarily upon them. He disregarded, however, the fact that Watson, by citing the Bolander collection first and by coupling - Bolander’s name with the species, clearly showed his intentions of naming the Bolander plant. The Bolander specimen is not excluded from the original description of L. Bolanderi, but agrees with it as well as do any of the other collections cited. It seems best, therefore, to restrict the name L. Bolanderi to the Bolander collection, or in other words to take it as synonymous with the much later L. Kelloggit Purdy. The Oregon plant heretofore called L. Bolanderi is accord- ingly named, L. Howellit. Litivm PARDALINUM Kell. Hesperian (Sept. 1859). L. pardalinum, var. angustifolium Kell., 1. c. L. Roezli Regel, Gartenfl. xix. 321, t. 667 (1870). L. canadense, var. Hartwegii Baker, Gard. Chron. 1165 (1871). L. californicum Domb. Fl. Mag. under plate 33 (1872). L. pardalinum, var. californicum Lindley in Baker, Jour. Linn. Soc. xiv. 242 (1874). L. pardalinum, var. pallidifolium Baker, l. e.—In the latest treatment of the Californian lilies, Jepson, Fl. Calif. i. 312 82 JOHNSTON (1921), as well as in all other treatments since the Botany of California, ii. 166 (1880), the name L. pardalinum has been applied to lilies grow- ing in both the Coast Ranges and in the Sierra Nevada of California, and by some even to lilies occurring in the mountains of Oregon and _ Washington. This wide use of the name seems unjustifiable since even a superficial study suffices to show that there are at least two quite distinct forms now included under Kellogg’s name. The plants of the Coast Ranges, and perhaps also of the northern Sierran foot- hills, are larger-flowered than the other plants referred to the species, and have coarser pedicels, larger linear tile anthers, and perianth- segments whose outer half is a bright orange-red. This large- flowered plant has the corolla-structure of L. Humboldtii Roezl & Leicht., but in other than these structures it is quite distinct, having differently colored somewhat smaller flowers, and a totally different bulb. The plant which is frequent in wet places in the Sierra Nevada and is at present going under the name, L. pardalinum, differs from the Coast Range lily in being smaller in all parts, having yellow or orange corollas, and short oblong usually erect non-versatile anthers. This Sierran plant strikingly simulates L. columbianum Hans. of the Northwest, from which it is primarily separated by its bulb, the Californian plant having a small rhizomatose bulb with jointed scales, whereas L. columbianum has a solitary bulb twice as large and one with simple triangular or lanceolate scales. The correct application of L. pardalinum Kell. is readily determined by a study of Kellogg’s original description and plate (plate repro- . duced in Bull. Calif. Acad. i. 149 (1885)). There can be no doubt that Kellogg originally described the large-flowered Coast Range plant. It is this form that has been illustrated by Regel, Gartenfl. xix. 321, t. 667 (1870); by Elwes, Monog. Lilium t. 28-29 (1877); by Waugh, Bot. Gaz. xxvii. 346, f. 12 (1899); and by Hall & Hall, Fl. Yosemite, pl. opp. pg. 56 (1912). The yellow-flowered Sierran plant appears to have been illustrated only by Armstrong, West. Wild Fl. 37 (1915), who has only one (the upper) of two corollas well represented. The Sierran plant seems best called LILIUM PARDALINUM, Var. PARVIFLORUM Eastw. Publ. Sierra Cl. no. 27, 14 (1902). Bulbs rhizomatous with jointed scales; stems 6-12 dm. high; leaves scattered or in definite whorls of 4-14, linear to lan- ceolate, becoming 14 cm. long and 25 mm. wide, glabrous; flowers one to many, terminal or loosely racemose; pedicels 6-15 mm. long usually spreading and nodding just below the corolla; perianth-lobes orange or yellow, lower half spotted with purple, 4-5 cm. long. 8-14 mm. wide. SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 83 erect for 10-15 mm. then strongly recurved; anthers oblong, 4-7 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. wide, usually erect, appearing basifixed.—The above varietal name was originally applied to a local small-flowered variant of the Sierran plant, but its limits are here amplified to include all of the Sierran tiger-lilies. This Sierran lily is given only varietal rank since Dr. H. M. Hall assures me that there is a specimen in the University of California Herbarium which combines the characters of the Sierran and Coast Range forms. This specimen, Univ. Calif. -Herb. 68,798, comes from the Mt. Pinos Region where intergrades are to be expected. From the material in the Gray Herbarium alone the Sierran and Coast Range lilies seem sharply distinct and worthy of specific separation. The variety parviflorum differs from genuine L. pardalinum in range, in having the perianth-segments 4-6 cm. long and entirely yellow or orange and not 6-8 cm. long with the outer half conspicuously orange-red, and in having oblong non-ver- satile usually erect anthers 4-7 mm. long rather than linear versatile ones 9-14 mm. long. It ranges from Tulare County in the southern Sierra Nevada of California, northward into southern Oregon. Forms of it are apparently the basis for many, if not all, the Californian records of L. columbianum. The latter species ranges from British Columbia and Idaho southward to middlewestern Oregon where it is replaced by, or perhaps even grades into, L. Howellii. Hansen, Erythea vii. 21 (1899), has given a pleasing account of the habits of the plant here called Lilium pardalinum, var. parviflorum Alternanthera nesiotes, sp. nov., prostrata; caulibus teretibus gracilibus ca. 1 dm. longis e radice penenni crassa orientibus; foliis orbicularibus vel ovatis integerrimis 6-8 mm. longis 4.5-6 mm. latis dense villoso-strigosis, juvenibus sparse strigosis viridibus supra venis impressis; floribus brunescentibus in glomerulos sessiles axillares dense congestis cum capillis longis tenuissimis albis intermixtis; bracteis bracteolisque acuminatis oblongo-lanceolatis quam sepala tertiam partem brevioribus; sepalis ovato-oblongis 2-2. 5 mm. tongs valde 3-nervatis acutis vel breviter que subulatis tubo longioribus; stylo quam ovarium saan breviori; utriculo ovoideo.—GALAPAGOS ARCHIPELAGO: O1 near shore of Cormorant Bay, Charles Island, Stewart 3154 (TYPE, Gray Herb.). This is a very distinct member of Alternanthera and apparently without any close described relative. In gross aspect the plant much suggests a species of Guilleminia. The type-collection, distributed as Coldenia fusca Hook. f., bears on its label the locality “Connerant Bay”. 84 JOHNSTON PICKERINGIA MONTANA Nutt. in T. & G. FI. N. A. i. 389 (1840). Xylothermia montana Greene, Pittonia ii. 188 (1891).—The generic name “ Pickeringia”’ was used twice by Nuttall, once in 1834, Jour. Philad. Acad. vii. 95, for a member of the Myrsinaceae, and again in 1840, l. c., fora leguminous plant. Although only the later homonym had been recognized, Greene, |. c., held it non-valid and proposed in 1891 the substitute name Nolthervattz The earlier Pickeringia was at one time maintained by the elder DeCandolle, Prodr. vii. 733 (1839), as a dubious member of the Ericaceae, but was sub- sequently referred by his son, Prodr. viii. 123 (1844), to synonymy under Ardisia where all subsequent writers have been content to leave it. Although Greene suggested that future writers would find the earlier Pickeringia to be worthy of generic recognition, it is sig- nificant that neither Mez, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 236, 57 (1902), who recently monographed the family, nor even Small, Fl. S. E. United States ed. 2, 907 (1913), or Britton and Millspaugh, Bahama FI. 315 (1920), with their narrow generic concepts, have found it at all ad- visable to resurrect the older Nuttallian genus. As the Pickeringia of 1834 is universally recognized as non-valid the homonym of 1840 is here maintained in accordance with Article 50 of the International Rules of Nomenclature. The proper combination for the following well marked geographical variety seems never to have been made. Pickeringia utt., var. tomentosa (Abrams), comb. nov. Xylothermia montana, subsp. tomentosa Abrams, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxxiv. 263 (1907).—Although very positive in its single character— its copious pubescence—the present variety seems identical with the typical form of the species in all other respects. It is the southern phase of the species, replacing it in the mountains of San Bernardino and San Diego counties of California. Adenopeltis serrata (Ait.), comb. nov. Ezcoecaria serrata Ait. Hort. Kew ed. 2, v. 418 (1813). Adenopeltis Colliguaya Bert. in Juss. Ann. Sci. Nat. xxv. 24 (1832 ). Astrocasia (? lia, sp. nov., dioecia glaberrima fruticosa 9-12 dm. alta; foliis reniformibus vel cal lacribbans vel ovatis 20-43 mm. longis 20-35 mm. latis integerrimis firmis subtus pallidioribus apice rotundatis basi rotundatis vel cordatis angustissime peltatis, petiolis teretibus 6-25 mm. longis; floribus ignotis; pedicello fructifero gracili tereti saepe reflexo 2-4 cm. longo; capsula depressa triloba 4-6 mm. alta ca. 1 em. lata reticulata in coccos bivalves dissiliente; columella persistente; seminibus in quoque loculo geminis brunneis lateraliter compressis plano-convexis late ovatis 4-5 mm. longis ca. SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 85 4 mm. latis ecarunculatis ventraliter sulcatis; albumine dure carnoso; cotyledonibus tenuibus latis planis; radicula cylindrica.—Mexico: Jaumave Valley, Tamaulipas, ca. 2000 ft., 1898, Nelson 4455 (TYPE, Gray Herb.). Vicinity of Palmilla, Tamaulipas, 1830, Berlandier 796, 2216. En route from San Luis Potosi to Tampico, 1878-9, Palmer 1140. An anomalous species of doubtful affinities which is only provisionally referred to Astrocasia. No flowering specimens of A. populifolia have been seen by me. I am refering the Mexican species to Astrocasia because in that genus alone among the American Phyllanthoideae do I find a broad-leaved dioecious shrub with similar very long fruiting pedicels and essentially similar capsules and seeds. A careful search through the literature.and in the Gray Herbarium has not only failed to discover any close relative of A. populifolia, but any previous mention of it as well. I am inclined to believe that the discovery of staminate fl will reveal the species to be a monotype. In outline, the leaves of A. populifolia suggest those of an aspen or of some of the broader-leaved Jatrophas related to J. canescens (Benth.) Miill. Cnidoscolus inermiflorus, sp. nov., fruticosus; petiolis puberulentis 5-14 em. longis; laminis foliorum 8-12(-18) em. longis ca. 10(-17) em. latis puberulentis membranaceis irregulariter acuteque dentatis longe setosis elobatis vel 3-5-lobatis, basi profunde cordatis; pedun- culis 10-18 cm. longis ad apicem dense puberulentis vel velutinis; cymis corymbiformibus parce stimulosis, bracteis lineari-lanceolatis inferioribus 12 mm. longis; calyce extus velutino-pubescenti estimuloso 10-13 mm. longo, lobis ovatis obtusis tubo dimidio brevioribus, disco annulari glabro, columna staminali 4-5 mm. alta basi villosa; stamin- ibus fertilibus 2-verticillatis 10, sterilibus 3—Mextico: Along road over mountains between Victoria and Jaumave Valley, Tamaulipas, 1898, Nelson 4439. Vicinity of Victoria, Tamaulipas, 1907, Palmer 140 (rypr, Gray Herb.). A very distinct species of doubtful rela- tionship. Probably nearest C. tubulosus (Miill.). Johnston, from which it differs in its setose-margined entire or broadly lobed leaves, larger staminate flowers, and villous staminal tube. Cnidoscolus Pringlei, sp. nov., glaber dense stimulosus; petiolis 4-10 em. longis stimulosis; laminis foliorum 8-10 em. latis 6-8 cm. longis rotundato-reniformibus ad 1/3 longitudinis 3- vel 4-lobis basi cordatis, lobis grosse inciso-dentatis parce stimulosis; cymis peduncul- atis modice laxifloris corymbiformibus; calyce albo infundibuliformi rce stimuloso puberulento 8-10 mm. longo ad mediam partem vel ultra tubulato, lobis obovatis obtusis, disco annulari glabro, 86 JOHNSTON columna staminali 5 mm. alta basi villosissima; staminibus fertilibus 2-verticellatis 10 filiformibus; capsula 8 mm. longa stimulosa; semin- ibus pallidis 8 mm. longis; carunculis lutescentibus.—MEeExico: Baranca near Guadalajara, Jalisco, 1886, Palmer 141 (typE, Gray Herb.). Hills near Iguala, Guerrero, 3000 ft., 1907, Pringle 10,387. Related to C. angustidens Torr. of northwestern Mexico and adjacent United States, but differing in its remote southern range, less pro- longed toothing on the firmer leaves, smaller capsules, lighter-colored seeds, more densely villous staminal tube, and longer filaments. Cnidoscolus aconitifolius (Mill.), comb. nov. Jatropha aconiti- folius Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8 (1768). Cnidoscolus albomaculatus (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha albo- maculata Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 90 (1910). Cnidoscolus calyculatus (Pax & Hoffm.), comb. nov. Jatropha calyculata Pax & Hofim. Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 97 (1910). Cnidoscolus cordifolius (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha cordifolia Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 107 (1910). Cnidoscolus herbaceus (L.), comb. nov. Jatropha herbacea L. Sp. Pl. 1007 (1753). Cnidoscolus loasoides (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha loasoides Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 92 (1910). Cnidoscolus longipes (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha longipes Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 106 (1910). Cnidoscolus multilobus (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha multiloba Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 107 (1910). Cnidoscolus platyandrus (Pax), comb. nov. Jatropha platyandra Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 110 (1910). Cnidoscolus us (Pax & Hoffm.), comb. nov. Jatropha polyantha Pax & Hoffm. PN ea iv. Fam. 147, i. 105 (1910). Cnidoscolus tenuifolius (Pax & Hoffm.), comb. nov. Jatropha tenurfolia Pax & Hoffm. Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, i. 107 (1910). doscolus tubulosus (Miill. Arg.), comb. nov. Jatropha tubu- losa Mill. Arg. Linnaea xxxiv. 212 (1865). Ditaxis sinaloae, sp. nov., monoecia perennis ca. 35 cm. alta basem versus suffruticosa; caulibus simplicibus paucis herbaceis 2-3 dm. longis erectis dense sericeo-strigosis conspicue sulcatis; foliis ovatis vel oblongis 4-8 cm. longis 25-45 mm. latis conspicue denticulatis apice breviter acuminatis basi subacutis supra viridibus et sparse villosis infra villoso-tomentosis et canescentibus, petiolis brevissimis 1-4 mm. longis; floribus in glomerulos axillares subsessiles congestis; floribus masculis 4—5-meris, sepalis acutis lanceolatis 1 mm. latis ca. SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 87 4 mm. longis extus villosis, petalis ovato-lanceolatis acutis 2 mm. latis 4-5 mm. longis quam sepalae saepe paulo longioribus extus villosis intus glabris ad columnam paullo supra basem adfixis, disco glandulari vix distincto per totam longitudinem columnae adnato, staminibus 10 biseriatis; floribus femineis 5-meris basi glomerulae solitariter adfixis, sepalis maturitate lanceolatis 7 mm. longis extus villosis, petalis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 4 mm. longis, lobis disci glandu- laris ovatis vel deltoideis glabris; capsulis villosis ca. 4 mm. crassis; seminibus pallidis ovoideis reticulatis ca. 2 mm. longis.—MeExIco: Culiacan, Sinaloa, 1891, Palmer 1462 (rypE, Gray Herb.). This species belongs to Ditazis § Anacanthium as that section is defined by Pax and Hoffmann, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, vi. 58 (1912), and to the same immediate group of species as D. tinctoria (Millsp.) Pax & Hoffm. and D. manzanilloana Pax & Hoffm. Ditazis sinaloue differs from both the species mentioned in its coarse stems, large leaves, and different range. It differs from D. tinctoria in its lack of dye-stained tissue, longer broader staminate sepals, glabrous stamens, more elongate pistillate sepals, and less developed pistillate glands. From D. manzanilloana it differs in its larger flower-parts, and in the pubescence and shape of the pistillate sepals and corolla. Evupuorsia DeppEANA Boiss. Cent. Euphorb. 6 (1860). Aniso- phyllum californicum Ki. & Gar. Abhandl. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1859, 36 (1860).—Millspaugh, Publ. Field Mus. Bot. Ser. ii. 409 (1916), has indicated E. Anthonyi and E. clarionensis Brandg., Erythea vii. 7 (1899), two species endemic on the Revillagigedo Islands off the west coast of Mexico, as synonymous with the very obscure E. Dep- peana. This procedure was no doubt due to a desire to associate the name with some west American plant because both Euphorbia Deppeana Boiss. and Anisophyllum californicum K1. & Gar. are based upon a collection cited “In California (Deppe).”’ The relations of E. Deppeana are clearly within that peculiar group of shrubby species that Boissier, DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 11 (1862), called the Gymnadeniae: That species can hardly be either E. Anthonyi or E. clarionensis, for it has according to Boissier, “involucris terminalibus solitariis breviter pedunculatis hemisphaericis . . . glandulis . . . exappendiculatis, ovario glabro.” Brandegee’s two species have on the other hand the small pubescent very numerous turbinate involucres in dense axillary clusters, glands that are somewhat appendaged, and the ovary very pubescent. As E. Deppeana seems very closely related to E. Hookeri Boiss, and to E. multiformis Gandg., it seems that like these species and their immediate relatives it is probably indigenous to the 88 JOHNSTON Hawaiian Archipelago. As no plant approaching E. Deppeana has been discovered in either California or Mexico and as Deppe is known to have collected in the Hawaiian Islands, it seems more than probable that the plant in question was obtained in this Archipelago and that through some confusion of data the original collection was erroneously attributed to California. Highly suggestive if not indicative of confusion of data in the Deppe collections is the fact that the unmistakable Aleurites moluccana L., a tree unknown along the Pacific Coast of North America although very common in the Hawai- ian Islands, is also reported, Pflanzenr. iv. pies 147, i. 131, from California upon the basis of a Deppe specim Halliophytum, gen. Euphorb. nov. F ities dink apetali. Flores masculini ad axilla | pececiat Pedicelli longi graciles. Sepala 4-5 imbricata. Disci lobi 4-5 staminibus alterni. Stamina 4-5, fila- mentis liberis sepalis oppositis. Ovarii rudimentum evolutum 3-fidum. Flores feminei solitarii: Pedicelli breves validi. Ovarium 3-loculare. Styli distincti recurvi indivisi apice dilati. Ovula in loculis gemina. Capsula sicca in coccos 2-valves dissiliens. Semina oblonga stro- phiolata compressa testa granulata. Frutex rigide ramosus. Folia alterna parvula integerrima fasciculata oblanceolata. Plantae sep- tentrionali-mexicanae et australi-californicae——This proposed genus belongs to the Euphorhiaceae-Phyllantheae. It appears to be most nearly related to Securinega from which it differs by having large firm solitary capsules borne on short stout pedicels, and by having carun- culate seeds which by abortion are usually solitary in each capsular cell. Halliophytum is also distinct in habit being composed of di- varicately much branched very rigid desert shrubs which have small fasciculate oblanceolate leaves. The genus is named for Dr. H. M. Hall, formerly of the University of California but now of the Carnegie Institution, who in 1906 made the first collection of the Californian species during one of his many very fruitful collecting — into the deserts of California. The following species are know YH. fasciculatum (Wats.), comb. nov. Bernardia tewistede Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xviii. 153 (1883). Securinega fasciculata Johnston, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vii. 441 (1922)—Mexico: Mts. 24 m. N. E. of Monclova, Coahuila, Palmer 1233 (type). Shrub 5 ft. high, plains S. W. of San Pablo, (?) Chihuahua, April 22, 1847, Gregg. Saucillo, Chihuahua, Thurber 837. Vicinity of Santa Rosalia, Chihuahua, Palmer 384. H. Hallii (Brandg.), comb. nov. Tetracoccus Hallii Brandg. Zoe v. 229 (1906). Securinega Hallii Johnston, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vii. SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 89 442 (1922)—Cauirornia: Cottonwood Springs, Eagle Mts., Parish 10,844, 10,845. H. capense (Johnston), comb. nov. Securinega capensis Johnston, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vii. 441 (1922)—Mextco: Coast below Pesca- dero, Lower Calif., Sept. 23, 1893, T. S. Brandegee. Jatropha arizonica, sp. nov., herbacea; rhizomatibus crassis car- nosis; caulibus 1-4 dm. altis simplicibus glabris; petiolis 3-7 cm. longis; laminis foliorum basi subcordatis 5-10 em. longis saepe profunde 5- lobatis, lobis arrectis lanceolatis setaceo-dentatis; stipulis 5-8 mm. longis setaceo-dissectis; cymis inter folia superiora breviter peduncu- latis; bracteis setaceis; calycis 5-7 mm. longi lobis setaceis vel lanceo- latis; corolla 6-10 mm. longa segmentis ad 7/8 longitudinis connatis glabris; glandulis liberis; columna staminali 6 mm. alta gracili glabra; staminibus fertilibus 2-verticillatis 10, sterilibus 0; capsula 10-12 mm. longa; inibus 8 ongis pallidis vel lutescentibus, caruncula lacero-multifida.—Arizona: Foothills of Santa Rita Mts., 1882, Pringle (type, Gray Herb.). Near Ft. Huachuca, 1882, Lemmon 2871. Ft. Huachuca, 1890, Palmer 467. Douglas, 1920, W. W. Jones 202. Sonora: Dry plains near San Bernardino, Thurber 354. Guadaloupe, May 1851, Thurber 403. CHIHUAHUA: Casas Grandes, 1899, Goldman 429. The plant concerned here is that northern one which has been called Jatropha macrorhiza Benth., a name which is properly restricted to a very differently appearing plant of central Mexico. The newly described plant differs from the genuine J. macrorhiza in its more northern distinct range, in its deeply lobed much toothed less firm leaves, and in its much more developed stip- ules. It seems very strange that two such distinct and manifestly different species should ever have been confused under one name. Jatropha grandifrons, sp. nov., glabra; foliis grandibus, petiolis 15 em. longis, laminis 2 dm. longis 17 em. latis supra viridibus subtus pallidis marginibus sublobatis lobulis rotundatis capitato-glandulig- eris, basi profunde cordata auriculata valde imbricata; cymis longe pedunculatis dichotome longirameis; sepalis floris pistillati 3 mm. longis ovatis obtusis basi connatis; corolla 6-8 mm. longa segmentis usque ad 4/5 longitudinis connatis; capsula 1 mm. longa.—MEeExico: Vicinity of Oaxaca, alt. 1550 m., 1901, Conzatti & Gonzdles 1206 (rype, Gray Herb.). A very well marked species which is closely related to Jatropha olivacea Mill., but which differs from it by having leaves three or four times as large, less lobed, glabrous, and with the basal lobes strongly imbricated, and by having the peduncles of the inflorescence longer and the flowers averaging larger. 90 JOHNSTON acaranga Heynei, nom. nov. Rottlera montana Heyne in Wall. Cat. 272, no. 7833A (1848).—M. montana Pax & Hoffm. Pflanzenr., iv. Fam. 147, vii. 321 (1914); not M. montana Merr. Philipp. Jour. Sci., Bot. vii. 394 (1912). mexicana, sp. nov., humilis fruticosa; ramis saepe glabris nigrescentibus; foliis palmatis fere ad basin lobatis 6-11 cm. latis supra viridibus infra pallidis; lobis 5 vel 7 lanceolatis ad apicem setig- eris divergentibus duobus exterioribus brevibus; stipulis subulatis subpersistentibus; racemis paucifloris 4-6 mm. longis, bracteis subu- latis deciduis; calycibus lutescentibus vel purpurascentibus pendulis 9-12 mm. longis glaberrimis; antheris 1.5-2 mm. longis 3-plo longior- ibus quam latis; capsulis rugosis globosis vel ovoideis ecostatis 10-11 mm. longis—Mexico: Hillsides of Zapotlan, Jalisco, alt. 5000 ft., 1905, P. Goldsmith 120 (rypr, Gray Herb.). Near Guadalajara, Jalisco, Pringle 5159, 11318; Palmer 142, 156. Guanajuato, Dugés 8, 20, 203. Without precise locality, 1848-49, Gregg 198. (?) Top of the ridge back of Tonala, Chiapas, 1895, Nelson 2899. This species has been confused with the closely related Manihot angustiloba (Torr.) Mill. It is readily separated from that species, however, by its southerly range, smaller bicolored leaves, more slender commonly purplish stems, and smaller less roughened fruit. Manihot rubricaulis, sp. nov., fruticosa 12-15 dm. alta; ramis numerosis rubescentibus; foliis in parte superiori aggregatis, petiolis 4(-8) em. longis, laminis profunde 5-7-partitis glabris concoloribus, lobis linearibus apice setaceis 4-9(-15) mm. latis acutis integris basi in disculum confluentibus duobus exterioribus minime divergentibus; stipulis subulatis inconspicuis; racemis 3-6 cm. longis, bracteis subu- latis ca. 8 mm. longis, pedicellis erectis 4-10 mm. longis; calyce glabro glauco lutescente 10-13 mm. longo apud florem pistilliferum 5-lobato apud florem staminiferum 5-partito; antheris 2-3 mm. longis 4- vel 5-plo longioribus quam latis; capsulis verrucosis globosis ca. 12 mm. longis.—Mexico: East slope of Iron Mt. near Durango, 1896, Palmer 224 (typr, Gray Herb.). A very distinct species probably nearest to Manihot mexicana Johnston, from which it differs in its tall sub- simple reddish shrubby stems, linear concolorous leaf-segments, and larger anthers. troma longifolium (Nees), comb. nov. Ilex ba Nees, Flora 1821, pt. 1, 301 (1821). P. ilicifolium Mill. Linna xxxiv. 178 (1865). P. ilicifolium Mill., var. —— Miill. |. ¢. Pera heteranthera (Schrank), eoaiatic nov. Spizxia heteranthera Schrank, Denkschr. Akad. Miinchen vii. 242 (1821). S. Leandri SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 91 Mart. Flora 1841, pt. 2, Beibl. 30 (1841). P. Leandri Baill.; Mill. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 1027 (1862). Sapium cremostachyum (Baill.), comb. nov. Stzllingia cremo- stachya Baill. Adansonia v. 322 (1865). Sapium biglandulosum, var. Klotzschianum Mill. Linnaea xxxii. 117 (1863). Sapiwm Klotzschi- anum Huber, Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, vi. 438 (1906). Stillingia texana, nom. nov. Sapiwm sylvaticum, var. linearifolia Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 201 (1859). Stillangia sylvatica, var. lineari- folia Mill. in DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 2, 1158 (1862). Stillingia lineari- folia Small, Fl. S. E. United States 704 (1903); not Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 297 (1879).—The species here considered is that Texan plant which has gone under the name of Stillingia angustifolia Engelm., a name published in 1883 by Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xviii. 154. If S. angustifolia is not at once to be rejected as a hyponym” it must be taken as being based on the cited Stillingia sylvatica, var. angustifolia Mill: Miiller’s variety, however, was founded on two collections from Florida and is clearly the narrow-leaved southeastern phase of Stillingia sylvatica. Hence it is that “ Stillingia angustifolia Engelm.” is improperly applied to the common Texan species. Tor- rey, l. c., gave the first acceptable name to the Texan plant when he called it Sapium sylvaticum, var. linearifolia. In 1903 Small, |. c., raised Torrey’s variety to specific rank, a legitimate step were it not for the fact that Watson in 1879 had applied the resulting binomial to a universally recognized Californian plant of the same genus. In 1912 Pax, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 147, v. 192, took up Small’s combination and renamed the plant which Watson has christened Stillingia linearifolia. Such procedure, however, recognizes intercategorical priority, a principle contrary to the International Rules of Nomenclature. The Texan plant being without an acceptable name it is here called Stillingia texana. The Californian plant continues to be properly called Stillingia linearifolia Wats. while Stillingia gymnogyna Pax & Hoffm. falls as an absolute synonym of it. / $tillingia Treculiana (Miill.), comb. nov. Gymnanthes Trecu- liana Miill. Linnaea xxxiv. 216 (1865). Stillingia Torreyana Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 298 (1879). Sapium annuum, var. dentatum Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 201 (1859). Stillingia dentata Britt. & . Rusby, Trans. N. Y. Acad. vii. 14 (1887). (Torr.), comb. nov. ’. ramosa, var. leptophylla Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 201 (1859). T. stylaris, var. leptophylla Mill. Linnaea xxxiv. 181 (1865). .92 JOHNSTON Coldenia hispidissima (Torr.) Gray, var. latior, var. nov., foliis quam apud formam typicam latioribus non linearibus sed potius lanceolatis, lamina latitudine basin induratam expansam aequanti vel superanti 2-3 mm. lata——Utan: 1873, Capt. Bishop. ARIZONA: 1871, Lieut. Wheeler. 1877, Palmer 343. Nevapa: Muddy Valley, Lincoln County, Kennedy & Goodding 79 (typE, Gray Herb.). Virgin River, Goodding 706. The variety latior includes those forms of the species which occur in Arizona, Utah, and Nevada, the northwest portion of the specific range as a whole. It is simply a well marked foliar variation. Penstemon hians, sp. nov., glaber 6-9 dm. altus basem versus ramosus; caulibus erectis simplicibus; foliis firmiusculis viridibus vel glaucescentibus post exsiccationem languide viridibus 10-14 mm. latis 5-7 cm. longis basi in petiolum brevem attenuatis acute denticu- latis, caulinis sessilibus cordatis ovato-lanceolatis dentatis in inflor- escentiam extentibus et gradatim reductis; inflorescentia laxa pauci- flora 3 dm. longa 7-8 cm. lata, ramis laxe ascendentibus 15-40 cm. longis.a bracteis foliaceis suffultis, pedicellis gracilibus 10-25 (saepis- sime 15-20) em. longis a bracteis herbaceis ovatis vel oblongis 4-6 mm. longis subtentis; calyce glabro vel puberulento, lobis imbricatis acutis ovatis 5 mm. longis; corolla 25-30 mm. longa alba caesio- et roseo-tincta, tubo 4-5 mm. longo et ca. 4 mm. crasso, faucibus perin- flatis 12-15 mm. crassis patenter hiantibus, labio inferiori patenti 9-12 mm. longo intus conspicue barbato in 3 segmentis latis 3-4 mm. longis lobato, labio superiori erecto 2-lobato 8-11 mm. longo; stamine sterili conspicue exserto dense longeque flavo-barbata; staminibus fertilibus saepe inclusis glaberrimis; capsula ignota.—CALIFORNIA: San Benito River, San Benito County, May 25, 1915, Hall 9924 (type, Gray Herb.). Lewis Creek, San Benito County, May 14, 1893, Eastwood. This plant has gone as P. Palmeri Gray, but although belonging to the same immediate group of species it differs from the desert-inhabiting P. Palmeri in its very lax leafy inflorescence, very large stout corollas, and sparse narrow non-connate scarcely glaucous leaves. Penstemon hians is much nearer P. Grinnelliit Eastw., a mountain species of Southern California, from which it differs in its slender taller stems, more open leafy non-glandular inflorescence, and very much larger more gaping bluish-tinged corollas. The newly described species seems to represent the P. Palmeri group in the © South Coast Ranges of California. During the examination of an interesting suite of Hymenopappus, sent to the Gray Herbarium by Mr. George Osterhout of Windsor, SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 93 Colorado, the problems in the classification of the genus became ap- parent and an attempt was made at solving them. The tangible result of this study is the subjoined synopsis of the genus. In the past much emphasis has been placed upon the relative length of corol- la-lobes and corolla-tube, and upon the development of the pappus, two characters which from my study seem highly variable and hence poor specific indicators. In the present synopsis duration, pubes- cence, and leaf-lobing, are stressed, since they seem best to indicate the main specific tendencies. Except for overthrowing the mono- typic genus Leucampyz, the genus Hymenopappus and immediate relatives are taken as defined by Rydberg, No. Am. Fl. xxxiv. 48-44 (1914). Certain authors have merged Hymenothrix into Hymeno- pappus, but such a step logically results in dragging down F louresia also. As I am not certain that Flouresia is best treated as a part of Hymenopappus T am following the only natural alternative of recog- nizing Hymenothriz and Trichymenia. The generic lines as here taken are very weak and those that maintain them must find their arguments in precedence and convenience. Plants biennial or annual; oo east of continental divide. Achene-faces i MerUne Se PS A ee ose ee es 1. H. Palmeri. Achene-faces stri eaf-segments cee ad, 2-4 mm. wide. a - a ay white, at first bebe RECS ore Tip of reek a yellow, about equaling the disk. phe: wer leaves as pinn: as upper ones.. H. corymbosus. Lower leaves less Finhatifid than wir ones... ra i. ‘arlemisiaefolius. Leaf-segments very narrow, ca. Plant very canescent; Venk-aaieonasta aay crowded. 5. H. robustus. . H. scabiosaeus. Achenes glabrate; tegules ovate, 6. H. flavomarginatus Ae ae rappeesee tegules oblong, somewhat villo Tip of tegules conspicuously colored; forms of corymbosus. Tip of tegules inconspicuously enlored. 26s 7. H. tenuifolius. Plant perennial, geatieisital: ranging along the Rocky Mts. an Leaves 3 te or man agreed with broad nig taupe ac Birnie MORE ois os oe Se . H. mexicanus. Leaves at Visest reauate. gi he linear-filiform ; pewrahs villous. Heads radia : Receptacle pin ae eee Siete NaS one 9. H. Newberryi. Te cenlcle WT ee Us A ay cartel SN ne ene ne 10. H. radiatus. Hea e eradia ms scapose cauline leaves much reduced and few. baa gle Galo licis wie tele eee pee ods hie wees 11. H. gloriosus ica? Oe ey heen bed view stones bs 5% 12. H. lugens i DTI. a os oo oni ew tk rs en teh eee s> 28. pauciflorus. 94 JOHNSTON Florets 15-25. innules 1-2 mm. long, crowded, bat canescent...14. H. luteus. Finsues 3-20 mr. long, remote, greenish........ 15. H. filifolius.- 1. Hymenoparrus Patmeri (Gray) "Hoffm. in a & PF. Nat: Pflanzenf. iv. Abt. 5, 256 (1890). Hymenothrix Palmeri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 391 (1886). Hymenothrix glandulosa Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxiii. 278 (1888). Hymenopappus glandulosus Rydb. No. Am. Fl. xxxiv. 48 (1914). Hymenothrix glandulosa, var. Nelsonit Greenm. Proc. Am. Acad. xl. 46 (1904). Hymenopappus Nelsoni Rydb. |. c. 49.—Curavuanua: Parral to Batopsis, 1898, Goldman 160. Near Colonia Garcia, 1899, Townsend & Barber 273; Nelson 6210 (type of H. glandulosa, var. Nelsonii). Above Canyon St. Diego, 1891, Hartman 766. Near Chihuahua, 1886, Pringle 762. South- western Chihuahua, 1886, Palmer 395 (type of H. Palmert). Sierra Madre, 1887, Pringle 1293 (type of H. glandulosa). DuRanco: Sandia Station, 1905, Pringle 13,559. This species varies consider- ably in pappus and glandularity but shows no tendency to break up into geographically correlated variants. 2. H. scaprosarus L’Hér. Hymenop. 1 (1788). Rothia caroliniensis Lam. Jour. Hist. Nat. i. 17 (1792). Hymenopappus caroliniensis Porter, Mem. Torr. Cl. v. 338 (1894).—SoutH Carouina: Aiken, 1869, Canby. Grorata: near Millen, 1901, Harper 762. FiLormwa: near Marianna, 1901, Curtiss 6806. Near Gainesville, Curtiss 1508. Mississippi: Columbus, 1896, Tracy 1400. Itiino1s: Beardstown, 1842, Geyer. Mussourt: Scott Co., 1894, Eggert. 3. H. corrmsosus T. & G. Fl. N. Am. ii. 372 (1842). H. Engel- mannianus Kunth, Ind. Sem. Hort. Berol. 15 (1848). H. flavescens Gray, Mem. Am. Acad. ser. 2, iv. 97 (1849). H. sulphureus Rydb. in Britt. Man. 1007 (1901). H. Fisheri Woot. & Standl. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 191 (1913).—Kansas: Riley Co., 1895, Norton 285 (isotype of H. sulphureus). Hamilton Co., 1895, Hitchcock 286. ArKANsas: Dr. Leavenworth (isotype of H. corymbosus). OKLAHOMA: near Waynoka, 1913, Stevens 5742. Near Longdale, 1913, Stevens 831. Texas: San Antonio, May 1853, Thurber. Bracken, 1903, Groth 90. Weatherford, 1902, Tracy 8544. New Mexico: 1847, Fendler 464 (type of H. flavescens). Study of isotypic material of the poorly understood H. corymbosus clearly shows that the present usage of the name is correct. Gray’ s H. flavescens was based upon a good specimen of the present species collected by Fendler, and upon a few fragments, apparently of H. artemisiacfolius, which were collected by Wislizenus. SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 95 4. H. ARTEMISIAEFOLIUS DC. Prodr. v. 658 (1836).—TeExas: Houston, Bush 35; Lindheimer 107. Without definite locality, Drummond 182; Berlandier 349. The exact relation of this species to H. corymbosus is uncertain. Perhaps H. corymbosus had best be made a variety of the present species. 5. H. rosustus Greene, Bull. Torr. Cl. ix. 63 (1882).—TeExas: Toyah Creek, 1902, Tracy & Earle 140, Canyon City, 1901, Eggert. Frontera, Parry 69. El Paso, 1880, Vasey. New Mexico: Hills towards the Gila, 1880, Greene 104. Santa Rita del Cobre, 1877, Greene (22). Betw. Ft. Wingate and Belen, 1880, Rusby 180. Silver City, Eastwood 8530. Without definite locality, Wright 378, 1253, 1412. Arizona: Catalina Mts., 1881, Lemmon 218. Camp 2, Rio Zuni, Sitgreave Exped. CHIHUAHUA: Near Paso del Norte, 1886, Pringle 759. 6. H. flavomarginatus, sp. nov., biennis e radice simplice oriens; caulibus erectis solitariis 6-10 dm. altis striatis sparse floccoso- tomentosis foliosissimis; foliis infra sparse tomentosis, supra glabratis, inferioribus bipinnatis ca. 6 em. longis 2.5 cm. latis, superioribus pinnatis vix reductis, segmentis remotis angustis linearibus; inflor- escentia laxe corymbosa; pedunculis 1-5 em. longis dense tomentosis; capitulis 8-9 mm. altis; tegulis 8-10 glabratis ovatis vel orbiculari- ovatis flavescentibus medium et basem versus viridescentibus 5-7 mm. longis; flosculis flavis (?), 40-60, faucibus campanulatis, lobis deltoideis quam fauces 1/3 brevioribus, tubo villoso; achaentis ca. 2.5-3 mm. longis glabratis transverse rugulosis quadrangularibus, faciebus lateralibus manifeste Jongitudinaliter costatis; pappo 1-0.3 mm. longo obscuro.—Mexico: Sierra Madre south of Saltillo, Coa- huila, 1880, Palmer 650 (ryPE, Gray Herb.). The type of H. flavo- marginata was determined by Gray as H. flavescens, but it is certainly distinct from that species differing conspicuously in its narrow leaf- segments and broad ovate tegules. It is probably most nearly allied to H. robustus from which it differs in its broad tegules, glabrate achenes, inconspicuous pappus, and green herbage. 7 H. renvrroutvs Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. ii. 742 (1814). H. corym- bosus, var. Nuttallii T. & G. Fl. N. Am. ii. 372 (1842).—NEBRASKA: Long Pine, 1899, Bates. Neligh, 1906, Bacon. Kansas: Ewing, 1899, Bates. Osborne City, 1894, Shear 71. Grove Co., 1895, Hitchcock 287. Ox.aHoma: Ft. Supply, 1882, Potter. Red River, Nuttall (isotype H. corymbosus, var. Nuttallii). Texas: Dallas, 1875, Reverchon. Baird, 1882, Letterman. Cotorapo: near Cheyenne Wells, 1887, Demetrio. Apishipa Creek, Osterhout 2043. NEW Mexico: North of Glorieta, 1908, Standley 5233. 96 JOHNSTON 8. H. mexicanus Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 29 (1883). Hf. integer Greene, Pittonia iii. 249 (1897). H. obtusifolius Heller, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxvi. 551 (1899). H. petaloideus Rydb. No. Am. FI. xxxiv. 54 (1914)—New Mexico: Mogollons Mts., 1881, Rusby 179 (iso- type of H. integer).. Pinos Altos Mts., 1880, Greene. Burro Mts., 1906, Blumer 1848. Arizona: Willow Springs, 1890, Palmer 517. Flagstaff, 1898, MacDougal 240 (isotype of H. obtusifolius). Chiri- cahua Mts., 1907, Blumer 2215. Marshall Gulch, Catalina Mts. 1917, Shreve 5399. San Luis Potosi: Minas de San Rafael, 1911, Purpus 4772a. Mountains near San Miguel, 1876, Schaffner 348 (type of H. mexicanus). Curimuanva: Colonia Garcia, 1899, Nelson 6109. Base of Sierra Madre, 1887, Pringle 1308. GUANAJUATO: Guanajuato, 1883, Dugés. This plant varies in foliage from entire to simply pinnate, doing it so gradually that the designation of even formae seems inadvisable. 9. H. Newberryi (Gray), comb. nov. Leucampyx Newberryi Gray in Porter & Coulter, Synop. Fl. Colo, 77 (1874).—Cotorapo: La Pagosa, 1860, Newberry (type). Pagosa Springs, 1899, Baker 692. Soda Springs 35 mi. W. of Canyon City, 1872, Porter. Hardscramble Canyon, 1874, Brandegee 294. Near Elliott Creek, Mineral Co., 1911, Murdoch 4623. New Mexico: Winsor’s Ranch, San Miguel Co., 1908, Standley 4003. Hymenopappus radiatus and Leucampyx Newberryi seem so closely and unmistakably related that it seems highly artificial to keep them generically separated. Consequently, as the reference of H. radiatus to Leucampyx would leave that latter genus without any characters, L. Newberryi is referred to Hymeno- pappus. The presence of palea in H. N. ewberryi may be looked upon as an atavism and consequently of merely specific significance. Hymenopappus Newberryi ranges from southwestern Colorado into northern New Mexico and differs from its relative, which occurs in southeastern Arizona and adjacent New Mexico, almost entirely in its possession of palea. 10. H. raptatus Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 122 (1891).— Arizona: Willow Springs, 1890, Palmer 615 (isotype). 11. H. Grortosus Heller, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxvi. 551 (1899). H. scaposus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxvii. 634 (1900). H. nudatus Woot. & Stand. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 191 (1913).—Terxas: (?) Town Creek, Randall Co., 1901, Eggert. New Mexico: Santa Fe, 1897, Heller 3555. Burro Mt., 1903, Metcalfe 107 (isotype of H. nudatus). Silver City, 1919, Eastwood 8402. Arizona: Catalina Mts., 1881, Lemmon 217. Flagstaff, 1898, MacDougal 129 (isotype of H. scap- SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 97 osus). About Mormon Lake, 1898, MacDougal 71 (isotype of H. gloriosus). Grand Canyon, 1915, Macbride & Payson 969. Uta: Richfield, 1875, Ward 168. IpaHo: Mackay, 1911, Nelson & Mac- bride 1561. Challis Creek, 1916, Nelson & Macbride 3338. OREGON: Burns-Prineville road of Crook Co., 1901, Cusick 2631. WasuH- INGTON: Touchet, 1883, Brandegee 903. The last four specimens have glabrate involucres and perhaps represent a distinct form. Hymenopappus gloriosus seems to be merely a many-flowered phase of the next species. 12. H. tucens Greene, Pittonia iv. 43 (1899). CALIFORNIA: Bear Valley, Parish 3717; Abrams 2899. Upper Santa Ana Canyon, 1906, Hall 7507. Near Cuyamaca Lake, 1917, Spencer 597. Near Julian, 1880, Parish 238. Cordilleras behind San Diego, Parry. Lower CaLirornia: Tantillas Mts., 1875, Palmer. 13. H. paucifiorus, sp. nov., perennis; caulibus pluribus gracilibus sparse tomentosis 15-30 cm. altis simplicibus vel rare supra ramosis foliosis basem versus frutescentibus; foliis canescentibus 5-7 cm. longis 10-15 mm. latis, lobulis pergracilibus, foliis inferioribus bi- pinnatis, caulinis pinnatis; inflorescentia paucicapitulata; pedunculis saepe vix 1 cm. rare 5 cm. longis; tegulis oblongis late acutis 7-10 sparse tomentosis; flosculis flavis 9-15, faucibus campanulatis, lobis triangularibus quam fauces 2/3—1/2 brevioribus, tubo villoso; achaeniis villosis 3.5 mm. longis, pappo conspicuo, squamellis oblongis 0.5-1 mm. longis—Uran: Along San Juan River near Bluffs, Rydberg & Garrett 9951 (vypE, Gray Herb.). Arizona: Colorado Chiquito, May 1858, Newberry. Navaho Reservation, 1916, Vorhies 130. Related to H. filifolius but differing in lower, more slender habit and few-flowered heads. 14. H. urevs Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soe. ser. 2, vii. 374 (1841). —Rocky Mts., Nuttall (isotype). Green River, Wyo., 1897, Nelson 3051. Perhaps only a depauperate plateau phase of the next. 15. H. ritirouius Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 317 (1834). “H. tomentosus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxvii. 633 (1900). H. ochroleucus Greene, PI. 98 JOHNSTON 1871, Searls. Las Vegas, 1905, Goodding 2287. Orecon: Muddy, 1885, Howell 447. John Day River, 1897, Cusick 1692. Wasu- INGTON: Morgan’s Ferry, 1884, Suksdorf 373. Near Moses Lake, 1893, Sandberg & Letberg 375 (isotype of H. columbianus). Sentinel Bluffs, 1903, Cotton 1366. Hooker’s name has been usually applied to plants growing along the east base of the Rocky Mountains, but a study of the original diagnosis shows clearly that the name was originally applied to the tall-growing tomentose plant of the Columbia River Valley which Rydberg has described as H. columbianus. It seems probable that H. filefolius, as here taken, is an aggregate since the available material comes from three distinct regions. l5a. H. filifolius, var. cinereus (Rydb.), comb. nov. Hymeno- pappus cinereus Rydb. Bull. Torr. Cl. xxvii. 634 (1900). H. arenosus Heller, Bull. Torr. Cl. xxv. 200 (1898). (?) H. parvulus Greene, Pl. Baker, iii. 30 (1901). (?) H. polycephalus Osterh. Torreya xviii. 90 (1918).—ALBerTA: Milk River, 1895, Macoun 10937. NortTH Dakota: Bad Lands, Little Missouri, 1883, Manly. Monvana: Gallatin City, 1883, Lawson-Scribner 111a. Bannack, 1880, Watson 220. Wvromine: Sybille Hills, 1894, Nelson 328. Ft. Laramie, 1901, Nelson 8310. Chug Creek, 1900, Nelson 7360. Forte Steele, 1900, Nelson 7150. Couorapo: Gann, 1920, Osterhout & Clokey 3952. Denver, 1920, Clokey 3951. Near Livermore, 1917, Osterhout 5680 (isotype of H. polycephalus). Twin Lakes, 1872, Porter. Arboles, 1899, Baker 688. Paradox, 1912, Walker 78. New Mexico: Near Espanola, 1897, Heller 3542 (isotype of H. arenosus). Laguna, 1884, Lemmon 3261. Although the plant here called H. filrfolius, var. cinereus seems distinct enough from H. filifolius, I have been unable to detect any characters which would be diagnostic even in a majority of cases. Hymenopappus parvulus is referred here with great doubt and I am inclined to believe that it probably is specifically distinct as it differs from the variety filifolius in its subscapose habit and small heads. Hymenopappus polycephalus is a puzzling form which suggests a perennial phase of H. tenuifolius. The variety cinereus differs from the genuine filifolius in its lower more compact habit, and slender less pubescent stems. Gnaphalium nubicola, sp. nov., perenne?; caulibus e caudice brevi suffruticoso orientibus erectis vel ascendentibus foliosis tomen- tosis; foliis oblongo-obovatis late adfixis decurrentibus laxe tomento- sissimis sed aetate aliquando sparsius vestitis 2-3 cm. longis 6-10 mm. latis superioribus vix brevioribus; capitulis 5-6 mm. altis 4-5 mm. diametro in glomerulos densos lanuginosos solitarios vel sub- SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 99 corymbosos congestis; tegulis ca. 18 brunneis et albidis 2-seriatis, exterioribus ovatis acutis, interioribus oblongis rotundatis mucronatis; floribus perfectis 5-6 ca. 2.5 mm. longis, imperfectis 30-40; pappi setis distinctis solitariter deciduis ca. 14 scabratis 2.5 mm. longis; achaeneis oblongis glabris brunnescentibus 0.6 mm. longis.—MEx1co: Near timber-line on Mt. Ixtaccihuatl, 1905, Purpus 1524 (TYPE, Gray Herb), 1528. Related to Gnaphalium voleanicum Johnston, but readily distinguished from that species by its obtuse bicolored tegules. naphalium sonorae, sp. nov., perenne; caulibus compluribus erectis tomentosis 2-3 dm. altis apicem versus ramosis; foliis integer- rimis tomentosis supra viridioribus acutis basi late adfixis, inferioribus oblongo-oblanceolatis 20-35 mm. longis 5-8 mm. latis, superioribus lineari-oblongis 1-2 cm. longis; inflorescentia corymbosa conspicue foliosa; capitulis in glomerulos paucifloros congestis cylindratis 3 mm. latis 5 mm. longis basem versus laxe lanuginosissimis; tegulis albis 3-seriatis, exterioribus acutis oblongo-ovatis, interioribus rotundatis vel acutis lanceolato-oblongis; floritus 50 vel paucioribus, hermaphro- ditis 3.5 mm. longis 5-6; pappi setis antrorse hispidulis; achaeniis glabris 0.6 mm. longis oblongis—Mexico: Hermosillo, Sonora, 1888, M. A. Crawford (txer, Gray Herb.). Related to Gnaphalium Wrightii Gray, and to G. microcephalum Nutt., but readily distin- guished from both by its less crowded heads and much looser leafy corymks. Gnaphalium rosaceum, sp. nov., annuum; caulibus erectis simplic- ibus dense villoso-strigosis 2-3 dm. altis; foliis oblanceolatis apice rotundatis vel late acutis 15-35 mm. longis 4-8 mm. latis integerrimis, supra sparse tomentosis viridibusque infra pallidis et dense sericeo- tomentosis, superioribus gradatim diminuatis; capitulis rosaceis 3.5 mm. longis 2 mm. latis in glomerulos axillares congestis spicam infra interruptam formantibus; tegulis 2-seriatis ca. 18, exterioribus ovatis acuminatisque, interioribus lineari-oblongis acutisque; floribus per- fectis 2 mm. longis 4, imperfectis ca. 50; pappi setis ad basem connatis 15 scabris—Mexico: Region of San Luis Potosi, 1878, Parry & Palmer 426 (vypE, Gray Herb.). In the mountains near Morales, San Luis Potosi, 1876, Schaffner 224 in pt. Santiago Papasquiara, Durango, 1896, Palmer 66. Belonging to the Gnaphalium purpureum- group in which it is characterized by its strict simple annual stems, and dense spicate inflorescence of rose-colored heads. na ium um, sp. nov., annuum; caulibus erectis 2-3 dm. altis villoso-strigosis vel floccosis simplicibus vel saepe ramosis- 100 JOHNSTON simis, ramis strictis; foliis spathulatis vel lineari-oblanceolatis 10-35 mm. longis 2-5 mm. latis concoloribus bone supra viridioribus; capitulis 4-5 mm. altis 34 mm. latis in glomerulos d foliosos hemisphaericos terminales vel in pedunculis brevibus “nailiaeilons elevatos congestis;- tegulis 3-seriatis ca. 20, exterioribus ovatis acuminatis, interioribus lineari-oblongis obtusis; floribus hermaphroditis 4-5 ca. longis, — ca. 50; pappi setis ca. 6 basi connatis 2.5 mm. longis—Mexico: Otinapa, Durango, 1906, Palmer 411 (TYPE, Gray Heh Fields, Serrania de Ajusco, Federal District, 9000 ft. alt., 1896, Pringle 6502. In mountains near Morales, San Luis Potosi, 1876, Schuffner 224 in pt. This has been confused with Gnaphalium purpureum L. but it is probably more closely related to G. spathulatum Lam. The newly described species is well marked by its strict growth and interrupted inflorescence composed of capitate pedunculate glomerules. v Gnaphalium stagnale, sp. nov., annuum; caulibus paucis -vel multis gracilibus decumbentibus vel ascendentibus 5-20 cm. longis tomentosis laxe ramosis; foliis oklanceolatis 10-25 mm. longis 2.5-7 mm. latis apice mucronatis rotundatis vel late acutis, superioribus paulo brevioribus; capitulis 2.5-3 mm. longis 2-2.5 mm. crassis glomerulatis inflorescentiam cylindratam vel pyramidatam 2-3 cm. longam formantibus; tegulis ca. 16-20 triseriatis, exterioribus ovatis acutisque, interioribus lineari-oblongis obtusis roseis; floribus per- fectis 2 mm. longis ca. 3, imperfectis ca. 50; pappi setis 15-18 ad basem connatis scabrosis; achaeniis oblongis glandulosis 0.6 mm. longis.— Mexico: Marshes about San Luis Potosi, Aug. 1876, Schaffner 225 (tyPE, Gray Herb.). Region of San Luis Potosi, 1878, Parry «& Palmer 425. States of Coahuila and Nuevo Leon, 1880, Palmer 2072. Wet soil, Jalapa, Vera Cruz, Pringle 8468. Although this species has been confused with both Gnaphalium americanum Mill. and G. purpureum L., it differs from both in its small heads, more lax inflorescence, and conspicuously in its low diffuse habit of growth. It appears to frequent low ground. Gnaphalium vulcanicum, sp. nov., annuum; caulibus simplicibus erectis vel ad basem ramosis tomentosis foliosis 2-3 mm. crassis 15-30 (saepius ca. 20) cm. altis, lateralibus paucis basem versus laxe ascendentibus; foliis concoloribus integerrimis sparse tomentosis, primis spathulatis vel oblanceolatis ca. 5 em. longis 9-13 mm. latis, caulinis numerosis ascendentibus linearibus vel oblanceolatis acutis late adfixis vel subdecurrentibus; capitulis 6-7 mm. altis 6 mm. crassis in glomerulos densos lanuginosos solitarios vel subcorymbosos SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 101 congestis; tegulis 3-seriatis ca. 20 concoloribus hepaticis vel stram- ineis conspicue acutis, exterioribus ovatis; floribus perfectis 3 mm. longis 5-11, imperfectis 3 mm. longis ca. 50; pappi setis distinctis solitariter deciduis scabratis 4 mm. longis; achaeniis oblongis glabris brunnescentibus ca. 0.6-0.8 mm. longis—Mexico: Grassy slopes near timber-line on Nevado de Toluca, 1892, Pringle 4232. Mt. Popocatepetl, alt. 8000-9000, ft. Schaffner 50. Near timber-line on Popocatepetl, 1908, Purpus 1529, 3033, 3644. Rocks near timber- line on Ixtaccihuatl, 1905, Purpus 1521, 1529. Sides of Orizaba, 1901, Rose & Hay 5777. Mt. Orizaba, alt, 14,000 ft., 1891, Seaton 242. Near timber-line on Citlaltepetl (Mt. Orizaba), 1907, Purpus 2782 (typr, Gray Herb.). Orizaba, 14,000-15,300 ft. alt., Liebmann 319. Cuchilla, n. e. side of Volcano of Colima, alt. 10,000 ft., 1905, Gold- smith 63. Without locality, Coulter 451. The present species is related to G. brachypterum DC. which differs in being a perennial with tufted rank loosely branched stems 4-7 dm. high, and in having contrastedly bicolored leaves the upper surface of which is green and glabrous and the lower surface white with a close floccose to- mentum. Gnaphalium brachypterum ranges widely over Mexico at low altitudes, but G. vulcanicum appears to be restricted to the area near timber-line on the high volcanic cones which dominate southern Mexico. Practically all the material cited above has been distributed under one of the unpublished herbarium names of Schultz Bipontinus. As this name, an adjective formed from the noun Popocatepetl, is long and cumbersome a shorter name is associated with the species in publishing it. Eremonanus, phyllinarum novum. Capitula homogama discoidea minima ad apices ramorum solitaria; floribus omnibus hermaphroditis 4(-3). In- prosessu elongato centrali ergeto quadrialato munitum. Corollae breves tubulosae regulares apice lobatae cylindrica? flavae. Antherae 102 JOHNSTON tundatis late sessilibus anguste connatis; caulibus numerosis brevibus gracilibus prostratis glabris foliosis; foliis 6-8 mm. longis 1.0-1.7 mm. latis anguste oblanceolatis mucronatis firmis basi attenuatis supra glabratis vel sparse villosis subtus longe albo-villosis infimis rosulatis, caulinis oppositis; capitulis 4 mm. altis 1.3 mm. latis; pedunculis 1.0-2.5 mm. longis juventate villosis; tegulis 3.5 mm. longis oblanceolato-linearibus apice rotundatis vel obtusis breviter villoso-ciliatis; corollis 2.0-2.3 mm. longis faucibus brevissimis, tubo cylindrico externe pubescenti 1.5 mm. longo 0.6 mm. crasso, lobis acutis margine incrassatis; styli 1.6 mm. longi lobis 0.6 mm. longis usque ad apicem stigmaticis; antherarum loculis 0.5 mm. longis oblongis, appendicibus oblongis scariosis quam loculi ea. quartam partem brevioribus; filamentis obcompressis ca. 3 mm. sub antheris textura abrupte mutatis; achaeniis nigrescentibus 2.5 mm. longis 0.7 mm. latis; pappi paleis ad tegulas spectantibus longioribus.—CaLI- FORNIA: in collibus saxosis prope Barstow, May 1, 1922, Mary F. Spencer 1949 (rypr, Gray Herb.; 1sorypr, Baker Herb.); May 1, 1922, Fidella Woodcock (Gray Herb. and Univ. Calif. Herb.). The genus Eremonanus has its nearest relative in Dimeresia Howellii Gray, a monotype growing in eastern Oregon. It agrees with Dimeresia in being a depressed annual herb with persistent coty- ledons, and in having opposite leaves, very narrow heads, and very few florets and tegules. It differs in having a pappus of 12-14 per- sistent obovate scales rather than one composed of numerous plumose bristles, solitary instead of glomerate heads, 4 instead of merely 2 tegules and florets, and finally short yellow corollas which are cut 1/3 their length instead of elongate flesh-colored corollas that are cut only about 1/6 their length. There is further a pronounced difference in the character of the receptacle. In Dimeresia it is very small, flat, and naked, whereas in Eremonanus the center of the receptacle is occupied by an elongated process about 1 mm. high which has 3-4 wing-like lobes that extend out between the achenes and join the adjacent tegules along their suture. The achene in Eremonanus is therefore attached in a pit formed partly by the process on the receptacle and partly by the base of the tegule. Although Eremonanus and Dimeresia seem closely related, their position in the tribes of the Compositae is uncertain. In publishing Dimeresia Gray, Synop. Fl. N. A. ed. 2, ii. pt. 1. 448 (1886), placed the genus in the tribe Inuleae. This disposition was followed by Hoffmann in the Pflanzenfamilien, iv. Abt. 5, 193 (1890), who definitely placed the genus in the subtribe Angianthineae of the . SPERMATOPHYTES OF NORTH AMERICA 103 TInuleae. Although the range and habit of Dimeresza are not in accord with the indubitable members of the Angianthineae, it seems to fit, as far as technical characters are concerned, into the subtribe as de- fined by Hoffmann, I. ¢., and by Bentham and Hooker, Gen. Pl. ii. 185 (1873). On the other hand Eremonanus is atypical in the crucial character of that subtribe, having solitary instead of glomerate heads. Dimeresia and Eremonanus appear so evidently related that it seems as though they must be associated in the scheme of genera. Their ranges make them very suspicious members of the Inuleae-Angian- thineae, for otherwise, with the exclusion of an anomalous East Indian species, the members of the subtribe are entirely Australian and all have habits utterly different from Dimeresia and its relative. The two American genera do not occur in a region that has close floristic affinities with Australia, and it would seem more probable and less spectacular for the genera to have relations in some of the polymorphous West American groups. The most natural hypothesis would be that they are related to the helenioid genus Eriophyllum, for Dimeresia and Eremonanus, particularly the latter, strikingly simulate in habit certain species of that characteristic West American genus. Dissections seem to show that similarities go deeper than the surface. In fact Eremonanus mohavensis has similarly shaped the reduction in number of parts. Considering structures, habit, and range there seems little doubt that Eremonanus finds its closest relations in the Helenieae. The same can be said of Dimeresia. The definitely sagittate anthers are the only inuloid developments in the two West American genera, but as that character is present in the habitally similar helenioid genus Eriophyllum, as well as in a number of other non-inuloid genera the character can be taken as substanti- ating the hypothecated helenioid relationship rather than necessi- tating a less clear one among the Australian inuloids. The genus Eremonanus and the seemingly related Dimeresia are hence placed with fair confidence in the Helenicae-Eriophyllanae, Rydb. No. Am. Fl. xxxiv. 81 (1915), in which they are characterized by their few tegules and florets, opposite leaves, and persistent cotyledons. 104 JOHNSTON The discovery of Eremonanus mohavensis is the result of several days joint collecting by Mrs. Mary F. Spencer and Miss Fidella Woodcock, who spent the early days in May of last year in botanizing on the Mohave Desert near Barstow, San Bernardino County, California. Miss Woodcock writes me-in detail that the plant was collected at “Ord’s Mountain” “on the high bench near the east bank of the Mohave river nearly opposite the Santa Fe passenger station in Barstow.” Going down a north slope “small patches of the plant appeared like mesa-moss,” but at the base of the slope where water had settled “an abundance of it grew with Glyptopleura in fine gravel.’’ : ee pals Ras ic Lr Boe nae ott 2s. {Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 25, Nos. 296-297, August and September, 1923] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Series, No. LXIX I. Revision of the American Species of Hypoxis II. Some Genera closely related to Hypozis A. BRACKETT Dates or IssvE Pages 120-147 28 August, 1923 “151-163 29 September, 1923 CONTRIBUTION 7 FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. New Series.—No. LXIX. A. BRACKETT. I. REVISION OF THE AMERICAN SPECIES OF HYPOXIS. THE genus Hypoxis occurs mostly in the southern hemisphere, extending into the northern hemisphere in subtropical Asia and by way of Mexico and the Antilles to the Atlantic slope of North America. All of our species have corms accompanied by somewhat fleshy root- fibers. They are herbs with grass-like, linear-lanceolate to nearly filiform and generally pilose leaves. The scapes are simple, one- to several-flowered. The peduncles are in general slightly pilose espe- cially above, often glabrescent below. The pedicels are generally quite short; the bracts (when present) are setaceous and generally shorter than the pedicels. The ovary and capsule, commonly rather pilose when young, become nearly glabrous at maturity. The perianth-segments are narrowly elliptic, glabrous, yellow or white within, green and pilose without. The capsule is subglobose to subcylindric, generally three-lobed. The anthers of the American species are usually versatile but in one species, H. sessilis L., they are basi-fixed. The seeds are small, dark-colored, subglobose, muricate, bearing a beak and rostrate hilum. In his Synopsis of Hypoxidaceac, Baker! recognized only three ‘species of Hypovis in all America, H. juncea Smith, H. erecta L. = H. hirsuta (L.) Coville and H. decumbens L. These were placed 1J. G. Baker, Journ. Linn. Soc. xvii. 93-126 (1878). 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 121 in his subgenus Euhypozis, characterized by versatile anthers, while the species with basifixed anthers (and glabrous foliage) constituted his subgenus Janthe of Australia and the Cape of Good Hope. H. sessilis of the Atlantic coastal plain is, therefore, of special interest since it has the pilose leaves and perianth of Euhypoxis but the basifixed anthers of Janthe. Baker’s reduction of all the species in North and South America to three was natural because he was working with only the super- ficial characters. In attempting to place satisfactorily material of H. sessilis (the American species with basifixed anthers, not generally recognized since its publication by Linnaeus), it was found that the species of the United States are clearly separated by their seeds. The seed-characters proved so satisfactory, in this limited area, that the study was extended to cover the plants of the West Indies, Mexico, Central and South America. In carrying on this work I have ex- amined the material in the Gray Herbarium and have been gener- ously loaned the American specimens in the herbaria of the New York Botanical Garden, the Academy of Sciences of Philadelphia, the United States National Museum and the Missouri Botanical Garden. I wish here to express my thanks for the use of this material to those in charge of the different collections: Professors Robinson and Britton and Doctors Pennell, Maxon and Greenman. Through- out the work I have had the constant suggestions and aid of Pro- fessor Fernald and much aid in the bibliography from Miss Day and Miss Vincent of the Gray Herbarium library. I have made critical studies of all the fruiting material available. The seed-characters of the plants from south of the United States prove as satisfactory as was hoped and, supported by other characters, indicate that there are at least fifteen, instead of only three American species. The regions in America where Hypoxis seems to have the greatest variety of species are the southeastern and Gulf coastal plain of the United States (from South Carolina to Texas), the upland” - of Mexico and the northern Andes. It is probable that South America will furnish more species than are here treated: the material seen from that region has been very scanty and at least two of the South American species described by Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth have not been satisfactorily matched, and new species are likely to be dis- covered. Iz2 Rhodora |AveusT The results of this study are embodied in the following key to and synopsis of the American species. In the drawings I have shown the habit ( x 14) and the seed (approximately x 40) of each species. Key To SPECTES A. Mature seeds black B. B. a linear-fliorm, canadiculate or involute, less than s with truncated, irregularly carved tat One Tee Sao ieee ce ee 1. H.juncea. B. poring ging to lanceolate, arpa seeds muricate, papillose or with rounded pebblin OF "She oa: 10 usually aibieogretaie into bristles at the a, Seeds. covered with numerous, closely crowded, e murications, lustrous E. E. Leaves 1-8 mm. broad, stiff an eed ane: peduncles stiffish, usually 2-7-flowered; matur —— loosely and ddbonty svilienss* seeds with SIPACRUIONS BEAT D-DOMtOd ics oa be See een eee 2. H. hirsuta. E. ase 3.5-12 mm. broad, very thin and flaccid; peduncles apis ary and "ak, 1-3 (rarely 4)-flow- ere ee mature capsule slightly pubescent to gla ov cal H. hirsula.......... a. HH: hirsuta; var. leptocarpa. D. Seeds veered with er ha nearly confluent, low, yer ed pebbling, generally not lustrous; leaves accid F.. BORN LAO WORE io. ninigk pe ww sb a ple er a sles na H. decumbens. ¥. Sikpes generally 4-8-flowered ; = form, wu ally more pilose... 6c coe. a. H. en var. major. C. Sheaths disintegrating into fibers G. G. Leaves rather stiff and ‘ilose! fibers forming gen- erally rather dense tufts; scapes 1—2-flowered; the e ed with low, rounded, closely approximate pebbling.....4. H. rigida. ongate, obtuse pa = Ges ees eek 5. H. tepicensis. A. Mature seeds brown or dra (bla ck only underlying the outer — and about the beak and rostrate hilum), some- times showin H. Seada iridescent I. I. Anthers sear basifixed; the basal lobes short and rounded; | ed; leaves linear-la ise) not distinctly narrowed 2 the base; flowers solitary, often nearly ms ; seeds with gold or blue colors predominating. 6. H. sessilis. I. Anthers versatile; the basa longer, tapering a e ends; leaves linear-lan alk x ed almost petioles near the b. pe flowered; seeds black beneath the exfoliating outer coat w s Tepeshie erage the flat pebbling and shows flecks ae pe Ue hee ata ay 7. H. breviscapa. H. ge om eaceiens or rarely with slight Siisivont J. Seeds pane showing any black except at beak or hilum K. 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 123 K. Seeds minutely muricate, ial nearly obsolete; basal sheaths membranous, often thick and dark, rarely becoming fibrillous; scapes 1- few-flo wered . “nt H. micrantha. 'L. Beak and hilum set in a lustrous, black, alge: shaped spot; murications stiff, conica and sharp- pointed; basal sheaths becoming quite en H. potosina. L. er hilum not set in a lustrous, celetallaned M. pas covered with low, blunt, corrugated ssa basal sheaths membra: anaceous, rally becoming fibrillous ..10. H. Wrightii. . Seeds covered with inlies or subulate pro- P cess N. Outer coat of loose texture, wrinkled and pinched into searteke confluent, little oiaae pea es basal sheaths becoming sts rE rugosperma. N. Outer coat of firmer texture, covered with pointed, rather crowded processes, the a of which seem to be grooved or DO Pe. oc POT eee ee eee ey 13. H. humilis. J. Seeds iacdeatee, showing much of the black under coat P. Murications rather sharp, fine and closely crowded, the outer seed-coat exfoliating irregularly, especi- ally the abe tips of the murications ering to the low, markings of the inner coat; craig rarely lloretha BBMIMON os vce las ch gaepass . H. mexicana. P. Murications very low and broad, the remnants of ie outer coat adhering irregularly, especially around the bases of the low, black processes; seeds eee black; sheaths scarcely fibrillous.......... 5. H. catamarcensis. 1 JUNCEA Smith. Corm elongate, 5-12 mm. thick, covered with membranous or slightly fibrillous, brown heath: leaves filiform, canaliculate or involute, 0.4-0.8 mm. broad, up to 3.5 dm. long: ped- uncles filiform, loosely pilose or agbiets. 0.5-2 ye long, , 1-2-flowered: ovary and capsule densely pilose: perianth with | to narrowly elliptic, acutish segments, 0.8-1.5 cm. long: capsule ellipsoid, 4-6 mm. long: seeds about 1 mm. in diameter, black, lustrous, F the outer : 1. Se 4 (1814): Schultes, Veg. vii. 761 (1830). H. filifolia Elliott, Sketch, 397 (181 7) koe barrens of Florida, locally north to South Caro lina. Elliott in his Botany of South Carolina said he had not seen any species of Hypoxis that was strictly one-flowered although he accorded 124 Rhodora [AucusT H. juncea recognition as a species on “the high authority of Sir J. E. Smith.” He also called the few-flowered but otherwise similarly described plant H. filifolia. I have examined seeds of both the one- and the few-flowered specimens and I have found practically no differences between them. The original description and plate are characteristic although Smith stated that his plant was “ Discovered SSG pis = ic = eS Tees AG ad Fic. 1. H. juncea and seed. in boggy ground in Carolina by the indefatigable Mr. John Fraser, from whose garden this specimen was obtained.” H. juncea is very common in Florida and, judging by herbarium representation, rare in Georgia and extremely local in South Carolina (seen only from Charleston). Prior to the publication of H. juncea, Fraser had collected extensively in South Carolina and in Georgia and since Elliott’s H. filifolia also came from South Carolina and Georgia it may be that H. juncea has a broader range than herbarium-material 1923) Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 125 indicates. It is possible, however, that Elliott, who lived at Charles- ton, knew the plant at the northern limit of its range. H. juncea has been credited to Alabama but upon the only reputed Alabama specimen in the National Herbarium, Mohr made the memorandum: “Locality doubtful, of later years not found in Alabama.” The species is not admitted in Mohr’s Plant Life of Alabama. The following are referred here. SourH Carouina: M. A. Curtis, Hecewaee 4 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); near rere tee: Beyrich Bot. Gard.). Groreta: one plant, ex. . George Thurbe r thb. Gray); three plants, Le Conte (hb. Phil. Poe )s ay collected by Dr. Harden in 1884 (hb. Phil. Acad. no. 567726) of doubtful authenticity since the specimen is of separate, filiform, canaliculate leaves stuck loosely around an Hypoxis scape which is badly preserved; Chatham County, Savannah, C. 8. Williamson (hb. Phil. Acad.); Wayne County, Jessup, low pine barrens, A. Rut 1893 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard. 8 Berrian perf Le Conte eS Phil. Acad. ); Camden County, St. Mary’s, D. B. Smith (hb. Phil. Acad.); Lowndes County, rather dry pine tabrake south of M elrose, sonkies ical forma- tion, Oligocene overlaid by Lafayette and Columbia, altitude 4 48.8 ie ae feet), Roland M. Harper, no. 1604 (hb. U. S. Nat. a ms h t. Gard., hb. Gray, hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Fiori cy the bulk of the herbcstats material of this species comes fro Florida only specimens having seeds or their duplicates are cited ‘ads this state. Duval County, pine barrens near Jacksonville, A U. S. Nat. Mus.); Franklin County, low pine barrens, Apalachicola, no. 25278, “distribution of duplicates of the Chapman herb” (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. Gray); Lake County, collected in the vicinity of Eustis, low pine land, Geo. V. Nash, no. 952 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., hb. Gray); in vicinity of Eustis, Geo. V. Nash, no. 789 (hb. Phil. Acad., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.) and no. 2072 (hb. U.S. Nat. aera Brevard County, Indian River, Edward Palmer, no. 557 (hb. . Nat. Mus., hb. Gray); Polk County, wet soils, L. B. Ohlingr no. 599 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); Pinellas County, i Md | no. U. S. Nat us., . Mo. : in pine forests, Neti § Benjamin H. Smith, (hb. Phil. Acad.); Braden- town, S. M. Tracy, no. 7514 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); Lee County, vicinity of he pcan in pineland, Miss Jeanette P. Standley, no. 7 (hb. U. S. ray, hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. ae Bot b. U aul C. ; Nat. Mus.). Locality unknown, Chapman, two sheets with seeds, one in the Gray Herbarium and the other in the herbarium of the Mo. Bot. Gard. AtaBama: hb. Charles Mohr “locality doubtful, of later years not found in Ala., not admitted in catalogue,” Buckley (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). 126 Rhodora [AuGcusT This material was mostly distributed as H. juncea or as H. filifolia. 2. H. urrsuta (L.) Coville. Corm subglobose to ellipsoid, 0.5- 2%cem. thick, covered with membranaceous, pale or aici: sheaths not sc cunie fibrillous: leaves linear, rather firm, 1-8 mm. broad, 1-6 dm. long; peduncles filiform, stiffish or spreading, 0.4-3.5 m. long, mostly 2-7-flowered; the Pedicels elongate; ovary and cap- sule densely pilose; perianth-segments lanceolate to elliptic or narrowly ovate, 0.5-1.5 cm. long; capsule ellipsoid, 2-6 mm. long; seeds 0.8-1.3 Fig. 2. H. hirsuta and seed. mm. in diameter, black, lustrous; the outer et closely covered with sharp murications. —-Mem: Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 118 (1894). Ornitho- galum hirsutum L. Sp. 306 (1753). H. shin L. Syst. ed. 10, ii. 986 (1759). ot pallid Salisb. Prodr. 248 (1 796). H. carolinensis Michx. 188 (1803). H. graminea Pursh, FI. ay i 224 ane: H. andes Pollard in Small, Fl. S. E. U.S. 287 and 29 (1903).—Open woods, meadows, and pastures, southern New Hampshire to Manitoba, south to Florida and Texas, ore: in the southeastern states to an altitude of 1220 meters (4000 feet). Extremely variable in breadth of leaf and size and shape of perianth- segments but throughout its range not readily separated into definite 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 127 varieties. The broad-leaved plant distinguished as H. grandis Pollard from the southern states is often found north to New York and New England while the narrowest-leaved phase, H. carolinensis Michx., occurs westward to Manitoba, Minnesota, Iowa and Okla- homa. The seed ordinarily has very sharp murications but often the northern plant has the murications broader and less acute than usual thus closely connecting the typical plant with the variety. Since H. hirsuta is so very common and the various herbaria contain hundreds of sheets, only a few specimens, with seeds unless otherwise stated, and their duplicates at the limits of the ranges, as shown by the herbarium material, are cited here. New HampsuHireE: Pelham, Hillsboro ink Clarence H. Knowlton (hb. Gray). MassacHusEtts:swamp, Falmouth, Barnstable County, Clarence "A. Knowlton (hb. Phil. Acad., hb. yay CONNECTICUT: Bridgeport, E. H. Eames, no. 1 (hb. Gra y). New Y Lon Island, H. von Schrenk (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). New Jersey: between Tuckerton and Atsion, C. F. Saunders & W. N. Clut ar Phil. cad.). DELAWARE: dry soil, Greenbank, A. Comm b. Mo. Bot. Gard.). MaryLanp: Ba Itimore County, John Ties Smith (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). Virernta: Bay Bank, Hampton, D. Harrison (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Souta Carotina: Newry, Oconee County, H. D. House (hb. Mo. Bot. alte Oe bhi Gia: Stone ‘Mo untain, H. Eggert (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). rags, L. Pollard & William R. Mazon, no. 72 (hb. U. iS ‘Nat. us.). MISSISSIPPI: dry soil, Meridian, Lauderdale County, Biltmore Hak. no. 529° (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.). TExas: a damp sands, Reverchon, no. 2760 (hb. Mo. oe Gard.). OKLAH Page, O. W. W. Blakley, no. 1408 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. Gray. a U.S. Nat. Mus.) and no. 3433. (hb. Mo. foe ‘Gard., hb. Gray). CoLorapo: Denver, Schneck, with- out seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Ga rd.). NEBRASKA: meadow, Platte Islands, Kearney, Ernest R. Holmes (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). SouTn Daxora Brookings, Thos. A. Williams (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). NortH Daxora: Butte, noe County, Dr. J. Lunell (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). ees near Moose Mt. Creek, meadows and open woods, Jas. M. Macoun (hb. Gray). Manirosa: Stony Mt., John Macoun, no. 13799 (hb. ip et 2a. Var. leptocarpa (Eng elmann & Gray), n. comb. Leaves very thin and flaccid, often quite glabrous, 3.5-12 mm. broad, 2-8 dm. se peduncles very slender and lax, mostly 1-3(rarely ep hecdet: rianth-segments 5-8 mm. long; mature capsules 4-10 mm. long. slightly ec as to glabrate; fee black, with bluntish murications. —H. erecta, var. leptocarpa Engelmann & Gray, Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. v. 239 (1845). H. leptocarpa Engelmann in Engelmann & Gray, l. c. (1845). H. Curtissii Rose in Small FI. S. E. U. S. 287 and sy v a hd SS “J «= BS ™, oN a [AucusT Rhodora 128 H. decumbens Chapman, FI. ed. 2, supplement 2: 696 (1892), not L.—Wet woods, swamps and bottom-lands, North 1329 (1903). i og! Fic. 3. H. hirsuta, var. leptocarpa. Carolina to Flo The following specimens are referred in damp clay soil, Goldsboro, Wayne County, Biltmore Herb., no. 529%, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). da and Texas. CAROLINA: ri here. Nortu 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 129 GeEorGIA: rich damp woods, Dublin, Laurens County, R. M. Harper, no. 1365 (hb. Gray, hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Fiormwa: Apalachicola, with seeds, Chapman (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); shore of St. John’s River at apes growing in water, A. H. Curtiss, no. 2837*, with seeds (hb. U. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.) distributed as H. leptocarpa ae Echt swamps near Jacksonville, 4. H, Curtiss, no. 4727, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. N. Y. Bot. egos river banks, Apalachicola, Chapman, no. 4015, with seeds he A. Nat. Mus.), distributed as H. decumbens L.; Palmetto, A. Trey ek Behe, WE Be t. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot . Gard., hb. Gray). Lovtstana: Lake Charles, Caleasien Parish, E. J. ‘Palmer, . 8519 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). ie ne andy soil, near water anit F. Lindheimer, no. 188 (hb. Grol. 3, H. pecumpens L. Corm Se tiaaitie to ellipsoid, 0.7-2 cm. thick; the membranaceous sheaths not fibrillous: leaves flaccid, often faleate, linear to lanceolate, 2-12 mm. broad, 1-4 dm. long, sparsely pilose to age peduncles ata Syrvsd ascending or recurving, 0.2-2 dm. villous above, wered; perianth- ie gi lanceolate, ie ’ 4-10 mm. spe nae pedicels 1-20 ong, mostly equalled by the bracts; capsule club-shaped, iid or ever Ae ellipsoid, padre densely pilose, 0.6—-1.7 cm. long; seeds 0.8-1.2 mm. in Boost Flioxs ck, dull or but slightly lustrous, covered with low, rounde rt rcely confluent pebbling.— Pl. Jam. Pugill. 11 (1759) & Syst. ed. 10, “086 (1 759). H. caricifolia f Salisb. Prodr. 248 (1796). H. gracilis Lehm. ex Schultes f. Syst. vii. 764 (1830). H. decumbens, var. mexicana (Schultes f.) Jennings, Ann. Carnegie Mus. xi. 97 (1917).—In open woods and pastures in the Antilles, tropical Mexico and South America. Since the herbarium material is so abundant for this species only one or two typical plants having seeds, and their duplicates, from each locality are cited here. Cupa: near Monte Verde, C. Wright, no. 1515 (hb. d., hb : ash no. 1183 (hb. N. 'Y. Bot. Gard). "San Domtnao: Prov.’ of Vega, Miguel Fuertes, no. 1704 (hb. N. » Bot. Gard.). Porto Rico: in pineapple plantations near Mayaguez, Holm, no. 67 (hb. Mo. Bot. rd., ray). TOoRTOLA: hillside, 325 m. alt., N. L. Britton &. J. A. Shafer, no. 779 (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., hb. us Nat. Mus.). Anticua: J. N. Rose, Wm. R. Fitch & Paul G. Russell, no. 3346 (hb. U. ‘Ss. Nat Mus., hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Dominica: Francis |AuGuUsT Rhodora 130 Voce ae Fi See 6654.4 ‘bong I & Fig. 4. H. decumbens and seeds (showing variation). (hb. vo Bot N Dr. state of San Luis Potosi, U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. er. no. 232 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. U. S. Nat. - Mexico: Alvarez, no. 4724 Gray, hb. . Gard.) Edward Palm 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 131 Mus., hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Costa Rica: Tonduz, no. 8028 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). PANAMA: moist field at foot of Piadio de Lino, iy file PR Fic. 5. H. decumbens, var. major. E. P. Killip, no. 3570 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.).. Coromsta: forests of Popayan, Lehmann, no. 7599 (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). FRencH GuIAna: vicinity of Cayenne, W. E. Broadway, no. 220 (hb. Gray, hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Equapor: in the Andes, R. Spruce, no. 132 Rhodora [August 5068 (hb. Gray). Braziu: near Rio de Janeiro, from the herbarium of the U. S. South Pacific A ela eae under _ a of aa Wilkes, U.S. N. 1838-42 hb. G ray). Gawapacos Isa common in open died. at 183 m. (600 fe, bake: Alben Rison: no. 1135 (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. Gra PARAGUAY: Dr. E. H. sieler. no. 5562 (hb. Gray). This material was mostly distributed as H. decumbens. 3a. Var. MAJOR Seubert. Plants coarser Page the above; seeds —— bert in Mart. Fl. Brasil. iii oom, 27, £ 16547. H. racemosa Donnell Smith, Bot. Gaz. ae "30 (1889) —Locally dhscupheaik the range of the above. The following are referred here. Mexico: Orizaba, Botteri, no. 80 (hb. Gray), no. 455 (hb. Gray), 463 (hb. Gis): Mt. Orizaba, Henry E. Seaton (hb. Gray). San Luts Potosi: Alvarez, Dr. Edward Palmer, no. 581 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). VERA = near Jalapa, J. N. Rose & Walter Hough, no. 4326 H. von Tuerckheim, no. 3842 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Coban, Dept. Alta Verapaz, Tuerckheim, no. 33 (hb. Gray). Cotompra: Santa Marta, Herbert H. Smith, no. 2266 (hb. Gray). VeENEzuELA: A. Fendler, no. 1565 (hb. Gra , hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Trinmap: from herb. of Otto tings no. 959 (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Lookout ill, W. E. Broadway (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Braztu: near Rio de Janeiro, hb. of the U. S. South Pacific Exploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Wilkes, a ae N. (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Paraguay: Fiebrig, no. 891 (hb. Gray). This material was distributed ex under the generic name or, if further determined, as H. decumbens or as Curculigo scorzonerae- folia (Lam.) Baker. 4. H. rica Chapman. Corm subcylindric to ellipsoid, 0.6-1.5 em. thick, covered with the stiff bristly bases of the old sheaths or rarely with membranous, slightly disintegrating leaf bases: leaves rather rigid, re 14 mm. broa ad 0.74 dm. long; — les glab- . Mus.). Atapaus: Mobile, Chas. Mohr, 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 133 without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Mussissippr: Biloxi, S. M. Tracy, no. 5090 (sheets with and without seeds at hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., also one sheet without seeds at hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.), no. 5091, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.), no. 5092, with seeds (hb. U. S. Satin. 5 athoat seeds tab. Mo. Bot. Gard.). LOUISIANA: open sandy ground, Natchitoches Parish, E. J. Palmer, no. 1566, with sede: (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); Alexandria, Josiah Hale, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Texas: thirty miles northeast of Beaumont, W.L. Bray, no. 68, without seeds (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus.) ; Swan, swamps, 134 Rhodora [AveusT “flowers shut after noon,” J. Reverchon, no. 2759, with seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Pine Island, Angelina, J. Reverchon, no. 2780, without seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). As shown by the herbarium sheets this plant has sometimes been distributed as H. juncea Smith. Although rarely it tends to approach H. juncea in habit, generally it has a dense tuft of coarse fibers at the base and wider leaves. It has also been distributed as H. decumbens L., but superficially it differs from H. decumbens in having a stiff tuft of bristles at the base, while the leaves of H. decumbens do not dis- integrate into fibers. Most often it has been distributed as H. hirsuta (L.) Coville. The bristly base and the coarser texture of the leaves should superficially distinguish it from H. hirsuta. The seeds clearly separate it from each of the above mentioned species. 5. H. tepicensis, n. sp., cormo ellipsoideo 9 mm. crasso vaginis scariosis fibrillosis pallide brunneis investo; foliis linearibus subrigidis ~6 mm. latis 0.64 dm. longis sparse pilosis; pedunculis sparse pilosis vel glabratis 0.4-3 dm. longis; pedicellis arcuatis 2-5 cm. elongated and obtuse—In western Mexico. e following are referred here. Tepic: Pedro Paulo, J. NV. Rose, no. 3319, as the TYPE of this species, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); between Pedro Paulo and San Blascito, J. N. Rose, no. 3307, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). 6. H. sessttis L. Corm cylindric to slenderly ovoid, 0.5-1 cm. , covered with membranous but scarcely fibrillous brown sheaths; material; the short beak and rostrate hilum black.—Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 439 (1762). H. erecta, @ aestivalis Engelm. & Gray, Bost. Journ. 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 135 Nat. Hist. v. 239 (1845).—Dry pine barrens and sandy openings, in the southern United States. A LP =a — == ——— 6 SF —— = ———— Fic. 7. H. tepicensis and seed. Linnaeus based H. sessilis solely upon Ornithogali Virginict facie, Herba tuberosa carolinensis of Dillenius, Hort. Elth. ii. 298 t. 220 f. 287. This plant was described as coming from Carolina and having sessile flowers. Although the description and the conventional plate 136 Rhodora [Averss dk are not conclusive the plant here treated as H. sessilis was presumably intended. The Carolina plant, as shown by herbarium material, does not have the flower strictly sessile, nor are the leaves as large as in Dillenius’s plate; but the latter besides being crude was made from a cultivated plant. In view of this plant from “Carolina” it would be unwise to set up as a distinct species the plant we actually know from that region. Fic. 8. H. sessilis and seed. Some excellent specimens in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical arden were sent to Bernhardi labeled in Engelmann’s hand H. erecta 6 aestivalis; other material originally retained by Engelmann (with Lindheimer’s field label) is unmarked, but is identical with the material Sent Bernhardi and the fragmentary plants in the Gray Herbarium, originally marked by Dr. Gray as var. aestivalis. These specimens are without seeds but they seem identical with the material from the southeastern United States that is called H. 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 137 The following referred to this species. LocaLITy UNKNOWN: Chapman, no. 3856, with seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Norra Carona: Wilmington, C. S. Williamson, without seeds (hb. Phil. Acad.). SoutH CaRroLina: sandy loam in Soe places, Summerville, B. L. Robinson, no. 176, without seeds (hb. Gray). Fuiorma: F. Rugel, 1842-1849, ex x herb. Mus. Brit. no. 132, without seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). ALABAMA: ex herb. George e Thurber, with seeds (hb. Gray); Gates, with seeds (hb. Phil. Acad.); Buckley, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Texas: Lindheimer, no. 187, without seeds (hb. Gray, hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Also two specimens from South Carolina. One was sent in a letter by M. A. Curtis, from Society Hill, Sept. 15, 1853, to Dr. Gray with the following remarks, “I send also an abortive Hypoxis now not uncommon here as a second growth of the season. Flower three cleft, white.” The seeds of this plant have very little of the golden rege gree but show a marked preponderance of a brilliant blue color. other was sent y Miss Laura M. Bragg to Professor Fernald from Deka, ape Co., with the following field label, “In second growth and. Broom grass association. Coll. . . . June 21, * 1920. ° Both of the above specimens have longer — than the usual H. sessilis and the flowers are only three-c . H. sreviscapA HBK. Corm Sides 5-7 mm. thick, covered with dark brown, membranous sheaths disintegrating into tufts of fibers; leaves lanceolate, decidedly narrowed at the base, about 2 mm. broad, up to 1.2 dm. long, pilose; peduncles filiform, about 3.5 cm. long, 1-2-flowered; ovary and capsule pilose; perianth- segments narrowly elliptic, 3-4.5 mm. long; capsule subcylindric, 5-7 mm. long; seeds about 0.8-1.1 mm. in diameter, black, covered with a brown exfoliatin ing outer coat that is flecked with iridescent material.—Gen. et Sp. Pl. i. 286 (1815).—Plateaus in South America. H. breviscapa was reported by Humboldt, Bonpland and Kunth as coming from Brazil. The one sheet of herbarium material answering the description of this species, no. 1042, with seeds, Miguel Bang (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.), came from Bolivia. It shows the leaves narrow at the base as the Brazilian plant is described, and all but one of the pis have a Pah flower to each peduncle long; ovary and capsule pilose; Pars gta 3.5-15 mm. long, ther lege the apex; capsule auc to subcylindric, 4-9 mm. long; seeds brown, covered with v umerous, minute, awl- shaped murications. —Pollard in Small, Fl S. E. U.S. 287 and 1329 (1903).—Southern United States and adjacent islands. The fol- 138 Rhodora [AuGcusT wishes are referred here. —— Carona: G. McCarthy, “type pecimen,” without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); G. McCarthy, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Wilmington, Edwin B. Bartram, without seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Sour CAROLINA: pine barrens two miles north of Ma Re Clarendon County, Witmer Stone, no. 72, with seeds (hb. Phil. Acad.); near Kittredge railroad station, Berkeley County, with seeds agree by Miss Bragg). Fiorwa: Apalachicola, with seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard. no. 107259); Realeehoule Chapman, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); Aspalaga, Fie. 9. H. tieviallabd: and seed. Chapman, with seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. Gard. nos. 760670 and 760671). Mississtppr: S. M. Tracy, no. to seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); shall, Harriso ig seeds (hb. Mo. Bot. cas: Elihu Hall, no. 632, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. Gray, hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). ne OF A ved 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 139 vicinity of San Pedro, pinelands, NV. L. Britton, Percy Wilson & A. D. Selby, no. 14332, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). This material was distributed mostly without a specific name, as H. juncea Smith, or in a few instances as H. micrantha. Fic. 10. H. micrantha (left) and seed (below). H. potosina (right) and seed (above). 9. H. potosina, n. sp., cormo globoso vel subcylindrato 0.8-1.3 cm. i is 1.2-4.8 mm. latis usque ad 3.5 dm. longis; pedunculis subfiliformibus iculatis pilosis 0.7-1.2 dm. longis uni- vel pauci-floris; ovario 140 : Rhodora [AueusT capsulaque dense pilosis; segmentis perianthii pilosis ellipticis 5-13 mm. longis; seminibus 0.8-0.9 mm. diametro brunneis, testa aculeis elongatis munita, sens foramineque atris a naevo lucido atro spathulato circumscrip Corm globose to sel ic, 0.8-1.3 cm. thick: covered with membranous and ofte rillous brown sheaths; leaves linear- lanceolate, coarse in sate and rather densely pilose (when young villous on the lower surface) 1.2-4.8 mm. broad, up to 3.5 dm. long; peduncles coarsely filiform, canaliculate, pilose, 0.7-1.2 dm. long, 1-few-flowered; ovary and capsule densely pilose; perianth with hairy elliptic segments 3-7.5 mm. long; capsule subcylindric to ellipsoidal, 5-13 mm. long; seeds 0.8-0.9 mm. in diameter, brown, the outer coat covered with sharp, prolonged murications; the black beak and hilum set in a lustrous, black, pyriform spot —At high altitudes in Central Mexico. The following are referred here. San Luis Porost: altitude 1830-2440 m. (6000-8000 feet), in — of San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palmer, no. 871, with seeds (hb. Gray, TYPE, hb. U. S. Nat. MMe hb. Phil. Acad., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); low ground about San Luis Potosi, Schaffner, no. 545, with seeds (hb. Gray). This material was distributed as H. decumbens L. but it differs from that species in having a fibrous base and rigid, coarsely veined, densely pilose leaves as well as in having very different seeds. 10. H. Wrightii (Baker), n. comb. Corm subglobose, 6-12 mm. thick, covered with membranous and somewhat fibrillous brown sheaths; leaves linear, canaliculate or involute, 0.4-3 mm. broad, up to 2.6 dm. long; peduncles filiform, pilose, 0.4-1.2 dm. long, 1-2- flowered; ovary and capsule densely pilose; perianth with lanceolate to narrowly elliptic, acutish segments, 0.4-8.1 ~ i ve: capsule subglobose or ellipsoidal, 4-6 mm. long; seeds 0. 8-1. in diameter, black, lustrous, the outer coat covered hiea aaa truncated — sae ars carved pebbling—H. juncea, var. Wrightii at Baker, Linn. Soc. xvii. 106 (1878) Finds Keys, Bahama mire and the West Indies. The following are referred here. southwest of Nassau, A. E. Wiat ae without seeds he ritt ritton, E. G. é Britton & J. F. Cowell, no. 10062, without seeds seeds (hb. NY Bot. Sessesis IsLe or Pines: A. A. Taylor, 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 141 Fic. 11. H. Wrightii and seed (left). H. rugosperma and seed (right). no. 71, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Neuva Gerona, A. Hi. Curtiss, without seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Porro Rico: near Bayamon, Sintenis, no. 1067, without seeds, (distributed as H. de- 142 Rhodora [AuGusT cumbens L., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). The plants in the list above, unless otherwise marked, were distributed as H. juncea Smith. H. juncea, var. Wrightit was the name given by Baker to number 239, collected by Charles Wright in Cuba, because it differed from true H. juncea in having the capsule sparsely pilose and the outer leaves disintegrating into setaceous fibers. I have not seen number 239. In the specimens that I have examined, the leaves of H. juncea may frequently disintegrate more or less into fibers at the base, but the Cuban plants always show this disintegration of their outer leaves. Superficially, although the leaves of the Cuban plants are very narrow, those of H. juncea are even narrower and appear filiform. Also the seeds are very different. H. juncea has black seeds with murications truncated and sharply sculptured, but the Cuban plant has drab seeds marked with low, flat or corrugated pebbling. I have seen no West Indian specimens with the characteristic seeds of H. juncea; therefore I am raising var. Wrightiz to specific rank. 11. H.rugosperma, n. sp.,cormo globoso vel subcylindrato 0.6-1.5 em. crasso, foliis exterioribus balk in fasciculo brunneo fibrarum dissolutis; foliis lineari-lanceolatis apice acutis pilosis 1.7-5 mm latis usque 2.7 dm. longis; pedunculis subfiliformibus canaliculatis pilosis 0.4-1.2 dm. longis pauci-floris; ovario capsulaque dense pilosis; segmentis perianthii anguste ellipticis vel lanceolatis acutis 3-7 mm. longis; capsulis olen ig ca vel ellipsoideis 6-9 mm. longis; semini- bus 0.8-1 mm. diametro brunneis, testa vesicula persistenti jugis confluentibus reget og paullo rugosis irregulariter instructa. to subcylindric, 0.6-1.5 em. thick; the outer leaves breaking up = the base into tufts of brown fibers: leaves linear- lanceolate, with an acute apex, pilose, 1.7-5 mm. broad, up to 2.7 dm. long; peduncles coarsely filiform, canaliculate, pilose, 0.4-1.2 dm. long; ovary and capsule densely pilose; perianth-segments narrowly elliptic or ghee acute, 3-7 mm. long; capsule subcylindrie or ellipsoidal, 6-9 mm. long; seeds 0.8-1 mm. in diameter, brown; thin, slightly jagged crests. —In untainous regions of Mexico and Central America. The sciloetiie’ A are referred here. Jawisco: cliffs near Guadalajara, C. G. Pringle, no. 2908, with seeds (hb. Gray, TYPE). GuATEMALA: Santa Rosa, altitude 915 m. (3000 a Heyde & Luz, no. 2934, with seeds (two sheets in hb. U. S. N: Mus., hb. Gray). This material was distributed as H. decumbens L. but is easily distinguished from that species by its fibrous base and more pilose leaves as well as by its seeds. 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 143 12. H. fibrata, n. sp., cormo globoso vel subcylindrato 7-19 mm crasso vaginis membranaceis brunneis et dense fibratis investo; foliis linearibus subrigidis 1.8-5 mm. latis 0.6-2.5 dm. longis pilosis; Fia. 12. Hz. fibrata tick (left). H. humilis an d (right). Seger pilosis filiformibus 1. te cm. longis uni- vel pauci- floris; ovario capsulaque dense pilosis; segmentis perianthii anguste ellipticis 3-6 mm. longis; capsulis subcylindratis 5-9 mm. longis; seminibus brunneis processis firmis conicis subtruncatis haud {con- fluentibus obsitis. 144 Rhodora [AuGUST Corm globose to subeylindric, 7-19 mm. thick, covered with brown, aah eal sheaths and dense fibers; leaves linear, rather rigid, 1.8-5 mm. broad, 0.6—2.5 dm. long, pilose; peduncles pilose, filiform, 1.5-15 em. long, 1- few-flowered; ovary and capsule densely pilose, abe epee narrowly elliptic, 3-6 mm. long; capsule sub- m. long; seeds brown, covered by firm, —— rather truncated Bae suit processes.—Throughout following is selected as the TyPE of this species. age vicinity of Puebla, Bro. Nicolas, no. 5203, with seeds (hb. Gray, hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). The following, although frequently without good seeds, are referred here. CHIHUAHUA: in the Sierra Madre, near Colonia Garcia, C. H. T. Townsend & C. M. ena no. 70 (hb. N é, U.S. Nat. Mus.). Jatisco: Tapalpa, Marcus E. Jone, 5 no. 469 (hb. U.S. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Mexico: near Tultenango, J. wa . Rose & Robert Hay, no. 5442 (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Valley of co, Pedregal near San Angel, J. N. Rose & Walter Hough, no. 4510 hs U.S. Nat. Mus.). Moretos: Cuernavaca, Chas. C. Deam, 44 (hb. Gray). Pusrpta: vicinity of Puebla, ee G. Arséne, no. 1138 (hb. Gass hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). Loca.ity UNKNOWN: one sheet with very good seeds in the Pay herbarium. This material was distributed mostly as H. breviscapa HBK. or gorse as H. decumbens L. . HUMILISs HBK. Corm globose to subcylindric, 5-11 m thick, covered with brownish membranous or pee eats eaven linear, canaliculate and densely pilose, 0.8-2.8 mm. broad, up to 3.5 dm. long; peduncles filiform, pilose, 1-18 cm. ag ag eee 9 ovary and capsule densely pilose; perianth-segments narrowly elliptic, 3-5 mm. long; capsule subglobose, 3-6 mm. long; s 0.8-1. ‘ mm. per pe —™ the outer coat covered with numerous, cations; the beak and hilum a and gem Ny. Gon et. Sp. PL i. 286 (1815). Niobea prat ill Schultes, Syst. Veg. vii. 762 (1830).—Fields in Mexico sage South erica. The following are refe re Dr. Coulter, 1 According to Hemsley in Biologia Centrali-Americana, Botany, iv. Dr. oar Coulter “collected in California from 1831-1833, and ora north Mexican probably they came from either Monte both of which are in the state of Hidalgo. 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 145 ft.), F. W. Pennell, no. 2163, with seeds (hb. Gray, hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); plateau de Sta. Fé de Bogotd, 1861, ex herb. Parseval- Grandmaison, with seeds (hb. Gray.). Eucapor: Quitensian Andes, J. P. Couthouy, 1855 (hb. Gray). Boxrvra: Miguel Bang, no. 1793, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard., hb. Gray, hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); G. Mandon, no. 1208, with seeds (hb. ae, hb. WY: ee Ga aed Sn ee F. Kurtz, no. 8386, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.). This material was een are as H. decumbens L., H. pusilla HBK., and H. humilis HBK. 14. H. mexicana Schultes. Corm globose to subcylindric, 3-12 mm. thick, the membranous bases of the old leaves frequently ne somewhat fibrillous tufts; leaves linear-lanceolate, pilose, 1.2+4 mm. broad, up to 3.2 dm long; peduncles filiform, canaliculate, ade uae Shores glabrescent below, 1.5-18 cm. long, 1-several- flowered; ovary and capsule densely pilose; perianth-segments linear or narrowly elliptic, 3-8 mm. long; capsule globose to subcylindric, 15 mm. long; seeds 0.8—1.1 mm. in diameter; the outer coat brown, muricate, Ne: long, sharp processes, irregularly exfoliating in patches showing the black coat beneath; the beak and hilum prominent and black.—Schultes in Roemer and Schultes, Syst. Veg. vii. 761 (1830 —Along the bases of the mountain ranges of Mexico, northward into Arizona. The following are referred here. VERA CRUZ: near Santa Fé, J. NV. Rose & Jos. H. Painter, no. 6522, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Orizaba, ex herb. Mus. Paris, no. 2830, without seeds (hb. Gray). TLAXCALA: ag tr rf N. Rose & Robert Hay, no. 5967, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Mexico: o Toluca, J. N. Rose & Jos. H. Painter. no. ae. 5 with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); Cima, J. N. Rose & Jos. H. Painter, no. 7187, without seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); near Eslava, lava beds, altitude 2440 m. (8000 feet), Rusby, no. 339, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.); near Eslava, J. N. Rose & Jos. H. Painter, no. 7140, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.); on Popocatepetl, J. N. Rose & Robert Hay, no. 6307, uA. : HIHUAHUA: damp of the Sierra Madre, C. G. Pringle, no. 1380, with seeds (hb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., nos. 932928 and 36590, hb. Gray, hb. Phil. Acad.); near Colonia Garcia, E. W. Nelson, no. 6127, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). Arizona: near Fort Huachuca at Tanner’s Cafion, in sod, Lemmon, no. 2891, with seeds (hb. Gray); 146 Rhodora [AvueusT Huachuca Mts., J. G. Lemmon & wife, with seeds (hb. U. S. Nat. Mus.). This material was distributed as H. decumbens L. —_——_——_ ~~ IE tg as Vy LTA Rel a Fig. 13. H. mexicana and seed (left. H. catamarcensis and seed (right). 15. H. catamarcensis, n. sp., cormo subgloboso vel subcylindrato 5-9 vaginis membranaceis b eis et saepe fibrillatis investo; foliis lineari. latis 1-3 mm. latis 1-1.9 dm. longis, : is filiformibus laxe adscendentibus vel recurvantib 3.5-5 em. longis, villosis p im ad apicem, uni- vel pauci-floris; ovario ca ue sparse pilosis; segmentis perianthii lanceolatis ellipticis 3-5 mm. longis; pedicellis 3-6 mm. longis; capsulis subcylin- 1923] Kidder,—Plants of Isle au Haut 147 dratis vel paullo _ellipsoideis pene subglabris maturitate 4-6 seminibus 0.8-1 m . diametro atris, partim parvis naevis testae brunneae investi Corm subglobose to subcytindete. 5-9 mm. thick, covered with membranous and often fibrillous brown sheaths; leaves linear-lanceo- late, 1-3 mm. broad, 1-1.9 dm. long, pilose; peduncles filiform loosely ascending or recurving, 3.5-5 cm. long, villous especially above, 1-few-flowered; ovary and capsule sparsely pilose; — -segments lanceolate, elliptic, 3-5 mm. long; pedicels m. long; capsule subcylindric or ellipsoid, usually rather dabraté | at maturity, 4-6 mm. long; seeds 0.8—1 mm. in diameter, black, partially nett a small patches of a brown outer coat. —In n orthemn Argentin following is referred here as the TYPE of this species. Cisse, from the department of Andalgal4, P. Jérgensen, no. 1551, with seeds (hb. Gray, hb. U. S. Nat. Mus., hb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). It was distributed as H. decumbens L. (To be continued). ct Aa. = : ee 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 151 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Sertes.—No. LXIX. A. BRACKETT. (Continued from page 147.) LIST OF EXSICCATAE creer Anderson. 1265 nirates a 1s Sea 487 hirsuta (L.) "Coville. rs 1138 fibrata Brackett. ‘achman. 2120 hirsuta. (L.) a S. M. Bai 231 hirsuta Pie Coville uel Bang. 1042 epee HBK. 1793 humilis HBK. = “Page 239 decumbens L eae. 121 hirsuta (L.) (octite. Berlandier erla: 1832 hirsuta (L.) Cov ille. a) a “ e, var. lepto- carpa (Engelm. S Gray) Brackett. 529° hirsuta (L. ) Cc oville. 520 hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- carpa (Engelm. & a Brackett. 520° hirsuta (L. ) Co ovill OBaT* juncea Smith. 2527¢ ‘a ae 25278 a 2527: 4c 4015 pene cin L) Conl, var. lepto- (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. 1408 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 3433 “ ac “cc Botteri. 80 decumbens L., var. major Seu- 455 decumbens L., var. major Seu- 463 decumbens L., var. major Seu- bert. B Ub. 2830 mexicana yo ay 183 Fie es ie ro 68 rigida Chasine 103 hirsuta (L. ) Coville 2285 decumbens L. Brit ri and B 286 —— (Baker) Brackett: and Cowell. 10062 Wrehtii pie ge lB tego ibe a 208 dec ae Bri ey "Britton and Earle. 6301 decumbens tton and Hazen. 24 Pmorar sho en Britton and Hess. 2811 decumbens L. Britton, Britton and Shafer. 102 juncea a Bnith Britton and Shafer. ae decumbens L. Britton, Wilson and Selby. 14332 micrantha Pollard. Broadway. Mr. and Mrs. H. I. Brown and F. C. Seymour. 1901 hirsuta (L.) Coville. Bush 55 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 316 385 iaaki ‘d) Coville, var. lepto- geim. & Gray) Brackett. sorts) Cl . J. Carter. Coville. Bro. Leon and F. R. Cazanas. 5920 Wrightii (Baker) Brackett. 152 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER A. W. Chapman W.C. cavern 510 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 113 decumbens L Clute. Fredholm. 208 decumbens L. Coulter. 1546 humilis HBK. 1565 J. F. Cowell. 521 decumbens L. A. H. Curtiss. 2837* hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- carpa oon Sait Gray) Brackett. ae ae 45 4727 hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- carpa (En = & Gr ray) Bessevts. avis ae hirsuta L. ) Coville. Deam. 44 fibrata ape 205 hirsuta (L. ) Coville. on and Me C. Gage. 679 hirsuta (L.) "Covill Drumm 342 hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- carpa (Engelm. & oy) Brackett. 417 hirsuta (L.) Cov. Asay 2011 decumbens L. 3317¢ : nd Baker. 1490 hiteota ¢ i ) “Coville, Egger. 615 decumbens ie 324 hirsuta (L.) conit: er. 1565 —— L., var. major Seub. 891 decumbens L., var. major Seu- Mr. 182 decumbens 9822 315 juncea Smith. 3 ecumbens L. 5010 juncea Smith. 3 ae “é 6043 hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- carpa (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. Fuertes. 1704 Sele ee L. 1553.3 hirsuta a) Coville A. Ger. 778 hirsuta Gov 133 decumbens i H. A. Gleason. 2281 hirsuta (L.) Cone 306 i i an. 100 hirsuta (L.) “Coville. 55 oe “eé ae Green n, Lansing and Dixon. 39 che “L. ne Ha be 169 hirsuta (L. eg 631 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 632 micrantha Polla 2 rT. on; 829 hirsuta (L.) Coville. . M. a rper. 1268 hirsuta 30 ville. — hirsuta (L.) Coville, var. lepto- arpa (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. 1604 De jancen Smit 1880 hirsuta (L.) Coville. . Harris. 8589 decumbens L., var. major Seu- i decumbens L., var. major Seu- 9401 decumbens L., var. major Seu- rt. 12059 aie o 366 decumbens = Hassler. 1178 decumbens L. 3245 5562 ond Me. . A. Heller. 1923] Heyde and Lux. 2871 decumbens L. 34 rugosperma Brackett. Hitchcock. 343 juncea Smith. Holm. 67 decumbens L. 687 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 1984 ae 4é ae 2523 ee ac “ec 4157 ae sé “ee well. 653 om dh) Foote. Us. 4107 hirsuta (L.) ppc 469 fibrata Brackett. érgens 1551 catamarcensis "Ricki. J. R. Johnston. 36 decumbens L. Kearney. 1035 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 1265 oe ee 1378 oe ac “ce Kellogg. 531 bieata (L. 7a oe Killip. 3570 decumbens +: bade 2837 hirsuta CL.) Coville. 8386 humilis HB 332 rigida Ctapacane: Lehmann. 7599 decumbens L. Lemmon. 2891 mexicana — Lighthipe. 470 juncea Smith. ’ hirsuta (L “a Coville e, var lepto- Pp opine (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. 188 Niesitas (L.) Coville, var lepto- carpa — & te Brackett. 579 ES L, Bayard Long. 3444 hirsuta (L.) ) Coville. 3784 ac sé ace 5904 ae ae “é 6975 “a ae ac ve 177 “cc “ ““ 148 hirsuta &) Coville Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 153 3536 hirsuta (L.) Coville. acElwee. 308 hirsuta (L.) Coville. . Macoun. 13799 hirsuta (L.) Coville. Mandon. 1208 humilis “Mason. 798 decumben: 6139 meg th Coville. =i gt 96 hirsuta x) Covi arthy. 8 micrantha Pollard. 74 micrantha Pollard. M. islahn 1698 juncea Smith. 210 hirsuta (L.) Gove ia _R. Mumb auer. 407 hirsuta me Coville. 488 dec nt " 789 oo Smith. of. 2072 ae “é Nash a Taylor. 1183 decumbens L E. W. N — 6127 ve Schultes GE Nichols. 69 decumbens % ‘olas. 5203 fibrata Brackett. J. Ei 165 hirsuta ee Coville. B. Ohlinger. 599 juncea Smith. J. H. Oyster. 3852 — Aiea" Coville. almer. J pidionone tee 557 juncea Smith. 581 o- umbens L., var. major Seu- be E. J. Palmer. 694 hirsuta (h) Coville. 5 1566 rigida Chapman. 5316 micrantha Po lard. carpa Se, & rackett. 9357 hirsuta (L.) C 9520 hirsuta (L.) Corie, var. lepto- carpa (Engelm. & kett. ae hirsu ta (L.) Covi 154 322 hirsuta A , Couuit rry and Paleo. 871 te i Hemidti: almer. 90 hirsuta a) iy oe 12552 hirsuta (L.) Coville. ennell. 1346 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 2552 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 2808 oe ae 4998 ae ae Il and Long. 7812 Saceatee (L.) Coville. Pollard. 21 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 200 Pollard and Mazon. 2 hirsuta (L. ) Coville. 2971 hirsuta ay" Coville. 3411 ae ae oe 7097 oe “sé oe yea 8 “ce ie3 ee etz, Mattern and Long. 6556 ets (L.) Pursue 1380 mexicana Benue 2908 rug Peau Brackett. 1834 mexicana Schultes. 6966 humilis HBK. : Redfield. 7933 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 7034. ** 4 48 hirsuta A.) Covi i hirsuta (i) Coville. 27608 “ pe 2 Se Rhodora [SEPTEMBER 353 hirsuta (L.) Coville. 709 ae as oe Rolfs. 255 juncea Smith. ose. 1655 mexicana Schultes. 3307 tepicensis Brackett. 3319 Rose and Hay. 5374 fibrata Brackett. 5442 5967 mexicana Schultes. 6142 decumbe 6307 mexicana Schultes. ugh. 4326 decumbens L., var. major Seu- 4510 fibrata Brackett. Rose, die and Russell. 3346 sabe : Ponte - Rose. 9219 mexicana Schulte Ros and Rani: 6522 mexicana Schultes. 6776 4c sé go: 1187 sé ae 7237 decumbens L. ugel. 132 sessilis L. usby. 339 mexicana Schultes. : uth. pe hirsuta (L.) Coville. 8218 hirsuta iy Cove. Safford. 80 hirsuta (L.) gees UTmMman. 7937 juncea Smith. J oH. Sch 139 ——, (L.) Coville . C. Seymour. 1157 cs (L.) Coville. 1871 meas Pollard. BEE — ath. 343 3 ruta i Coville, var. ep to- elm. & Gray) Deachint. 1923] Brackett,—Genera related to Hypoxis 155 H. H. Smith. Townsend and Barber. 2266 decumbens L., var. major Seu- 70 fibrata Brackett. Tracy. H. H. Smith and G. W. Smith. 5090 rigida Chapman. 14 decumbens L. 5091 U. C. Smith. nog =“ sa 1405 hirsuta (L.) Coville. M. P. Somes. 3067 hirsuta (L. : Coville 5068 ae cahane te Standley. ef a Smith. 5093 oe ae 5095 micrantha Pollard. 6 6621 hirsuta (L.) coun, var. lepto- carpa a (Engelm. & Gray) Brackett. a juncea Sm ith. 751 oan 9231 hirsuta L) Coville. tandtey. H. von Tuerckheim. 11381 eevis a. ) Coville. 33 decumbens L., var. major Seubert. 12963 a Smith. 3842 decumbens L., var. major Seu- tandley vor Bollman. be 12097 nee! ee? .) ae and Griggs. "Underwood 2817 hirsuta (L.)" Coville a5 ak het 1135 ee aay L. F. Ward. 72 micrantha Pollard Gn part). 137 hirsuta (L. - Wie. 506 humilis HBK. 545 potosina * Sinton. A.E 271 nce Ger icadicotis 74 hirsuta L) Covi 488 dec 1067 Weehat i (Baker) Brackett. . Straub. C. S. Williamson. nee hirsuta (L.) Coville 52 juncea Smith. sie Percy Wilson. 71 Wrightii Baker) Brackett 347 decumbens L. — Alexa aylor. ae ec sept 4227 1515 decumbens L. decunene 3745 bl ape (Baker) Brackett. 7280 dertentenn Hu Wright, Parry and Brummel. 8028 530 decumbens L. Il. SOME GENERA CLOSELY RELATED TO HYPOXIS. Previous to 1762 the plants now known as Hypoxis were scattered among the genera Anthericum, Crocus, Ornithogalum, Allium ete. Linnaeus in the first edition of his Species Plantarum (1753) had thus distributed them but in his second edition (1762) he formed under Hexandria Monogynia the genus Hypoxis with four species. Philosophia Botanica (1751) he had proposed a fragment of a Natural System of classification and in Sprengel’s edition of this work (1809) Hypoxis was added to the class Coronariae Jussieu in 1789 published his Genera peony in which he proposed a system of classification supposed to be more natural than the one of Linnaeus because the whole structure of the plant was taken into 156 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER consideration. In this, under Class III Perigyna, Order VII Narcissi of his Monocotyledons, he placed the genus Hypozis. Robert Brown in his Prodromus (1810) formed the family Amaryll- deae and under the heading “Genera inter Asphodeleas et Amarylli- deas media” placed the genera Hypoxis, Curculigo Gaertner and Campynema Labillardiére. Later in his General Remarks on the Botany of Australia (1814), he said, “it is better to consider Curculigo and Hypowis as forming a separate family.” This family he proposed to call the Hypoxideae, characterized by “ Perianthium superum limbo sexpartito, regulari, aestivatione imbricata. Stamina sex, imis lacinis inserta. Ovariwm 3-loc. loculis polyspermis. Capsula evalvis, nunc baccata, polysperma. Semina umbilico laterali rostelli- formi: testa atra crustacea. Embryo in axi albuminis carnosi: radicula vaga 3) Curculigo was described by Gaertner in 1788 with the species C. orchioides, a plant which had previously been considered an orchid. Jussieu in 1789 made no mention of this new genus but later Robert Brown classed it with Hypoxis as above stated. Campynema was described by Labillardiére (1804) as a new genus based upon a plant from Tasmania which he called C. linearis. Since it has a leafy stem and its seeds are very different from those of Hypoxis it seems unwise to place these two genera together. John Lindley in his Introduction to a Natural System of Botany (1831) placed Curculigo and Hypoxis under the order Hypoxideae. Later in his Natural System of Botany (1836) he placed the Hypoxideae as a family under the order Amaryllidaceae and he said, “I give up the possibility of characterizing Hypoxideae as a distinct Order, for their occasionally rostellate seeds appear of no value as an ordinal distinction.” All of the American species of Hypoxis and Curculigo have rostellate seeds and Baker says the Old World species of both likewise have them. So by including plants without rostellate seeds Lindley seems to have brought together some unrelated genera when he placed Curculigo including Molineria Colla, Hypoxis including Fabrica Thunberg and “Caelanthus Schlectendal” (originally pub- lished Coelanthus Willd.) under the family Hypozideae. Colla (1825) described Molineria, with M. plicata as type, and observed that it had been considered a Curculigo but that it differed from the latter in several respects. He listed the differences and also gave a figure of his plant. From his plate and from specimens of 1923] Brackett,—Genera related to Hypoxis 157 similar appearance it seems that he over-estimated some of these differences. For instance, he stated that the seed of his plant is “imappendiculata . . .- non rostratum,” as is the seed of Cur- culigo orchioides which must be taken as the type for the genus Curculigo. Nevertheless, when a Molineria seed is seen under a microscope the beak and rostrate hilum are clearly discernible. They are obscured to the unaided eye by the uneven contour of the whole seed. Coclanthus has the flowers in racemes, a superior ovary and is generally referred to the genus Lachenalia of the Liliaceae. In 1847 in his Vegetable Kingdom under the alliance N acissales Lindley again made the Hypoxidaceae a separate order, between the Haemodoraceae and the Amaryllidaceae. He characterized it by “Flowers hexapetaloideous, much imbricated. Stamens 6; anthers turned inwards. Radicle remote from the hilum, which is often strophiolate.” Under this order he placed the genera Curculigo, Forbesia Ecklon, Pauridia Harvey and Hypoxis. This time he put “ Coelanthus W.” among the Liliaceae. I have been unable to see Ecklon’s description of Forbesia but later botanists have included it under Curculigo and Baker, who also did this, stated that the seeds of Curculigo are rostellate. William Herbert (1837) placed the Hypowideae as a suborder under his caulescent Amaryllidaceae. This suborder he divided further, and under his division Hypoxidiformes, characterized by “sepals and petals conformable,” he placed the genera ? Weldenia Schultes fil., Curculigo, Molineria, Hypoxis and Coelanthus. Weldenia has been placed since in the Commelinaceae which it resembles in habit and leaves. In his Flora Australiensis (1873) Bentham formed the order Amaryllideae characterized by “ Flowers regular or nearly so. Anthers opening inwards. Placentas axile. Seeds albuminous. Inflores- cence centripetal. Leaves chiefly radical, veinlets when present transverse.” He distinguished five tribes, Haemodoreae, Conostyleae, Hypowideae, Agaveae and Euamaryllideae. He said, “The several ‘dice ‘L so. 4 ® i | me Wl hae | BY - J m | ant Orders, or at any rate as referrible to three distinct Orders—Hae- modoraceae, Hypoxideae, and Amaryllideae; but although these subordinate groups are in most respects distinct, it appears to me that it is only by their union in one general Order that we can obtain a 158 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER well-defined group, of the same grade as Irideae, Burmanniaceae, Orchideae, Scitamineae and Hydrocharideae, all of them clearly marked out by definite and important characters. It is generally admitted that the above suborders, here united under the Amaryllideae, agree in the most important characters derived from the flower and seed, differing from Hydrocharideae, Orchideae and Burmanniaceae in their albuminous seeds, from Scitamineae and Orchideae in their regular (or only oblique) flowers, from I rideae and Burmanniaceae in their centripetal (not centrifugal) inflorescence and in their stamens, from Taccaceae and the majority of Orchideae and Burmanniaceae in their axile placentum, from Dioscorideae in their hermaphrodite flower, and in all cases there are other characters either less constant or of minor importance . . . Taking therefore the Amaryllideae as a whole as one Order, it would include besides the five tribes or suborders here enumerated . . . the Vellozieae . . . and the Alstroemierieae . . . in which however the secondary in- florescence appears to be centrifugal.” Under the tribe Hypoxideae he placed Hypozxis and Curculigo. Bentham and Hooker in their Genera Plantarum (1883) made some changes in the five tribes of Bentham. These tribes they called Hypoxideae, Amarylleae, Alstroemierieae, Agaveae and Vellosieae. Under the Hypowideae they placed the genera ? Campynema,? Pauri- dia, Hypoxis and Curculigo. Pax, writing in Engler and Prantl’s Dienatiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien (1887), placed under the family Amaryllidaceae the subfamily Hypoxt- doideae, and under the latter he placed the tribe Hypowideae, con- taining the genera Curculigo and Hyporis. He placed Campynema in a subfamily by itself parallel to the Hypozidoideae; and Pauridia under the Haemodoraceae with the comment, that while Bentham and Hooker are not certain that it belongs in the Amaryllidaceae, neither is it certain that it is any better placed in the Haemodoraceae. The reason for all this uncertainty lies in the fact that while the plant has the habit and seeds of a tiny Hypowis it has only three stamens. Baker, in his Synopsis of the Hypoxidaceae (1878), followed the plan of Bentham and made the Hypowidaceae a tribe of the Amarylli- daceae. Here he collected four genera Hypovis, Curculigo, Moli- neria and Pauridia, which he characterized in the following manner:— 1923] Brackett,—Genera related to Hypoxis 159 | Fic. 14. Curculigo scorzoneraefolia. “Criavis GENERUM. *Perianthi tubus supra ovarium nullus vel brevissimus. Stamina epigyna. 1. Hypoxis. Fructus capsularis cireumcissus operculatus. Folia sessilia haud plicata_ . / 2. MOoLtNnERIA. Fructus baccatus. Folia petiolata plicata . - uct = 3. CurcuLico. Tubus elongatus filiformis. Stamina6 . 160 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER These four genera have small, dark seeds, with a crustaceous outer coat and a beak and lateral rostrate hilum. Judging from the simi- larity of their seeds they should be classed together under the Hypozi- deae. The seeds of this group are very different from those of the other Amaryllidaceae that I have examined and also from those of the neighboring families. However, my study has not been extensive enough to warrant removing the Hypoxideae from the Amaryllidaceae. I am including a description and ‘figures (habit x 14, seed x 40) of the American species of Curculigo; and also drawings (habit x 4%, seed X 40) of the monotypic Pauridia minuta which appears to have t vet L pane sf nN a iets " ‘¢ yee Se eat te Late uy Bae Rees ey fe ees at up ‘J ie 1? oe A CHOY , oH Us «. pe’ ES Ng ae Hh in HH ie anit aa iN AN TU Hes a Me we art eta Secale ke oes ( Y 4% we, oe 7558 A ae i i NAY age itaeess te Fig. 15. Seed of Curculigo scorzoneraefolia. a miniature Hyporis seed. I also include figures (habit x 1, seed x40) of Molineria recurvata (Ait. f.) Herbert (this is Colla’s M. plicata renamed according to the international rules) to shew that it is unlike Curculigo and while the seed appears to the unaided eye be “inappendiculata” it has really, when seen under even a low powered glass, the beak and rostrate hilum of the Hypoxideae. CURCULIGO SCORZONERAEFOLIA (Lam.) Baker. Tuber cylindrical 2.5-above 8 cm. long, about 8 mm. thick, crowned with a tuft of in dm. long; in the broader-leaved plants the leaves narrowed to a petio- lar base; scapes mostly one-flowered, 5-8.5 cm. long; pedicels very short, scarcely protruding from the tuft of basal fibers; bracts lanceo- late, leaf-like, side 2 em. long; ovary cylindrical ‘when mature, 1923] Brackett,—Genera related to Hypoxis 161 sheathed by the bracts and the whole encased by the basal fibers; perianth-tube filiform, 2~4 cm. long, pilose, crowned by the six spread- ing perianth-segments; perianth-segments lanceolate, 0.7-1.4 cm. long, pilose without; capsule indehiscent, Siplinaaest subtended by the persistent bracts; seeds black, lustrous, subglobose, 2—2.5 mm. in diameter, with a small beak and a much expanded hilum.—Baker in Journ. Linn. Boe. xvii. 124 (1878). ypoxis scorzoneraefolia Lamarck, Encye. iii. 183 (1789).—Tropical and subtropical South America ‘and the Antilles. The accompanying drawings were made from a plant in the Gray Herbarium, collected by R. Spruce in the vicinity of Barra, Prov. Rio Negro, Brazil, Dec.—Mar., 1850-1851. Plants belonging to this species have mostly been distributed as Hypozis scorzoneraefolia or as Hypoxis decumbens L. The leaves of this species are narrower and more grass-like than are those of most of the Old World Curculigos; yet the seed is as typically that of a Curculigo as in C. orchioides Gaertner around which the genus was described. ee or minuta (L. f.) Durand & Schinz. Corm globose, 4- m. thick, covered with membranaceous sheaths and the stiff bristly form to linear-lanceolate, 0.4-3.6 mm. broad, up to 3.5 em. long; scapes 1(rarely 2)-flowered; pedicels longer than the peduncles and subtended by two setaceous bracts; ovary and capsule glabrous; perianth-segments 2-3.6 mm. long, lanceolate, ‘lightly rounded at the apex; capsule sub- Shug 2-3 mm. long; seeds 0.1—0.2 mm. in diameter, black, lustrous, fFy¢. 16. Pauridia mminuta and covered with minute round b- seed. bling, making the seeds resemble a miniature seed of H. ee hirsuta, var. leptocarpa.—Consp. Fl. Afr. v. 142 Aas Ixia minuta L. f. Suppl. 92 (1781); Thunb. Diss. Ixia. 6, t. 1, f. 1 (1783). P. hypoxi- dioides Harvey, Gen. S. Afr. Pl. 342 (1838). —About Cape Town, S. Africa. The following are cited here from near Cape Town; Mac Owan & Bolus, no. rte: with seeds (hb. Gray); H. pai no. 2815, Sues seeds (hb. G 162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER deflexed head; pedicels about 7-16 mm. long; bracts leaf-like, villous at the apical margins; ovary and capsule cylindrical or subglobose; an i ae ae . We eterno. Besos aray 2 WN 0 ereases ee ae = #, Stee fetes ry! - ‘ emit $ te haere Fie. 17. Molineria recurvata and seed. perianth-segments linear-lanceolate, about 7 mm. long, pilose with- out; capsules indehiscent, 6-12 mm. long, cylindrical, subtended by 1923] Brackett,—American Species of Hypoxis 163 the persistent bracts which exceed the combined pedicel and mature capsule in length; seeds black, globose, about 2 mm. in diameter, with uneven contour; murications small, low and flat.—Amaryllideae 84 (1837). Curculigo recurvata Aiton f. Hort. Kew. ed. 2, ii. 253 (1811); Bot. Reg. ix. t. 770 (1823). Molineria plicata Colla, Hort. ip. App. ii. 331, t. 18 (1825).—Tropical Asia, Australia and the Philippine Islands. The drawing of this seed was made from specimen no. 18196, distributed by A. D. E. Elmer, and now in the Gray herbarium. It was collected in Los Bafios (Mt. Maquiling), Province of Laguna, Island of Luzon, June-July, 1917. Molineria has been very often confused with Curculigo and the specimens have been distributed as C. recurvata, C. gracilis Kurz and C. aquasanensis Elmer. ee Ca te Hee CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. New Series.—L XX. iss SUED APR 1 1824 I. age in the Boraginaceae.—II. . A Synopsis of the American native and immigrant Borages of the Subfamily Boraginoideae . 2. A tentative Classification of the South pens Coldenias . . II. Taxonomic Records poneernine Ainetieats Spermatophytes.. Parkinsonia and Cercidium i 2. New or otherwise noteworthy Mant; ‘ ook or oe 3. A neglected Paper by Jean Louis dia gta ke 4, On the Validity of Molina’s scientific Names. . . . 90 By I. M. JoHNsTon. PUBLISHED BY THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY CAMBRIDGE, 38, MASS., U. S. A 1924. I. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE,—II. 1. A SYNOPSIS OF THE AMERICAN NATIVE AND IMMIGRANT BoRAGES OF THE SUBFAMILY BORAGINOIDEAE. Tue following summary of the American Boraginoideac is the result, first, of a critical examination and study of the generic lines within the subfamily, and, second, of a careful study of the bibliography of the group and a serious attempt to identify as many as possible of the poorly understood or unidentified species. The data accumulated have been fashioned in'to a synopsis containing new keys to both genera and species, and such precise information as to specific distribution as available specimens and reliable records will permit. For the ter- ritory south of Mexico the occurrence of introduced species has been given by countries, but to the north the occurrence has been given by states. An attempt has been made to distinguish between reports based upon published records, and those founded upon specimens personally examined, all records of the latter sort being indicated by the exclamation sign. No attempt has been made to treat the genus Cryptantha which is being reserved for a subsequent paper. Such genera as Amsinckia or Plagiobothrys which have had recent revision are not treated in detail; instead, merely the reference to the latest published review has been cit The study of the South American members of the subfamily has been practicable only through the courtesy of Dr. W. R. Maxon‘and Dr. N. L. Britton who have loaned for my study, in conjunction with the material in the Gray Herbarium (G), that from South America contained in the United States National Herbarium (US) and the New York Botanical Garden (NY). Invaluable for my study of Pectocarya was the Southern Californian material of that genus con- tained in the Baker Herbarium of Pomona College (P) and loaned me by Dr. P. A. Munz Key To —— A 44 5 3 2 Vg 2 ey OF 4 | rongly convex or neuke, leaving a ge upon the ee or iced ig Say eget ed aeally, eon crowded =— thestyle; ‘rotate, en. goats! that of a a Solanu Sop Ree or ea 1. Borago. St ily tubular corolla. — —— a Ticking pe appendages or these represented by le ER ey ick Ss oiln bin be exe reesi's © 2. Nonea. pots Coke. wih ‘definite — appendages formed by the in- f tiss 4 JOHNSTON Corolla gureuds tubular; throat conspicuously developed and.c panulate-dilated; lobes short, erect or with Pon ee curved: faucal appendages lanceolate, acute, mma entaetiate: oo. Fi ee eS 3. Symphytum. Corolla funnel- or salver-form; throat ill-defined, ab- ruptly expanding or absent; lobes usually elongate, blo Corlla-tube distin ctly Doge sae aoinidie: limb subir- ee ie ene Pei Ge ge SET | 4, Lycopsis. Coralla-tube stones “ab ome regular, not a more or less irregular, oblique; stamens un — Mass 6. Echium. ge qual. Calyx cylindrical, merely toothed; teeth short, iaaich t half length of tube, usually connivent over fruit; one nate norm ally develope this persistent and falling enclosed in calyx; pubescence in part of irs. uncinate Inf ce naked, ee Sea, ote toes ts 7. Moritzia Inflorescence leafy-bracted, o CS te ESN 8. Thaumatocaryon. Calyx cut to near base; lobes linear or lanceolate, much ee than gies four nutlets normally developed; these falling separately and not enclosed in the Mey which . Tatbiatent- pubescence of straight uae very large, 2.5-8 cm. long, lobes acute; stamens ong, ae at least to corolla-sinuses - fre equently much beyon cht tenes oe yale . Macromeria. Coben of weal | or medium less than 2.5 es long; stamens very short, "ireuded and not ap- proaching corolla-sinu Filaments ligulate; either densely a dorsally ; corolla-lobes tr rounded, erect...... 10. Lasiarrhenum. Filaments filiform; anthers glabrous. yeah vod yeti acute or acuminate, erect; style ong-exserted, protruded as the buds seni? mutnide wamitiates: oo. ois is eth es at 1. Onosmodium.. Corolla-lobes rounded or obtuse, ascending ‘of exserted, never protruded until flower is full mn mae Nutlets stimched to a flat gynobase by a large STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 5 — solitary and ste i capitate or disk-shaped, occa- 8 nally ema rgin 1 d, divaricate or distinctly pe aoe anterior — forming a wight angle or a very ute angle with the floral axis. Cynoglosseae = ed and then merely by a wrinkle in the p Nutlets peng very depressed; cauline leaves on sl etioles at least half as long as the deeply meet te lades; plants weak and years Ato fag imophytum, which are very oblanceolate ian plants BOObe as oak es 5. Cynoglossum, Dorsal surface of nutlets naked or oce casionally coven = uncinate appendages, with a callous or charta- ous margin that is entire or serrate or with uncin- margins usua y armed with uncinate hairs... . . 16. Pectocarya. Fruiting pedicels various, usually flexuous, much longer than nutlets; corolla cons sicues, subrotate wn! " rotate-tubu ar; nutlets with cupulate margins ch lack og pare OF MM os es 17. Omphalodes. Nutkets nibetlod near base or mi e or _ erect and par patie. are 4 face paralleling floral axis or bar | E = ee o fornia a very narrow acute angle w it. — pn Bi erie yaad irregular, three lobes arly distinct, the other mo ted, dactieiag the fruit and becoming cornute with 7 79 long eteseen-ts sses; ovules 2. Harpagonelleae........... 8. Harpagonella. Fruiting calyee s regular or practically so, not armed with nee e _mipemidiate processes; ovules usually 4 Eri Coralie hes ie convubsie | in the bud; herbs with usually ebrac ay ip racemes an smooth narrow y and b ets Corolla-lobes imbricate in the bud. Nutlets 2, each common, ge 2-celled; ee sagittate with the auricles Vv appen Hons herbs with aes deeply sordats sessile aia Char ihe ace b ees hese haber t +> 20. Cerinthe. Nutlets 4, these ee spree anthers Fruiting calyx strongly accrescent, very veiny, Neidio id toothed and lobed, plicate Niles gi 21. Asperugo. cre if, at z 1 ae Pa om allué ila _ J DiI « 7 j £ ; Noni lt fe 1 434 VW Plant a ,2-3mm Nutlets 5-7 mm. long, ovate in dorsal outline; style well developed, surpassing mature nutlets by 3-5 i : MEM Uh dicey ca a eee eee eet tees tt 2. C. officinale. Nutlets 8-10 mm. long, suborbicular in dorsal outline; style ured and sur- 2 passed by nutlets; Mexican.........--- ee een ng 3. C. Pringlet. Nutlets not sunken in dorsally and lacking a definite elevated m ‘ Plant biennial; European introductions. Corolla small, 4-5 mm. long; nutlets small, 2.5-4 mm. long; - leaves all acute, upper ones with a narrow cuneate base. 4. C. zeylanicum. 32 JOHNSTON Corolla large, 6-8 mm. long; nutlets large, ca. 6 mm. long; some of leaves usually obtusish, at least upper with a rie digas eomeigg es a ee 5. C. creticum. Plant perennial; native American spec AvvEeS seat. 2-3 mm. long, eae a fo ae by calyx- — ong, about aeualing 1g TAs SPD pte 6. C. paniculatum. — _ els 0.5-1 cm. long, recurved; calyx-lobes ing at maturity, 3-5 mm. long, much exceed- Mo ey ee ec as See aoe . C. limense. Nutlets 1 sen e “10m m. long, if less than a mm. long then conspicuously aaneeding the calyx-lobe Mature Sse glabrous on yeper. nuriare; ke glabrate or sparingly act or str Leaves tapering at base; stems es Sepa above; pedicels recurved in fruit; corolla-appendages semilunate, saabident: out American AEE SO ean ra eee 8. C. Trianaeum. ong, ae mained be North a ete’ eens . C. grande. yaa ee evidently inte or hispid on upper Pitas stems conspicuously hirsute. Piarpslobes 5-10mm. long in fruit, linear or lanceolate; corolla-tube 35 mm. long, about twice length o slightly exserted from throat................- 10. C. viride. ime eh a leaves 15-30 mm. broad; a PR eae Co AGle ie gie g tue tie erento aie C. occidentale. Calysclobes 1-3. 5mm. long in fruit, ovate; es m. long, exceeded by t the Om es; style es ae by the nutlets, 1-2 mm. lon Deets Bee vam Jone os ios tae bt bg igesoioc Nutlets 3.5-5 mm. long 3. C. boreale. . Cynoglossum Wallichii Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 354 oe C. glochidatum Wall. Cat. 26 (1829), nom. nud.; Benth. in Royle, Il. i. 306 (1839).—Native of — Asia and India. Adventive in 1902 in a garden at Hardwick, Mas: 2. C. officinale L. Sp. Pl. 134 (1753) _—Native of Eurasia, extending from the western Mediterranean region eastward to central Asia. Introduced in Que.!, Me., N. H., Vt.!, Mass.!, R. I.!, Conn.!, N. Y-1, N. J., Penn.!, Md., Del., Va.!, W. Va.!, N. C., Ont.!, Mich.!, Ohio!, Ind.!, Ill.!, Tenn., ‘Ry. ae Wis., Iowa!, Mo. Ark., Neb., Kan.!, N. D., Mont., Wyo.!, Colo.!, Ut.!, N. M., 3. C. Pringlei Greenm. Poe. Ant: iKced. 8 - (1904).—MEeExico: Fultenango Canyon, State of Mexico, Pringle 11350 (TPE); vicinity of Moralia, Michoacan, Arséne 5949; Guanajuato, 1893, Dugés.— Although closely related to C. officinale this species, a native of south STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 33 central Mexico, is clearly distinct in its larger and differently shaped nutlets and short style. Frequently only a single nutlet is matured from each flower. ; 4. C. zeylanicum (Vahl.) Thunb. in Lehm. Neue Schrift. Naturf. Gess. Halle ser. 3, ii. 20 (1817). Anchusa zeylanica Vahl. in Hornm. Enum. Hafn. 3 (1807), hyponym? C. furcatum Wall. in Roxb. Fl. Ind. ii. 6 (1824).—Native of southeastern Asia. In the United States National Herbarium there is a specimen of this species collected in 1899 by Dr. O. Buchtien at Valdivia, Chile. The species is not other- wise known from America. 5. C. creticum Mill. Gard. Dict. ed. 8. (1768); Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 129 (1921). C. pictum Soland, in Ait. Hort. Kew. i. 179 (1789). C. molle Phil. Linnaea xxix. 18 (1857).—Native of the Mediterranean region. Long ago naturalized in south central Chile whence it was described as a native species by Philippi. 6. C. paniculatum H. & A. Bot. Beech. 37 (1830). C. Azocarti Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile Ixv. 62 (1884). C. paniculatum, var. Azocarti Reiche, Anal. Univ. Chile exxi. 248 (1908). C. paniculatum, forma Azocarti Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 137 (1921). C. paniculatum, forma Philippianum Brand, 1. c.—South central Chile. Reiche, |. c., attributes the species to Peru. The plant is well marked by its ex- ceptionally elongate pedicels. 7. CG. limense Willd. Sp. Pl. i. 762 (1798); Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 142 (1921). C. decurrens, var. limense A. DC. Prodr. x. 153 (1846). C. decurrens R. & P. FI. Peruv. ii. 6 (1799). C. alatum Molina, Sagg. Chile ed. 2, 280 (1810).—Middle and southern Chile. The type of the species is reputed to have come from the vicinity of Lima, Peru. 8. C. Trianasum Wedd. Chlor. And. ii. 90 (1859).—Mountains of Colombia and adjacent Ecuador. | 9. C. grande Dougl. in Lehm. Pug. ii. 25 (1830). C. laeve Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, 188 (1878). C. grande, var. laeve Gray, 1. c. suppl. 421 (1886) (?) C. Austinae Eastw. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 203 (1905).—From Monterey and Calaveras counties, California, northward to extreme southern British Columbia. 10. G. viride Eastw. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, vi. 428, t. 59 (1897).—Sierra Nevada, California, from Calaveras to Tulare counties. 11. C. occidentale Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 58 (1875).—From Plumas and Glen counties, California, northward to central Oregon. 12. C. virginianum L. Sp. Pl. 134 (1753). C. virginicum L. Syst. 34 JOHNSTON ed. 12, 146 (1767). C. amplexicaule Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 132 (1803). C. lucidum Stokes, Bot. Mat. Med. i. 277 (1812).—Southern Connecticut southward to northern Florida, west to Louisiana and Missouri. 13. C. boreale Fernald, Rhodora vii. 250 (1905).—New Brunswick and adjacent Quebec, southward to northern Connecticut, westward through New York and southern Ontario to northern Michigan; reappearing in southern British Columbia. All the vegetative char- acters of this species can be matched, after a short search, among indubitable material of C. virginianum. It usually differs, however, in its more slender habit, less stiff pubescence, more elongate slender pedicels, and smaller floral parts; and seems to be always distinct in its smaller nutlets and northern range. Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam 252, i. 131 (1921), reduces the species outright to C. virginianum, but surely it is deserving of varietal rank at the very least. 16. Pectocarya DC. in Meisner, Genera i. 279; ii. 188 (1840). Ktenospermum Lehm. Del. Sem. Hort. Hamburg 17 (1837), nom. nud. Gruvelia A. DC. Prodr. x. 119 (1846). Key To SPEcIES AND VARIETIES. gg ey lacerate or undulate oF a saa tte usually ascending or erect. § Eupectoc oca o those forming the margin................ o Shee hae, 1. P. anomala. Back ‘of — without coarse aan appendages; margin wi Plant erect, ascendingly branched above; body bes nutlets obovate; calyx-lobes surpassing the nutlets...... 2. P. lateriflora. Plant prostrate or decumbent, much pany from the base ; body of nutlets Sassy linear or “searches ae utlet enc nes with, pgp ge pectinately lacerate or dentate to near base and in addition usually uncinate-bristly ERAN nr eu ee Os itty ae 3. P. gracilis. Fruit similar throughout plant, pai ‘dimorphic. Body of nutlets definitely lin Nutlet-margin very narrow i inconspicuous. . var. genuina. Nutlet-margin broad and eae Mere . var. platycarpa Body of nutlets obovate or oblong-obovate...... var. boliviana Fruit orphie, normal it belo utiate borne on Lg ie nd oni persistent ~ epout bane of plant.) i005. 22. 22. <. r. dimorpha. Nutlets with margins entire or undulate along ot armed only at apex where densely uncinate-bristly. 4. P. penicillata. Nutlets similar, all mareiped; fruit not dimorphic, similar in parts 0: plant eee oe ee a ee a A var. genuina. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 35 Nutlets dissimilar, fruit on the branches consisting of two evidently margined and two unmargined uncinate hair ip; plant very slender, ranched mainly near base, sparsely strigose.......... 5. P. pusilla Nutlets divergent irs, so usua. wing-margined, Fruit with nutlets all wing-margined.................-. var. holoptera. Fruit with some of nutlets lacking a wing-margin. Wintlote all marae. oe ng ea re ee Oe eee eos 6 os var. aptera. Nutlets margined and unmargined in the same fruit... ..var. genuina. 1. Pectocarya anomala, sp. nov., érecta 7-15 cm. alta dichotoma strigosa supra laxe ramosa; foliis linearibus 1-3 cm. longis 0.8-1 mm. latis sparse hispidis inferioribus oppositis; pedicellis recurvatis quam bracteae foliaque multo brevioribus; sepalis lanceolatis quam nuculae paullo longioribus; nuculis obovato-oblongis ca. 0.7-0.8 mm. latis 1.5-1.7 mm. longis granulatis, dorso et marginibus cum appendicibus valdis uncinatis subulatis subteretibus uncinato-pubescentibus ca. 1-1.2 mm. longis munitis, marginibus inconspicuis.—PERU: sandy pampa on the southern slope of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, 2400 m. alt., Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 41 (tyre, Gray Herb.).— Although in habit clearly a Pectocarya this species is quite anomalous in the genus in having the back of the nutlet, not unarmed and margined, but studded with coarse uncinate subulate uncinately pubescent appendages which are quite indistinguishable from those of the proper margin. The plant is erect-growing with a few loosely ascending branches from above the middle. In this habit it differs from P. gracilis and P. penicillata, and agrees with P. lateriflora. It is, however, a lower, less stiff, and less strictly branched plant than the latter. According to its collectors the plant is locally known as “estrella gateadora.” Mattia lateriflorum Don, Gen. Syst. iv. 310 (1838). C. pilosum R. &S. Fl. Peruv. ii. 6, t. 111b (1799). M. pilosa Don, l.c. Rindera pilosa R. & S. in DC. I. c. (2?) Ktenospermum linifolium Lehm. Linnaea xii. Lit. 84 (1838); nom. nud.—Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 95 (1921), has taken P. lateriflora as including the two following 36 JOHNSTON species, but as here taken it is in a much more limited sense and restricted to the Peruvian plants originally described. The species is known only from the western strip of Peru, and is well characterized by its erect habit of growth. 3. P. gracilis (R. & P.), comb. nov. Myosotis gracilis R. & P. Fi. Peruv. ii. 5 (1799). Echinospermum gracile Lehm. Asperif. 1. 129 (1818). Rochelia gracilis R. & S. Syst. iv. 111 (1819). Cynoglossum lineare R. & P. 1. c. 6. P. linearis DC. Prodr. x. 120 (1846). P chilensis DC. 1. c. (?) P. chilensis, var. californica Torr. Pacif. R. R. Rep. iv. 124 (1857). 3a. P. gracilis, var. genuina.—This is the common species of Pectocaryain Chile and Argentina. It is un in North America, apparently restricted there to Southern California and to the islands off that coast. The following cited collections represent all the material of true P. gracilis which I have seen from North America.— San Diego, Brandegee 1636 (G, P); “Granite, San Diego County, Spencer 115 (G); Palm Springs, Margaret Ferguson 41 (Wellesley College Herb.) ; Butte west of Lakeview, 1920, Johnston (P); Temescal Canyon, Munz & Harwood 3387 (G); foothills of San Bernardino Mts., 1896, Cummings (G); Claremont, Munz 2005 (P), Baker 4135 (P); Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., Coville & Funston 721 (G); Santa Cruz Island, 1887, Ford (G); Catalina Island, Grant 913 (G); Clemente Island, Munz 6690 (G, P); Guadalupe Island, Palmer 69a (G), Anthony 237 (G). Y 3b. P. gracilis, var. platycarpa Munz & Johnston, var. nov., as- cendens saepe robustior; margine nuculae grosse dentato ca. 1 mm. lato valde conspicuo.—Arizona: Tempe, 1892, Ganong & Blaschka (G); Wickenburg, W. W. Jones 88 (G); Tucson, Greene 1109 (G); mesas near Camp Lowell, April 16, 1881, Pringle in part (ryPE, Gray Herb.); without locality, 1884, Pringle (G). Uvau: valley of Virgin near St. George, Parry 167 (G). Catirornta: Agua Caliente, Parish Bros. 122 (G); Chuckawalla Valley, Munz & Keck 4804 in part (G); Providence Mts., Munz & Harwood 3532 (P), 3535 in part (P); east of Daggett, Munz & Harwood 3673 (P).—This well marked variety seems to replace the var. genuina in the deserts of California, Arizona, and Utah. With only North American material at hand the plant seems so extreme and positive as to merit specific rank. However, the South American material of the var. genuina frequently has rather broadly margined nutlets that show an approach to the condition characteristic of the var. platycarpa, and it hence seems best to treat the latter merely as a variety of the same species. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 3¢ 3c. P. gracilis, var. boliviana, var. nov., ramosa prostrata; nuculis obovatis vel oblongo-obovatis.—Bo.ivia: Chignana, 3700 m. alt., Asplund 3897 (tren, U. S. Nat. Herb.); Challapata, 3900 m. alt., Asplund 5895 (US); Teneral Campero, 4200 m. alt., Asplund 5894 (US); Atocha, 3700 m. alt., Asplund 5896 (US)—This appears to be the northern phase of P. gracilis in South America. The cited suite of specimens is uniform in the crucial characters of the variety, the obovate body of the nutlet, but as to margining varies from con- spicuously pectinate-dentate to almost naked. 3d. P. gracilis, var. dimorpha, var. nov., ramosa prostrata; fructis dimorphis, superioribus nuculas divaricatas compressas normales gerentibus, infimis nuculas reflexas crassas persistentes gerentibus; nuculis oblongis.—CuiLe: Vallemar, Rose 19331 (US); Desert of Atacama, Morong 1282 (typr, Gray Herb.; tsorypr, N. Y. Bot. ard.).—This plant of northern Chile is evidently not typical of the var. genuina and because of its conspicuously dimorphic nutlets appears to deserve special varietal recognition. The normal nutlets have a very broad, erect, merely toothed margin. : 4. P. penicillata (H. & A.) A. DC. Prodr. x. 120 (1846). Cyno- glossum penicillatum H. & A. Bot. Beech. 371 (1840). P. linearis, var. penicillata Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 709 (1895). P. miser Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxvii. 278 (1904).—In its two forms this is the most common and widely distributed of the North American Pectocaryas. Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 95 (1921), takes up Cynoglossum Nuttallii Spreng., Syst. i. 566 (1825), as the earliest name of the present species. Sprengel’s name, however, is based upon C. pilosum of Nuttall, Gen. i. 114 (1818), which is, as Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, 190 (1878), has indicated, a species of Lappula. V 4a. P. penicillata, var. genuina.—Ranging from British Columbia, Idaho and southwestern Wyoming southward to northern Nevada and Lower California. In Arizona, southern Nevada, and the deserts of California it is replaced by the following variety. “4b. P. penicillata, var. heterocarpa, var. nov., deserticola; nuculis heteromorphis, duabus marginatis, duabus emarginatis gracilioribus paullo reflexis——Arizona: Tempe, 1892, Ganong & Blaschka (G); Camp Grant, Palmer 182 (G); near Camp Lowell, 1881, Pringle in ne (G); without locality, 1876, Palmer -. Nevapa: Moapa Coodding 2200 (G); St. Thomas, Tidestrom 8642 (G). Cantronsta: Ft. Yuma, Major Thomas (G); (?) ee gota 1854, Bige Coahuilla Valley, 1901, Hall (G); Surprise Canyon, Panamint Tilia. Coville & Funston 721 in part (G); Providence Mts., Munz & anneal 38 JOHNSTON $435 in part (P); near Daggett, Munz & Harwood 3673 in part (P); north of Randsburg, 1922, Pierce (P); Corn Springs, Chuckawalla Valley, 1922, Munz & Keck 4870 (tyYpE, Pomona College Herb.); Chuckawalla Valley, Munz & Keck 4804 in part (G); Paloverde Valley, 1905, Wilder (P); Palm Springs, Spencer 115 (P). The following collections appear intermediate between var. genuina and var. hetero- carpa. Hemet, Baker 4139 (P); near Cabazon, Munz, Street & Wil- hams 2387 (P); Santa Susana Mts., Brewer 210 (G); Oil City, Heller 7586 (G).—The nutlets of this variety are dissimilar, two of each fruit usually being unmargined, thicker, and somewhat reflexed. The fruit borne about the base of the plant is different from that borne well out on the branches and perhaps is produced by cleistogamous flowers. The nutlets of this fruit are usually consimilar, all are strongly reflexed, very thickened, and broadly and permanently affixed to the gynobase. Similar fruit is found in the Chilian P. gracilis, var. dimorpha. 5. P. pusilla (A. DC.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 81 (1876). Gruvelia pusilla A. DC. Prodr. x. 119 (1846); Gay, Fl. Chile iv. 482, t. 52, fig. 3 (1849). P. pusilla, var. flagillaris Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam, 252, i. 96 (1921).—West of the high mountains from southern Washington to middle (Fresno County) California; also, in Chile where very rare. Brand, |. c., considers the North American plant -varietally distinct from the South American, arguing that it has more slender, elongate stems. Though the northern material may fre- quently attain greater slenderness and height than the southern, the two are certainly indistinguishable at times. 6. P. setosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xii. 81 (1876). Gruwvelia setosa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xl. 479 (1913).—This species is confined to western North America and breaks up into three geographic varieties as follows :— ‘6a. P. setosa, var. genuina.—Washington and Idaho in the arid interior, southward into Utah and Arizona, and along the Sierras to the Mohave and northern Colorado Deserts. This is the common and typical phase of the species having two of the four nutlets winged, and two wingless with the latter pair partially hidden by the former. / 6b. P. setosa, var. aptera, var. nov., australis; nuculis vix alatis vel STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 39 side of the Colorado Desert and represent the only material of the 5 Pa seen from the are P. setosa, var. holoptera, var. nov., mohavensis; nuculis om- nibus late aequaliterque alatis——Cairornia: White Mts. east of Laws, Heller 8187 (G); Granite Wells, Mohave Desert, 1922, Johnston 6489 (tyPE, Pomona College Herb.); near Mohave, 1920, Johnston (P); Mt. Pinos, Hall 6423 (P).—This form, characterized by haying all its nutlets broadly and equally winged, occurs along the northwest edge of the Mohave Desert. 17. Omphalodes Moench, Meth. 419 (1794). Kry To SPEcrIss. Cauline leaves wane Shien nen or lanceolate; corolla white; ; TREK FIA oss oo 2 eh dies So eek ee 1. O. linifolia, Cauline leaves Lieecian: blades more or less bees corolla lue or bluish; pati s plants, mainly Flowers in nake cemes. with only the hese if any te; annu PRPS Sai Pan lon Mati NORE Gar FN 2. O. aliena. Flowers all paige panies perennials. “ve saree, 10-1 road; leaves herbaceous, - er s 25-3 5 Se) ‘bro a Se a nea steed oe er BIT eg! . O. acuminata. Corollasmall 5-7 mm 13] firm, largest | ne feasis with evident vein, sharply acute or acuminate, rhe r sparsely strigose; pedicels shorter or but little catia ing the bra = TR at al caved” neta ah tte aie 4. O. cardiophylla. teaver with obscured veining, broadly acute, velutinous with a dense short pubescence; pedicels twice ex- caatii the pobbendine PRUE So lici eis 6 Bete eg 5. O. mexicana. 1. Omphalodes linifolia (L.) Moench, Meth. 419 (1794). Cyno- glossum lintfolium L. Sp. Pl. 134 (17 eet of southwestern Europe. Reported by Hooker, Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 86 (1838), from Labrador. Collected in 1919 on street vee in Salem, Oregon, by J. C. Nelson. 2. O. aliena Gray in Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. ii.377 (1882).— Texas: common, rocky hillsides, Sanderson, H. C. Hanson 381. Nuevo Leon: limestone hills near Monterey, 600 m. alt., Pringle 10205, 10206; Monterey, 1880, Palmer 893 (TYPE). 3. O. acuminata Robins. Proc. Am. Acad. xxvi. 170 (1891).— Nuevo Leon: Sierra Madre near Monterey, Pringle 2220 (type); limestone ledges of Sierra Madre above Monterey, Pringle 10162. 4, O. cardiophylla Gray in Hemsley, Biol. Centr. Amer. Bot. ti. 377 .(1882).—Pursia: Boca del Monte on shaded mountain slopes, Purpus 2498. CoAHUILA: mountains near Saltillo, Palmer 894 (TYPE). 40 JOHNSTON 5. O. mexicana Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xxv. 158 (1890) —NuEvo Leon: fissures of dry lime rock, Sierra Madre near Monterey, Pringle _ 1878 (TYPE). 18. Harpagonella Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 88 (1876). Harpagonella Palmeri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 88 (1876); Baill. Bull. Mens. Soc. Linn. Paris no. 102, 812 (1889); Hist. Pl. x. 351, fig. 266-8 (1890); Giirke in E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenf. iv. Abt. 3a, 130, fig. 53 (1891).—An anomalous monotype known only from Pima and Cochise counties in southern Arizona, extreme southwestern California in western San Diego and southwestern Riverside counties, extreme northwestern Lower California, and on the Guadelupe and Santa Catalina’ Islands. 19. Myosotis [Dill.| L. Sp. Pl. 131 (1753); Gen. Pl. 63 (1754). Kry To Sprciks. sea gee leafy-bracted nearly throughout; corolla-tube at t a third longer than calyx; prostrate antarctic peren- Carols white, limb ea. 4 bas broad; So -pareengg a calyx ane beco oming 1—2mm. long; nutlets ca. 1.8 1 m. long, : 2 ; plant sparsely babe hai Bea Se ola M. albiflora. Corolla blue, limb ea ca alee iehebesic: ne .8 sie “broad; plant long- ny, Hate Ee a eS Kee oa OG Nh necktie Chat M. antarctica. sehr = sea: naked or rarely with the lowermost flowers ae te- ate; ota little if at all exceeding calyx; mostly erect eo the nutlets en about qualling calyx-tube; corolla large, 6-9 mm. b itis commonly sh e, . M. scorpioides. bracted at “ea stems eine ee ieee at base, Bovta psi d-ccniaeg Sep Ser earner mar gotieg Hg ae Se 4. M. laxa. Hairs eg at least basal portion of calyx uncinate or gland- ipped; plants of well ae = il. Plants conspicuously densely re te below, rather coarse and loosely Saeachen -: aveus pase : late, contracted te a narrow well d vince bere ay .5. M. azorica. Plants not eabapaauiiaty retrorse-hirsute, rather slender, y erect; ae tg oblong or pear jeakivg well eloped petio: Plants densely raed stems with loose papery sheaths . base; native alpine perennials.................- . M. alpestris. STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 41 haa not densely tufted; stems withess papery basal ; annual or bi ennial plants of low altitudes. Calyx very unequally cleft, eect nad distinetly 2-lipped; inconspicuous, 1-2 mm. broad, white: TUGUIN Oe ere inch oo a3 cc wh niga Se Choos 7. M. virginica. Calyx alestit equally cleft, he ge Pe nearly so; corolla uous to show y, -8 mm. broad; ‘usually blue; introduced plan Corolla very Reh acy "5-8 mm. broad; limb flat. 8. M. sylvatica, Corolla small, 1.5-4 mm. broad; limb cone anes equalling or excel length of calyx; OUON ADLORGUE a ee 9. M. arvensis. Peaicel s shorter th than eueih of fruiting calyx; x-lobes e Pieay foriferous ge near base, lower flowers ong the leaves; Sorell blue, tube about ee anlees style always shorter than rT anne Pm Engine ey at eree, ©" Frias 10. M. micrantha, n tube somewhat exceeding eee: ve frequently gaia’ surpassing nutlets. -1l. M. versicolor. 1. Myosotis albiflora Banks & Solander in Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. ii. 329 (1846). Fritrichium albiflorum Griseb. Abhandl. Ges. Wis. Goett. vi. 131 (1857). Allocarya albiflora Greene, Erythea iii. 57 (1895).—Endemic to the vicinity of the Straits of Magellan. In the literature this plant has been repeatedly confused with the plant recently called Plagiobothrys Lechleri Johnston. My knowledge of this Myosotis has been largely derived from Skottsberg, Svenska Vet. Akad. Hand. lvi. pt. 5, 290, t. 23, fig. 8a, ¢ ei who besides dis- cussing it has given figures and a new descrip a antarctica Hook. f. Fl. Antarct. i. = ps “38 (1844). M. an- tarctica, pee gracilior Skotts. Svenska Vet. Akad. Hand. lvi. pt. 5, 291 (1916).—Extreme southern Patagonia; also in New Zealand and on the Stewart and Campbell Islands. The species has been confused with M. albiflora. Skottsberg, |. c., t. 23, fig. 8b, d, gives a few figures and a new description of the specie 3. M. scorpioides L. Sp. Pl. 131 (758); Rendle fe Brit ara Bot. xlv. 440 (1907). M. scorpioides, var. palustris L. 1. ec. M. palustris Lam. FI. Fr. ii. 283 (1778).—Native of Europe. Sia cultiv- ated. Naturalized in Newf.!, Que.!, N. S.!, Me.!, N. H.!, Vt.!, Mass.!, R. I., Conn.!, N. Y.!, N. J., Penn., Md.!, D. C., Ga., Mich.!, Tenn.!, La., Ont.!, Calif.!, B. C., Hidalgo. Pg 4. M. laxa Lehm. Asperif. i. 83 (1818). M. caespitosa, var. lara ‘ A. DC. Prodr. x. 105 (1846). M. palustris, var. lara Gray, Manual 42 JOHNSTON ed. 5, 365 (1867). M. lingulata Lehm. Asperif. i. 110 (1818). M. caespitosa Schultz, Fl. Starg. Suppl. i. 11 (1819). - M. palustris, var. micrantha Lehm. in Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. ii. 81 (1838).—Newfoundland to Georgia, westward to Ontario and Tennessee; also on the Pacific Coast from California to British Columbia. Chile. 5. M. azorica H. C. Wats. Bot. Mag. Ixx. t. 4122 (Nov. 1844). (?) M. maritima Hochst. in Seubert. Fl. Azor. 37 (1844).—AMERICA: Mill Valley, California, 1913, Suksdorf 520 (G); Bogot4, Colombia, 1876, Bayon (US); canyon of La Paz River, Bolivia, Shepard 174 (G); Valdivia, Chile, 1896, Buchtien (US).—Native of the Azores and Canary Islands. Cultivated in America and occasionally escaping. I have not examined any indubitable material of M. maritima, but Watson’s note, Lond. Jour. Bot. vi. 388 (1847), would seem to indicate that M. azorica and M. maritima merely represent ecological phases of one species. The preface of Seubert’s'Flora Azorica is dated April 1844, and it hence seems probable that the name M. maritima has priority over M. azorica. However, due to my lack of precise know- ledge of M. maritima I am treating the present species under the well understood name given by Watson. In Petard & Proust’s flora of the Canaries, pg. 274, as well as in Bornmiiller’s list, Engler, Bot. Jahrb. xxxiii. 466 (1903), the present species is treated as M. macro- calycina Coss. Myosotis macrocalycina Coss., Batt. & Trab. Fl. Alg. i. 604 (1888-90), is a very closely related plant of northern Algeria, which has the pubescence and habit of M. azorica and appears to differ only in its slightly longer fruiting pedicels and larger fruiting calyces. It seems not at all improbable that M. azorica may have still earlier synonyms in M. latifolia Poir. Encyc. Suppl. iv. 45 (1816), _or M. oblongata Link in Buch, Phys. Beschr. Can. Isl. 144 (1825). The original descriptions of these latter species are so brief as to be indefinite and a study of the types must precede an attempt at pre- cisely settling their status. Both came from the Canary Islands. 6. M. alpestris Schmidt, Fl. Boehm. iii. 26 (1794); Schinz & Thell. Vierteljahrs. Naturf. Ges. Ziirich Ixviii. 469 (1923). M. sylvatica, var. alpestris Koch, Syn. Deutsch. Fl. 504 (1838). M. pyrenaica, var. alpestris Schinz & Thell. Vierteljahrs. Naturf. Ges. Zirich liii. 558 (1908). M. olympica Boiss. Diagn. ser. 1, pt. 4, 50 (1844). M. rupicola Smith, Eng. Bot. xxxvi. t. 2559 (1814).—Arctic-alpine situations from Alaska and the lower Mackenzie River Valley, south- ward along the Rocky Mountains to Colorado and Oregon (acc. Howell) ; also in the higher mountains of Europe. Many writers consider plant to be only a phase of M. a but in the STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 43 American and European material available it seems quite distinct in its very densely tufted, very scaly, perennial base, and arctic- alpine range. The garden plants current as M. alpestris are horti- cultural forms of M. sylvatica. 7. M. virginica (L.) BSP. Prel. Cat. N. Y. 37 (1888). Lycopsis virginica L. Sp. Pl. 139 (1753). M. verna Nutt. Gen. ii. add. (1818). M. macrosperma Engelm. Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 1, xlvi. 98 (1844). M. verna, var. macrosperma Chap. Fl. South. U. S. 333 (1860). M. wr- ginica, var. macrosperma Fernald, Rhodora x. 595 (1908). M. wnflexa Engelm. 1. c—Maine to Florida, west to Ontario and Texas; reap- pearing in Idaho, Oregon, Washington, and British Columbia. In the South and West the plants tend to grow more rankly and to have the fruiting calyces over, rather than under 5 mm. in length; this coarser plant is the var. macrosperma. 8. M. sylvatica Hoffm. Deutsch. FI. ed. 1, 61 (1791).—Native of Europe. This is the common forget-me-not of the garden of which there are a number of horticultural strains. It frequently escapes, as for instance in Newf.!, Que.!, N. H.!, Vt.!, Mass.!, Mich.!, and Calif.! ~ 9. M. arvensis (L.) Hill, Veg. Syst. vii. 55 (1764); Schinz & Thell. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, vii. 339 (1907). M. scorpioides, var. arvensis L. Sp. Pl. 131 (1753). M. intermedia Link in Schultz, Fl. Starg. suppl. i. 12 (1819).—Native of Europe. Introduced in Newf.!, Que.!, N. B.!, N. S.!, Me.!, Vt.!, Mass.!, R. I.!, Conn.!, N. Y.!, Ohio!, Ore.!, B. C. _» 10. M. micrantha Pall. in Lehm. Neue Schr. Naturf. Ges. Halle iii. pt. 2, 24 (1817); Schinz & Thell. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, vii. 339 (1907). M.arenaria Schrader in Schultz, Fl. Starg. suppl. i. 12 (1819). M. stricta Link in R. & S. Syst. iv. 104 (1819).—Native of Europe. Introduced in N. H.!, Mass.!, N. Y,!, N. J.1 Ohio!, Ind.!, Ont.! 11. M. versicolor (Pers.) Smith, Eng. Bot. xxxvi. sub. t. 2558 (1814); 1. e. vii. t. 480, fig. 1 (1798). M. arvensis, var. versicolor Pers. Synop. i. 156 (1805). Anchusa lutea Cav. Icones i. 50, t. 69, fig. 1 (1791), excl. syn. (?) M. lutea Pers. |. c., not Lam. (1778); Schinz & Thell. Bull. Herb. Boiss. ser. 2, vii. 338 (1907); Rendle & Brit. Jour. Bot. xlv. 440 (1907).—Native of Europe. Introduced in Que.?, Mass.!, Del.!, Ore.!, B. C. 12. M. sp. indet.—There is a specimen in the Gray Herbarium col- lected July 2, 1912 by C. K. Dodge in partially shaded high ground on Mackinac Island, Port Huron, Mich., which in gross aspect sug- gests M. sylvatica, but has white corollas with concave limb 3-5 mm. - broad, and leaves rather sharply acute. It also suggests M. virginica 44 JOHNSTON but differs in its large corollas, long spreading pedicels, and more loosely branched slender stems. More material of this form is desired and particularly information as to whether it be a native or escaped garden plant. The plant appears to be an undescribed spe- cies, but to describe it upon the data available seems entirely inad- visable. 20. Cerinthe [Tourn.] L. Sp. Pl. 136 (1753); Gen. Pl. 66 (1754). Cerinthe major L. Sp. Pl. 136 (1753).—Native of the Mediter- ranean region. Occasionally cultivated. Found escaping from a garden in Quebec by A. S. Pease in 1904. 21. Asperugo [Tourn.] L. Sp. Pl. 138 (1753); Gen. Pl. 67 (1754). Asperugo procumbens L. Sp. Pl..138 (1753).—Native of Eurasia. An infrequent introduction. Known from Mass.!, N. Y., N. J.!, Penna.!, Del.!, D. C.!, Ohio, Minn., Alb., Utah!, Ore.!, W a B. C. 22. Amsinckia Lehm. Delect. Sem. Hort. Hamburg 7 (1831). Benthamia Lindl. Nat. Syst. 241 (1830).—A review of the Amsinc- kias north of Mexico has been published by Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlix. 1-16 (1917). The genus consists of three very pro- nounced series. Of these Macbride has succeeded in giving a satis- fying elucidation of the two with lustrous and tessellate nutlets. The third and largest series, that with dull rugose nutlets, deserves further study though from its exceptional and baffling complexity there seems little hope that students can ever arrive at agreement regarding its treatment. The South American species of Amsinckia belong to the last section and need careful study. Superficially, however, the southern plants belong to a single species, the bibliography of which is as follows ——AMSINCKIA ANGUSTIFOLIA Lehm. Delect. Sem. Hort. _ Hamburg 7 (1831); Bettfr. Fl. Argent. iii. 177, t. 108 (1901). Ben- thamia angustifolia Druce, List Brit. Pl. 103 (1908). Lithospermum calycinum Moris, Mem. Acad. Torino xxxvii. 98, t. 22 (1833). L. chilense Colla, Mem. Acad. Torino xxxviii. 127 (1834). A. parviflora Bernh. Del. Sem. Hort. Erf. (1833). A. angustifolia, var. pseudo- lycopsioides Colla in Gay, Fl. Chile iv. 473 (1849). A. pseudolycop- sioides Speg. Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. liii. 137 (1902). A. basi- staminea Cesati, Atti Acc. Se. Nap. ser. 5, vii. 14 (1873). B. basi- staminea Druce, Rep. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. iv. 298 (1916). Eritrichium Mandonii Ball, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. xxii. 51 (1885 There is a species of doubtful status reported hoes Mexico. This STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 45 is A. mexicana Mart. & Gal. Bull. Acad. Brux. xi. 339 (1844), which is said to have come from near Morelia, Michoacan. I have seen no specimens of the species nor of any other Amsinckia coming from central or southern Mexico, nor is there, according to Mr. Paul C. Standley, any material of Amsinckia in the United States National Herbarium coming from that region. The plant is described as having corollas plicate in the throat which suggests that it may prove to be a Heliotropium. 23. Selkirkia Hemsley, Bot. Challenger i. pt. 3, 47 (1884). Selkirkia Berteri (Colla) Hemsley, Bot. Challenger i. pt.3, 48, t. 57 (1884); Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 16 and 163 (1921); Skottsberg, Nat. Hist. Juan Fernandez ii. 163 (1921). Cynoglossum Berteri Colla, Mem. Acad. Torino xxxvill. 132, t. 43 (1834).—A shrub’ endemic to Masatierra of the Juan Fernandez Islands. The genus is monotypic and very distinct, appearing to be most related to Hackelia. 24. Cryptantha Lehm. in F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 35 (1835). Krynitzkia F. & M. 1. e. vii. 52 (1841). Piptocalyx Torr. in Wats. Bot. King Exped. 240 (1871), not Oliver (1870); Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixvill. 55 (1923). Eremocarya Greene, Pittonia 1. 58 (1887) ; Johnston, |. c. 56. Creeneocharis Giirke & Harms in E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenf., Gesamtreg. 462 (1899). W heelerella Grant, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. v. 28 (1906).—This is the largest and most difficult genus among the American members of the subfamily. It is re- stricted to America and has two definite centers, one in western United States and the other in middle and northern Chile. A critical descriptive monograph of the North American species is in preparation. The South American species, all different from those north of the Equator, are in distressing need of attention, but their satisfactory elucidation must await the attention of the student who can study them in the field and have access to Philippi’s types at Santiago, Chile. Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 217-236 (1910), has given most of the bibliography and a rough classification of the very numerous Chilian species. The treatment while difficult of use is nevertheless very valuable in showing the probable status and relationships of most of Philippi’s briefly described species. The following species from Peru appear never to have been properly named under Cryp- tantha. 46 JOHNSTON Cryptantha limensis (A. DC.), comb. nov., based on Eritrichium limense A. DC., Prodr. x. 133 (1846), had its type collected at Lima, Peru. This has oblong obtuse leaves, leafy spikes, coarsely hirsute calyx-lobes, and inconspicuous tubular corollas. Cryptantha granulosa (R. & P.) Johnston is the only other member of the genus described from Peru, although material recently received from that country seems to contain several additional species, all undescribed. 25. Oreocarya Greene, Pittonia i. 57 (1887). Th has been recently revised by Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. xlviii. 20-38 (1916). It may be strongly questioned whether it is generically distinct from Cryptantha, particularly so when the South American members of the latter genus are considered. No one has yet pointed out characters for Oreocarya which are’ consistently diagnostic, nor has a rather superficial search on my part resulted in the discovery of any. The group is maintained here as a genus pend- ing detailed studies to be reported on later. 26. Plagiobothrys F. & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 46 (1835). Echidiocarya Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 89 (1876). Sonnea Greene, “Pittonia i. 22 (1887). Allocarya Greene, Pittonia i. 12 (1887).—For a synopsis of this genus see Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. lxviii. 57-80 (1923). 27. Mertensia Roth, Cat. Bot. i. 34 (1797). Pneumaria Hill, Veg. Syst. vii. 40 (1764).—Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 1-20 (1916), has recently revised the true Mertensias of western America. Bibliography and descriptions of the relatively few species left untreated by Macbride may be found by consulting Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, 199-201 (1878), and Britton & Brown, Illust. Fl. ed. 2, iii. 82-83 (1913). In the past the genus has been almost always referred to the tribe Lithospermeue, but the attachment of its nutlets and its simple stigma clearly point to a relationship among the Eritrichieae. Suggestive also of this latter relationship is the consistently boreal distribution, the Lithospermeae being a prevailingly austral group. 28. Trigonotis Stev. Bull. Soc. Nat. Moscou xxiv. 603 (1851). Trigonotis peduncularis (Trev.) Benth. Jour. Linn. Soc. xvii. 384 (1879). Myosotis peduncularis Trev. Mag. Ges. Nat. Fr. Berlin vii. 147, t. 2, fig. 6-9 (1816). Eritrichium pedunculare A. DC. Prodr. x. 128 (1846).—Native from extreme southeastern Europe through middle and northern China to Japan. Although apparently hereto- STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 47 fore unreported from America, this species was collected July 12, 1893 in the vicinity of Nanaimo, Victoria Island, British Columbia, by John Macoun (no. 694) and distributed as Myosotis arvensis. It is a roadside weed in Asia and probably introduced in America in ballast. 29. Lappula Moench, Meth. 416 (1794). -Echinospermum Sw. in Lehm. Asperif. i. 113 (1818). Staurina Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. i. 182 (1848) Key To SPEcIES AND VARIETIES. -Nutlets with marginal prickles in at least ruit in situ ca. 3 mm. hig poe ets with dorsal ‘granulations uniform; introduced plan eae re hee sk Hew L. echinata. Fruit in in situ 4-5 mm. high; aan ts with dorsal panhioties age eamcbir middle and lo w towards sides; plants native of w n United Plant sulruticose tom em nched, green; ee ; appressed, sparse; Puit: in situ ca. 5 mm. high.. .2. L. cenchrusoides. Plant eaticely her baceous, usually bra suid = and strict, canescent; pu eg og rabbet long and loose; in situ ca. 4 ih, bit Ca ee ak 3. L. Fremontii. Nutlets with marginal pe definitely 3 in a single ro inal prickles distinct t ns — or nearly so, not cntiesdt to form a cupulate str Style exceeded by n sites Manin of nutlets enees or with short obscure gloc MMOS, es bet ov neg ae FS Sebeliiola, y f nutlets with conspicuous pie " developed pric CRIBS eee Sel ky cae ee 5. L. Redowskit. dager se on nutlets numerous, not in son ag Eosvag rows; native of western var. occidentalis. Tuheeeaten on nutlets few, arranged in pacha ‘Irngitudi- ws; ballast plants native of Kurasia......... var. patula. Marginal prickles confluent, forming a sptian hagg cupulate ructure on back of some or oe fe ele fag L. texana Nutlets heteromorphous, one or t with distinct prickles ith ac t aii Plant erect, branched above, tall...............-..--- var. genuina. Plant decumbent or feiss Bre branched at base, — ar. heterosperma. Nutlets Faegetoiie foes all with confluent prickles pea he upulate ne Oupalate margin narr eading : ’ Plant branched shea pubescence villous...... var. columbiana. Plant ee t base peo me, pecs, iO NAP oe var. foliosa. Cu ulate mar eep, ie + parte of nutlets aborrdlake pete eran var. homosperma. habe ioe parts of nutletssmooth................---- var. coronata. 1. Lappula ta Gilib. Fl. Lith. i. 25 (1781). Myosotis Lappula L. Se Pl. 131 (1753). Echinospermum Lappula Lehm. Asperif. i. 121 (1818). L. Lappula Karst. Deutsch. Fl. 979 (1880-83).—Native of Eurasia. Introduced in Newf.!, Que.!, P. E. L.!, N. B.!, N, 6.5 48 JOHNSTON Me.!, N. H.!, Vt.!, Mass.!, R. I., Conn.!, N. Y.!, N. J.!, Penn., -Ont.t, Ind.!, Mich.!, Wis.!, Ill. !, Minn.!, 6.1, NW. D.), S. D.!, Neb.!, Kan., Tex., Alb.!, Calif., B. C.!, Alaska! 2. i: cenchrusoides Nels. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvi. 243 (1899); Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. xi. 38 (1916).—A local species known only from southeastern Wyoming. Characterized by its habit and very large fruit + ge Fremontii (Torr.) Greene, Pittonia iv. 96 (1899); Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. lxi. 37 (1916). Echinospermum Fremonti Torr. Pacif. R. R. Rep. xii. pt. 2, 46 (1860). L. erecta Nels. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 268 (1900).—Assiniboia to Wyoming, Utah, and Idaho. As here used the binomial covers the plant originally de- scribed, namely Suckley’s collection from the “Upper Missouri River.” The collection made by Fremont, which was originally cited and from which the species apparently got its name, is probably L. Redowskii, var. occidentalis inasmuch as the specimen is given as having come from the southern Sierra Nevada where only the latter species is known to occur. There are hence good reasons for con- sidering the Fremont collection as the type of L. Fremontii and for referring the species to synonymy under the variety of L. Redowskit. Indeed I should be inclined to do this were the status of the alternate name, L. erecta, an unclouded one. Nelson & Macbride, |. c., say “L. erecta is clearly a synonym” of L. Fremontii as here accepted, yet in the original description of the former the nutlets are described as having “a single marginal series of about 10 aculeae,’’ whereas the aye concerned has numerous aculeae in several series. . L. brachystyla (Gray) Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 40 Aare Echinospermum brachycentrum, var. brachystylum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xxi. 413 (1886).—Known only from the type col- lected in 1885 at Spence’s Bridge, Thompson River, in southern British Columbia. The species is very distinct among the American ss chapetiee hd of the ec . Redowskii (Hornem.) Greene, var. occidentalis (Wats.) Rydb. pie: U.S. Nat. Herb, iii. 170 (1895); Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 38 (1916). Echinospermum Redowskii, var. occidentale Wats. Bot. King Exped. 246, t. 23, fig. 9-10 (1871).. L. occidentalis Greene, Pittonia iv. 97 (1899). Cynoglossum pilosum of Nutt. Gen. i. 114 (1818); not R. & P. (1799); T. & G. Pacif. R. R. Rep. ii. 171 (1855) and Nutt. Jour. Acad. Philad. i. 182 (1848). L. Redowskit, var. pilosum MacMill. Metasp. Minn. Valley 441 (1892). L. pilosa Hitche. Spr. Fl. Manhattan 30 (1894). C. Nuttallii Spreng. Syst. 1- STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 49 566 (1825). Pectocarya lateriflora, var. Nuttallii Brand, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 252, i. 95 (1921), name only. E. strictum Nees in App. Neuwied, Eon = (1841), not Ledeb. (1829). E. Redowshii, var. strictum Wats. |. c. 247, name only. (?) E. pilosum Buckl. Proce. Acad. Philad. 1861, 462 (1861). (2) L. montana Greene, Pittonia iv. 96 (1899). L. calycosa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 30 (1901). E. patag gonicum Speg. Anal. Soe. Cient. Argentina lili. 79 (1902). L. patagonica Druce, Rep. Bot. Exch. Cl. Brit. Isl. iv. 630 (1917). L. leucotricha Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 676 (1909).—Native of Asia and America. In the New World occurring in Patagonia and from Saskatchewan, North Dakota, Oklahoma, and New Mexico westward. Extending northward to Alaska. In United mates introduced east its natural range in Me.!, Mass.!, Mich.!, Wis.! Minn.!, zane Mo. 5b. Preaek var. patula (Lehm.) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 39 (1916). Echinospermum patulum Lehm. Asperif. i. 124 (1818). —Native of southeastern Europe and adjacent Asia. Occasional in America as a ballast plant, and known from Penn.!, and Ore.! I am not thoroughly satisfied that this introduced plant can always be separated from indigenous material by the characters given in the key. 6a. L. texana, var. genuina. L. terana (Scheele) Britt. Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 273 (1894); Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 40 (1916). Echinospermum texranum Scheele, Linnaea xxv. 260 (1852). E. Re- dowskit, var. cupulatum Gray, Bot. Calif. i. 530 (1876). L. eupulata Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 31 (1901). E. cupulatum K. Schum. in Just, Jahresb. xxix. pt. 1, 564 (1903). L. Redowskii, var. cupulatum Jones, Bull. Univ. Montana xv. 44 (1910). EF. scabrosum Buckl. Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861, 462 (1861).—This, the typical form of the species, is most common and apparently centers in Texas, and from there extends northward through Kansas to North Dakota, and southward into Coahuila. A discussion of the application of the name L. cupulatum will be found under L. terana, var. columbiana. In desperation I refer two puzzling collections to the present variety; these are Goodding 1010 from Modena, Utah, and Machride & Payson 948 from the Grand Canyon, Arizona. Most of the fruits on these collections have heteromorphous nutlets and most of the latter have conspicuous margins which are high about the base of the nutlets and very low or absent about the tip. Confusing i is the fact that the later fruit produced by these plants app be practicall and quite like that produced in L. Raoeake, var. jesleah alis. It becomes a question, therefore, as to what should be done with the 50 JOHNSTON collections and just how they affect the validity of L. texana. The _ status of that species having previously been none too satisfactory these collections have made me strongly consider reducing it to vari- etal rank under L. Redowskii. Since, however, the specimens may be abnormal or possibly of hybrid origin, pending the receipt of new data or specimens, I am for the present offering no solution of the problem and am not considering the matter in relation to the distinctness of L. Redowskii and L. texana. 6b. L. texana, var. heterosperma (Greene) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 41 (1916). L. heterosperma Greene Pittonia iv. 94 (1899). (?) L. desertorum Greene, l. c. 95. L. cucullata Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 29 (1902)—Western and middle southern Colorado northward to western Wyoming. Readily distinguished from var. genuina by its low bushy habit and different range. ¥ 6c. L. texana, var. columbiana (Nels.), comb. nov. L. columbiana Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 28 (1902). JL. infelix Greene, Pittonia iv. 235 (1901). (?) L. anoplocarpa Greene, Ottawa Nat. xvi. 39 (1902). L. cupulata of Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ii 39 (1916), and most authors.—Washington, northern Idaho, and northern Oregon. This plant has the habit of var. genuina, but has different nutlets and a widely different range. Most authors have maintained it as a distinct species, but it seems to intergrade with the var. homosperma through the var. foliosa. Nelson & Macbride, |. c., Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 475 (1906), and Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mts. 717 (1917), have treated the present plant as L. cupulata, typifying it by the specimen from Trinity Mountains, Nevada, cited by Watson, Bot. King Exped. 247 (1871), under “ Echinospermum Redowskii, var. strictum.” It is not clear why L. cupulatum has been so typified. The plant treated by Watson is what is here called L. texana, var. columbiana, but Wat- son’ s trinomial, FE. Redowskii, var. strictum, is evidently based upon E. st Nees, Append. Neuwied, Trav. 17 (1841), which originally came from the upper Missouri River and appears to be L. Redowskit, var. occidentalis. In the Botany of California, i. 530 (1876), Gray pro- posed a new trinomial, E. Redowskii, var. cupulatum, apparently be- cause Nees’s binomial was antedated by one of Ledebour’s. Under the new name Gray cited Watson’s trinomial and Nees’s binomial, clearly | showing thereby that he considered them synonymous. Gray’s de- scription and the meaning of his varietal name, however, clearly abot to a plant different from that properly covered by the names he cites. When the variety was proposed Gray had six, or possibly seven, specimens that he referred to it. Of this suite three, or possibly four Yaa Sr ae STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 51 specimens, are L. texana, var. genuina, one is L. texana, var. hetero- sperma, one is L. texana, var. foliosa, and one is the plant here called L. texana, var. columbiana. It hence appears that E. Redowskwi, var. cupulatum Gray is best treated, not as synonymous with E, strictum Nees (and consequently a synonym of L. Redowskii, var. occidentalis), but as synonymous with L. texana, var. genuina which includes the bulk of the original material cited by Gray and which is most ap- propriately covered by his varietal name. / 6d. L. texana, var. foliosa (Nels.), comb. nov. L. desertorum, var. oliosa Nels. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxvii. 267 (1900). L. foliosa Nels. Man. Rocky Mt. Bot. 413 (1909). L. cupulata, var. foliosa Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 40 (1916).—Plains of southern Idaho and ad- jacent Wyoming and Oregon. 6e. L. texana, var. homosperma (Nels.) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 41 (1916). L. heterosperma, var. homosperma Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 29 (1902). (2) L. montana Greene, Pittonia iv. 96 (1899).— Alberta southward to Colorado. 6f. L. texana, var. coronata (Greene) Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 41 (1916). L. coronata Greene, Pittonia iv. 94 (1899).—Southern Arizona. 30. Eritrichium Schrad. in Gaud. Fl. Helv. ii. 57 (1828). Eritrichum Schrad. Comm. Goett. iv. 186 (1820), hyponym. Key To Species AND VARIETIES Plant closely strigose; pubescence of leaves not projecting be- yond apex as a conspicuous tuft; corolla 7-13 mm. broad. Nutlets bordered with jagged teeth; plant green, with a rather sparse pubescence; Alaska an ikon Territory... .-. 1. E. splendens. Nutlets bordered with a low unarmed rim; plant canescent, with a dense pubescence; Montana to Washington... .2..£. Howardi. Plant loosely villous; pubescence on leaves projecting beyond apex as a conspicuous tuft; corolla 1-7 mm. broad. Margin of nutlets with very elongate teeth, the latter about equalling length of body of nutlet; arctic........ 3. E. aretioides. Margin of nutlets even, or with teeth much shorter than body of nutlet; montane. Dorsal margin of nutlet even.......---+++--+++++07 7 4. E. elongatum. Dorsal margin of nutlet toothed......-..--------+-++> var. argenteum. 1. Eritrichium splendens Kearney in Wight, Bull. Torr. Bot. Ck xxix. 410, fig. C (1902).—ALASKa: Old Man Creek, 1901, Mendenhall (rypE, US). Yuxon: long. 141° lat. 62° 5’, alt. 1800 m., Cairnes 85868 (G).—A very distinct species which in habit suggests the species related to E. rupestris (Pall.) Bunge. It is known only from Alaska _ and adjacent Yukon. oe JOHNSTON 2. E. Howardi (Gray) Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 327 (1900). Cynsglossum Howardi Gray, Synop. Fl. N: Am. ii. pt. 1, 188 (1878). Omphalodes Howardi Gray, 1. c. 423 (1886).—The collections cited by Wight, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 410 (1902), and by Rydberg, |. ¢., in addition to that preserved in the Gray Herbarium, shows the species to center on the eastern slope of the cordilleras in western Montana. It extends southward, according to Dr. Rydberg in lit., at least to the east slope of the Big Horn Mts. in northern Wyoming. The species is reported from the Cascade Mts. upon the basis of a collection by Tweedy, but its occurrence in western Washington seems incongruous with its indubitable range, and perhaps Tweedy’s specimen was attributed to the Cascades through mislabeling. » 3. E. aretioides (Cham.) A. DC. Prodr. x. 125 (1846); Kurtz, Engler Bot. Jahrb. xix. 471 (1894). Myosotis aretioides Cham. Linnaea iv. 443 (1829). E. nanum, var. aretioides Herder, Act. Hort. Petrop. i. 535 (1871-72). Omphalodes nana, var. aretioides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 263 (1885). E. Chamissonis A. DC. |. ce. nanum, var. Chamissonis Herder, |. c. O. nana, var. Chamissonis Gray, |. ec —Like Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 50 (1916), I am unable to maintain E. Chamissonis as distinct from F. aretiovdes. _ The differences pointed out by Wight, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 408 (1902), appear to be merely ecological. The species is known only from the vicinity of Bering Sea. 4. E. elongatum (Rydb.) Wight, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 408; fig. D (1902). FE. aretioides, var. elongatum Rydb. Mem. N. Y- Bot. Gard. i. 327 (1900). Oreocarya pulvinata Nels. Bot. Gaz. x!- 63 (1905).— Mountains from Montana to Idaho and eastern Oregon, southward to Utah and northern New Mexico. It is uncommon in the southern part of its range being largely replaced by the var. argenteum. As Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 50 (1916), has pointed out, Eritrichiwm elongatum is very closely related to the European E. nanum (All.) Schrad. The only constant difference that I can detect is that the American plant is notably more canescent than its European congener. The differences in nutlets mentioned by Macbride, I fail to find. European plants vary greatly in the development of the dorsal rimming on the nutlets and seem to duplicate all the variations of this structure produced by the American relative. It can be said that E. nanum has a larger and less variable corolla than E. elongatum. On Pikes Peak, Colorado, the latter -. Species is abundant on the alpine sward and shows a complete lack of o STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE vo constancy in corolla-size, the corolla varying from 1-6 mm. in breadth without any particular size predominating. 4a. E. elongatum, var. argenteum (Wight), comb. nov. F. ar- genteum Wight, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 411, fig. F (1902).—Most abundant in the mountains of Colorado, particularly in the southern part. It differs from the typical phase of the species only in having the margin of its nutlets jaggedly toothed. 31. Hackelia Opiz in Bercht. Fl. Boehm. ii. pt. 2, 146 (1839). The bibliography and status of this genus was recently reviewed by Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 483-48 (1923). Description and keys for most of the species may be found in the basic paper by Piper, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxix. 535-549 (1902). EXCLUDED AND UNIDENTIFIED NAMES. Anchusa depressa Sesse & Moc. Pl. N. Hisp. 21 (1887).—“ Habitat in Uruapam” [Michoacan, Mexico].= HELIoTROPIUM LIMBATUM Benth. : ANCHUSA INCANA Sesse & Moc. Fl. Mex. 30 (1894).—“ Nascitur Quauhnahuacae agris” [(?) Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico]. Identity wholly obscure. Antiphytum mexicanum DC. Prodr. x. 121 (1846).—“In Mexico in Chilpansigi circuitibus”’ [Guerrero, Mexico]. = HELIOTROPIUM CAL- cicoLa Fernald. ; Batschia albiflora Raf. New Fl. N. Am. pt. 4, 19 (1836).—* On the River Arkanzas on sand bars.” = Euploca convolvulacea Nutt. (1837), and should therefore bear the name Euploca albiflora (Raf.), comb. nov. CERINTHE LANCEOLATA Sesse & Moc. Pl. N. Hisp. 20 (1887).— “ Habitat Quahunahuacae” [(?) Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico]. This has a synonym in Heliotropium lancifolium Sesse & Moc. (1894), but both species are quite obscure. ERItRICHIUM PAMPEANUM Speg. Fl. Ventana 44 (1896).—Sierra de la Ventana, prov. of Buenos Aires, Argentina. Spegazzini, Rev. Fac. Agron. et Veternar. iii. 551 (1897), says regarding E. albiflorum (B. & S.) Griseb. (= Plagiobothrys Lechlert Johnston), “species habitu E. pampeano Speg. sat. similis atque valde affinis.” Eritrichium pampeanum is described as having subtrigonous smooth shiny nutlets” that are completely bordered by an entire coriaceous-membranous ridge or crest. I know of no Plagiobothrys with such nutlets and suspect that Spegazzini’s plant is a Cryptantha. 54 JOHNSTON Lithospermum aggregatum R. & P. FI. Peruv. 11. 4 (1799).—“ Habitat in collibus aridis Tarmae et Huanuci”’ [Peru]. = CoLDENIA PARONY- CHIOIDES Phil. Lithospermum angustifolium Sesse & Moc. Fl. Mex. 29 (1894); not Michx. (1803). —“Habitat in Oppido Ario” [Michoacan, Mexico]. This species has an earlier synonym in L. ROSMARINIFOLIUM Sesse & Moe. (1887); not Tenore (1826), but neither species has been recog- nized. LITHOSPERMUM CILIATUM Raf. New Fl. N. Am. pt. 4, 18 (1836).— “Found by Hart on the Red River and by Drummond in Texas.” Unrecognized but probably belonging in Lithospermum or Oreocarya. Lithospermum cuneifolium Pers. Synop. i. 158 (1805). Based upon L. incanum R. & P. (1799 LITHOSPERMUM CUSPIDATUM Raf. New FI. N. Am. pt. 4, 18 (1836).. —“In — and Georgia.” The identity of this species is wholly obscur ice dichotomum R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 5, t. 111¢ (1799).— “Habitat Peruviae arenosis, versus Lurin, prope castrum Pacha- camac.”’ = CoLDENIA DIcHoToma (R. & P.) Lehm. LirHosPERMUM FLORIDANUM Raf. New FI. N. Am. pt. 4, 18 (1836). —“In Florida.” Seeds said to be pilose, and hence perhaps a Senceeaes tie ea FLAVUM Sesse & Moc. FI. Mex. 30 (1894).— “Habitat in montibus Zitéeudro inter et Malacatepec interjectis” {Michoacan, Mexico]. Wholly obscu Lithospermum gracile Raf. New FI. i. Am. pt. 4, 17 (1836).—“ Sent me from Alabama and found on Red River Arkansas and Texas.” HELIOTROPIUM TENELLUM (Nutt.) Torr. LITHOSPERMUM INCANUM R. & P. FI. Peruv. ii. 4 (1799). —“ Habitat in Peruviae collibus aridis versus Tarmae oppidum.” Probably a Lithospermum and perhaps L. peruvianum A. DC. LitHosPERMUM OBTUSIFLORUM Sesse & Moc. Fl. Mex. 29 (1894).— “Habitat in montibus Oppido de El Valle” [(?) state of Mexico]. Wholly obscure. LITHOSPERMUM ROSMARINIFOLIUM Sesse & Moc. Pl. Nov. Hisp. 20 (1887); ; not Tenore (1826).—“ Habitat in Oppido Ario”’ um Mexico]. Unrecognized. i um tenellum Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2, v- 188 | keen “In the Eee of Red River.” = HELIOTROPIUM TENELLUM STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 55 Lycopsis AXILLARIS Raf. New FI. N. Am. pt. 4, 19 (1836).—“ Found in Florida.”” Identity wholly obscure. Myosotis cymosa Nutt. in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. iii. 294 (1851); nom. nud. MyosoTis GRANDIFLORA HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 90, t. 199 (1818).—“ Crescit in Regno Quitensi, inter Tiscan et Alausi”’ Ecuador. Perhaps a Lithospermum. _ Myosoris mexicana Sesse & Moe. FI. Mex. 31 (1894).—* Habitat in temperatis N. Hispan. montibus.”’ Probably Heliotropium cal- _cicola Fernald. MyosorTis SERICEA Nutt. in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. iii. 295 (1851), nom. subnud.—“ On the hills of the Upper Platte River.”” = Oreocarya sp. Myosotis URUGUAYENSIS Arechay. Anal. Mus. Nat. Montevid. ser. 2, i. 68, fig. 4 (1911); FI. Urug. iv. 180, fig. 12 (1911).—Dept. of Tacuarembo, Uruguay. Unrecognized. Onosmopium ERIocauLoN A. DC. Prodr. x. 70 (1846).—“In Mexico ad Cordilleram Guchilaqua.” Described from Berlandier 1020, material past flowering. It is probably a Lithospermum. PULMONARIA CANADENSIS Yong, Cat. 44 (1783), nom. subnud.— From the Virginias and Carolinas. Probably asynonym of M ertensia virginiana (L.) DC. : PuLMonariA ELLIPTICA Raf. New Fl. N. Am. pt. 4, 17 (1836).— “In the Apalachian Mts. of Virginia and Carolina.” Probably a synonym of Hackelia virginiana (L.) Johnston. SyMPHYTUM AMERICANUM Yong, Cat. 47 (1783), nom subnud.— From the Virginias and Carolinas. Wholly obscure. Symphitum fruticosum Sesse & Moc. Pl. N. Hisp. 21 (1887); A. DC. Prodr. x. 121 (1846).—‘ Habitat in frigidis Chilpanzingi montibus” [Guerrero, Mexico]. = HELIOTROPIUM CALCICOLA Fernald. Sympnytum HirsutuM Raf. Med. FI. ii. 95 (1830).—“A_ native American species . . . , found west of the Mississippi, in prairies and glades, and cultivated at Bartram’s garden.” Probably S. officinale: L. and not a native. Sympuytum minus Yong, Cat. 47 (1783), nom. subnud.—From the: Virginias and Carolinas. Wholly obscure. 9. A TENTATIVE CLASSIFICATION OF THE SoutH AMERICAN CoLDEN The present paper has evolved from an attempt at definitely al- locating certain plants described as Lithospermums by Ruiz & Pavon. 56 JOHNSTON This problem has involved a study of the South American species of Coldenia. As these have never been treated comprehensively it is hoped that notes presented in the form of a tentative classification may be useful. Through the kindness of Dr. N. L. Britton and Dr. W. R. Maxon I have had the privilege of studying the South American material of the genus contained in the collections of the New York Botanical Garden and the United States National Herbarium, in addition to that of the Gray Herbarium. Mr. J. F. Macbride of the Field Museum of Natural History has also allowed me to study such material of the genus as he has collected in Peru. The material thus assembled is not so extensive nor so complete as desirable, more than half the collections coming from the Galapagos Islands, and the re- mainder containing much duplication of collections and localities. It has been consequently necessary to treat a number of species en- tirely upon the basis of published descriptions. In doing this I have derived much help from Reiche’s treatment of the Chilian species, Fl. Chile v. 187-191 (1910), and have usually accepted his verdict on the status of Philippi’s rather numerous proposals. The genus Coldenia breaks up into four sections, Eucoldenia, Eddya, Sphaerocarya, and Tiquiliopsis. Of these only the last is unrepre- sented in South America. The sections of the genus may be distin- guished as follows:— Corolla naked Nutlets attached at the base by a small circular areola, PAOTO. OF 1CAB BUNCHICAL 5 Oe ears rs ee Sphaerocarya. Nutlets attached ventrally, more or less elongated. ets rather small, in situ not closely capes distinct, anteriorly with a medial ventral keel or groove.............. Eddya. Nutlets shecei large, in situ closely juxtapos ae Y eetin rly or definitely angled with the flat faces of the adjacent nutlets aoe MrrON gs a Eucoldenia. Corolla pi aig a WR rik ee oe eves Tiquiliopsis. The section Eucoldenia is readily broken up into three distinct series. First, genuine Coldenia consisting of C. procumbens, a weedy annual herb of the Old World tropics, which has rugose veiny leaves, and lobed glandular-pubescent tuberculate acuminate fruit. Second, the series Stegnocarpus containing C. canescens and C. Greggii which is composed of suffruticose plants of the adjacent portions of United States and Mexico possessing tomentose unveined leaves, and smooth somewhat villous-strigose merely sulcate non-acuminate fruit. Third, the series Tiquilia, consisting of C. dichotoma and C. grandiflora, slightly shrubby plants of Peru and Chile, which have rugose veiny leaves, and glabrous finely tessellate-granulate mottled merely sulcate STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE tk non-acuminate fruit.. The genus Tiquilia Pers. was based entirely upon C. dichotoma. In the past it has been incorrectly used to cover species properly referred to Eddya and T iquiliopsis. The nutlets of C. dichotoma and C. grandiflora are large and have flat closely appressed anterior faces, quite as in the other species of the section Eucoldenia, in fact were all four instead of merely two opposite nutlets developed, they would not be hemispherical but quite like those in C. canescens. The species of Coldenia on the Galapagos Islands, which was first taken as constituting a new genus and described as Galapagoa Darwini by the younger Hooker, is evidently a very close ally of the continental plant called C. paronychvoides. Obviously of the same group of im- mediate relatives are the North American C. hispidissima, C. tomen- tosa, C. mexicana, C. Purpusii, and C. cuspidata. The seven species mentioned form so homogeneous a group that the synonymy of the genera Eddya and Galapagoa can be questioned by no one. The section to which I refer the seven species, the oldest name of which is Coldenia § Eddya Gray, is characterized by its rounded more or less ovoid not closely crowded dark roughened nutlets which are attached ventrally along a well-marked elongated ventral keel or groove. For the three species, C. litoralis, C. atacamensis, and C. parviflora, I am proposing a new section which may be called, Sphaerocarya (rypE, C. litoralis Phil.). These species have practically spherical nutlets which just touch one another and are basally attached by a ‘small circular scar. The petioles in the species are usually without the villous-ciliations characteristic of the section Eddya. The species of the section Sphaerocarya center in northern Chile. The final section of Coldenia is Tiquiliopsis. The group. is char- acterized by its appendaged corollas. The fruit in the three species referred to the section is widely variable and I am not at all satisfied that the division is a natural one. In C. Nuttallii the nutlets are elongate-ovoid with a ventral scar quite like that in the species of the section Eddya. The nutlets are nearly smooth, however, and the slender petioles are not villous-ciliate. In C. Palmeri (= C. brevi- calyx Wats.!) the nutlets are quite like those in the South American species of the section Sphaerocarya, in fact this species seems typical of the section in all but its appendaged corollas. Coldenia plicata (= C. Palmeri of authors, not Gray) has ovoid nutlets with a very short stipe-like suprabasal attachment unlike that in any other species of the genus. It perhaps finds its nearest relations in the section Sphaerocarya. I have not attempted to place sectionally C. decumbens Hauman, 58 JOHNSTON since I know it only from description and am not confident that it is properly included in Coldenia. If actually a member of Coldenia it may belong to the section Eddya or perhaps is worthy of special recognition. Cotpenia L. Sp. Pl. 125 (1753); Gen. Pl. 61 (1754). Tiquilia Pers. Synop. i. 157 (1805). Monomesia Raf. FI]. Tellur. iv. 87 (1836). Galapagoa Hook. f. Proc. Linn. Soe. i. 277 (1845); Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 196 (1847). Stegnocarpus T. & G. Pacif. R. R. Rep. ii. pt. 2, 169 (1856). Ptilocalyx T. & G. 1. c. 170. Eddya T. & G. 1. c. 170. Lobophyllum F. Muell. in Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. ix. 21 (1857). Tiqui- liopsis Heller, Muhlenbergia ii. 239 (1906) Key To Spectgs. Nutlets plano-convex, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, conspicuously mottled. Corolla 3-4 mm. broad; stamens conspicuously exserted. ...1. C. dic Corolla 9 mm. broad; stamens i aerenOG oe ee 2: Pesta Nutlets son en to narrowly ovoid, not at all CRE na concolorous. payee 1-2. mm. long, smooth, ovoid; plant annual; Argen- CU eaG VED PERS ENT ys Uae Pee es ee lek ve 3. C. decumbens. Netlain0.5- 1mm. long, id globose, papillose or pebbled; plants perennial, becoming suffruticose towards base; Peru and Chile mainly. Nutlets ahirowly die id with a narrow longitudinal ventral “ile pe es rather short, usually conspicuously villous-c : me of alter. Galpagos rere ca Polk eke es 4. C. Darwini. ra ie N ntlets des sont or nearly so, with a small sR basal = petioles slender, usually not strikingly villous- Leat-blades pier acute, with 2-3 pairs of veins, about sruaine be ioles, margins straight; plant regularly ONO a er ee et 6. C. litoralis. Borolla ca. 5 mm. long, ye t equalling calyx..... 8. C. co aee. 1. CoLDENIA DICHOTOMA a5 he P.) Lehm. Asperif. i. 9 (1818). Lithospermum dichotoma R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 5, t. Lllc (1799). Tiquilia dichotoma Pers es i. 157 (1805). C. pentandra Juss. ace. Steud. Nomencl. “ 1, 212 (1821). C. Dombeyana Juss. acc. Buek, | Index iii. 108 (1 858). —Known only from Peru. The type material came from sandy places towards Lurin, about 25 miles south STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 59 of Lima, and near the fort of Pachacamac. I have studied an ill- labeled specimen preserved in the Gray Herbarium, and material gathered by Macbride (no. 5946) near Lima. From their detailed agreement with the original description and plate, the two collections are evidently typical C. dichotoma. These plants mature two single- seeded nutlets the backs of which are strongly convex, finely tessellate- ’ granulate, and more or less ashy and strongly mottled with brown. The anterior face of the nutlet is flat with a small rim, and is orbicular or orbicular-ovate in outline. Four ovules are produced but only two opposite ones mature in each fruit. The peculiar hemispherical nutlets are very characteristic, but may not always be developed since it is likely that the plants, occasionally at least, produce more than two mature nutlets in a fruit. The exserted stamens are sufficient to identify the species in any case. The calyx-lobes are divided to the ase. 2. C. GRANDIFLORA Phil. Cat. Pl. Itin. Tarapaca 55 (1891); Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 188 (1910).—I know this species only from descriptions. It appears to have been known to Reiche and Philippi only from the type-collection made at Médanos de Pica in the province of Tarapaca, Chile. It is evidently a close ally of C. dichotoma, but is clearly different in its corolla. _ C. pecuMBENS Hauman, Apuntes Hist. Nat. Buenos Aires i. 55 (1909); Anal. Soc. Cient. Argentina lxxxvi. 301 (1918).—The type of this species came from 2350 m. altitude in the valley of the Rio Tupungal near the confluence of the latter with the Rio Mendoza in northwestern Mendoza, Argentina. I have seen no material of the species. Its nutlets, described as “ lisses, brillants, ovoides, 4 extrémité supérieure assez pointue,” are apparently quite different from those of any other South American species of the genus. The species is said to be a slender herbaceous annual, though perhaps it may be perennial as are the other South American species, and has like some of them been described from year-old material. This latter seems improbable, however, since Hauman mentions collections made on widely differ- ent dates. 4. C. Darwint (Hook. f.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. v. 341 (1862). Galapagoa Darwini Hook. f. Trans. Linn. Soc. xx. 196 (1847); Anderss. Stockholm Acad. Handl. 1853, 86, t. 16, fig. 1 (1854). G. fusea Hook. f. 1. c. 197; Anderss. I. c. 87, t. 16, fig. 2. C. fusca Gray, l. c.—Endemic to the Galapagos Archipelago. I have studied a series of twenty- nine different collections from the Galapagos Islands and am forced to the conclusion that the archipelago has but one variable species of 60 JOHNSTON Coldenia. The island plants vary considerably in compactness, size, and pubescence of leaves, but these differences seem clearly responses to different habitats. Galapagoa Darwini and G. fusca appear to be merely trivial inconstant pubescence-forms which are not restricted to separate islands, but occur together on most of the latter. I find not the slightest tendency for the reoccurrence of the particular com- bination of characters present in Hooker’s original specimens. 5. C. PARONYCHIOIDES Phil. Cat. Itin. Tarapaca 55 (1891); Reiche, FI. Chile v. 190 (1910). Lithospermum aggregatum R. & P. Fl. Peruv. ii. 4 (1799). C. aggregata Rusby, Desecr. New Sp. So. Amer. 106 (1920); not based upon L. aggregatum R. & P. (?) C. tenuis Phil. 1. c.; Reiche, |. c—Perru: Payta, Safford 9 (US), Ball (NY, G), Williams 2913 (NY, type of C. aggregata Rusby); Yonga, Wilkes Exped. (US, NY, G). Bourvia: La Paz, Rusby 1430 (NY).—The species appears to range from northern Peru to northern Chile. Lithospermum ag- gregatum R. & P. is the oldest name applied to the species, but it is not taken up since the combination under Coldenia would have an homonym in Coldenia aggregata Rusby. Coldenia aggregata Rusby was based upon material from Payta in northwestern Peru and was named without any reference to the species, founded upon material from near Tarma and Huanuco in west central Peru, which was much earlier described as Lithospermum aggregatum by Ruiz & Pavon. Coldenia aggregata Rusby, being a synonym, L. aggregatum R. & P. might according to the International Rules of Nomenclature be combined under Coldenia and the resulting combination be taken as the proper name for the species; however, since this procedure would give the same species synonymous homonyms it is thought that the possibilities of confusion arising from this awkward situation justifies the acceptance of Philippi’s specific name. The original Philippian chi came from Pampa del Tamarugal, province of Tarapaca, i 6. C. trrorauts Phil. Fl. Atacamensis 37 (1860); Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 189 (1910). C. mitis Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xc. 229 (1895). C. virens Phil. 1. c—Cute: deserts of Atacama, Morong 1257 (US, NY, G); Caldera, Ball (NY, G).—Apparently endemic to the province of Atacama, Chile. The type of C. litoralis came from the coastal sands at Caldera, Chile. I am following Reiche, |. c., in reducing Philippi’s later species. 7. C. aracamensts Phil. Fl. Atacamensis 37 (1860); Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 189 (1910)—Known to me only from description. Ac- TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 61 cording to Reiche, |. c., it occurs in the interior of the province of Antofagasta, Chile. 8. C. PARVIFLORA Phil. Cat. Pl. Itin. Tarapaca 55 (1891); Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 190 (1910). C. elongata Rusby, Deser. New Sp. So. Amer. 106 (1920).—Yura, “Peru,” Williams 2562 (NY, type of C. elongata). Arequipa, “ Bolivia,” Walliams 2521 (NY). Southern slopes of Cha- chani Mountain near Arequipa, Hinkley 11 (G).—Apparently ranging from southern Peru and adjacent Bolivia, southward to the province of Tarapaca, Chile. The species seems to differ from C. atacamensis in its small corollas and more northern range. ExcLUDED SPECIES. Coldenia glabra Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xc. 230 (1895). According to Reiche, Fl. Chile v. 191 (1910), this is a synonym of FRANKINIA GLABRATA Phil. Coldenia phaenocarpa Phil., Cat. Pl. Itin. Tarapaca 55 (1891). Reiche, |. c., has shown this to be a Heliotropium, H. PHAENOCARPA (Phil.) Reiche. Il. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES. 1. PARKINSONIA AND CERCIDIUM. Both Cereidium and Parkinsonia appear to be valid genera, but their acceptance can be justified only after a slight change in their traditional limits and the stressing. of characters not heretofore emphasized by those who have maintained the genera. All authors have sanctioned the recognition of Parkinsonia, and most recent students have insisted on the validity of Cercidium. The writers on the flora of Argentina, disregarding the obviously albuminous seeds produced by their “ Brea,” have persisted in treating their species of Cercidium as a Caesalpinia, but there are good morphological char- acters and overwhelming usage arguing against this treatment. Karsten, Fl. Colomb. ii. 25, t. 113 (1862), proposed a segregate genus Rhetinophloem, but later, Engler’s Jahrb. vii. 346 (1887), reduced it to a subgenus of Cercidium. In 1876, Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 135 (1876), concluded that the characters used to separate Cercidium and Parkinsonia failed when applied to the North American species and proceeded to merge the two genera. Watson’s opinion prevailed until 1889 when Sargent, Gard. & Forest ii. 388 (1889), reopened the 62 JOHNSTON matter and reestablished Cercidium. This decision was based on his finding that “the valvate imbrication of the calyx-lobes is constant in Cercidiwm and that the thickened glandular claw of its petals does not appear in our species of Parkinsonia,” and further and more important that “the fruit which in Parkinsonia is linear, rounded and torose,”’ is in Cercidium “linear-oblong compressed, and in one of our species slightly contracted between the seeds.’’ Since 1889 the A study of the material in the Gray Herb. (G), and some very in- teresting collections from the United States National Herbarium (US) -which were loaned me through the interest of Dr. J. N. Rose, has shown that the sepals are not always simply valvate in Cercidium, but rather that there seems to be intraspecific variation between valvate and induplicate-valvate conditions. In fact these variations were used by Karsten as characters of his subgenera, Eucercidium and Rhe- tinophloem. I am unable to see even specific differences in this character since both conditions frequently occur on the same specimen. In Parkinsonia, as currently taken, the calyx-lobes are not always imbricate, since P. macrophylla has valvate calyx-lobes quite indis- tinguishable from those in indubitable Cercidiums. It is only in Parkinsonia aculeata (the type species of Parkinsonia) and P. africana that very definitely imbricate aestivation occurs, and then in such an extreme form as not to be even approached by the conditions in the species of Cercidium or the other species of Parkinsonia. A study of the claw of the Agee has revealed no difference between the two genera. The characters of generic import currently ascribed to the fruit of Cercidium and Parkinsonia fail miserably when they are applied to all the known species of the genera. Parkinsonia aculeata and. P. africana are very closely related and are obviously congeneric, but the latter has the legumes somewhat compressed with thickened almost straight margins, so that they appear quite different from the terete torose pods of P. aculeata. The fruits of P. africana and C. texanum are very similar as to margin, width, and thickness, in fact the only conspicuous difference is in the length. Practically every species of Gercidiom t frequently has the margin of its legumes more or less sinuate or even contracted between the seeds. Sargent, Man. Trees N. Am. 585 (1922), finds generic difference in the relations of the spine to the leaves, giving the leaf-rachis as spin- escent in Parkinsonia and not so in Cercidium. In fact the leaf-rachis is spinescent oe in P. aculeata and P. africana. In the plant called ~ TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 63 P. microphylla there are no spines, whereas in its near relative, Cercidium sonorae, the spines are clearly below the leaf-rachises and exactly as in other indubitable Cercidiums. Past authors have accepted Parkinsonia microphylla Torr.,as a mem- ber of Parkinsonia, being largely influenced in so doing, no doubt, by the extreme similarity in its fruit with that of P. aculeata. However, P. microphylla differs from P. aculeata and P. africana in having short corymbose rather than very elongate racemes, short filiform terete rather than extremely long phyllodial leaf-rachises, and calyx-lobes that are valvate or a trifle induplicate-valvate rather than extremely imbricate in the bud. It is significant that these characters are pos- sessed by all the species of Cercidium, and that P. microphylla in habit resembles the species of Cercidium much more than it does the two species of genuine Parkinsonia. In brief, Parkinsonia microphylla is clearly a species of Cercidium and is consequently transferred to that genus. Parkinsonia thereby reduced to homogeneity consists only of P. aculeata and P. africana. Parkinsonia and Cercidium, then, become two well marked and very natural genera eminently worthy of recogni- tion, as may be appreciated by a study of the following key :— Inflorescence an elongate raceme, 8-18 cm long; of pinnae phyllodial, 1-6 dm. long, apparently borne on the spines; calyx-lobes very strongly imbricate in the bud......... Parkinsonia. Inflorescence a short corymb, 1-5 cm. long, rachis of pinnae 1-4 cm Cercidium. AGL AC Nae MAGA ANY Rig recede inital wis WR Tar: whee Hae sete See Sg erage Pew ce era PaRKINSoNIA [Plum.] L. Sp. Pl. 375 (1753); Gen. PI. 177 (1754). Key To SPECIES. Rachis of pinnae winged, 1.5—3 mm. wide, 15-60 cm. long; pinnae ca. 25-jugate; legumes torose, terete, margin very strongly undulate but scarcely thickened.....-..----.--+-++.--+ 1. P. aculeata. Rachis of pinnae not winged, 1 mm. wide, 5-15 cm. long; pinnae jugate or less so; legumes somewhat compressed, scarcely torose, margins slightly undulate and evidently thickened. 2. P. africana. 1. Parkinsonra acuLeata L. Sp. Pl. 375 (1753). P. spinosa HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. vi. 335 (1823). P. Thornberi Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xii. 12 (1908).—Native of America, but widely cultivated over the warmer parts of the world. For notes regarding its distri- bution see the account by Sargent, Silva N. Am. iii. 87, t. 81 (1892). The name “ Parkinsonia spinosa HBK” is evidently a lapsus meant for P. aculeata L. The specimen cited by Kunth is apparently not 64 JOHNSTON P. aculeata, however, but is the collection which finally became the i of Cercidium spinosum Tul. . P. arricana Sond. Linnaea xxiii. 38 (1850); Engler, Veg. der fea ix. Band 3, i 1, 501, fig. 267 (1915).—Known only from South Africa—Arrica: on a stony plain, Damaraland, Marloth 1216; without tacaliy, Zeyher 557. Cercipium Tul. Arch. Mus. Paris iv. 133 (1844). Rhetinophlocum Karsten, F]. Colomb. ii. 25, t. 113 (1862) Key To SpEcigs. Pinnae 1-3-ju Ovary densely sericeous-strigose; pinnae 1- or oy I ia es ie ee C. texanum. ely Rane pinnae commonly 3-jugat Pod very flat, 2-3 m nay ck, 8-11 mm. wii: leaves green; branches ate Uy, SRREES MRS Gk Reamer One erent 2. C. macrum. Pod eet 5 mn "thick, 10-15 mm. wide; leaves pale; ran ba viahe oma MOTE RN re ey sa a 3. C. floridum. wigs = Dah reece cinerascent....... 4. C. peninsulare. Pinnae 4-15-jug Leaves ook g simply pinnate, primary rachises un- developed; pinnules minute, ca. 1-1.5 mm. broad, 1-2.5 mm. long. Plant unarmed; a bp lean or ovate; fruit torose, berets, Worth American.) 0. ee 5. C. microphyllum. Plant with ao ee xs aflets narrowly poor "hk very flat, — straight; South American........ 7. C. andicola. sre or most of them evi ently bipinnate, seahaey rachises veloped; pinnules larger, 1-2.5 mm. br oad, 2-7 mm eee ves pote Sebmgpand pubescent, cinereous............... 8. C. praecox. Leaves glabrate or glabrous, glaucous or yellow-green. Legumes 4-7 em. long, 4 mm. thick, conreta strongly undulate; alge et PONS URORD Uae hpi a oe eel ie ctr eae 6. C. sonorae. Legumes 3-5 cm. long, < mm. thick, margin not at on MAGULAtES Arsenlind. sie oi or os 9. C. australe. 1. Cerciprum TExaNum Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 58 (1852). Parkin- sonia texana Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 136 (1876).—Southwestern Texas. Texas: Uralde, 90 mi. northwest of San Antonio, 1879, Palmer 270; Eagle Pass, 1879, Palmer 271; Rio Grande, 1848, Wright; without locality, Pope; western Texas, 1849, Wright 149; without locality, 1852 [Wright]; “ — Mexico,” ti whew 11 5, 2 Cm macrum,sp nov spinis 0.7 mm. longis; pa opacis sparse inconspicueque strigosis unijugis, bus primariis 4-8 mm. longis; pinnis trijugis, rachillis 7-15 mm. se pinnulis oblongis vel oblongo-obovatis ema vel rotundatis sessilibus 4-6 mm. longis 2-3.5 mm. latis, basi acutis TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 65 saepe paullo obliquis, costis conspicuis; floribus in racemas pauciflores axillares subcorymbosas congestis; ovario glabro; leguminibus valde compressis 2-3 mm. crassis 8-11 mm. latis 3-6 cm. longis, margine rectis vel paullo undulatis; seminibus brunneis oblongis ca. 7 mm. longis 4 mm. latis.—C. floridum of authors. C. floridum of Sargent, Silva N. Am. iii. 83-4, t. 129 (1892), as to plant described and pictured. Hoopesia arborea Buckley, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861, 453 (1861), in part; 1870, 137 (1870); Gray, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1862, 163 (1862).— Texas: Rio Hondo, Cameron Co., Chandler 7034; Fordyce, 1905, Tracy 9065; hills, La Salle Co., 1881, Buckley. Tamauuipas: San Fernando to Jimeney, 1902, Nelson 6608; vicinity of Victoria, 1907, Palmer 125. Nuevo Leon: mesas near Monterey, 1889, Pringle 2537 (rypE, Gray Herb.); near Pesquerea Grande, northwest of Monterey, 1847, Gregg; without locality, Gregg; Nuevo Leon, Berlandier 3142 (707).—This species is the well known one of Texas and northeastern Mexico cur- rent as Cercidium floridum Benth. That species, however, is based upon a flowering specimen made by Coulter who did not collect within the range of C. macrum. Coulter did, on the other hand, collect within the range of the common “Palo Verde” of Arizona. It therefore seems evident that Bentham’s name cannot properly be applied to the plant here called C. macrum, since it was impossible for Coulter to have collected it, and since it seems more than probable that Bentham’s name should be applied to the closely related species of Arizona which Coulter could scarcely have missed collecting. The _ Gregg and Wislizenus collections cited under Gray’s original de- scription of “Cercidium floridum Benth.” represent C. macrum, those of Emory and Fremont are true C. floridum. From their source, Corpus Christi, it seems probable that the fragments of Cercidium in the complex type of Hoopesia arborea belong to C. macrum rather than to C. texanum. Hoopesia arborea was based, according to Gray,. Proc. Philad. 1862, 163 (1862), upon material representing three distinct leguminous genera (Cercidium, Acacia, and Pithecollobium). No particular one of the three elements predominates in Buckley’s description nor in his material. I am not definitely associating © Hoopesia arborea with any species, but am dropping it from con-— sideration as a nomen confusum. 3. C. rLoripuM Benth. in Gray, Pl. Wright. i i. 58 (1852). Parkin- sonia florida Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 135 (1876). P. Torreyanu Wats. l. c. C. Torreyanum Sarg. Gard. & Forest ii. 388 (1889); Silva N. Am. iii. 85, t. 80 (1892).—Southern Arizona to the Colorado Desert of California, southward into adjacent Sonora and Lower 66 JOHNSTON California. —Arizona: near Fort Yuma, 1880, Lemmon 39, 40; rocky hills at Camp Grant, 1867, Palmer 62; Gila [River], Sutton Hayes 209; valley of the Gila, Emory; Gila [River], 1852, Thurber; near the Colorado [River], Bigelow; without locality, 1867, Palmer. Catt- FORNIA: Palm Springs, alt. 150-200 m., Parish 4115; in desert sand, Palm Spring, alt. 120 m., Spencer 755; Palm Springs, Eastwood 3004. —For the present use of the name “Cercidiuwm floridum Benth.” see discussion under C. macrum. 4, C. PENINSULARE Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. viii. 301 (1905); Goldman, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xvi. 336, t. 114 (1916).—Southern Lower California—Lowerr CatirorniA: La Paz, 1890, Palmer 112; San José del Cabo, 1897, Anthony 363.—This differs from C. floridum in scarcely more than pubescence. In range, however, it is widely separated from that latter species. 5. C. microphyllum (Torr.) Rose & Johnston, comb. nov. Parkin- sonia microphylla Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 59 (1859); Pacif. R. R. Rep. iv. 82 (1857); Sargent, Silva iii. 91, t. 132 (1892).—Southern Arizona, Sonora, and middle and northern Lower California.— Arizona: poor rocky hills, Camp Grant, 1867, Palmer 63; Gila [River], Sutton Hayes 217; Williams River, Bigelow; desert near Fort Yuma, 1880, Lemmon 41; Maricopa, 1881, Parry; Lowell, 1884, W. F. Parish 49; without locality, 1871, Lieut. Wheeler. 6. C. sonorae Rose & Johnston, sp. nov.,arboreum; ramulis breviter strigosis canescentibus; spinis 0-9 mm. longis; foliis sparse pubes- centibus 1—2-jugis, rachibus primariis 0-5 mm. longis apice subulato caduco 1-2 mm. longo; pinnis 2-4-jugis 12-32 mm. longis; pinnulis subsessilibus 1.5-2 mm. latis 2-3 mm. longis oblongis basi oblique rotundatis, apice obtusis mucronatis costa conspicua; inflorescentiis axillaribus corymboso-racemosis paucifloris; dense breviterque pubes- centibus; leguminibus 4-7 em. longis 4 mm. crassis 7-8 mm. latis margine valde undulatis; seminibus oblongis 1 cm. longis 4 mm. latis. —SONORA: Guadelouse. Feb., Parry 321a (G); Torres, 1903, Coville 1664 (US); Guaymas, 1922, Oreutt 1196 (US); dry hills in the vicinity _ of Guaymas, 1910, Rose, Standley & Russell 12586 (rye, U.S. Nat. Herb.).—A very well marked species apparently nearest to C’. micro- phyllum, but differing in its thorny stems, larger, petioled and fre- quently several-jugate leaves, more compressed less torose legumes, and much smaller seeds. The species is known only from Sonora. 7. C. anpicota Griseb. Abh. Ges. Wiss. Goett. xxiv. 114 (1879). Caesalpinia praecox, var. andicola Hoss. Bol. Acad. Cordoba xxvi. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 67 145 (1921)—Northern Argentina and southern Bolivia.—Bo.tvia: Toldos near Bermejo, 1800 m. alt., 1903, Fiebrig 2193 (G). 8. C. pragcox (R. & P.) Harms in Engler Jahrb. xlii. 91 (1908). Sappania praecox R. & P. Fl. Peruv. t. 376, ined. Caesalpinia praecox H. & A. Bot. Miscl. iii. 208 (1833), as to description and accepted name. Cercidium spinosum Tul. Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat. Paris iv. 134 (1845).> Rhetinophloem viride Karsten, Fl. Colomb. li. 25, -t. 113 (1862). Cercidium viride Karsten in Engler, Jahrb. viii. 346 (1887). Cercidiwm plurifoliolatum Micheli, Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve xxxiv. 269, t. 18 (1903). Cercidiwm Goldmani Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. viii. 301 (1905). Cercidiwm unijugum Rose, |. c.—Extreme middle-western Peru to northern Venezuela, the Leeward Islands (Curagao fide Urban, Margarita), Santo Domingo (fide Urban), and southern and western Mexico.—Ecuapor: between Loja and Portovelo, Rose, Pachano & Rose 23330 (US). VENEZUELA: El Valle, Margarita Island, alt. 200 m., 1903, J. R. Johnston 31 (G). La Vela de Coro, 1917, Curran & Haman 423, 468, 499 (G); Cumana, 1917, Curran & Haman 1251 (G). Mexico: Santa Lucia, Oaxaca, 1908, Purpus 3187 (G); hills, Dominguillo, Oaxaca, alt. 900 m., 1895, L. C. Smith 437 (G); between Teotitlan and San Antonio, Oaxaca, alt. 900 m., 1907, Conzatti 2119 (G); San Luis, Guerrero, alt. 100 m., 1899, Langlassé 933 (G); Orizaba, Vera Cruz, Botteri 994 (G); Maria Madre Island, Tepic, 1897, Maltby 62 (US); vicinity of Fuerte, Sinaloa, 1910, Rose, Standley & Russell 13516 (US); San José del Cabo, Lower Calif., 1911, Rose 14466 (US); Guaymas, Sonora, 1897, Maltby 186 (US); dry cactus plain near Navojoa, Sonora, 1910, Rose, Standley & Russell 13176 (US); La Tinajo, Sonora, 1890, Hartman 241 (G).—I have searched in vain for characters of sufficient constancy to justify the treating of the Mexican material as representing a valid species. It can be generally said that the South American material has smaller flowers and darker branches than the Mexican, but these characters are erratic and can scarcely be used for specific dis- tinction. The type of Ruiz & Pavon’s species came from middle western Peru and is distinct from the plant of the Argentine which authors, following Hooker & Arnott, have confused with it. A dis- cussion of this subject will be found under the next species. 9. C. , sp. nov., arboreum vel arbusculum 1-8 m. altum spinosum; ramulis glabratis vel sparsissime strigoso-pilosis striatis pallide viridibus; spinis 8-15 mm. longis rectis; foliis bipinnatis 1-2- jugis glabratis vel sparsissime adpresseque pilosis flavo-viridibus, rachibus primariis 5-10 mm. longis; pinnis 5-7-jugis rachibus 1-2 68 JOHNSTON cm. longis; pinnulis oblongis 1-2 mm. latis 2-5 mm. longis obtusis basi subobliquis; petiolulis ca. 0.2 mm. longis; floribus breviter corymboso- racemosis; petalis luteis immaculatis maxime ca. 1 cm. longis; legum- inibus membranaceis valde compressis acutis reticulatim venosis glabratis 3-5 cm. longis 8-10 mm. latis 1-1.5 mm. crassis margine rectis—Caesalpinia praecoxr of H. & A., Bot. Miscl. iii. 208 (1833) ; as to plant of Gillies, not as to R. & P. name or plate. Cercidium praecox of Manganara, Anal. Soc. Cient. Argent. Ixxxvii. 163 (1919), and other recent authors. Cercidiwm andicola, var. petiolata Chod. & Hass. Bull. Herb. Boiss. n. s. iv. 828 (1904).—Central Argentina and adjacent Paraguay—ARGENTINA: Andalgala, Prov. Catamarca, Jérgensen 1119 (G); vicinity of General Roca, Rio Negro, alt. 250- 360 m., 1915, W. Fischer 20 (rye, Gray Herb.); San Juan, Mendoza, Jameson (G).—Although this tree of the Argentine has long borne the name Caesalpinia praecox or Cercidium praecoz, it seems clear that it has been improperly so called. Caesalpinia praecox was published by Hooker & Arnott in 1833 after they had concluded that a plant collected by Gillies in Mendoza was specifically identical with Ruiz & Pavon’s manuscript species, Sappania praeccox, and its unpublished plate. Gillies’s specimen represents the Argentine plant that has C. praecox and which is here named, C. australe. Since Ruiz & Pavon did not collect in Argentina or at all close to the range of C. australe, and described in their flora only material collected by themselves or Dombey in either Chile or Peru, it must be clear that Sappania praecor R. & P. cannot be the plant that Hooker & Arnott thought it to be. Since there is a Cercidiwm which occurs in middle-western Peru where Ruiz & Pavon did much collecting, it certainly seems much more natural to assume this to be the Cercidiwm collected and illustrated by them. * This plant I doubtfully associate with the Venezuelan species, current as Cercidium spinosum Tul. Hooker & Arnott’s description of “Caesalpinia (Sappania) praecox (R. et Pav. Fl. Peruv. t. 376. ined.)” is perfectly ambiguous, applying equally well to the Argentinian and to the more northern plant. Since Ruiz & Pavon’s name was taken up and their plate cited, and since their plant is not at all excluded by the original description but agrees with the diagnosis as well as does the Argentinian plant, I am confining their name to the plant for which it was originally intended, and am consequently giving a new name to the “Brea” of the Ar- gentine. The plant from Mendoza differs from the common form of C. australe in having its ovary velvety-pubescent. It may be worthy of nomenclatorial recognition. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 69 2. NEW OR OTHERWISE NOTEWORTHY PLANTs. Persea Hartmanii, sp. nov., glabrata arborea 6-9 m. alta; ramis juventate fulvo-tomentosis; foliis anguste ellipticis vel lanceolatis glabratis 6-11 cm. longis 15-36 mm. latis basi cuneatis apice saepe acutis subtus pallidioribus; petiolis 1-2 em. longis vetustis glabratis canaliculatis; inflorescentiis paucifloris laxe paniculatis 7-10 cm. longis glaberrimis folia paullo superantibus; pedunculis gracilibus 4-7 cm. longis; pedicellis 4-6 mm. longis; floribus ca. 4 mm. longis; calycis lobis ovatis acutis ca. 2.5 mm. longis subaequalibus extus glaberrimis intus paullo strigosis medium ticulatis superiori parte decidua; staminibus exterioribus introrsis 2 mm. longis, antheris oblongo- linearibus ca. 0.9 mm. longis 4-locularibus, loculis inferioribus latis longioribus superiores lateraliter oblique tangentibus, filamentis sparse villosis angustis; staminibus introrsis exteriores simulantibus sed basem versus biglanduliferis, glandulis ovatis sessilibus; staminodiis ca. 9 mm. longis, capitulis acute sagittatis quam stipes duplo longiori- bus, stipitibus villosis crassis capitula latitudine aequantibus; ovariis glabris globosis.—MExIco: Batopilas, Chihuahua, Apri! 1892, C. V. pedunculis glaberrimis castaneis—MeExico: Orizaba, Bottert 81 (type, Gray Herb.), 1166—The type of P. podadenia comes from Durango and is very densely strigose. Phoebe longipes, sp. nov., glaberrima; foliis lanceolatis 12-22 cm. longis 4-5.5 cm. latis longe falcato-acuminatis subtriplinerviis supra laevibus subtus paullo pallidioribus delicate reticulatis basi rotun- datis vel rare cuneatis; petiolis 25 mm. longis; ramulis laevibus glauces- centibus fuscis; inflorescentiis laxissime paniculatis ca. 1 dm. ongis quam foliae valde brevioribus paucifloris; pedunculis gracilibus ca. 6.5 cm. longis ascendentibus; pedicellis gracilibus 15-25 mm. longis; bracteolis deciduis; floribus ca. 4 mm. longis; calycis segmentis ovatis acutis 2.5 mm. longis subaequalibus extus glaberrimis intus paullo strigosis; staminibus exterioribus 1.8-2 mm. longis introrsis, antheris oblongis ca. 1 mm. longis, loculis 4 valde 2-seriatis; staminibus in- terioribus exterioribus similibus sed extrorsis et cum filamentis saepe villosis basin versus abrupte dilatatis et cum glandulis disciformibus 1704 ' JOHNSTON munitis; staminodiis ca. 1.6 mm. longis, capitulis ca. 4 mm. longis deltoideo-ovatis stipite compresso strigoso duplo longioribus; ovariis glabratis globoso-ovoideis; stylo glabro quam ovarium 1% longiori.— Mexico: without precise locality, Pringle 8829 (rypr, Gray Herb.).— Apparently most closely allied to P. salicifolia Nees, but differing in having longer petioles and pedicels, as well as larger leaves and flowers. The type was probably collected in south-central Mexico. Misanteca costaricensis, sp. nov., paniculata arborea 7-10 m. alta; ramis glabris; foliis elliptico- vel obovato-oblongis glabris concoloribus 10-14 em. longis 3-5 em. latis, subtus sparse delicateque reticulatis; supra inconspicue reticulatis, basi cuneatis, apice breviter acuminatis, petiolis ca. 15 mm. longis quadrangularibus; inflorescentiis paniculatis 5-10 em. longis dense brunnescenterque villoso-velutinis; floribus ad apices pedunculorum laxe pyramidaliterque congestis; pedicellis 1-2 mm. longis sparse villosis; calyce ca. 1.5 mm. longo infundibuliformi vel subobconico brunneo extus glabrato, lobis 6 late ovatis obtusis intus sparse pubescentibus, exterioribus ca. 0.8 mm. longis, interioribus ca. 0.6 mm. longis; staminibus 3 connatis ca. 1 mm. longis conspicuis; antheris glabratis crasse bilocularibus; filamentis latis dense villosis; glandulis 3 distinctis semiorbicularibus vel ellipticis basi ad andro- phorum adfixis; staminodiis absentibus; ovario glabro ovato quam stylus ra breviori—Costa Rica: gy Hills near San Ramon, eaves. _ Misanteca Peckii, sp. nov., aoe parva cum floribus racemosis; ramis brunnescenter et dense Stents Milan: foliis oblanceolatis vel obovato-oblongis basi cuneatis apice abrupte longeque_ acuminatis margine paullo revolutis supra nitidis glabris conspicue im resseque nervatis subtus setosis opacis pallidis valde conspicueque . nervatis petiolis 9-12 mm. longis, inflorescentiis racemosis 2-3 cm. lo ongis; paucifloris brunnescenti-velutinis ; floribus atro-coeruleis valde depressis. 1.8-2.2 mm. diametro 1.5 mm. altis subcarnosis; pedicellis 0.2-1 mm. longis. lobis 6 valde 2-seriatis, exterioribus latissime tri- _angularibus, fap: 1.5. mm. latis 0.6 mm. altis, interioribus deltoideis. _ obseuris, ca. 0.3.mm.. on staminibus 3 in. aeaheate latum pyra- TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES ee 1-2 mm. longis; pedunculis axillaribus 2-3 em. longis ascendentibus; floribus ignotis; leguminibus glabris ca. 5-spermis, valvis membran- aceo-coriaceis reticulatis incrassato-marginatis 5-6 cm. longis 8-9 mm. latis—Mexico: Socorro Island, 1897, A. W. Anthony (TYPE, Univ. Calif. Herb. no. 83534).—Most nearly allied to C. formosa (Kunth). Benth., a species ranging widely over northern and western Mexico, from which it differs in its much branched compact wood habit, and much smaller crowded leaflets. Piscidia acuminata (Blake), comb. nov. I chthyomethia acuminata Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. ix. 249 (1919). Piscidia communis (Blake), comb. nov. Ichthyomethia communis Blake, Jour. Wash. Acad. ix. 247 (1919). Piscidia grandifolia (Donn. Sm.), comb. nov. Derris grandifolia Donn. Sm. Bot. Gaz. lvi. 55 (1913). Fagonia cretica, var. canariensis, var. nov., prostrata ramosa F. creticae, var. typicam simulans sed differt floribus et fructibus perspicue minoribus; fructibus 5-6 mm. crassis; petalis 6-7 mm. longis.—CANARY ISLANDS: roadside near Guia, Gran Canaria, Dec. 1893, Cook 77; arid open lower parts of Teneriffe, Jan.1845, Bourgeau 46; littoral belt near Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, April 1888, J. Ball (rypr, Gray Herb.).—This plant of the Canary Islands has passed as F. cretica L., but that is a plant of the Mediterranean basin which has fruit 6-7.5 mm. thick and petals 7-10 mm. long. The variety — a JOHNSTON canariensis, because ofits smaller fruit and flowers, is very suggestive of the common American forms of the genus, and it was perhaps this fact that gave Engler, Veg. der Erde ix. Band 3, Heft 1, 731 (1915), his reasons for treating the plants of America as F. cretica var. chilensis (H. & A.) Engler, var. californica (Benth.) Engler, and var. asper (Gay) Engler. However, Standley, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxiv. 244 (1911), has pointed out that the American plants are distinguishable from true F. cretica by the possession of a fruit which is noticeably smaller in size, and which has a shorter, scarcely thickened beak. As the American plants are widely separated geo- graphically from their closest ally, F. cretica, of the Old World, and since the collections from the two regions are distinguishable by-their fruit, it seems best to consider them specifically distinct, and to take up F. chilensis H. & A. as the comprehensive name for the American relatives of F. cretica. _ Some writers, such as Anderson, Jour. Linn. Soc. v. suppl. 11 (1860), and the editors of the Index Kewensis, have referred prac- tically all the described forms of Fagonia to F. cretica. This treat- ment, however, is extreme, for there appears to be a goodly number of species in northern Africa and southwestern Asia which are well defined entities with characteristic habit and natural ranges. Most of the species have several synonyms, and in a number of cases the current name is not always the oldest. For example, F. indica Burm. f., founded on a good description and plate, has been disre- garded for such comparatively recent synonyms as F. persica DC., F. mysorensis Roth, F. microphylla Boiss., F. myriacantha Boiss., and F. parviflora Boiss. um panamense i comb. nov Icica panamensis Rose, 11). Euphorbia (iitchymalus) Hinkleyorum, sp. nov., perennis e radice erecta crassa oriens 1-2 dm. alta glaberrima; caulibus compluribus erectis herbaceis medium versus laxe dichotomeque ramosis; foliis caulinis inferioribus alternatis sparsis, caulinis superioribus et rameis _Oppositis valde conspicuis, omnibus glabris concoloribus late adfixis 8-24 mm. longis et latis palminerviis distinctis lacerato-dentatis orbicularibus vel obovatis vel subflabelliformibus basi truncatis vel cuneatis edentatis symmetricis; stipulis nullis; involucris solitariis axillaribus glabris cyathiformibus ca. 2 mm. longis ca. 1 mm. longe pedunculatis, fauce cum lobis subulatis vel anguste deltoideis hirsutis ca. yon tut mm. longis munita; glandulis 5 ca. 1.3 mm. longis et latis, btus pallidis rariter hirsutis, supra laminato-rugosis brunneis, TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 73 margine retusis vel truncatis undulatis; stylis ca. 1.5 mm. longis, lobis bipartitis glabris; stigmatibus paullo incrassatis; capsula glabra ca. 2 mm. longa ca. 4 mm. pedunculata; seminibus oblongis obscure quadrangularibus ca. 2 mm. longis ca. 1.3 mm. crassis ecarunculatis griseis delicate impresse atromaculatis.—PERU: sandy pampa on the southern slopes of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, alt. 3300 m., March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 7 (vypx, Gray Heeh).c-This species evidently belongs to Boissier’s subsection Ipecacuanhae, and probably has its nearest relative in the variable but very different E. portulacoides Spreng., from which it differs in its larger dark- colored coarsely toothed apparently connate (though really distinct) broader leaves, and much more loosely branched habit. In foliage E. Hinkleyorum suggests the Galapagean, FH. amplexicaulis Hook. f., in the shape and attachment of its upper leaves. It is, however, not at all closely related to that species. According to its discoverers the plant is known as “esquera”’ and is used in the treatment of fevers. Malvastrum Hinkleyorum, sp. nov., annuum simplex erectum 1.5- 4.5 dm. altum glabratum vel apicem versus sparse villosum et setosum; caulibus stramineis gracilibus; foliis palmate 3-foliolatis 3-4.5 em. longis; foliolis acutis oblanceolatis lacerato-dentatis vel lobatis gla- =~ subtus pallidis, dentibus cum seta terminatis; petiolis 1—-2.5 . longis gracilibus canaliculatis supra minute viseidulo-villosis ; pedunculis gracilibus 2-6 cm. longis 2-4-floris unilateraliter congesti- floris, ab axillis superioribus orientibus; calycibus ca. 4 mm. longis conspicue ciliatis sparse setosis, fructiferis ca. 4.5 mm. latis, lobis ovatis acutis ca. 2.5 mm. longis; pedicellis 0.5-1 mm. longis; bracteolis 3 lineari-filiformibus 3-4 mm. longis; corollis ochroleucis (in sicco rosaceis) ca. 3.5 mm. longis; tubo staminali ort. 5 mm. donge; ashe ca. 1.2mm. longo, lobis 10-13 glabris is lobo styli vix crasaioribus: minute pubescentibus; carpellis glabratis valde rugosis 1-1.5 mm. longis—Prru: hillsides on the southern slope of Chachani Mouatain near Arequipa, 2100 m. alt., March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 43 (rype, Gray Herb.).—A very distinct annual species, well marked by its glabrous herbage, three-parted lacerate-dentate leaves, and conspicuous stipules. In Baker’s synop- sis, Jour. Bot. xxix. 168 (1891), it falls with M. peruvianum (L.) Gray, a species from which it is clearly distinct. It is a pleasure to be able to name this and the previous species in honor of Mr. and Mrs. F. E. Hinkley, who in 1920, during their hours of recreation while connected 74 JOHNSTON with the Arequipa Station of the Harvard College Observatory, made on the southern and lower slopes of the voleano of Chachani (about 10 km. north of Arequipa) a small but highly interesting plant-col- lection which has materially enriched the Gray Herbarium with well prepared material of many new or rare species. Malvastrum arequipense, sp. nov., annuum herbaceum simplex erectum 5-20 cm. altum stdllate-dekosen gracile; foliis paucis oblongo- ovatis 3-lobatis sinuato-dentatis 1-3 cm. longis 8-15 mm. latis stel- lato-setosis basi obtusis; petiolis 3-13 mm. longis pubescentibus; stipulis lineari-lanceolatis ca. 3.5 mm. longis acutis; pedunculis gracil- ibus 1-3 em. longis unilateraliter 2-6-floris ex axillis superioribus orientibus; calyce 4-5 mm. longo stellato-setoso, fructifero 4-5 m lato, lobis 2-3 mm. longis ovatis acutis; bracteolis 3 lineari-filiformibus ca. 2 mm. longis; pedicellis setosis 0.5—-1 mm. longis; corolla 4 mm. longa in sicco rosacea, lobis obovatis rotundatis; tubo stamineo 2 mm. longo; antheris 8-10; stylis ca. 1.5 mm. longis ca. 0.5 mm. longe connatis glabris linearibus; stigmatibus capitellatis hirtellis quam styli ramus paullo crassioribus; ovarii loculis 15-18; carpellis oblongo- ovatis 1-1.2 mm. altis ca. 1.5 mm. longis, sinu angusto longo, lateribus medium ‘versus reticulato-rugosis marginem versus crasse rugosis, dorso sparse stellatis marginem versus saepe breviter cristatis, apice cum appendicula aristata hirsuta 2-3 mm. longa subpersistenti or- natis; spermatibus brunneis laevibus compressis pedicellato-ovatis vel cum sinu obliquo.—PeErv: hillside on the south slope of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, alt. 2100 m., March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 43a (typee, Gray Herb.).—In Baker’s synopsis of the Mal- vaceae, Jour. Bot. xxix. 168 (1891), this species falls with M. boliv- anum Baker, but that has much larger petals, much larger pinnatifid leaves, biaristate carpels, and taller growth. orum, sp. nov., annuum herbaceum 1-3 dm. altum subsimplex; caulibus flexuosis decidue stellato-tomentosis apicem versus dense lanuginosis; foliis opacis sparse stellatis rhom- boideo-ovatis acutis elobatis triplinerviis grosse sinuato-dentatis basin versus integris 2-5 em. longis 1.5-3 cm. latis basi cuneatis, rare foliis palmato-trilobatis 2.5-4 mm. latis basi obtusis lobis obovatis grosse pauceque obtusidentatis; petiolis 5-20 mm. longis stellatis; stipulis ca. 5 mm. longis lanceolatis; floribus in glomerulos densos sessiles terminales 4-8-floros congestis; calyci ca. 5 mm. longi tomen- tosi lobis ovatis acutis ca. 3.5 mm. longis; bracteolis 3 linearibus. 3-4 mm. longis; corolla pallida ca. 4 mm. longa calycem vix superante, lobis obovatis rotundatis 2.5-3 mm. longis; tubo stamineo 1.5 mm. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 75 longo-sparse longeque villoso; columna styli glabra ea. 1.5 mm. longa, lobis ca. 8 filiformibus 0.5-0.7 mm. longis sparse villosulis; stigmatibus capitellatis; ovario depresse globoso dense stellato-tomentoso; fructu ignoto.—PERU: rocky ravines on the south slope of Chachani Moun- tain near Arequipa, alt. 2745 m., March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 37 (vypr, Gray Herb.). ssihipypiateintle related to M. tara- pacanum (Phil.) Baker, but distinguished by its larger green, rather than tomentose, foliage, pale corollas, and non-aristate fruit. alvastrum Shepardae, sp. nov., annuum -humile herbaceum stellato-setosum 2-6 ecm. altum multicaule; caulibus erectis vel decumbentibus teretibus viscido-villosis setosis; stipulis scariosis ciliatis 3-4 mm. longis 0.8-1 mm. latis; foliis subsemiorbicularibus vel late ovatis 1-2.5 cm. latis 1-2 em. longis palmate lateque trilobatis vel irregulariter dentatis setosis subtus pallidioribus prominenter nervatis basi truncatis vel obtusis; petiolis 1-3 em. longis; floribus axillaribus solitariis 2-5 mm. longe pedicellatis; calycibus ca. 5 mm. longis setosis, lobis oblongo-lanceolatis ca. 3.5 mm. longis acutis, fruc- tiferis 5-6 mm. latis; bracteolis duabus 0.5-0.9 mm. infra calycem locatis; corollis purpureis ca. 5 mm. longis sepala ca. 1 mm. super- antibus; tubo stamineo 1.5 mm. longo; stylo ca. 1.5 mm. longo, lobis ca. | mm. longis glabris vix dilatatis; stigmatibus capitellatis glabris; carpellis ca. 2.5 mm. longis 1.5 mm. latis glabris ovatis valde rugosis. —Perrv: in meadows, Puno, Dec. 1919, Mrs. R. S. Shepard 123 (TrPx, Gray Herb.).—Apparently a relative of M. pygmaeum (Remy) Gray, but differing from the description of that species in its acute calyx- lobes, pedicellate flowers, more numerous stamens, and glabrous fruit. Perhaps also related to M. mollendéense Ulbrich, but differing from the diagnosis of that species in having larger stipules, shorter pedicels, smaller flowers, smaller glabrate calyces, and leaves which are merely dentate or have three broad shallow palmate lobes. In naming this species for the collector it is a pleasure to give recognition to the botanical work of Mrs. Shepard who, in company with her husband, has for some years diligently prepared for the Gray Herba- rium excellent specimens of the floras visited during her’ missionary work i in the region west of Lake Titicaca and in Tacna-Arica. , Sp. nov., annuum herbaceum atellectinsd 8-20 cm. altum basin versus longe ascendenterque ramosum; foliis 2— 3.5 mm. longis 1.3-3 cm. latis rhomboideo-ovatis irregulariter inciso- se vel erenato-serratis, subtus pallidioribus dense stellatis | pro- nter nervatis supra: plerumque setosis nervis immersis, eee sp = oe em henatl — emg 23 r' 8 ey Srey iG 76 JOHNSTON mm. longis; petiolis 1—-2.5 em. longis; inflorescentiis axillaribus, pedun- culis gracilibus 8-16 mm. longis 1—3-floris; cal ca. mm. longis infra medium partitis lobis gnincreiis sh-abellnko-adtoniea 2-3 mm. longis anguste acuteque ovatis; bracteolis lineari-filiformibus 2-3 mm. longis; petalis albis vel dilute rosaceis quam sepala 1/5-1/3 longioribus 3-3.5 mm. longis; tubo stamineo 2.5 mm. longo; stylo ca. 2 mm. longo, lobis 6-7 ca. 0.5 mm. longis glabris vix dilatatis; stig- matibus subcapitellatis glabris; ovario glabro; carpellis maturitate reniformibus glabris: 2 mm. longis 1.2 mm. latis ca. 0.9 mm. crassis dorso convexis rugosis lateraliter laevibus; seminibus glabris reni- formibus 1.2 mm. longis 9 mm. latis minute faveolatis brunneis.— ARGENTINA: El Candado, Dept. of Andalgala, Prov. of Catamarca, Sept. 2, 1916, Pedro Jérgensen 1388 (typ, Gray Herb.)—A very distinct addition to the rather small assemblage of annual Malvas- trums. In Baker’s synopsis of the Malvaceae, Jour. Bot. xxix. 168 (1891), the species falls with M. peruvianum (L.) Gray, from which it is unquestionably distinct differing in habit, cut of leaf, calyx, and pubescence. The conspicuous, slender, very few-flowered peduncles of M. catamarcense will usually serve to distinguish it. Malvas Jorgensenii, sp. nov., annuum; radice erecta simplici, radicellis fibrillatis divaricatis; Sail erecto gracili subsimplici 4-6 dm. alto ad 3 mm. crasso basin versus suffruticuloso apicem versus folioso decidue stellato-tomentoso; foliis ovatis paucis acutis sparse stellatis 3-lobatis 4-7 cm. longis 3.5-5 cm. latis basi truncatis vel sub- cordatis subtus pallidioribus cum nervis prominentibus margine ser- rato-crenatis; petiolis 1.5-2.5 cm. longis; stipulis lanceolatis 1-2 mm. ; Inflorescentia — 10~-30-flora congeste corymbosa; calyce dense ‘selinte-tomentodo-e . 5-6 mm. longo, lobis deltoideis acutis 3-4 mm. longis, recaaae 2 Sijasbas 2-3 mm. longis; petalis laete roseis (in sicco coeruleis) ca. 1 em. longis ca. 5 mm. latis oblongo- obovatis rotundatis quam calyx 2-3-plo longioribus; tubo stamineo ca. 6-7 mm. longo; stylo 2-2.5 mm. longo, lobis ca. 2 mm. longis stigma versus subdilatatis glabris; stigmatibus oblongo-capitellatis ; ovario dense stellato-tomentoso cylindrato-globoso; fructibus ig _ ARGENTINA: near Suncho, Prov. of Tucuman, Sept. 5, 1915, Pedro Jorgensen 1389 (typE, Gray Herb.).—Distributed as M. peruvianum (L.) Gray, and somewhat resembling that species. in its subsimple habit. The new species has, however, smaller stipules, a tomentose than stellate-setose pu ce, and conspicuous corymbose eneet than small Segara racemose flowers. Malvastrum Jor- a suggests M. capitata (Cav.) Griseb. in its floral structures, but that i isa btanched and densely tomentose shrubby perennial. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 77 paullo ciliolato; staminibus 8; ovario glabro; stigmate inferiori tuber- culato horizontali; samara oblique obovata membranacea in lateribus medium versus dense albo-strigosa, ala undulata evidenti.—PERU: on sandy pampa at 3300 m. alt. on south slope of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 13 (tyP#, Gray Herb.).—Related to M. Weberbaueri Chodat, Engler Jahrb. xlii. 102 (1908), a species of central Peru, from which it differs in its more elongate narrower leaves, glabrate stigma, and differently shaped floral keel. Oenothera verrucosa, sp. nov., annua herbacea pilosa erecta simplex foliosa 5-25 em. alta; foliis 2.5-6 em. longis 5-9 mm. latis inconspicue undulatis vel denticulatis concoloribus marginem versus pubescenti- , infimis spathulato-oblanceolatis petiolatis, superioribus lance- olatis sessilibus basi rotundatis vel cordatis; floribus axillaribus; alabastro erecto ellipsoideo villoso ca. 1 cm. longo; hypanthio in- fundibuliformi usque ad ca. 3 mm. longo paullo longiori quam lato; sepalis in alabastro apice libris, anthesi separatim reflexis lineari- dorsaliter medium versus adfixis; stylo glabro ca. 3 mm. longo; stigmate 4-lobato lobis ligulatis 1-1 3 mm. longis; ovario viscido- villoso; capsulis 15 mm. longis 2-3 mm. crassis sparse villosis oblance- olato-fusiformibus obtusi-quadrangularibus, valvis verrucosis medi- aliter longitudinaliterque costatis; seminibus erectis uniseriatis ellip- soideis pallidis 1-1.4 mm. longis vix rugosis—PERU: ravines an rocky slopes at 3600 m. alt. on southern slope of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 17 (type, Gray Herb.).—Certainly a near relative of Oe. coquimbensis Gay, from which it differs in its narrower more elongate leaves, and short 78 JOHNSTON hypanthium: From descriptions it seems to be also closely related to the Chilian Oe. bracteata Phil.,’but it differs from that in having a lower stature, more elongate leaves, smaller flowers, and a sparse villous pubescence. The new species is locally known a “ chochillo,” and is used for urinal troubles. Jarrilla, nom. nov.: Mocinna La Llave, Registro Trimestre i. 351 (1832); not Mocinna Lag. Gen. et Sp. Pl. Nov. 31 (1816); nor Mozinna Ort. Nov. Pl. Deser. Decad. 104 (1798).—The generic name given by La Llave is not only later than the exactly homonymous one proposed by Lagasca, which is now referred to Calea, but is later‘also than the practically homonymous one published by Ortega. La Llave and Ortega both dedicated their names to Don José Mocifio, latinizing the latter’s name slightly differently. Ortega’s genus has been accepted as valid by some recent authors and has appeared in print, at least once, Benth. Pl. Hartw. 9 (1839), spelled “ Mocinna.” Ia therefore discarding the generic name given by La Llave, since it is essentially homonymous, being the same in origin and intent, and since its acceptance would lead to confusion. The generic name sub- stituted is formed from one of the vernacular names given by La Llave. The genus Jarrilla evidently belongs to the Caricaceae and its recog- nition adds a fourth well-marked genus to the family. It appears to be most closely related to Carica, but differs in having low herba- ceous stems, tuberous-thickened roots, and cornutely appendaged fruit. Ramirez, Anal. Inst. Med. Nac. Mexico i. 209-211 (1894) and Naturaleza ser. 2, ii. 449-450 (1894), has excellently shown the numerous characters of the genus by means of a tabular comparison. Jarrilla heterophylla (La Llave), comb. nov. Mocinna heterophylla La Llave, Registro Trimestre i. 351 (1832); Naturaleza ser. 1, vii. append. 70 (1887). (?) Carica nana Benth. Pl. Hartw. 288 (1848). M. heterophylla, var. Sesseana Ramirez, Anal. Inst. Med. Nac. Mexico i. 207, t. 14 (1894); Naturaleza ser. 2, ii. 447, t. 25-26 (1894). C. Brandg. Zoe iv. 401 (1894).—The type of this very variable species is said to have come from Guanajuato, Mexico. Its descrip- tion agrees well with the plates of Ramfrez’s variety Sesseana which presumably was based upon cultivated material from Guanajuato furnished by Dugés. The species as here accepted is quite variable as to foliage. The Jalisco plant figured as typical M. heterophylla by Ramirez has sagittate or definitely hastate leaves and may be distinct. I have seen a quite similar plant collected at La Palma, Jalisco, in 1892 by M. E. Jones (no. 7331/a). The type of scien s species comes from the mountains of southern Lower Californi TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 79 Jacaratia costaricensis, sp. nov., dioica arborea pyramidalis; ramis brunneis aculeatis; aculeis acutis duris ca. 2 mm. altis conicis ‘vel lateraliter compressis; foliis herbaceis longe petiolatis digitatis ambitu rotundatis 10-15 cm. diametro; petiolis 10-16 cm. longis; foliolis 5-7 oblanceolatis integerrimis acuminatis, supra viridibus sub- ‘tus densissime glaucis; foliolo centrali 6-11 cm. longo 2-3: em. lato cum petiolulo 2-3 mm. longo; inflorescentiis masculis axillaribus petiolo brevioribus 6-12 cm. longis laxe racemosi-paniculatis multi- floris, femineis axillaribus erectis longe pedunculatis unifloris; floribus masculis ca. 17 mm. longis extus glaucissimis, in alabastro tenuiter clavatis, lobis ca. 7 mm. longis linearibus subobtusis, tubis tenuiter cylindratis ca. 1.2 mm. crassis intus sparse villosis, staminibus extus strigosis valde inaequalibus, filamentis conspicue connatis, antheris similibus sine connectivo ligulato, processis erectis spiniformibus; floribus masculis ca. 2.7 em. longis glaucis, tubo ca. 2 mm. longo ca. 6 mm. crasso.—Costa Rica: forest of Las Vueltas, Tucurrique, 650- 700 m. alt., Dec. 1898, Adolfo Tonduz 12881 (rypE, Gray Herb.).— Jacaratia costaricensis is evidently a close relative of the Guianian, J. spinosa (Aubl.) DC., but differs from that species in its longer (5-9 mm. long) fruiting peduncles, and very strikingly bicolored foliage. The new species is quite unique in the genus on account of its excessively glaucous flowers and lower leaf-surfaces. The vernacular name given by Senior Tonduz is “ papayillo de venado.” Pileus mexicanus (A. DC.), comb. nov. Jacaratia mexicana A. DC. Prodr. xv. pt. 1, 420 (1864); Calq. Fl. Mex. t. 1163-1164 (1874). J. conica Kerber, Jahrb. Bot. Gart. Berlin ii. 282, t. 9 (1883). Carica heptaphylla Sesse & Moc. Pl. N. Hisp. 172 (1887); not Vellozo (1827). P. heptaphyllus Ramfrez Anal. Inst. Med. Nac. Mexico v. 28, t. 14 (1901); Naturaleza ser. 2, ii. 707, t. 41-45 (1903).—In its alate or strongly costate fruit and in its quite anomalous habit this species differs strikingly from all other members of the Caricaceae, and appears to merit well the generic rank accorded it by Dr. Ramirez. There are, however, two names older than the particular one taken up by Ramirez; the above combination being the proper one. The species has been almost universally referred to Jacaratia, but in habit it is anomalous in that genus and in addition differs in having unarmed branches and non-connate stamens. The plant differs from Carica in its habit, divided leaves, costate or angled fruit, and oppositi- sepalous corolla-lobes. It differs from Jarrilla in its habit, 5-celled costate or alate non-cornute fruit, divided leaves, oppositisepalous frez corolla-lobes, and linear (not lingulate) glabrous stigmas. 80 JOHNSTON reports the plant from the state of Morelos and Guerrero. Kerber collected it in Colima and mentions a collection from Campeche. I have seen a specimen (Millspaugh 96 in part, mixed with Jatropha Gaumeri Greenm.) from between Merida and Izamal, Yucatan. Caiophora (§ Bicallosae) Jorgensenii, sp. nov., volubilis; foliis oblongis vel late lanceolatis acutis pinnatisectis a pinnatilobatis 2.5-5.5 em. longis 1-3 em. latis 3-6 mm. longe petiolatis, lobis acutis oppositis vel subalternis serratis; floribus axillaribus solitariis 5- meris; pedicellis florigeris tortuosis 10-15 mm. longis, fructiferis ca. 25 mm. longis apicem versus cernuis; hypanthiis hirsutis graciliter cylindratis ad basin sensim attenuatis ca. 8 mm. longis ca. 2 mm crassis, lobis linearibus ca. 4 mm. longis ca. 0.5—0.7 mm. latis; petalis patentibus 8-10 mm. longis late navicularibus extus setosis; squamis pubescentibus 3-4 mm. longis ca. 22.5 mm. latis a latere visis semi- lunatis a dorso ovato-oblongis sub collo callos 2 valde incrassatos decurrentes transversos gerentibus apice valde bicalloso-incrassatis, nervis 3 ad 3 altitudinis squamae filum emittentibus, filis 3 filiform- ibus basin versus paullo dilatatis squamas paullo vel vix super- antibus; staminodiis 2 subulatis gibbere papillosis tortuosis 4-5 mm. longis quam squama sensim longioribus; filamentis numerosis; cap- sulis cylindro-claviformibus inferne in pedicellum attenuatis 2-2.5 em. longis 4-5 mm. crassis nutantibus setosis conspicue spiraliterque contortis; seminibus 0.6-1 mm. longis ca. 0.6 mm. diametro pallide brunneis faveolato-reticulatis irregulariter alatis—ARGENTINA: El Candado, Dept. of Andalgal4é, Prov. Catamarca, Jan. 16, 1916, Pedro Jérgensen 1163 (rypr, Gray Herb.).—This species is evidently a close ally of C. stenocarpa Urb. & Gilg, and C. Arechavaletae Urb., and has a range geographically intermediate between these species. It differs from C. stenocarpa in its smaller solitary axillary flowers, elongate pedicels, and evidently contorted capsules. From C. Are- chavaletae it differs in its shorter petioles, smaller less deeply cut narrower leaves, solitary axillary flowers, and longer more slender capsules. In C. Jorgensenii the scales in the flower appear to be nearly intermediate between the conditions illustrated by Urban & Gilg, Monog. Loasac. t. 8, fig. 4 and 7 (1900), for its near relatives. The staminodia in the proposed species are subulate, tapering very gradually from the broadened base. About 1 mm. above the base, and slightly below the first bend, the staminodia are provided with a pair of spreading linear coarsely and densely villous appendages about 1 mm. long. Above the attachment of the appendages the pale staminodia is covered to the very tip with gibbous tuberculations. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 81 The staminodia in C. Jorgensenii is hence quite different from those of C. stenocarpa and C. Arechavaletae as illustrated by Urban & Gilg, l. ec. fig. 6 and 8. Gilibertia amplifolia; sp. nov., arborea glaberrima; ramis cortice griseo spongioso tectis; foliis paucis ovatis vel oblongo-ovatis coriaceis undulatis vel sinuatis obtusis 15-18 cm. longis 9-11 cm. latis conspicue nervatis bicoloribus basi rotundatis vel abrupte cuneatis; petiolis 6-7 cm. longis; inflorescentia terminali pyramidaliter paniculata, rachibus crassis ca. 3.5 em. longis, bracteis conspicuis latis persistenti- bus saepe ad 2-3 mm. longis; ramulis primariis patentibus 2.5-3.5 cm. longis inarticulatis bracteatis; pedunculis 1-3 cm. longis saepe medium vel basin versus bracteolatis; capitulis 10-20-floris; pedicellis 1.5-2.5 mm. longis; hypanthiis anguste obconicis; corollis 5-meris; alabastris subglobosis; petalis saepe ca. 2.5 mm. longis anguste tri- angularibus crassiusculis acutis quam stamina paullo brevioribus; ovario glabro; baccis ca. 5 mm. longis 4 mm. latis valde 5-costatis; stylis medium versus connatis apice valde recurvatis.—COLOMBIA: Santa Marta, alt. 1200 m., Feb. 1898-1901, H. H. Smith 1778 (TYP, Gray Herb.).—Related to G. arborea (L.) March., but differing in having short pedicels, paler broader leaves, and a more compound inflorescence with a thicker main axis. Gilibertia thiana, sp. nov., arbor glaberrima; foliis oblongis vel elliptico-oblanceolatis 2 dm. longis 4-7 cm. latis margine obscure crenatis et involutis, basi cuneatis vel rotundatis, apice valde acu- minatis, subtus pallidioribus valde nervatis; petiolis saepe 3-8 cm. longis; racemis terminalibus, rachibus 2-6 em. longis gracilibus erectis, pedunculis gracilibus elongatis non articulatis ima basi et medium versus bracteas breves ovatas concavas acutas gerentibus; calycis late obconici lobis acutis; corolla sphaerica paullo depressa, petalis del- toideo-ellipticis acutis uninerviis crassiusculis purpureis ca. 1.5 mm. longis stamina paullo superantibus; stylis sub anthesi in conum rugosum diametro disci circiter aequantem connatis maturitate valde recurvatis; ovariis glabris; baccis globosis laevibus 5—6 mm. longis.— GuaTEMALA: Cubilquitz, Dept. Alta Verapaz, alt. 350 m., Aug. 1907, von Tiirckheim 11407 (TyPE, Gray Herb.); Aug. 1901, von Tiirckherm 7382. Honpuras: San Pedro Sula, Dept. Santa Barbara, alt. 500 m., Thieme 5253. Mexico: Misantla, Vera Cruz, Aug. 1912, Purpus 5917; (?) Cerro del Boqueron, Chiapas, June 1914, Purpus 7368.— Related to the Antillean G. arborea (L.) March. under which name it has been distributed by Captain John Donnell Smith and treated in his key, Bot. Gaz. lv. 436 (1913), to the Central American species of 82 JOHNSTON the genus. Gilibertia Smithiana, however, differs. from its West Indian relative in having smaller flowers in a more slender less pro- jected inflorescence, and in possessing less firm usually more elongate leaves. The only specimen of G. arborea in the Gray Herbarium from Central America is Fendler 131 from Panama. _- Gilibertia eurycarpa, sp. nov., arborea; ramis cortice griseo longi- tudinaliter sulcato tectis; foliis adic ieads saepe obtuse breviterque acuminatis integerrimis, subtus pallidioribus costa prominenti et nervis ascendentibus arcuatis ad basin inferioribus cum costa de- currentibus, foliis ramulorum juvenum 3-5-palmato-lobatis cum petiolis 2 dm. longis, eis ramulorum maturorum ovatis acutis vel obtusis 10-15 em. longis 5-11 em. latis basi cuneatis; umbellis 25-40- floris in racemum 2-5 em. longum axillarem digestis; pedunculo 4-5 em. longo gracili medium versus bracteis brevibus ovatis concavis acutis instructo, apice in receptaculum hemisphaericum mediocre dilatato; floribus 5-meris, pedicellis filiformibus ca. 7 mm. longis bracteolis scariosis ferrugineis brevissimis basi stipatis; tubo calycis obconico, limbo anguste triangulari 1.52 mm. longo; corolla hemi- sphaerica paullo depressa; petalis ovatis vel triangulari-ovatis acutis - 2 mm. longis; staminis filamento flexuoso petalis longiore; stylis alle arcuato-reflexis basin versus connatis; bacca oblate globosa ca. 5 mm. longa cum exocarpio corrugato; pedicellis 8-10 mm. longis.— Mexico: Tamasopo Canyon, San Luis Potosi, Pringle 3723 (TYPE, Gray Herb.); Gomez Farias, Tamaulipas, ca. 350 m. alt., Palmer 275, 312.—The species is related to G. stenocarpa Donn. Sm. of Guatemala and Salvador, but differs in its globose fruit, shorter style, and more uniform leaves. It is also a close relative of G. insularis Rose of the ne Marias Islands, but differs from ‘the description of that species with longer pedicels and — pee in having eae fruit and strongly recurved styles. Gilibertia alaris (C .), comb. nov. Hedera hai C. & S Lin- naea ix. 605 (1835). Gilibertia darienensis (Seem.), comb. nov. Dendropanax dari enense Seem. Jour. Bot. i. 300 (1864 Bik ensis, sp. nov., aiales Bisdales 15-20 cm. alta stricte vel ascendenter ramosa iniffeaticulind (?) annua; ramis nu- merosis, inferne pallidis nudis, superne brunnescentibus vel viridibus gracilibus rigidusculis foliosis; foliis 1-2 em. longis integris: vel pal- matifidis vel varie pinnatifidis, lobis paucis linearibus 0.5—1 mm. latis 5-18 mm. longis compressis vix dilatatis firmiusculis cuspidatis sparse aeniehes: floribus foliis Oppositis: solitariis ; pedicellis ascendentibus TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 83 1-3 (saepius 2-3) cm. longis glandulosis; calyce campanulato viscido- glanduloso 4-5 mm. alto ca. 2 mm. crasso, lobis triangulari-lanceolatis ca. 1.5 mm. longis; corolla glaberrima ca. 9 mm. longa hypocrateri- formi, tubo calycem paullo superanti albo, lobis ovalibus ca. 2.5 mm. longis purpurascentibus; staminibus infra medium tubo corollae adfixis; filamentis tubum corollae superantibus filiformibus 3.5 mm. longis; antheris orbicularibus 0.3-0.4 mm. diametro basi adfixis; stylo 2 mm. longo; stigmatibus lanceolatis ca. 1 mm. longis; loculis ovarii multiovulatis; capsula cylindrato-ovoidea 4-5 mm. longa sepalis paullo breviori polysperma; seminibus brunneis.oblongis sub aqua spirilliferis Peru: on a sandy pampa at 3300 m. alt. on the south slope of Chachani Mountain near Arequipa, March 1920, Mr. & Mrs. F. E. Hinkley 25 (vypr, Gray Herb.).—The above species belongs to the § Eugilia and is clearly a member of that small group of South American species centering around G. laciniata R. & P. In Brand’s monograph, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 250, 95 (1907), it keys out with G. laciniata. It differs from that, however, in its very slender glabrous habit, long filaments, solitary long-pedicellate flowers, and linear or simply cleft very slender elongate glabrous leaves. The stems of G. chachanensis are very slender, rather rigid, and towards the ground slightly fruticulose. The plant is absolutely glabrous but is sprinkled over with short-stipitate glands, and the upper parts are somewhat viscid. It bears the local name of “romerito del cerro.” _ Patima formicaria, sp. nov., fruticosa ca. 2.4 dm. alta; caulibus 1-5 erectis simplicibus fistulosis tetragonis obtuse angulatis 8-12 mm. crassis in lateribus longitudinaliter sulcatis; foliis herbaceis obovato- ellipticis vel late oblongeque obovatis 30-49 cm. longis 12-17 cm. latis integerrimis apice cum acumine 15-25 mm. longo faleate acu- minatis basi cuneatis vel attenuatis subtus pallidis sparse puberulentis, nerviis 30-40 arcuate laxeque ascendentibus; petiolis 4-7 cm. longis lateraliter compressis angulatis; stipulis 4-5 mm. longis lineari-attenu- atis vel lanceolatis crassis; inflorescentia glabra axillari; axillis cum 1-3 uni- vel quadri-floris 1 mm. longe pedunculatis umbellis ornatis; pedi- cellis 4-8 mm. longis; hypanthio glabro hemisphaerico ca. 2 mm. alto; ovario multiovulato multiloculari (?); calyce glabro integro1.5-2.5mm. alto cupuliformi; corolla 2.5—2.8 mm. longa firma citrea vel (in saltem sicco) rubiginosa extus glabra, tubo cylindrico ca. 1.5 mm. longo ca. 4 mm. crasso intus glabro supra in fauces infundibuliformes 8-10 mm. longas usque ad 8-10 mm. crassas intus aureo-villosas ampliato, lobis deltoideis ascendentibus graciliter acuminatis in alabastro paullo lateraliter imbricatis ca. 3.5 mm. latis; staminibus glabris inclusis in 84 JOHNSTON faucibus ad corollam affixis; filamentis ligulatis paullo attenuatis 2-2.2 mm. longis; antheris lanceo-linearibus ca. 4 mm. longis basi emargin- atis apice acuminatis; stylo corolla breviori tereti glabro ca. 1.5 mm. longo, stigmatibus ligulatis ca. 2.7 mm. longis; bacca 6-7 mm. crassa 5-8 mm. alta; seminibus subglobosis brunneis ca. 0.5 mm. diametro foveolatis British GuIANA: Tumatumari, Potaro River, lat. 5° 20’ N., June 1920, Hitchcock 17348 (rye, Gray Herb.); clayey hills at mouth of Merumé Creek, 5° 53’ N., 59° 52’ W., Dec. 1922, H. 0. Lang 330 and 339.—Evidently related to P. guianensis Aubl., PI. Guian. 196, t. 77 (1775) and Hoffm. in Mart. FI. Brasil. vi. pt. 6, 309 (1889), but having taller tetragonal stems, larger long-acuminate leaves, larger flowers, and smaller apparently many-celled fruit. Ac- cording to Dr. W. M. Wheeler, to whom the Gray Herbarium is in- debted for excellent material of the species, the plant is myrmeco- philous, its fistulous stems being the habitation of at least five species of ants. GNAPHALIUM MICROCEPHALUM Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2, vii. 404 (1841). G. bicolor Bioletti, Erythea i. 16 (1893).—A photo- graph of the type of Nuttall’s Gnaphalium microcephalum has been recently received from the British Museum. A study of this photo- graph shows conclusively that the species has been universally mis- interpreted and that it clearly represents the species well known to Californian botanists as @. bicolor Bioletti. The species of Southern California which has been mistaken for the Nuttallian species is ence without a name and may be called:— Gnaphalium albidum, sp. nov., perenne 5-9 dm. altum; caulibus numerosis dense tomentosissimis laxe ramosis, foliis oblanceolatis vel spathulatis late adfixis saepe subdecurrentibus 3-5 cm. longis 5-10 mm. latis acutis tomentosis supra paullo viridioribus: capitulis 5-6 mm. altis ca. 4 mm. diametro in glomerulos lanugineos terminales congestis; tegulis ca. 18 albidis 3-seriatis, exterioribus ovatis acumi- natis, interioribus oblongis acutis; floribus perfectis 3.5 mm. longis 5-6, imperfectis 35-40; pappi setis ca. 20 distinctis ca. 4 mm. longis barbatis; achaeniis glabris oblongis ca. 0.6 mm. longis.— ‘ CaLiForNIA: in the chaparral, Granite, San Diego Co., 550 m. alt., July 11, 1916, Mary F. Spencer 69 (ryrE, Gray Herb.); grassy hillside, Laguna Mts., San Diego Co., Spencer 1034; border of stream, San Bernardino Mountains, Parish Bros. 579; Pasadena, Grant 518; Mission Canyon, Santa Barbara Co., Eastwood 124.—This species is confined to the coastal drainage of Southern California where it is most common in gravelly places on the alluvial fans along the base of TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 85 the mountains, and in open places in the chaparral belt in the foothills or at low altitudes in the mountains. It is probably most related to G. Wrightii Gray, a species of northern Mexico and New Mexico, which has smaller heads, more acute tegules, more slender stems, and a much less dense tomentum on its stems and foliage. GNAPHALIUM BENEOLENS Davidson, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sei. xvii. 17 (1918).—Lower Ca.irornia: San Vicente, Orcutt 1241. CaLi- FORNIA: Saratoga, San Diego Co., Spencer 166; Palomar, Spencer 1043; Crescenta, Burlew 3275 (isotype); Converse Basin, Fresno Co., Dudley 3397; Yosemite, 1877, Hooker & Gray; Del Monte, Elmer 4038; Black Mt., Santa Clara Co., Baker 1542; Mt. Tamalpais, Kastwood 1501; near Forest Ranch, Butte Co., Heller 12659. NEVADA: Bowers, Heller 10659; near Carson City, Anderson 19.—This species seems properly to include almost all that material from middle and northern California, and most of that from Southern California, which in the past has gone as G. microcephalum. It differs from G. albidum in its narrow linear elongate leaves and larger usually stramineous heads. In Southern California where G. albidum and G. beneolens both occur, the latter appears to flower later, to be more common, and to reach its optimum development at lower altitudes growing in the broad _ warm valleys and low foothills. The two species have very different habits, at least in Southern California. Gnaphalium albidum branches more, particularly towards the base, and has somewhat decumbent stems, and consequently has a decidedly loose habit. On the other hand G. beneolens is stiffly erect, with little branching towards the base, and forms close trim clumps. The difference in foliage between the species, while occasionally obscure in very mature specimens, is remarkably accentuated on the vigorous young flowerless shoots. GNAPHALIUM THERMALE E. Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 121 (1901).— Wyoming: on the formations, Norris Geyser Basin, Yellowstone Park, Nelson 6139 (IsoryPE). IpaHo: Lake View, Kootenai Co., Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller 872; Trinity, Elmore Co., Macbride 529. British Conumsta: vicinity of Nanaimo, Vancouver Isl., Macoun 430. Wasuincton: New Port, Kreager 454; Peshastin, Sandberg & Leiberg 830; Friday Harbor, San Juan Islands, Zeller 1213. OREGON: Kamela, Peck 4672; Detroit, Nelson 1912. CaLiForNia: near Deetz Station, Siskiyou Co., Heller 11702; Truckee, Heller 7092; Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts., Abrams 2888.—Although grossly inappropriate, the above name seems the only one correctly applicable to the plant of northwestern United States now current as G. microcephalum. The plant in question is a well marked one and ranges from western 86 JOHNSTON Wyoming to Oregon and southern British Columbia and thence south- ward along the Sierra Nevadas to Southern California. It appears to be most related to G. Wrightii of Mexico and New Mexico, but dif- fers in its very different distribution, smaller heads, and sharply acute usually stramineous tegules. Gnaphalium thermale is readily distinguished from G. beneolens by its very conspicuously smaller heads and northern range. In California where the two latter species both occur, G. thermale grows on the mountains in the pine belt at altitudes much higher than G. beneolens. Gnaphalium texanum, sp. nov., perenne 3-4 dm. altum; caulibus compluribus laxe ramosis dense tomentosis foliis numerosis oblance- olatis vel oblanceo-linearibus 3-7 mm. latis 1.5-4 cm. longis acutis late affixis, subtus tomentosis, supra sparse decidueque tomentosis; capitulis 4-5 mm. altis 2-2.5 mm. diametro in glomerulos lanu- ginosos donnietition congestis; tcgulis 18-20 albidis 3-seriatis interior- ibus oblongis acutis, exterioribus ovatis acuminatis tomentosis; floribus perfectis 2.5 mm. longis 8-10, imperfectis ca. 40; pappi setis ea. 18 distinctis ca. 3 mm. longis subnudis; achaeniis glabris oblongis ca. 0.5 mm. longis——Trxas: mouth of Tarlinga Creek, Brewster County, Sept. 1883, V. Havard 26 (rypr, Gray Herb.); rocky soil, lower slopes, Davis Mts., Aug. 20, 1915, without collector —Although passing as G. Wrightit Gray, this species seems unquestionably dis- tinct, differing in its stiff habit and branching, narrow leaves, and particularly in having its small heads crowded into tight capitate clusters terminating short leafy branches. The new species appears to replace G. Wrightii in Texas. Gnaphalium viridulum, sp. nov., bienne 2-4 dm. altum; caulibus compluribus erectis simplicibus vel rariter laxe ramosis tomentosis; foliis oblanceolatis superioribus gradatim reductis late affixis 2-6 cm longis 4-10 mm. latis, apice acutis cuspidatis, subtus dense tomen- tosis, supra paullo viridioribus; inflorescentia dense corymbosa; capitulis 4-5 mm. altis 2-3 mm. diametro in glomerulos densos con- gestis; tegulis ca. 18 albidis basem versus viridulis 3-seriatis exterior- ibus ovatis acutis sparsissime laxeque tomentosis, interioribus oblongis acuminatis; floribus perfectis 5-6 ca. 3.5 mm. longis, imperfectis 30-35; pappi setis ca. 15 distinctis solitariter deciduis ca. 4 mm. longis antrorse hispidulis; achaeniis glabris oblongis 0.6 mm. longis.— New Mexico: Bear Mts. near Silver City, 2400 m. alt., Sept. 19, 1903, O. B. Metcalfe 742 (rypn, Gray Herb.). Arizona: Gooseneck, P ai Chiricahua Mts., 1950 m. alt., Blumer 2207; Tucson, 1907, favs —This species has sssliis confused nails G. Wrightii although dif- TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 87 fering in its lower stature, smaller cylindrical greenish heads, and less sharply acute partly green tegules. The plant has a characteristic habit. It appears to range more to the westward than does G. Wrightii and perhaps replaces it in Arizona. GNAPHALIUM UsTuLATUM Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. ser. 2, vii. 404 (1841).—It has been the current practice to apply the name G. purpureum L. to an indigenous plant which ranges along the Pacific Coast from British Columbia to Southern California and seemingly reappears in Arizona and northern Mexico. Comparison of this plant with the true G. purpureum of eastern United States shows the former to be uniformly coarser, to have a much looser tomentum, and a broader dense stout somewhat leafy spike of com- monly brown heads. The plants from the two coasts are readily recognized and may be quickly separated merely on their difference of gross habit and aspect. A study of the photograph of Nuttall’s type of G. ustulatum, recently received from the British Museum, shows that both of the specimens cited by Nuttall clearly belong to the Pacific Coast plant and hence that his name is properly applicable to the “G. purpureum” of Californian authors. Although Nuttall cites one specimen as collected “On the plains of the Platte, towards the Rocky Mountains” the species is not known there, and it seems almost certain that the locality is the result of mislabeling. In Southern California G. ustulatum is not known south of Santa Barbara and Santa Rosa Island. The specimens from San Diego and Clare- mont cited by Hall, Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. i. 111 (1907), represent the amphigean weed, G. spathulatum Lam., a plant readily recognized by its distinctly annual weedy habit, floccose greenish foliage, and yellowish or greenish heads embedded in tomentum. 3. A. NEGLECTED Paper BY JEAN Louis BERLANDIER. It was recently discovered that the library of the Gray Herbarium contained copies of a sixteen page brochure, apparently written by J. L. Berlandier, which seems to have escaped the notice of recent authors. The title-page of the paper reads: Memorias | de la | Comision | de | limites | a | las ordenes del | General Manual de Mier y Teran. The first numbered page bears at its head: Memorias de la Comision | de limites. | Historia Natural | Botanica. | por | El - General Teran y L. Berlandier. The preface is dated thus: Mata- moros de las Tamaulipas Junio 20 de 1832. The commission referred to is evidently that which, according to Bancroft, Hist. Mex. v. 154 (1885), was appointed “in 1827, with General Manual Mier y Teran 88 JOHNSTON as its chief, to ascertain the boundary between the Mexican and American republics under the treaty of 1819.’ According to Alcocer, Naturaleza ser. 2, iii. 556-557 (1901), the commission operated as late as 1830 or 1831. Since the date to the preface of the botanical report is over a year after the disbanding of the commission, it seems probable that the time mentioned is within a year, if not a month, of the exact date of publication, since the paper is a small one and especially since certain crudities in printing suggest that it was printed (in all proba- bility very promptly) on some frontier press such as would have been found at that period in Matamores. The brochure is hence taken as having been published in 1832. _ In substance the paper consists of dual Latin and Spanish descrip- tions of eleven newly proposed species and four new genera. e descriptions are carefully prepared and are evidently the work of Berlandier. The identification of the proposed genera and species, which appear to have been completely neglected and which are not listed in the Kew Index, has been greatly facilitated by the specimens from the Berlandier herbarium now preserved in the Gray Herbarium. These in a number of cases are labeled in Berlandier’s handwriting with the names published in the brochure. Further help has been derived from the volume of Berlandier’s unpublished plates, now preserved in the library of the Gray Herbarium. In the present paper these plates are cited: Berl. Icon. Ined. It seems probable that the brochures and the Berlandier manuscripts all came to the Gray Herbarium through the gift of Dr. Short under the conditions men- tioned by Gray, Am. Jour. Sci. ser. 2, xxxv. 16 (1863). Rivina vernalis Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 1 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 1, pt. 1, t. 3, fig. 3.—“ Crescit in locis sterilibus siccis humidisve, prope Matamoros de las Tamaulipas.” = R. HUMILIS L. Sp. Pl. 121 (1753). Cactus bicolor Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 1 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 1, pt. 2, t. 4; no. 6, t. 4.—“ Crescit in locis sicci sterilibusque prope Matamoros de las Tamaulipas.” = Hamato- cactus (Teran & Berl.), comb. nov. Echinocactus setispinus Engelm. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. v. 246 (1845).—Britton & Rose, Cactaceae ili. 105 (1922), say that E. setispinus is “ very different from Cactus bicolor Berlandier.” Berlandier’s description, however, agrees ry: closely with their description of Engelmann’s species, while pencilings on Berlandier’s plates, which certainly represent the species as illustrated by Britton & Rose, show that Engelmann also con- es ynony fter the publication of the latter. TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 89 CacTUS CHLORANTHUS Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 3 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 1, pt. 2, t. 3.—“ Crescit in locis sterilibus siccisve prope Matamoros de Tamaulipas.” This species is a Mam- millaria apparently belonging to the genus Escobaria of Britton & Rose, Cactaceae iv. 53 (1923). CACTUS TAMAULIPENSIS Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 3 (1832).—* Crescit in locis sterilibus inter ripam fluvii dicti Rio Bravo del Norte et locum dictum arroyo colorado prope Matamoros de las Tamaulipas.” Unrecognized. Terania frutescens Berl. in Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 4 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 6, t. 2.—‘“ Habitat in regionibus septen- trionalibus et orientalibus Reipublicae Mexicanae; prope San An- tonio de Bejar in Texas, circa Monterrey in Nuevo Leon, prope Matamoros et Victoria in Tamaulipas.” Berlandier’s genus, Terania, is evidently a late synonym of Leucophyllum, but his species is some years older than L. teranum Benth. in DC. Prodr. x. 344 (1846). The correct name forthe plant is, therefore, Leucophyllum frutescens (Berl.), comb. nov. Gaza anacua Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 5 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 4, t. 9.—‘ Habitat in locis siecis humidive; in Texas prope la Bahia del Espiritu Santo; in Tamaulipas prope Matamoros ubi vulgo adpellatur Anacua.” The genus Gaza, de- scribed at the above citation, is a synonym of Fhretia. The species, G. anacua, however, is an older name for the plant current as £. el- liptica DC. Prodr. ix. 503 (1845), which therefore should be called ¥ Ehretia anacua (Teran & Berl.), comb. nov. Chrysodendron tinctoria Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 7 (1832).—“ Habitat in locis umbrosis montium dictorum Sierra de Tamaulipas del norte, prope San Carlos et San Nicolas, et forsan in omnibus montibus del Nuevo Leon prope Monterrey. Vulgo Palo amarillo.” The generic name Chrysodendron was proposed at the above reference. It is a synonym of Mahonia. As the specific name is much older than the synonymous Berberis chochoco Schl Bot. Zeitg. xii. 652 (1854), the plant should properly be called Mahonia (Teran & Berl.), comb. nov. Three varieties of C. tinctoria were published, namely oblongifolia, latifolia, and longifolia. Au- thentic material in the Gray Herbarium, however, shows them to be trivial leaf-forms. JATROPHA CATHARTICA Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 9 (1832).—“ Crescit in locis sterilibus fere totius Tamaulipae, praecipue 90 JOHNSTON ad margines fluvii dicti Rio de las Nuecas et prope Matamoros urbem.” = Jatropha Berlandieri Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 198 (1858). Mimosa pseudo-Echinus Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 11 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 1, pt. 2, t. 7—“ Habitat in sylvis pro- vinciarum internarum Orientalium prope San Luis Potosi ad ripam fluminis dicti Rio Grande usque ad Texas. Habitus Echini mollis.” = Prosopis JULIFLORA (Sw.) DC. Prodr. ii. 447 (1825). It is evident that the specific name was meant to be “ pseudo-Schinus”’ and it is so spelled on herbarium specimens. In the brochure and in the un- published plates, however, it is spelled as given above. Standley, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxiii. 353 (1922), has commented on the sielline of the specific name. Calia erythrosperma Teran & Berl. Mem.. Comision Limites 13 (1832).—“ Habitat in Texas, prope S. Antonio de Bejar urbem, in Tamaulipas inter Palmillas et Jaumave locis ruderatis.”’ Calia was described as a new genus. It is, however, much later than the homonymous and universally recognized genus of the Compositae. The species is clearly a synonym of SOPHORA SECUNDIFLORA (Ortega) Lag. in DC. Cat. Hort. Monspl. 148 (1813). Lantana rubra Berl. in Teran & Berl. Mem. Comision Limites 15 (1832); Berl. Icon. Ined. no. 1, pt. 1, t. 5, fig. 1—‘“ Habitat in Ta- maulipas circa Matamoros urbem, in Tejas ad ripam maris, in loco dicto Bahia de Matagorda et prope San Antonio de Bejar urbem.” This is a synonym of either L. Camara L. or L. horrrpa HBK. 4. On THE Va.Lipiry oF Mo.ina’s SCIENTIFIC NAMES. In the most recent addition to his list of critical papers on the flora of the Argentine, Professor Lucien Hauman, Physis vii. 67-76 (1923), has reviewed and discussed the validity of the plant-names proposed by Molina in thefirst (1782) edition of the “Saggio sulla storia naturale del Chili.” It is surprising that Professor Hauman, admitting the priority of many of Molina’s names, has refused to accept the neces- ane name-changes, considering the names published in the Saggio o be “nomina nuda” because they are more frequently identifiable a items of folk-lore or by philological or pharmaceutical details mentioned by Molina, than by the formal latin diagnoses. It must be admitted that Molina’s botanical descriptions are very brief and are frequently inaccurate. The descriptions, however, are always accompanied by a discussion in the text of the Saggio relative to the habit and to the native names and uses of the plant treated. Such discussion, supplementing the poorly prepared technical matter, TAXONOMIC RECORDS CONCERNING AMERICAN SPERMATOPHYTES 91 commonly serves to identify the species positively. In the brevity of his descriptions Molina was not at all exceptional in his age, and his names are about as readily identified from their diagnoses as are the species described by Linneus in the “Systema Naturae.” If we are to accept the principle upon which Professor Hauman rejects Molina’s names, treating all species as nomina nuda: which are uni- dentifiable from their original description alone, and refusing to admit any a posteriori evidence as to the identity of such species, then botanical nomenclature is destined to a highly undesirable and caty- clismic reorganization, since most of the early species, and even a goodly proportion of the recent ones, are more readily, if not ex- clusively, identifiable from some locality, use, or local-namementioned, or from a study of the original material, than they are from the whole of the formal portion of the description. Consistency, therefore, demands that we accept Molina’s names when they are satisfactorily identified, as most of them have been through the efforts of Philippi, Anal. Univ. Chile xxii. 699-741 (1863). It is also to be noted that most of Molina’s names were considered sufficiently well identified to be cited in the synonymy of Reiche’s Flora de Chile. When the identity of such names has been determined with accuracy sufficient to warrant citing them, unquestioned, in synonymy, it would seem ‘that we are logically obliged, if our acceptance of priority be more than a pretense, to take them up if they fulfill in other respects the necessary nomenclatorial requirements. Although Molina’s names were disregarded in the past, their neglect was not from their inade- quate definition, but because the earlier workers on the flora of southern South America followed, more or less closely, the principle finally formulated as the “ Kew Rule” which calls for the acceptance, not of the oldest specific name, but of the first specific name under the accepted generic name. While it is regrettable that well known specific names should be displaced by the neglected ones of Molina, there seems no other course for those who find their guide in the modern International Rules of Nomenclature formulated at Vienna, which call for the acceptance of the oldest specific name irrespective of the genus under which it was described. With the exception of the few changes made at this time, most nomenclatorial adjustments oc- casioned by the priority of Molina’s names, have been made by pre- vious writers. Fitzroya cupressoides (Molina), comb. nov. Pinus cupressoides Molina,* Sagg. Chile 168 (1782). Lzbocedrus cupressoides Kuntze, Rev. Gen. iii. 375 (1893). F. patagonica Hook. f. ex Lindl. Jour. Hort. Soe. vi. 264 (1851). 92 JOHNSTON v Frankenia salina (Molina), comb. nov. Ocymum salinwm Molina, Sagg. Chile 239 (1782). F. Berteroana Gay, Fl. Chile i. 247 (1845). Gomortega keule (Molina), comb. nov. Lucuma keule Molina, Sagg. Chile 187 (1782). G. nitida R. & P. Syst. Fl. Peruv. i. 108 (1798). Larrea balsamica (Molina),comb. nov. Mimosa balsamica Molina, Sagg. Chile 165 (1782). L. nitida Cav. Anal. Hist. Nat. Madrid ii. 120 (1800). . Myrceugenia luma (Molina), comb. nov. Myrtus Juma Molina, Sagg. Chile 173 (1782). Myrceugenia apiculata (DC.) Niedz. in E. & P. Nat. Pflanzenf. iii. Abt. 7, 74 (1893). Nierembergia minima (Molina), comb. nov. Nicotiana minima Molina, Sagg. Chile 153 (1782). Nierembergia repens R. & P. FI Peruv. ii. 13, t. 123 (1799). Statice guaicuru (Molina), comb.nov. Plegorhiza guaicuru Molina, oo 164 (1782). S. chilensis Phil. Anal. Univ. Chile xx. 58 1861). 172 (1782). P. juliflora (Sw.) DC. Prodr. ii. 447 (1825).—As the above combination was made in an obscure place it is repeated here to call attention to the fact that it is the proper name for the widely distributed, variable, and much named species known as “ mesquite” in Mexico and southwestern United States, and generally current as Prosopis juliflora. The combination is not given in the Kew Index, nor is ARISTOTELIA CHILENSIS (Molina) Stuntz, |. c. [= Cornus chilensis Molina], nor ViLLARESIA CHILENSIS (Molina) Stuntz, l. c. xxxii. 39 (1914) [= Citrus chilensis Molina]. [Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol, 26, No. 304, April, 1924.] CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Series.—No. LXXI NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SCUTELLARIAS By C. WILt1AM PENLAND Date of issue in Ruopora, 2 June, 1924. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY. New Sertes.—No. LXXI. NOTES ON NORTH AMERICAN SCUTELLARIAS. C. Witu1AM PENLAND. (Plates 140, 141.) Dr. Asa Gray (Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 370), after remarking as to the placing of the genus Scutellaria in a subtribe, goes on to state that “The winged nutlets of Perilomia, however, are curiously imitated in one or two species of Scutellaria, only obscurely so in S. parvula, as has been noted by Dr. Torrey, . . - but strikingly in S. ner- vosa, Pursh, and in a Japanese species not otherwise very similar _ . . 2? he presence of this membranaceous wing, together with a reputed difference in shape of the corolla, is used as a basis of separation of the above-mentioned genus Perilomia from Scutellaria by Humboldt, Bonpland & Kunth (Nov. Gen. & Sp. Amer. ii. 326). Prof. Fernald (RHoporA, xxiii. 85), after examining sheets of the Old World S. galericulata and of the North American form, which for many years had passed as S. galericulata, came to the conclusion that the Old World plant is really not found as such on this side of the Atlantic, but that it has a closely related representative here. This was demonstrated chiefly by nutlet-characters, the exact significance of which will be clarified in the sequel. These facts have combined to indicate that perhaps a critical inspection of the group in question, from the standpoint of the fruit, might serve to throw light on, if not to clear up, some well known taxonomic difficulties existing here. From an examination of over Ge Rhodora [APRIL two thousand sheets of herbarium material, it was found that the ‘nutlet-characters indicated in a striking way the relationships of species and sections within the genus. At this point it will be convenient to establish the generic and tribal relations of Scutellaria. In 1832-36, Bentham (Labiatarum Genera et Species) put Scutellaria and Perilomia—a South American genus—into a single tribe, but later, in 1848 (De Candolle’s Prodro- mus), he added Brunella and Cleonia to these two and threw them into a sub-tribe Scutellaricae of the tribe Stachydeae. Briquet, in his treatment of the genus in Engler & Prantl’s Die Natiirlichen Pflanzen- familien, assigns Scutellaria and Salazaria Torrey to the tribe Scutel- larioideae, placing Perilomia in a separate tribe, Stachyoideae. It is noteworthy that in his grouping of the Perilomia entities he includes certain forms which other authors have put with Scutellaria, e. g., S. Mociniana Benth., and which apparently do not differ from that genus except by the alleged upright position of the seed. This special portion of the genus even has the scutellum on the calyx,—a character lacking in other sections. Undoubtedly the position of the seed is important in the classification, but its infallibility is questionable when it separates such apparently closely related forms. It is to be regretted that more material of these forms is not at hand. It is thought that the presence of the scutellum might serve as a more reliable generic character. Seutellaria then, is characterized by its bilabiate calyx, with lips entire and closed in fruit. From the upper lip is a projection known as the scutellum. Its co-genus Salazaria is set off on account of its calyx which becomes swollen in fruit. As somewhat detailed accounts of the genus, we have the earlier work of Arthur Hamilton, “Monographie du Genre Scutellaire,’’ Bulletin Seringe, 1832, and Bentham’s treatise in the work above mentioned. Both these earlier writers have seen fit to make a number of sections, separated according to the nature of the inflorescence. Bentham confessing on his part the inadequacy of these characters. Hamilton makes but three sections and includes in them fifty-two species, fourteen of which are assigned to North America. Bentham makes five sections into which sixty-three species are placed, fifteen of which are North American. Inasmuch as in the present investi- gation the fruit has been specially studied, and since the Old World specimens available were too infrequently fruiting for accurate observation and too scarce for authoritative judgment, it was thought 1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 63 best to confine attention to North American material, exclusive of Mexico. Interestingly enough, the sections earlier ‘ientak’ in classification are, with a few exceptions, confirmed by the reproductive characters. Briquet, following the work of Gray, was evidently the first to expand on the more conservative, and therefore more reliable reproductive characters, to indicate taxonomically the natural relationships. The presence or absence of a membranaceous wing does not establish Am 1. Showing relation of species of Scutellaria. (Forms with winged nutlets are in the circ generic differences, as indicated by Bentham, for at least three well defined American species of the genus have this wing. It is also well to remark here that the two sheets referred to Perilomia (P. ocymoides) which are found in the Gray Herbarium do not have the wing achenia attributed to the genus. Apparently, therefore, we have double evidence as justification for the omed of this character as a generic distinction. However, the ngl within the genus Scutellaria and might afford a basis for the first division into component parts in an artificial key. It is believed that even this nutlet-character is artificial, since it apparently has been secondarily acquired, appearing as it does in several different groups. It seems beyond a doubt, that Scutellaria nart 64 Rhodora [APRIL lateriflora and S. epilobiifolia are nearest the ancestral branch of the phylogenetic tree (diagram 1). Both are very wide-spread in distri- bution. According to the diagram, as I have conceived the situation, they represent the first forks of the tree, and both have given rise to groups showing the character in question. Further, in a hasty review of nutlet-characters of the other genera of the Labvatae, it appears that the character referred to is absent. This is another justification for believing it is of more recent development. The first division was taken up by Gray, later adopted by Briquet and is now in use by authors of the larger manuals in this country. Briquet introduced names for these divisions or sections. The section Scutellariopsis should be extended to include at least two more North American species. Hitherto Scutellaria nervosa has been classed as our sole representative of this group. Yet it is difficult to understand why S. parvula, the achene of which has a conspicuous band, amazing in its constancy, should be left out. Here too we should place the S. angustifolia group, one species of which has nutlets with wings rivaling even those of S. nervosa. The present status of the work and the limited area covered do not justify the grouping of the species of the genus into sections. It is ‘hoped that later a survey of the world representatives may be made, at which time such sectional characters may be properly adjudged. It is hoped also, that a study of the immediately related genera may be taken up, following the more critical reproductive characters. The arrangement of species given below follows a more or less natural system. As arranged, numbers 1, 2 and 3; 4 and 5; 6, (Pa F 9, 10 and 11; 12, 13, and 14; and 15, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20 and 21, form fairly well defined groups. It will be seen that they do not agree with treatments given by other students of the group. The fact that militates against this kind of grouping, of course, is that it indicates an impossible linear evolution. True relationships are better shown in the tree (diagram 1). There remains to say a word or two upon the acceptance of nutlet- . characters as a basis for the separation of sections. This can best be brought out by means of an example: Perhaps one of the best- marked groups of species, the interrelations of which are shown by nutlet-characters, is the series consisting of S. lateriflora, S. galert- culata and S. epilobiifolia. All three have canary-yellow achenes which are not duplicated elsewhere in the genus. Of these three S. galericulata (I am using this Old World species for purposes of illustra- 1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 65 tion) comes between the others, both from a superficial standpoint and from the characters of the nutlets. S. lateriflora has small papillae or wart-like protuberances on the surface of the achene, while epilobiifolia has the surface of the achene merely scabridulous. The European S. galericulata has nutlets closely resembling those of S. lateriflora, while the vegetative characters are very similar to those of S. epilobiifolia. The corolla of the latter exceeds by about 1 cm. that of S. galericulata, which attains a length of no more than 1.5 em. From this comparative examination, based on ductive characters, it would seem anything but following the natural system to break off S. lateriflora and put it into a separate section as both Bentham and Briquet have done. I desire to record my thanks to Prof. M. L. Fernald, who has supervised this work and given invaluable advice; to Dr. B. L, Robin- son, Dr. J. M. Greenman, and Mr. Bayard Long, for the loan of herbarium material of their respective institutions; to Miss Mary A. Day and other members of the Gray Herbarium staff for help rendered along various lines during the execution of the work. .The key, based upon nutlet-characters, is artificial, since, as already explained, species which seem to have come through different lines of descent are thrown together. In the citation of specimens all which are not in the Gray Herbarium are indicated by initials in parentheses: N, Herbarium of New England Botanical Club; M, Missouri Botanical Garden; P, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- delphia. AwnatLytTic Key BASED ON NutTLet-CHARACTERS.! A. Nutlets banded or winged, or conspicuously compressed orso-ventrally B. : B. Nutlets conspicuously winged Cc. C. Nutlets not over 1 mm. in diameter; wing more or less median D. : : D. Nutlets with muriculate papillae; wing relatively wide 7. S.nervosa. D. Nutlets with bluntish papillae; wing relatively narrow 6. S. parvula. basal, giving the nutlet a flattened appearance E. E. Nutlets with relatively narrow, unexpanded and non- ease membranaceous wings.........-----+-: ey aes . S. angustifolia. . Nutlets with very wide, membranaceous wings. 9. S. antirrhinoides. B. Nutlets mostly merely compressed, never with conspicu- — ous wings I. 5 : : I. Nutlets dull yellow or grayish, with somewhat conical RES NSE NO eR ae ye a 1 In the absence of mature nutlets some species have to be omitted from this key. Though in the succeeding descriptions they are placed in what appears to be their natural sequence, 66 Rhodora [APRIL L see dull black, with somewhat tuberculate, flattish eS Rae SS eee 10. *S. Brittonii. A, Nutlets not winged except rarely and in immature condition ds Nutlets merely rugose or one granulate-papillate K. utlets canary yelloy Nutlets merely oa. i. é., With inconspicuous 1. S. epilobiifolia. 3. 8 L. Nutlets with minute, wart-like —— ree S. a ‘i K. Nutlets black or brown, finely granulate-papillate....12. S. J. Nutlets ion conspicuous papillae M. M. Nutlets yellowish or orange................-.... 4. S. Bolanderi. M. Natiets brown or ith conical, more or less sharp-pointed 0, hhitdets with very slender elongate papillae... .21. S. saxatilis. O. Nutlets “uae ae papillae short, broad at bas se, abr ited wo Pelee Soe harap ae aamtlaarer wear 20. S. versicolor. s. neeteator frequently has the nutlets orange. N. Nutlets with tuberous, flattened, obtuse genera Nutlets strikingly rosulate in oa ace "16. S. inte grifolia. P. Nutlets not conspic uously rosu Q. Nutlets with thin, laminate 08s ig oe ea 13. S. Drummondit. «). oe with thick papillae ee un ith saearclanly. disposed ' none ee ae as ht ad's ke oa 8 . S. tuberosa. R. Nutlets ‘with a ee Ppt ria 5. S. bee about 2mm. in diameter.......... 19. S. serrata. 8. -1.5 mm. any acne, ete ar Me 15. S. pilosa. J. Nutlets with pod truncate papillae T. Be a NO ae i PGs Sate DE. gong no. 316. A. A. gtd BRITTONII Porter. Erect, simple or branched, minutely pubescent or puberulent, usually 1-2 dm. high: underground stems frequently with moniliform tubers: leaves abit acuminate at each end or obtuse at tip, somewhat viscid, sometimes purplish beneath, 1.5-3 em. long, hardly petioled; margins subrevolute; nerves prominent dorsally: corolla i at base, gradually dilated to ampliate throat and lips, blue, 2-3 cm. long: nutlets dull black, mostly angled with tuberculate processes.—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, XXi. 72 Rhodora [APRIL 177 (1894). S. resinosa of Gray, not Torrey.—On foot-hills or plains in northern Colorado and southern Wyoming. The following speci- mens are representative. CoLorapo: G. E. Osterhout, no. 2587 (P); H. N. Patterson, no. 296; C. C. Parr y, no. 85 (P); 7. S. Brandegee, no. B 413 (P); E. B. Payson, Eldora, July 7, 1919. Wyomine: A Nelson, nos. 94 and 7 11. S. nana G ray. "Fre. 5. —. usually 4-6 em. high, cinereous- puberulent, sev eral branches from the base: rootstocks yellow, with moniliform tubers or simply orien leaves entire, ovate to obovate, with long attenuate base, or sometimes spatulate, 1-2 cm. long; nerves usually conspicuous on the lower surface of the leaf: corolla white, the lips equal: nutlets dull yellow with conical protuber- ances, sometimes angled or compressed.—Proc. Am. Acad. xi. 100 1876 . Footeana A. I. Mulford, Bot. Gaz. xix. 118 (1894).— Dry sandy hillsides in northwestern Nevada, northern California, southern regon, and southwestern Nevada. The following are representative. Canirornia: L. E. Smith, no. 390; A. A. Heller, on 8086; H. E. Brown, no. 613; E. Palmer, no. 2602 (P). NErvapa: G. Lemmon, no. 538; M. E. Jones, Wadsworth, June 16, 1897 ai P. B. Kennedy, no. 1028 poet OREGON: M. E. Peek, no. 6747; J: B 472; W. Cafion, June 18, 1802 2. S. REsINosA Torr. Fic. 8. Stems erect, few to many, from a woody base, 1-3 dm. high, puberulent: leaves ov ate, entire, or the lower subcrenulate, attenuate at the base, slightly petioled or sessile, minutely pubescent, resiniferous, 1-2 cm. long; nerves prominent on iti surface of the leaves: cir bluish to violet, 12-20 mm. g; upper lip forming an arch with the tube; lower lip ‘occasionally lightly blotched, equal to or exceeding the upper: nutlets about 1 m. in diameter, black, minutely granular—Ann. Lyc. N. Y. ii. ss (1826). 8. Wrightii. Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 370 (1872).— nsas to Texas and westward to Arizona, on dry grassy slopes OF seca The following sheets are representative. Kansas: J. M. Bates, no. 4552; C. L. Shear, no. 72; A. S. eta no. 410; ‘E. Bar- tholomew, June 6, 1889 (M). OKLAHOMA: R, Clifton, no. 3025; Mee oo no. 1291; P. J. White, no. 28 nas W. H. soi “ih 776 (ND. Sean E. J. Palmer, no. 5802 (M); B. F. Bush, no. 667 TENNESSEE: (M). HL. Eggert, "Sherwood, soon 1897 (M); 7. H. Kearney, no. 871 fe Kentucky: C. W. Short, Lexington (P). Inprana: C: C. Dea no. ne aa. (MD) no. 109374. Inurnots: E. J. Palmer, no. 153) Var eae (Short) fete Like the preceding but taller and with renations, and longer ana a —Syn. Fl. ii. “379 (isisy ‘Ss. iva Short, Cat. Pl. Ken. 8 (1835)—Not a very marked variety; found only in northern Kentucky. We have examined the following Seen, all collected by C. W. Short: Louis- 1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 75 ville, September, 1835 (P), 2 sheets; 1842, 2 sheets; 1842, no. 109393 (M); 1846, no. 109395 (M); 1848, nos. 109394 (M), 109396 (M), and 109397 (M). 16. S. InrEGRIFoLIA L. Fic. 10. Erect, simple or branched at the top, 2-7 dm. tall, covered with fine puberulence: the upper leaves linear-oblong, saul narrowed (when present) to the short petiole, e lower strongly petioled, ovate or cordate, obtuse, crenate va atm deciduous, leavin! the stem with only entire leaves: corolla 18-24 mm. long, bluish or purple; the lower lip very ampliate; the upper broad and arching: nutlets with flattish papillae giving it a rosulate appearance.—Sp. Pl. ii. 599 (1753). 8S. hyssopifolia L. Sp. Pl. ii. 599 (1753). S. polymorpha Hamilt. Monog. 38 (1832).— Low moist ground from Massachusetts south to Florida and Missis- sippi. The following are representative. PEeNNsyLVvANIA: E. B. Bartram, no. 1078; F. W. Pennell, no. 69 (P); H. W. Pretz, no. 7559 (P). New Jersey: B. Long & S. Brown, no. 17 (P); W. Stone, Med- ford, July 4, 1910 (P). Gaweaees E. Tatnall, Wilmington, 1886, Porter, June 6, 1874. Maryann: W.R. Mazon, no. 5918. Virernta: A. A. Heller, no. 930; B. L. Robinson, Buckroe, May 21,1912. Norra Carouna: T. G. Harbison, Waynesville, July 1, 1897; Biltmore Herbarium, no. a SoutH Carona: J. aera Summerville, April 29-May 1918; J. Davis, no. 8381 (M). Gerorera: H. Eggert, Belair, Mey oF. 1899 (M). Frorta: 8. M. Tracy, 9162; A: ; ALABAMA: A. Ruth, no. 540 (M); C . Mohr, A. Eaton, no. Mobile, May, 1891 (M). ered Mee C. W. Short, Flats of Red River (P). TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, 120; = Eggert, Tullahoma, June 9, 1897 (M). bag rrmeri: J. "Ske han Var. MAsorR Chap More rigid in habit, pee heavily pubes- cent, 2-8 dm. high; with several pairs of dentate, petioled basal leaves, these larger than the bracts.—FI. So. U. S. 323 (1860). Incl. S. arenicola Small, Bull. Torr. ae Club, xxv. 143 (1898).—Low sandy locations, Georgia and Florida to Mississippi. The — — mens are characteristic. Fiorma: A. H. Curtiss, nos. 2060 an G. V. Nash, no. 1316; A. A. Eaton, no. 1153; Pap J. Weber, no. or a) Mississtrrt: S. M. ‘Tracy, no. 4453 (M); J. Skehan, Ocean Spr May 8, 1895 (M) and no. 62. GroraIA: Mrs. Say (2), imine: (P). Var. nisprpA Benth. A slender form, reddish in color when dried, — and-leaves distinctly pilose: the leaves thin: the crenate basal es, when — ent, not exceeding the upper emit leaves.—Lab. : ‘ Lod: J. Hale, Alexandria (P); E. J. Palmer, no. 7604 (M); C. R. Ball, no. 517; J. F. Joo oe rok 4, 1888 (M); 7. Drummond, no, 248. Trxas: i. Reverchon, n 27 (M); E. Hall, no. 455. ArK- ansas: E. J. Palmer, no. 10522 WD, H. Eggert, Jefferson Co., June 8, 1898 (M). 76 Rhodora [APRIL Var. MULTIGLANDULOSA Kearney. A short-stemmed leafy form, never exceeding 2.5 dm.; puberulent or pilose on the leaf-nerves and margins and on the stem: leaves oblong-ovate or spatulate, slightly, if at all petioled, entire, revolute-margined; occasionally 1-3 pairs of small, dentate petioled basal leaves, but these always shorter than the upper: flowers in the upper axils, the inflorescence appearing scarcely racemose: corolla as in the species.—Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi. 482 (1894).—Pine barrens or dry open ground, Georgia and Florida to ee: a following are characteristic. FLorma: A. S. Hitch- ock, Suwanee Co., June-July, 1898 (M), and no. 477 (M); C. S. Wien: Die. April, 1897 (P); Dr. Leavenworth, Fort King P). Groreta: R. M. Harper, no. 822. ALABAMA: Gates & Jewett, Mobile. LOouISIANA: E. J. Palmer, no. 7959 (M). hispida: ee 2-5 dm. hi gh, simple o or er nacchedh, very ighale pubescent or glabrous: inflorescence racemose: leaves on distinct petioles, practically glabrous; the lower siete dentate: corolla hyssopifolia L.” on many herbarium phasis, nomen ida Mewtte on sandy pine lands, Georgia and Florida to Mississippi. The =e serve to represent the variety. Grorota: R. M. Harper, . 885. Fiorma: A. H. Curtiss, nos. 6097, 3, and 13425 (M); G. V. Nash, no. 2277. Atasama: H. Eggert, Cullman, June 18, 1897 (M); F.S. Earle & C.F. Baker, Evergreen, June 6, 1897 (M). Missts- sippi: J. Skehan, no. 22603; Ss. M. Tracy, no. cir Var. floridana (Chapm.), n. comb. A very slender linear-leaved form, minutely = “ips of the corolla very broad.—S. floridana Chapm. Fl. So. U. S. 324 (1860). —Probahly. confined to the pine barren swamps near Spud la in western coastal Florida. The following are representative. (M) nos. 788588 gone re 108997 (D. U. Dean), 108999, 109000 (Herb. Chapm.); A man, no. 13207 (M), and Apalachicola (ex. Herb. J. Care ie 17. S. Busum Britton. Fic. 15. Erect, mostly caespitose in habit; stems simple, whitish-pubescent or puberulent, 1.5-3.5 dm. high: eaves entire, oblanceolate, obtuse, sessile: nutlets with more wart- like, less rosulate papillae: otherwise as in S. lg tg var. mul- tiglandulosa to which it is nearest related—Man. 785 (1901).— Rocky —— or hillsides in Barter and Shannon Counties, Missouri. The following are representative: B. F. Bush, nos. 49 (M), 189, 378, 7817 ao 461 (M), 48 ), ae (M); E. J, Palmer, no. 19496. 18. S. CANESCENS Nutt. . 14. Erect, tall, much branched at the top, canescent ae, pi the upper surface of the leaves, 3-12 dm. high: leaves ovate-lanceolate, acute to cordate at the base, — usually glabrous above, 5-12 em. long, on petioles 1.5—4 em. g: 1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias a7 56 (1813), nomen subnudum .—Dry woods, river-banks, etc., Pennsyl- vania to Wisconsin and south to Arkansas and Georgia. The fol- lowing erica the plant and its range. PENNSYLVANIA: 0. E. Jennings, Glenshaw, August 3, 1918; 7. C. Porter, Huntingdon G wa: C. C. Deam, no. 5183. Itiots: H. A. Gleason, no. 2617. Wisconsin: 7. J. Hale, Lake Pepin, 1861. Kansas: A. S. Hitchcock, no. 797. Maissourt: B. F. Bush, no, 6113; EF. E. Sherff, no. 635. Arkansas: F. L. Harvey, no. 109. TENNESSEE _M. Bain, no. 323. Kentucky: C. W. Short, 1840 (M).. West VIRGINIA: W. M. Pollock, Upshur Co., July 8, 1895 (M). Norra CaRoLina: T. G. Harbison, Waiiceailes May 30, 1897. GEroRGIA: R. M. Harper, no. 1368. Var. puNcTaTA Chapm. Like above but with foliage glabrate and densely punctate.—FI. So. U.S. 3238 (1860).—North Carolina, Georgia and Florida. The following are characteristic. NortH CAROLINA: J. D. Smith, August 7, 1882, C. S. Williamson, Balsam, July, 1897. Grorata: J. K. Small, Rabun Co., August 11, 1893; C.S. W “ulliamson, Atlanta, August, 1896. Fioripa: G. V. Nash, Bellair, September 3, 1895, (M) nos. 108778 and 108875. 19. S. serrata Andr. Fig. 13. Stem erect, 2.5-6 dm. high, nearly always simple, with from 3-5 pairs of leaves: leaves thin, mos stly glabrous, ovate, acuminate at both ends or rounded at the base, serrate or crenate, 2.5-10 cm. long, on slender petioles 2.5 em. or less long; the lower pairs smaller; the floral leaves abruptly reduced and becoming entire: inflorescence with rare exceptions a simple terminal raceme: corolla violet-blue, 2-3 cm. long; the lower lip nearly equalling the upper, sometimes appearing longer by protrusion at right angles from the tube: nutlets dark brown, ae 2 mm. in diameter, with obtusely pointed papillae—Bot. Rep. t. 494 (1808). S. laevigata Aiken in Eaton, Man. ed. 6: 333 (1833).— WwW oods and damp habitats, Pennsylvania to Missouri ie North Carolina. The following repre- PENN : ( Co., June 23,— (P); J. Poanalk no. 2713 (P); E. B. Bartram, Darby Creek, July 21, 1907: (P); U. C. Smith, no. 1177 (P). Maryianp: re ie Smath, Patapsco Valley, Howard Co., May 25, 1881; J. + Carter, Conowingo, June 1, 1906. Disrricr or CoLUMBIA: E. S. Steele, Washington, sie a 1896; 7. Morong, May 21, 1877 (M). Ww EST VIRGINIA: Hunnewell, July 4-6, 1914. VireInta: Buckley, Fane, 1838 pies H. Curtiss, Bedford Co., June 6, 1872 a); H. D. House, 8 (M). Nortu Carona: W. W. Ashe, . 6445; Biltmore He Pas a no. 1250b. TENNESSEE: - Ruth, no. 116. Inurnots: ex. He rb. G. Thurber. Missouri: Pilot Knob, June 17, 188- Var. montana (Chapm.), n. comb. Similar to above, but stems and leaves glandular-pubescent; occasionally the upper leaves nearly — tate or very simply serrate: corolla bluish, strongly ampliate ward, 3 cm. or slightly more in length.—S. montana hapm., Bot. Gen iii. 11 ca: Inc. S. Mellichampii Small, Fl. 1022 (1903). — 78 Rhodora [APRIL n the mountains of northern Georgia, western North Carolina, South Carolina, — Tennessee, and northern Alabama. The following are representative. SouTH Caroutna: Mellichamp, no. 14 (M), and Bluitton, aus (M). ee ants: A. W. Chapman, Rome (M); (M) nos. 109124, 109125, 788591 and 109485. Norra CAROLINA: T. G. Harbison, Highlands, J uly 20, 1904. Tennessee: J. R. Church- ill, Chattanooga, May 21, 1911; J. F. James, Spring City, June 11, 1883. ALABAMA: Hf. Eggert, Springv ille, July 7, 1898; S. Watson, Queensboro, 1857. 20. S. versicotor Nutt. Fie.9. Erect, glandular-hairy, especially in the inflorescence, which is commonly branched, 2-8 dm. high: leaves broad, cordate, rugose, crenate, 3-12 cm. long, long-petioled: corolla 1.7-2.5 em. long, slender up to the throat, ampliate at the lips, blue to purple ot ag limb, but whitish on the tube: p=? buff to orange in co the processes tuberculate-conical.—Gen. 38 (1818). 2S. wordifolas Muhl., Cat. 56 (1813), nomen scoala Acad. Sei eastward to North —— The following are representative. Wisconsin: T. J. Hale, Maiden Rock, 1861 (M); Lapham (P). Iowa: A. S. Hitchcock, Iowa City, 1888; C. R. Ball, no. 1588 (M). Iuurnots: F. C. Gates, no. 10828 (M); 0. E. Lansing, no. 62; H. C. Skeels, no. 388; E. E. ‘Sherff no. 320; H. A. Gleason, no. 1842. Missouri: B. F. Bush, nos. 5851, 725 (M). ARKANSAS: no. 5912 (M). Lovutstana: Dr. ‘Carpenter, Tile, June; E. J. Palmer, no. 7601. Mississippi: S. M. Tracy, no. 4896. Kentucky: S. F. Price Bowling Green. TENNESSEE: E. J. Palmer, no. 17640 (M). ae E. L. Moseley, Margaretta, June 6, 1895. eta A. H. Curtiss, Peaks of Otter, oe 6, ines Maryianp: W. E. A. Arkin, Harper’s Ferry. Norra Caroutna: R. Thazter, Cullowhee, June 15— July 15, 1887; C. S. W hewacn. “Weldon, August, 1892 (P). Grades gradually into Var. BRACTEATA Benth. This form as found in Trxas is very distinct, with floral bracts showy and much exceeding the combined length of pedicel and calyx. The leaves of the stem gradually merge into the bracts——Lab. Gen. et Sp. 433 (1832-1836). S. cordifolia var. pilosissima Mack. & Bush, Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, xii. 84 (1902), in part. Lindheimer’s no. 492, J. Reverchon’s nos. 769 and 253, and C. Wright's no. 476 are typical. ‘It is probable also that certain plants from Arkansas and Missouri should be referred here, but one ly knows where to sto Var. Minor Chapm. Very similar to typical S. versicolor, having its diminutive size but with much smaller ovate, rugose leav es.— Fl. So. U. S. 323 (1860). S. rugosa Wood, Cl. Bk. 246 (1848).! . In his earliest description Chapman allocates this form to the dry woods near Washington, Wilkes County, Ga.,” and later he sierely states “upper districts.”” The plants which seem most logi- 1 In later editions of his Class Book, Wood reduces his S. rugosa to S. saxatilis. 1924] Penland,—Notes on North American Scutellarias 79 cally to be referred to this category occur rather scatteringly on the southern edge of the range of S. versicolor, and some of the specimens are not distantly related to S. saxatilis. However, Chapman had a different plant in mind. The following are taken as representatives. Missouri: W. Trelease, no. 721 (M); B. F. Bush, no. 791 (M); K. K. Mackenzie, Eagle Rock, September 23, 1896 (M). ARKANSas: what longer and more acute.—Supp. Cat. Ohio Pl. 14 (1836).— Rocky woodlands from Pennsylvania to Kentucky and Tennessee. Pennsytvanta: J. A. Schafer, Jacobs Creek, Westmoreland County, July 20, 1900 (P); C. S. Walliamson, Ohio Pyle, August 31, 1905. ew Jersey: C. F. Parker, no. 6619 (M). Detaware: E. Tatnall, Wilmington, September 8, 1858. District or CotumsBia: W. R. Mazon, no. 6242. Oxnto: H. N. Mertz, Steubenville, June 5, 1880 (P). West Vireinta: Mr. & Mrs. E. S. Steele, no. 31 (M). KeEn- rucky: C. W. Short, no. 2 (P). TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, no. 545 (M); 054. Var. arguta (Buckley), n. comb. This is doubtfully given rank as a variety of the above. It is small, assurgent, with ovate, sharply dentate leaves scatteringly pilose, and is confined to the mountains of North Carolina and Tennessee.—S. arguta Buckley, Am. Journ. Sci. xlv. 170, 177 (1843).—The following represent the plant. NorTH Carottna: Biltmore Herbarium (G), no. 7171; TENNESSEE: A. Ruth, no. 11 CoLorapo COLLEGE, Colorado Springs, Colorado. EXPLANATION OF PLATES 140 AND 141. Nutlets of Scutellaria, about X 25. Fig. 1, S. nervosa; fig. 2, S. parvula; . 8, S. angustifolia; fig. 4, S. antirrhinoides; fig. 5, S. nana; fig. 6, S. epi- lobiifolia; fig. 7, S. lateriflora; fig. 8, S. resinosa; fig. 9, S. versicolor; fig. 10, S. integrifolia; fig. 11, S. Drummondii; fig. 12, S. tuberosa; fig. 13, S. serrata; fig. 14, S. canescens; fig. 15, S. Bushit. : Rhodora Plate 140 a4 Pe ‘ by a ° * om * yh ee ry poet TAY) hae 4 * ave ote * ae se ant . *¢ Ps ¢ og a be vt a * r nee eh, ofee ae etal? : ‘ C. W. P. del. NvTLETS OF SCUTELLARIA Plate 141 Rhodora bs he were ® Ow. een ev) = *o be © *. » “i ® C. W. P. det. NUTLETS OF SCUTELLARIA. us 6, May ‘and June, 1924. ic Ay le Tees a Reprinted from Ruopora, Vol. 26, May and June, 1924 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY New Sertzes, No. LXXII . Polystichum mohrioides and some other subantarctic or Andean Plants in the northern Hemisphere. ......- - II. The dwarf Antennarias of northeastern America ..... - 95 Ill. The eastern American Representatives of Arnica alpina . 103 IV. Some Senecios of eastern Quebec and Newfoundland... 113 V. New or restudied Plants of eastern America......--- 122 — By M. L. FERNALD Dates or IssvuE Pages 89 to 107, plates 142 ee ee ries 18 June, 1924 113 to 127, plate 144 sc cceeeensreereterecereneseeen es 5 July, 1924 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM OF HARVARD UNIVERSITY.—NEw Sertes.—No. LXXII. M. L. FERNALD. I. POLYSTICHUM MOHRIOIDES AND SOME OTHER SUBANTARCTIC OR ANDEAN PLANTS IN THE NORTHERN HEMISPHERE. Maxon, Fern Bull. viii. 29 (1900). P. aculeatum scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Gilbert, List N. A. Pterid. 20 (1901). P. Lonchitis, var. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Jones, Bull. Univ. Mont., Biol. Ser. xv. 7 (1910). After several times collecting and studying during a period of nearly twenty years this anomalous plant, which has been treated as a variety of Polystichum aculeatum or of P. Lonchitis, as P. mohri- oides and as a distinct species standing midway between P. aculeatum and P. mohrioides, I find myself firmly convinced that its relationship is primarily with the latter plant and that it is at best a northern variety of that wide-ranging austral species. P. mohrioides was dis- covered on theFalkland Islands (les Malouines) by D’Urville & Lesson during the voyage around the world of the French corvette, La Coquille. It was described by Bory de St.-Vincent as Aspidium Mohrioides and beautifully illustrated.’ Gradually our knowledge of the plant has been extended and P. mohrioides in one form or an- other has been found to have a wide and very distinctive range, one which, with some modifications, is duplicated in several other groups of plants. 1 Bory in Duperrey, Voyage autour du Monde sur La Coquille, Bot. pt. 1: 267, t. 35, fig. 1 (1829). 90 Rhodora [May West of the Falkland Islands it is found on Tierra del Fuego, whence it follows slightly northward on the high Andes as P. mohrioides, var. plicatum (Poeppig) Christensen! or P. andinum Phil., which differs from the Falkland plant only in its dwarf size (growing in exposed alpine habitats) and in the paler and thinner scales of the stipe. Skottsberg got a form of P. mohrioides on South Georgia, 800 miles (1290 km.) southeast of the Falklands; Moseley, during the voyage of the Challenger, collected an extreme form on Marion Island, 1200 miles (1930 km.) southeast of the Cape of Good Hope and more than 3000 miles (4800 km.) northeast of South Georgia; and the next year De I’Isle discovered the species on Amsterdam Island, more than 2000 miles (3200 km.) east of Marion Island. Northward, in the Andes, it occurs as P. mohrioides, var. elegans (Remy) Christensen? or P. elegans Remy, an extreme with longer and more divided pinnae. In North America two members of this alliance are recognized: P. Lemmoni Underwood and P. scopulinum (D. C. Eaton) Maxon, both confined to arid regions of the Sierra Nevada-Cascade axis, with the exception of four isolated stations for the latter, one each in the Teton Mts. of Idaho, the Mission Mts. of Montana, the Wasatch Mts. of Utah and the Shickshock Mts. of Gaspé Co., Quebec. So close are these North American plants to those of the southern Andes and the Falklands that the late D. C. Eaton, after trying to find specific differences, described and illustrated? as typical P. mohrioides (or Aspidium mohrioides) the Californian P. Lemmoni and at the same time, in describing his Aspidiwm aculeatum, var. scopulinum, he surmised that it belonged with P. mohrioides, saying: “T have some doubt about the plant here named var. scopulinum, as it differs more from all the rest than any of them do from each other. It has a little the habit of A. mohrioides, but, though the specimens I have seen are old, they still keep in a degree the aculeate points of the present species.”* And again he wrote that his var. scopulinum was “almost as much like A. mohrioides as it is like A. aculeatum, but as it has the lobes of the pinnae somewhat aculeate it is better to leave it with the latter species.” As already stated, Eaton had tried to find specific characters for P. Lemmoni but was unable to do 1 Christensen, Arkiv fér Bot. x. No. 2: 17 (1910). * Christensen, 1. c. (19 10). 3 Eaton, Sigg lian hg ii. 251, t. Ixxx. figs. 4-9 (1880). * Eaton, : G. oi: 1924] Fernald,—Polystichum mohrioides 91 so, saying clearly of the Lemmon plant: “‘At first I believed it to be a distinct species.”"! Similarly the great Swiss specialist upon the ferns, Christ,? in monographing Polystichum § Mohrioides had no hesitation in treating P. Lemmoni as identical with P. mohrioides (which, as understood by him, was chiefly var. elegans). _ In his discussion of the ferns of temperate South America collected by Skottsberg, Christensen’ points out the important characters which separate P. mohrioides from P. aculeatum and its allies; namely, the fleshy texture, scaleless surfaces of the fronds, thick and flat ribs and the large and immersed stomata (so immersed that under a good lens the lower surfaces of the fronds appear pitted or punctate). The fleshy texture, flat ribs and punctate lower surfaces are all obvious enough in P. scopulinum, and the fronds are either with or without some scales on the lower surface, but this latter character is inconstant, some sheets of perfectly good P. mohrioides, var. typicum Christensen from the Falkland Islands (coll. Cunningham, January 21, 1868) before me showing numerous slender scales among the sori. The Cunningham specimens are quite like the original plate of Aspidium mohrioides and in outline, size, texture and punctation they are so close to several North American specimens of P. scopulinum that only the keenest inspection reveals slight differences. Thus Parish’s material from Snow Canyon, San Bernardino Co., California, is a very close match in all these characters for the Cunningham plant and for the original plate. All the Falkland material I have seen, however, has the basal scales of the stipe darker and firmer than in P. scopult- num, although the Fuegian specimens (var. plicatum) have them as pale and thin. P. scopulinum is regularly defined as differing from P. mohrioides and P. Lemmoni in the sharper and more acicular tips of the upper lobes or teeth of the pinnae. In general this character holds, but in the Cunningham material from the type-region of P. mohrioides the teeth of the lower pinnae are quite as sharp as in some of the North American plants, while in the Parish material above cited only the lowest pinnae show the sharp teeth, the upper having them quite as blunt as in the most ideal P. mohrioides or in P. Lemmoni. Further- more the plant of Marion Island has some of the pinnae quite as spinulose-toothed as in the most extreme P. scopulinum. 1 Eaton, lL. c. 128. 2 Christ, Ueber die australen Polystichum-Arien. Arkiv for Bot. iv. No. 12: 1-3 (1905). 3 Christensen, 1. c. 18. 92 Rhodora [May Reference has been made to the fact that neither D. C. Eaton nor Dr. Christ could distinguish P. Lemmoni from P. mohrioides, var. elegans. Well developed fronds of the two are almost identical and P. Lemmoni has the scaleless surfaces of theoretical P. mohrioides, and the pits in its lower faces are unusually conspicuous. In only one character, apparently, can the two be distinguished with satis- faction: in var. elegans the scales at the base of the stipe are castaneous and subcoriaceous as in typical P. mohrioides; in P. Lemmoni paler and thinner as in vars. plicatum and scopulinum. In their extremes P. Lemmoni and P. mohrioides, var. scopulinum are well differentiated, but certain small plants of the former too closely simulate plants of the latter with unusually pinnatifid pinnae; and in view of their both possessing the essential characters of P. mohrioides and the failure of the spinulose teeth of var. scopulinum to retain the constancy one might wish them to, it seems the part of sound classification to treat P. Lemmoni as P. MOHRIOIDEs, var. Lemmoni (Underw.), n. comb. Aspidiwm mohrioides D. C. Eaton, Ferns of N. A. ii. 251, t. Ixxx. figs. 4-9 (1880), as to Lemmon plant figured. P. Lemmoni Underw: Our Nat. Ferns, ed. 6: 116 (1900). Besides agreeing in all their fundamental specific characters, typical P. mohrioides and its vars. scopulinum and Lemmoni are amazingly similar in their selection of habitat. Bory’s statement, based upon the observations of the original collectors of the Falkland plant, was that “elle crott dans les fentes des rochers”’ and the latest statement, by Skottsberg, is similar: “Rocky places, often deep down in crevices,” while in the “stone-runs” “Two ferns are found in solitary tufts be- tween the blocks, Blechnum magellanicum and Polystichum mohrioides, both finely developed.”! How strikingly like Eaton’s account of the type-station of var. Lemmoni: “Mr. Lemmon writes that this fern grows in loose and moist granitic soil, the root-stocks hidden under rocks;’” or like Bradley’s account of og type-region of var. scopu- linum in the Teton Canon of Idaho: “we climbed a sharp slope of stumbling rubbish, and then found ourselves on a narrow crest, overlooking an immense cajion, the Great Téton Canon . The descent from this crest is very steep; and, in dodging falling masses of rock, started by those behind him, Mr. Bechler unfortunately saan "No. Survey of the Falkland Islands, Kungl. Svenska Veten- 3). 1 shag 9, 114 (1913 Eaton, 1. c. 252 (1880 1924] Fernald,—Polystichum mohrioides 93 got a severe sprain.’”! At the isolated stations at the head of Snow Brook and on the ragged walls of Devil’s Gulch on Mt. Albert, Quebec, where I have several times collected the plant, var. scopuli- num is in dry rock-crevices (serpentine) or under broken rock whence its tough roots are most difficult of extraction. In the latter situations, where the tallest and least plicate fronds naturally develop, the fronds are often badly broken by the shifting rock-debris. The range of the aggregate-species, Polystichum mohrioides, is, as already stated, similar to the ranges of several other plants, although differing, naturally, in many details. Thus Myriophyllum elatinoides Gaudichaud occurs on New Zealand, Chatham Island, Tasmania, the Falkland Islands, in the Ardean region from Cape Horn to Ecua- dor, locally in Mexico, and it is known in the western United States in Arizona and Oregon.? Empetrum rubrum Vahl, characterized by white-woolly branchlets, leaves not reflexed in age and red drupes, occurs on the Falklands, along the Andes from Tierra del Fuego into Chile, on Masafuera (the western island of the Juan Fernandez group), and 2500 miles (4025 km.) east of Patagonia on Gough Island and on the islands of the Tristan da Cunha group. Outside the Subantarctic and southern Andean regions the only Empetrums are the tic circumpolar E. nigrum L. with branchlets at most minutely puberu- lent, the leaves reflexed in age and the berries black or purplish; and two species centering on the Gulf of St. Lawrence, E. Eamesit Fernald & Wiegand and E. atropurpureum Fernald & Wiegand, both of which have the white-woolly branchlets, non-reflexed leaves and red berries as in the Subantarctic E. rem but differ from it in more trailing habit and in seed-characters The quaint little genus Lilacopsis of the aaa has three strongly marked species or groups of species. One, L. lineata (Michx.) Greene,‘ with the linear-clavate broadly round-tipped 3-6-jointed leaves scattered and oe along the creeping filiform stem and 1 Bradley in Hayden, U. 8S. Geol. Surv. of Terr. 6-Ann. Rep. 219 (1873). 2See Fernald, ata bg xxi. 124 (1919). * For further discussion, see Fernald & Wiegand, Ruopora, xv. 213-217 base’ is probable that, when the original plant of Hydrocotyle chinensis L. 8 ue Nabe Re is deiner examined, it will prove = be Lilaeopsis lineata, in sara cm to take up for the characteristic plant of. Atlantic North America the ven cad ropriate name L. chinensis rie untze. The Linnean description strongly suggests L. lineata, although the phrase “Folia . . saepius bina ad articulos” is not very satisfactory, No Lilaeopsis is known fro m Asia and Linnaeus evidently had his geographic data confused. His Hydrocotyle chinensis generally been referred to the all-inclusive L. lineata (or Crantzia lineata), but it is worthy of note that upon Linnean type Asa Gray made the memorandum ‘a species of Crantzia,” not our species, with which he was 94 Rhodora [May without obvious stipular margins, and with the fruits constricted at base or pyriform, is confined to saline mud of the Atlantic coast of the United States and of southwestern Nova Scotia. The second species L. carolinensis Coult. & Rose, a plant with long-petioled leaves having spatulate or oblong blades up to 2.5 cm. long and 1.5 cm. broad and comparatively large globose fruits, was originally described from the southeastern United States but it is apparently found also in Paraguay (for example, Hassler, no. 12,271) and elsewhere in temperate eastern South America. The third and most widely spread group of species is typified by L. attenuata (Hook. & Arn.) Fernald,! a plant characteristic of southern South America and the Andes and represented northward by L. occidentalis Coult. & Rose and L. Schaffneriana (Schlecht.) Coult. & Rose and southward by the plants of the Falkland Islands, New Zealand, Tasmania and Australia which have erroneously passed as the Atlantic North American L. lineata or Crantzia lineata (Michx.) Nutt. The published illustrations? of fruits indicate considerable differences and it is possible that the austral series contains other species than L. attenuata and L. Schaffneriana but without better material than is now at hand it would be unwise to attempt further subdivision. The essential point in regard to the Australian, New Zealand, Tasmanian, Falkland, Argentine and Andean plants is, that they as well as the Mexican and Pacifie North American plants all differ in fundamental characters from the Atlantic North American L. lineata; for in them all the more elongate and slender or often attenuate leaves are tufted along the comparatively stout creeping stem, not solitary and scattered as in L. lineata; when well developed they show 6-13 joints instead of only 3-6 (rarely 7) and they often have scarious stipular margins which frequently persist as old shreds. Whether they finally prove to be a single species, L. attenuata, or several, the plants of Subantarctic regions and of temperate and Andean South America constitute, with the Mexican and Pacific North American plants, a distinct section of Lilaeopsis. It is thus evident that, although differing in details of distribution, Polystichum mohrioides, Myriophyllum elatinoides, the red-berried Empetrums and the species of Lilacopsis centering about L. attenuata genie agree (Hook. & Arn.),n. comb... Crantzia attenuata Hook. & Aro in sa iii, 346 (1833). | —— — t. C. (1847); Weddell, Chloris Andina, ii. t. 68 (1861); Coult. & Rose, Bot. Gaz. xxiv. 48, 49, figs. and 4 (1897); Jepson, Madrofio, i. 139, fig. 25 (1923). 1924] Ferna!d,—Dwarf Antennarias 95 are similar in having interrupted Subantarctic and Andean ranges and in occurring in the northern hemisphere only in western America or in the region of the Gulf of St. Lawrence or in both areas. Il. THE DWARF ANTENNARIAS CF NORTHEASTERN AMERICA. (Plate 142.) The larger species of Antennaria of temperate eastern America are reasonably understood, but there is another series of highly localized species, chiefly of the calcareous areas from northern Labrador to Newfoundland, eastern Quebec and the James Bay region, which have not been so clearly defined. These are the plants which have passed chiefly as A. alpina (L.) Gaertn. and which, with it, form a rather natural group of species. In the cordilleran region of North America these plants have attracted much attention and a large number have been proposed as species. In eastern America they occur wholly beyond the habitations of resident botanists, unless we include in eastern America botanically quite similar Greenland. The Antennarias of Greenland have been carefully treated and beautifully illustrated by Porsild;! but in the region immediately to the west and southwest of Greenland these plants are collected only by the chance botanical visitor and our knowledge of them, like our knowledge of the whole vast region from Gaspé and Newfoundland northward, is in very rudimentary condition. However, the necessity of properly identifying two quite distinct species discovered in 1923 on the Shickshock Mountains makes it desirable to draw into convenient form our knowledge to date of these plants. The following synopsis of the species occurring south of Hudson Straits is therefore presented, not because it is final but because it may draw attention to a group about which much more information is needed. Further exploration of Newfoundland, Anti- costi Island, the Gaspé Peninsula and the Labrador Peninsula will surely bring to light many additional species; and, to judge from our experience to date, they may be most hopefully looked for on barrens and mountains of limestone, basic schists and traps. 1 ; the Genus Antennaria in Greenland (Arbejder fra den Danske Arktiske Station paa Disko, Nr. 9), Meddel. om Groenl. li. 267-281 (1915). 96 - Rhodora [May In order properly to orient the small-leaved boreal series here spe- cially considered, the leading features of the other sections of the genus represented in eastern America are indicated in the key. a. Basal leaves! erect, oblanceolate to elliptic-acuminate, 2-16 em. long, similar to the cauline ones: involucres of the pistil- es — brown to blackish: plants sparingly to not at all sto Fernald & Wiegand and A. pulcherrima (Hook.) Greene. a. Basal bacved spreading, forming depressed rosettes, strongly contrasting in outline with the cauline leaves: plants humifuse or Henk stoloniferous b. b. Larger basal leaves only 1.5-5 mm. wide, blunt or barely short-mucronate c c. All ae involueral bracts of of the pistillate heads? deep- d, Bracte subequal, narrow; the inner linear or lanceolate and acute: heads 1-6 e z Dae oe terminated by a phors a distinet us mucro: cio ng f. sf , pera eae glabrous ‘and ie or grayish-pubescent above: cauline leaves dis- tant; the upper with an Shine awa serge appen age: corollas 4-5 mm. ay ee of wp 3-0. ye r than the thtarhuadints. dies. ie ey alpina. +. Sain denvee canescent:, cauline leaves crowded; e upper with a lanceolate pubescent scarious appendage: corollas 3. ere ong: pits of begs receptacle 60-100, mm. broad, a Pernt ee eee Ears cae peliben bees . Sornborgeri. solete oO weather vor leaves barely visible: pai mn 3-4 mm. long g. Caulin gnc 9-15; the star By and upper taper- a slender subulate tip sly the very , ost with a lanceolate scari i See: .3. A. cana. g. patos Gentes 5-8; all but the ional with a: ceolate flat scarious tip 1.5-3 mm. ' re ae eaS eS hs Gite ep cae hs Caress 4A. vexillifera. d. Braste is in taba 5 outwardly shorter series, sions, leit call | 5 SSS eee ean es . A. pygmaea. c. At least the inner a of the pistillate heads with white or whitish t basal leaves whitened above. with minut e pubeseence h. h. The 1 31 with sl slender stat terminal ap pendages: rosette-leaves blunt or shorts mucronate: = involueres 4-7 mm. high, with ppressed-ascending t. Teahers of as series of distinctly unequal pale- Spat. SRE Sa ae a eerie eel 6. A. straminea. + By basa basal leaves are meant not only those of the basal rosette but the new broad VAs OF shoots. On account of weathering the for- mer are often bruised and and uncharacteristic * The only species of this series of which staminate plants are known is A. nitida. The descriptions of all the others, therefore, are drawn only from pistillate plants. 1924] Fernald,— Dwarf Antennarias 97 “e Fhipeene of 2-3 (-4) pein of — or obscurely cated whitish, creamy or roseate bracts /. a. Indian t of the see a pen and lustrous as if ee: auline leaves 9-18: inflores- cence glomer bth corollas 3-3.5 mm. long k. ong: involucre not viscid, with thin eactin the thin tips of the inner series lacer- Midas = ai ot Pon ee 7. A, albicans. All but the upp t sho LO mucronate: involuere De ee tente e, with thick and firm bracts; the thick tips entire or ly erenula en asbsich « 5b ea Re se ah 8. A. nitida. j. Indument of the rosette-leaves a loose tomentum: cauline leaves 5-10: inflorescence a corymb: nee ollas 3.8-5 mm. ae l. Flowering stems 3-7 em. high, not glandular .9. A. Pease. =§: f, Flowering stems 0 5-1.5 ike high, glandular- hi bove: upper ca e leaves with cre glandular-viscid: achenes papillose. .10. A, subviscosa. h. The 5-8 upper cauline leaves with broad flat scarious appendages: rosette-leaves _ ronate: involucre gy Seite for the whitish tips) fuscous, 6-8 mm . high, ‘ ; ts loosely spreading... 6.04. .3.¢6). vies sees 11. A. isolepis. b. Larger anak eaves mostly wider Cares vor than 5 mm. wide), distinctly mucronate or apic m. Rosette-leaves space esata ds small, 0221 wide, with only the midrib prominent to the tip itenliihe the lateral ribs short and pam nN n, Middle and upper ca leaves aa by a flat or merely involute scarious appendage. . . . 4 neglecta Greene, A. Seite rnald, A. epothislata Fe rnald, A. canadensis n. Middle. ‘and u upper cauline leaves subulate-tipped or mucronate, Sat a scarious appendage Bai sometimes on the bracteal leaves of the inflorescence Ss waar wa loidea Fernald, A. ee Fernald, A. neodioica G m. eee comparativel ge 0.7-5.5 em. broad, mewhat feptiient beneath . .A. plantaginifolia (L.) Richardson, A, occidentalis ge A. fallax Greene, A. Brainerdii as Parlinii Fernald, A. solitaria Rydberg. fs A. ALPINA . ) Gaertn. Fic. 1. Humifuse, with trailing sublig- us branches up to 1 dm. long: stolons short and crowded: rosette- i oblanceolate, 0.8-1.8 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide, narrowed to a distinct -mucronate tip, bes ight green or canescent above: acuminate; the inner scecmuata corollas 4-5 mm. long: longer pappus- bristles 5-6 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.3-1.5 mm. long: pits pits of 98 Rhodora (May the denuded receptacle 20-30, 0.3-0.4 mm. broad, much broader than the intermediate ridges. Three varieties with us: Flowering stems 2-12 em. high, with 4-9 leaves: heads (when more than 1) in a close corymb or glomerule. Rosette-leaves green and glabrous above.................. Var. typica. Rosette-leaves canescent-tomentose above............... Var. canescens. Flowering stems elongating to 2-2.3 dm., with 9-13 leaves: ro- sette-leaves green and glabrous above: heads 1-2, the lower ; (when present) on a pedicel 1-1.5 em. long.......... Var. ungavensis. ar. CANESCENS Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. (fase. xlvii.) 9, t. 2786, fig. 1 (1869); Fernald, RHopora, xviii. 237 (1916). A. angustata Greene, Pittonia, iii. 284 (1898). Var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, RHopora, xili. 24 (1911), in part—The commoner extreme in eastern America, extending south to Port Manvers, Labrador (Delabarre). — Var. UNGAVENSIS Fernald, Ruopora, xviii. 238 (1916).—Known a ae the type-region, Stillwater River, Ungava District. 1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 99 4—5.5 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.2—1.6 mm. long: pits of the mature denuded receptacle 60-100, 0.1 mm. broad, much broader than the acute intermediate ridges—RHODORA, xviii. 236 (1916). A. alpina, var. cana Fernald & Wiegand, RHopora, xiii. 24 (911), in part.—Dry limestone barrens, western NEWFOUNDLAND. l. July, early August. vexillifera, spec. nov. (Fic. 4), humifusa, stolonibus foliosis confertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis); foliis basalaribus late spa athu- latis vel cuneato-obovatis apice rotundatis vix mucronatis 5-12 mm. longis 3-4 mm. latis supra albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule florifero 6-10 cm. alto gracili; foliis caulinis 5-8 nb asp ng imis oblanceolatis, mediis superioribusque linearibus 5-10 mm. lon cum apice scarioso oblongo-lanceolato 1.5-3 mm sien soeenieih: capitulis femineis 1-5 corymbosis hemisphaerico-campanulatis basi rotundatis; involucro 6-7 mm. alto basi lanato; bracteis 2—3-seriatis subaequalibus tenuissimis, exterioribus anguste oblongis obtusis vel subacutis basi castaneis, interioribus lanceolatis fulvis plerumque acuminatis; corolla 3-4 mm. longa, lobis purpurascentibus; stylo purpurascenti; planta mascula ignota.—Matane County, QUEBEC: dry open gravel on the tableland-saddle regent about 1070 m.) between Mt. Mattaouisse and Mt. Collins, July 8, 1923, M. L. Fernald, Ludlow Griscom, K. K. Mackenzie, A. S. Pease & rf B. Smith, no. 26,056 (Tyre in Gray Herb.). Closely simulating A. cana but at once distinguished by its cauline leaves. In A. cana these are 9-15, the median and upper ones tapering to a slender subulate tip, only the very uppermost with a scarious tip. In A. vevillifera the cauline leaves are fewer (5-8) and all but the very lowermost bear conspicuous broad pennant-like scarious tips (whence the specific name.) A. vezillifera has the cauline leaf-tips of A. alpina, but that species has much narrower and distinctly mucronate basal leaves, larger heads with narrower and more fuscous involucral bracts and longer corollas (4-5 mm. long). 5. A. pyGMakA Fernald. Fic. 5. Dwarf, 3-4.5 em. high, mono- cephalous, humifuse; the assurgent t stolons very short, not obviously a. basal leaves oblanceolate, mucronate, 8-14 mm. ‘bas. 2.5- e, glabrous or glabrate above; the cauline about 9, crowded, TiisseacbbighGeclate 6-14 mm. long, lanate beneath, sorthtcrhtt glabrate above, with a lanceolate or narrowly deltoid g rious tip 1.5-2 mm. long: pistillate involucre hemispherical, 7 mm. high, 12 12-13 mm. broad (in the dried material), lanate at base: bracts in series, definitely imbricated, oblong, obtuse; the outer fuscous, with a short stramineous tip; the inner with a long obtuse stramineous tip: corollas 4 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—Ruopora, xvi. 129 100 Rhodora | [May (1914) penis only from northeastern Laprapor! (Weitz et al.). Fl. Au A. rs Pa Fernald. Fic. 8. Plant humifuse, the leafy stolons very short or slightly elongated (up to 7 cm. long): leaves of the rosette spatulate, subacute, barely mucronate, 5-12 mm. long . broad, white above with dense fine tomentum: Napisy stem 3-14 cm. high, punemiek Aig leafy: cauline leaves 8-10, linear, 6-14 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wi e median attenuate to a da i subulate tip; the upper with a aie scarious tip: pistillate heads 1~7, usually in a close corymb, pam bueniccampanviate, rounded at base: involucre 5.5-7 mm. high, 4.5-8 mm. broad (in the dried specimens), with 4-6 series of itd distinctly imbricated bracts: the outer bracts ovate or oblong, brown, slightly lanate at base, with a thin chartaceous stramineous obtuse or subacute tp: the median oblong, with a deltoid obtuse or tip; the inner with a | erose stramineous tip: corollas 3.7-4.2 mm. long: achenes glabrous, 1.4 mm. long: Snes Porpee tists 4.5-5 mm slong: style yellowish, becoming bro taminate plant unknown.—Ruopora, xvi. 130 (1914).— Rocky or ait 8 careous Seas and headlands bordering Notre om e and Ingornachoix Bays, Newrounpuanp. Fl. July, early u gust ce re ALBICANS Fernald. Fic.6. Plant humifuse, the leafy nay very short (up to 2 em. long): basal leaves spatulate, subacute or tuse, scarcely mucronate, 3-8 mm. long, 2-3 mm. wide, white adobe with dense minute somewhat shining tomentum: flowering stem 4.5-9 m. high, slender, somewhat remotely leafy: cauline leaves O15, ines, 6-12 mm. long, 1-2 mm. wi vas the median attenuate, subulate ; the upper with a glabrous linear scarious tip 2-2.5 mm. l pistillate heads (1-)2- in SORE Bat turbinate-campanulate: involucre As noted when A. pygmaea was published, this is the plant which Gray in the Sicupetaer Flora treated as A. carpathica (Wahlenb,) R. Br.: “ Labrador (a mono- cephalous form!) ut Gray, of course, was writing fe f tiny anak — Theodor Holm, lamenting disa record of the Labrador plant (A. Sarneds. which was agen ot aiibe rstood by Gray, as proof that A. carpathica doés grow in America, though in Labrador it so far departs from the = type as to have only a single head (Ruovora, xxii, 142); and he ae a Greene I find it impossible to em from A. sorters ” Thave ge ah me 19 arenes ctions of A. carpathica of Europe he 26 of the Rocky Mountain A. lanata. In the former 2 to 4 of the median of the uppermost leaves ever showing dilated appendages; but in A: lanata 4 to 9 of the cauline leaves have broad and conspicuous pennant-like appendages i BAUR LLLO 1924] Fernald,—Dwarf Antennarias 101 4.5-6 mm. high, 4.5-6 mm. wide (in dried specimens): bracts in 2- 3 series, subequal, thin; the outer 3-4 mm. long, oblong or tnsaatate, obtuse or subacute, straw-color or brown, green and a little eg at base; inner oblong, obtuse, spent milk-white: corollas ong: achenes glabrous, 0.8-1 mm. long: longer ometiadia 44.3 mm. long: staminate plant et wn.—RHODORA, XVI. (1914) .—Dry limestone anne northern domes of Table Mt., Port & Port Bay, Newrounp.tanp. Fl. July. 8. A. nirmpa Greene. Fic. 9. Resembling A. albicans. Pisti.- LATE PLANT with the stiffish stolons up to 6 dm. long: basal leaves 0.5-1.5 em. long: flowering stems 0.5-2 dm. high: sgaknd leaves 9-18; the middle and u pper merely short-mucronate: heads 5-9 in a glomerule: involucre 6-7 n high, viscid-hirsute: bracts about 4-seriate, very unequal; the bate 3-4.5 mm _ long, oblong, obtuse, whitish, gréen and densely lanate at base; the inner wae, gradually narrower, obtuse, entire or barely erose: corollas 3-3.5 m ong: achenes 0.8-1.2 long: longest pappus-bristles 5 mm. big. STAMINATE PLANT with glomerules 1-2 cm. in diameter: involucre with firm creamy or Algae Cie as oe entire to merely crenulate bracts: corollas mm. s 44.5 mm. long, upwardly barbellate; the lightly dilated Garey broad) tips crenate.—Pittonia, iii. 283 (1898). rida viscidula E. Nelson, Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. xxiii. 710 (1901). : chee la Rydberg, FI. Colo. 369 (1906).—Dry limestone soil, Chat Isl., James Bay, QueBEc to ATHABASCA and Uran Fl. late June, July. A. Peasei, spec. nov. (Fic. 11), humifusa, stolonibus foliosis con- fertis perbrevibus (ad 2 cm. longis) ; foliis basilaribus late oblanceolatis vel anguste cuneato-obovatis 7-12 mm. longis 24.5 mm. latis mucro- natis ae albidis, tomento denso minuto; caule florifero 3-7 cm. chartaceo-petaloideis, exterioribus oblongis subacutis pallide brunneis basi subcastaneis, interioribus similibus acuminatis lacteis ; corollis 3.8-5 mm. longis; stylo purpurascenti; achaeniis glabris; planta mascula ignota.—Matane County, Quesec: talus of mica-schist, chimney east of Razorback Ridge (altitude 850-1000 m.), Mt. Logan, July 13, 1923, A. S. Pease & L. B B. Smith, no. 26057 (type in Gray erb.). Related to A. albicans of western Newfoundland and A. subviscosa of Rimouski County, Quebec. From the former distinguished by the istinctly mucronate and loosely tomentose basal leaves,” the few cauline leaves, the larger heads, the acuminate inner involucral bracts and the longer corolla; A. subviscosa is a coarser plant with trailing 102 Rhodora [May branches often 4 or 5 dm. long. It has 7-9 cauline leaves, the upper- most with subulate or involute tips; its heads are more numerous (3-9) and its glandular-viscid involucres have more definitely imbri- cated bracts. Various cordilleran species, A. umbrinella Rydberg, A. pulvinata Greene, etc., are related to A. Peasei but I am unable to find any species to which it can be satisfactorily referred. 10. A. susviscosa Fernald. Fic. 10. Plant densely humifuse, the trailing branches subligneous, often 4-5 dm. long; stolons very short and crowded: leaves of the rosettes "sheet ipods eich mucronate or with a very short mucro, 0.5-1.5 cm. long, 2-5 m broad, densely white-tomentose: flowering stems 0. 5-1. 5 ‘dim. hist: white-tomentose throughout, glandular-hirsute above: cauline. leaves 7-10, tomentose; the lower linear-oblanceolate, mucronate, 1.5-2.5 em. long; the upper linear-attenuate, with a subulate or involute sub- scarious pubescent tip: pistillate heads 3-9, densely or loosely corym- bose: involucre 7 Asaeong woke 5-6.5 mm. high: bracts about 3-seriate; the outer 3-4 mm. long, oblong, pia ii greenish or stramineous, ai rose-tinged, glandular-viseid, with a thin obtuse cream-colored or rose-pink tip; interior narrower, acutish: corollas 3.8-4.3 mm. long: achenes papillose, 1-1.2 mm. long: longer pappus- bristles 4.5-5 mm. long: staminate plant unknown.—RuHoporRA, Xvi. 131 (1914) .—Cold north-facing limestone sea-cliffs east of Bic, July. 11. A. isoLepis Greene. Fic. F. Humifuse, the leafy stolons up to 7 cm. long: rosette-leaves oblanceolate or obovate, subacute or obtuse, short mucronate, 0.8—2.5 cm. long, 2-7 mm. broad, densely white-tomen- tose above: flowering stems 0.7-2.5 dm. "high, flexuous: see leaves 9-18, linear-oblanceolate, tomentose, 1.5-3 cm. long, 2+4 m ad; me be oe with subulate tips; the 5-8 upper with —_ fat scarious achenes sparingly papillose, 1-1.2 mm. long: longest se sueu-tihietles 4.5-5.5 mm. long: staminate atest unknown.—Ottawa Nat. xxv. 41 (1911).—Coast of Hudson Strait, Uncava Disrricr, and south near the outer coast at least to Port Manvers, Laprapor. FI. July, August. EXPLANATION OF PLATE 142. Fie. 1, Antennaria al na X 1; 1a, tip of media I A, Sornborgeri PSF age of median asin e leaf er ge * nti x 1; 3a, tip of median ea cauline leaf X 4. Fic. 4, A. verillifera X 1; - 4a, tip of median cauline . Fie. 5, A. pygmaea X i ; 5a, tip of median cauline leaf X Fic. 6, A. albicans X 1; 6a, tip of median cauline leaf X 4; 6b, pe oe ead para! x4. Fic. iy } , ; ip of me cauline x 4. i nea X 1; 8a, tip of median cauline leaf X< . ae X 1; 9a, tip of median cauline lea ; 9b, inner bract of involucre ar : t X 4. Fig. 10, A. } Se ae 43. C. Watsoni. me Bains Sige eae 3. C. angelica. a en THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 29 a lanceolate or narrowly Aloe sely tuberculate, odd one 2-2.6 ONG iia ee 22. C. Kelseyana. Nutlets horiomorphonssc or practically so. Calyx: circotnarisesile...:o5 er. ee es 10. C. circumscissa. Calyx not circumsciss rd i de of nutlet; oo narrowly phere ral .11. C. albida. nobase Soba SUBIR i pes eS ee . C. micrantha. Spikes “sparingly if a t sil bracted. ook cou. Bion ee narrowly pyra- idal ¢bwco eee, ee pusilla. rsperne straight, usually dull; gynobase subu- Nutlets small, 0.5-0.7 mm. ig Pee punk Se 9. C. Grayt. Nutlets larger, 1. os mm one Nutlets triangular. ith a estion ie medial eat ee ey dull. proach: aids aise ae a aid eee Glgeaaa S eoearetes C. muricata. Nutlets « 6a, 3 . unes, Old Beach, near Holtville, Parish 8124 (UC); Twentynine Palms, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 39 1902, berg 3 lle desert — Indio, 30 m. alt., Spencer 1517 (G); sandy wash, s Well near Mecca, 59 m. below sea-level, Munz & Keck 4763 ‘aye ihvieg Mecca or a et 1512 and 1785 (G); Cameron Lake, ee ve C); Yaq ui Wells, Eastwood 2632 (G); bottom lands near Colo- a , 750 m at. Hall 5922 (UC); in sandy places. Colorado pees a 195. 196, 197 a 201 (G); without bored: Coulte er 500 (G). Low ALIFORNIA: stony s Angeles Bay, Palmer 606 (G); San Aguada, Palmer 241 (G UG): Angel de la Guarda Island Fakaskie 4227 (G). NEVADA , Goodding 2 , UC): me ; t., Heller _10439 (G); Amargosa in moist place near station, 900 m. alt., Helter 10976 _(G); sandy wash, eee eee Wash, oT Fo 2169 (G); y Valley, Ken- ued 'y & Goodding 26-(UC). “Arizona: Fort Yuma. lente (NY. Type); Fort ma, DuBar ne (NY, cotype); Gila River, Thurb-r 690 (G); Tueson, 1907, I Te ‘1884, Parish (G); Tucson, 1894, Toumey (UC); ¢ campus of Savant of Arizona, Thornber 407 and_516 (UC); without locality, 1876, Palmer (G); without locality, , Pringle (G). thea orres, 2, Purpus (UC); dry places, Canyon of Guadaloupe, Sm th (NY); Las Durasnillas, 1892, Brandegee Nhe Guaymas, Palmer 16! C). New Mexico: mesa est o Organ n Mts., 1905, Wooton (UC). Texas: El Paso, 1884, Jones (G). Probably the most common Cryptantha in the lower deserts of California. Itis readily recognized by its characteristic ashy herbage, dense spikes, and heteromorphous dark nutlets which are covered with small light colored low tubercles. It is a well marked species, having its closest relation in C. Gray. 9, C. Grayi (Vasey & Rose) Macbr. A small slender herb 5-15 (-18) em. high; stems usually several, strict or spreading, appressed or spreading villous-hispid; leaves quite numerous, linear, 1-4 cm. long, 1-2 mm. wide, densely pustulate-setose beneath but much less so above, basal ones somewhat aggregated, upper ones reduced; spikes usually geminate, naked, densely flowered, 1-4 cm. long; corolla minute to medium-sized, tube shorter than calyx, limb 0.5-3 mm. broad; fruiting calyx oblong-ovate, 1-2 mm. long, sessile or sub- sessile, decidedly biseriate; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, rigid, slightly connivent, midrib short-hirsute, margins somewhat villous- hispid, axial lobe most pubescent; nutlets 4, homomorphous, very small, 0.5-0.7 mm. long, triangular-ovate, dark colored, usually bearing light-colored low tuberculations, edges angled or rounded, areola shallow and deltoid with the groove above it commonly closed; gynobase subulate, equalling or a little shorter than the nutlets; style much surpassing the nutlets—Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 43 (1916). Var. genuina. Corolla conspicuous, 2-3 mm. broad; nutlets tuber- culate-—Krynitzkia Grayi Vasey & Rose, Proc. U. S. ‘Nat. Mus. xi. 536 (1888). C. Grayi Macbr. |. ¢. Middle Lower California. 40 JOHNSTON R Cauirornia: Lagoon Head, Palmer 801 (G, UC, 1soTypss); Cal- malt, i Burp (UC); Magdalena Island, Orcutt 27, 52 and 80 (G); Magdalena Bay, 1889, Brandegee (UC); Santa Ma rearita Island , 1889, Brandegee (UC). Var. nesiotica Johnston. Corolla inconspicuous, 0.5-1 mm. broad; nutlets very sparsely sf not at all tuberculate—Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, xii. 1146 (19 Dunes on islands in Renan part of Gulf of California. Lows CALIFORNIA: very common on dunes, San Francisco Island, Johnston ? (G, UC, 1soryps). Pe Var. cryptochaeta (Macbr.) Johnston. Corolla inconspicuous, 0.5-1 mm. broad; nutlets abundantly tuberculate—Proc. rece. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, xii. 1145 (1924). C. micromeres, var. eryptochae Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 46 (1916). C. jie Macbr. I. ec. 45. Extreme southern Lower California and Sonora. R CALIFORNIA: Cape San Lucas, Xantus 76 (G); saney da La Pas: Johnston mors (G); San José del Cabo, Anthon y S47, (G, TyPE of C. micron-eres cryptochaeta). Sonora: Alamos, yom 97 G. gene of C; filiformifolia: UC, tsotypr); Alamos, Goldman 308 (G). _ Cryplantha eg is very closely related to C. angustifolia, and from ly slender forms of the latter it is distinguishable an by its decidedly holnathorphovis nutlets. Usually, however, it is readily recognized by its very slender habit, and by its herbage which usually dries a darker color than that of C. angustifolia. Ser. I]. CIRCUMSCISSAE. Nutlets 4, smoothish or incon- spicuously muricate, dark, triangular-ovate, with acute sides, homo- morphous or subheteromorphous with the abaxial nutlet just appreci- ably the largest; style equalling or barely surpassing the nutlets; calyx circumscissile at maturity. 10. C. circumscissa (H. & A.) Johnston. Low herb 2-10 cm. high, trimly erect or much branched and forming hemispherical masses; stems few to numerous, more or less branched above, strigose or hirsute, the outermost somewhat decumbent; leaves oblanceolate, 3-15 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, obtusish, surface siliceous especially toward the pale base, strigose or hirsute, obscurely pustulate, upper ones scarcely reduced and extending uch the inflorescence as foliaceous bracts; flowers axillary, the racemose arrangement obscure; corolla more or less i inconspicuous, 1-2(-3) mm. broad; fruiting calyx 2.54 mm. long, oblong-ovate, united to near the middle, at maturity upper half falling away by a circumscission just below the sinuses; ie pe Aone ae, Roar » THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 41 basal persistent part of caly es peorcbser pale, cupulate, rpc’ hirsute; mature calyx-lobes firm-her inear-lanceolate, scarcely ribbed, more or less hirsute; adic, fine ca. 0.56 mm. long; nutlets 4, homomorphous or with abaxial one barely the lansest, smooth or obscurely muriculate, triangular-ovate or oblong-lanceolate, 1.2-1.7 mm. long, back flattened especially towards apex, margins angled, groove closed and forked below; gynobase about 24 height of nutlets, pyramidal-oblong; style equalling or barely exceeded by nutlets.—Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 55 (1923 Var. genuina. Stems with short appressed hairs, —Lithospermum circumscissum H. & A. Bot. Beechey 370 (1840). Piptocalyx cireum- scissus Torr. in Wats. Bot. King Exped. 240 (1871); Torr. Bot. Wilkes Exped. 414, t. 12 (1874). Eritrichium circumscissum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 58 (1874). Krynitzkia circumscissa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 275 — Wheelerella circumscissa Rena. Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. v. 8 (1906 . Greeneocharis circumscissa Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 677 (1909). C. depressa Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxxiv. 29 (1902). Southern British Columbia and Idaho, southward to Arizona and northern Lower California. WasHINGTON: Junction of Coal and Crab creeks, 730 m. alt., Sandberg & Leiberg 228 (G); in dried up pools, Pasco, Piper 2966 (G); Ainsworth, 1883, Tar dadeoes (G); plains, Morgan’s Ferry, Yakima River, Suksdorf 404 (G). EGON: open "sandy places, Bend, Nelson 849 (G); dry sandy slope along Des Chutes River, 8 km. below Bend, eet i 709 (G); plains between Pineville Leiberg pr - 2 sandy we apa 660 m. alt. toes gt ag tee ya ipheg, reat ages 1290 m alt. 65 VADA: Pyramid Lake, Ko Srawdar (G, ; Carson City, 1500 m. alt., Watson 848 (G); Humboldt Plains, 1872, Gray (G); Carson City, A 163 (G); Lake Washoe, Torrey 336 (G); near Empire City, Torrey 332 ANUE Reno, 1884, Curran (G); log railroad north of Verdi, 1590 m. alt., 1087 (G); about Carson City, 1446 m. alt., Baker 973 (G); — OL Palmetto hoe: Purpus 5841 (G, UC). pecs at ge co 72 (G). Caxrrornta: Sierra County, 1875, Lemmon (G Road, east site of the divide, 2550 m. alt., Smiley 820 (G); pions plains “tad Fork of 8235 (G); sandy places, Erskin Creek, Purpus 530. (G): A res 7 3705 (G); hilly ‘hoteles Mohave Desert, 1 ringle (G); sand, Mohave, Heller 7764 (G); dese cae samme near ene rville ©, 600 gaping =X an er (G); — sand, Hesy peria, Spencer 387 (G); near Pi ar y, ams (G); sandy soil, Jacumba, Abrams 3659 (G); Cottonwood Springs, Jaeger 1846 (G). LoweR CALIPORATE: without locality, 1884, Orcutt uC). 42 JOHNSTON ’ Var. hispida (Macbr.), comb. nov. Stems clothed with spreading bristles; plant usually coarser than in var. genuina.—Greeneocharis circumscissa, var. hispida Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 546 (1916). Krynitzkia dichotoma Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 206 (1885). Piptocalyx dichotomus Greene, Pittonia i. 60 (1887). Wheelerella dichotoma Grant, Bull. So. Calif. Acad. Sci. v. 28 (1906). Greeneocharis dichotoma Macbr. |. c. C. dichotoma Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 55 (1923). ‘estern Nevada and adjacent California. Infrequently collected. NeEvaDA: between Boca and Verdi, 1884, Curran (G, tsoTypE of K. dicho- toma); Carson City, Anderson (G). Catirornta: Andrews Camp, Bishop Creek, 2400 m. alt:, Davidson 2700 (G); trail to Mt. Whitney, 3000 m. alt., t Culberton 4240) (G, Type of G. circumscissa, var. hispida); sandy plains, a 4243 Yirskin Creek. Purpus 5304 in pt. (G). A detailed study of C. cirewmscissa and C. dichotoma has failed to disclose any fundamental character capable of separating the two. The nutlet-characters used by Gray and Greene are not distinctive, since among plants of indubitable C. circumscissa the nutlets not only vary from triangular-ovate to oblong-lanceolate, but also from smooth and shiny to very finely granulate and minutely muriculate. The size of the nutlets does not separate natural groups. The only tangible character separating C. circumscissa and C. dichotoma seems to be one of pubescence. Since all the material with spreading bristles comes from a definite region along the east base of the Sierra Nevada I believe that this hirsute form is best treated as a geographical va- riety. Consequently Macbride’s varietal name is taken up. It is to be noted that annotations in the Gray Herbarium indicate that even Gray inclined towards treating C. dichotoma as a mere variety. Ser. III. ALBIDAE. Nutlets 4, coarsely tuberculate, dark, tri- angular-ovate, thickish, very broadly obtuse or convex on the sides, homomorphous but with the abaxial nutlet subpersistent; style much surpassing the nutlets. 11. C. albida (HBK.) Johnston. An erect or frequently loosely re ascending herbaceous or fruticulose plant 1-3(-4) dm. high; stems solitary or usually several, simple or commonly paniculately branched, more or less villous-strigose as well as hirsute; early leaves in evanes- cent basal rosettes, spathulate, becoming 5 cm. long, 1.5-4 mm. wide; cauline leaves numerous and somewhat crowded, reduced above but extending as linear bracts through the inflorescence, 3 cm. or less long, hirsute, usually minutely pustulate; spikes 1-7 cm. long, solitary, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 43 numerous, loosely bracteate; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 2.5 mm. long, tube about equalling calyx; fruiting calyx broadly ovate, 2-3 mm. long, only slightly accrescent, becoming remote, subpersistent; mature calyx-lobes oblong-ovate to lance-ovate, loosely connivent, midrib slightly thickened and short-hirsute, margin appressed-hispid; pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; nutlets 4, homomorphous, triangular ovate, 1-1.5 mm. long; tan or brownish, usually sparsely granulate, low-tuberculate, thickish, one next abaxial calyx-lobe subpersistent, margins rounded, ventral side occupied by a very large open triangular areola which appears to be excavated in very mature nutlets by the breaking away of the attachment-scar from the nutlet-walls; gynobase narrowly pyramidal, about equalling the nutlets; style much surpassing nutlets. —Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 53 (1923). Myosotis albida HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. iii. 91 (Aug. 1818). Lithospermum ramosum Lehm. Asperif. ii. 328 (Nov. or Dec. 1818). Eritrichium ramosum A. DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). Krynitzkia ramosa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 274 (1885). C. ramosa Greene, Pittonia i. 115 (1887). E. hispidum Buckley, Proc. Acad. Philad. 1861, pg. 462 (1861). K. mexicana Brandg. Zoe v. 182 (1904); Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 49 (1916). Western Texas to eastern Arizona in the vicinity of the international boundary, thence south to Durango and Puebla. Texas: Mts. , vi rd 46 (G); valley of Limpia, T858, Hayes (G); argegirian Hayes (G); without oO is t i RIZONA: waste land, as 2 (G); sandy plain near the Musta .» 183 7 ye Rio Grande Valley r Diaz, . alt., Pringle 8301 (G, UC); mts. 10 km. east of Palmer (G); , 72 km. east of Saltillo, Palmer 896 (G); vicinity of illo, Palmer 243 and 343 (G); Parras, P. (G, UC); dry places southwest of ada, 1847, Grégg (G); Viesea, Purpus 126 (UC, TYPE Of K. mexicana; G, 1soTyPE); without locality, Gregg 32 (G). Chinvanva: foothills of Sierra Madra near Colonia Juarez, Ne 6. (G). Duranco: City of Durango, Palmer 2: , UC). San Luts Porost: San Luis Potosi, Parry & Palm : ] Mts., Schaffi 31 (G). Aauas CALIENTEs: in fiel guas Calientes, Hartweg 157 (G). Hipat- 0: betwee n del Rio and Hacienda de Antonio, Hu authentic fragment of M. albida). Mexico: sandy fields, ecameca, Pringle 6648 (G, UC); San Juan Teotihuacan, District of Tezcoco, Seler 5304 (G). Pursta: Mt. Orizaba, 3000 m. alt., Seaton 173 (G). . The nutlets of this species are very thick in relation to their breadth. This condition, as well as the very large open (in age excavated) tri- angular areola, makes the species readily recognizable. It is practic- ally confined to eastern Mexico where in Puebla it sets the southern- most outpost for the genus in North America. Not only is it the 44 JOHNSTON most southerly ranging of the North American species, but it is the only North American species which appears to have its immediate relationships in the continent to the south. Cryptantha albida is very closely related to C. argentinica Brand of northern Argentina, if indeed it is not the same species. Ser. IV. MARITIMAE. Nutlets 1-4, tuberculate or muricate, usually dark with pale roughenings, lanceolate to triangular-ovate, with rounded or obtuse sides, decidedly heteromorphous with odd nutlet (sometimes alone developing) axial and larger as well as oc- casionally less roughened than others; style surpassed by the nutlets or reaching their tips or rarely surpassing them. Ovules 2; nutlet 1, bent; style reaching to about 1/2 height ee oe ee A oe, 12. C. recurvata. Ovules 4; nutlets 4, straight; style reaching to about the ee ee eas ce, 13. C. echinosepala. Calyx most hirsute on abaxial side, spreading to strict. Calyx strictly and closely appressed to the flattened rhachis, gibbous on axial side due to basal prolongation of rough d nutlet 14. C. dumetorum. Nutlets "ope SE 0.7-0.9 mm. long; mature calyx ubglobose, minute, with lobes scarcely surpassin Oe ee ae 15. C. micromeres. Nutlets oblong-lanceolate, 1-2 mm. long; mature calyx o ong, medium-sized, with lobes surpassing the nutlets. ce 16. C. maritima. 2 12. C. recurvata Cov. Ascendingly branched rather slender herb 1-3 dm. high; root frequently dye-stained; stems usually strigose, rarely appressed-hispid; leaves remote, oblanceolate or linear-ob- lanceolate, 1-2(-3.2) mm. long, 2~4(-5) mm. broad, rounded or obtuse, appressed-hispid, densely and minutely pustulate; spikes naked, slender, loose, 2-10 em. long, solitary or geminate; corolla incon- spicuous, subtubular, ca. 2mm. long, not exserted, lobes short; fruiting calyces slender, subdistichously biseriate, very asymmetrical, char- acteristically bent and recurved, 3-4 mm. long, tardily deciduous, sessile; mature calyx-lobes linear, midrib somewhat thickened an hirsute, rarely merely strigose, axial lobe longest thickest and most hirsute; ovules 2; nutlet 1, subpersistent, oblong-lanceolate, inwardly curved, brownish, dull, granulate-muriculate, next the axial calyx- lobe, edges obtusish; groove somewhat oblique, narrow or closed, opening into a small basal areola; gynobase slender, ca. 14 length of THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 45 the matured nutlet, slightly exceeded by aborted one; style commonly much surpassed by nutlet.—Contr. U. S$. Nat. Herb. iv. 165, t. (1893 esters Oregon to Utah and the Inyo Region of California. EGON: Alword Desert t, 1600 m. alt., teak bo (G, UC). Nevapa: sandy soil, Palmetto Range, 1800- i aaa 5865 UC). U sandy places, Grand River Canyon, 1230 m. alt Pur , (UC); Dugway, 1891, Jones CaLiForNIA: Surpr anyon, Panamint Mts., ~ alt., Coville & Funston m 713 (G, UC, see Silver Canyon in White ~ east of Laws, Heller 8221 (G, UC); Silver Canyon, 1913, K. 5 tees seg C UC); Fish "Take Valles , 1897, Purpus One of the most distinct and interesting species in the genus. It ‘may be readily recognized by its biovulate fruit and spreading, re- curved fruiting calyces. 13. C. echinosepala Macbr. Loosely branched herb 1-2 dm. high; stems usually reddish, strigose as well as somewhat hirsute; leaves 24.5 cm. long, 2-5 mm. wide, linear to linear-lanceolate, below pustulate and short villous-hirsute, above subglabrate or minutely strigose; spikes geminate or solitary, usually 2-5 em. long, naked or rarely with a single bract; corolla inconspicuous, tube shorter than calyx, limb ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate, 2-3 mm. long, sessile or subsessile, spreading or even reflexed, asymmetrical; mature calyx-lobes very unequal, lance-linear, strigose and usually hirsute along the thickened midrib, axial lobe the longest and most hirsute; nutlets heteromorphous, usually 4, pallid, groove narrow and scarcely dilated below; odd nutlet minutely muriculate-tuberculate, ovate, acute, 1.2-1.5 mm. long, subpersistent, next the axial calyx-lobe, margin angulate; consimilar nutlets ca. 1 mm. long, minutely tuber- culate, lance-ovate; gynobase evidently shorter than consimilar nutlets, oblong; style longer than consimilar nutlets, equalling or just surpassed by the odd nutlet——Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. lvi. 57 (1918); Johnston, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 4, xii. 1147 (1924). Southern Lower California. Lower Ca.irorniA: Santa Agueda, Palmer 242 (G); Magdalena Bay, Lung (UC), Bryant (UC), Brandegee (UC); Magdalena Island, Qeult 15 (G, TyPE); La Paz, Palmer 26 (G). At once distinguishable from nearly all other species of the genus by having its fruiting calyces deflexed and most heavily hirsute on the axial side. It is probably most related to C. angustifolia. 14 e Greene. Laxly branched closely strigose herb; stems at first erect but later commonly much elongated and sprawling 46 JOHNSTON or scrambling among bushes; leaves lanceolate, thickish, 2-4 em. long, 2-4(-8) mm. wide, sparsely appressed hirsute-villous, closely pustulate below and finely so above; spikes solitary or geminate, usually remotely flowered, 5-10 cm. long, occasionally with foliaceous bracts towards base, rhachis brittle and tortuously flattened; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx closely appressed to rhachis, 2-3 mm. long, very asymmetrical, not at all deciduous, base very oblique and downwardly gibbous on axial side; mature calyx-lobes connivent and reaching about equal height; 3 abaxial lobes lanceolate, somewhat strigose, with the thickened midribs deflexed-hirsute; 2 axial lobes partly united, hirsute only on outer margins; nutlets 4, heteromor- phous, granulate and muriculate; odd nutlet persistent, axil, broadly lanceolate, 2-3 mm. long, base much developed and distorting the calyx, groove open and broad; consimilar nutlets 1.5-2 mm. long, deciduous, lanceolate, groove closed or very narrow; gynobase narrow, shorter than consimilar nutlets; style shortly surpassed by nutlets or reaching to their tips.—Pittonia i. 112 (1887). Krynitzkia dumetorum Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 272 (1885). Deserts from western Nevada to Southern California. Nevapa: Muddy pel = m. Pg Kennedy & Goodding 74 ce CaLIF, ORNIA: half climbin s at Teha chapi Pass, 1884, Curran Pad pig Heamer, P arish ‘9810 we), rane. K. Taeuds ee (G, UC .: Barstow Lanca > Br mdlege ee at Gitiowater (UC). An anomalous species very in habit and in calyx and nutlet developments. Although the tips of the 4 nutlets in each calyx are of equal height, their bases are decidedly not so. The base of the axial one is more developed than that of the others causing the axial side of the calyx to be gibbously distended downwards along the pedicel and thereby making the base of the calyx conspicuously oblique. In habit the species is unique in the genus. It commonly grows about bushes and scrambles up through them, often reaching a meter in height. So sinuous and brittle are the stems that it is commonly quite impossible to disentangle from the supporting bush a perfect specimen of this plant. The pedicels are unquestionably persistent, being as decidedly so as are those of C. micrantha. The type of the species is given as having come from Tehachapi Pass. An annotation in the University of California Herbarium gives the type-locality as: Tehachapi P; Asa probably at the “Bend,” between Mohave and Te- hachapi Sta 72 15. C. esa ae (Gray) Greene. Slender usually erect-growing THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 47 herb 1-5 dm. tall; stems dull dark-green, short-hirsute throughout; leaves linear to oblong-linear, somewhat hirsute on both surfaces and usually somewhat pustulate beneath, 1.5-4.5 em. long; spikes com- monly ternate, very slender, naked, 2-8 cm. long; corolla incon- spicuous, subtubular, ca. 0.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces very small, 1-2 mm. long, subglobose, fulvous, sessile or nearly so, early deciduous; mature calyx-lobes ovate-lanceolate, decidedly connivent, scarcely surpassing the fruit, margins ciliate, midrib slightly thickened, hirsute and frequently uncinate; nutlets 4, heteromorphous, triangular-ovate, 0.7-0.9 mm. long, margin subangulate; odd nutlet slightly the largest, smooth or sparsely papillate, next the axial calyx-lobe; consimilar nutlets papillate, groove open, gradually dilated into a small open areola; gynobase equalled by consimilar nutlets but somewhat sur- passed by odd one; style short, equalling or bearly surpassing the odd nutlet.—Pittonia i. 113 (1887). Eritrichium micromeres Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 90 (1883). Krynitzkia micromeres Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 274 (1885). Central California to northwestern Lower California. e atos, He , UC); Glenwood, , Eastwood (G); Ben Lomond, K. Brandegee (UC); Santa Cruz, Jones (G, TYPE); seaside, Monterey, East- 162 (G); on the Salinas road near Del Monte, He (UC); Point 888, K. ee i anta oS Hasiwoed 66 (G, UC); Santa Inez Mts., 1888, Brandegee (G); Santa Cruz Island, 1888, Brandegee (UC); chaparral burn, La Jolla, Clements 109 (G, UC); Point Loma, Brandegee 1622 (G, UC); Point Loma, Eastwood 2518 (G); Point Loma, , K. Brandegee (UC). Lower Caxirornta: near Ensenada, 1882, Jones (UC). This species develops the smallest flowering and fruiting parts known in the genus. Its occurrence is sporadic, and in the south at least somewhat determined by the presence of chaparral-burns. 16. C. maritima Greene. Ascending loosely branched herb be- coming 1-3 dm. tall; stems commonly reddish, strigose or frequently hirsute; leaves linear to lanceolate, acutish, usually somewhat con- tracted at the base, 1-3.5 cm. long, 14 mm. wide, commonly hirsute, coarsely pustulate; spikes solitary or geminate, 1-6 cm. long, usually more or less crowded and frequently glomerate, irregularly leafy- bracted throughout; corolla inconspicuous, tubular, 1.4-2 mm. long, 0.5-1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx 1.8-3(-3.5) mm. long, ovate-oblong, stiffly ascending, slightly asymmetrical, tardily deciduous, subsessile; 48 JOHNSTON mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, stiff, connivent, midrib of three abaxial lobes thickened and hirsute, margins appressed short hispid- villous or loosely villous; ovules 2 or 4; nutlets 1-4, heteromorphous; odd nutlet frequently alone developing, smooth, shiny, brownish, oblong-lanceolate, 1-2 mm. long, firmly affixed, next the axial calyx- lobe, groove narrow or closed throughout or opening below into a small areola; consimilar nutlets grayish, minutely tuberculate, readily deciduous, slightly smaller but otherwise like odd nutlet; gynobase subulate, 14-2 length of nutlet; style about equalling the height of consimilar nutlets.—Pittonia i. 117 ine ae Var. genuina. Ovules 2; nutlets 1 or 2; calyx not conspicuously pilose—Krynitzkia maritima Greene, Bull. Calif: Acad. Sci. 1. 204 (Aug. 1885). C. maritima Greene, Pittonia |. c.; Munz & Johnston, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlix. 38 (1922). K. ramosissima of Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 203 (Aug. 1885); not K. ramosissima Gray (Jan. ° 1885). C.ramosissima of most recent authors. Nevada to Lower California. we ‘ e tod unz & ae oad. 3611 TC), Neciles, Jones 3824 (G); desert sand, sa ot Tahquitz Canyon, 180 m. alt., Spencer 1523 (G); sandy places near Pa 2a age 120 m. alt., Spencer 1528, ’ 2067, 2068 and 207 1a (G); tes near Indian 8 m lls alt., ‘Spencer 1520 (G); sandy agen rss: Pag ie near ecca, 48 m. below sea-level, Spencer “2069 (G) a nz & ak 5 (G) Signal Mt. 7% (G); Mason’s, C bet poe 189 odes (UC) ;in sand, “fel steam Desert, Spencer 195a and 198 (G); Colorado Desert 1890, ye C); Point Loma, 1884, Or C wept arroyos, San Island, Trask 56 and 5Z(G); Santa Barbara Island, Trask (UC); | Catalina ‘sand, i Se oi (G); Catalina Island, 1890, Pg a age (U' hern Lower California, Orcutt 2257 (UC); L a Head, ae 981 “G, OC): Guadalupe Island, Palmer 879 (G); Anthony 2 (G, UC), P ance 67 67 (G), Greene in 1885 (G, UC, ISOTYPES of K~ maritt eM Anthony in 1896 (UC), Br randegee in 1897 (UC); San Benito I asad: hes" 912 G), Pond 21 (G), ) Stat ged (UC), Brandegee i in 1897 (UC); Nativi 5 ; Island, 1897, Brande. ; Santa Margarita Island, 1889, Brandegee (UC). j Var. cedrosensis (Greene), comb. nov. Ovules 4; nutlets 1-4; otherwise as in preceeding variety. —Krynitzkia cedrosensis Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 204 (1885). C. cedrosensis Greene Pittonia : i. 117 (1887); Brandg. Bot. Gaz. xxvii. 454 (1899). i Endemic to Cedros Island. - Lower Cauirornia: Cedros Island, Palmer ees or Greene in 1885 (G. uc, le tie Veatch (G), Anthony 289 (G, U Var. pilosa Johnston. Ovules 2; nutlets 1 or 2; calyx conspicu- Pe yee ee LS THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 49 ously clothed no long white villous pubescence.—Univ. Calif. Pub. Bot. vii. 445 (192 Nevada to Lowes California, occurring with var. genuina but less common. Nevapa: Logan, etek Kennedy (UC). Cattrornta: Death Valley, Coville & Pisin Mafe ie Ps urnace Creek, Parish 10005 and 10050 (UC); Ca ig Parish 9798 (UC); Inyo County, Rixford (UC); aie Springs, r Hall & Chandler ait "CUC): Needles, 1884, Lemmon (UC); Signal Mt., 1901, Seage a (UC). Arizona: Tempe, 1892, ‘Ganong & Sica (G). Lowrr FORNIA: stony ridges, Los Angeles we Palmer 551 (UC, TyPE; G, Iso- TY ea: Santa Agueda, Palmer 2142 (UC). A well defined and cornmon species in the Californian deserts and on the coastal islands. The usual form is readily recognized by being biovulate and having reddish strigose stems. It has generally gone as C. ramosissima but that name being based on a renaming of racemosa properly falls into synonymy. Ser. V. PTEROCARYAE. Nutlets 1-4, tuberculate or papillate or verrucose, lanceolate, with knife-like or conspicuously winged sides, homomorphous or frequently heteromorphous and with the odd nutlet (sometimes alone developing) axial and usually lacking a thin sg style reaching to tip of nutlet-body or definitely beyond. hee cigar rd or rarely 2, mets with a knife-like margin; a — ae BER Bo ER .. 17. C. utahensis. Nutlets 4; "ane : rola. Scanpieceue: ; mature calyx obviously longer than hou ad; nutlets always homomorphou;............... 18. C. oxygona. Corolla inconspicuous; mature calyx ane as broad as long; axial nutlet frequently Wines ee. 19. C. pterocarya. ' 17. C. utahensis (Gray) Greene. Erectly branched herb 1-3 dm. high; stems closely strigose or more or less appressed short-hirsute; leaves not numerous, strongly reduced above, linear to oblance- linear, 1-5{-7) em long, 1-4 mm. wide, rounded at apex, commonly _ pustulate and short-hirsute especially beneath; spikes geminate or sometimes solitary, commonly 0.8-2.5(-5) em. long, dense, naked; corolla evident, 2-3 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate or ovate- oblong, 2-3(—4) mm. long, quite asymmetrical, subsessile by a broadly conic oblique base, spreading or somewhat recurved, deciduous, usually densely appressed-hirsute and notably silky; mature calyx- lobes lanceolate, strongly connivent, midrib thick and usually brown- ish and infrequently bearing spreading or recurved hairs; ovules 4; nutlets 1 or rarely 2, next the abaxial calyx-lobe, 1.7-2.5 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad, pale, broadly lanceolate, granulate, muricate- 50 JOHNSTON papillate or rarely spinulose, back low-convex or flat, margins sharp- angled or with a very narrow knife-like margin; groove open, narrow, opening into a small areola below; gynobase subulate, ca. 24 height of nutlet, not markedly differentiated from style; style usually a trifle shorter than the nutlet.—Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Krynitzkia utahensis Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, Suppl. 427 (1886). Eritrichium holopterum, var. submolle Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xiii. 374 (1878). C. submollis Cov. Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. iv. 166 (1893). Southern Utah and western Arizona and westward into the deserts of California. U St. ee, Palmer 352 (G, Type). Arizona: Yucca, Jones (G); Yucca, Jones 0 ( 3910 (UC). Nevapa: Candelaria, Shockley 347 (G) and 650 (UC); foot of cliffs, Meadow Valley Wash, ing..2165..in, pt. (G); rocky slopes, Mes- quite A } 2.(G); Rhyolite, 1080 m. alt., Shockley 69 (UC); Id Mt., P 8 (UC). Catirorntia: Inyo Co , 1891, Brandegee (UC); ise on, Panamint Mts., 800 m. alt., Coville & Funston 714 (G); without locality, Purpus 5433 (G); Providence Mts., Munz, Johnston & Harwood 4241 (UC); Dagge K. ee (UC); sandy places near , Spencer 2082 and 2093 (G); in sandy places, Palm Springs, Spencer rsto 1526, 2073, 2074, 2075 and 2076 (G); in sandy places, Mission Canyon, 180 m. alt., Spencer 1782 (G); Colorado Desert, 1889, Orcutt (UC). A very neat species most readily distinguished by the appressed silky indument on the calyx. It seems to be an ally of C. pterocarya. Its rough nutlets at once distinguish it from C. gracilis and C’. Watsoni with which it has been frequently confused. 2 18. C. oxygona (Gray) Greene. Sparsely branched herb 1-4 dm. / tall; stems usually solitary with several well-developed ascending branches from near base, appressed villous-hispid or strigose, often sparsely hispid, leaves linear or lance-linear, 1-4(-6) cm. long, 1-2(-3) mm. broad, strigose or short-hispid, ascending, obtusish, densely and inconspicuously pustulate, upper ones evidently reduced; spikes geminate or ternate, usually short and dense, 1-3(—6) cm. long, naked; corolla conspicuous, limb 4-7 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate or oblong-ovate, ascending, 2.5-4 mm. long, deciduous, obscurely bi- serial, symmetrical, base rounded, pedicel ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, somewhat connivent above, margin more or less silky-strigose, midrib slightly thickened and frequently sparsely hirsute; nutlets 4, homomorphous; body of nutlets oblong-ovate, 2 me) rarely 3 mm. long, only slightly shorter than the calyx-lobes, muricate or tuberculate, back low convex; margin of nutlet narrowly winged or knife-like; groove closed or rarely open, broadly forked below where always opened to form a triangular areola; gynobase columnar- Se THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA dl subulate, about 24 height of nutlets; style clearly surpassing the nut- lets.—Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Eritrichium oxygonum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xix. 89 (1883). Krynitzkia oxygona Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 277 (1885). Borders of the San Joaquin Valley and southward along the desert margins to the northern end of the Colorado Desert. CauirorNiA: Alcalde, 1892, Brandegee (UC); Laat ag 1897, Jared (UC); open places in rich ground, McKittrick, Heller 7789 (G, UC); northern slope a hills bordering the Mohave Desert, — Pringle (G, PE); mountain Bit be in ., 1200 m. al (UC); near oes Madera Co., 1899. Commie ay hillsides, oe i ba . at ais (10m. Ranch, 1350 m. alt. "Hall 1161 (UC). Nevapa: Palmet Range, Purpus 5897 in part JC). This species, although having the gross habit of C. muricata, is clearly related to C. pterocarya and particularly to the variety cy- cloptera. In fact, decisive characters for separating the two species appear to be lacking. As a general rule, however, C. oxygona differs in having conspicuous corollas, narrower usually more silky calyces, and brownish nutlets rarely if ever with scolloped or lobed wings. It is maintained as a species largely because of its natural range, which, generally speaking, is apart from that of C. pterocarya. The most satisfactory character for separating C. orygona from C. pterocarya seems to be corolla-size. It is significant, however, that a specimen (Purpus 5715a) from the South Fork of the Kern River, occurring within the range of C. oxygona and having the characteristic habit, calyx and nutlets of that species, nevertheless has minute corollas. For practical purposes this specimen has been refered to C. pterocarya. >? 19. C. pterocarya (Torr.) Greene. Erect ascendingly branched o herb 1-5 dm. high, finely strigose or short-hirsute; leaves broadly linear or the reduced, upper ones somewhat lanceolate, 1-2.5(—4) cm. long, 1-3(-5) mm. broad, obtuse, strigose or hispid, coarsely pustulate below but usually finely so above, spikes geminate or rarely ternate or solitary, naked or inconspicuously bracted below, 2-6(-12) cm. long, becoming loosely fl ,0. 5-1 (-2) mm. broad; fruiting calyces becomine notably accrescent, usually broadly ovate, (2-)3-5 mm. long and usually about 34 as broad, tardily deciduous, symmetrical, base obtuse or rounded, pedicels 0.5-1 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes ovate to lanceolate, connivent, only a little sur- passing the nutlets, margins more or less tawny appressed-hispid, midrib slightly thickened and weakly and sparsely hispid; nutlets 4, iw of cliff, Meadow Valley, Goedaing 2165 in pt. (G y hillsides, Meadow Valley Wash, Gooc "9 (G). isis ZONA: ae 2; stony 1886, Clark ns oy ca, Jones : amp Lowell, Pringle 366 i (G : FORNIA: Honey Lake, Brandegee (UC); Sierra ty, Lemmon “(G3 foothills west of Bishop, Heller 8275 (G); Andrews Camp, Bishop Creek, Davidson 2698 (G); Andrews Cam amp near Bishop, K. Brandegee (UC); MeGee’s 208 (0) ee Pp, a "Unaadanes (UC): sandhills west of Laws, th 4); sand, Kramer, Heller 7 L(G, UC hoger 91, Brandegee Barnwell, K. B. randegee Paris ye 0238 (UC); Granite Wells a2 ; JOHNSTON homomorphous and all winged, or heteromorphous with axial nutlet wingless; body of nutlet oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, 2-2.5(-3) mm. long, muricate or verrucose; wing-margin of nutlet broad or narrow, entire or crenate or lobed, extending completely around the nutlet or only down the sides; groove open or closed (even in the same plant) and dilated below into an open excavated areola; gynobase slender, about 24 height of nutlets; style subulate, slightly surpassing or somewhat surpassed by the wing-margin of ae nutlets but always exceeding the body proper.—Pittonia i. 120 (18 Var. genuina. Nutlets heteromorphous, file one wingless.— Eritrichium -pterocaryum Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. 142 (1859); Bot. Wilkes Exped. 415, t. 13 (1873). Krynitzkia pterocarya Gray, Proce. Am. Acad. xx. 276 (1885). C. pterocarya Greene, |. c. E. ptero- caryum, var. pectinatum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 61 (1874). K. pterocarya, var. pectinata eee Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 276 (1885). C. pecidear ya Frye & Rigg, Northwest Fl. 328 (1912). Eastern ton and southern Idaho and southward to Southern California and Utah. aie in aleataae ( Ld r (3 Is UC) 5 al 994 4 (UC ); Haw soe of Colum bia aig near Columbus, Suskdorf Pe eer without aoe Vasey 421 (G). Orxcon: clay bank, Mathew 2041 ( i - open : ide (G). AH: St. oes 1880, Jones (UG); southern Utah, 1873, Bishop (G); Stansbury Island, Watson 859 (G). Nuvapa: Peavine Hills, 1895, Hillman gaat: se abt» Lake, Kenned (UC); Truckee “rig Kennedy 1345 (UC); Lawton’s Springs, 18 ullman (UG); Rare Bed Hillman (UC); Reno, 1884, “Curran (UC); Reno, 1885, K. Bra e (UC); about Carson City, 1446 G, UC); Carson City, Wasen 859 acts arson poss jue F Candelaria, Shockley 282 (UC); ravine am ng hills n Mina, Helter 838 8365 (G); on scoria on mesa west of Go erorag isle 10971 Sy UC); Indian Spring, Clarke C , 1020 m. alt., Tidestrom 9026 (GQ); ‘foot c Parish 10138 (UC) ‘ind Johnston 6 194 (UC Ch cal tear Coch tow, Spen Mts., H Aa handler 6803 (UC); Acton, Elmer 3716 FG)s » UC). Brandegee (G A oe 1 (Greene) Macbr. Nutlets homomorphous, all -—Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 44 (1916). Krynitzkia f ts 3B THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 53 cycloplera Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 207 (1884). C. cycloptera Greene, Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Southern California to western Texas and sporadic in southern Nevada and Utah and in eastern Colorado. Cauirornia: Inyo, 1891, Brandegee (UC); Surprise Canyon, Panamint Mts., 800 m. alt., Coville & Funston 720 (G); Ord Mts., Hall & Chandler 6807a (UC); rocky places, Snow eis near Palm ag 150m alt., Spencer 2065a (G); deser t sand, Palm Springs, 135 m. alt., Spencer 846 and 847 (G); rocky places, Cathedral Daan: ‘an r Palm Springs, 120 m. alt., Spencer 2079 (G); Coyote Canyon, 150 m. alt., Hall 2839 (UC); — are Mountain 1893, Wilson (UC); northern seers 1893, Wilson (UC); Verde River Sma oe 182 (G); hills prot aoasi ea ee ann, (G, 1soTyPE); Tucson, 1894, iar Parish 167 (G); F Aig ge Palmer 846 (G). Cotorapo: Grand Fenclgis 1892, Hastwood (G) Exico: rocky hillsides, south end of Black Range, 1380 m. alt., Metcalfe 1678. (G). ‘Texas: El Paso, Jones 3753 (UC); Fronteras, Wright 1 0(G This is one of the iapet. SEE Se species in the genus. Its con- spicuously winged nutlets and broad large fruiting calyces are very distinctive. Although for the most part readily determined, it has some forms that are very puzzling. The outstanding variation is the well understood one regarding nutlet-form. As a general rule, the northern material has heteromorphous nutlets, whereas the southern has them homomorphous. Actual intergrades connecting the two forms are rare. In these the axial nutlet is frequently smallest and is more narrowly and less completely winged than the others. The northern plant with heteromorphous nutlets has been commonly taken as the typicalform. The specific name was first published in the Mexican Boundary Report. The few notes there given clearly apply to the southern homomorphous form. From internal evidence, however, it is very clear that the Mexican Boundary Report was written sub- sequently to the Botany of the Wilkes Expedition. Hence the much later publication in the Wilkes Report is primarily considered in typifying the species, especially since in that work the plant was illustrated and fully described. The material from Walla Walla, Washington, collected by Pickering & Brackenridge and illustrated by Torrey is accordingly taken as the type. This material has hetero- morphous nutlets. The southern plant with homomorphous nutlets was named C. cycloptera by Greene and was subsequently reduced to a variety of C. pterocarya by Macbride. It is possible that the 54 JOHNSTON varietal name pectinata should be taken up in place of var. cycloptera. Gray originally published it as Eritrichium pterocaryum, var. pec- tinatum, basing it upon material collected by Parry (numbers 168 and 169) in the Virgin River Valley near St. George, Utah. Un- fortunately, however, Gray hastily mounted collections by Greene and by Palmer on the type sheet of the var. peclinatum and it is now quite impossible to decide just which are the original Parry collections. Since both var. genuina and var. cycloptera are represented on the mixed sheet it seems best to drop the varietal name peciinatum as a nomen. confusum, particularly so since the lobing of the nutlet-wing seems to be too hopelessly variable and unimportant to justify nomen- clatorial recognition. The most puzzling forms of C. pterocarya come from southern Ne- vada and Southern California. Purpus has collected material in the Gold Mountains of Nevada which have very small, scarcely accrescent calyces and a habit suggesting that of C. utahensis or C. gracilis. The nutlets, though small, are quite like those of typical C. pterocarya and it seems best to refer the specimens to that group. A specimen collected by Munz (number 5746) above Cactus Flats in the San Bernardino Mts. of California, although clearly related to C. plerocarya, may represent an unnamed species. The calyces are rather small and quite hirsute, although with the characteristic broad form of C. pterocarya. The nutlets are heteromorphous, but instead of having the odd nutlet wingless, it is winged and the consimilar nutlets are wingless and suggest those of C. utahensis. More material of this peculiar variation is greatly desired. I doubtfully refer to the var. cycloptera a collection made by Purpus (number 5715a) in the South Fork of the Kern River. The specimen has the habit of C. holoptera, in fact appears to differ from thoroughly typical members of that species only in having inconspicuous corollas. Since flower-size seems to be the only character capable of separating C. holoptera and C. pterocarya in a manner that is at all practical and satisfying, I am arbitrarily referring Purpus’s collection toC. pterocary@ although it is realized that in range and habit it unmistakably suggests C. holoptera. Ser. VI. TEXANAE. Nutlets 1-4, tuberculate or papillate, ovate to lanceolate or oblong, with obtuse or rounded sides, decidedly heteromorphous with the odd nutlet (sometimes the only one develop- ing) axial, larger than and usually roughened very differently from the others; style surpassed by odd nutlet. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OD CRYPTANTHA 55 Nutlets: smooth. or nearly. no... fc 4 ok Se cs ee oe es 20. C. Pattersoni. ee coarsely granulate or tuberculate. utlet i. axial one alone de velo snes ascendingly branched, y 2-t den, tallies aes ee Sa 1. C. texana. Nutlets re a ually 1-1.5 dm. tall. Consimilar nutlets ane ovate, acuminate, 1.8-2.3 mm. ong; areola small and suprabasal; ia aie srg moderately thicken © A AOS Ae Soe. Cocyiers . C. Kelseyana. Consimilar nutlets ovate or oblong, acute, ca mm ong; areola large ea ventral ; calyx-lobes conspicu- usly thickened, aa Draco etait. odd _nutlet acer Spikes n “naked; odd nutlet finely granulate and Spina . C. crassisepala. . C. minima. _” 20. ©. Pattersoni (Gray) Greene. Loosely branched hirsute herb 1-1.5 dm. high; stems usually several, ascending, branched, hirsute and usually somewhat strigose; leaves oblanceolate 1-3 cm. long, —4 mm. wide, rather firm, obtuse, hirsute, more or less pustulate, upper ones little reduced; spikes solitary or geminate, naked, 2—5(-7) cm. long; corolla inconspicuous, 1-1.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyx oblong-ovate, 4-5 mm. long, spreading, slightly asymmetrical, evi- dently biserial, lowermost becoming 2-6 mm. distant;-pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, tips more or less connivent, midrib thickened and hirsute, margins appressed hispid; nutlets 4, heteromorphous; odd nutlet next axial calyx-lobe, slightly the largest, ca. 1.9 mm. long, ovate, acute, smooth or obscurely ru- gulose or sparsely tuberculate, somewhat persistent, standing off slightly from the gynobase; consimilar nutlets oblong-ovate, ca. 1.6 mm. long, deciduous, closely appressed to gynobase, smooth, back convex, sides rounded or obtuse, groove opened or closed and abruptly broadening below into a small triangular areola; gynobase narrow, reaching to ca. 24 height of consimilar nutlets; style exceeded by odd nutlet, equalling or a little shorter than consimilar nutlets.—Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Krynitzkia Pattersonit Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 268 1 885). Mountains of Colorado and Wyoming. Rarely collected. Wromine: very dry sandy soil, 32 km. east of geist of Rocks, ——- ze ie ; on dry roadsides, linwtion Busts: Nelson 7 (G). Cono mling, Dutovioel 3464 (G); Sulphur Springs Ooo: S550b (G); without Sealy, 1875, Patterson (G, TYPE); without locality, 1877, Hooker & Gra This species is related to C. Kelseyana and C. ambigua and seems to intergrade with both. In habit it is quite like C. ambigua, and with immature material alone available it is scarcely possible to distinguish ra 56 JOHNSTON it from that species. The most troublesome intergrades come from northwestern Wyoming. Certai1 material from this region has the nutlet next the axillary calyx-lobe slightly more persistent and more erect than the others, and hence suggesting a relationship with C. Pat- tersont. Despite these suggestive developments the specimens are referred to C. ambigua, since for all practical purposes the nutlets are similar in size and shape, and usually indistinguishable in markings and hence quite like those of C. ambigua. The type of C. Pattersoni probably came from the Rocky Mountains near Golden, Colorado. The species appears to occur at altitudes somewhat higher than those affected by C. Kelseyana and C. minima. 21. C. texana (A. DC.) Greene. Ascendingly branched hirsute herb 1.5-4 dm. high; stems usually several, with few short branches; leaves oblanceolate 2-5(-7) cm. long, 2-5(-8) mm. wide, obtuse or rounded, not particularly firm, uppermost little reduced; spikes soli- tary or occasionally geminate or ternate, naked or at times sparsely bracted at base, 4-7(-11) em. long, not sharply differentiated from leafy mass of plant; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong, 4-5 mm. long, somewhat asymmetrical, widely spreading or subdeflexed, becoming remote; pedicels short but evident, 0.5-1 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, more or less connivent with the herbacecus tips spreading, midrib indurated and strongly hirsute, margin sparsely short-hispid; ovules 4, only the one next the axial calyx-lobe maturing; nutlet solitary, persistent, broadly ovate, . acute, ca. 2 mm. long, pale, densely and evenly coarse-granulate, back convex, sides rounded; gynobase short-oblong, 14-14 as long as the style; style reaching to above the middle of the nutlet.—Pittonia 1. 112 (1887). Eritrichium teranum A. DC. Prodr. x. 130 (1846). Myosotis texanae Hook. Kew Jour. Bot. iii. 295 (1851). Krynitzkia texana Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 268 (1885). Central and western Texas. Austin, Hall CO) va Ma oes pata 5G) witout ocality, Drummond (G, UC, 1sotypss); without locality, iP right (G). Evidently related to C. crassisepala but quite distinct, since it differs: in its more restricted easterly range, looser and taller habit of growth, and coarsely granulate solitary nutlets. Although C. texana has four ovules only one nutlet develops, that being the one next the axial calyx-lobe and clearly the homologue of the odd nutlet in C. crassi- sepala. The type of C. texana was collected by Drummond probably in the vicinity of Austin. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 57 / 22. C. Kelseyana Greene. Spreading or ascending hirsute herb - 5-25 em. high; stems one to several, hirsute and also hispid-striguse; leaves 1.5-3(—4) em. long, 2-4 mm. wide, rounded or obtuse, thickish, linear-oblanceolate, hirsute, pustulate, the upper ones scarcely re- duced; spikes usually solitary, 4-9 cm. long, naked or with a few bracts near base; corolla inconspicuous, 1-2 mm. broad; fruiting calyx 4—6 mm. long, ovate-oblong, spreading, somewhat asymmetrical, loose or dense; pedicels short but definite, ca. 0.8 mm. long; mature calyx- lobes linear, slightly connivent above, midrib thickened and hirsute, margins inconspicuously villous-strigose; nutlets 4, heteromorphous; odd nutlet next the axillary calyx-lobe, broadly lance-ovate, 2-2.6 mm. long, smoothish or granulate or granulate-muriculate or rarely some- what tuberculate, standing off slightly from the gynobase; consimilar nutlets lance- or oblong-ovate, 1.8-2.3 mm. long, coarsely tuberculate and commonly granulate, darker than odd nutlet, sides rounded; groove narrow or closed, near base abruptly dilated to form a small triangular areola; gynobase subulate, a little longer than style, 14- 24 height of consimilar nutlets; style surpassed by odd nutlet and just surpassing or even exceeded by consimilar ones.—Pittonia ii. 232 (1892); Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 49 (1916). Saskatchewan and Montana southward through Wyoming to northern Colorado and Utah. SASKATCHEWAN: Medicine Hat, Macoun 5803 in pt. (G); without locality, 1858, Bourgeau (G). ONTANA: scratch gravel near Helena, 1898, Bra gee 1 36 (UC); Elliston, Aug. 1889, ; rse anc ue ; Open woods near the river, Ft. Steele, Nelson 9049 (G); waste ground, Bates Creek, Goodding 197 (G); sandy plains, Laramie, and 7280 (G, UC); under ledges, Cow Creek, Nelson 8897 (G, UC); Pole Creek, Nelson 1335 (G, UC); Laramie Hills, Nelson 72 (G); Sherman, 1893, Greene (UC); Gorfield Peak, Nels, in pt i m. north toga, Payson 2535 (G). Uvan: deep ; ling 1176 ( LORADO: Kremling, Oster, 34 (G); mountain side near Georgetown, 1885, Patterson (G, UC); Castle Rock in foothills near Golden, Patterson_111 (G); west of Craig, Osterhout 6188 (G); Rocky Mts., lat. 40°-41°, Vasey 454 (G). This plant has been often confused with C. crassisepala although quite distinct in range and in structures. It is a larger more loosely branched plant with more elongate less indurated calyx-lobes, nar- rower ventrally less excavated nutlets, and a range separated from true C. crassisepala by half the width of Colorado and Utah. Al- though frequently growing with C. minima it is at once separable by its ebracteate inflorescence and very different nutlets. 58 JOHNSTON 23. C. minima Rydb. Erect or widely spreading hirsute herb 1-1.5(-2) dm. high; stems usually numerous, branched, finely strigose and coarsely hirsute; leaves oblanceolate, thickish, 1-3 cm. long, 2-4 (-5) mm. broad, obtuse or rounded, hispid or hirsute and usually pustulate, upper ones little reduced and continuing through inflo- rescence as evident foliaceous bracts; spikes solitary or rarely geminate, bracted, 2-8(—15) cm. long, frequently springing from even the lowest axils; corolla inconspicuous, 1-1.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces oblong- ovate, 5-7(-9) mm. long, spreading, asymmetrical; pedicels short but definite, 0.5-1.2 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, con- nivent above, midrib hirsute and strongly indurated and thickened, margins sparsely appressed-hispid; nutlets 4, heteromorphous; odd nutlet persistent, next the axial calyx-lobe, 2-3 mm. long, brownish, very finely and closely papillate-granulate, ovate, acute; consimilar nutlets 1.2-1.5 mm. long, ovate, thickish, strongly tuberculate, not granulate; groove broadly dilated at least to beyond middle, commonly excavated, not forked; gynobase oblong, slightly more than }4 length of consimilar nutlets; style evidently surpassed by odd nutlet, equalling or surpassing consimilar nutlets—Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxviii. 31 (1901). Plains east of continental divide from Saskatchewan southward to northern Texas; occuring west of the mountains only in southwestern Colorado. SASKATCHAWAN: Medicine Hat, Macoun 5803 in pt. (G)._MOoNTANA: Great Falls, 1887, Anderson (UC). ~ Wyominc: Blue Grass Hills, Nelson 304 (G, . Cororapo: Castle Rock near Golden, 1800 m. alt., r 111 in pt. (G); near Golden, Greene 301 (G); Ft. Collins, 1896, Crandall (UC); lat. 39°-41°, Hall & Harbour 433 and 434 (G); 10 km. north of Pueblo, Johns- ton & Hedgecock 509 (G); Canyon City, Brandegee 406 (G, UC); Cuchara t m. alt. er } - Souta Dakota: Bad Lands, C). Kennedy, 1890, Bates (G); Callaway, 1901, Bates (G); Harrison, 1890, Bates (G); top of butte, Ft. Robinson, 1200 m. alt., Bessey 1 (G). Kansas: Ellis, 1876, Watson (G); plains, Ellis, Hitchcock 346 (G). OKLAHOMA: low waste place, Waynoka, Stevens,A98 (G); sandy waste places, Alva, Ste 5, 616, 664 3040 (G); waste place, Shattuck, Clifton 3083 and 3739 (G); waste place, orn s, Stevens 282 (G). Texas: sandy plains, upper Colorado, Reverchon 2120 (G); Big Wichita, 1880, Ball (G). : Although a very readily recognized species, C. minima has not been distinguished from its southerly ranging relative, C. crassisepala. Cryptantha minima has thick, hardened calyx-lobes and a gross habit very similar to that possessed by C. crassisepala, but differs very sharply in having definitely bracted inflorescences and in the fact that oat THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 59 the odd nutlet is simply papillate-granulate rather than covered with spiculate murications. The ranges of C. minima and C. crassisepala overlap only in southwestern Colorado. In the northern part of its range C. minima grows with C. Kelseyana, and, strange to say, has been frequently confused with it, although C. minima can at once be separated by its stockier nutlets with larger areolae, and, of course, by its bracteate inflorescence. The name C. minima was originally proposed to cover certain material thought to be related to C. pusilla. An examination of the type, however, shows clearly that it is a very reduced form of the species here treated, and that though inappropriate, it is the name to be taken up for the bracteate material from the Great Plains until now passing as C. crassisepala. / . 24. C. crassisepala (T. & G.) Greene. Erect or widely spreading herb 5-15 em. high; stems commonly numerous, loosely ascending, branched, hirsute or rarely hispid; leaves oblanceolate, 2-3(-6) cm. long, 3-4(-6) mm. wide, rounded or obtuse, thickish, hirsute, pustu- late, the upper scarcely reduced; spikes solitary or rarely geminate, naked or few-bracted below, 5-8(-15) em. long, frequently produced from the lowest axils; corolla inconspicuous, 1—1.5 mm. wide; fruiting calyces 6-7(-10) mm. long, oblong-ovate, somewhat asymmetrical, becoming distant below; mature calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, con- nivent above, midrib very hirsute and strongly thickened and indur- ated, margins inconspicuously short-hispid; pedicels short but definite, 0.5-1.2 mm. long; nutlets 4 (1 or 2 rarely aborted), decidedly hetero- morphous; odd nutlet next the axial calyx-lobe, persistent, 2-2.5(-3) mm. long, brownish, ovate, acute, finely granulate and spinular- muricate; consimilar nutlets readily deciduous, 1.2—1.5(—2) mm. long, oblong-ovate, thickish, coarsely tuberculate, very obscurely if at all granulate, groove usually dilated and commonly excavated to form an areola occupying much of the ventral face of the nutlet; gynobase nar- rowly oblong, usually about 24 height of consimilar nutlet's; style equalling or a trifle exceeding the consimilar nutlets, surpassed by nutlet.—Pittonia i. 112 (1887). Eritrichium crassisepalum T. & G. Pacif. R. R. Rep. ii. pt. 4, 171 (1855). Kryniizkia crassisepala Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 268 (1885). C. dicarpa Nels, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xvi. 30 (1903). Southwestern Colorado and southern Utah southward to western Texas, Arizona and adjacent Mexico. Cou : Deer Run, Gunnison Watershed, 1380 m. alt., Baker 75 (G); foun, aaa tiny 1892, Eastwood (G, UC); dry sandy flat, Gran unction, 60 JOHNSTON Macbride & Payson 689 (G). UtTan: Cisco, 1890, “hee te UC); Price, 1895, Soke (UC); Green River, 1890, Jones (UC). Mae Ft. Wingah, Mathews 40 (G); Gila River bottom near Cliff, ia5n .alt., Metcalfe 42 (G, UC); Santa Fe, Fendler 640 (G); Hueco Mts., Thurber 61 (G); ~Albu- qu biog Jones ; mesa west of Organ Mts. ., 1200 m. alt., 1905. Wooton (G, UC); ai City, Eastwood 8401 (G). Arizona: Cam p Lowell, 1885, Phinale (UC); C o Valley, Tuomey 240a (UC); Clifton, abide 1a (UC); Azte e feuins, Little Colorado, 1905, Purpus (UC); Verde Mesa, Smart 141 (G); Dow s, 1200 m. alt. Gooding 2273 (G, UC); Tucson, 1907, re: aged Bernardino, "1902, Orcutt. (UC); without locality, 1882, Pringle C). Texas: vicinity o ges manent camp on Rio Pecos, heat 6-7, 1856, Pope E at (G, isoTypB?); abundant on sandy hills northeast of El Paso, Hanson 402 (G, NY); western veces March 9th, Wright (G). CHIHUAHUA: sandy ee Juarez, 1905, Purpus (U C); San Diego, 1800 m. alt., Hartman 612 (G, UC). Cryptantha crassisepala is a very interesting and readily recognized species most related to C. minima. Although it usually produces four nutlets some forms of it regularly mature only two or three. It is one of these forms, indistinguishable in other respects, that was made the type of C. dicarpa. The consimilar nutlets of C. crassisepala and (’. minima are rather thick for their breadth. In this respect, as well as in general contour, they strikingly simulate the nutlets of C. albida, a species not closely related. The only material suggestive of a con- dition intermediate between C. minima and C. crassisepala is East- wood’s collection from Grand Junction. In that collection nutlets typical of C. minima are associated with the naked inflorescence and habit of C. crassisepala. Ser. VII. BARBIGERAE. Nutlets 1-4, verrucose or muricate, lanceolate to ovate-lanceolate, dorsally convex, laterally rounded or obtuse, homomorphous with the abaxial one always developing; style reaching only to 14 height of nutlets or in varying degrees longer, sometimes even somewhat surpassing them. los normally solitary or rarely 2; style reaching 1/3-1/2 RUN OE Is eis ea ee Pee ee 25. C. decrpiens. Nutlets” normally 4; style reaching 2/ 3 height of nutlets or be- on Spike solitary; style evidently surpassing nutlets.........--. 26. C. patula. pike gi = inate or ternate; style almost always shorter than nutlets. nian calyx-lobes very coarse, subobese; plant with “ap erect Seateal axis; insular endemic... .27. C. foliosa. Hairs pana, ie oe teste sigh not conspicuously t ick- ened; plant irregularly Corolla’ cons icuous ; hirsute “plants almost confined to di coastal aZe 0 28. C. intermedia. ee ee ee See Se Bee THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 61 Plant with appressed hairs. Nutlets verrucose or verrucose-muriculate.....30. C. nevadensis Nutlets spinular-muricate...................... 31. C. scoparia. 25. C. decipiens (Jones) Heller. Loosely branched herb 14 dm. high, slender, strigose and frequently short-hispid; leaves rather few, linear, obtuse, 1-3 cm. long, 1-3(—4) mm. broad, strigose and some- times hispid, minutely pustulate; spikes geminate or rarely ternate or solitary, slender, becoming loosely flowered or congested, 4-10 cm. long, naked; corolla inconspicuous to conspicuous, 0.8-3.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate to ovate-oblong, strictly ascending, asym- metrical, 2.5-7(-9) mm. long, deciduous, sessile; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, decidedly connivent above with the tips frequently spreading or even recurving, midrib thickened and usually evidently hirsute, margins strigose, abaxial lobe evidently the longest and most hirsute; ovules 4; nutlets 1 or rarely 2, next the abaxial calyx-lobe, ovate-lanceolate or occasionally narrowly ovate, 1.5-2.4 mm. long, usually granulate or muriculate-granulate, muricate-papillate or low- tuberculate, usually brownish, back convex, sides rounded, groove open or closed but always dilated below to form a definite areola; gynobase short, 14-14 height of nutlet; style much surpassed by nutlet, }4-% the height of nutlet—Muhlenbergia viii. 48 (1912). ’ Var. genuina. Corolla inconspicuous, less than 1 mm. broad.— Krynitzkia decipiens Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xii. 6 ( 1910). C. decipiens Heller, I. e. Southern Nevada, western Arizona and Southern California. : Nevapa: Logan, Kennedy 1838 (G, UC); Rhyolite, 1072 m. alt., Heller : i Toumey (UC). Ca irornia: Kern- ville, Brandegee (UC); sandy places near Palm Springs, 120 m : alts 2072 (G); desert sand, mouth of beg oi Canyon, 210 m. alt., Spencer 1522 (G); Whitewater, 300 m. alt., Jones (UC); without locality, Palmer 150 (G). ” Var. corollata, var. nov., a varietate genuina differt corolla con- spicua 2-3.5 mm. lata. Extreme western margin of the Mohave Desert and the adjacent coastal slopes. Cauirornia: Fort Tejon, Xantus 85 (G); Sespe Creek near Ten Sycamore Flat, Abrams & McGregor 173 (G); Matilija Canyon, Ojai Valley, 1896, Hubby 20 (G); towards foothills, Ojai Valley, 1896, H 21 (G, TyPE); Roble Canyon, San Rafael Mts., 1020 m. alt., Hall 7408 (G, UC); Santa Inez Mts., 188s. Brandegee (UC); Huron, Fresno Co., Brandegee (UC); without locality, Brandegee (UC). This species is probably most related to C. intermedia and C. neva- densis and has been somewhat confused with them. It differs, how- 62 JOHNSTON ever, in having a very short style and gynobase and normally but one or rarely two nutlets. 26. C. patula Greene. Sparsely and loosely branched herb 5-15(-30) em. high; stems strigose and sparsely short-hispid; leaves linear or lance-linear, 1-5 cm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, acutish, appressed- hispid, minutely pustulate; spikes solitary, with a few leafy bracts towards the base; corolla medium-sized, tube ca. 2 mm. long, limb 1.5-3 mm. broad, lobes short-oblong, ascending, ca. 1 mm. long, throat funnelform, appendages hemispherical; fruiting calyces ovate- oblong, 5-6 mm. long, obscurely biserial, subsessile, asymmetrical, base broadly conical or rounded; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, connivent above with the herbaceous tips spreading, margins shortly white-villous, midrib thickened and densely tawny-hispid, abaxial lobe evidently the longest; nutlets 4, homomorphous, ca. 1.9 mm. long, oblong-ovate, acute, finely tessellate-granulate, tuberculate or muricate, base somewhat truncate, back convex, groove closed or nearly so and divaricately forked at base, at times open at the fork to form a small triangular areola; gynobase subulate, almost as long as the nutlets; style evidently surpassing nutlets.—Pittonia i. 265 (March 1889). C. Pondii Greene, |. c. 291 (April 1889). Middle western Lower California and adjacent islands. Lower Cauirornia: San Bartolomé, 1889, Pond (G, isotype of C. Pondit); San Benito Island, 1897, Brandegee (G, UC). Although probably most related to C. intermedia this species is readily separated by its solitary spikes and extreme southern range. Cryptantha Pondii is clearly asynonym. Although Greene described it as having “smooth and shiny” nutlets and ternate or quadrinate spikes the isotype sent Gray has granulate and tuberculate nutlets and solitary spikes as described above. 27. C. foliosa Greene. A stiffly erect divaricately branched herb * 6-20 cm. high; stems solitary, straight, usually forming a conspicuous central axis, short-hispid below but h ing hat strigose above, branches well developed, widely spreading; leaves lanceolate to broadly linear, obtuse or rarely acutish, 2~6 cm. long, 2-5(-7) mm. broad, appressed-hispid, abundantly and minutely pustulate; spikes dense, 1+4 em. long, geminate or ternate, naked; corolla evident, limb 2-3 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong, stiff, 5-7 mm. long, strongly biseriate, subsessile, subpersistent, base roughly conical; mature calyx- lobes lance-linear, towards the tips herbaceous and somewhat spread- ing, towards base indurated, thickened midrib armed with short THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 63 excessively coarse almost inflated pungent tawny hairs, margin stri- gose; nutlets 4, homomorphous, narrowly ovate, acute, ca. 1.5 mm. long, brownish and somewhat mottled, finely tessellate-granulate, tuberculate or muricate, back convex, edges obtusely angled, base rounded, groove narrowly dilated towards base where divaricately forked and closed; gynobase narrow, ca. 0.8 mm. long, ca. 24 height of nutlets; style reaching tip of nutlets.—Pittonia i. 113 (1887). Krynitzkia foliosa Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 205 (1885). Endemic to Guadalupe Island, off the west coast of Lower Cali- fornia. Lower CaLiForRNIA: Guadalupe Island, Palmer 68, 842 and 877 (G), Anthony 238 (G, UC), Greene in 1885 (G, UC; ISOTYPES), Townsend (UC), Brandan te 1897 (UC). Readily recognized because of its peculiar habit of branching, con- gested spikes, coarsely armed calyx-lobes and small nutlets. oa 28. C. intermedia (Gray) Greene. Erectly branched commonly stiff and very hirsute herb 1.5-5 dm. high; stems several or solitary, erect, commonly hirsute but frequently more or less strigose; leaves lanceolate to linear or rarely somewhat oblanceolate, acute to obtuse, 2-6(-7.5) em. long, 1-5(-7) mm. broad, hirsute or strigose, usually inconspicuously pustulate; spikes naked, geminate to quinate but commonly ternate, 5-15 cm. long, usually stiff; corolla conspicuous, 2-8 but commonly about 5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong, 2-7 but commonly 4-6 mm. long, ascending or strict, deciduous, slightly asymmetrical, lowermost not conspicuously biserial, pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, connivent above with tips usually spreading or recurving, margin appressed-hispid or short- villous, midrib thickened and pungently hirsute, abaxial lobe longest and most hirsute; nutlets commonly 4, homomorphous, lance-ovate, ca. 2 (1.5-2.3) mm. long, more or less coarsely and decidedly tuber- culate or verrucose, frequently somewhat granulate, grayish or brown- ish, margins slightly angled, back convex, groove narrow or closed but gradually dilated towards base into a small triangular areola; gyno- base 24-34 height of nutlets, narrow; style usually about reaching the nutlet-tips or rarely slightly surpassing or surpassed by them.— Pittonia i. 114 (1887). Eritrichium intermedium Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xvii, 225 (1882). Krynitzkia intermedia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 273 (1885); Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, Suppl. 426 (1886). C. quentinensis Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ivi. 58 (1918). C. bar- bigera, var. Fergusonae Macbr. |. ¢. 59. C. intermedia, var. Johnstonii Macbr. I. ec. 59. 64 JOHNSTON Coastal drainage from northern California to northern Lower Cali- fornia, and infrequent along the desert borders. Bri aie’ iy hag probably introduced in ballast, vicinity of Victoria, Maco 2 (G). ar here soe Scott River Valley, 1899, Gilbert (UC); Cas- tilla, ated (G); McCloud ig near fish hatchery, Heller_13021 (G); near Re ing, Heller 7883 in (G); Hyampom, 1883, Ratt ttan G); Berry Canyon near Clear Creek, H Mas & Brown. km. Alder Springs, Heller 1 6 1 (G); Colusa Co., 1884, Curran (G); Stony Coste Colusa Co., Rattan 4 ); north ‘side of Manjeville Butte, "Heller 11368 (G); St. Helena, 1896, Jepson (G); Oakley, 1900, The Postmaster (UC); table hills ra Baas i Rancho Encinal, Monterey Co., 1903, Kellogg (G); Carmel River above Mission, Heller 658 587 i Soledad, 1881, Dacia (UC); Aliso ers rdf Barber (UC); Cuyama, 1896, Eastwood (UC); Ellwood, Eastwood 10 (G UC); U Painted Cav ch, Hastwooed 67 ( , UC), Santa Barbara, Rothrock 88 (G); Santa Barbara, El Ojai Valley, 1896, Hubby 22 (G); Saugus, y (UC); rnando W 3, 7) Saugu é ie Eastwood (G); San Fernando Mts., 1882, Nevin (G, UC); San Fernando, Nevin (UC); Los = Nevin (U C); Los Angeles: Gambel (G); Los Angeles, 1880 to 1883, Nevin (G, including tyre of C. intermedia); sandy cree ek margin, one Canyon, Ma cbride & Payson 748 (G); "Ely sian Park, 1901, Setchell (UC); Santa Monica Experiment Station, Barber 48 (UC); To i ers ies Canyon, e. Crawford & Hiatt 257 (G); Playa del Rey, Abrams 2512 (G, UC); Pigs ) (G > i . Catalina Island, Grant 242 (UC); Santa Clemente Island, 1880, Nevin & Lyon (G, a peculiar form); hills near Pomona, Baker 4744 (G); Claremont, Chandler (UC); Claremont, Baker 4137, 4769.and 4773 (G); Claremont, Johnston G. a of C.1 oe A — eobeyr GUC). ohnston ; Sno Cabazon Station, psec 3214 ee Palin Shy pence 850, 851, 852 ne 863 (G); Palm Sprin ngs, Ferguson 42 (G of C. barbigera, var. tah rege T: ahquitz Canyon, Spencer 1518 (G); ‘Migian seg 3p , Spencer _1783 ech dry hills 5 km. east of Murietta, 450 m. alt., Minz & Johnston 5317 (U sa if in pt. (G); Descanso Grade, 1906, ee (OU are Mar, 1894, Teacees (UC): Le La Jolla Clements 106 G, py te — 107 co Point Loma, Eastwood 2937 oy K, Brandegee Cg ego, aa Atte veland 920, “921 cad any @; near Campo, ae Po : 1278 Fee near Campo, Abrams ‘3556, (G). LowER CansrOnsta THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 65 Santos Island, Anthony 05, Br UC) ries iis (G); Ensenada, 1889, K. Brande- gee (UC); Burro Canyo e (UC); Caris o Creek, 1893, Brandegee (UC) ; San Quentin Bay, Palm 08 (UC) and 695 (G, TYPE O of C. quentinensis; UC, tsoTyPE); without paced “885, Orcutt (G). A variable and perplexing species the sharp delimitation of which seems quite impossible. At the northern extreme of its range it passes into C. Hendersoni. But outside the zone of intergradation in the northernmost counties of California, C. intermedia is readily distinguished from the more northerly ranging C. Hendersoni by having narrower, lance-ovate, strongly verrucose nutlets and de- cidedly pungent hairs on stem and calyx. In the southern part of its range C. intermedia passes even more completely into C. barbigera and C. nevadensis. The two latter species inhabit the desert. and probably represent modifications of the C. intermedia-stock as adap- tations to that extreme environment. Material transitional between C. intermedia, C. barbigera and C. nevadensis comes from the western margin of the Californian deserts or from the hot interior coastal valleys more or less connected with the desert proper. Cry yptantha barbigera and C. nevadensis differ from C. intermedia primarily in their minute corollas. Cryptantha barbigera appears to be a derivative of C. intermedia with bristly stems and evidently villous as well as hirsute calyces. On the other hand, C. nevadensis has tended to develop a wiry habit, strigose pubescence and very elongate nutlets. Inter- gradation among them being beyond question, C. Hendersoni, C. intermedia and C. nevadensis, with much justification, might be treated as mere varieties of C. barbigera. It seems best to adhere to the traditional classification, however, and retain the four groups as specific, since such an extended concept as their union would be unwieldy. As various other species in this genus are more or less connected by local intergradation an unfortunate precedent might be set if, in the present instance, drastic reductions were made because of the occurrence of local transition. The species varies considerably in pubescence. Though the plant is sometimes closely short-strigose, the common form is densely pungent- hirsute throughout. In some forms the calyx is appressed-hispid, in others hispid-villous or even somewhat silky, though the midrib of the calyx-lobe is practically always more or less pungent-hirsute. Cryptantha quentinensis is a form which is not hirsute and has a rather silky calyx. It is clearly a phase of C. intermedia and is not a re- lative of C. oxygona as its author suggests. Cryptantha barbigera, var. - Fergusonae is a form of C. intermedia with rather long-villous calyx- lobes. The type is one of the suite of puzzling plants from the desert eege JOHNSTON border which connect C. barbigera and C. intermedia. Cryptantha in- termedia, var. Johnstonii differs from C. barbigera, var. Fergusonae only by not being conspicuously villous on the calyx. It appears to be one of the very large-flowered, coarse phases of C. intermedia. Material of C. intermedia from the eastern margin of the Colorado Desert not infrequently has the style definitely surpassing the nutlet-tips whereas that from other regions seems uniformly to have the style not reach- ing beyond the nutlets. 29. C. barbigera (Gray) Greene. Erectly branched hirsute herb 1-4 dm. high; stems solitary or several, very bristly and sparsely if at all strigose; leaves oblong to lance-linear, obtuse, 1-5(—7) cm. long, 3-7(-13) mm. broad, hirsute, inconspicuously pustulate; spikes geminate or rarely solitary or ternate, naked, becoming as much as 15 cm. long; corolla inconspicuous, limb 1-2 mm. broad; fruiting calyx 5-10 mm. long, ovate-oblong or oblong-lanceolate, ascending, asym- metrical, deciduous; pedicels 0.3-0.7 mm. long, villous; mature calyx- lobes lanceolate to linear-lanceolate, connivent above with tips re- curved, margin conspicuously long white-villous, midrib thickened and hirsute, abaxial lobe slightly the longest; nutlets 1-4, homomor- phous, lance-ovate, 1.5-2.5 mm. long, strongly verrucose, usually brownish, back convex, edges obscurely angled or rounded, groove opened or closed but towards base gradually dilated to form a tri- angular areola; gynobase narrow, 24-34 height of nutlets; style reach- ing to or slightly beyond the nutlet-tips—Pittonia i. 114 (1887). Eritrichium barbigerum Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, 194 (1878). Krynitzkia barbigera Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 273 (1885). K. mixta Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 6 (1910). Southern California and southern Utah, to Arizona and northern Lower California. , Palm Canyo m. alt., ( Canyon, 210 m. alt., Spencer 1513 (G); erevices of rocks near Indian We % 105 m. alt., Spencer 1519 (G); Canyon Springs, Hall 5856 (UC); desert sand, Indio, 90 m. alt., Spencer 1516 (G); sandy wash and among rocks in lower ides, Shavers near Mecca, 75 m. alt., Munz & Keck 4757 (G, UC); San Felipe Creek, Eastwood 2710 (G); San Felipe , 1894, Bra spon (UC); dese: d, Mountain Springs, 780 It., Spencer 187, 200a an m. a er : (G); sandy p'aces, Colorado Desert, Spencer 189 and 191 (G); Colorado ( THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 67 Creek, 1893, Wilson (UC); near Tempe, 1897, Bolton (UC); Verde Mesa, Sek 126 (G); Nogales 1892, Brandegee (UC di, Benson, 1882 Dunn (UC); gonia Mts., 1902, Orcutt (UC); Clifton, by 285 (UC); Clifton, David- so a C); mesas near Camp Lowell, 1881, Pringle (G); Tucson, 1894, Ao y (UC); Sabino Canyon, 1894, Toumey (UC) ; Tucson Mts., Thor nber 532 UC); Tucson, 1907, Loyd (G); Yucea, 1912, Wooton (G); wit thout locality, 1876, Palmer (G). Lowe sogg tee = Telmo, 1893, Brandegee (UC) San Esteban, 1889, Brandegee (UC); Lagoon He ad Palmer 780 (G, UC); : San Luis, 1889, Brand gee (UC); San Sharan, 1889, Brandegee. ) When Gray originally described Eritrichitum barbigerum he had before him materal now referred to C. barbigera, C. nevadensis and C. intermedia. The plant here treated as C. barbigera constituted the bulk of the material first described as FE. barbigerum and almost wholly that which he later designated as Krynitzkia barbigera. Parry’s number 171, which is taken as type, is a large and very fine example of the species, having coarse leaves, and very elongate, apically recurved, long-villous calyx-lobes. In some of its forms the species is scarcely more than a minute-flowered phase of C. intermedia. When typically developed it is very characteristic because of its large leaves and conspicuously villous, elongate calyx-lobes. _~ 30. C. nevadensis Nels. & Kenn. Slender, strigose herb 1-5 dm. high; stems erect or becoming flexuous, solitary or several, closely short-strigose and at times sparsely hirsute, closely or laxly branched; leaves linear-oblanceolate to linear, acute or obtuse, 1-4 cm. long, 1-5(-7) mm. broad, not numerous, appressed-hispid, more or less pustulate; spikes —— or ternate, toques! bracted toward the base, congeste ming 15 em. long; sdeellat inconspicuous, limb 1-2 mm. broad: fruiting calyx oblong-ovate to lanceolate, 5-12 mm. long, ascending, slightly asym- metrical, pedicels ca. 0.56 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate or linear, connivent above with the slender tips usually recurving, mar- gins more or less villous, midrib thickened and hirsute; nutlets 4, homomorphous, verrucose or towards the tip muriculate, lance-ovate to lanceolate, 2-2.9 mm. long, back convex, margins somewhat angled, groove open or closed but below dilated into a small areola; gynobase narrow, 24-34 length of nutlets; style reaching to or almost to the tips of the ies —Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xix. 157 (Nov. 1906). Var. genuina. Stems very slender, usually flexuous, strigose; calyx 8-12 mm. long; nutlets lanceolate, long acuminate, back ver- rucose but conspicuously muricate towards the apex, ca. 2.5 mm. long. —C. nevadensis Nels. & Kenn. 1. ec. Krynitzkia barbigera, var. inops Brandg. Zoe v. 228 (Sept. 1906). C. barbigera, var. inops Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 548 (1916). C. arenicola Heller, Muhl. 11. 242 68 JOHNSTON (Dec. 1906). C. leptophylla Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 678 (1909). Deserts from Utah and Nevada to Arizona and northern Lower California. 2 : Shockley 288 (UC). Arizona: Grand anyon, 1888, Gray (G); Diamond Creek, 1893, Wilson (UC); Yucea, 1912, Wooton (G); without locality, 1876, Palmer (G)._Catirornia: Swansea, Hall & Chandler 7178 ; Panamint and (G, UC); sand hills west of Laws ller (G, ; Surprise Canyon, 640 m. alt., Coville & Funston 709 (G); The Needles, 1884, Jones (UC); Kramer, 1905, K. Brandegee (UC); Tehachapi, ; ; km. east of Daggett, 600 m. alt., 3672 (UC); Hesperia, 1050 m. alt., Parish 4850 (UC); sandy places, Mohave Desert, 300 m. alt., Spencer 438 (G); dry sandy plain, 5 km. east of Warren’s Well, 960 m. alt., Munz & Johnston 5176 (G); deep sand at mouth of Tah- quitz Canyon, 210 m. alt., Spencer 1525 (G); deep sand, Palm Springs, 135 m. alt., Spencer 848 (G); San Felipe, 1898, Purpus (UC); desert sand, Mountain Springs, 678 m. alt., Spencer 188 and 859 (G); sand, Colorado Desert, Spencer 184 (G); gravelly hills, Colorado River, 1854, Bigelow (G). Lowrr CaLI- FORNIA: mountains of northern Lower California, Oreutt_ 1279 (UC). “ Var. rigida, var. nov., erecta non rariter plus minusve hirsuta; calycibus 5-10 mm. longis; nuculis oblongo-ovatis acutis verrucosis ca. mm. longis. Western portion of Mohave Desert and neighboring coastal slopes; also in western Arizona. Cauirornia: Bakersfield, Davy 1875 (UC); Poso Creek, Hall & Babcock 5014 in pt. (UC); sandy soil, Pampa Station, He 7645 (G, UC); high ridge west of McKittrick, 7788 (G, UC);Fort Tejon, Xantus 85 (UC); Mohave, Davy 2161 (UC); Palmdale to Little Rock, Davy 2291 (UC); Llano Vv » Davy 23 ; desert , He ia m. alt., Spencer 389, 403 and 419 (G); sand, Mohave Desert, Spencer 411 and 555 (G); hills bordering ohave Desert, 1882, Pringle (G, TPE). ARIZONA: Wickenburg, Jones 343 (G); Verde Mesa, Smart (G). This species was first described as Krynitzkia barbigera, var. inops. If the varietal name is to be accepted it is only after C. intermedia has been reduced to a variety of C. barbigera. Cryptantha nevadensis, var. genuina is a striking plant on account of its wiry, strigose, usually flexuous stems, very elongate calyces and lanceolate attenuate nutlets. Its habit is suggestive of C. dumetorum, since it grows in shelter of shrubs and frequently scrambles up through them. The stems are also very brittle. The variety rigida, with which the var. genuina 1s confluent, has the habit and nutlets of some forms of C. intermedia. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 69 it differs in its small corollas and in invariably having From th strigose pubescence. The variety intergrades with C. intermedia and through it C. nevadensis, var. genuina is related to C. intermedia and eventually to C. barbigera. The axial nutlet of C. nevadensis, var. genuina is frequently somewhat smoother than the others and usually has a closed groove. ? 31. C. scoparia Nels. Erectly branched stiff usually strigose herb 1-3.5 dm. high; stems closely short-strigose and frequently also sparsely hispid; leaves linear to lance-linear, obtuse, 2-4 cm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, strictly ascending, strigose or appressed-hirsute, finely pustulate; spikes stiff, naked, solitary or geminate, 2-10 em. long; corolla inconspicuous, tube about equalling calyx, limb ca. 1 mm, broad; fruiting calyx ovate-oblong, 5-6 mm. long, strictly ascending, subsessile, slightly asymmetrical, becoming rather obscurely biserial at maturity and 5-10 mm. distant; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, stiffish, usually subconnivent above with the herbaceous tips some-_ what spreading, midrib thickened and hirsute, margins shortly can- escent-villous, axial lobe slightly the longest; nutlets 4, homomor- hous, lanceolate to broadly lanceolate, 1.8-2.2 mm. long, antrorsely spinulose-muriculate especially towards apex, margins and base rounded, groove narrow and forked below where occasionally open to form a small triangular areola; gynobase subulate, about 34 height of nutlets; style reaching to tip of nutlets—Bot. Gaz. liv. 144 (1912); Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 48 (1916). C. muriculata, var. montana Nels. Erythea vii. 69 (1899). Southwestern Wyoming, southern Idaho and eastern Washington. Wyomrna: Granger, 1898, Nelson (G, oo of C: muriculata, var. mon- tana). Ipauno: loose, dist urbed soil near road, Challis, 1620 m. alt., & Payson 3221 (G); Big Butte Stations "Palmer 204 (G); Aberdeen, Piper G a Bie an ary. slope Castleford Nelso: 2 hen 1311 (G); Buhl, Nelson Madbride 1703 (G ome Ma Springs, ngs, 1008 eR ey. pees . nae Vas 's =f Suksdorf 405 (G) a In gross habit much suggesting C. nevadensis, but differing in its shorter fruiting calyces and particularly in its spinulose nutlets. In addition to these morphological differences the ranges of C. nevadensis and C. scoparia are separated by the northern half of Nevada. Ser. VIL. MURICATAE. Nutlets 4, verrucose or coarsely tu- berculate, triangular-ovate, decidedly homomorphous, back obtuse and bearing. a suggestion of a medial ridge, with sides evidently 70 JOHNSTON angled and beaded; style usually surpassing the nutlets though rarely only equalling them. wr 32. C, muricata (H.& A.) Nels. & Macbr. A tawny-green erect hirsute herb 1-10 dm. tall; stems solitary or several, conspicuously hirsute and rarely also short appressed-hirsute, usually stiff, branches few and ascending or paniculate; leaves linear to oblance-linear, 1-5(-9) em. long, 2-4 mm. broad, villous-hirsute, usually incon- spicuously pustulate; spikes few to very numerous, naked, geminate to quinate, 2-15 em. long; corolla minute to conspicuous, 1-7 mm. broad; appendages well developed; fruiting calyx, ovate, 2-4 mm. long, ia subsessile, older ones obscurely aerial: mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, decidedly connivent, once to twice length of - nutlets, margins short-hispid, midrib thickened and tawny-hirsute; nutlets 4, homomorphous, ovate-triangular, 1.5-2.5(-3) mm. long, lucid or dull, verrucose or tuberculate, frequently somewhat granu- late, margin angled and usually beaded, base truncate, back frequently obtuse-angled, groove narrow or closed and towards base broadly forking or dilated into a small areola; gynobase elongate, about */s length of nutlets; style much surpassing the nutlets or rarely EES oe them.—Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 42 (1916). r. genuina. Corolla conspicuous, 2-7 mm. broad; stems with See a few) well developed terminally floriferous lateral branches; spikes for the most part not especially numerous.—Myosotis muricata . & A. Bot. Beechey 369 (1840). C. muricata Nels. & Macbr. l. c. ibichion muriculatum A. DC. Prodr. x. 132 (1846). Krynitzkia murtculata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 273 (1885) C. muriculata oy Pittonia i. 113 (1887). C. horridula Greene, Pittonia v. 55 (1902 Western California in and along the Coast Ranges from Monterey to Los oo counties ee UC); ar : Topatopa Mts., 1650 m. alt., Abrams & McGregor 94 (G); Santa Clara River, — “ir G); creek arroyo, Ojai Valley, Hubby : 24 (G); Sulphur Mt. 4 (G); Oakgrove Canyon, Liebre Mts. 900-1200 m. alt., Abrams & Me- Gregor 343 (G); Leonis Valley, Antelope Valley, Davy 1648 WG); :¢ — bed, Saugus, C); Topango Canyon, Santa a M Crmatord & to tt $28 G); Sepulveda Cosgoe, | Santa Monica Are Se (G, U ach, 1898, Barber (UC); Los Angeles, peas evn pap glonarmare ent, rant 238 in pt. (G); without locality, Douglas (G, ISOTYPE THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 71 / Var. Jonesii (Gray) Johnston. Corolla inconspicuous, 1-2.5 mm. 2. broad; stems commonly solitary and erect or several and fastigiate, clothed to below middle with numerous very short floriferous branch- lets; spikes usually short, very numerous, grouped to form an elongate leafy paniculate inflorescence.—Plant World xxii. 114 (1919). Ary- nitzkia Jonesti Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 274 (1885). C. Jonesit Greene, Pittonia i. 113 (1887). C. vitrea Eastw. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 3, ii. 292 (1902); Fl. S. Fk. Kings River 77 (1902). Middle and Southern California and the northern part of Lower California. » © ; } Ong (G); Bubbs Creek, 8. Fk. of Kings River, 1899, Eastwood (G, ay of TYPE of C. vitrea); Tenaya Trail, Soon te Nat. Park, 1650 m. alt., Hall 8940 (UC); Ben Lomon , Santa Cruz 1890, Brandegee (UC); Soledad, 1882, Jones (G);Santa Cruz, Jones 2810 G vy of K. Jonesii); above a a Springs near ‘‘ French Settlement, ’’ Sant ra Co (G, ); Santa Cruz , 1888, Brandegee (UC); Santa Cruz Island, 1886, Greene (UC); dry sandy ground near Upland, . alt., Johnston 1958 (G); side of road, an Antonio Canyon, 720 m ; Johnston 2048a (G); Sw f n ass, Spencer (G); sandy wash, Hig 300 m. alt., dry sandy ground, San Be ino, m. alt., Johnston 1886 (G); foothills, : ardino, Parish 929 (G); dry — fe — Agi chee: 11118 (G, UC); stony sandy slopes, Banning, 692 m. alt., Spenc (G); San Jacinto Valley Pa Reinhardt (UC): Chalk Hill, San Scats Me = is 1500 m. alt., Hall 2052 i in p t. (UC); Palamar Mis., 1200 m. alt., Cha 5355 (UC); Ramona, 1894, B randege e (UC); Mesa Grande, 1220 m. alt., Spencer 1178, 1302 and 1303 “@ Witch Creek, ae yt pa (G); Lake- side, 1894, Brondege: (UC) ; mesa, La Jolla, C 08 (G Biel = chaparral, vicinity of San Diego, 520 m. alt., Spencer 38 * Missio Is, San iego, Abrams 3418 mG): Point Loma, 1906, K. Brandegee (UC); Point Loma, 1902, Brande. AGG Lower Catirornia: Todos San ay, 1885, Greene (UC); r U.S. border, 1884, Orcutt 1022 (G): n near Jamul, Log et 1281 (G); Donk 1884, Orcutt 1127 (G); Vallederos, 1893, Brande- “Var. ae (Greene), comb. nov. Corolla inconspicuous, 1-2 mm. broad; plant with a few well developed loose branches; has not numerous; nutlets usually larger than in var. Jonesit.—Kryn denticulata Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 205 (1885). C. pine lata Greene, Pittonia i. 114 (1887). C. densiflora Nels. & Kenn. Proc. Biol. Soe. Wash. xix. 156 (1906). Western Nevada and adjacent California, southward to western Arizona and the mountains of Southern California. @2 JOHNSTON NeEvapa: Dog Valley Road, 1895, Hillman (UC); Clear Creek Canyon, 615 m. alt., Baker 1381 (G, UC); Reno, 1884, Curran (G); near Reno, llman (UC); along railroad above Laughton’s, 1894, Hillman (UC), Peak, 2700 m. alt., Johnston 1542 (G); open place on canyon floor, N. Fk. ; L . al ry sunny canyon side, cE oon Canyon, 1110 m. alt., Johnston 1950 (G); Little Green Valley, TR ) jon) > =} o> ° = © ca r) 5 ea ° - — NY So = = 2) i=) 3 o % Co — Q al A species readily recognized by its ovate-triangular nutlets, tawny pubescence, and characteristic yellowish-green herbage. It breaks up into three intergrading varieties. The var. genuina, characterized by its large corollas, occurs in western California. It varies notice- ably in the size of the nutlets and fruiting calyces. The type of C. muricata is one of the coarse, large-flowered forms and was probably collected by Douglas somewhere between Monterey and Santa Barbara. The other varieties are small-flowered. The var. Jonesii commonly assumes a peculiar erect habit by which it can be distin- guished at a glance from all other forms in the genus. The stems are usually single or several and fastigiate, and are erect, producing in the upper half or two-thirds abundant very short floriferous branchlets. Rarely the plant becomes diffusely branched. The distribution of var. Jonesii is peculiar. It occurs in the Coast Ranges from Santa Cruz to Glenn County, and in the middle Sierra Nevada. Jumping the several hundred kilometers occupied by the var. genuina it re- appears in the vicinity of San Bernardino and is frequent from there south into Lower California. The var. denticulata is perhaps un- worthy of recognition since it is frequently distinguishable from the var. Jonesii only with difficulty. It differs chiefly in habit, being sparsely and loosely long-branched. It grows in western Nevada in the general region of Reno, in California about Truckee, in western Arizona and in the pine belt of Southern California. The material from Nevada usually has coarsely granulate nutlets and perhaps iis separable from the southern material that I have associated with it. 3 Ser. IX. AMBIGUAE. Nutlets 1-4, smooth to papillate or _tuberculate, ovate, dorsally low-convex, laterally rounded or obtuse THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 73 or occasionally acutish, homomorphous, no particular nutlet always developing; style reaching to 7/3—3/3 height of nutlets. Corolla Hee lant low, stiff, spreading, widely branched; spikes sysiveabe = C. mariposae. Plant erectly bra nched, less rigid; spikes ternate or gem Pedicels B Sse ar evident, 2-3 mm. long; pedicels and Avi conspicuously long white-villous..................... 4. C. crinita. Pedicels stout, inconspicuous, at than 1 mm. long; pedi- cels and calyx more or less id. Nutlets —— single, com shes horizontal, a r than the short loosely connivent calyx- Bees Senet HES Ee, ign hea aes 35. C. excavata. Nutlets usually 4, erect, evidently shorter than the tea connivent calyx-lobes............. 36. C. Henderson. Corolla onape cu Nutlets conan i haas than 1.5 mm. long; spikes bracted TOE NONE ea CN ee ce gis ot. ahaene ee 37. C. Traskae. ee cosually 2-2.5 mm. long; spikes naked or bracted nate; plant commonly 2-4 dm fall yao yal 38. C. Torreyana. Nuteus somewhat tuberculate, densely Sadistic or granu- late-muricate as well as more coarsely roughened. Plant closely igh ors pale, a 2-3 dm. tall; — commonly ate. OF tees. SS C. simulans. Plant steading wenid: el sie ae 5 dm. tall; iaitees usually solitary or rarely geminate. Nutlets with low rounded tubercules............ Nutlets with elongate papillae or spicules....... a. C. echinella * 33. C, maripo , Sp. nov., humilis saepe basaliter ramosa 5-15 sae cm. alta; ramis ast jaa ‘iasiadestitale breviter strigosis; foliis paucis firmis oblanceolatis vel oblongo-oblanceolatis 0.8-1.8 mm. longis 2-5 mm. latis obtusis integerrimis adpresse breviter hispidis inconspicue pustulatis, superioribus paullo reductis, inferioribus op- positis subpersistentibus; spicis solitariis vel geminatis 3-10 cm. longis rigidis ebracteatis vel basem versus pauce folioso-bracteatis; floribus obscure biseriatis, inferioribus 5-10 cm. distantibus; calycibus fruc- tiferis oblongo-ovatis 5-7 mm. | ; lobis calycis lineari-lanceolatis in costa ‘infra medium cum setis flavescenti- bus horridis et in marginibus adpresse hispidis, supra medium breviter hirsutis et saepe recurvatis; corolla conspicua 3-6 mm. lata; nuculis homomorphis 4 (rare 1-2 abortis) ovatis acuminatis 2-2.5 mm. longis saepe granulatis basi truncatis margine rotundis vel obtusis ventre 2/-'/5 longitudinis ad gynobasem quadrangulari-columnarem ca. 1 mm. longam aeais; sales basem versus paullo gradatim ampliatis ad imam b triangularem profundam formantibus; stylo ca. 0.8 mm. longo quam nuculae evidenter breviori. Known only from Mariposa County, California. 74 JOHNSTON Catirornia: Mariposa, April 27, 1898, Congdon (UC); Mariposa, May 1903, Congdon (UC); Mariposa County, May 2, 1890, Congdon C59 (TPE, Gray Herb.). : A peculiar plant with small, broad, thickish leaves and low, loosely branched, coarse, rigid stems. It has passed as C. ambigua and C. barbigera but is distinct from both, differing in its large corollas, low stiff habit, strigose stems and in the shape and attachment of the nutlets. In having basally truncate and acuminate nutlets it some- what suggests C. muricata, var. denticulata, but is very different in its low habit, strigose pubescence and short style and gynobase. The young spikes are not so tawny as are those of C. muricata. 34. C. crinita Greene. Erectly branched herb 2-3 dm. high; stems appressed and spreading-hispid, branches numerous; leaves oblance- olate to oblance-linear, 2-4 em. long, 2-4 mm. broad, obtuse, hirsute, evidently pustulate; racemes ternate or geminate, naked, 3-6 cm. long; corolla conspicuous, 3-5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces 5-6.5 mm. long, spreading, ovate-oblong, obscurely biserial, deciduous, divided, conspicuously villous, hairs very long and white, oldest calyces 5-10 mm. distant; pedicels well developed, 2-3 mm. long, long-villous; calyx-lobes linear, erect, slightly unequal, without a thickened midrib and pungent bristles; ovules 4; nutlet 1, next the axial calyx-lobe, ca. 3mm. long, 1.3 mm. broad, erect, dull, brownish, ovate-lanceolate, densely muriculate-granulate, frequently coarsely tuberculate es- pecially above the middle, apex attenuate, base obtusish, back convex, margin rounded or obtuse, groove opened towards base to form a small deep triangular areola; gynobase elongate, about half length of nutlet; style reaching to about 34 height of nutlet.—Erythea iii. 66 (1895). own only from Shasta County, California. Cauirornta: bed of Stillwater Creek at Leightone, 1900, Baker (G, UC); Cow Creek, 1894, Baker & Nutting (UC); Stillwater, Nutting (UC); Shasta County, 1894, Baker & Nutting (UC, ‘“Dup. of type’). Distinguished from all other members of the genus by its unusually long white hairs on the calyx and on the well developed pedicels. Very distinct from, but probably most related to, (. Hendersoni. if 35. C. excavata Brandg. Loosely and ascendingly branched herb 1-2 dm. tall; stems short hispid-villous and usually appressedly so; leaves not numerous, 1.5-3 em. long, 1-2 mm. broad, linear or spathu- late-linear, obtuse, appressed-hispid, minutely pustulate, upper ones evidently reduced; spikes ternate or geminate, 3-8 cm. long, naked; corolla conspicuous, ca. 4 mm. broad; fruiting calyx, broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long and nearly as wide, asymmetrical, sessile, spreading, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA fis, base rounded or very broadly conic, becoming remote and obscurely biserial; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, subequal, erect or loosely con- nivent, fecquentis one displaced by the tip of the decumbent nutlet which they barely exceed in length, margin short hispid-villous, midrib scarcely thickened and somewhat short-hirsute; ovules 4; nutlet 1 and usually horizontal or infrequently 2-3 and then erect, ovate-triangular, recurved-acuminate, ca. 2.5 mm. long, densely ‘granulate or granulate-muriculate, commonly sparsely tuberculate, base decidedly truncate, sides obtuse or rounded, back convex, groove dilated towards base and forming a broad deep narrowly triangular suprabasal areola; gynobase narrow, ca. 1 mm. long, about 4-44 length of nutlet; style reaching to 24-34 height of nutlets.—Bot. Gaz. xxvii. 452 (1899). Inner North Coast Ranges of California; rare. CALIFORNIA: occasional on shelving slopes of sand, Cache Creek, Yolo Co., Baker 2886 (G, UC); Lake County, April, K. Brandegee (UC). The solitary, decumbent, triangular nutlet and short calyx are distinctive of this species. It appears to be related to C. Hendersoni on one hand, and apparently to C. decipiens on the other. No par- ticular nutlet seems to develop, even in the same spike, for adjacent calyces may each develop its nutlet in a very different position re- lative to the spike-axis. 36. C. Hendersoni (Nels.) Piper. Ascendingly branched hispid herb 1.5-5 dm. tall; stems single or numerous, sparsely and loosely branched above, iis: leaves oblanceolate or linear, 2-5(—7) cm. long, 2-5 mm. broad, acute or obtuse, appressed-hispid, lower ones somewhat acrsiateine and pustulate, upper ones reduced; spikes usu- ally ternate, rarely geminate or quadrinate, naked or at times bracted toward very base, 2-8 or rarely even 20 cm. long; corolla conspicuous, tube about equalling calyx, limb 4-7 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate- oblong or narrowly ovate, 3-6 mm. long, ascending, slightly asym- metrical, lowermost becoming obscurely biserial and distant, rounded or broadly conic; pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; lobes lance- linear or linear, somewnat © conniv ent above with herbaceous tips usually somewhat spreading, margins densely appressed villous-hispid, aide obscurely thickened and hispid; nutlets 4 or by abortion rarely fewer, broadly ovate or very rarely lance-ovate, 2—2.8(-3) mm. long, smooth or more or less coarsely granulate, frequently coarsely tuber- culate and at times finely papillate-muricate, back low convex, sides rounded or rarely obtuse, base rounded or somewhat truncate; groove 76 JOHNSTON closed or very narrow, broadly forked below; gynobase narrow, ca. 1.3 mm. long, becoming 14-% as high as witletc: style reaching to about */; height of nutlets or barely exceeding them.—Piper ex J. C. Nelson, Torreya xx. 44 (1920). Allocarya Hendersoni A. Nelson, Erythea vii. 69 (1899); Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xxii. 113 (1920). > C. monosperma Greene, Pittonia v. 53 (1902). C. incana Greene, Leaflets i. 79 (1904). C. grisea Greene, |. c. C. trifurca Eastw. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 203 (1905). C. grandiflora Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 679 (1909). C. Torreyana, var. grandiflora Nels & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixi. 43 (1916). A. dichotoma Brand in Fedde, Repert. xviii. 313 (1922). (. scabrella Piper, Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xxxvii. 95 (1924 Western Idaho to southwestern British Columbia and south to the Sierra Nevada and northern parts of California. Ipano: sandy hillsides in open places or se es Juliaetta, Hender- son 4815 Nett hills about Lewiston, Henderson 1 (G); tee bese Piper (G); about Lewiston, 450-600 m alt., Heller 2998 (UC); Vall y of Clearwater River. » Sandberg, "M. neDeuyar & Helle 7 10 (G, ISOTYPE of C. prea m. alt., Macbride 109 (G, nee orsiikeg Copumsta: Fort Vancouver, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 77 (UC) and 1416 (G, UC); Edgewood, 1887, Curran (UC); Siskiyou County, 1890, Fata Sate along streams in meado ows, Parker Creek, Warner Mts., 1650 alt., 1910, & Bryant (UC); e Lake Valley, 1884, Austin ( : - Milford 1803, Brandegee (UC); Mormon Bar, 1 Congdon 50 (G); Salmon Creek, ., 2100 m. alt., Hall & Babcock bis (UC); Nin nie Creek, Tulare Co., Crlberton 537 (G, isotype of C. incana); Redroc eadows, Tulare Co., 261 , Hall 8394 (UC). Ne lh onerg Reno, 1898, 5 pone (UC); Dog Valley Read, 1895, Hillman (UC). In northwestern United States, where this plant appears to be rather common, it is almost the only species of Cryptantha with con- spicuous corollas. In the past it has been much confused with C. am- bigua and C. Torreyana, although in fact it seems to be most closely related to C. intermedia. In Idaho it tends to intergrade with C. Torreyana, but over most of its range it is readily separated by its conspicuous corollas, commonly ternate spikes and usually tuber- culate nutlets. Occasional plants are hard to separate from C. am- bigua although C. Hendersoni is for the most part pretty easily recog- nized by its large-flowered, ternate spikes projected above the leafy mass of the plant. Crypiantha intermedia completely intergrades with C. Hendersoni in northern California, although the overwhelm- ing mass of material of C. Hendersoni is readily distinguished from its relative by its less stiff and scarcely pungent pubescence, and broader tuberculate nutlets. It has been found expedient to admit consider- able range of nutlet-variation in C. Hendersoni. Among plants quite similar in gross habit, and commonly from within a small natural region, the nutlets enced (from plant to plant) vary from entirely smooth and shiny, to simply granulate or decidedly tuberculate. Roughly it can be said, however, that more of the northern than southern material is smooth-fruited. Cryptantha incana and C. gran- diflora are names applied to the phase with smooth and shiny nutlets. The other names cited apply to forms with roughened fruit. Cryp- tantha scabrella was based on a phase of C. Hendersoni from southern Oregon in which the nutlets are papillate-muricate. Cryptantha monosperma has similar though less abundant and less well developed papillae, and appears to be a form in which only 1 or 2 nutlets develop. » rhe aborted nutlets appear to be the abaxial ones. ? /37. C. Traskae, sp. nov., pumila sparse laxeque ramosa 8-10 cm. alta; caulibus gracilibus strigosis ca. 1 mm. crassis; foliis paucis linear- ibus 1-2 em. longis 1-1.5 mm. latis acutis strigosis rare hispidis in- conspicue pustulatis; spicis solitariis vel geminatis 1-5 cm. longis eum ’ bracteis linearibus 2-5 mm. longis numerosis ornatis; floribus obscure biseriatis maturitate 5-10 mm. separatis; corolla inconspicua ca. 1.5 78 : JOHNSTON mm. lata; calycibus fructiferis ovatis subsessilibus deciduis 2-3 mm. longis; lobis calycis maturi lanceolatis saepe acutis in costa cum setis flavescentibus brevibus horridis et in marginibus adpresse hispidis; nuculis 4 homomorphis ovatis vel anguste ovatis vix 1.5 mm. longis minutissime granulatis apicem versus plus minusve_ tuberculatis dorso convexis margine obtusis ventre 34 longitudinis ad gynobasim angustam ca. 0.9 mm. longam adfixis; sulcis clausis basi in areolam minutam deltoideam dilatatis; stylo nuculas vix superante. Known only from San Nicolas Island off the Californian coast. ats Cairornia: one locality, bare windswept cliffs, San Nicolas Island, April, N 1901, Trask (G, Type); infrequent on bare windswept heights, April 1897, ‘A PD (Trask 67 XUC). P teas feet ce This endemic of San Nicolas Island was reported by Eastwood, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 3, i. 109 (1898), as C. Torreyana. It is evidently quite distinct from that species in its low habit, pubescence, bracteate inflorescence and small tuberculate nutlets. In habit it somewhat suggests C. leiocarpa. Its nutlets are about the same size and shape as those of that species, but differ in being tuberculate and in having a broadly forked groove and a small areola. > 38. C. Torreyana (Gray) Greene. Commonly scantily and more _ or less strictly branched hispid herb, 1-4 dm. tall; stems solitary or — frequently several, usually inconspicuously short-strigose as well as hispid; leaves oblanceolate or linear, strict or ascending, 2-5(—7) em. long, 3-6(-8) mm. wide, obtuse or rounded, hispid, inconspicuously pustulate if at all so; spikes usually geminate, naked, 4—8(-15) cm. long, more or less projected from the leafy mass of the plant, very elongate and loosely flowered or congested and glomerate; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyces oblong-ovate or ovate-lanceolate, 2-7 mm. long, ascending, asymmetrical, base rounded or broadly conic, pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx- lobes lanceolate to lance-linear, connivent above with tips usually spreading, midrib slightly thickened and hispid-hirsute, margins hispid-strigose; nutlets 4 (occasionally 1 or more aborted), usually broadly ovate, 1.5-2.2(-2.5) mm. long, 0.8-1.3 mm. broad, smooth " and polished, usually mottled, rarely finely granulate, back very low- convex, sides rounded or obtuse, groove broadly forked below and closed throughout; gynobase about 1% height of nutlets, ca. 1 mm. tall; style reaching to 34 height of nutlets or rarely even. to their tips.— Pittonia i. 118 (1887). ar. genui Fruiting calyx 3.5-8 mm. long; style clearly sur- passed by nutlets; plants usually over 2 dm. tall, not conspicuously pis! THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 79 hispid.—Krynitzkia Torreyana Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 271 (1885). C. Torreyana Greene, |. c. K. Torreyana, var. calycosa Gray, 1. ¢. C. Torreyana, var. calycosa Greene, |. c. 119. C. calycosa Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 331 (1900). C. affinis, var. feruosa Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 195 (1900). C. fleruosa Nels. New Man. Bot. Cen. Rocky Mt. 416 (1909). Extreme western Wyoming and northern Utah, westward to Washington and California, and northward through British Columbia to southern Alaska. AvasKa: Skagway, Macoun 78736 and Eastwood 802 (G). BritisH are BIA: Lytton, nite Fletcher; dry ground, Spences Bridge, 1889, Macoun (G); Cascade, Macoun Pohosars ). Wyomina: open dry slopes, Nez Perces Coonk. ); under sagebrush, 32 km. west of Big Piney, Payson 2628 @; on cobblestone flat, Jackson Lake, nm 65. , UC, 1soryres of C. var. flexuosa); Teton Forest Reserva ro “1897, Bra fags ae (UC); i tr illside, andy groun Goodding (G, ; Garret 1869 ror Cees near Salt Lake peg soil, Pe terson, Weber Riv ver, 1950 m. alt., 3895 5). IDAHo: slightly moist shady slopes, : ial” 1330 m. alt., Payson 1756 Be aa dbs (G); nderaon 4 1, St. Anthon ny, Merrill & Wilcox 842 in pt. {G); alroyos, ote ender moist grassy about jer Wen (G); seadst cena: or eomgg iso, sg (G); valley of North of Coeur d’Alene River, 930 m. i 539 (iz, UC); — ar Juliaetta, Sandberg, MacDougal & Heller 3. et wey oie rock illsi 1260 m. alt., Clerk (G); Palouse sw at th Henderson 2811 in ~ (G); Snake pea ret G); slopes, loose soil, Silver City, 2100 m 3 (G). Wwe: josey Por i 4140 BS ): gh i cn ec: (G); Ot ~ ac (G); Pullman, Piper , Blue Mts., G); aoe woods Falcon Valley a ks 78. ao C): Faloon Valley, Suk Suksdorf 593 (G); western + egret Cou uksdorf (G); Yakima Region, 1882, Brandegee (UC). = X:hllstes jae Snake River, Cusick 1913 Faye UC); ground, Rock 3431 ( roa Ashland, Peck oe ant Pa stony hilltop 3.2 km. southeast of paar Fa lls, 0 steep dry hillsides, Bieroth’s ed as MeDo Creek, 1950 m. alt., M 1 (G); East Humboldt Mts. ‘2100 m. alt., Watson 858 (G, 1 C); near ae ity, 1866. son ) 6838 (UC); Incline Road, Lake Tahoe, 1890 m. alt Kennedy mi Peavine Foothills, , Hillma a i r 7 ee 365 “UC ; open ape on brushy slopes, 1650 m. alt., Pees Pry: wan sate sen Alder Point on Fel River, 150 m. alt., Tracy 1879 (UC); Eel RD.” JOHNSTON River, 1893, emge ote > (UC); Ukiah, Bolander 3916 (UC); gravelly slope about 16 km. e Alder Springs, Heller 11450 (UC); gravelly places, Alder es, 1260 m net Heller 12759-(G); gravel near trees, between Bartlett and Allen Spri rings, - snag! 12372 Bebe nee 1889, K. Brandegee (UC); Camp seinen 189, Holway (U os 1892, K. gaara r (UC); among chap a km. northes of Tiakeport San mS and 1731 (UC); moist 1 Age 7, K. Brandegee (UC); Fort Bidwell, Manning 160 (UC); red ee hillade Modoc Co., 1893, Baker (UC); Agere agent Creek, Shasta Co., » ; Burney, Eastwood 689 (G); Battle Creek Meadows, Lassen Butte Region, ona d 1894 (G); Pine Creek, Lassen Co., 1894, Baker ety N = (UC); r° 4 _ ast of Réd Clover Valley, Plumas Bret (Ge Ui & Heller ; np ge alt, Heller 12818 (G): edge of ee abees Chico Meadows, 1200 m alt., si she (G fa ee of Donner Lake, Heller 6888 (G, UC); reek, 2250 m. alt., abcock beet ( , UC); Voleano Creek, Culbertson 4327 (G); Old Colony ry Tulare Co., 1905, ea Brandege e (UC);Poso Creek, reenhorn Range, Hall & Babcock ey (G). ’ Var. calistogae, var. nov., varietatem genuinam simulans differt stylo nuculis subaequilongo ve rare eis longiore. Vicinity of Calistoga, California, in the net part of the North Coast Ranges. Ca.irornia: bushy hillside near Calistoga, 120 m. alt., Tracy 1865 (UC); hills east of Calistoga, 240 m. alt., Tracy 2094 (TYP. TYPE, U. C. Herb. no. 175,784); tua Rosa Creek Canyon, Baker 620 (UC); ? La Horida, 1890, Brandegee A “Var. pumila (Heller), comb. nov. Fruiting calyx 2-3.5 mm. long; style shorter than nutlets; plant usually rather conspicuously hispid- hirsute, usually under 2 dm. tall.—C. pumila Heller, Muhl. ii. 242 (1906). Middle Coast Ferees of California from Marin to Santa Clara County. Cc 14: Mt. Tamalpais, Heller 8403 (G, isotyPE of C. pumila); ad Tamalpais, 1304, Eastwood (G); Tamalpais, 1893, Brandegee (UC); in brus Here banged Peak, Berkeley Hills, 300 m. alt., Tracy 2060 (G, UC); in shade, z Canyon, 150 m. alt., Tracy 793 and 2054 (UC); wooded slope, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA Sl Smith Creek at foot of Mt. Ham n, Heller 8588 (G); foothills west of Los Gatos, Heller 7458 (G, UC); shady Tlie, Searsville, Bolander 39 (G); with- out locality, Kellogg & Harford 770 (G). This species is at once the most widely distributed and the most northerly ranging of all the North American species. It has been generally accepted and well understood, being readily recognized by its erect loosely branched rather slender habit and broadly ovate smooth nutlets. Although it may intergrade with C. Hendersoni, possible intergrades are few and the ranges of the two species are such as to suggest specific difference. Cryptantha Torreyana differs from C. Hendersoni in having much smaller corollas, prevailingly geminate rather than ternate spikes, and always smooth rather than smooth or tuberculate nutlets. Except in California and Alaska C. Torreyana occurs in the dryish interior east of the high mounains, whereas C. Hendersoni, while occurring east of the mountains, is very common in the moister valleys of western Oregon and Washington. Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 484 (1906), has given the type locality of C,. Torreyana as “Grassy hills near San Luis Rey, Cali- fornia,” which is a locality quite beyond the known range of the species and in a region in which it is not to be expected. I have been unable to locate in the Gray Herbarium a collection of this species made by Torrey at the locality mentioned. There appear to have - been only two of Torrey’ s collections of this species available to Gray. Gray based his species on a number of specimens and had no “type” in mind. If a type must be selected it seems better to choose either Torrey 330 from Napa Valley, or preferably Torrey 337 from Yosemite Valley since the latter is more characteristic of the species. Most recent botanists, following Gray, have maintained the variety calycosa, a variation distinguished by its glomerate spikes and usually elongate calyx-lobes. This variation occurs throughout the range of the species, and although an obvious sort of variety seems to be a trivial one better treated as a mere forma or phase of the species worthy of no particular nomenclatorial attention. In California the typical form of the species pushes southward along the length of the Sierra Nevada, the most southerly undoubted station being in Tulare County. In the herbarium of the University of Cali- fornia there is a specimen of C. Torreyana labeled as having been collected by G. F. Reinhardt in the San Jacinto Valley of Riverside County in Southern California. The data accompanying this speci- men I doubt, since no other of the numerous collectors visiting the San Jacinto Valley has detected the species, and since the hot plains 82 JOHNSTON and buttes about San Jacinto seem scarcely a likely locality for the southern outpost of a species which over most of its range in Cali- fornia is confined to the mountains and chiefly to the pine belt. In the Coast Ranges of California the species occurs in its typical form as far south as Lake and Napa counties. Just south of these counties it is replaced by var. calistogae and var. pumila. Over its extensive range C. Torreyana is very constant in having styles evi- dently shorter than the nutlets. This condition is departed from in the available material from the vicinity of Calistoga, Sonoma County, California; the styles in this material clearly reaching to or slightly beyond the nutlet-tips. To this variation, because of its geographical correlation, the varietal name calistogae has been applied. The var. pumila is of different character. In the Middle Coast Range the plants representing C. Torreyana are more hispid and smaller in all parts. This plant has been confused with C. leiocarpa but is quite distinct, for, like the typical C. Torreyana, it differs in its broadly ovate nutlets, shorter style, and ebracteate spikes. Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 43 (1916), confused the plant with C. hirsutis- sima, a close relative of C. leiocarpa. From C. hirsutissima the variety differs in its broad nutlets, somewhat shorter style, and different habit. Although the plant was described as a distinct species by Heller it is at most a weak geographical variety of C. Torreyana and perhaps not worthy of recognition at all. / 29. ©. simulans Greene. Erect strigose pallid herb with few _ Strictly ascending branches, 1.5-3(-4.5) dm. high; scantily and loosely strigose or below rarely shortly and loosely appressed-hispid; leaves not numerous, oblanceolate or oblance-linear, 2-5(-7.5) cm. long, 2-5(—7) mm. wide, strigose, pustulate (especially the lower ones), frequently extending into the lowermost part of the spikes; cotyledons and early leaves frequently persistent at anthesis; spikes solitary or frequently geminate or ternate, slender, usually elongate and sparsely flowered but at times glomerate; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 2 mm, broad; fruiting calyx 3-8 mm. long, oblong-ovate, slightly asymmet- rical, strict or ascending, obscurely biserial, base rounded or broadly conic, pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, con- nivent above with the green tips spreading, midrib slightly thickened and shortly arcuate-hirsute, margins white villous-hispid; nutlets 4, homomorphous, broadly ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long, 1-1.5 mm. broad, densely granulate or granulate-muriculate, sparsely broad-tuberculate, back low-convex, margins rounded, groove broadly forked below and usually closed throughout; gynobase ca. 1-1.5 mm. high; style reach- ing to about 3/,-*/, height of nutlets.—Pittonia v. 54 (1902). THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 83 In the pine forests from southern Oregon to Southern California, and local in northern Idaho and middle southern segs reas n V Suks Kiawinth: Valley, 1260 m. alt., 1864, Cronkite (G); summit AY Case ade Mts., along Ashland-Klamath Falls ape Peck 2 264 (G); without locality, cit Howell (UC). Nevapa: Incline Road, Lake ahoe, 18 alt., Kenn 1446 (UC); Kings Canyon, Ormsby Co., 1700-2000 m. allt., ieee 1194 “G. UC); Dog Valley Road, 1895, Hileaan (UC); log. railroad a aR hc “3 1590 m. alt., Heller 10873 (G, UC). CALIFORNIA: in co rah —— aot Sisson, ‘Heller 8035 (G); Goose Valley Milford, 1892, Brandegee- (UC); Prattville, Heller ce. Kenned ous (G); Prattville 12. aga (UC); American River at awber 1650 v0 1388 (G); Truckee, Heller 7060 (G, eid Plast County, 1892, fen his Jackson , 1892, Hansen (UC); beneath pines in ane of Hog Ranch, Voie: mite Par k, Hall & Babs ck 3313 aan 3444 eee ; Hog Ranch pry Hetch- Hetchy, oe 51 ae Yosemite Valley, “1350 m alt. ms 4379 es and 4471 (G, UC); Fortman Mt., Mar sme Co. » 1885, re no pAee pu (UC); foothills of Fresno Conan 900 m. alt., Hall & Cha vellen (UC); Jordan Hot Springs on Nine-mile Creek, 2010 = allt, ao 8393 Uo) Giant Voreaks 1905, Brandegee, me ©); Sequoia Mills, Brandegee (U Sportsman Hall, Fyffe P. O., above Plac vile 4 Brandegee tue): Region of Tehachapi pore ‘but B47 (UC); open pine woods, Mt. Wilson, eke pe rate ean Boo hg 1800 m. alt., 1900, Hall (UC); — rock y poe pines, Lechetae Seek eens ay lukas ton 3038 (G); San Bernardino 1800 m. alt., 1899, Hall (oO); brushy places, Tahquitz trail above Idylivwild. 2100 m. alt., Spencer 7 (G); Onstatt Valley, 1500 m. alt., 1901, Hall (UC); Ce guomen Peale, 18 1894, Soiosde gee (UC); Southern California, 1 Wright 11 (G); southeastern California = Parry & param 27916 (G); Southern California, 1888, Palmer are (G) This readily recognized species, so characteristic of the Yellow Pine forests of California, has passed as C. ambigua, although very different from the low hispid plant of the Northwest properly bearing that name. The pallid strigose pubescence and the broad granulate and tuberculate nutlets readily distinguish it from C. Torreyana with which it grows and somewhat approaches in habit. ? 40. C.ambigua (Gray) Greene. Ascending hirsute herb 1-2.5 dm. tall; stems usually loosely branched from the base, hirsute and some- what short-strigose; leaves narrowly lanceolate to linear, 2-3(—5) em. long, 1-4(-5) mm. broad, obtuse or subacute, usually somewhat ap- pressed hispid-hirsute, commonly inconspicuously pustulate; spikes usually solitary, 5-15 cm. long, naked or with the lowermost flowers bracted, commonly not projected clear of the leafy mass of the plant and usually not sharply differentiated from the leafy peduncular 84 JOHNSTON branches; corolla inconspicuous, 1-2 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong or oblong, 4-7 mm. long, slightly asymmetrical, spread- ing, crowded or distant and obscurely biserial, base rounded or broadly conic; pedicels 0.5-0.9 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes linear or lance-linear, usually more or less connivent above, midrib slightly thickened and tawny hirsute, margins evidently short strigose-villous, nutlets 4, broadly ovate, 1.6-2 mm. long, granulate and coarsely tuberculate or very rarely tending to be smooth especially towards base, back low convex, sides obtuse and rounded, groove closed or rarely somewhat dilated but always broadly forked at base; gynobase narrow, 1-1.2 mm. long, 24 height of nutlets; style reaching */5-5/; height of nutlets.—Pittonia i. 113 (1887). Eritrichium muriculatum, var. ambiguum Gray, Synop. Fl. N. Am. ii. pt. 1, 194 (1878). Kry- nitzkia ambigua Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 273 (1885). Eritrichium muriculatum of Torr. Bot. Wilkes Exped. 416, t. 13 (1874). C. poly- carpa Greene, Pittonia i. 114 (1887). C. multicaulis Nels. Bot. Gaz. xxx. 194 (1900). Southern Washington to southwestern Montana and thence south- ward to northern Colorado, extreme western Nevada and northeastern California. NTANA: mountains near Indian Creek, Rydberg & Bessey 4885 (G); 89. Wyomine: on dry loose soil of a road-grade, Snake River, Nelson 6440 C. a River near Junction Butte, Nelson 57614 (G); under granite cliff, Cow Creek, Albany Co., Nelson 8888 (GYadry-toose-soil, Centennial, Nelson 8731 (G). CoLorapo: mountain side near Georgetown, 1885, Patterson (G). Ipano: Mt., 1800 m . alt., SON 3305 (G); sagebrush covered hillside, Corral, 1650 m. alt., Macbride & Payson #936 (G); abandoned field, Martin, 1800 m. alt., ide & Payson resi : i e Rock, 1500 m. alt., bride & Pa } oo , Castl Boise, 1892, Mulford (G); dry soil, 1650 m. alt., g c : (G); loose dry soil, House Creek, Nelson & Macbride 1773 (G); dry soil, St. Anthony, Merrill & Wilcox in pt. . UTAH: e, m. alt., J ri} C) ADA: upper end of Star cm ree 1680 m. alt., ] al : m, s 1903, Stokes (UC). V # G White Salmon, Suksdorf 594 (G); Klickitat, Howell 337 (G); Walla Walla Region, 1883, Brandegee (UC); Washington Territory, 1883, Brandegee 994 (G). Orecon: dry ground, Sisters, Peck 3607 (G); Bend, Nelson 851 (G, UC); dry “* ra Des Chutes River 8 km. below Be G); +> 410WE . THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 85 In the past this species has been greatly confused and the name has been used in a variety of applications. The plant treated here is that figured and described by Torrey in the Botany of the Wilkes Ex- pedition, 416, t. 13 (1874), since Gray appears to have based his Eritrichium muriculatum, var. ambiguum largely upon Torrey’s plate and description. Torrey gives his plant as from Nisqually, but since it represents a species characteristic of the dry interior of Washington it seems likely that, as with other material collected by the Wilkes Expedition, the data had become confused and the plant was probably collected in the Walla Walla Region of southeastern Washington, cf. Piper, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. xi. 15 (1906). Although usually distinguishable by its habit, C. ambigua ap- proaches C. Kelseyana and C. Pattersoni very closely in Idaho and Wyoming, and is occasionally distinguishable from them only with difficulty. Doubtful intermediate plants with homomorphous or subhomomorphous nutlets I have referred to C. ambigua even though some so referred have one nutlet subpersistent and occasionally some- what less tuberculate than the others. Some plants from Idaho referred to.C. ambigua have nutlets smooth quite like those of C. Tor- reyana. These plants are so referred because their habit is that of C. ambigua. Cryptantha Hendersoni usually agrees with C. ambigua in the size, shape and roughenings of the nutlets, but has a very dif- ferent habit and inflorescence. 41. ©. echinella Greene. Usually low and loosely branched hispid ~ herb 5-20 or rarely 40 em. tall; stems short-hispid, sparsely branched; leaves oblanceolate or oblance-linear, 1-2.5(+4.5) em. long, 14(-6) mm. broad, obtusish, appressed-hispid, minutely pustulate, not numerous; spikes solitary or at times geminate, 1-5 cm. long, slender, commonly leafy-bracted towards base; corolla inconspicuous, 1-1.8 mm. broad; fruiting calyx oblong-ovate, 5-6 mm. long, deciduous, spreading, obscurely biseriate; pedicels 0.1-0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes linear-lanceolate, connivent above and usually recurved, midrib slightly thickened and pale-tawny hirsute, margins appressed short-hispid; nutlets 4, homomorphous, broadly ovate, 2-2.2 mm. long, more or less finely granulate, conspicuously and narrowly papil- late, back convex, margin rounded, groove very narrow or closed and widely forked at base; gynobase about 24 height of nutlets; style _ shortly but definitely surpassed by tips of nutlets.—Pittonia i. 115 1887). Central Sierra Nevada to the mountains of Southern California and the Charleston Mts. of southern Nevada. 86 JOHNSTON EV 1606 in pt. (UC); Peterson’s Ranch near Reno, 1894, Hillman (UC); Peavine Foothills, 1895, Hillman (UC); Charleston Mts., Purpus 6077 (UC). Cati- FORNIA: Mt. Stanford, 2640 m. alt., 1886, Sonne (UC, IsoTyPE) ; Castle Peak near highest point, Heller 7079 (G); Tahoe, 1901, Boring (UC); Lake Tahoe Region, 1901, Setchell & Dobie (UC); Luthers Pass, 2340 m. alt., Abrams 4759 (G); Yosemi 1200-1350 m. i situations, Yosemite Valley, Brewer 6284 (UC); Alta Meadows, 1905, K. Brandegée (UC); Andrews Camp above Bishop, 1913, K. Brandegee (G, UC); sawmill, Mt. Pinos, 2490 m. alt., Hall 6523 (UC); rocky ground under pines, Prairie Fork of San Gabriel River, 2100 m. alt., Johnston 2071 (G); on flats, Kelly’s Cabin, Ontario Peak, 2460 m. alt., Johnston 1620 (G, UC); dry ridge east of Ontario Peak, 2520 m. alt., Munz 6076 (UC); Coldwater Fork of Lytle Creek, 1725 m. alt., Johnston 2057 in pt. (G); Mare Flat, 2400 m. alt., Craw- ford 934 (G); Little Green Valley, 2160 m. alt., Hall 24 (UC). This characteristic species has been greatly misunderstood, and repeatedly confused with C. ambigua and C. intermedia. It grows in dry sunny clearings in the Yellow Pine belt of the California moun- tains usually in the company of C. simulans, C. affinis and C. Tor- reyana. Ser. X. MOHAVENSES. Nutlets 4, smooth, oblong-ovate or lanceolate-ovate or lanceolate, clearly angled at the sides, decidedly homomorphous; style usually equalling height of nutlets or shorter than latter. > Corolla conspicuous; style clearly surpassing the nutlets, these j 2-2 WO Ne a ee a ica mohavensis. _ 4 ty] it lling +] ts in heig ora trifle surpassed by them; nutlets 1.2-2 mm. long... . .43. C. Watsoni. 7 #2. C. mohavensis Greene. Ascendingly branched herb 1-4 dm. tall; stems usually freely branched, short-hispid to hispid strigose; leaves linear or lance-linear, 1-4 em. long, 1-3 mm. broad, appressed- hispid or strigose, minutely and densely pustulate, obtusish, upper ones reduced; spikes ternate or geminate, usually crowded, 2-6 cm. long, naked; corolla conspicuous, 4-7 mm. broad; fruiting calyces oblong-ovate, 3-5 mm. long, ascending, becoming obscurely biserial, symmetrical, base rounded, deciduous, pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, connivent above, midrib somewhat thickened and frequently sparsely hirsute, margins usually more or less silky strigose; nutlets 4, homomorphous, smooth and shiny, rarely obscurely granulate, oblong-ovate or lance-ovate, 2-2.5 mm. long, back low-convex or flattish, margins definitely angled especially towards the apex, groove closed above but forked below and opened at the fork to form a small triangular areola; gynobase columnar- subulate, about 34 height of nutlets; style clearly surpassing tips of THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 87 nutlets.—Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Krynitzkia mohavensis Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sei. i. 207 (1885). Southern Sierra Nevada of California, best known from the vicinity of Tehachapi Mountains. Ca.irornia: Andrews Camp, mountains above Bishop, 1913, K. Brandegee (G, UC); sand hills near Pampa Station, Heller 7642.(G); Water Canyon, Tehachapi Mts., 1800 m. alt., Abrams & McGregor 474 (G); between Mohave and Cameron, 1905, K. Brandegee (UC); Mohave Desert, 1884, Curran SOTYPE). In habit quite similar to C. oxygona, and like that species much suggesting C. muricata in gross aspect. Although having smooth, wingless nutlets it seems very closely related to C. oxygona. 43. C. Watsoni (Gray) Greene. Slender strictly branched hispid ‘herb 1-3 dm. high; stems solitary, sparsely to loosely branched, spreading short-hispid; leaves linear to oblanceolate, 1-4(-5) em. long, ~4(-5) mm. wide, obtuse or rounded, ascending, hispid and rarely pustulate; spikes solitary or geminate, 14(-6) cm. long, occasionally leafy-bracted below; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate or oblong-ovate, 2-3.5(-4) mm. long, subsessile, rounded at base, early deciduous, oldest ones becoming distant; mature calyx- lobes lanceolate, tips usually connivent, midrib hispid and scarcely thickened, margins appressed short-hispid; nutlets 4, homomorphous or practically so, lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm. long, ca. 0.8 mm. broad, smooth, shiny or at times dulled by minute granulations, back nearly flat, margins definitely angled, groove closed or nearly so and forked at base; gynobase subulate, ca. 24 height of nutlets; style equalling nutlets or a trifle surpassed by them.—Pittonia i, 120 (1887). Kry- nitzkia Watsoni Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 271 (1885). C. vinctens Nels. & Macbr. Bot. Gaz. Ixii. 143 (1916). Eastern Washington to western Montana, southward to Nevada and northern Colorado. Montana: Canyon Ferry, 1898, Brandegee 30 (UC). Wyomtne: steep slopes of river banks, Yellowstone River near Junction Butte, Nelson 5761 (G); Centennial Hills, Nelson 1684 (G, UC); Point of Rocks, Nelson 3080 (G, UC); Gorfield Peak, Nelson 672 in pt. (UC); Rocky Mts., Nuttall (G). Cotorapo: along railroad tracks near Hot Sulphur Springs, Middle Park, 2280 m. alt., Ramaley & Robbins 3575 (UC). Ipano: loose disturbed soil near road, Challis, 1620 m. alt.,. 7 ae ads 222 (G); dry granite slopes, Mackay, 1750 m. alt., Nelson & Macbride 1527 ++ C); sandy slopes New Plymouth, 660 m. alt., ; - Utan: Wasatch Mts. 1800 m. alt., Watson 858 (G, TrpE of K. Watsoni). Nevapa: canyon on south- west base of Mt. Grant, 1410 m. alt., Heller 10, (G, UC); Mesia near Gold- field, Heller 10970 in pt. (G, UC); Tonopah, 1800 m. alt., Shockley 81 (UC). INGTON: junction of Crab and Wilson creeks, 390 m. alt., Sandberg & 88 JOHNSTON Springs, 1350 m. alt., Leiberg 2271 (G, UC); rocky slopes, Mathew Valley near Harper’s Ranch, 1100 m. } r ISOTYPE); clay banks, Mathew Butte, 750 m. alt., Leiberg 2041 (G). An interesting species characterized by its four, lanceolate, angled nutlets and well developed style. Although it has been confused with C. gracilis it is really quite distinct from that plant in the angling and number of nutlets, length of style, and shape and pubescence of calyx. Cryptantha vinctens is a peculiar form of this species having somewhat appressed-pubescent and inconspicuously hispid calyces. The segre- gate is not separated geographically, and appears to be merely an extreme form whose characters of pubescence are rather completely obliterated by transitional forms clearly referable to C. Watsoni. - Ser. XI. GRACILES. Nutlets 1 or rarely 2, smooth, lanceolate, laterally rounded or obtuse, subhomomorphous, axial one always de- veloping and in general slightly larger than the second nutlet when that develops; style reaching to 24-34 height of nutlet. 44. C. gracilis Osterh. Slender erectly branched herb 1-2 dm. high; stems usually solitary, sparsely branched, densely spreading short-hispid; leaves not numerous, linear to narrowly oblanceolate, 1-3 cm. long, 1-3 mm. broad, obtuse or rounded, ascendingly short- hispid, usually minutely pustulate, upper leaves reduced; spikes solitary or geminate, usually dense, 1-2 em. long, naked; corolla in- conspicuous, limb 0.6-1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate, divaricate, 2-2.8 mm. long, promptly deciduous, base decidedly conical, sessile; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, rather densely appressed tawny hispid- villous, tips erect, midrib slightly thickened and inconspicuously short-hispid; nutlets 1 or rarely 2-3 and then more or less unequally developed, lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm. long, ca. 0.8-1 mm. broad, smooth and shiny, acute, back nearly flat, sides rounded at least towards apex, groove usually opened to above middle and scarcely forked below; gynobase ca. 14 height of nutlet; style reaching to 24-34 height of nutlet—Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxx. 236 (1903). C. Hill- manii Nels. & Kenn. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. xix. 157 (1906). C. gracilis, var. Hillmanii Munz & Johnston, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xlix. 39 (1922), Southern Idaho and eastern Colorado to northern Arizona and southeastern California. Ipano: plains of the Snake River, Palmer 72 (G, UC); without gr § Hen 2561 (G). Cotorapo: Glenwood Springs, 1920, Osterhout_(G); dry mesa among junipers, Nucla, 1800 m. alt., Payson 395 (G). UmTau: THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 89 Gold Hill, 1891, Jones (UC) ; without locality, 1875, Ward 1231 (G). Nrvap Palmetto. Range, Purpus 5921 (UC); near Reno, aie Hillman (UC); Catie- i y (UC); i dfield, 1 eller 10970 - laria, Shockle ; Mesia west of Goldfield, 1860 m. alt., G) ZONA: Ash tos Rusby 747 (UC); Grand Can m : c et 184 (G, rand Canyon, Macbride & Payson 947 (G); El aap and Canyon, oer: Setchell (UC). nan near Bonanza King Min Pr at idence Mts., Munz, Johnston & Harwood 4222 (UC); g tye K. pestis (UC); Silver Canyon near yey K. Brandegee (UC). This is a very distinct species and is scarcely to be confused with any other once its characters are understood. The calyx is notably conical at the base, densely covered with short appressed hairs, and apparently lacking pungent hairs on the lobes. One nutlet commonly develops; this is obscurely if at ell angled on the edges; and evidently surpasses the style. Occasionally two or even three nutlets are matured, and then they appear to be unequal in length and develop- ment. The normal and fully developed nutlet is-always near the axial calyx-lobe. Ser. XII. RAMULOSISSIMAE. Nutlets 4, smooth, lanceolate, laterally rounded or obscurely angled, practically homorphous but with the axial one minutely and obscurely though definitely larger than the others and always present when for any reason less than the normal number develop; style reaching the tips of the nutlets or barely . by them. — 45. C. Fendleri (Gray) Greene. Herb 1-5 dm. high, usually ik ee | age straight erect axis (commonly simple below but- producing numerous ascending latetals above), more or less densely hispid and frequently appressedly so; leaves narrowly oblanceolate, acute, 2-5 m. long, 2-4 mm. broad, appressed-hispid, frequently pustulate beneath; spikes solitary or geminate, 2-12 cm. long, sparsely if at all bracteate, loosely flowered; corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong, 4-5(-7) mm. long, ascending, slightly asymmetrical, obscurely biserial; pedicels ca. 0.5 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes linear to lance-linear, usually loosely connivent with the tips somewhat spreading, midrib thickened and hirsute, margins strigose; nutlets homomorphous, 4 (exceptionally with 1-3 aborted, but then the axial nutlet always present), smooth, somewhat shiny, lanceolate, acuminate, 1.5~-2 mm. long, back convex, sides rounded or obscurely obtuse, groove closed or nearly so but at base opening into a definite deltoid areola; gynobase subulate, twice length of style, at least 24 height of nutlets; style equalling or barely surpassing the nutlets.—Pittonia i. 120 (1887). Krynitzkia Fendleri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 268 (1885). Lritrichium hispidum, var. leiocarpum 90 JOHNSTON Kuntze, Rev. Gen. ii. 437 (1891). C. ramulosissima Nels. Erythea vii. 68 (1899). C. wyomingensis Gandoger, Bull. Soc. Bot. France Ixv. 62 (1918). Southern Alberta and Saskatchewan to eastern Nebraska, northern New Mexico and Arizona; also in eastern Washington and western Nevada. Atsperta: Hand Hills, Macoun 165 (G). SasKATCHEWAN: Crane Lake, PY eee 5804 (G). Wyomina: sandy dry bottom lands, Dunn’s Ranch, ; sandy ne. reer Ne lson 6886 ena ee (G); asa * elson 5275 (G, "UC, ISOTYPES of C’. ramulosissima); P. Bluff, Nelson 3510. (G); Sherman 1878, Phillips & Sargent (G); Cum ‘rina , vee 1523 (G, UC. ISO- TYPE of C. wyomingensis). NEBRASKA: sandy prair i Thedford, Rydberg 1429 (G). Cotorapo: dry p bashes in Clear Creek Canyon, getown, Patters g ains, D: G, l 434a (G); Ro et oa St t. 30°41 1862, Ho aL it Ha arbour 43h in pt. (G); Ba rue 30 (G). New Mexico i Midd n Santa Fe and pect gel 2190 m alt., Holler 3786 (G); ethout locality, 1847, F endler (GC. tTyPE of K. Fend leri). Uran: Montezuma Can nyon, east of Monticello, Rydberg & enh 9681 Bre sandy soil, La Sal Mts., Purpus 6610 (UC); below Thurber, Jones 5648 (U Arizona: Cosnino, Rus y 750 (G); openings in poll ow-pine foot: east ae of pan Francisco Mts., 3490 ma. alt., 1920, Hall (G); Flagstaff, 1894, Towmey tion, Vorhies 124 (G, UC). WasHINGTON: drifting sand, Pasco, Piper 2951 ea without locality, Henderson 2562 (G). Nevapa: Palisade, Brandegee Cryptantha Fendleri is the most easterly ranging of the smooth- fruited series of Cryptantha. In its common typical form the erect habit and paniculate branching are very characteristic, and as a general thing the species has been well understood. A diffusely branched form from southern Wyoming has been described as C. ramulosissima. In floral and fruiting structures this form is quite indistinguishable from typical C. Fendleri. Similar material has been collected in eastern Washington. The range of C. Fendleri seems somewhat discontinuous. Its roots are frequently charged with a purple dye. The three extra-Californian species with narrow, smooth and more or less shiny nutlets may be distinguished as follows,— Calyx broadly conical at base, densely appressed hispid-villous, - un Be nspicuous bristles; nutlets 1; style 2/3-3/4 height Calyx ranted at base, hispid or hirsute, inconspicuously ose along margins; nutlets 4; style about equalling eee he See ee eee oe wl) Bee ek ee ewe we Cee ee Re ke ee eee BY ery pr fe | 7 1 through- = Tieden’ fog or ae ph ihe a straight cal axis. C No ie eter a hae Ene ee a tg, tart ar eA age a aeons tee Cee ON ee RC ATO Ae es THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 91 Nutlets —_ margins rounded or somewhat obtusish, groove oO at base to form an areola; pt acute; plant seOAle with a stiffly erect straight See neat a C. Fendleri. Ser. XIII. LEIOCARPAE. Nutlets 1-4, smooth, ovate or somewhat lanceolate, laterally rounded or obtuse, homomorphous with the abaxial one always developing; style reaching to 14 height of nutlets or barely surpassing them; calyx-lobes hirsute with straight airs Style : eaeniee to the tips of the nutlets or barely surpassing ee cpvaie with a subsimple groove; spikes decidedly RE cos ease whe A Oe mmneteeia eu LE ne 46. C. leiocarpa. Nutlets ee ten Clg usually with a forked groove; hg C. hispidissima. Style re shee is 1/4-1/2 Sah of nutlets.. heen aeres 48. C. microstachys. Style reaching to 2/3-3/4 height of nu Hairs on upper part of calyx-lobes senior eT retrorse. 49. C. nemaclada. Hairs on calyx spreading or ascending. Pe EN ae i ew... 50. C. Clevelandi. Spikes bracted. Corolla less than 1 mm. broad; diffuse abioer pg OR ee ae ee ek C. Brandegei. Corolla 1. — mm. broad; sparsely branched i FBS ie se Se eae ese eee 52. C. Abramsii. > 46. C. leiocarpa (F. & M.) Greene. Laxly branched usually de- cumbent or prostrate herb; branches usually long and numerous, his- pid-strigose or frequently loosely appressed-hispid, becoming 14 dm. long; leaves oblance-linear to oblanceolate, strigose-hispid and often sparsely hispid, occasionally pustulate, obtuse or rounded or rarely emarginate, 1—-2.5(-4) em. long, 1-4(-9) mm. broad; spikes solitary or geminate or rarely ternate, becoming 6 cm. long but usually shorter, conspicuously leafy-bracted, not at all sharply differentiated from the mass of the plant; corolla usually inconspicuous, limb 1-2.5(-3.5) mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate to oblong-ovate, 2-3 mm. long, usually ascending, tardily deciduous, subsessile, usually crowded or becoming loose below, subsymmetrical; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, loosely connivent above, midrib somewhat thickened and usually decidedly tawny-hirsute, margins strigose; nutlets 4 or very rarely fewer by abortion, oblong-ovate to ovate, 1.6—2 mm. long, smooth, polished or minutely granulate and dull, back convex, margins obtuse, face con- vexo-obtuse, groove closed and very shortly forked at base if at all; gynobase subulate, 24-34 height of nutlets; style equalling or slightly surpassing the tips of the nutlets.—Pittonia i. 117 (1887). Echino- 92 JOHNSTON spermum leiocarpum F, & M. Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. ii. 36 (1835). Krynitzkia letocarpa F. & M. 1. c. vii. 52 (1841). Ertirichium leio- carpum Wats. Bot. King Exped. 244 (1871). Along the ocean beach from southern (Curry County) Oregon to (Santa Barbara County) Southern California. Oreaon: beach, Gold Beach, Peck.8691 (G); beach near Harbor, Peck 8755 (G); Chetco, —_ ag (G). .CALrForNtIA: sand dunes of ocean beach, Humboldt Bay ? (G, UC); Bodega Point, Eastwood 4815 (G); Bodega Bay, Heller 5 F Bo int Reyes, ata sage an (UC); San Francisco, 1895, Davy (UC); Golden Gate Park, San Fra 0, 1881, Jones (UC); Lake Merced, 1901, mes (UC); Presidio, San as nesses 1894, Eastwoo ve (UC); Casmaila Station, K. Brandegee (UC); Antonio Station, K. Brandegee (UC); Surf, 1909, K. Brandegee (G); Surf, 1909, K. Brandegee a, b, ce (UC). This is a very well marked coastal species, but has been greatly misinterpreted in the past and at various times made to include nearly all the smooth-fruited species of the genus. Study of material in the Gray Herbarium which was raised from authentic seeds re- ceived from St. Petersburg, Hamburg and Geneva, shows clearly that the name should be applied to the sea-shore plant of middle and north- ern California which has bracteate spikes, long styles, and small ovate smooth nutlets with a simple or barely forked groove. Oceasionally it grows with C. hispidissima and has been confused with that species, although it is readily separable from it by its bracteate spikes, shorter ovate nutlets, simple or barely forked groove, and commonly smaller corollas. The leaves are usually 1-3 mm. broad, but in some pe- culiar forms from Surf, Santa Barbara County, California, which ap- parently grew with the common form, the pha are broadly oblong, retuse and nearly 10 mm. broad. 47. C. hispidissima Greene. Erect < ascendingly branched or loosely branched and somewhat decumbent, 1.5-5 dm. high; stems hirsute or somewhat appressed-hispid; leaves oblance-linear to linear- lanceolate, ascending, 1.5-5.5 cm. long, 1.54 mm. wide, obtuse or acute, appressed or frequently spreading-hispid, occasionally hirsute- ciliate; spikes ternate or geminate or rarely quadrinate, dense or re- motely flowered, bractless or occasionally with 1-2 bracts near base, 1-8(-15) cm. long; corolla more or less conspicuous or occasionally in- conspicuous, 1-5 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate-oblong, usually _ spreading, 2-5 mm. long, slightly asymmetrical, base broad, sessile; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear or almost lanceolate, connivent above with the tips somewhat spreading , margins strigose, midrib thickened and decidedly hirsute; nutlets 4 homomorphous, ovate-lanceolate, THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 93 1.5-2 mm. long, smooth or very finely granulate, usually shiny, back convex, sides obtusish, groove simple or forked at very base; gynobase elongata, ca. 24 height of nutlets; style reaching to nutlet-tips or de- finitely surpassing them.—Pittonia i. 118 (1887). C. leiocarpa, var. hispidissima Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 43 (1916). West of and in the Coast Ranges of California, from San Francisco to Point Conception and doubtfully to near Los Angeles. CairorniA: San Francisco, 1888, Greene (G); grassy slopes, Lake Merced, 30 m. alt., Tr 180. ); Siersville, Mann (G); in sand, Gigling Station east of Del Monte, Heller 6711 (G); Del Monte, Elmer 3561 (G, UC); Cypress Point, Monterey, Hastwo: (G); Seaside, Monterey, Eastwood 161 (G); Monterey, 1900, Hastwood (G); sand hills beyon troville, (G); Point Pinos, K. Brandegee (UC); Pacifie Grove, Davy 7491 (UC); Gigling Station, 1908, K. Brandegee (UC) ;San Lucia Mts., Summers 898 (UC); San ° 888 . Obviously related to C. Clevelandi, var. florosa and perhaps not to be kept specifically distinct, although differing in general range and length of style. 48. C. microstachys Greene. Erect slender herb 1-5 dm. high; Ze stems commonly with numerous ascending simple or rebranched laterals, hirsute or rarely more or less strigose; leaves linear, obtuse or rounded, 1-6 mm. long, 1.5-5(-8) mm. broad, broadly sessile or the lower ones with a contracted base, hispid or hirsute, rarely somewhat strigose or pustulate; spikes slender, solitary or geminate, naked, 2-8 cm. long, frequently somewhat crowded towards the end of the stem and apparently paniculate; corolla inconspicuous, usually 0.4-1 mm. or rarely even 2.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate or oblong-ovate, 1.5-3 mm. but commonly 1.5-2 mm. long, sessile, strict or ascending, asymmetrical with the abaxial lobe the longest and most hirsute; mature calyx-lobes linear or linear-lanceolate, connivent above with the tips somewhat spreading, usually united below to form a short siliceous tube, midrib slightly thickened and divaricately short- hirsute, margins ciliate; ovules 4; nutlets 1 or rarely 2, next the ab- axial calyx-lobe, acute-ovate to lanceolate, 1.5 mm. long, smooth and shiny, back and sides rounded, groove closed and simple or forked at very base; gynobase very short, 14 or less height of nutlet; style about as long as gynobase and commonly attaining about 14 height of nut- let or when two nutlets develop reaching to beyond their middle.— Pittonia i. 116 (1887). Krynitzkia microstachys Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 269 (1885). 94 JOHNSTON Coast Ranges of middle California and the coastal drainage of Southern California. CaLIFoRNIA: gravelly slope _ of Alder pe Glenn Co., Heller Tore (G); Colusa County, 1884, Curran (G); Wilde a Davy 704 Mt. Diablo, 1886, Greene we). wel gravelly slop Mitchell Canyon, Mt. Diablo, Baker 2810 (G); Salinas a r De 7 Manu: theses 6698 (G); wis Creek, 1893, Eastwood (UC); Estella, Jared (UC); San Luis Obisp and Monterey counties, “1809, Jared 2 (G);S8: a Barbara, Sleaze 3797 (GQ): Painted Cave Ranch, East a,(G, UC); Santa Inez Mts., 1888, Brandegee (UC); Fort Tejon, Xantus 8 ‘ TYP E); Tehachapi, 1889, Brandegee (G); at roadside, Topango pi A ile bab & Hi tee 995 (G); Topango, 1898, pth and 57¢ (G); Pasadena, eae 289 (UC); San Calne! Canyon, Eastwood 8956 (G); Evey Canyon, 900 m as Johnston 2019 (G);San Antonio Canyon, Baker 3698 (G); hills near Claremont, Baker-4229-and_ 4780 (G); Arrowhe ad Hot Springs, 480 m. alt., Spencer 1305 (G di =o Bernardino, Parish 3645 Set Jae desert slope of San Jacinto Mts., 0 m. alt., Jaeger 1873 (G); n chaparr. 8 km. northeast of hiceatee shee _alt., Munz & Johnston 53.46 (UC); Tins Vista, Macbride & Payson 797 a (G); Potrero, Orcutt_1277 (GQ): San Diego, 1882, Pringle (G); Mission Hills, San Diego, Abrams 3415 This species is very closely related to C. Clevelandi from which it differs in its coarser habit, shorter style, and usually fewer nutlets. The forms most suggestive of that species come from Southern Cali- fornia and have more or less closely appressed pubescence and calyces becoming 2-3 mm. long. These forms are few, however, most speci- — being conspicuously bristly and having calyces only 1.5-2 mm. ong. 49. C.nemaclada Greene. Slender much-branched erect herb 1-3 dm. tall, minutely and sparsely strigose, finely hispid; leaves linear, rather few, 1-3 mm. long, 1-2 mm. broad, obtuse, somewhat appressed, finely hispid, very minutely pustulate; spikes solitary or geminate, slender, naked, becoming loosely flowered, 2-9 cm. long; corolla in- conspicuous, less than 1 mm. broad; fruiting et oblong-ovate, strictly ascending, 24 mm. long, deciduous, obscurely biserial, sub- sessile by an obliquely conic base; mature calyx-lobes linear, con- nivent above with the slender tips spreading, midrib thickened and more or less abundantly hirsute but near the tip retrorsely setulose, margins sparsely strigose; ovules 4; nutlets 14, lanceolate to ovate- lanceolate, smooth, 1.7-2 mm. long, back convex, sides obtuse, the one next the abaxial calyx-lobe always developing, groove opened or closed but usually open at the broad forking; gynobase slender, about / the length of the nutlets; style reaching to about 34 the height of the nutlets.—Pittonia i. 118 (1887). Coast Ranges of California from Tehachapi to Colusa County; rare. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 95 _ Cauirornta: Keene Station, Tehachapi, 1905, K. Brandegee (UC); Paso Robles, K. Brandegee (UC); Alcalde, 1892, Brandegee (UC); Colusa County, 1884, Curran (UC, part of Type). The plant is obviously related to.C. Clevelandi and C. hispidissima, and further study may justify the reduction of it to one of the species named. Its outstanding feature is the possession of small stout retrorse hairs on the upper part of the calyx-lobes. The type came from Colusa County in the North Coast Range. - 50. C. Clevelandi Greene. Usually erect freely branched herb 1-5 dm. tall; stems with long branches, strigose or hirsute; leaves linear to linear lancesiate: usually acutish, 14(-6) em. long, 1-4 mm_ broad, hirsute or occasionally strigose, spreading; spikes solitary or geminate or ternate, 4-10 cm. long, naked, slender, usually remotely flowered; corolla inconspicuous or conspicuous, 1-5 mm. broad; fruiting calyces ovate-oblong or nearly ovate, 2-5 mm. long, strict, asymmetrical, deciduous, subsessile by an obliquely conical base; mature calyx- lobes linear or lance-linear, usually decidedly conniyent with tips somewhat spreading, midrib thickened and decidedly hirsute, margins densely hispid-ciliate; nutlets 1-4, ovate-oblong to broadly lanceolate, 1.5-2(-2. 5) mm. long, smooth, usually very finely granulate, back convex, sides Bites or rounded, axial nutlet always developing; groove closed, broadly forked at base or rarely with a small areola: gynobase elongate, 14-24 as high as the nutlets; style reaching to 24- */5 height of nutlets.—Pittonia i. 117 (1887). Var. genuina. Corolla inconspicuous, ca. 1 mm. broad; leaves 1-2(-3) mm. broad; spikes solitary or geminate, not sharply dif- ferentiated from leafy mass of plant; nutlets 1-2—C. Clevelandi Greene, I. e. West of the mountains from the v icinity of Los Angeles southward to northern Lower California. Ca.irornta: shaded hillsides, ae Jose Hills sr of Pomona, 300 m. alt. Munz & a 3299 (UC); Choll as, 1884, Orcutt (UC); San Diego, 1898, red rey C); San Diego, 1884, Br andegee (UC); San Diego, 1906, K. Brande- ee (UC); si ee 1885, Greene ue ISOTYPE) ; Point poe 1895, Brande- om UC); Point Loma, 1 e JC). WER CALIFORNIA: Todos Santos Island, 1897, Brande ee (UC); All Sainte 1 Ba Greene (UC); Cariso Creek, 1893, p Road meg (U C); Vallederos, 1893, “rondege (UG) (UC). AA Var. florosa, var. nov., a varietate genuina differt corolla conspicua 2-5 mm. lata, foliis 14 mm. latis, spicis saepe ternatis et supra folia projectis, nuculis 14.—C. Rattan Greene, Pittonia i. 160 (1887). In and west of the Coast Ranges of California from San Luis Obispo to San Diego, and infrequent northward to Lake County. 96 JOHNSTON (U ar Frazier Borax Mine, Mt. Pinos, Ab Me 211 (Gy); Sisquoc, Baker 22 (UC); Tehac api, K. Brandegee (UC); Painted Cave Ranch Eas (UC); San Miguel Island, 1886, Greene (UC); ta Cruz Island, ; nuller (UC); Santa Cruz Island, 1888, Brandegee (UC); S Barbara, Elmer 3936 (G); Santa Barbara, Brewer 278 (U nta Inez Mts , Bra ; Sa , 1901, Davy (UC); South Beach, 1898 ber Brandegee ( ; grassy hillsides, Turnbull Canyon, Puente Hills, Johnston 1935 (G); shaded hillside, Laguna, Munz 2214 (G); roadside, Linda Vista, Macbride & Payson 797 (G, Typ); San Diego, 1906, K. Brandegee (UC). This species includes almost all the material from South California passing as C. leiocarpa. It is related on one hand to C. hispidissima and on the other to C. microstachys, apparently intergrading with both. In having a very short style, elongate nutlets and bractless spikes, it differs from C. leiocarpa. Doubtfully included in the species are several collections from the North Coast Ranges. 51. C. Brandegei Johnston. Much branched decumbent or pros- trate herb; stems numerous, slender, hispid-strigose, 1-4 dm. long; leaves oblong-lanceolate or lanceolate, spreading, 5-15 mm. long, 2-3(+4) mm. broad, obtuse or acute, hispid-strigose and often sparsely hispid, minutely pustulate; spikes solitary or occasionally geminate, 2-8 em. long, dense or loose and elongate, slender, more or less evi- dently leafy-bracted; corolla inconspicuous, less than 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate-oblong, 2-4 mm. long, strictly ascending, asym- metrical, becoming obscurely biserial, sessile; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, usually connivent above with the tips spreading, midrib thickened and hirsute, margins strigose; nutlets 1-4, ovate-lanceolate, 1.5-2 mm. long, smooth or very minutely granulate, usually shiny, back convex, sides rounded, face flattened, groove closed with a well developed basal fork; gynobase subulate, about 14-24 height of nutlets; style reaching to 7/3—*/, height of nutlets——Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 53 (1923) Known only from Santa Rosa off the coast of California. Catirornta: Santa Rosa Island, 1888, Brandegee (G, TYPE; UC, 1soTYPE). In habit much suggesting C. leiocarpa but differing in its more elongate nutlets, widely forked groove, short style and more southern msular range. It is much more closely related to, and perhaps it is THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 97 only a phase of, C. Clevelandi with which it agrees in nutlets although differing in its longer style and bracteate inflorescence. Cryptantha Clevelandi, var. florosa occurs on Santa Cruz and San Miguel islands which are adjacent to Santa Rosa Island. 52. C ramsii Johnston. Erectly and sparsely branched herb 1-3 dm. high; stem slender, finely strigose; leaves linear, rather nu- merous, 1-3 cm. long, I-1.5 mm. broad, acutish, hispid-strigose, usually sparsely hirsute-ciliate towards the base; spikes solitary or rarely geminate, 2-10 cm. long, evidently leafy-bracted; corolla evident, 1.5-2.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyx ovate, strict, 2.5-4 mm. long, asymmetrical, becoming distant and obscurely biserial, sessile by an oblique broadly conic base; mature calyx-lobes lance-linear, loosely connivent, midrib somewhat thickened and on abaxial lobe sparsely and very shortly hirsute, margins strigose; nutlets 1-4, lanceolate, acuminate, ca. 2 mm. long, smooth, shiny, back convex, sides obscurely obtuse, groove closed and broadly forked at very base of nutlet; gynobase narrow, about 24 height of nutlets; style reaching to */4—*/; height of nutlets.—Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 52 (1923). Southern California, known only from the type locality. ee San Pedro Hills near Malaga Cove, Abrams 3139 (G, TYPE; UC, tsoryPe). Although suggesting C. leiocar pa in its bracteate inflorescence, this species differs in its shorter style and elongate nutlets with a broad decidedly basal forking of the groove. It is most related to C. Cleve- landi, var. florosa and possibly is only a bracteate phase of it. Ser. XIV. FLACCIDAE. Nutlet 1, smooth, somewhat ovate, laterally rounded or obscurely angled, always abaxial; style reaching to 14-%4 height of nutlet; calyx-lobes armed with pallid encrusted arcuate or uncinate hairs. oe react to bat 4) gerne of nutlet; nutlet with an open yather: soaree plante..2 5 65) oo cts eee * 53. C. rostellata. Style pierer te to lane than 1 tee of nutlet; nutlet with a sed groove; more slender plant Nutlets nearly terete, sc bates on ealyx usually de- cidedly encrusted an Se ee ee ee Natlets evidently ecc acute; hairs on calyx ~~ nl Wane lene ile. cs go ay cee. Cal 5. C. sparsiflora. 53. ©. rostellata Greene. Stems stiffish, usually somewhat red- dish, 1-2 dm. high, with few ascending branches above, strigose, canescent; leaves few, notably persistent and opposite, thickish, firm, oblanceolate, 10-15 mm. long, 2-3 mm. broad, ascending; spikes 98 JOHNSTON solitary or geminate, stiffish, naked, 2-4 cm. long; corolla incon- spicuous, 0.5-1 mm. broad; fruiting calyces 3-4 mm. long, oblong- ovate, spreading or ascending (not strict), coarse, rather few, sub- persistent, subsessile by a very asymmetrical base; mature calyx- lobes lanceolate, margin sparsely ciliate or strigose, midrib on all lobes armed with stout encrusted uncinate or arcuate hairs; ovules 4, the one next the abaxial calyx-lobe alone developing; nutlets 1, smooth, compressed, ovate-lanceolate to lanceolate, 9-8 mm. long, back con- vex, sides rounded, base truncate; groove closed above but dilated below into a definite areola; gynobase very short and stout; style reaching up to 14-14 height of nutlet.—Pittonia i. 116 (1887). Kry- nitzkia rostellata Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 203 (1885). K. Suks- dorfii Greenm. Bot. Gaz: xl. 146 (1905). C. Suksdorfii Piper, Contr. U.S. Nat. Herb. xi. 484 (1906). Southern Washington (Klickitat County) southward through eastern Oregon to the Sacramento Valley of California. WASHINGTON: on dry hills near Rockland, Suksdorf 1495 (G, Type of K. Suksdorfit; UC, tsorypz). OreGon: on dry hills near Dalles City, Suksdorf 2346 (G, UC); camp i Grizzly Butte, Crook Co., 1170 m. alt., Leiberg 28 (G, UC). Cattrornia: Hornbrook, 1889, Howell (UC); Hornbrook, Howell 1386 (UC); Leesburg, 1884, Curran (UG, “part of type”); near Chico, 1887, Parry (UC); Lake County, 1884, Curran (G). Obviously related to C. flaccida but readily separated by its usually coarse habit, longer style, compressed nutlets and basally dilated groove. The typeis given as having been collected in “Lake County,” California. Specimens in the University of California Herbarium, given as from “ Leesburg,” a town in Colusa County, California, are labeled as “part of type.” This material, to judge from general appearance, seems quite the same as the authentic specimen of C. ros- tellata contained in the Gray Herbarium and probably is part of the same collection. va 54. ©. flaccida (Dougl.) Greene. Subsimple or ascendingly “branched pallid strigose herb 1.5-4.5 dm. high; stems sparsely close- strigose with short pallid encrusted hairs; leaves oblance-linear or linear or even filiform, 2-6 cm. long, 1-2(-3) mm. wide, closely stri- gose, strict or ascending, firm, basal portion of lower leaves somewhat persistent; spikes quinate to solitary, naked, usually stiffish, 4-8(-16) em. long; corolla inconspicuous or medium sized, 1-4 mm. broad; fruiting calyces oblong-ovate, 2-4(-5) mm. long, evidently asymme- trical, usually strict and closely hugging the stem, commonly firm and ‘stiff, sessile or subsessile, base broadly conic; mature cage tite lance-linear, closely connivent above with the tips commonly spread- THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 99 ing, margins more or less ciliate or strigose,-midrib thickened and armed with pale spreading coarse encrusted arcuate or uncinate bristles, abaxial lobe longest and most hirsute; ovules 4 but only the one next the abaxial calyx-lobe developing; nutlet 1, lance-ovate, rostrate-acuminate, subterete or only slightly compressed, smooth or very finely granulate; groove closed and frequently with the mar- gins overlapping, rarely open particularly towards the base where dilated to form a small areola; gynobase low and stout, scarcely de- veloped, 0.6-0.2 mm. tall; style 14-14 as high as nutlet.—Pittonia i. 116 (1887). Muyosotis flaccida Dougl. in Lehm. Pugil. ii. 22 (1830). Eritrichium oxycaryum Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 58 (1874). Kry- nitzkia oxycarya Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 269 (1885). C. multicaule Howell, Fl. N. W. Amer. i. 487 Beate, Nels. (1900). C. Howellit Nels. Bot. Gaz xxxiv. 30 (1902 Washington and Idaho to Southern California. WasHINGTON: Coulee City, Piper 3837 (G); ee of sie al Wilson creeks, Bee! = alt., Sandber & Leiberg 304 (G, UC); near S 0m alt., S ~— UC); Almota, Piper 1702 (G); Walla Walla, 1883, Brandegee (UC); Waitsburg. Horner 1 . OREGON: along s utes River at Sherar’s Bedge. Howell 502 (G, isotypes and photograph of multicaulis) ; Rhea Creek, 390 m. alt., Lei ; amp at Grizzly Butte, 1170 t., Leiberq 283 (G ; ¢ e E 1903, Lunell 16 (G); bank of Ho iver, 1883, Henderson (G); railroad track nquin, Nelso (G); dry stubble-field pastured to s " north of Salem, Nelson 4893 (G); dry ba — : of Salem, Nelso 2222 (G)- dry slope near Illahe, Nelson 13 IpaHo: valley of Clear- water River, Sand MacDougal & Heller. 103. (G); i about Lewiston, Heller 3068 (UC); ae = chon Store, 660 m (G); money sagebrush flat, 7. ise, 1881, Canbis (G); gcsrreneh locale, 1892, Mul, ord (G). Cautronsta: dry land near Y reka, Butler 734 and 1298 (UC); reka, Smith 211 eae Ager, 188 ndegee 7, K. Brandegee (UC); Edgew ae 1887, Bra (UC); Hy-A m-Pum, 1888, Chestnut & Drew (UC); Iqu: 2, Rattan 19 (G); Hupa Indian Reser- vation, 150 m. alt., Chandler 1304 ( G): po hillside . little Van Duzen Bridge, 75 alt., Tracy 275. (UC); dry hillside at sad ad oes rey vo n Eel River, 150 m. alt., Tracy 1880 (UC); along ridge abo ag che 3008 Bor Potter Valley, 1898, Purpus (UC); sunny hillsides, Potter ey, 1294 (UC); near Madison, Heller 0. (G); Russian "River “est g es Cloverdale, Bolander 6541 ); between Cloverdale and Ukiah, nis! 3 ); Leesville, 1889, Brandegee (UC); Cloverdale, 1890, K UC); Leesvi ¢ ( TC); Hoel Mt., 360 m. alt., Tracy 439 (UC); Colusa ger fe 1884, "Curran (G); Tiburon, Eastwood 306 (G); Lower Pleasant Valley, 1891, Jepson (UC Sacramento Valley, Hartweg 1872 (G d; near mouth of Little Grizzly Creek below Hel Heller Kenned y G); ; 132 . x Chico anyon JC); Little Chico n (UC); Kelsey, 1889, Brandegee fica Sweetwater Creek, 1907, 7, K. Brandegre (UC); The Buttes, 1891, Jepson (UC); Jackson, 390 m. alt., Hansen 142 (G, UC); Pine Grove, 750 m. alt. gees 430 (G); York Falls, ‘ie. alt., Hansen 431 (G, UC); Knight’s Ferry, ‘1854, igelow (G): Mokelumne Hill, Han Harmon Peak, Davy 1420 (UC); Agua 100 JOHNSTON Yosemite Valley, 1200-1350 m. alt., Abrams 4560 (G); Wawona, Lemmon ; Bora orrel 335 ; Madera, Buckminster (UC); Tehipite Valley, 1200 m. alt., Hall & Chandler 505 (UC); Toll House, Fresno unty, 1215 m. alt., Hall & Chandler 32 (UC); Dunlap, 1893, Eastwood (UC); hillsides, North Tule River, Purpus 5692 (UC); near Old Colony Mill, iant Forest, 1905, K. Brandegee (UC); Portersville, Donnelly 25 (UC); Camp Badger, 1892, Hoiwa (UC); sunny gravelly slopes, Bear Creek, Purpus 1707; grassy fields, Caliente, Heller 7625 (G) ; Caliente, 1892, Brandegee UC); Tehachapi, 1889, Brandegee (UC); Keane, 510 m. alt., Jones (UC): : north of Mt. Diablo, Brewer 1129 (G); along banks and roadsides, Crystal 468 Mt. 5 km. fro Chandler 937 (UC); Lewis Creek, 1893, Eastwood ( ; Jolon, UC); without locality, 1899, Jarea 1 (G); Lancaster, K. Brandegee (UC); Saugus, 1889, Brandegee (UC); Los Angeles, 1884, [Nevin?| 57g (G); grassy mesa, Red Hill, 330 m. alt., Johnston 1941 (G); ry ridges near Cuyamaca ake, (G); Colorado Desert, 1905, Brandegee (UC); without locality, Blake (G): One of the best known species in the genus, readily recognized by its pallid strigose pubescence, stout arcuate bristles on the calyx- lobes, very short style and solitary terete ovate and rostrate nutlet. The type was collected by Douglas probably in eastern Oregon or Washington. - C. sparsiflora Greene. Very slender, sparingly and ascendingly branched sparsely strigose herb 1-3 dm. tall; cotyledons somewhat persistent, ovate to orbicular, 2.5 mm. broad, contracted to a petiole 2mm. long; leaves few, narrowly linear, 1-3 cm. long, ca. 1 mm. broad, strigose, herbaceous, noticeably opposite below; spikes geminate or _ Solitary, 2-6 cm. long, slender, not stiff, with 1-2 bracts near very base; corolla inconspicuous, less than 1 mm. broad; fruiting calyces 2-3 mm. long, ovate or oblong-ovate, ascending, few, early deciduous, subsessile by a very asymmetrical broadly conic base; mature calyx- lobes linear-lanceolate, united for 14-14 length of calyx, loosely con- nivent, margins sparsely ciliate, midrib slightly thickened, armed with short stout smoothish uncinate hairs ; ovules 4, the one next the ab- axial calyx-lobe alone developing; nutlet 1, ovate, acute (scarcely if at all acuminate), decidedly compressed, smooth or finely granulate, 2 mm. long, equalled or somewhat surpassed by calyx-lobes, base somewhat truncate, back convex, margins angled, groove closed and broadly forking near the base; gynobase low; style attaining 144-4 height of nutlet—Pittonia i. 116 (1887). Krynitzkia sparsiflora Greene, Bull. Calif. Acad. Sci. i. 203 (1885). Slopes surrounding the Sacramento and San Joaquin valleys of California. THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 101 CALIFORNIA? as County, Pee sate (G, UC); Coburn Mills, 1892, Brandegce (UC); Mormon Bar, Man a Co., 1889, Congdon (G); Whitlocks, 1897, Congdon (G); Havilah, 1891, gece (UC). Although having broad nutlets suggestive of C Torreyana, this ‘species is clearly related to C. flaccida as shown by its somewhat encrusted strigose pubescence, single abaxial nutlet, and falcate or uncinate bristles on the calyx-lobe. The plant is characterized by its broad nutlets, very slender habit, and short uncinate bristles on the calyx. The type of the species was collected by Curran somewhere in northern California, probably in Lake or Colusa counties. Ser. XV. AFFINES. Nutlets 1 or 4, smooth, ovate, laterally rounded, asymmetrical with an excentric groove and an irregular areola, when single always abaxial; style reaching 4-24 height of nutlets. Nutlets 4; style reaching at least be one height of nutlets; flowers eriate spikes}: plant erect..622 .. ...4cce st os N mek t solitary; style not reine | S middle of nutlet; — ary; ‘plant BORON esis oi ke oe ek . C. glomeriflora. we 56. C. affinis (Gray) Greene. Usually sparsely branched herb 1-2(-4) dm. high; branches commonly few and ascending but plant occasionally much branched from the base, hispid or short-hirsute throughout; leaves narrowly to broadly oblanceolate, 1-4(—5) cm. long, 2.5-6(-8) mm. broad, few, short-hirsute, usually minutely pustulate, obtuse or rounded: at tip, lowest pair clearly opposite; spikes geminate or solitary, usually 2-8 but becoming 15 mm. long, slender, remotely flowered, commonly with a very few large leafy bracts below; corolla inconspicuous, 1-2 mm. long, limb ca. 1.5 mm. broad; fruiting calyx 2.5-4 mm. long, usually about as broad as long, laterally compressed, ascending; pedicels 0.5-1 mm. long; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, somewhat connivent, not greatly surpassing the nutlets, midrib weakly thickened and on the abaxial lobe sparsely hirsute, margins appressed-hispid; nutlets 4, homomorphous, smooth or very finely granulate, shiny, brownish to greenish, frequently mottled, 1.8-2.5 mm. long, ovate, obliquely compressed, back low- convex, margins rounded; groove evidently excentric, closed, simple or searey and unequally forked at the base; gynobase short, stout, ca. 14 height of nutlets; style evidently surpassed by nutlets or rarely equalling them.—Pittonia i. 119 (1887); Macbr. Contr. Gray ae n. s. xlviii. 46 (1916). Arynitzkia affinis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. 3 270 (1885). C. geminata Greene, l.c. C. inten Rydb. Bull. Torr, Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 679 (1909). . affinis. 102 JOHNSTON Washington and western Montana to Southern California, northern Nevada and southern Wvoming. WasHINGeTON: Falcon Valley, saree 455 (G); open pine wood, Falco Valley, Suksdorf 179 and 3207 (UC); valley of Swauk River, Sharples 195 and 197 (G); Kamiach Butte, Piper 3092 (G); dry a, hillsides, Paste Mts., pe » Horner (G): dry low ron ail v of Chenowith, dorf 2768 sh : without eae Howell 371 (G). igs 8 ver Can Watson 286 sy bet Lake, 1899, Jones (UC). Montana: Pries ts, 1894, Brandagae ~ : north of Ver : ; near Shasta ean ae Heller zg 62 262 {G); me moist open plac r Durney’s Mill, north base of Mt. 18(6)) Metcalf’ ’s eae. northeast base of Mt. Eddy, Toe “at dy, Heller 15E. 12 3307 G); Goose Valley, Eastwood 7 Gs: Susanville, 1891, Brande fe (CCH nes meadows 3 km. south of Red Clover Valley, Helle Kennedy si2d KG); Prattville, 1892, Brandegee (UC); eres é nedy.8777 (G); edge of forest about Chico Meadows, 12 alt., Heller 11489 (G, UC): Sutton House, Butte Co., Curran (UC); in gra avel e, Li Surana: edge of north slope, tle oi) r 11 UC); moist soil along lake shore with aspen, Donner Lake, Hall 6946 ( iy: near Donner tale Torrey ; n r ; . 3 rong’s Canyon near Truckee, 1854, Curran (G); Old Camp on Truckee, So ; Truckee, 1885, Curran (UC); er end of Donne1 Lake, Heller 6946 (G); Cobb Mt., Lake Co., C. ». (UC); near summit Mt. Sanhedrin, Lake Co., Heller 5882 (G); near Cape Horn, K. Brandegee (UC); Cathedral Trail to Mt. Tallac, 2100 m. alt., Smiley oy (G); Sly Park in sierran foothills of El Dorado Co., 1020 m Falk. "Hall 11276 (G, UC); ; — Valley, 1908, K. Brandegee (UC); Silver Lake, Hes foes (UC Valley, Calaveras Co., 1800 m. alt., Hansen 516 (G, U ae tA ne Valley, a don 326 . Congdon (G. UC); South Fork of San Joaquin River, Lost Valley, 2280 m. alt., Hall & Chandler 650a in pt. oe Hockett Meadows, 2550 m. alt., Hall & Babcock 5632 (UC); Elli Meadows Li e(G); Sequoia eneral Grant Big Tree Grove, 1892, pibed Wag (ie y: Natural Bridge of Volcano Creek, 2250 m. alt., Hall & Babcoc k F439 (G), dryish re os meadow, Mare Flats, San Bernardino Mts., 2400 m. alt., Crawford 934 in pt. Middle Sona? ge atom Mts. ay tee 3856 (G); qe Gaiearais 1888, Palmer 183 (G). Especially characteristic of this plant are its obliquely compressed nutlets and the resulting excentric position of the groove. The nut- lets appear to be compressed by a force perpendicular to the axial and abaxial faces of the stout gynobase. Greene, I. c., has remarked on this eee as exemplified in the type of the synonymous C. geminat 57. ©. onuiies Greene. Small very slender herb 1-8(-10) em. high; stems simple or with more or less numerous ascending re- THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 103 branched basal branches, finely and very appressedly short-hispid or rarely hats] lingly hispid; li oblong to oblanceolate or lanceolate, 5-10 mm. long, 0.8-1.3 mm. broad, appressed short- hispid, minutely pustulate; flowers axillary, frequently borne along short branchlets and glomerate, distributed over nearly all parts of the plant; corolla inconspicuous, tubular and just surpassing the calyx, 1.3-1.8 mm. long, ca. 1 mm. broad, lobes broadly orbicular and erect, appendages trapeziform; fruiting calyx obovate, 2-2.5 mm. long, ascending, asymmetrical, united for 1g—l its length, base conical and somewhat siliceous, sessile, deciduous, not at all biserial; mature calyx-lobes lanceolate, erect or slightly connivent, midrib thickened and hirsute especially on abaxial lobe, margin short-hispid or hispid-strigose; ovules 4; nutlet 1, ovate, acute, 1.5-2 mm. long, next the abaxial calyx-lobe, asymmetrical, persistent, smooth and shiny, usually greenish, just surpassing or about equalling the axial calyx-lobes, back and sides rounded, face somewhat flattened; groove slightly off-center, closed except just above very base of nutlet where opening abruptly into an irregular roughened areola; gynobase very reduced, ca. 1/10 height of nutlet; style very short, not much surpass- ing the aborted nutlets, surpassed by the mature nutlet by over 1 mm. —Pittonia i. 116 (1887). Central Sierra Nevada of California. Rare. Cattirornia: borders of ice-ponds below Truckee, 1887, Sonne (UC, Iso- Type); dry gravelly pine forest, Tuolumne Meadows, 2600 m. alt., Ware 2690c (G); Voleano Creek, Upper Kern River, 2400 m. alt., Hall & Babcock 6322 (UC). A very rare and distinct species with a habit recalling Plagiobothrys § Allocarya. It is very well marked in having asymmetrical solitary nutlets that about equal the calyx-lobes, and in having decidedly axil- lary glomerate flowers with no suggestion of a biserial arrangement. The nutlets are suprabasal in attachment. ExcLUDED OR UNIDENTIFIED SPECIES. CrypTantHa BarTotomaE! Greene, Pittonia ii. 232 (1892). “ Aspect, pubescence and inflorescence of C. utahensis, but the minute (14 line long) ovate-lanceolate nutlets (4 and consimilar) perfectly smooth and lucid, and without margin; the ventral groove shortly bifurcate at base, but closed throughout. Bay of San Bartolomé, Lower California, Lieut. Pond, 1889. A connecting link between the oxygona and leiocarpa groups in the genus.’”’—The identity of this species is wholly obscure. 104 JOHNSTON CRYPTANTHA FALLAX Greene, Pittonia v. 54 (1902). “ Withmuch the aspect of a slender C. muriculata, less than a foot high, the branches with scattered oblong-linear obtuse foliage and terminating in 3 divergent short and rather dense spikes; stem sparsely villous-hirsute, the foliage as sparingly somewhat strigose, the calyxes with a dense pubescence under the rather few very hispid spreading hairs: calyx- segments lanceolate, short, the tips not attenuate; corolla minute; nutlets ovate-lanceolate from a truncate base, traversed ventrally by a closed scar, this shortly forked at base, the whole surface grayish, smooth and shining, the back but slightly convex and distinctly sharp- edged. A very remarkable species in the almost wing-margined character of the smooth nutlets; for the plant has the aspect of that — group of species whose nutlets are obtuse all around, and muricate. The only specimen known was collected by myself in the mountains above Tehachapi, California, 22 June, 1889, and was mixed with my duplicates of C. muriculata until now.”’—Perhaps conspecific with C. mohavenisis. Cryptantha heliotropoides Loes. in Fedde, Repert. xii. 243 (1913) = ANTIPHYTUM HELIOTROPIOIDES A. DC. Prodr. x. 122 (1846). Cryptantha Torreyi Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard. i. 331 (1900).— Although taken up in place of C. Torreyana (Gray) Greene, this name is based on Eritrichium Torreyi Gray and so falls into the synonymy of PLacioporurys Torreyi Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 284 (1885). Kryniizkia californica Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885) = PLAGIOBOTHRYS TRACHYCARPUS (Gray) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 78 (1923). Krynitzkia californica, var. subglochidiata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885) = PLaGIoBoTHRYS SCOPULORUM (Greene) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 79 (1923). Krynitzkia Chorisiana Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885) = PLaciopoTHRys Cyoristanus (Cham.) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 77 (1923). Krynitzkia Cooperit Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885) = i. Parisait Johnston, Contr. Gray Heb. n. s. Ixviil. 8 (1 Krynitzkia depressa Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 5 (1910) = ORE- an DEPRESSA (Jones) Macbr. Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviil. 32 916 Krynitzkia echinoides Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 709 (1895) = OrEocaryA ECHINOIES (Jones) Macbr., i. e. plant treated by Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 36 (1916), as O. ful- vocanescens THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CRYPTANTHA 105 Krynitzkia floribunda Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885) = ANTIPHYTUM FLORIBUNDUM (Torr.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. x. 55 (1875). Krynitzkia fulvocanescens Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 280 (1885) = OREOCARYA FULVOCANESCENS (Gray) Greene, i. e. O. echinoides of Macbride, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xlviii. 31 (1916) Krynitzkia fulvocanescens, var. idahoensis Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 6 (1910) = OrkEocARYA sp. Krynitzkia glomerata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. -xx. 279 (1885) = OREOCARYA GLOMERATA (Pursh) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Krynitzkia glomerata, var. acuta Jones, Zoe ii. 250 (1891) = Oreocarya WeETHERILLI Eastw. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxx. 242 (1903). Krynitzkia glomerata, var. virginensis Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 5 (1910) = OREOCARYA VIRGINENSIS (Jones) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 547 (1916). Krynitzkia heliotropioides Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885) = ANTIPHYTUM HELIOTROPIOIDES A. DC. Prodr. x. 122 (1846). Krynitzkia Jamesii Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 278 (1885) = OREOCARYA SUFFRUTICOSA (Torr.) Greene, Pittonia i. 57 (1887). Krynitzkia Kingti Wats. ace. Hillman, Nevada Agric. Exper. Sta., Bull. xxiv. 71 (1895) = Ptaciopoturys Kine (Wats.) Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 281 (1885). Krynitzkia leucophaea Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 280 (1885) = OREOCARYA LEUCOPHAEA (Dougl.) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Krynilzkia leucophaea, var. alata Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 710 (1895) = OREOCARYA CONFERTIFLORA Greene, Pittonia iii. 112 (1896). Krynitzkia lithocarya Greene in Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. (1885) = PLAGIOBOTHRYS LITHOCARYUS (Greene) Solusion. Cae Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 76 (1923). Krynitzkia mensana Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910) = Oreo- CARYA EULOPHUS Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxi. 637 (1905). Krynitzkia mollis Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885) = PLaai- OBOTHRYS MOLLIS (Gray) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. lxviii. 74 (1923). Krynitzkia multicaulis, var. abortiva Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 5 (1910) = OREOCARYA SUFFRUTICOSA, var. ABORTIVA (Jones) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 547 (1916). Krynitzkia multicaulis, var. setosa Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910) = OREOCARYA sp. Krynitzkia oblata Jones, Contr. W. Bot. xiii. 4 (1910) = Orzocarya oBLATA (Jones) Macbr. Proc. Am. Acad. li. 548 (1916). 106 JOHNSTON Krynitzkia Palmert Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 278 (1885) = OreEocaryA PatMerti (Gray) Greene, Pittonia i. 57 (1887). Krynitzkia Parryt Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 265 (1885) = AN- TIPHYTUM Parryt Wats. Proc. Am. Acad. xviii. 122 (1883). Krynitzkia peninsularis Rose, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. i. 85 (1890) = ANTIPHYTUM PENINSULARE (Rose) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixvili. 51 (1923). Krynitzkia plebeia Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885) = PLAGIOBOTHRYS PLEBEJUS (Cham.) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixviii. 77 (1923 Krynitzkia justidate Blankinship, Mont. Agric. Coll. Sci. Studies, Bot. i. 96 (1905) = OrEocaryA AFFINIS Greene, Pittonia iii. 110 (1896). Krynitzkia Scouleri Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 267 (1885) = PLaciopoTurys Scoutert (H. & A.) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n.s xviii. 75 (1923). Krynitzkia sericea Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 279 (1885) = OREOCARYA SERICEA (Gray) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Krynitzkia sericea, var. fulvocanescens Jones, Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. ser. 2, v. 710 (1895) = OREOCARYA FULVOCANESCENS (Gray) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Krynitzkia setosissima Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 276 (1885) = OREOCARYA SETOSISSIMA (Gray) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Krynitzkia trachycarpa Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 266 (1885) = PLAGIOBOTHRYS TRACHYCARPUS (Gray) Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. xviii. 78 (1923). Krynitzkia virgata Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. xx. 279 (1885) = OREOCARYA VIRGATA (Porter) Greene, Pittonia i. 58 (1887). Prptocatyx Moore Oliver in Benth. Fl. Austral. v. 292 (1870).— A shrubby Australian plant belonging to the Monimiaceae, cf. Perkins & Gilg, Pflanzenr. iv. Fam. 101, 22-23 (1901). INDEX TO NUMBERED EXSICCATAE. The figures enclosed in parentheses refer to the numbering given to the species in this paper. Abrams, L. R 28); (32a); 2578 simulans uricata v x, ebbicunts, (320); ;, 2904 b); 290. 2 2512 intermedia (32a); 1 2Et Clevelan di uricata v. genuina 474 mohavensis (42). — oo. 18 micrantha v. genui- a (7a). ides rson, C. L. 12 Torreyana v. genuina (38a); 163 circumscissa V genuina (10a); 165 pterocarya v. eee Antho: ei 204, 213 inter- asada Vg): 238 foliosa (27); 2 276 maritima v. genuina (16a); 589 maritima v. cedrosensis (16b); rayi v. eryptochaeta (9c). reo ge E. I. 37 0 ambigua (40). scun & Bruce, C. C. 2267 "ambigua (40). Baker, F. 75 crassisepala (24); ae alii (54); 780 Fendleri 3D); 973 circumscissa Vv. genuina muricata v. denticulata (32e); 2810 microstachys (48); ex tavata (35); 2966. Cleveland: v. florosa (50b); ate et (54); 769 intermedia. (28); 4779, rostachys_ ( Baker, M. 8S. 22 Clevelandi v. florosa (50b); 620 Torreyana v. calistogae (38b). er, J. H. 48 intermedia (28); 116 Clevelandi v. florosa (50b). pumila (38c); 3896 flaccida (54); Torreyana v. genuina estes: 6541 flaccida (54). Brandegee Kelseyana (22); ie Watsoni (43); 36 Kelsey- ). errr K. Oa) ; ( a). Brandegee, T. 8. 406 minima ey arya v. genuina (19a); ); 1646 muri- 158 dumetorum Brew 23 ricata v. genui uina (32a); 278 Clevelandi v. florosa (50b); 1129 flaccida (54); 6284 echinella (41). Butler, G. D. 733 Hendersoni (36); 734 flaccida (54); 762 Torreyana v. genuina (38a); 1298 flaccida pods 1310 Torreyana v. genuina 38a); 1416 Hendersoni (36). Chandler, H. P. 937. flaccida (54); 1302 Handereont (36); red Torrey- ana v. genuina (38a); 1304 flaccida e@ ES (54); 5355 muricata v. Jonesii 32b). lark, J. A. 165 Torreyana v. genuina ( Clements, F .E.. , & Clements, E. 8. intermedia 28); 108 muricata een 32D). ee Clev 301, 302, 303, 304, intermedia ( 28). ifton, R. L. 3083, 3139 minima (23). 107 i08 JOHNSTON Congdon, J. W. 40, 41 muricata v. lans (39); 802 Torreyana v. Jonesii (32b); 42 micromeres (15); nage 9 (88 ); 1366 intermedia , 45 flaccida (54); 50 Hendersoni (28); 1 4 Torreya ana _v. gent (36); 51 simulans (39); 52 muri- (38a) ; at micromeres (15); 35014 cata v. Jonesii (32b); C59 mari- micrantha v. lepida (7b); 3632 posae (33); 326 affinis (56). ee (8) ; 2704 racemosa (2); Copeland, E. B. 3481 Torreyana y. 0 barbigera (29); 2937 inter- genuina (38a); 3550 Hendersoni cots (28); 4815 leiocarpa (46); 36). 8401 a A 4); 8936 micro- Coulter, eg 500 angustifolia (8). stachys (48); 8948 intermedia (28). Coville, V., & Funston, F. Elmer, A. D. E. 3561 hispidissima 479 may be called T. tibetica, var. minor (Clarke), comb. nov. LITHOSPERMUM ZOLLINGERI A. DC. x. 587 (1846); Forbes & Hems- ley, Jour. Linn. Soc. xxvi. 155 (1890). Plagiobothrys (?) Zollingert Johnston, Contr. Gray Herb. n. s. Ixxiii. 68 (1924).—This plant was incorrectly refered to Plagiobothrys. It is clearly a Lithospermum and is from Japan, being attributed to Java through error, DC. 1. c. xvil. 319 (1873). A photograph of the type, which was made for me by Dr. H. M. Hall, shows the plant to be the common blue-flowered Lithospermum of Japan and China. 34¢L Microula hirsuta, sp. nov., herba 15-60 cm. alta e rhizomate crasso horizontali oriens; caulibus griseo-hirsutis laxe breviterque ramosis; foliis caulinis dissitis herbaceis integris subtus pallidioribus breviter hispidis, infimis longe petiolatis, superioribus breviter petiolatis vel sessilibus, laminis oblongis vel ovato-oblongis 2-4 cm. latis; cymulis paucifloris congestis bracteatis terminalibus vel in axillis foliorum sessilibus; calyce 5-partito, lobis lanceolatis hispidis quam corollae tubus duplo vel triplo longioribus maturitate paullo auctis conni- ventibus 5-6 mm. longis; pedicellis 2-4 mm. longis cernuis; corolla caerulea, tubo subcylindrico vix 2.5 mm. longo vix 2 mm. diametro, limbo ca. 6.5 mm. diametro, lobis orbicularibus ca. 2.5 mm. latis patentibus; faucibus brevibus; fornicibus 5 trapeziformibus villoso- ciliatis 0.8 mm. longis; staminibus inclusis medio tubo affixis; fila- mentis | mm. longis; antheris oblongis; nuculis 4 pallidis minute den- seque muriculatis rugosis subtrigonis acutis vix 3 mm. longis dorso medio cum areola 1-1.5 mm. longa oblonga prominenti ornatis; stylo lineari compresso 1.5-2 mm. longo nuculas vix superante.— YUNNAN: = Abies forest at Yakolo, eastern slopes of Mt. Dyinaloko, northern peak of the Likiang Snow Range, 4100 m. alt., Rock 10439 (rypr, Gray Herb.); in Abies forest, Yangtze Watershed, eastern slope of Likiang STUDIES IN THE BORAGINACEAE 49 Snow Range, Pref. Dist. of Likiang, Rock 5792 (G); Yangtze Water- shed, eastern slopes of Likiang Snow Range, Pref. Dist. of Likiang, Rock 4977 (US); rocky stream-ways on the snowy mountains near Likiang, 3800 m. alt., Schneider 3657 (G); eastern slope of the snowy mountains near Likiang, 3400 m. alt., Schneider 3640 (G).—A species related to M. sikkimensis (Clarke) Oliver, but differing in its slightly larger, pubescent, differently proportioned corolla, somewhat coarser habit, and lack of minute dense strigose pubescence under the coarse stiff hairs of the foliage. In M. hirsuta the corolla-lobes are somewhat hispid-strigose outside, the corolla-tube is scarcely one-half the length of the calyx-lobes, and the throat-appendages are villous, whereas in M. sikkimensis the corolla is glabrous, the tube twice exceeds the | calyx, and the throat-appendages are glabrous. Furthermore the filaments are longer and the anthers are smaller in M. hirsuta than in its relative. Microula hirsuta is known only from the high snow- ed mountains in the vicinity of Likiang, Yunnan. Microula sikkimensis is at hand from Sikkim and western Szechuan. The plate given by Oliver, Hook. Icones xxiii. t. 2255 (1893), is not clearly diagnostic. It appears to represent M. sikkimensis. In this con- nection it may be well to mention that several fine collections of M. myosotidea made by Mr. Rock have rendered it certain that Franchet’s genus Schistocaryum is indeed a synonym of Microula, and in addition have shown that M. myosotidea is related most closely to M. pastulaes (Clarke) Duthie. 7 ae iene he as en NE ak Ay at is INDEX TO THE CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE GRAY HERBARIUM New Senriss, Vol. 3 (Nos. 51-75) CoMPILED BY FLorRENCE M. GopBEER New names are in full face type. The Roman numeral ited the number of the Contribution, the Arabic the Those who wish t = mgt these amination: into the form which wil referenc will o well to have them bound in their proper sequence and then enter upon eac! ch in Roman numerals the ogni’ of the ge oe igs to a my found to facili of the Index d fe : Rhodora, xxiii. 266 (1922), not Contributions from the Gray Herbarium, ne Ww series, Ixiii. 266 (1922). Numbers 52-54, 56, 59, 61, 64, 65, 68, 70, 73-75, on eg! a were published independently ‘and should be cited under the title es At — pel — these Contributions perch the Gra abe § Herbarium wi umbered by the share ooh aehee Series "’ umbered papers of similar t nature, b bneng when any confusion with Tehene: saeihaee publications is likel to cheer and for convenience of Se ee the words ‘ New Series’ will be pn i from the suc- Abies, Ixxv. 48. Acacia (continued). ba Jsamea, var. phanerolepis, lxiii. lata, lix. 7. fagonioides, lix. 8. anadensis, og be fasciculata, lix. 12. Aiea lix. 6-8, 1 or ick. 65; Ixxv. 27 flexicaulis, lix. 2. Be Bay fruticosa, lix. 17 adiantoides, lx. 47: glaucescens, lix. 7. ambigua, lix. a gonoa acantha, lix. 17. amentacea Pai at — grata, lix. Bilimekii, lix. 6. Intsia, | lix. 7. binervia, lix. 7. oxyphylla, lix. 7. Brandegeana, Ixxv. 27. jive, lix. 5. caesia, lix. vile, lix. 7 a ag eye x var. 0: : earis, lix. 8. TE tg 24. romper lix. 8. Callistemon, lix. 4. lon, a, lix. 8. callosa, lix. 17. piohanta. lix. 3. ciliata, lix. 8. oe lix. var. brevifolia, lix. 9. pilige ta, : a, lix. 9. ‘* intermedia, lix. 9 puilehetia, var. fagonioides, lix. 8. discolor, lix. 7. Sassa, lix. 4. Zz INDEX — ee terminalis, li tenuifolia, lix Thiba udiana, na Tn, uncinata, lix. undulaefolia, lix. 9. Lie piligera, lix. 9. A ke h wo é calypha, lxxv. 28. fulva, Ixx Macbridei, Ixxv. sy andina, Acalypha group 7S ec § Cus- pidatae Acalypha sabe: Terminales § Axil- ris, Acanthocarpus mucronatus, lvi. 4. Acrospira P oeaggiaen ego Ixxiii. 32. Curti i. 32. lilioides, Ixxiii. 32. Actinea, lvi. 4 , 45. ; vi. ‘. Sastscmteay iyi, 42, 44. gig 43-45. argent, side depress ee Ivi. 42. heter ophyila, ‘Wi. 40, 41. anigera, lvi. cer leptoclada, lvi, 44 r. Iv vesiana, lvi. 44. linesrifolie, lvi. 46. 6. var. linearis, lvi. 44, 45. Torreyana, lvi. = Actinella lvi. a 41, 4 acaulis, ee tia Wi 43. Ixii. 95; margaritacea, . anochlora, Ixvii. 205. var. occidentalis, Ixvii. 205. subalpina, . 41, 45, Anchusa, = 4 8; oe 53-55. ee Ampeg linifolia, Ixviil. 74. lutea oe xx. 43. mexicana, Ixx. 2 myosotidiflors, Tac. 55. randiflora, Ixxiii. 55. . 55. 9. gustifolia, Ixx. oppositifolia | Ixvili. 49, 74; xii paniculata ~ eax. OD; pygmaea, lIxviii. 74. osea, Ixx. 7. Sellowiana, Ixx. sikkimensis, ii soodhadi ifolia, Invi 49, 51. tetraquetra, Ixviii. 51; Ixx. 12. Andrieuxia genta liv. 107. Androcym eum, lili. 5. leueanthum, ae pune Andromeda a glavcophy = 98. Androste m, lvi. 10, 1 a lvi. 9. violaceum Aniso Anonymos ¢ nse, Ixx. 30. — ocaryum, ail i 59, 67; xxiv. 5. mpressum, Ixxiii. 67. INDEX oe Ixiii. 98; Ixxii. 95, 100. albicans, lxxil. 97, 100-102. ainiieas tea 95-99, 102. r. can a, Ixxii. 98, 99. canescens, Ixxii. 98. “ typica, lxxii. 98. * ungavensis, Ixxii. 98. angustata, Ixxii. 98. appendiculata, Ixiii. 295; arida vi iscidula, Ixxii. 101. Brainerdii, lxxii. 97. cana, Ixxii. 96, 98, 99, 1 canadensis, xiii. poe Ixxii. 97. carpathica, Ixxii. 100. eucosma, Ixxii. 96, 100. lanata, Ixxil. neglecta, }xiii. 296; Ixxii. 97. neodioica, xiii. 98, 296, 297; Lxxii. var. chlorophylla, lxiii. 296, ”! grandis, Ixiii. 98, 105, 296. nitida, Ixxii. a “9 101, 102. occidentalis, Ixxii Parlinii, Ixiii. 98; i 205; Ixxii. Peasei, lxxii. 97, 101, 102. petaloiies, ]xiii. 295, 296; xxii. var. " noveboracensis, var. ‘subeorymbosa, 3, 2 : plantaginifolia, "Ixxii. 97. rrima, Ixxii. 96, 100. pulvinata, xxii. 1 pygmaea, lxxii. 96, 99, 100, 102. lxxii straminea, lxxl 100, 102. subviscosa, Ixxii. 97, 101, 102. xxii. Ixili. Renate lvi. 47, 48. tenuifolium, lvi. 48. Anthonotha macrophylla, lix. 21. Anthoxanthum odoratum, Ixii. 44, Anticlea, liii. 3, 4. vaginata, liii. 4. M scores liii. 4. Spree en. Ixxiv. 16; ae 44, 45. Dunnianum, Antiphytum, Iv 48- 50; Ixx. 4, 12, 1; Lxxiii. 43, 44; Ixxiv. 5, 6, 14, Bornmillleri, Ixviii. 51; Ixx. 12, Vv asperior, Ixviii. 51; itosum, Ixviii. 51, 52. 49-— cruciatum, Ixviii. ‘1. floribundum, Ixviii. 50, 51; Ixxiv. 105; Ixxv. heliotropioides,, Ixviii. 49-51; linifelium, Ixviii. ‘51, 74. mexicana, Ixviii. 49. mexicanum, Ixviii. 49; Ixx. 53; Ixxv. 42. nudicalces, Ixviii. 50-52. panicula Ixviii. 50, 51. ey Ixvii. 51, 52; Ixxiv. peninsulare, Ixviii. 50, 51; Ixxiv. staechadifolium, Ixvil. 51. tetraqu a 50, 51; kod oe Jalpersii, Ixviii. 74. sso rglaberrima, lix. 20.. tosa, lix. _ Aphanontephs liii. 2 arkansanus, var. ‘ial, liii. 24. us, liil. 24. Aphanostephus subg. Pappophanus, i. 24. Apios tuberosa, lxiii. 147, 273; Ixvii. 1 Aplopappus, lii. 25, 26. plopappus, , lvi. 36. grac laricifolius, li. 27. phyllocephalus, li. 22. 8 INDEX Sid ttecoot (continued). ar. genuinus, lii. 22. “ rubiginosus, lii. 22. Aaisccarors hi. Se es hi. 22. eins hi. 22 var us, lii. 24. . aie t lii. 24, 25. ee aay li. 23, a CEP Bien hi. 2 -& . 26. “Hel eleniastrum, hii. 25. Apocynaceae, lii. 78. Apocynum cannabinum, Ixiii. 288; acemosa, I xiii. 170, 277. Arbor V Auer, viii. 59, 60; Ixii. 55; Arbor ithe Arceu dhobides see ay Ixili. 97, 257. lxiii, 299. var. dr rupacea, hii. 16. tomentosa, lvi. Iva. — var. coactilis, lxiii. 278. estita, a, lvi. 5, 56; Arctoicises, xv. 26, 84. onzattii, liii. 64. Arenaria, lvii. 1-5 12, 18, 19, 40, 73. aizoi i. 6. alpina, Iii. 1, Pa eherae ts vii. ‘io, ‘16. Arenaria momgctere c ra, lvii. 5. dasyphylia, lvii. 6. sedoides, lvii. 6. decipiens, Ivi vil. thifolia, lvii. 6. dichotoma, lvii. 5 iversif F i chii, lvii. 6. groenlandica, i 16-20; 1xii. 73. ar. glabra, lv lvii. 20. hirta, lvii. 21 a. glabra, lvii. 21. a. glabrata, lvii. 22. B. Ae lvii. 21. Hooker, lvii. iberica, ivii intermedia, lvii Jankae, lvii. 6 lanceolata, Pie £3 lanuginosa, davictiatia, tei 3, ‘ll, 13, 15, 16. late riflora, var. typica, ‘sii. 45, leucoc cocephala, lvii. 6. libanotica, — (6. macradenia, montana, lvii. 6. iformis, lvii. 5. obtusa, lvii. 7, 14, 15. obtusiloba, lvii. 13-16. occulta, Ivii. lvii paludicola, lvii. 3 ulosa, —— xii. 7 robusta, Ixii. 39, 73; vlaipspontias te ih ape B. "accu, lvii. 13. propinqua, Wit 3, me vinaris, lvii = a 22. rimarum, | , lvii oe sajanensis, Ivii. 3, 10-13, 15. scandinavic ee 3. atin sphagnoides, lvii stellarioides, lvii. - INDEX Arenaria (continued). s var. hirta, e Pre i vii. 21, 22. i. 31, 23, var. pubescens, vii. 21. vii. var. rubella, "Wii. ai, 22. Villarsii, lvii Arethusa, Ixiii. 159. bulbosa, bxiii. Boe 132, 149. triphyllum, a, fil. 136, 238. ee m, Ixiii. 136. Me Stew ardsonii, lxiii, 136, Aristotelia chilensis, Lx. Arnebia, Ixxiii. 43, 45, 48, . , Ixxiii. 48 Arnica, Ixxii. 103. alpina, Ixxii. 103-107. _ var. 105. angustifolia, boai. "104, 105. arnoglossa, Ixxii. 1 i chionopappa, Ixxii. 104-107. gaspensis, Ixxii. 104-107. Griscomi, lxxii. 104-107. mollis, Ixxii. 103, 104. montana, B. alpina a, Ixxii. 104. nae Ixxii. 103, 104, 106, 107 ulchella, Ixxii, 103, 104, 107. Som nborgeri, lxxii. . 104, 105, 107. ris minim pact lxiii. 142, 299. Arrabidaea cinerea, lii. 93. icoma, lii. 92. Arrabidaea § Macrocarpaea, subser. es, lil. 93. Stelleriana ium fimbriatum, Ivi, 2. laxum, lvi. pein bg lvi. 2. m quinatum, lxiii. 136. Anclepindacese, lii. 82. Asclepias incarnata, Ixiii. 135, 160, var. neoscoti ca, lxiii. 288. * pulchra, Tait 135, 288; Ixvii. 1 pulchra, Taiii. 135. ° Ash, White, Ixx. 91. Asparagus ay meg ifolius, lvi. 17. 8. var. an- Krai Krausii, lvi medeoleniee 4 ‘angustifolius, Ivi. micr: ranthus, lvi pgp ge lvi. 7. Aspen, lxv Asperella ‘tyne, Ixiii. 136, ig! "a 44; Ixxiii. 5 Ixx. 44 6 108. B. sq igerum, i. 40. Aspidosperm Iucentiveni enium, liii. 46. Aspilia ilia, Hi. 8: lili. 26; liv. 2, 13, 16, 59, 172, 187, ge asperrima, liv. attenuata, liv. 186. ne llii, liv. 186. osa, lii. 41. floribunda, liv. 186, 188. 186. Revada, liv. 106. INDEX —. Sonttaoies ). oes 188. liv. ir Aspleniea chs 176." Asplenium, li. 171-175, 178, 181, 185, 188. soxeceeetios li. 178; lxiii. 185. ustif 17 bifiaristinnn, li. 174, 178. bulbiferum, li. 173. elatius, he 188, 190, 191. Fili x femina, var. ‘Michauxii, li. Filix Feomina, var. tripinatum, _ li. 196. var. tripinnatum, li. 197. f. rigida, li. 197, Filix-femina, li. 188; lxiii. 185. Filix-foemina, li. 186, 187, 197. um, li. 1 187. Mer a i 187. cyclosorum, li. 187. ** exile ps latifolium, li. 187. fontanum, li. 171. fragrans, li. 173, 174. iride i Aster, lvi. 36; Ixi. 55; Lxii. 36 rnardinus, lvi. 36, 37. i lvi. 36, 37. foliaceus, Lxiii. junceus, lxiii lateriflorus, Ix 5 Lindleyanus, lxvii. 205 i olin, Bi : macrop| , ee. velutinus nemoralis, Aster (continued). Aste terin: Astr stolonifer i undulatus, xvi 205. ee, Ixi 94. saxalilis, Ixiii. 294 meee, pos 23, 3 Ixy.-27. ee Ixv. 28, 29. campestris, Ixv. 30, 35. diversifolius, Ixv. 30, gean episcopus, Ixv. 29, 33, 38. exilifolius, Ixv. 31. Garr Seb, Ixv. 38. ing amiga Ixv. 38. erallator, Ixv. 2 seopuesrens Ixv. 37. Halli. Ixv. 3 ect Inv, 29 humilis, lxv. 36. hylophilus, Ixv. 29, 31, 36, 37. oblongifo jlius, Ixv. 31, "3 junceus, Ixv unciformis, lxv. 35. sai % Na re 32 lingulatus, Ixv nch 31, 39. macrocarp ae stis, Ixv. 33. Palticas, Ixv. 37. pauciflorus, Ixy. 30, 33. paucijugus, Ixv. 36. INDEX oe See ence 4 Any (continued). pro , xv. 39. cyclosorum, li. 178, 197-199. Rydbe: fae: Ixv. 31, 37. geieer Ey li. B serotinus, lxv. 31, 37. f. Hillii, li. 199. va: are Palliser, Ixv. 29, 31, 37. Dombei, li. “strigosus, lxv. 31, 37. Filix raed ay li. 179, 187. 31; var. Ss li. oie mas eones: iy: "29, 32. espitosus, ‘Ixv. "29, 32. oe atulatus, Ixv. 32. spatsinbon Ixv. 32. pee a var. curvicarpus, var. falciformis, Ixv. 38. ten Ixv. 31, 37. SUS, tenellus, xv. 30 34, 35. é rbus, ixv. 35. ‘ Fyg os us, Ixv. 34. Clementis, Ixv. 30, 35. tenuifolius Ixv. 36. vexilli exus, lxv wingatanus, , 30, 33, 35. Astragalus subg. Hoshalcbos Ixv. 28. Astrocasia, lxvii. po olia, Ixviii. 84, 85. Astronium Conzattii, liti. 59, 60. Planchonianum, liii. Atelophragma, Ixv. 28. Athyrium, li. 170-178, 181, 188, 205, acrostichoides, li. 178, 206; Lxiii. 36, 165, 185; Ixvii. 159. alpestre, - lit, 179, 181, 184, ? american canum, li. 204. A 4 178, angustum, li. 172, 176, 178, 181- 84, 188, ’190, 191, at 196, 201, 205, 216; a f. lac 195. sn 2 ypicum, I. i91, 193, 216. var. elatius, li. 191- 193, 197, i - Ixtii. 185; Ixvii. 159. tianum, ii “ ybellum, li. 192-195, se 216; Ixiii. 185. _ m, li. 196. sspeninides i. 175, 176, 178, 184, 187-189, 202, 205 , 207, 216. f. subtripinnatum, li. 189, 190, 216. go iP typicum, var. angustum, li. 190. Filix ae li. 79. aspidioides, li. 2 Pilix-fenine, li. 170, a 178, th te 181- 185, 187, 96-203, ae 206, 215, 316: a elegan ea ru ubellui, li. 193. Bi 201, 202. * convexum, li. 198. ih “ sitehense, li. 198- 206. fontanum, li. 171 Martensi, li. 206. reggu, il. 1V. hastata, lxiii. 262, 263. 12 Atriplex (continued). Jonesii, liii. 10. mohavensis, liii. 9. 2, 263. racteata, Ixiii. 4 hastata, Lxii. Ixiii. 263. pueblensis, ~p 10. sabulosa, liii. oo ha ‘0. it: srdentaaa: lidi. 11. tri inervata, liii. 9, 10. Avena fatua , bxiii. 230. pif Ik xil. 63, 40, INDEX Bartonia —— Sag etregy'e . iodandra, lxiii. 287, 288. onensis, tiie 287, 288; Ixvii. 1 parviflora, Ixv. 41. verna 153. virginica, lxii. 89; lxiii. 138, 148, bn 153, 157, 159, 286; ‘xvii. 262, Bavsbalens, lii. 82. angustifolium, lii. 83 72; Bassia, liii. 12, 16, 17. micorum, liii. 18. ? ? ya ge Ixii. 63. flo . 53. Azalea, rae "3D: Ixiii. 145. canescens, lxx. 30. Azaleastrum arrenil, lvi. 55, caroliniensis, lxx. 30 Azaola desig liii. 18. conspicua, Ixx. 30. decumbens, Ixx. 25 Baccharis, lx. 64; Ixi. 11. disticha, Ixx. 24. Candolleana, lx. 69 Gmelini, lxx. 31 crenulata, : longiflora, lxx. 24 microphylla, lx. 69. pilosa, Ixx trinitensis, lxi. 11. sericea, lxx Bahia, lvi. 39. Torreyi, lxx. 30 artemisiaefolia, lix. 39. Bauhinia, lix. 22. integrifolia, lvi, 39. amesa, oa nudicaulis, ivi. "39. anguina, lix. Bahiopsis, liv. 2, var. Horse lix. 23. lanata, liv. 94 bahiensis, lix. Bailleria cep ay .4 ides, tie 22 sylvestris lii. 4. Benthami, lix. 22. Bakeapple, xiii. 99, 148, 169. Benthamiana, lix. 22 Balduina uniflor. a, liv. 136. Burchellii, lix. dwinia, liv. 186 Coulteri, lix. 22. Bandeiraea, lix. 21 diptera, lix. 23. ian Pine, lviii. 52 emarginata, lili. 33. Baphorhiza, lxxiii. glabrifolia, lix. 23. Barbasco, lii heterophylla, ae 22. Barnadesia, Ixv Lig Horsfieldii, lix. 2: Barnardia indica, lvi. 14. gsdorffiana, ix Bartonia, isis, ‘98, "103, 149, 153, 158, var. bahiensis, lix. 22. 168. longipetala, lix. 22. iodandra, Ixii. 89, 90; Ixiii. 149, macrostachya, lix. 23. M183, 154,286, 288, Ixil. 46, "89, 00. BOE nage Mit 89, 90; Ixiii. 153 vate 286-288; ; evi. aa 288; Ixvii. 180. microphylla, lix. 22 : microstachya, li var. bahiensis, lix. 22. mo - 32. platypetala, lix. 22. punctata, lix. 22. vestita, lix. 22. INDEX 13 me Resse Beach ‘Grass, ‘i. 34, 56, 62. a, lxii. 37, 62. ie i ire 34, 81. Beaucamea; lvi. 16, 17. Behria, lvi. tence, lvi. 11. Bellevalia, lv airoviolacea, Wi. 14. Bellidinae, Bembicium pilosum, lv. 319. eae lvi. Lees vi ora, Yietslas alba, Lxii. 70. alle iensis, Ixvil 167-170. ca gen lavil. var. Blanchard ixvii. 171, 172. , Ixvii. 171, 172. carelen qranies iva 171-173. soe bent (continued). ulifolia, xvii. 172, 173. 65. integra minima vii. 207. meg Ixvii. 207. statute Ixvii. 20 gracilipes, lxiii. 167, var. i Ixvii. 207. vii. 207. 5 undata, Ixili. 298. . eR Ve Ixii. 96; Ixiii. 8; lxvii. 207. discoidea, Ixiii. ’92. elliptica, Ixvii. 207. frondosa, Ixii. 96. var. as Ixvii. 207. te, Ixvil. 172. Yellow, Ixviii. 167-170. Black Aldes oe a 273. Huckl 135. Blackberry, nat 36, 70: lxiil. 98, 101; li. 176. Black-jack Oak, — 49. Bladd ntege Ixiii. 1 ' magellanicum, lxxii. 92. Spicant, Ixvi. 134, 135. xiii. 132. purpurea, Blitum capitatum, lili. 9. 14 INDEX Blue Birch, Ixvii. 172. y; Is. i 68. Violet, xii. 83. Blueberry, ht 34, 35, 87; lxiii. 130, 166, 1 High + ush, Ixiii. 97, 109. Low, Ixiii.. 135. Bog Cranberry, sera are 170. sige rahe xili Bog ges Bolbostylis ena Ixviii. 30, 31. Borage, Ixx. 3; Ixxiii. 42, 53; Ixxv. Boraginaceae, Ixii. 91, 100; Ixviii. 43, 48° Ixx. 3; [xxiii . 42, 73; laxiv. 3, 5, 7, 8, 14, ee ah , 42, 45. Boraginoideae, Ixx. 3; Lxxiii 42-44: xxlv. 14-17; lxxv. 44. Boraginella, lxxiii. 70. Borago, 3, 7; lxxiii. 52, 53 te) Hs, xx.7. ospermum, Ixxiii. 43, 69, 70, 72, 73; Lxxiv. 16; Ixxv. 44, 45, Boton de oro del cooks liv. 32, Botrychium, li. 207, 213, 216. rachystachys, hi. 214. sieutarinina. ‘li. 214, 216. dichronum, li. ; dissectum, ‘Iii. 141, 15 : f. obliquum, Ixiii. 151, 187. ae obliquum, xiii. 141, lanuginosum, li. 216. Lunaria, li. obliquum, Ixiii. 151. osum, Lxiii. simplex, | Ixiii. 102, 187. strictum, li. ene atum, var. rutaefolium, lxiii. virginianum, li. 207-2 8. mexicanum, ik 214. ar. europaeum, li. 207, 211- - — 215, ml ms erm oral x 211, co um, 210, 211, 215. “ meridionale, li. 213, 215. ** occidental a e, li. 213, 215, Bottionea thysanothoides, lvi. 3. ? tial ea wim lii. 65. Bowiea, lvi. 3, 4 volubili s, lvi ae 3 Brathybothrys. bestii 58, 59. paridiformis, _ 59. Brachycome triloba, lii. 30. Brachystegia, Ixxiil. ane : eee selliae, Lexi, 32, 33, 40. Bisaenia, Ixiii. 169. eberi, Ixiii. 264; Ixvii. 174. Brassica arvensis, Ixii. 76. Bravaisia grandifiora, oa 97. Brea, Ixx., Brevoortia, Ivi. Brickellia, lv. Arsenei, lx. brasiliensis, var. pernambucensis, Xxv. 5. diffusa, lx. 33. Fendlezi, lv. 247; Ixiv. 5. gentianoides, Ixviii. 42. rmanii, Ixviii. t podocephala, Ixviii. 43. ca, lxviii. 42, Pak dae > ies OD. Brickellia 8 Bulbostylia, Ixviii. 42. rage strum, Ix. 40. Brier, Cat, Lxiii. reen, Ixiii. 108, 169. Brodiaea, lvi. 8 10-12 brevifl it; 247; Ixviii. 42. 40. lvi. 9. capitata, lvi. 9. var. a lvi. 9. coerulea, lvi coronaria, fey 9. Douglasii, lvi. 9. orientalis, sthities, foal 55 Buda, lvii Buddleia, Ivii. 5. B iii. “re Buxloatites, Ixxiii. 53. Buglossoides, lxxiii. 47. ee Ixxiii. 55. elat lxxili. rene Taxi, obtusifolium, . 52. oederiaefolium, Ixxiii. 52. eforme, Ixxiii. 52. Hc tc Ixx. 10. xxi = 52. vibes. Ixx var. [saahilati, Ixx. 10. 44, Wurmbii Echium § Sleetenea. lxxiii. ae" anacua, elliptica. x. 89. a dene, ai, 14-17. wager 24. : Elaphoglossum, ee nima, Ixiii. "DAs Ixvii. 177. Pina Galeotti. hii. 55. mexicana, lii. 55 Eleocharis, vii capitata, 233. pags xiii, 162, 232; Ixvii. 162. palustris, Ixii. 43, 64. var. glaucescens, Ixii. 65; Robbinsii, Ixiii. 99, 149, 162, 232; Ixvii. rostellata, Ixiii. 103, 105, 110, 149, 233. tenuis, lxiii. 106. tubere reulosa, Ixili. 167, 169, 233, ; Ixvii. 162. pubnicoensis, Ixili. 233. cniathinds lxiii. 2 Picante carolina lii. 21. 20, 2 mollis, lii, 21. torrhiza Burkei, lix. 18, 19. lix. 18. oo var. Burkei, Eleutheranthera, Soe 9. Elichrysum, lii 7 sneer ea i. 21, 22. INDEX Elizaldia, Ixxiii. 53, 56. hete: 56. stemon, Ixxiii. m : 91. Elychrysum lavandulacfolium, lii. 21 Elymus arenarius, Ixii. ar. villosus, Ixii. 45, 64; Ixili. 99, 232; Ixv. 42. 64. virginicus, Ixiii. 151. var. hirsutiglumis, Ixiii. 151, 232; Ixvii. 162. — he Resa Ixxiil Bipetracea, Ixii. 82, 99; Ixili. 92. , Ixii. 41, 42, 48, 58, 94 Ixiii. 98, 148: Ixxii. 94, atropurpureum, Ixxii. 93. Eamesii, Ixxii. et nigrum, Ixii. 4 , 45, 82; lxiii. 96 98, 99, ios, 148, 169, 300, ora, lii. inglei, liv. 65. rsracn tage liv. 75. Encelia § Geraea, tiv. 75. Ench ts mera, li. = INDEX 29 Epilobium, Ixii. coloratum, Ixvii. 177. i. 85. nyse hilum, lxii glandulosum, var. oe. XVli. var. occidentale, Ixiii. 276; molle, Ixii. 85, 86. ar. sabulonense, Ixii. 43, , 86. palustre, bx. 85; lxiii. 276. onticola, xiii. 276. ee ae Svcd: var. affine, Ixiii. a polystachium, Ixiii. 97,1 litorale, Ixiii. 187. ximu vi. 134 palustre, lviii. 65. ides, lviii. 65; lau. 133, 139, 170, 187. ateia, Ixvi. 134. Eranthemum adenocarpum, lii. 98. iflorum, lii. 99. tetrasepalum, lii. 99. Eremocarya, Ixvili. 54, 56; Ixx. 45; Ixxiv. 6, 7, 19, 21, 26. lepida, Ixviii. 57; Ixxiv. 37. erantha, Ixviil. 56; Ixxiv. 36 var. lepida, Ixviii. 57; Ixxiv ta, Ixviii. 56; Ixxi lensing ‘Ixviii. 101-103. havensis, fae 101, 103, 104. leiophylla, melan nocarpa, “i 19. eats ine ensis, lii. 27. sodemhgeaece: li. 32. es, eniastrum, “e 25. hispidhie, lii. a 170, 295, 300. Kergietsnibe; hi. ae iii, 136, 164, ii. 44, 46, 66; Erio onan a puicdaien ly. 295. sree or tifolium, Ixiii. 98, ar. majus, xiii. 234. callitrix, Ixiil. Chamissonis, f. ‘ albidum, Ixiii. var. albidum, Ixiii. 131. lum, albidum, Ixiii. 131. var. candidum, Ixiii. 131. viridi-carinatum, lviii. 65; Lxiii. Eriophyllum, lvi. 47, 48; Ixviii. 103. isiaefolium, lix. 39. biternatum, lix. 3 i lvi. 48. 30 INDEX Eriophyllum (continued ). cheiranthoides, lix. 39. confertiflorum, li Pringlei, Ixviii. 103. stacchadifolium, lix. 39. artemisiaefolium, lix. tanacetifolium, lix. 38, 39. tenuifolium, lix. 39. angusti tifolium, ee ety Ixx. 5 ans fs vac re §2. argenteum, | Ixx. 53. ? pe 190. australasicum, Ixviii. 75; Lxxiii. barbigerum, lvi. 59; Ixxiv. 66, 67. bracteatum, Ixviii calandrinioides, Ixviii. 80. californicum, Ixviii. 78. var. subgloc idiat canescens, Ixviii. 71. var. ism ign’ Ixviii. 70. Chamissonis, Ixx. 5: Chorisianum, levi 57. cireumscissum, ‘Ixviii. 55; Ixxiv. connatifolium, gee qd. pe Ixviii. 7 rassisepalum 3 Melicatglans, Ixviii. 80, rum, Ixxiii. 66. lewis clongatum, ex, 51, 52. enteum, Ixx. 51-53. Eritrichium (continued). alc. ili. 54. 5 eB; ese “2 B & B = * = or _ , Ixviii. 80. ssoscomsndoe, _— 51. 3; Ixxiv. 43. var. capitatum, lxviii. 78. congestum, Ixviii. 75. ae Ixviii. m, lxxiv. 63. sweet i. 68. iiattiovas,. levis 70. Mandonii, Ixx lon n> eae Ixviii. 79; 1 xxv. 42. micranthum, Ixviii. 56; Ixxiv. 6, 36. var. — Ixviii. 57; xxiv. micromeres, dae 47. molle, lxviii. var. i eae ew ad 84, nanum, lxx Ixx var. arotioides, Ixx. 52. Cc nis, Ixx. 52 nothofulvum, “evil 70. obovatum, oppositifolium, Ixviii 80. cyan, tenes 5} 51. pampeanum, Ixx. 53} lexv. 42. olebeium, Ixviii. 77. bejum, var. tenue, lxxiii. 68. caule, xviii. 80 var. nr cee Ixxvi. 52, INDEX 31 — a : Vv. pembalaieae Te vedi 62. pygmaeum, lxviii. 74; Ixxiii. 64. racemosum, Ixxiv. 6, 32, 33. ramosum, Ixviii. 53; ‘Ixxiv. 43. Rengifoanum, ixviii. 70. Riae, Ixxiii. 64. rupestre, Ixx. 51. Scouleri, lxviii. sessiliflorum, Ixviii. 75 tinctorium, Ixviii. 71. Ixviil. 71; oo 104. Wal 74. Eritrichium § : Petra Ixxiii. 64. § Coloboma, Ixviii. 43, 44. 7 § Cryptantha, lxxiv. 5, “as § Krynitzkia, Ixxiv. 25. 5 § Piptocalyx, Ixxiv. 25. = sir tage searred Ixviii. ee § es re § Rutidocaryum, Ixxiv. Erodium ccutatium, liii. 14. E raea Centa Eschenbachia tenuisecta, lil. 33. Escobaria, Ixx. 89 Escorbuto, liii. 53. Esenbeckia oo lvi. 53. uamaryllideae, Ixix. 157. Eupatoriastrum, Ixvili. 34. Nelsonii, ice Ixviii. 34, 35. Tei: 25; Ixy. 51; var. seardophyitum, Ixviii. Eupatorieae, lv. 235, 236, 286; Ix. 3; Ixi. 3, 31; Ixiv. Ixviii. 4, 34; XXiil Eupatorium, li. 3 254 51, 47, o% 31, Bg "42; ixxiil. 3; Ixxv. 3- 9, 48: acuminatum, vil 283, 290; Ix. 50, adenophorum, s 85, 86. var. peruvianum, Ix. 85. aequinoctiale, lxi. affine, lx. 71, "75; Ixi. 25, 26, 33, albicaule, Ixxv. 14. var. laxius, Ixxv. 14. PP pahoemg li. amphidictyum, Ixviii. 30, 31. ake lv. 304, 305. amygdalinum, lv. 266, 284, 301, , 339, 345; j x. 49, 61; es 56. ie a ese Ixi. 56. angulifolium, osum, cg ae pee a a 304, 306. ngustissi , ly. 257; Ixviii. 9; teniii.. arboreum, lv. 347, 350, 351, 360; 51. arbutifolium,. af 282, 287. cuans, lv. 7, 283, 288; Ix. 6. re 47, es, i. 8, 9; Ixxiii. 12. articulatum, lv. 267, 305, 316, 341, 342; Ix. 72, 79, 80. ; ‘xviii ascendens, i. ae = + parcisetosum, Ixviii. 9. 32 INDEX Eupatorium (ontinue Asche rain, Iv. 12. eum, Ixvii. 33. so ae lv. ‘281. Ixviii. yresehe a, lx. 86. Saneigadiseciees lv. 266, 305, 315, 316, 344, 357, 363; Ix. 73, , 64, 65, 78. f. ng 363. baecharoides, lv. 282, 287; Ixv. var. fratris, Ixv. 47; Ixviii. 10. . i Ixv. 47. ese lx. 63. um, Ixxv. 5. Ballii, Ix. 49 49, 54; Ixi. 34. ballo taefolium, lv. 237, 238, 266, 320-322, 343; Ix. 24; Ixxiii. 10. var. caucense, ly. 238, 3 typicum, lv. 237, 338, 321. ballotifolium, lv. 321. a nguillense, lv. 271, 279, 281. bellidifo lium, lv. a ixviii. 22. beneolens, Ixxiii. 5 f. ctenotum, Rei. . typicum, ixxiii. 6. rterianum , Iv. 295. betonicaeforme, Ixi. 73, 76; Ixxv. betoniciforme, lxi. 76. var. Bakeri, lxi. 46. “hv lxi. 3 46, 79; caaguazen i. 20. cr mew ran og beh 347, 349. y iv. 241, 313, 314, Eupatorium (continued). calderillense, lxi. 62, 6' eh, camachense, , 74. camataquiense, Ixi. 61, 67. cannabinum, 6. capillare, xxv. var. Riedel ‘Ixxv. 10. capillipes, lv. capitatum, <3 76. caracasanum, lv. 335. sardusphatiain: lv. 237. Carletonii, Ixxiii. carnosum, — 8, 9; Ixxiii. 12. celosioides, celtidifolium, lv. 266, 286, 304, xxiii. 13. var. hirtellm, Iv. 238, 311; 3 quintuplinerve, Ixxiil. 12, 13. “ typicum, lv. 238, 311. chamaedrifolium, lv. 348, 353; chilea, Ix. 71: 74; lxi. 25, 26, 33. chimborazense, lv. 348, 355. chiquitense, chiriquense, Vv choricephaloides, Ix. 8, 72, 81. choricephalum, lv. 239, 240, 254; ; 22; 6. eluuntitie, Ix. 22, 23, 44, 47; . 42. var. tomentosum, Ix. 22; Ixi. 43, 76. cochabambana, Ixi. 38, 76. cochabambense, Ixi. 38, 76. coelocaule, Ix. 8, 13, 18,50 61. columbianum, lv. 288. rsonii, Ix. 49, 62, 71. e conspicuum, lv. 251; ee = a“ INDEX Eupatorium (contin nued). conyzodes, var. tunariense, 1xi. conyzoides, lv. 241, 273, 280; lx. 23, 46; Ixi. 36, 39, 77. — margari itense, Ixviii. ue cilia ta, lxi. 77. ss ciliatum, ba. 77. * oie ribunda, lv. 346; Ix. * floribundum, lv. 346; o Monier lv. 275; Ix. 22, 23; Ixi. 43. 3 mone bron Ixi a i , xviii. 12: cotacachense, lv. 356-358; Ixi. 34. crenulatum, Ix. 50, 64; xi. 31, 48, 4 critonioides, Iv. 293. canum, lv. 241, 356, 357, ep d i 0 78 didymum, Ixi. 44, : dimorph holepis, Ixviii. 26, 27. diplodictyon, lv. 242, 325; lxxiii. 10. discolor, lv. 351; Ix. 48, 51; Lxi. 33. dodoneaefolium, Ix. . Ol. Dombeyanum, Iv. 266, 305, 315; Ix. 11, 12, 28, 72, 73, 82; lxi. 33. Eupatoti tort —_ drepan 33 ed). des, : 12, 49, 50, 60. aruenrolente: lv. 243. dryadeum 30. elegans, lv. 356, 360; hai. 34; ixv. , 4. eleutherantherum, Ix. 75; lxi. 25 elongatum, lv. 279. endytum, Ix. 13, 48, a ibe Ixi. _ 44, 55, 80; Axviii. 16, 2 nixum, Ixviii. 15. epilobioides, Wy. 242, 313, 314. ericoides, acne ly. "243, 327, 329. pin var. doratophyllum, Ixxv. 6. — oe ss ouphyes, ‘Ixviii. 16. “< pseu dofastigiatum, ly. Ix. 74. * $. lanceolatum, Ix. 74. extensum, Ixi. 35, 41. fascice , ix. 44; Ixi. 37. fastigiatum, lv. 266, ge 307, 356, 359, 360; Ix. Ti, 73, 74; 45, 59. - ms ag Iv. 50 "361. , 341, 342. Jexile, Ix. 14, 15, 72, 81. joribundum, Wy. 3465 lx. 47. tern Ix. 6 ee a um, ruticosum, ag 31. uliginosum, Iv. 284, 302; Ix. 15, Funckii, Ixviii. 16, 17. Galeottii, Ixviii. 17, 18. 34 INDEX a Goes Sip eeyay »; Gas var. Mic elianum, Ixviii. 18. einciihallobaan, lv. 357, 361; lx. glandulosum, Ix. 85, 86; Ixviii. glaucum, Ixxv. 10, 12. vil, Ixv. 51; ‘Ixviii. 14. glechonophyllum, lv. ‘316, 341, 357, 363; 1 x. 75, 83; lxi . 65. a3 gloeocladum, 7, 38; lxi. 44, glomeratum, Ix. 48, 50, 56; Ixi. Be) Bs iesacatiny lv. 347, 349, 356; 8 glyptophlebium, lv. 245, 304, 308. gnidioides, Ixxiii. 21. gracile, lv. 24, 266, 304, 312- ie epilobioides, lv. 266, 304, 313 naked 362. typicum, 13. eracilentum, tei 18, “31, 67. grande, erandidenteteas ‘ly. 2 240. var. axiflorum, lv. 239, 240. grandifolium, Ixviii. 12. Ixi ' guapulense, lv. 244, 365, 366 gynoxioides, Ixi. gynoxoides, ly. 282, 284: isi, 7, sag i crene tu. 7, 44, 57, Hadise, Ixxv. 11. halimifo lium, Ixxiii. 21 aE Fa Has 4 Ixxv. tum, Ixxv. 7. eee a 34, 55, 74, 75, hederaefoli Ixvili. 11. helianthifoliera Ix. 49, 50, 59; tanthum, lv. 344; Ix. 71, 75; . 25, 27, 33, 64, 65, 78. Eupatorium (continued). erzogii, Ixviii. 19. hidalgense, Ixxv. 8. es, oe 12, 13. Hilarii, xviii. 19, 20. Hitchcockii, “bau. 14. Hoffmannii, lxi. 23, 25, 78. Hookerianum, xi. 77. huigrense, v. humile, 320, 322 hylibates, ie 346, 304, 311. hylobium, lv. 251. hylophilum, * ae - . 270, 275; nypargyrum, byperiifoiim, 26. iant aay Ixi. ibaguense, ‘W. 366, 305, 317, 341, ignoratum, = 62, 67, 68. itans, lxvi 20, 21. incarum, is "60, 69. incasicum 49. inconspicuum, Ixi. 78. intercostulatum, So 247, 305, 314; Ixiv. 5. inulaefolium, lv. 266, 267, 283, 291, 336, 348; ‘Ix. 50, Boe f. suaveolens, lv , 309, 354; Ix. 67; a8. f. 8B. suaveloens, Ixi. 50. typi » lv. 292. iresinoides, lv. 266, 282, 285, 336, 338, ~~ 352; Ix. 20, 30, 62; var. aden oo Ba Ix. 20. “* breviflora, lv. 338. a i iflorum, lv. 338; Lx. ie sintroasiag, lv. - villosum, Iv. 286, 338, 352; Ix. 20; lxi. 48. iridolepis, lv. 247, 271, 275; Ix. 30. cum ; isillumense, feem a 20, = 85. itatiayense, iuaefolium, lv. a6. “Ix, 44: xi. 37. INDEX BS) ee (conti Eupatorium Saprenacenl de aefo litho nued) lium, lv. 266, 271, gh, 332, i 333; Ix. 43, 44; Ixi 8. var. extrorsa, Ix. 44; lxi. 37. rorsum, lx. "44; ]xi. ivifolium, lv. 276. Jahnii, lv. 248, 341, 342; Ix. 7; Ixviii. 28. Jamesonii, lv. 348. Jelskii, lx. 44, 47. jugipaniculatum, Ixi, 61, 62. Kalenbornianum : Klattianum, lv. 28 3, 297. ee lv. va til 319; ae 84, aoe Ixv. 4 siaehba wens, og 266, 270, os 332, 333, 345, 346; ks kx. 43 45; Ixi. 35, 36; “gs f. li um, Ixi. 36. lamiifolium, lv. 243, 364; lxxiil. ie lanulatum, lv. 249, 321, 324; Dexa. 10; eae Ixi. 44, 54, 61, lasium, atpanieuatn, in 61, v. 304, 309, 361; = 48, laurifolium, 1 28; 20. ister ob Ix. 49, 55; Ixi. 8, 34; serena ca v. 266, 271, 278, S45, 846; Ix. 3, 45; bi, 35,36. leucomyelum, Ixviil. um, Ixxili. 21 Ixxv. leucophyllum, Ix. 50, 66 3; 66; Ixi. 34. ligulaefoli me iB ligustrinum, 8 pice tight lv. 253, 295, "347, 352. 21; Lobbii, Ix. ‘37, 51, 33; Ixi. 45, 58, longe petiolatum m, lxi. 66. longipetiolatum, lx. 38; lxi. 9, 61, 65, 68, 80. var. a, typicum, lxi. 9 “ B. arbus mag | ti. 9. loniceroides, lv. 301, Lorentzil, lxi. 78. loxense, lv. = Ix. 74. I. 58, 80; Ixviii. 14. lili. 19. macrom Ixviii. 24. macrophylloides, lv. 249, 340; macrophyllum, ly. 250, 266, 327, eg iow Ie 366, 367; Ix. 85; mag ens mallotum, lx. 22, 23; Ix. 36 42, 76. var. aporum, Ix. 23; xi. 43- 3 23. Mandonii, Ixi. "46, 79. mapiriense, Ixi. 44, 50, 78. maracayuense, Ixviii. 13 marginatum, lx. 51, 68, 44, 52, marrubiifolium, Ix. Si, i artiusii, lx. 34 +: x. Mapyorii, Ixviii. 24; lxxii. 16. oma oF onde lv. 293; lxi. 48, 79. meridense, lv. 252, 278, 332, 334. I Ixxiii. 15. micranthum, lxxv. a lv. 305, 316; Ixxiv. Ee cap lv. 252. microphyllum, lv. 249, 321, 323, a. a. albiflorum, lv. 340. ar. lilacinum, lv. 295, 340. 36 INDEX Eupatorium ( songpere itare, xv 50: ri nen i 58. serum, lv. 253, 283, 294. 3 Muelleri, lv. 240, 253, 254; Vili. Miilleri, lv. 253. ultifolium, Ixviii. 27; ixxii. 21. myriadenium, Ixxv. 9. neglec Vili “28. nemorense, Ixi. 51, 79. nemorosum, lv. 266, 284, 327, ¥ fe ‘Ix. 49, 85; = 31, 45, 74, 76, 6, 79; Ixxiii. 5, nepetoides, lv. 321. neriifolium, Ixv. 49. nervosum, "lexi 12, var. Paice aa baa Ixxiii. Ixxiii. 1 urifolium, lv. 266, 283, 298, 348, 354; Ixviii. 25. obtusisquamosum, lv. 365, 366. lxxv. v. 241, 266, 373, 280, 333, 334, 345, 346; Ix. 23, 44, 46; Ixi. 39, 77. var. paucifiora, lv. 28k. pauciflorum, lv. 281, officinale, »Ixiv. 108. Vv orgyaloides, Ix. 24, 49, 60; Ixiv. origanoides, Iv. 266, 282, 284, 347, 351; Ixi. 27, 34. acrigeebio (continued). ar. Peas enearone lv. 335 asanum, lv. 333, ze typicum, lv. 335. Pachanoi, lx pachypodum — paezense, lv. 284, "336, "326. pallescens, var. hirsuta, oe 292. hirsutum, lv. paniculatum, lv. "205. Sng aN TE lxi. 52, 53. earenieane Ixiv. 4 5 Ixviil. 9; Ixxiii. parviflorum, Ixiv. 17, 22. parvulum, ixxiii. 10, 16. var. Pape coc ai poe. lxi. 8. rhodolaenum, as 49, camaces. Ixi. 4 typicum, Ixi. ‘49. EG Ixi. 38, 79. pauciflorum, lv. cf “hi 343, pauperatum, lv. 321, 323. ii. 15 - : 0, 317. pellium, lv. 286, 27%, 272, 332, 333. pellucidum, lv. 290. penin sulare, Ixxiii. 16. esaaigne iii. 16. a iz 8. andeeesaeea Ixxill. Pennellii, lv. 254, 283, 297. Pentlandianum, Ixi. 4; 30, 44, 45, 4 perezioides, lv. rts 283, 298. 4, oeni cum, Ix. 26. phylloce hateik Ixi. 36, 45, 70. pihineene, lv. 266, 305 317, 357, _ 29, 80; Ixi. 9 um, piptopappum, Ix. 79. piquerioides, Ix. 87; Ixi. 79. INDEX 37 Eupatorium (contin oe (continued). ed). Pitt nerve, bexiii. 12. , xviii. 17, 18. quintup. polopolense, lxi i. 10, es 58 7 Xviii. ly ar. obtusifolium, Ixviil. 32. serratum i, 32. po pomaderrifolum, lv. 304, 306; pay 2 ees lv. 284, 302; Ixviii. popocatapetlense, Ixxv. 9, 10, 1 populifolium, lv. 293, 330, 359: ge 76. ets a a aver eof porriginosum, praefictum, Ixvi a prionophyllum, ra 251; lxi. 10. var. a. typicum, Ixi. 10. “8, asymmetrum, Ixi. 11. ocerum, Ixxiii. at, 18. prunellaefolium, lx. 20, 80. gin ly. 307, 348, 353, pseudarboreum, Ix. 48, 53; Ixviii. pseudochilea, lv. 356, 357. o-dalea, Ix. 27. typicum, pews lv. 359; Ix. 74. , lv. 359; 9; Ix. 74. entata, F 74. - “sie latum, Ix. see ae ogee lv. 266, “383, 291, 348, 353; Ixi. 24. pseudoriganoides, ly. 348, 353. odorum 27, 28. terophy iiss lv. 367. pteropodum, lv. 366, 367; Ix. 85; lxi. 31, 76, 79. pulchellum, lv. 248, 279; Ix. 40. pumil Ixviii. 30, 31. var. vegetius, Ixviii. 31. punctatum, lil. punctulatum, lv. 267, 271, 278; pycnocephaloides, Ixi. ‘6. pycnocephalum, lv. 251, 266, é 8. prieson som Ixi. 56. é! Hs nophyium, svi. 32. resinosum, reticulatum, Ix. 52. revolutum, Ixi. 56. rhinanthaceum, Ixviii. 15. atisquamulosum, Ixviii. Pe ixxv. 12. 28. rhypodes, lx. Riedelii, lx Robinsonianum, Ixxv. 6 Ixv iii. 20; Ixxiii. 9. Rothrock, Iv ase ar. Shrevei, lv. 256. pe v. 256 roupalifoli Ix. 30. rufescens, = él, 67; Ixxiii. 20. var. glabratum , Ixi. 67. Is. 67. um, lv. 348, 354, 364. Rusby, iv. 328, 366; ixi. 76, 79. lv. gg ot ne scopulo . 72, 82; xi. 32, 62, 64, 69, 79; ixviii. 17. semistriatum, Ixviii. "29. sericeum, lv. , 328; lx. 26 — rratifolium, lv. 304, 310; Ixviii. 38 INDEX a (contin ued). serratuloides, lx. 14, 43, 44. sicderitidis, lv. 253, 295; Ixviii. 21. oo , lv. 8 s, Ix. 1 2.31. 71, 78. Sinelairi,” lv. O58, 295, 296, 356. Sinclairii, lv. 35 56. smi cinum, lv. 283, 289; Ixxiii. 7. Sodiroi, lv. "357, 362; Ix. 72, 82. solidnemncides, lv. 2 266, 304, 310, 357, 361; ix. 15, 81: , ees ” Ixviii. 33; var. Armourii i, lx. 32. sistas 3° orm any lv. typicum, lv. 361. aa Ixi. 46. sora soratense, lv. 314. sordescens, Ix. 59; Ixi. 55, 58, 66, 79, 80. ar. ar. bolivian um, Ixi. 55, 80. sotarense lv. 304, 313, 314; lx. 29, 79. a ees. - 313. spatulatum, Ixxiii. 2 tong cs Sprucei, Ix. 33, 34, 49, éi, -Ixi. 34, eceer v. 334, 335; Ix. 43, rv 35, 40 var. Martiusii, Ix. 34; Ixi. 41. 25 Rusbyanum 5 ix "34, 43, 46; Ixi. 41, 9. subvelutinum, ly. ; lx. 34; Ixi. a, Ixi um, Ix. 12, "32, 36, 71, stipuliferum, Iv. 310; lxi. 63. ee lv. 266, 321, eum, lx. 87. Peden! 7 206 Sse dhe, sca 354; Ix. 50, 64: Ixxiii. 16. suaveolens, lv. 292; Ix. 67; Ixi. 50. Eupatorium (continued). in m, Ixv . 53. subscandens, lv. 266, 270-272, 279, 333, 334, 346; x. 23; Ixi. 36, 42; Ixviii. 26. subtriplinerve, Ixi. 67. syringaefolium, lv. 362. tacotanum, lv. 258, 271, 276, 277 f m, lv. var. trineurolepis, lv. 259, 277; Ixviii. 19. XXIil tenuicapitulatum, Ix. 43, 46. tenuifolium, lv. 336, 337, 340; lx. 40. tequendamense, lv. dy 346. var. glabrata, lv. 346. glanduloso-pubescens, 346. v. tetr. anthum, Ixi. 48. thesefolium, lv. 266, 304, 309, 341, 343; Ixxili. 19. var. subellipticum, Ixxiii. 19 icum, 19. thespesiaefolium nifolia um, Ixi. 45, 57, 61. thyrsigerum, lv. 283, 293. thysanol : » iV. tovarense, lv. 259, _ B37; ix. 19, Pt 34; lxi. 3 33-36; Ixi. 34. ; var. ovatifolia, lv. 301. “ ovatifolium, Iv. 282, ly. 301... Turczaninowii, lv. 364; Ixxiii. 7, sae INDEX 39 Eupatorium (continued). Eupatorium (continued uber, lx. 37, 38, “TL, 76; Ixxiii. 19, : -_ 5 aba: Ix. 24, 57; cube ao 297, 356, 358; Ixxi i 6, i atk uromeres, lv. 260, 270, 274. 4 Criindrocephals 288 urticaefolium, lv. 319, 321, 343; 300; 329, 332, 72, 80. 345; 1 7 30, yews oo lv. 295, 319, 343; 55; x, 28, 29, 34, 35 clematideum, ]xi. 72. se § Diayuaphi Toul, 27 urticoides, lv. 332, 333, “ § Eximbricata, lv. 269, ea tae Sgt" 38; 50, 65; lxi. ee Bota Acie 349, , 856; Ix. 11, 12 var. —— Ixvili. > 373, xi. 34, 61, a" pica, Ixvilil. 33. ” iil imal : 269 vacciniaefolium, ‘Iv. 303, 304, 327, 328, 344, 345, vallincola, Ix. 38, 72, 79, 80. i a dosha var. a. typicum, Ix. 39, 7 a § He lepis, lv. 28 . ; "B : pilum, lx. 39, 79 . § Imbricata, lv. 270. S57, 339; le Vv “a 289 : § , lv. 270; Ixv. 52. variolatum, Ixxiii. 20, 21. ere rr as re Veuthierianuns, ix, 17, 88; ixi, 45, 84; Ixi. 34, 35 80; Ixxiii. 15. : : Ixv. 52, 53; venosissimum, Ixi. 26. lei . rise verticillatum, Ixiii. 147, 292. _ Sphaereupatori i vestit » Ix. 49, 59. : "93, 24, — a vicosissimum | lv. 231. : oe tee ee 281, aan fe. $10, 257, 260, 361; 380, 30: 3s) Sr A , ; , 15, Lrerenig gS 284, 299, 332, 33 34 a3; eat ie 336, 339, 348, 355; Ix. 51, 69, 2,30. oititee i ; Sees olkensii, Ix. 49, 55, 56; Ixi. 34. “ “” Disynaphia Pe Wageneri, lv. 336, 27, 30; Ixxiii. 21. Weberbaueri, lx. 48, 69 “ Eximbricata, lv. 303 Weinmannianum, af ” Ixviii, ightii, 11 xero. epis, ie Imbricata, lv. 270, Ixi. 49. ee lv. 261, 333, 335. ymalen: — amplexicaul, ize. 72. Anthonyi, xviii. | cicateaienen: ly. 261, 325, 326. Eupatorium § Campuloc oclinium, lv. elarionensie, . 87. 269, 325,345; Ixi. 34, Deppeana, Ixviii. ‘SP 88. 73; ‘Ixviii. 14; Ixxiii. Hinkleyorum, Ixx. 72, 73. 11. : hirsuta, Ixiii. 273 < § Campylochinium, lv. Hookeri, Ixviii. 87. 325. multiformis, Ixviii. 87. Y § Campyloclinium, _ lv. polygonifolia, lxiii. 158. 262. rtulacoides, Ixx. 73. . § Conoclinium, lv. 249, Euphorbia subsect. Ipecacuanhae, 269, 320, 323, 343, — Axx. 73. 40 INDEX Euphorbiaceae, Ixviii. 80 Fern (continued). Tae sbathae Pivllanthene, Ixviil. Mar * er —_ stri Euphrasia americana, lxii. 93; lxiii. ~—s li. 169, 170, 177, 178, 182, 183 186. canadensis, Song 149, 290. Festuca capillata, Ixiii. 232. purpurea, Randii. Ixii. 45, nutans, Ixiii. 136, 170, 232. ao asa, 99, 139, 290. rubra hy ixii, 41, 64. * n ‘. albiflora, Blaucescens, Ixii. 64; ii. 99, 290. stricta, lxiii. 290. tf invabtifhiva: ‘Ixvii. 162. Euplassa bahiensis, Ixxiii. 41. Ficus, lii. 89 inaequalis, li. 41, Filices, li ya Ixiti. 90 incana, Filicine laxiflora, Ixxiii. 41 Filipendula hexapetala, Ixiii. 267. legalis, Pat. rubra meridionalis, a 42. Ulmaria, vii 388. niti , Ixxiii, Filix mas, lvii. 10. occidentalis, Ina, 41. Fir, lxiii. 133, 169, 186, 267; Ixx. 91. organensi xxiii 41. Fitzroya cupressoides, ‘Ixx. 91. pinnata, Ixxiii. 42. patagonica, Ixx. Euploca albiflora, Ixx. 53. Flacourtiaceae, liii. 43. convolulacea, Ixx. 53. Flag, lxii. 68. Eutoca albiflora, xv. 43. Flax, lxii. 14. Everlasting, Ixii. 37. Fleischmannia, lv. 263. Exarrhena, Ixxiii. 62. arguta, lv. 263; Ixviii. 21. coecaria serrata, Ixviii. 84. repens, lv. 262. Exioxylon, Ixxiii. 49. Flourensia, liv. 3, 186. Eysenhardtia, Ixv. 16. atacamensis, liv. 142. corym , liv. 121, 122 Fabrica, Ixix. 156. var. araucans, liv. 122. Facchinia Iwi il ‘: eolata, liv. 122 Fagonia, glutinosa, liv chilensis, Ixx. 72. heterolepis, liv. 186. cretica, lxx. 7 i 72. hispida, as r, : Flourestina, Ixviii ** californica, Ixx. 72. Forbesia, lxix, 157. ** canariensis, lxx. 71, 72. Forget-me-not, Ixx. 43. * chilensis, lxx. 72. Forsteronia brasiliensis, lii. 80. ** typica, lxx. 71. escens, indica, lxx. 72. Fouquieria Digueti, Ixxv. 30. microphylla, ex, 72. ularis, Ixxv. 3 7a. Fragaria canadensis, ini, aE, anise Ixx. 72. vesca, var. americana, Ixiii. 135, “2 espa, e-4 72, gts virginiana xii. Fall Dandelion, Ixii. 97. G var. terrae-novae, Ixii. 41, Fatatil, liii. 77. Fatsia, ine 124. Frankenia Berteroana, Ixx. 92. horrida, Ixxii. 123. glabrata, Ixx. 6 Ferdinanda, lii. 50. . lii. 50 Lemaire ‘li. 31, eminens, lii. 50. F Fern, li. 188, 197, 199, 205, 207, ibe liii, 14. 214; Ixvi. 132; lexi. 92; ‘Ixxiii. califor rnica, liii. 14. Chain aa “eon. mexicanum, Iii Ixiii. 109, 145, 147. Fremontodendron mexicanum, : Licorice-root, Ixvi. 129. 14. INDEX 41 Friedrichsthalia, Ixxiii. 70. Fritillaria alba, Ivi. 12. Fuchsia abrupta, hav 37. verrucosa, Ixxv. 32. Gagea arvensis, lvi. 5. peduncularis, lvi. 5. villosa, lvi. Gaillardia, lvi. 41. Galapagoa, Ixx. rt 58. Teratak. i he 57, 59, 60. Galega coeralés Ixv. Galeopsis Te brakity var. re Lxii. 92. Baas filiformis, r. epa pposa, lii. 57. pes, 7. serrata, lii. 57. Galium Claytoni, Ixii. 45, 94; Ixiii. palustre, lviii. 65; Ixiii. 291. saxati e, viil. tinctorium, os 94; Ixiii. 104, 106, 1 trifidum, Ixii. ae Ixiii. 104, 291. lum | Ixiii, 105, var. halophilum 291. ——: lii. 72. tyle,; Ixxiii. 55. Gaultheris, Ixiii. 98. r ns, Gaylussacia taancoth ‘Ixiii. 135. dumosa, lxiii. 285. var. ——— Ixili. 99, 284, 285. Gaza, sem Sets the an Gautiany Plameutis: Isiii. 158, 160. verna, lviii. Pemba lvi Ixii. 89, 100. SE sali, Levi. 176. carolinianum, ii. 176. P tense obertianum, Ixiii. 140, 170. Gerardia, lii ; Lxiii. 138, 161. acumina’ 00. barbata, hii. 100. a lii. 100. consobrina, lii. 100. dulcis, lii. “Ol. var. floridana, lii. 101. maritima neoscotica, Ixii, 93; Ixiii. 138, 139. Eeepeenes ; lxiii. 290. serictam, Ixiii, 1 137, 268. virginianum, Ixiii. 137, 170, 268. effusa, lvi. 5 ani var. axillaris, lvi. 57. ues Ixx. 81, 82. 42 INDEX Gilibertia (continued). darienensis, stenocarpa, Ixx. 8 Gleditsia inermis, a A triacanthos, ‘lix, aS Glyceria 64; xiii. 231. grandis, f. pailescens, Ixiii. 231. aXa., xiii. ; xvii. 162 r. F emnaldii » bi Glyptop resi Ixviii. Gna apbalium, , ii. 33; iit 37, 81, 95; brachypterum, Ixviii. 101. Latisiculacetin, i: 24. 22. lavandulaefolium, lii. 31, 22, 4, 85. nubicola, obtusifolium, Ixii. 95; Ixiii. 157. pedunculos Ixviii. 99. osum, polycephalum, Ixii. 95. urpureum m, Ixviii. 99, 100; lxx. 87. rosace tg Ixviii. 99. ape aot ii . 99. i haalatars Ixviii. 100; Ixx. 87. e, Ixviii. 100. mae ah a Ixiii. 164, 298. Ixx. Goniophlebium californicum, _ Ixvi. Gonolobus, lii. 85. Gordonia, liii. aema toxylon, lili. 36, 37, 40. villosa, liti Gramineae, lii. 60; ‘Ixii. 61, 99, Ixiii. Grammitis elongata, lxv. 6. v6. Cotton, Ixiii. 131. Curly, Ixiii. 91; Ixvii. 159. English, Ix 63. Vanilla, 164. Gratiola aurea, bei. 102, 157, 290; = i. 203. i Brice Ixiii. 109, 169. Greeneocharis, 790; 26 55; Ixx. 46; circumcise, Ixviii. 55; Ixxiv. 41. r. hispida, Ixviii. 55; Ixxiv. dichotoma, Ixviii. 55; Ixxiv. 42. Greniera, lvii. 11, Guttiferae, Ixii. 83, 99. deniae, Ixviii. 87 G Treculiana, Ixviii. 91 me elongata, ymno; Gymnoleima, Ixxiii. 55. Sea liv. 5-10, 13-20, 31, 45, acuminata, liv. 13. annua, liv. 113. Ce REE CME Me oe ee Lae eee Ae pe INDEX 43 Creuien’ (continued). aurl a; ly.:9, 19. brevifolia, liv. 15, TE. calva percent a liv. 16, 95. ciliata, li cine pases liv. ‘14, 19, 59. oosencne liv. 6-8, 15, 19. cru ~ 16. demuae liv. decumbens, ae 18 17, 48, 50. 187. encelioides, liv. ensifolia, liv. 1 2 flava, liv. 13, 17-19, 48, 50. Ghiesbreghtil, liv. 17, 5 oebelii, li , 16 Ku wre te liv. 16, ee latibracteata, liv. 17, 4 Liebmannii , liv. ‘. 76, "7. lin liv. ” 109, 1 10. ccaohale, liv. 7. 8, 15. mulltora, liv. 15, 109, 112, 113. annua neviessia liv. "15, ‘109, 110. patens, liv. 3. ar. abbreviata, liv. brac — m - ophylla, liv. 8. ee te 14, 59, 96. ttie , 6. sq sa, liv. 17, 51. subflexuosa, liv. 13, 15. tenella, liv. 16. Crna (continued). uifolia, liv. 14, 15, 59, 98. trp artita, liv. 14, 59, 97. triplinervia liv. 1 Gymnolomia subg. Coiccennen liv. Gynoxys,, nod 28. bolivi liii. 28. peddaphetbay liii. 28. lv. 303 mmersonii, lx. 63. Habenaria, lxiii, 147. blephariglotis, Ixiii. bx ri say Ixiii. ‘90, 110, 245. bra racteata xii. 45, 68; lxiii, 136, clavellata, lxii. 69. flava, Ixiii. 17, i, 14s, 160, 168, 2 var. i Ixiii. 148, 244, Hookeri, Ixiii. 245. hyperborea, Ixiii. 244. obtusata, Ixiii. 245, 167. psy yeodes, Ixili. 151, ‘157. viridis, var. bra cteata, Ixii. 68; Haberlea divaricata, lv. 319. hispi Ixvil Rapid, ei 46 46, 47. macic Ixviii. 45. mexicar _ Ixviii. 46. 44 ——— (continued). irgini Ixviii. "45: Haemadoraceae, Ixiii. 162. Haemocharis, lili. 36-38. trata, li. 39. var. acutifolia, lili. 39. ili. 41. villosa, Wrighti, liii. 41. ) INDEX pops Ixx. 5; xxiii. 65. Harpalium, liv. 1, 2, 10 : 45,1 sericeum, lii. 41, 42; liv. 2, 188. truxillense, hs Hospalinies ‘li. 41. virgata, Ixxv. 17. Hastingsia, lvi. Ec a Hawthorn, Ixiii. 95. Hebec eed. le: 327, 344; Ixviii. 34. ecatanthu macrophyllum, lv. 330. ee v. 365. Urolepi 6. fe) jane Ixviii. 35. suey emo r dasy s, liii. 43. Hedera Tieria, | tevin, 103 vi. 36, 40; Ix. 41; Ixv. 27; riophyllanae, Ixviii. 103. Helouausltaichellinae ayy 101. 10-13, 21, 141, 18 gustifolius, liv. 1, 156, 157. 22, INDEX 45 eee a ) ALY. Sea aes oa eee, liv. lanceolatus, liv. 121, 122. 87. niveus, liv. ; S eeltaan liv. 12 iv. 12. 45 ena me liv. 67. revolutus, liv. 119, 121, 122. rigidus aw 10, 188. rugosus atabeutenitin liv. 10, 188. similis, liv. 12, 189. Sodiroi, liv 4 140. speciosus, eee , liv. 173, 174. Sryszvlowiet — 141. andra, Ixxiii. 70. Holionsea liv. 5, 6, 14, 18-20, 27, 45, multiflora liv. 14, 108-110. ar. hispida, ‘liv. 114. Helonias virescens, liii, 4. Hesperonia, lvi. 20. 23. Hesperoseordium maritimum, lvi. 8. Heterocar Heterochacta » tgnaphalicides, lii. 29. stricta 29, 30. Heterochromeae, Pas 23. Heterolaena, lv. Heterotheca deltoides, liii. 27. onogynia, lxix. 155. Hieracium canadense, Ixii. 97. paniculatum, Ixiii 300; paniculatum X scabrum, Ixvii. Pilosella, lxiii. 300. ush Blu pr heasin Neils 97, 98, Hinterhubera Laseguei, liii. 25. ericoides, liti. 25. Hippocratea affinis, lii. 73. meizantha, li. 72 a Be Mh 46 INDEX Homalobus (continued). a americana, Ixili. 277; am Ixv. 36 Ixvii. 179. canescens, Ixv. 32. chinensis, Ixxil. 93. Clementis, Ixv. 35. mbellata, pes 179. curvicarpus, Ixv. 38. Hydronbiln, 40: lvi debilis, Ixv. 33. Hediophyltacens; Ixxiv. 15. decumbens, lxv. 36 Hydrophyllum, lix. decurrens, lxv. 28, 37. ndiculatum, lix. 29 detritalis, Ixv. 32. Hymenaea, lix. 20. par, . 34, artiana, lix. 20. Dodgeanus, lxy. 34. Hymenatherum, lvi. 4 episcopus, Ixv. 33, 38 Hymenopappus, el ~~. 93, 96. arenosus, lxvi artemisiaefolius, gg 93-95. carolini niensis, Ixvill. 94. Halli, Ixv cinereus, Ixviii humilis, Ixv columbianus, Ixviii. 97, 98. hylophilus, Ixv. 36 corymbosus, Ixviii. 93-95. Nuttallii, — 95. . 94 i ciformis, oa Aaa Ixvi latus, Ixv. 31 eriopodus, Ixviii. 97. macrocarpus, Ixv. 39. filifolius, Ixviii. "94, 97, 98. pany seac Ixv. 36. var. cinereus, Ixviii. 98. Fisheri, Ixviii. 94. cine gtalies, Ixv. 37. flavescens, Ixviii. 94, 95. Palliseri, Ixv. 37. vomarginatus, Ixviii. 93, 95 paucijugus, lxv. 36. glandulosus, Ixvili. 94. a ae aie 39. gloriosus, Ixviii. 93, 96, 97. 39. integer, Ixviii. 96. seadibiiea, ta 37. lugens, Ixviii. 93, 97. simplicifolius, kxv. 31. luteus, Ixviii. 94, 97. stenophyllus, Ixv. 37. mexicanus, lxviii. 93, 96. stipitatus, 34, elsoni, Ixviii strigosus, Ixv. 37 Newberryi, lxviii. 93, 96 strigulosus, Ixv. 34. niveus, Ixviil. tenellus, Ixv. 34. udatus, Ixviii. 96. tenuifolius, Ixv. 36, obtusifolius, Ixvii. 96. uniflorus, ixv. 31. ochroleucus, Ixviii. 97. vexilliflexus, Ixv. 33. , Ixviii. 93, 94. wingatanus, Ixv. 34. parvulus, lxviii. 98. wingatensis, = 34. uciflorus, Ixviii. 93, 97 Honkenya, lvii. 1, petaloideus, lxviii. 96. Hoopesia arbo: so 65 polycephalus, Ixviii. 98 Ho beam, Ixiii. 91 diatus, Hop Tree, lviii. 49. robustus, Ixviii. 93, 95 Hordeum jubatum, Ixii. 64. scabiosaeus, Ixviii. 93, Hornbeam, Hop, Ixiii. 91. scaposus, Hosackia, liii. 14. sulphureus, Ixviii. 94. almi, Ix tenuifolius, Ixviii. 93, 95, 98. oO ee Gh — Ixiii. 135. tom: 8, Ixviii. re eis » IxXll. 99. H pane erent liv. y ’ Hudsonia, Ixiii. 92. ae 19-2 a. ericoides, Ixvii. 177. angustifolium, liv. 7, 8, 16. Hyscinthus, Ii. 14, 15. cordatum, iv; 6,8) 18:10 is, lvi. 14. Goebelii, liv. 8 : H 4 paniculata, var. grandi- guatemalense, a 8 flora, Ixii. 77. exicanum, liv. 8 Hydrocharideae, xix. 158. icroce liv. 8 INDEX 47 Hymenostephium (continued). pilosulum, liv. 8 chee pets. Invi. 93. osa, Ixviii. 94. , Ixviii. 94. Hypericum boreal Ixii. 83; Ixiii. dissimulatum, Ixiii. Ixvii gentianoides, lvii. 19. m, | ' virginicum, Ixii. 43, 45, 83. Hypoxidaceae, xix. 120, 156-158. ypo e 57, 158, 160. ‘ 157. 158. s, xix. 120, 1 121, 123, 125, 137, SI. 155-160. eae ree lxix. 122, 137, 138, 144, 151. caricifolia, Ixix. 129. carolinensis, ee 126, 127. » xix, 123, 146, - mexicana, lxix. 129 erecta, Ixix. 120. . aestivalis, Ixix. 134, 136. ar. leptocarpa, Ixix. 127. erectum, Ixix. 126. fibrata, lxix. 123, 143, 151-155. fiifolie, ict 123. 124, 126. gracilis, Ixix. 1 graminea, Ixix. 1 ndis, lxix. 12 127. rsuta, lxix ot 122, 126, 127, 134, 151-155. var. lept res os humilis, lxix. ‘bs, ras LAS, 151- 155. juncea, 120, 122-126, 134, 139, 142, 151-155. var. a, x. 140, 142 leptocarpa, Ixix. mexica mT: eee! 193, 145, 146, 151, Ena om Pa 123, 137, 139, 151-1 155. pallida, Ixix. 1 126. potosina, Ixix. 123, 139, 154, 155. 149, 274; Hypoxis a tetgae pusilla, Ixi Hae aon be ki 132. — Ixix. 12, 132, 133, 151, 153—- 55. rugosperma, Ixix. 123, 141, 142, 3, 154. 15. scorzoneraefolia, lxix. 161. mero lxix. 120-122, 134-137, tepicensis, Ixix. 122, 134, 135, 1 Wrightii, Ixix. 123, 140, 141, 151, 154, 155. Hypoxis subg. Euh we Ixix 121, Ianthe, Ixix. 121. Hystrix patula, Ixiii. 339. a amara, Ixiii. 140. bidium, lvii. 10. ics panamensis Ixx. 72. ihr ae hex. 71. . Iehthyothere, ‘i 1 1, 2, 6. ubia Tlex, fastigiata, Ixiii. , 204. glabra, Ixiii. 91, 92, "97, 98, 105, 109, 110, ae 148, 158, 159, var. " Ixvii. 176. sn eS Ixiii. 159, 274 " uifc olia, Ixiii 274; 6. a, Ixxiii. 35. nambalensis, pies 35. rynchocarpa, Ixxiii. 35. ae fadianters group Pinetosios: Ixxiii. Inkberry, Ixiii. 98, 105, 109, 145, 169, 170. 48 INDEX Inga, lix. 2. anomala, lix. 4. assa, lix. 4. vera, ‘ix. 28. subsp. pa ah — 1. Er; rtori var. lamprophylla, sa ‘ Zyzia, lixt portoricensis, lix. Inula antes, lii, 25. Inuleae 27; ixvi In nuleae-Angianthinae, Ixviii. 103. Iostephane trilobata, liv. 13. Tresine angustifolia, lili. 56. errerae, iii. lxiii. 95, — var. canadensis, init 139, versicolor, sey 43, 68. —- , lix. sta,‘ 21. tg etme 102, 104, 146. hinospora, var. ’Braunii, Ixvii. Ixvii. 160. minuta, tata! 161. Jacaratia, lxx. 79. Jatropha (continued). rlandieri, Ixx. calyculata, a 86. canescens, lxvi toes ceathartica, xx.'8 cordifolia, eit 36. ui tubulosa, lxviii. 86. Jocaste purpurea, var. albiflora, lvi. 18. Joe Pye Weed, Ixiii. 147. Johnstonelia, Ixxiv. 6, 19, 21, 26. uata, Ixxiv. 34. vaeabade Ixxiv. var. =e Ixxiv. 32. Juglans cinerea, lviii. 44. Juncaceae, Ixii. 09. Juncoides campestre, Ixii. 68. Juncus gee ary Ixiii. 105, 142, articulatus, xii 67; Ixiii. 152, x brevicaudatus, lxiij. 242. X canadensis, Ixiii. 242. nod , Ixiii. 242. var. obtusatus, Ixii. 43, 46 7; lxiii. 142, 242. Baltic , xii. 67. balticus, var. littoralis, lxii. 43, brachycephalus Se earner gee bs ise, 166. bufonius, lxii. 66 var. compactus, Ixiii. 239. sey aS Ixiii. ; Ixvii. 165. coshaneests lxiii. 239, val wn ‘golutus, bali. 240. INDEX 49 Juncus (continued). filiformis, lxiii. 169. Greenei, Ixiii. 150, 239. eas agai Ixiii. 92, 142, 149, 242; 167. militaris, bail. 242: Seer ae 166. | Ixii qibticadasdes Ixii. 46, 8. ——— lvii. 19. stygius, lviii. subcaudatus, Ixiii. 142, 143, 149, 6, var. planisepalus, lxili. 241; vii. 165. pare Ixii. 67. r. Williamsii, xiii. 239. Juniper, Tail. 14, 34, 35, 55, 58, 94, 1 , Creeping, Ixii. 39, 59. Juni s, Ixu. 48. communis lxit. 57. ar. de epressa, Ixii. 58; Ixiii. 1 af ee Ixii. 41, - a horizontalis, cea 3. 59; : 23. Justicia atramentaria, lii. 103. aurea, 03. moctli, lii. 103. mohin tli, lii. 103. spicigera, lii. a umbrosa, lii. Kalmia SSeegte: Ixiii. 98. Kanimia, lxi. 2 ; lxiv. 71, 94; Ixviil. colombiana, Ixviii. corymbulosa, Ixiv. Gi. tetragona, Ixvii. hybrida, Ixvii. 177. — ise dioica, liii. microphylla, ey 12. pro rope pie ’ Krameria glandulosa, Ivi. 51, 52. 51. ar. glandulosa, lvi. 52. parata, lvi. 52. ee Krigia, Ixxii. 126. virginica a ivi 19. Krigia subg. Cynthia, Ixxii. 126. Krynitzkia, 48, 59; Ixx. 45; Ixxiv. ry 19, 20, 25, —- Ixxiv. begs 102. mbigua angusuitea, Aahasg 38. bar: — , Ixxiv. 66, ar. inops, Ixxiv. 67, 68. californica, Ixviii. 78, 104. ye Ixviii. cedrosensi s, Ixxiv. Chorisiana, xviii. 77; lxxi ircumscissa, decipiens, lxxiv. 61. denticulata » Ixxiv. 71, 7% depressa, iv. Fen 89, 90. Fendleri, bx Ixviil. 51, 105. foliosa, Ixxiv. 63. fulvocanescens, Ixxiv. 105. 50 INDEX Krynitzkia (continued). Kuschakewiczia, lxxiii. 71. ensana, lxxiv. 105. Kyrstenia, lv. 303; Ixxv. 13. mexicana, lxviii. 53; Ixxiv. 43. calophylla, Ixxv. 5. —— Ixviii. 56; Ixxiv. 36. grandifolia, lxviii. 12 r. lepida, xviii. 57; Ixxiv. Rothrockii, lv. 2 37. subintegra, Ixxv. 13. micromeres, lxxiv. 47. microsta chys, Ixxiv. 93. Labiatae, Ixii. 92, 100; Ixxi. 64; Ixxv. , ixxiv. 66. 45. ort ig a Ixxiv. 87. Lacaitaea, xxiii. 69, 70; Ixxiv. 14, 15. mollis, -: 105 calycosa, Ixxi 70. alicadie var. se Ixxiv. Lacathea, liii. 36, 37. 105. Lachenalia, lxix. 157. var. setosa, Ixxiv. 105. Lactuca, lxxv. 25, 26. muri¢c sileti Ixxiv. 70. rsuta, Ixiii. 300; a 208. oblata, Ixxiv. 105. tinctoc iliata, Sg? oxygona, Ixxiv. 51, 99. Varianii, lxx Fi Palmeri, Ixxiv. 106. Verdickii, io. 26. erg Ixvii villi. 52; lxxiv. 106. Lady Fern li. 178, 179, 181, 184, Pattersoni, Ixxiv. "55. 186-189, ’197, 198, 201, 206 = Ixviii. 51; Ixxiv. Laennecia’ filaginoides, lii. 30. 1 ns -conaan Ixviil. ty Ixxiv. 106. Lamb’s Quarter, Ixii. 72. terocarya, lxxiv. 52. Lantana Camara, lxx. 90. var. peetinata Ixxiv. 52. horrida, Ixx. 90. pusilla, rubra, Ixx. 90. uaa: tai 106, Laphamia, lvi. 37-39. racemosa, Ixxiv. 32. ilensis, lvi. 39. ramosa, Ixviii. 53; xxiv. 43. , pasties i. 39. ramosissima, ixxiv. 32, 48. ee a hala, lvi. 39. rostellata, Ixxi Palm Tip Scouleri, kiwi. 75. Ixxiy. 106. Seana) ivi 39. sericea, ‘Ixxiv. 106. tenella, lvi. 39. var. fulvocanescens, Ixxiv. Toumeyi vi. 39. 106. Laphamia ft easier lvi. 37. setosissima, Ixxiv. 106. Laplacea, liii. 36-38. sparsiflora, Ixxiv. 100. alpestris, liii. 38. Suksdorfii, Ixxiv. 98. barbinervis, liii. 38. tenuifolia, Ixviii. 78. camelliaefolia, liii. 39. texana, v. 56. camellioides Torreyana, lIxxiv. 79, cameniaefolia, liii. 3° var. calycosa, Ixxiv. 79. Curtyana, liii. 39. —ore Ixviii. 78; Ixxiv. dis, hii. 40. 106. aetna. liii. 40. utahensis, Ixxiy. 50. inaequalilatera, 39 , Ixxiv. 106. inaeq 3 Watsoni, lxxiv. 87. insignis, Krynit HEP alder migy hac 25. intermedia, liii. 40. . § Myosotidea, Ixxiv. 6. parviflora, liii. 40. oe ili. 55; portoricensis, liii. 40. = praemorsa, hii. 39 § Pterygium , Ixxiv. 6, 26. pubescens, liii. 40. subsect. Piptocalyx, xviii quinoderma, liii. 40. semiserrata, liii INDEX Laplacea (continued). typica, lin. 40 a eciosa, symplocoides, liii. 41. tomentosa, _ var. glabrata, liii. 41. , lin. 4 W: ghtii Lapovien oer i sd Ixiii. 137, 170, Lappula, lix. 33, 34; xviii. 43, 44, 59; lxx. 6, 3 7, 47; Ixxiii. 57, 58, americana, Ixviii. 45; Ixxii. 124. angus Ixvili. 46. anoplocarpa, Ixx. 50. arida, Ixviii. var. Cusickii, Ixviii. 48. set ares a Ixviii. 46. rach obista: cet 47, 48. i i Ixvili. 47. deflexa, Ixviii. 45; Ixxii. 125. var. oe rego: 45; Ixxii. , 125. ener ies. Ixx. . foliosa, Ixx. 51. Dieleii, diffusa, Ixviii. 47, 48 = Ixii. 91; Ixiii. 288; Ixx. ta, Ixx. 48. ter edhe Ixviii. 46. foliosa, 51 Lappula var koa (continued). pe hex. 61: laxa, Ixviii. 45. heir Soe, Ixviii. 46 leucantha, lxviii. 4 leucotricha, lxx. 49. macrophylla, Ixviii. 45 canum, Ixviii. 46 micrantha, Ixviii. 47 montana, Ixx. 49, 51 47. Redowsli, I Meg 47, 48, 50; Ixxv. var. ——s Ixx. 49. ** occide ntalis, a pa e a ula, Ixx. 4 ‘ce pi —_ revoluta, avi. "45. homosperma, Ixx. 47, 50, 51. trachyphylla, ‘Ixviii. 48. ursina, Ixviii. 46. Ixx. Fremontii, lxx. 47, 48 — revi .. rlochidiata, Ixviil. 45. i Ixviii. 46. La me tantha, ge o ieviiie 46 ca j Crvp Eaxiv, 26. guatemalensis, Ixvili 46 . § Piptocalyx, Ixxiv. 26. helio , Ixvili. 45 ee Pterygium, Ixxiv. 26. Hendersoni, Ixviii. 48. Lap Ixxiil. heterosperma, Ixx. 50. echinata, Ixxiii. 60. 52 INDEX Larch, Ixiii. 109, a Ixx. 91. iarrhenum, ay 4, 15, 16; lxxiii. es osum, Ixx. 15; Ixxv. =e inaiobene Horsfeldi, ‘lix. 2 Lasi » xxv 46. Munroi, lxxy. 46. trich um, 46. Lastrea squamulosa, hoe xiii. 40. Lathyrus maritimus, lxii. ae 38, 41, 42, 80, 81, 91; Ixv. 4 palustris, Ixil. si, 82; ii. ais. va: nthus, li. 43 81: me myrtifolius, Gi. 81. “ pilosus, lxiii. 2 “* retusus, ‘ii, 43, 46, 81, 98. pratensis, lxiii. 132, — Lauraceae, lii. 62; Ixxiii. 2 agnolia, lviii. 10. Laurus —— lix. 28. Bowiei, lix. 28. ; Lechea intermedi, Ixiii. 130, 138. Lechero 48. Tedetiatca hyacinthina, Ivi. 14, um, a rea groe , xii. 159, 169. icae oryaides {; clandestina, Ixiii. _ f. glabra, Ixiii. 229. Leguminosse, li’ 69; lx 15 Iii. 80 3 127. immarginata, ily. 156, 157. laxa, liv. 186. leptocephala,, ae 67. noneae v. 188.” wattle i “163. haeroc v. 63. stenophylla, liv. 156, 157. liv. 155. urticiformis, iv. 49. Leiocarya, Ixxiii. 70. Lemna minor, Ixiii. 131, 238. Eggame (continued). sulea, lxiii. 131, 238. Sac tncheean lii. 88; Ixii. 93, 100. Leontodon clea Ixii. 97. Lepachys, 5. columnaris, ae & co era, 45. Lepicystis jaaracinan. var. dichotoma . 264. Leptolobium leiocarpum, lix. 23. Leptopharynx, lvi. 37, 38. gilensis, lvi. Lemmoni, Ivi. 39. secta, lvi. 39. Cio seral lvii 10, 11. Lepto — Bg nnata, lii. 38. ar. integrifolia, lii. 38. Lain, lvii. Newberryi, Ixviii. 96. ke pera lvi. 56. ucojum aestivum, Ixiii. 242, 244. 9. mauritanica, Ixxii olor, 1. , cupressoides, Ixx. 91. Licania, lii. 68. sparsipilis, lii. 67. a “undulata, litt. 6. Spanien des vi. 129. ticum a seat, ‘Ixii. 45, 86. Lileopet 111; Ixxii. 93, ’94. i.’94. sonleaec ney 94. INDEX 53 Lilaeopsis (continued). neata, Ixili. 110, 277; Ixxii. 93, occidentalis, xxii chaffneriana, Ixxii. erogtts liii. 1; Ivi. 1; lix. "as Ixii. 68, Liliun Bolanden Ixviii. 81. is) s 4 e BH. — vas tap Qo —. rtwegii, Ixviii. 81. columbianum, Ixviil. 82, 83. Howellii, Ixviii. 81, 83. boldtii, | Ixviii. 82. ii, Ixviii. pardalinum, Ixviii. 81-83. var. ee pr Ixviii. 81. “* ealifornicum, _ Ol. a bal lidifo lium, Ixviii. 81. * parviflorum, Ixviii. 82, Roezli, Ixviii. 81. , lxii. 36; 83 Lily, Blue, lxii odorum altum, Ixiii. 13 tuberosum, Ixiii. 132. Limosella aquatica, Ixiii. 110. ata, Ixii. 40, 46, 92; Ixiii 110, 150, 290. adensis, Ixiii. minor, lxiii. 132, 290. borealis, var. americana, Ixii. 42, Liparis Loeselii, Ixiii. 141, 245. Lipochaeta, 9 Liquidambar, Wiii. re styraciflua, lviii. Listera convallarioides, cs 137, 170. Lithodora, Ixxiii. consobrina, + ix, ,ones. G4, 63, 67. Ixxiv. 14-19; Ixxv. 44. Lines xx, 4, 15, 16, 18, 24, 27, 54, ; Ixxiii. "43, 5, 7 49, 55, 6 69; Ixxiv. 5 5, 16, 18; ge Phac a, Fendleri, wed i flexuosa, Ixv. 39. acrocarpa, Ixv. 39. simplicifalis, Ixv. 31. INDEX 69 Phacelia — f. egena, liii. 18. unda, lit. 18. dasyphyll, — 33. , lix. 32, heterophylla; ‘ix. 28. magellanica, lix. viscida, f. albiflora, Ixv. 43. i 43. Phanerogams, Philonomia » dite salicifolia, lii. 64; Ixx. 70. Phlox biflora, lvi. 57. Phoradendron, viii. Ss Viii. 49. Pp meets, Ixvii. 161. Phvllantiotdae, Ixvili. 85. Phyllitis, li. 171. ic mariana, lviii. 43, 44 ni lviii. 43. cotia, Ixxiii. 71. Pileus heptaphyllus, og 79. mexicanus, lxx. 7 Pinaceae, Ixii. 27, 90. Pine, lxiii. 132, 160, 162, 188; Ixvii. 175, 176, 203, 208; ‘Ix. 86. Jack, Wiii . 52; Ixiit. “188. Marni aritime, Ixii. 53. Pitch, Iviii. 50. Red, ‘Ixx. 91. Short-leaf, lviii. 49. : atest ir" :. o Pinus Banka, viii, 41-54, 60-63, i. 130, 188; Ixvii. 160. poet nie oy lviii. 49." itima, lxi mari i, 48, 56. montana, Ixii. 57. osa, Ixiii. 131, 188. cela iviii. 50. Pinus (continued). Strobus, Ixii. 54, 185; Ixvii. 160. lvestris, Ixii. 57. ubescens, lix. 17. mbivohier as lix. 17. moniliformis, lix. 17. » ine i7, 18. platycarpa, lix. 18. Piptocalyx, Ixviii. 54, 55; Ixx. 45; Ixxiv. 5, 6, 19-21, 25. circumscissus, Ixviii. 55; xxiv 41. dichotomus, Ixviii. 55; Ixxiv. 42. oorel, 1 Piqueria Cumingii, Ixxv. 4. 6, 53; . 43, 59, 6 68; lxxiv. 5, 18, 19, 22; Ixxv. 42, arizonieus,Ixvii. 65, 70, 71. var. catali ensis, ixviii. 70 asiaticus, bxxiii. 68 asper, Ixviii. A 70 INDEX Plagiobothrys (continued). tralasic Ixviil. 66, borneensis, Ixxiii. rr ey Ixviii. a 61, 64, 65, = fulvescens, Ixviii. 73, var. genuinus, lxviii. 73. = gracilis, xviii. 73. nelaee. Ixviii. 73, 74. campestris, Ixviii. 70. canescens, Ixviii. 60, 65, 70-72. cs — risianus, Ixviii. 67, 77: Ixxiv. colorans, Ixviii. 73. decumbens, Ixviii. 76. pete Ixviii. 67, 77. echinat XViil. 5. humistra shag ts G7, 77. Joneeti ts Ixviil. 64, Lechleri, a Ixviii. 66, 74; Ixxiii, 68 minutus, lxxiii malls te 66, ah Ixxiv. 105. var. vestita, Ixviii. 75. Nelsonii, xvi: 67°77. nitens, Ixviii. 68, 78. . 68, 78. Parishii, lxviii. 67, 78; Ixxiv. 104. Ixviii. 68, 79; Ixx. 41, 53. Plantaginaceae, Plantago altissim ma, Plagiobothrys {contianed). parv ulus, Ixviii. patagonicus, heya 66, 76. pedicellaris, me 66, 75. peri, Ixviii. plebejus, evi ey, 77; Ixxiv. 106. Pringlei, Ixviii. 57, 61, 65, 73. procu umbens, XVill. 8, 79, 80. pygmaeus, beviti 66, "74, rufescens, Ixvi 0 var. siasomwicie. Ixvili. 70. laxiflorus, Ixviii. 70. “ Renjifoanu 0 salsus, lxviii. 67, 78. opulorum, Ixviii. 68, 76, 78-80; 104. joe iceland, Ixviii. 66, 75; Ixxiv. 106. shastensis, lxviii. 65, 72. Stipitatus, ‘xviii. 67, 77. strictus, lxviii. 67, 78. tenellus, lxviii. 65, 72, 73 r: . lorans, Ixviii. io. » ixvili. 72. tenuifolius, Ix evi “68, 78. tinctorius, Ixviii. 65, a ein ixviii. 60, 65, 415483 104. Ixxi var. diffusus, Ixviii. 71, 76. perplexans, Ixviil. iy : ser hay Ixviii. 67, 78; lxxiv. 104, 106. ursinus, Ixviii. 5 57, 74. eri, Ixxiii. 68; Ixxv. 48. Zollinge deca § Allocarya, Ixviii. 66; v. 5, 103. Plagiobothrys 1 Ambiein Ixviii. 58. sinckiopsis, Ixviii. Phasihoticre § Echidiocarya, Ixviii 66. Plagiobothrys § L pepeenboirry Plagiobothrys § Genuin, Ixviii. 5 ilandia, Ixxiii. Plagiobothrys f Espeosis, Ixviii. 58. nnea , ixviii. 69. Ba 93, 100. Ixvii. 204. decipiens, Ixii. 40, 45, 94. erecta, lvi. 61. eriophora, Ixvii. 204. garica, hun; lanata, Ixvii. lanceolata, Ixvii tall Ixvii. 203, 204 . capi ata, ras ev - Pp a, Ixvii 3 capitata, Ixvii. 204. INDEX 71 Plantago (continued). anuginosa, Ixvi ar. sphaero Beale a, elk 203, {. eriophora, Ixvii. 203, major, lxii. : var. celia: Ixii. 40, 46, microcephala, Ixvii. 204. Parishii, aerostachya, Ixvii. 204. 35. Platyschkuhria pan egy Ivi. 39. egor iy. A guaicuru > B) Platynema, Ixxiii. 67. B} 2 > : eopeltis anaustii, a 6. ensifolia, lx sob weet 9. line Plumeria S echiontn, lili. 47. amneabhy liii, 48. uth Gentian, | ie 158, 160. Pueumaria Ixx. 46; i. 66, 67. eek 1, 143. gustifolia, var. costata, Ixiil. ann ua, Ixii. 63. costata, lxiii. 133, 139, 164, 251, pau pigs Ixiii. a ixvii. 161. ‘tien: ‘ trivialis, Ixiii. Podachaeniuim, hii. £0; liv. 31. inens, lii. 50 Sanieulstum, lii. 50 Pogonia, lxiii. 1 op ioglossoides, Ixiii. 101, 102, m. 140. r. brachypogon, Ixiii. 245. Polipodie a ‘the a i3l. Podonosma Pollichia, Ixxiii. 70. - paves acicularis, Ixxiil. ae ongestiflora, Ixxiii. 37, Dekindtii, cree Be liniflora, lxxiii. Polygala ataiet. Deltoides § Tetra- se Polygonaceae, lii. 62; Ixii. 70, 99. Polygonatum an Euan, lvi. 19. biflorum, Ixiii. 242 odoratum, lvi. 19. sd alee var. ambiguum, lvi.19. officinale, var. amie Ivi. 19. Polygonatum, lv Ivi igi, vi. 19. Polygonum, Ixiii. 165, 168, 258. aca adiense, ory 134, 165, 260, acre, lxill. 146 260. var. leptostachyum, Ixiti 260. : allocarpum, Ixiii. 151, 163, 260, aviculare, Ixii. 70; Ixiu, 261. 260. var. Salta ape Ixiii. 262. ren Bistorta, Ixv ee paordigc xiii. ectum, Ixi Toebel ier 70: Is 260-262. Hydro piper, Ixii. hy “dropiperides, tai 71; Axiii. 68, 260; Ixvii. 173, 174. ear digita ci Ixili. 260; Ixvii. 173. var. ualeatie hyum, Ixii. 43, 45, 71, 72, 98. x tius, Ixvii. 173. ineanum, Ixiii 259. an thifclium, Ixti. 71; Ixiii_ 258, ee ee: Ixiii. 258. var. incanum “ maculatum, Ix. 258. ** nodosum, Ixiii. ‘ “ pecticale, Ixiii. 258. ‘* prostratum, Ixii. 71. salici orion Ixiii. 259. kecsenle sitchense i. 260. B. buxifolium, = 260, 261 maculatum, Ixili. 258. aritimum, Ixiii. 260. Muhlenbergii, Ixiii. 166, 259; vii. 173. nodosum, Ixiii. 258, 259. 8. incanum, Ixi. 259. ? salicifolium, bail, 259. pallidum, cexinney beaiieanie Asiii. 259. var, ya pennsylvanicum, var. genuinum, ani laevigatum, Ixvil. 173. 72 INDEX Polygonum (contin = - sicaria, lxii. tome ime Ay Isiii. 259. eolbvuitiel ites xiii. 262. spd Ixiii. 1 146. ustior, Ixiii. 146. fobustins Ixiii. 147. poritanorum, Ixvii. 173. ali, i. = wal: ‘ixiiy 150, 158, sé robustius, isi, 147, 149, 155, 16 260, anum, Ixiii. ¢ Polya. cp hoe wale a, lil. 33. var. ae lii. 34. hypomalaca, hi. 33,34, “vulgaris, lii. 33, 34, zene eese, li, err, 177; Ixii. 57, —— li. 181; lxiii. 149; Ixvi. 33. seule, h. 181; lvii. 10. 3 bev. 7, 41. grey a Ixvi. Sg 128, 130, 131, 134, 136, 1 var. interm ees, Ixvi. 128, 129, 134, 136, 139, 140. var. Kaulfussii, Ixvi. 136, cambricum, Ixvi. 141. ttii Ixv. epis, Ixv. 6, 11 excavatum, 13. ar se , Ixvi. 127-132, 134, 136, Fauriei, Ixvi. 135. Filix femina, li. 179, 185. Filix—mas, 8, li 181; vii. 10. p TS, Glyeyrthiza, Ixvi. 127, 129, 136, bedeetnes Ixvi. 127, 129-131, 134, 136-139. incanum, Ixvi. 133. intermedium, bx Ixvi 136, 139. J elt 3-8, 10, 12-14. var. , Ixv. 5, 8. Poly peas (contenued), . Elizabethae, ie 14, “elongatum sinuatum ‘Ixv ** tricho ophorum, ee: 5, 8, lepidotum, liv. 7, 10. “Sle tay Ixv. 14. lineare, .o: ly Eioilisidies igv:'13; macrocarpum, Ixv. 7 rginale, | fr? mexicanum, lxv. 9. oveboracense, li. 181. — pol occidentale, Ixvi. 127, 132, 136, 139. amense, Ixy. 3, 6, 15.. 3. thaeticum, li. 181, 198, 203. colopendrium m, Iv, 13. atid osum, lxv bad mae me i 125-128, 130- 133, 135, | 141. a 141. [Mote Getta, xr! 142. . bipinnatifidum, lxvi. 141. 8. americanum, Ixvi y. occidentale, Ixvi. 126, 136. f. brachy pteron, nye 14. {, dlcdeaia. Ixvi. 1 f.rotundatum, Ixvi. 137, : 138, 141. a vari var. ee ae _lxvi. 12) 2. : alato-multifidum, Ixvi. 142 ‘““ angustum, Ixvi. 141. “ — attenuatum, Ixvi. 139. 141 INDEX is hehe {eon zed), ritum, kxvi. 141. bifido- fidum, Ixvi var. cambricum, Ixvi. 136, 141, var. / eh Ixvi. 142. columbianum, Ixvi. sei ine, Ixvi. 137, 139. pret Ixvi 139. 140. “ japonicum, lxvi. 135. “ Kaulfussii, Ixvi. 140. 2 occidentale, hiv 127; 134, 139. var. perpusillum, Ixvi. 138. pygm Xvi. f rot, Ixvi. 134, 137, 138. var. on: Ixvi. 142. m..1xyl. 128; 141. var. sinuatum, Ixvi. 142. “ transsilvanicum, Ixvi. 134, 139. var. virginianum, lxvi. 126, en : Eupolypodium, Ixvi. Polypodium § Goniophlebium, Ixvi. 128. Polypodium § Pleopeltis, Ixv. 13. Po hypody; | pot 133, 135, 1 2 ‘ ee Poly stich vi mee tts "xiii, 185. saad rn Ixxii. 89, 91. scopulinum m, Ixxii. 89. andinum, Ixxii 5 Braunii, Ixiii. gg 185 el aba Ixxil. pecs, inc. O92. as ieni. ‘89. var. scopulinum, Ixxil. 89. —— Ixxii. 89-94. elegans, Ixxii. 90-92. Lemmoni, lxxii. 92. scopulinum -91. var. a ey Ixxii. 91. Polystichum § Mohrioides, Be 91. Polyt gethae Bak 110, 138, 142, 150, 235, 236, 24 fie 278 eo Pond Lily, Ixiii. 167. - Pome} halsamitere, lviii. 43. Porophyllum, Ix. num neko Mi. 58. - ii. 58. Portulaca oleracea, Ixii. 7 Portulacaceae, eg 74, 99; Ixxv. 42. Potamogeton, Ixi 190. is us, [xiil. 189. amplifolius, lxiii. A189; — 160. an ngustifolius, Ixi bupleuroides, bi, 163, aD “60; Ixiil. confervoides, Ixiti. 145, 149, 191; dimorphus, Ixiii. 191; scam 160. a anes Wsiii. 191. Friesii, heii. ; Ixiii. 191. ineum, Ixiii. gramineus, Ixiil. “it 190, 191. 3. gramineus, Ixii 189 r pec ea Ixiii_ 190, - 191. var. myriophyllus, Ixiii. 189. ‘* spathulaeformis, _ Ixiii. 90, proles a. graminifolius, Ixiii. minifo lius, Ixiii. 189, 190. Etonic tan Ixiii. 189, 190. var. graminifolius | Ixiii. 189. iii. 191. 39: evil pectinatus, Ixii. 40, 60; Ixiii. 141, 192. seudomarinus, Ixii. 60. ; vagin varians, Ixiil. 190, 191. 74 INDEX ta os ors (continued). Ziz gramineus, Ixiii. 190, Potam ogetomacene, Ixii. 59, 99. Potentilla, Asin : 78. var. — Ixiii. canadensis, var. ‘simpler, Ixiii. 98. fruticosa, Ixiii. 1 101, 267. monspeliensis, Ixii. var. i Ixii. 43,77. pacifica, Ix. 40, palustris, ae 43, oe var. arvifolia, Ixii. 45, 78. procumbens, Ixiii. 155, 267. egg a re 175. recta, Ixiii. 267. trident dake, “Ixii. 45, 78, 138. Praxelis, lv. 318 8; Ixxv. 10. Riedelii, Ixxv. 10. i 319. Prima a farinosa Proserpinaca intermedia, Ixiii. 166, palustris, Ixili. 165, 277; Ixvii. 179. pect inata, Ixiii. 165, 168, 277; Psoraleae, lxv. Psoralidium Bigelovii, Ixv. 14, Psorobatus Benthami, Ixv. 15. . a Wheeleri, Ixv. 16. eer ge tinctorius, Ixv. 16. Ptelea, lviii. a trife li oe lvi Pteretis eediicis: ixiit 136, 164, 170, 18 Pteridophy tes, li. 169. Ptilocalyx, Ixx. 58. Puccinellia, Ixiii. 102. ma ritima, Ixiii. 94, 102, 231. paupercula, var. alaskana, Ixiil. Puccinia \ ery ptanthes, Ixxiv. 14. ens, Ixxiv. 1 Pulmonatia, Ixxiii: ‘53: 56, Of, GE. can adensis, Ixx Xx. 55. rang aaa Ixx. 55. —— Ixx. 17 scabra 7 * Pyrola ‘chlorantha, Isiii. 278; Ixvii. 179. see var. = Ixiii. 278; XVI . rotundifolia, var. americana, . 278, ie sroonsis, Ixiii. 97, 138, ;Ixv secunda, var. obiuata Ixiii. 146, 2 uniflora, lvii. 10. Pyrus am sarge Bisa 266. decora, Ixiii. 266. arbutifoia ty 156, 266; Ixvii. var PR St geebi Ixii. 42, 77; |xiil. 156, 266. heen Ixiii. 266. baccata. aac a ee eg 77; \xiii. 266. occide 266. uci site ag xiii. a Walpolei, lvi. ae reus os boreal hv a evi 173. Scinctions viii 49. ? Muhlenbergii, lviii. 44. olia, Iviii. 49. phellos, viii. 49. INDEX 75 panties 2: sogecae P var. ambigua, Ixvil. 173. eragereces punae, Ixxv. 19. culaceae, Ixii. 74, 99. Ranunculus, co 131. bort: , lxiil. 133, 264. seria. I Ixii, 75. Cymbalaria, Ixii. 40, 74. alpinus, Ixii. 74. Plammula, hs xiii. 157, 264. . reptans, Ixii. 75. Purshii, ‘Isiil, 131, 133, 164, 170, recurvatus, Ixiili. 136, 164, 170, repens, Ixii. 75. i. 74; 4: lxii. 8 Rhamnus as aioli, viii. és; Ixiii. 274. tinophloem, all 61, 64. age Rhexia vines, Ixiii. 149, 167, 168, ; lxvi. 177. Rhinanthus Cri ers Ixii. 93. oblongifolius, Ixii. 93. sd hii. 37. mor sis, lii. 36; ba 187. Pelnes 37; liv. Rhodedendron, ‘i. ie Ibiflorum, lvi. canadense s viridifolium, Ixiii. 278. maxithum, = 167. 5. Rhododendron : ‘Teutsis, lvi. 55. Rhodora, Rhopala. Jest s, xxiii. 41. Rhubarb, i ac Anil. 107. Rhus pin, ape Ixiii. 135. Poggei, Ixxv. Rhytispermum, Ixxiii. 47. Ribes hirtellum, var. calcicola, Ixiii. lacustre, Ixiii. triste, var. ee Ixiii. Ricinophyllum, Ixxii. 124. Romerito del cerro, Ixx. 83. Rosa carolina X nitida, lxvii. 176. var. setigera, lxvii. 176. nitida, Ixii. nitida X palustris, Ixvii. 176. nitida X Neg iana, Ixvii. 176 176. zis, Baill 104, 145, 147. “ts rage lvi. 15; li x. 8. virginiana, Ixii., 32, 41, 46, 79, 80. Rosaceae, lii. 66; Ixii. 77, 99. Rose, Ixii. 35, 36, 68, 79. Rothia caroliniensis, Ixvili. 94. Rottlera montana, Ixviii. 90. onosperma, Ixxiii. 42 peruviana, Ixxili. 42. pinnata, Ixxiii. 42 Rubiaceae, lii. 1 : Rubus, Ixii. 97, 101, 167, 270 abbrevians, Ixiil. 271; Ixvii. 176. allegheniensis, lxili, 268, 269; stn 1 nicola, Ixiii. 269; ie 175. saiaiedins. Ixiii. Andrewsianus, lxiil. ‘101, 269. arcuans, Ixii. 32, 39, 78, 98; Ixiii. : 6. ne ‘ bifo formispinus, Ixiii. 270, 272; i. 175. Ba sy Ixili. 269, 270. canadensis X procumbens, Lxiii. Chamaemorus, Ixii 99, 148, 165, 169, 268. elegantulus, oa a 270. flagellaris, Ixiii. 76 INDEX _—? cocipgaligengt aris X setosus, lxiii. 271. edioncke Ixiii. 268; Ixvii. 175. ar. neoscoticus hispidus, Ixii. 45, 78, 79; Ix, 272. hispidu us X Seren, 9. Saati lxiii. hispidus X setosus, lxiii. 272. ar. rege xiii. 272. leven Ixili. 2' var. Ay ed Ixiii. 268. ‘* strigosus, Ixiii. 268. illecebrosus, Ixvii. jJacens, Ixiti. 272; Ixvii. 176. junceus, Ixiii. 270. multiformis, ae 269; Ixvii. 175. nigricans 271. nigricans: x cencst ai Ixii. 79. ee Ixii. 79. segue, Ixvii. Dal ebcahation: Ixvii. orarius, xiii. pergra pergratus xX Pegi a Ixiii. plicatifolius, Ixiii. 270. procumbens, lxiii. 270. Randii, Ixiii. recurvans, Ixiii. 270; Ixvii. 175. recurvic aulis, Ixiii. 270; Ixvii 176. setosus, Ixii. 79; Ixiii. 271, 272. — atus, — 79; Ixiii. 156, 271; 2ii: Rudbeckia columnaris, lxv. 45. 45. columnifera, lxv. ce oe liv. 156. vermontanus, Ixiii. irta, lncwiata. ‘xiii: 298; Ixvii. var. gaspereauensis, i, liv. 115. Rue . Meadow bul: 75. Ruellia carn lii. 101. obtusata, hi. 105. Porteri rupestris, lii. aes ex Acetosa, Ixii. 95, 107, 258. lla, ‘Wiii. 66; Ixii. 37, 38, alpinus, Ini 107, 257. Britannica, Ixii. 43, 70. erispus, Ix. 44,70. a var. 70; lxiii 158, 258 "ie ; Ixvii. Ixvii. Rumex (continu ed). obtusifolius, var. sylvestris, lxiil. 2 occide ntalis, Ixii. 70. pallidus, Ixiii. 155, 257. heciis maritima, i. 60. lon neiten Ixii. sl 141, ime Ini. 192. Reprsshtin pelorate: liii 40, 60; Curranii, | Hamanii, liii. 31 Rye, Ixii. 14. 2s Lap eagle hee 10. smo Ixv eiigiai. Ixiii. 134, 234; lxvil. a 62. var. gpg nts ]xiii. 160, 234; Ixvii. 162. fusca, Ixii 234; hee 162. A cabeeaig Ixiii. 134 psig es Site i, 2: lvi Sabatia, Iii, 188. os 165. chloroides, Ixiii. 286. decandra, Ixiii. 160, 300. Rancdyoa te ii. 158, 160, 165, 149, 167, 286, 300; lx £: ‘candida, Ixvii. 180. ycla, Ixvii. 180. eee ailon ides: lxii. 89. 1 losa, icone Santttarie arifoli, Is tail 131, 137, 192 amici i. 131, 137, 192. ,_ Ix. 146, 192. INDEX 77 Salix pigercwrainse eatery Ixxii. brachyearpa, Ixxii. 125. cordata, Ixiil. 245. fuscescens, Ixxii. 1 var. hebecarpa, Ixxii. 123. hebecarpa, Ixxii. humilis, var. “= Cinta Lxiii pedicellaris, Ixxii. 123. purpurea, Ixiii. 95, 257. ill. 245 repens, Ixii. rostrata, Ixxii. var. “capreliolia, Ixiii. 257; 123 agg nes ee Ixxii. 122. cum bei past Toe Smithiana, Ixiii. 257. viminalis, Ixii. 69; xvii. 167. Salm ik anioides, 36. Salsola sativa, lili. 1 flex saman, lix Schaffneri, lix. —— flonibindus, Tdi 105, 142, 86; Ixvi i San sen! Ixii. 69. bipinnatifida, lix. 28. gregaria, Ixiii. 137, 170, 277. eee, ~— 277. Santokes tinetoria, lvi. 47. Sepak rancor i. Li nnii, li. 35, 36. Nelagiaii, a lii. Sapium annuum, "var. dentatum, Ixvili. 91. biglandulosum, var. Klotzschia- num, lxviil. cremostachyum, Ixviii. 91. Klotzschianum, Ixviii. 91. sylvaticum, var. linearifolia, Sapotaceae, lii igo Sappania praecox enia Scotia. ixvii. 174. purpurea, = 123. Saurauia —— ed). Buscalioniana, lii. 74. costaricensis, ‘lit. 76. brachitricha, lii. 76. colicotricha, lii. 76. latipetala, lii. 75. ovalifolia, lii. 76. 5. “ee Pringlei, lii. 7 seu ocostaricensis, lii. 76. subalpina, 75. Sere Ix. 77. Schebera Babcieigh mena palustris, Ixvii. 160. Schi saat 1, 63. achypus, ii, Schintocarpha: Hoffmannii, Ixi. = Schistocaryum, Ixxiii. 61; ‘Ixxv. ciliare, Ixxili. 62. myosotidium, lexi. 61, 62. ovalifolium, Ixxi suena a teh 97, 134, 135, 149, ame Ixili. 91, 92, 99, 103, p18, 148, 158, "168, 170, 186, 300; Ixvil. 159. Schizobasis, lvi vi. 4. Schizobasopsis, er 3, 4. volubilis, lvi Schisoptera lyrata, ti 34. uncularis, li. 34. ier ee 5 eupatorioides, Ix. 41. Schkuhria grifolia, lvi. 39. Schlechtendale 36. Schnella, lix. 22. icrostachya, lix. 22 vestita, lix. 22 Schoenocaulon, lvi. 1, 2 Schoenolirion, lvi. 3. albiflorum, lIvi. Elliottii, lvi. 3. Schoenus fuscus, Ivii. 10 Schollera macrocarpa, Ixii. 88. angustata, lix. 9. tachya, lix. 11. macro rostachya, lix. 18. prog ae 9, 10. Scilla hyacin hyaetnthotds, eet 14. : 14. Scirpus aciculais lvii. 1 acutus, lxii. 40, 15, 65; Ixiii. 101, 110, 131, 234. 78 INDEX Scirpus ee (continued). f. congestus, Ixiii. 131. americanus, lxii. 65. sgrkdbicigys Ixili. 134. ~~ georgianus, lIxiii. 134, campestris, var. Fernaldii, lxiii. 234 ers aoresoe ae. Ixvii. paludosus, lxii. 65. capitatus, Ixiii. 106. cespitosus, var. callosus, lxiii. 99, 148, 233. ae 0 234 us, xiii. 234. eaicdlanar: Ix. = eorgianus, hudsonianus, viii. és Isiii. 131, anus, lxii. 65; lxiii. 233. prcieicn gpa xii. 65; Ixiii. rong ngestus, Ixiii. Olneyi, init. 103, T10, 142, “233; Ixvii. 162. pauciflorus, Wiii. 65, pres 233. pedicellatus, Ixiii. 234. Scutellarioideae , Ixxi. os Ixxi, 61-63, 4, 79. tamaha, Ixxi. - og Ixxi. gorges bis. “64 65, Oi 79. Var. antirrhinoides, ‘ix me 65, 68, 71 , Scutellaria (continued). d. 68 9 6, 79. var. punctata, Ixxi. 77. dardionha ta: Ixxi. 66, 73. caro oboe Ixxi. 74. B. Ixxi. 74. Churchillians. eat 67. cordifolia, Ixxi. 78. var. pilosissima, Ixxi. 78. Drummondii, Ixxi. 66, 73, 79. epilobiifolia, ixxi. 64-67. 79. mes ora, Ixxi. 67. f.r a, Ixxi. 67 ye eoage lexi: 76. Footeana, Ixxi. 72. galericulata, Ix. 61, 64-66. f. albiflora, Ixxi. 67. veto ei 75, 76. neana, lxxi. 76. ag. sige xxi. 66, iS, eo a ar. brevifo lia, eat 0 teed © pened beet fecal . major multi died Ixxi. laevigata, Ixxi. 77. lateriflora, Ixxi. 63-67, 79. f. albiflora, Ixxi. 68. lia Mellichampi Ixxi. st Mocinian "heh nana, Ixi. 65, 72, 79. , Ixxi. 61, 64, 65, 70, 71, 9. f. ternata, lxxi. 70. nevadensi ixxi. va ¥ ovalifolia, 4 Sr 74. , ixxi. 61, 64, 65, 69, 71, lymo ha, Ixxi. 75. Fao hol Bh 273, 7 evifolia, Ixxi. 7 72, 73. INDEX 79 nenenae (continued). gosa, Ixxi. 78. sha a Ss sis, Ixxi. qi; saxatilis, Ixxi. 66, 78, 79. siphocampyloides, Ixxi. 71. uberosa, Ixxi. 66, 68, 7 versicolor, xxi. 66, 78, 79. racteata, Ixxi. 78. “minor, Ixxi. 78. Male es Ixxi. 68. oe Wrig xi. 72, ie § Soutellaropsis, Ixxi. 64. Sea Lungwort, Ixiii. urinega, Evo capensis, i. 89. fasciculata, ty 88. te Selliguea mexicana, ‘Ixv. 9. Senecio, lxx. 117; Ixxii. 113-116. aureus, Ixiii. 97; Ixvii. 208; Ixxii. 117, 118. pauciflorus, Ixxii. 119. y. borealis, Ixxii. 119. 3 discoideus, Ixxii 2. Balsamitae is. 299. Balsamitae, 299. Burkei, Ixxii. 1 us, 120, 121. discoideus, Ixxii. 117-121. i, Ixxii. 114, 115, 122 flavoviren ns, Ixili. 299. g nsi 299. ida oenala, bexil le 120, 121 116-122. 117, a ef var. umbratilis, lxiii. 299. pauciflorus, xxii. 116-119, 121, pauperculus, Ixiii. 299; Ixxii. 117, 118. var. Balsamitae, lxiii. 299. Pseudo-Arnica, Ixii. 45, 96. pseudo-arnica, lxv. 42. resedifolius, Ixxii. 113-118, Senecio resedifolius (continued). var. columbiensis, Ixxii. 115, " lyratus, Ixxii. 115. “ multicaulis, now 116. Robbinsii, Ixiii 97; Ixxii. 117. : iii. 299. .B ‘O Q. io} 5 oO & a) < oblonga, lii. 10; a 188. ovata, lii. rotundifolia, li. ig Seseli Nuttallii, vi. 35. 60. sphaerocarpa, lii. 60. viridis, var. Weinmanni, Ixiii. Setiscapella cleistogama, Ixiii. 108, subulata, Ixiii. 108. Schizoptera trichotoma, lii. 34. Shad-bush, Ixiii. 103. Shad Bush, Ber 130. Sheareri lit, Bhenhecdia canadensis, Ixiii. 164, 170, Shepherd’s : Purse, Ixii. 75. Short-leaf Pine, iviii. 49. Sida jamaicensis, lxviii. 4. Sideranthus australis, lii. 25. Siebera, lvi cierioeins Ivii. 11. —— DL: umbens, Ixiii. 95, 143, 231. Silene “alla, Ixiii. 94, 264 octiflora, Ixii. 74. pain ‘Poplar, Ixii. 55. adenophora, hii. 45. 80 INDEX _—— (continued). amplexicaulis, lii. 44, 46, 47; liv. 23, 160. var. decipiens, lii. 46 gen es hi. 46. ectens, lii. auriculata pt rr calva, lii. beyan we lii. 44, 45. exaristata, lii. 4 45, 4 47, var. epapposa 7 lit. 45. perplexa, lii. 45. ficifolia, lii. 45. foetida, lii. 45, 46. ae aS lii. 46. pa Nie hii. 54. Chiesbreghtii, lii. es grandiflora, li isea, 47. iarmcticnce: officinale, Ixii, 76; Ixiii. 140, 265. oe Ixii. 140, Seyrnslints, Ixiii. stifo folium, i 68; Ixiii. 95, MOAT lxiii. 96. 96, 138, 244. atlanticum, Ixiii. 95-97, 99, 244; Ixvii. 167 gramineum , Ixii. 43 43, 46, 68; Ixiii. 95, 96, 134 147, 244, aminoi ides, "stellata, Ixii. 41, 68; Ixiii. 159. Smilacina ( continued. s,s Ixili. 145. ifolia, si 97, 109, 144, 147, var. (Serie eee Ixiii 144, ~ 243. Snake-plant, lxi Solanaceae, lii, 85; i 92, 100. Solanum, Ixx. a 5 Bs y. Marinum, Ixvi . 202 var. villosis dich tomentosum, Ixvii. seerale, Ixvii. 202. , xii. 92. Peckii, ‘lil. Xantiy var. glabrescens, ‘Ixv. 43, Spencerae, Ixv. 43. Solenanthis, — Tt. : . 195 Ixiii tie ees y Ixiiil. 292; Ixvii. 204. oe Axiii. 143, ‘151, 293 x uniligulata, Ixvii. 205. Elliottii, Ixiit 1 144, 151, 157, 169, eee sa, Ixvii. 204. pigs dot "Tai. 157, 293. var. Nu ttalii, Ixiit. 293. humilis, niet juncea la tifolia, hadi. ae 170, 292; se ar. sphagnophila, Ixili 151, ‘ “* villosa, Ixiii. 292. sempervirens, Ixii. 41, 42, 95; haii. 157. serotina, xiii. 170, 293. Ar: yigantea, lxiii. 293; tenuifolia, xiii. 99, 144, 160, 169, 170, 293, 294; Ixvii. 205. os terrae-novae, xiii. 292. INDEX 81 Solidago spies siong le uliginosa, Ixii uniligulata, baiit "87, 292. var. neglecta, Ixiii. 292; . _terrae-novae, Ixiii. 292; lii. Solidago. jButhamia, xiii. 160. Ixiii. 99, 143. ion Ivii. 11. qua oes li. 11. 26. Sonchis, lxx as ars 97. seritcling, xxv. 26. Sonnea, a hage “a 61, 62, 64; Ixx. 46; Ixxiv. Sophora oblique: lix. 17. secundiflora, lxx. 90. Sorbus, lxiii. 266. menere Tt B., Ixiii. 266. L subvestita, Ixiii. 368. Sorrel, Ixii. 37. Sparganiaceae, — 59, 99. Sparganium, — eam, ‘xiii. anguststo tun, diversifolium, Ixiii. "189. i Ixii. 59. Spartina alterniflors, Ixiii. 110. pilosa, Ixili. 231; lxvii. Michauxiana, Ixii. 40, 45, 63. a a 72. stricta, ria a tacit Ixii. 72. leiosperma, Ixii. 40, 72; Ixiii. 142, 189. androcladum, Ixiii. 189. . 59. sage h actawngs Ixi. 23, 24; Ixv. 51. 3 23-25, 78. annii : Sphaerostigma erythra, fg 41. um, lxv. 41. eecuery «aes pallens, Ixiii. 136, 164, 170, ; Ixvii. 161. Spiderwort, a teek lviii. 49. Srilentiias liii. 5 _— diggs r. megalophylla, liii. 53. Spinacia Meat liii. 12 Spiranthes cernua, Ixiii. 157, 167, 245. var. ochr ary uca, ixiii, 167, mangolfians, "Indi. 45, 69. Spiro Lig sire Ixxi Spixia h — thers, Ixviii. 90. 90. Sieroucke etcton, Ixiti. 229. Spruce, isis 96, 97, 133, 142, 144, 62. achys nor anon Ixiii. 28 var. ho totncha, "xiii, 289. Staghorn Sumach, Ixi Starkea pinnata, hag 23. Statice chilensis 92. c ? taurina, : a lxxili. 66 Stegnocarpus, Steiractinia, lii. dulosa, lii. 48 heerte 4 , liii te attii, li. 49; liii. oyedaeoides, hi. is: lili. 26. iroi, liii Trianae, liii. 6. Steironema ciliatum, Ixiii. 286. Stellaria, lvii. 8._ Arenaria, lvii biota, t Ivii. 11, 13. graminea : 73; Ixiii. 264. groenlandica, lvii. 20. laricifolia, lvii. 16. longifolia, lxiti. 264 media, lvii. 8; lxii. 73, 74. su ecta uligin Semsdeia elongata, ‘li. 40. Stemonitis Mortonii, lx. 28. §2 INDEX Stenactis oe 400 lii. 29. andrium, lii. barbatum, pr lhectint hacen lii. 100. dulce, lii. 101. var. floridanum, lii. floridanum, li. 101. 101. filipes, li. Stonegatecibvins Ixxiii. 48. Stephanomeria, Ixv. 46. pensar liti. 22. a, liii. 22; Ixv. 45, 46. gros D hii Wheeleri, Ixv. 45, 46, ee matey i lii. 38. stage ith olia, lii. 38. Stevia, nig “43: Ixxiii. Ixxv. 8. calycina, "xxiii. Haenkeana, Ixi. 79. laxa, Ixiv. 3. Stumonie a mo Streblan S.. Ixxiii. 70. Streptopus amplexifolius, lxiii. 242, wa Haase ant toler "ii, 12. Aidiolarin aquatica, a 142, 143, 151, 156, 265; Ixvii. 174. Suchtelenia, xxiii. 69, 71. Sugar M aple, Ix Sumach, Staghorn, Ixiii. 105. Suncho, liv. 32. Sweet en, Wiii. 49. Sweet Po tato liii. 63. Swietenia macrophylla, lvi. 54. eee oe Ix. 31 Le 7,3: yricifoli icosum, XX. Symphostemon articulatus, Ixxiii. 38- oe solitus, xxiii. Biteghynae Ixx. 4, é: “oxi. 53, 54. meric , Ixx. 55. asperrimum, xiii. ay ixx: 8. 88 officinale, Ixx. 8, 55. tuberosum, Ixx. Si. 8 og foetidus, Ixili. 238. itrium myosotidis, lxxiv. 14. detente Sate liv. 2, 5, 6, 21, 72. sericeus, lii. 41; li Waberbasat iit 41: liv. 188. Syrmatium, liii. — — liii. 50. rg lii. 95. Palmas Taiateneens chrysocarpa, lii. Tauschia (continued). udicaulis, lvi. 32. eucedanoides, lvi. 32. pubescens, lvi. 33. ella, Ivi. 33. texana, te 31, 32. vestita, Tauschia, § Deweya Ivi. 32. § Drudeophytum, vi. 32. sh § Eutauschia, lvi. 32. ee § Museniopsis, lvi. 32. Taxus —"? Ixili. 185. Terania, Tetracoccus sey _— 88. Tetraneuris, lvi acaulis, var. easpitont, Ivi. 42. 44 epunctata, vi. - 43, 44. fastigiata, lvi. 45, 46. trinervata, lvi. Teucrium canadense, var. littorale, Ixii. 48, 46,,92; lxiii. 142, 289; Ixvii. 202. Thalictrum, Ixii. 37, 38, 75. dioicum, Ixi i. 75. polygamur, var. hebecarpum, 5. zibellinum, Ix. 75. Thaumatocaryon, Ixviii. rei xx. 4; Li; Toes oi: fog Hilarii, Ixviii. ah x 11, 12. sro um, Ixx , 13. quetrum, Ixx Thelyptens Boottii, ‘il 104, 186; Ixvii. 159. Fase, xiii. 165, 170, 186. ma arginalis, Ixiii. 186. INDEX 83 Thelypteris | ony 4 li. 164. mareolas Ixili. 165, 186. squamigera, Ixxiil. secndate Ixiii. 104, 154, 156, 158, ; Ixvii. 159. Thornbera, Ixv. 21, 22. umila, Ixv. 23. robusta, Ixv. 22 Thryallis, lii. 72 dasycarpa, lii Langlassei, lii. 71 tuberculata, lii. 72. Thuja, li. 210; lviii. 54, 55, 57-63; Ixiii. 101, 102; lxvii. 160. occidentalis, Ivii. 41, 43-45, 51, , 05, ay 63; Ixiii. 100, 102, 188; xvi Thymelaeaceae, liii. 38, is ophylla, yh; Thyrocarpus, ‘Ixxiii. 10,42 Thyrsacanthus geminatus, lii. 104, Th = micranthus, lvi. 3 - — aea, sain Ivii. 10; Ixii. 43, 46, 74, 76; Lxiii. 150, 265. issa, lvii. 8. Tithonia, liv. 2, 3, 5, 6, 8-10, 14, 19, 1, 52. angustifolia, liv. 58, 59. i iv. 9. 9. glaberrima, liv. 9, pachycephala, es 54, 58. Tonalanthus aurantiacus, li. 56. 84 INDEX Town ore hii. 23. spies cara, u. 5 iii. 5. Tradescanti, iii, 49, 50. a, lvili. 49. Teac es ia Teptophla Ixviii. , var. Panay Ixviil. stylaris, var. leptophylla, Ixviii. Tragopogon, lvi. 4; Ixxii. 126. andelion, ixxii. 126. a um exit virginicum, i. 126. Traxara, Ixxili. 51. Tree Fern, li. 179. Tretocarya, xxiii. 61. rercens Ixxill. 62. = s > Tric Trichodium: elatum, Ixili. 229. Se bi capitata, ~ 76. ocarpa, Tilewotnie um gracile, wi. 23, , 3. stellatu aay 37 Trichophyllum, Iwi. 10. Tri enia, xviii. 93. pilosa, Tridens logit, liv. 118. Trientalis americana, Ixii. 88 boreali joing 42, 88. Trifolium, lxv. 29. dubium, bali. 101, 273; Ixvii. 176. um, Ixii. 80. 5S tasienie: . 5S. Trichodesma, Lxxiii. 46, 69, 70; Ixxiv. Trigonocaryum, Ixxiii. _ 54, 63. involucratum, Ixx i. B4. stratum, ‘xxi : ia cgp tem Ix. 6, 46; es, 57-59; lxx ve poe . Trillium cernuum, lIxiii. 242. e , Ixiti. 140, 242. sessile, Ivi. 1 var. Staton, lvi. 19. luteum, lvi. 19. undulatum, Ixiii. 24 2 Underw: oodii, Ivi. var. lu uteum, Vi. 19. Triteleia eendillora Triumfetta gi abrata, ‘sx, 37. Welwitschii, Ixxiii. 38. Troximon, Ixxii. 126, 197, glaucum, Ixxtii. 126, 127. gracilens, Ixxii. 125. eae Ixxii. 126, 127. ginicum, Ixxii. 127. Piguen Li 11, 12. verna, lvil. 11. —— viii, "41, nadensis, lviii. 41. 09. Tupelo, Ixiii. ii. 14 Typha latifolia, Ixii. 44, 59. Typhaceae, lxii. 9, 99. doers Ixxiii. 70, | 92. Ulmus, | Uiebaaienl, gga, ti. Al. Urbinella, | Palmeri, lvi "49. ‘Urtica dioica, lxiii. 257. slandaatiods, Ixiii. 142, — , bxiil. 108, 29 cornuta, Ixii. 46, ae nail. "132, 144, 148; Ixvil. 203 Urticaceae, li. 61. Utrie —, a INDEX biniesh nooner gemi pa, lxiii. 142, 161, 290; Bi hs iMi 143, 291; Ixvii. 203 intermedia, Ixiii. 141, 291. juncea, lii. 88-90; Ixiti. 144, t minima, Iu. 89. macerrima, lii. minor, bs tat 01; Ixvii. 203. Peckii, purpurea, "Iii, 145, 161, 291; seiapiuaix, Ixiii. 1 163, 291. subulata, lii. 90; Ixiii. 100, 108, 142, 143, 169, 291, 300. va Ure hii. 16. va-ursi drupacea, liii. Pha Uvularia floridana, liii. — lx. 26 trococcum, 285. pe te sum, bei. 97; lxvii. 179. var. amoenum, ii. 285; Ixvii. 179. “ eo” Ixiii. 286; Ixvil. 1 macrocarpon, he. 43, 88; lxiii. Myrtillus, lviii. 66. Oxycoccus, Ixii. 88; Ixiii. 96, 98; Ixvil. pennsylvanic Ixii. 42, 87; Ixi ee 185, ‘138, 285. a vacillan a. “mii. “166, 286. Valeriana officinalis, Ixiii. 29 uliginosa, lvili. 65. Vallisneria spiralis, lviii. 53. Vani Ixiii. 164. Verbe ta, Verbenaceae, lxxv. 45. 85 heuer lii. 52; liv. 6, 13, 16; Lxxiii. apleura, lii. 53. hurii, liii. 26 densifolia, liii. 55. e sine Ixxiii. 10. paraguariensis, lii. 52. phle bodes, liii. 54. . 27. Verbesina § Ochratin nia, lii. 54. Verbesininae, lii. 38; liii. 53; liv. 7, 23, Vernonia, In. 17; ly. 312; Ix. 33. apiculata, lit. 17. triflosculosa, lii. 19. Vernonia Sieve ace oer aithaka hi Vernonieae, iii. 16; Ixi. 31: ae 27, 50. —— —, Ixvii. 203. , lviii. 65. — 290. , Ixiii. 134, 136, i. cassinoides, ie, ‘32, 42, 45, 94. Opulus, var. americanum, Lxiii. e Vicia angustifolia, var. uncinata, Ixil. 95, 273. ium, lxvii. 176 Vidoricum, liii. 16. Viguiera, lii. 8, 35, 37, 40; liv. 1-3, 5- 16, se 25, 29-32, 44, ‘45, , 54, , 108, 140, 141, 145, 149, 1 a acuminata, liv. "185. acutifolia, lliv. 27, 133, 147. 86 INDEX Viguiera (continued). — uy, liv. 26, 38, 63, 67, edenoiricha, liv. 120. amphichlora, eat 41, 161, 166. anchusaefolia, ii. 40-42, 131- 133, 155, 156. var. , = 156. a, liv. 157. ate liv. 17 17, "8 57, 59, 185, angusti es 251, 315. annua, liv. 108, 112. i I, 1 162. pele ep ra liv. 71. . gery aaptioiien: iv. 117, 118. senians liv. 28, ‘41, 132, 133, 42,1 attenuata, liv. 185, 186. 27, o. 38, 43, 116, aurea, liv. 132, 135 , 136. australis, liv. 27-29, 133, 148. Bakeriana, liv. 38, ‘39, 43, 123, bicolor, liv. 14, 99, 100 ble pharolepis, liv. 58. bombycina, liv . 36, 68, 71. Bon st ti nicl iae. liv. 186. bracteata, liv’ 28, 41, 161, 162, Brandegei, liv. 7, 39, 101, 106. part ecu liv. a 22) 26, "92, 99, breviflosculosa, liv. 39, 132, 134, . 29, 83, 84. 1, liv. 39, 40, 135, 138. pee he , liv. LZ, 46, 54. calva, liv. 1 114. : i apie, By. 114, 1a, 78. liv. 22, 29, 37-39, 68, var. genuina, liv. 26, 73, 74. jatequeme, liv, 26, 68 cornifolia, liv. 184. corymbosa, liv. 122. deltoiden hv 10, 22, 32, 60. deltoidea, liv. 22, 37-39, 80, 89, “ce Viguiera deltoidea (continued). enopodina, liv. 90, genuina, liv. 90, 91. <>. Pariahii, liv. oe tastensis, liv. 90, * Tow nsendii , liv. 90, — densifolia, lv. 156, 177, 178. 1. 35: liv. 2. i0, 15, 21; , 36, 37, 42, 62, 80, var. brevipes, i nid 86, 87. ** canescens, : “* helian anitioniad, liv. 44, 87. ncifolia, liv. 86. sncoide, cs 28, 30, 40, 133, Fa liv. 36, 122, 129. dissitifolia, liv. 131, 156. ia, li 86. eriophora, liv. 37, 63, excelsa, liv. 10, 17, 25, rs 46, 51, var. -dilatatifolia, liv. 53. — aciteukele. liv. 53. filifolia, liv. eo flava, liv. 46, 47, 56. var. genuina, liv. 48. pposa, liv. 31, 48. floribunda, liv. 186. foliacea, liv. hag 186. oo . 22, 27, 40, 133, Geran liv. 43, 162, 169. areca liv. gracillima, liv, 101, 105. ear EY, Ce , liv. 19, 26, 36, 68, 70-72. grandiflora, liv. 43, 122, 123, 126- 128. _ latifolia, nt 127. var. latifolia, liv. 127. 00. Greggii, liv. 59 anitica, iv ’39, ‘181, 1, 182. assleriana, liv. 39, 181, 182. INDEX heh (contin ued). lianthoides, liv. 1, 2, 26, 44, 86. Hemsleyana, liv. 46, 56. Hilairei, liv. 42, 134, 153. hirsuta, 1 hispida, liv. 41, 42, 75, 106, 114, hypoleuca, liv. 41, 161, 165. imbricata, liv. 28, ‘41, 161, 166. var. pes, Lehmannii, liv. 39, 134, 135, 137. leptocaulis, liv. linearifolia, liv. 177, 178. pec liv. 1, 10, 8, 41, 43, 158, 172 f. latiorifolia, liv. 28. var. acutior, liv. 174. genuina, iv. 173 i. typica liv. 173, 174. tiorifolia, liv. 174. longi, ei 108, 111, 112. liv. 187. et gen liv. 127. macrocalyx, liv. 28, 162,171. mieniarie iv. 187. a da, liv. 123, 128. macrorhiza, li. 13; liv. 31, 38, maculata, liv. 37, 42, 62, 63, 65. i, liv. 133, 151. mic ; 83, muerophitia, liv. 38, 39, 80, 93, v. 37, 41, h 69. 33, 1 v.28, 40, ‘2, 172, 175. 187. < & ba | 2 3 Bee: < Rg < S neva ~~ liv. 110. Nelsonii, liv. 83, nervosa, liv. 40, 161, 169. nivea, liv. ii, 187, 189. 87 Vi — (continued), non nudibasilaris, liv. aie , 150. — liv. 31, 42, 181. 183. , liv. 37, 63, 64. oie liv oblongifolia, ‘liv. 28, 43, 132, 162, he i liv. 108, 115. obtusifolia, liv. 36, 122, 129. li ovatifolia, liv. 43, 162, 163. sed cephala, liv. 10, 17-19, 46, "er, genuina, liv. fas Palmeri, lii. 36, 37 ‘liv. 188. Parishii arkinsonii, liv. 30, 38, 40, 69, 8. f. flaviflora, liv. 79. f. typica, liv. 79. pazensis, liv. 12, 27, 37, 38, 40, 142. , 32, 37, 40, 80, 94. Pringlei, goad 38, 43, 65, 69, 77, 78. prostrata, liv. punensis, liv. ia. 144. purisimae, liv. 28, 37, 38, 172, Purpusii, liv. 26, 37, 68, 69. pusilla, liv. 42, 160, 161, 188. quindcaredekk. liv. 10, "32, 38, uingu eremis, liv. 41, 162, 168. quitensis, liv. 37, 101, 107. radula, liv. 28, 37, 162, 163. '88. , liv. 188. reticulata, liv. 20, 38, 80, 87. : s 88. 46 re etrofiexa, liv. 88 INDEX fe goa Noire ig ed). luta, liv. 32, 42, 119, 121. nie bifolia, liv. 23, 37, "39, 68, rigida, liv. 10, 188. robusta, liv. 28, 43, 162, 166, 170, tit. var. genuina, liv. 171. ; 7. 171. tute liv. 46, 50. ar. oidea, liv. 157 strigosa, liv. 42, 101, 102 subcanescens, : sylvatica, liv. 38, 101, 102. Szyszylowiczii, liv. tenuifc olia, liv. 98, 116, 117. tenuis, liv. 30, 39, "42, 101, 104. ba, liv. 105. liv. 104. var. alba, liv. 105. teprodes, liv. 187, 189. os oe: 83, 84. tomentosa, liv. 36, 80, 88. trachyphll iv. 23, "37-39, 63, iv. 44, 134-136 liv. 184, 151. tuberosa, liv. 22, 40, 41 , 145, 180, cacaniausiins liv. 28, 41, 132, 133, 154. , 29, 40, Viguiera (continu op ed). erbaueri, ee ot, 122, 124. liv tip merser si liv 5, 96. td uae aE bene Seay liv: '20, 25, 26, {bles liv. 26. § Diplostichis, liv. 6-8, 16, 20, 22, 27, a 34, 38, toi.” uviguiera, liv. 3, 59. § Harpalizia, liv. § Heliomeris, liv. 34, 36, 108. Hypargyrea y liv. 9, 10, 25, 33 {Leigh liv. 2, 28, 29, 35, 116, 1 “alter liv. 26. a eee liv. 2, 11, 20, 27, \ Trichophyila liv. 11, 20, 22, Boop. 35, 36, 176. ureae, liv. 22, 27, 29, 35, 43, 132. ser. Bracteatae, liv. 16, 27- 29, Tay 38, 132, 159, 161, 185. r. Bre vifoliae, liv. 14, 26, 34. '36, 99. ser. Dentatae, liv. 11, 12, 15, a Pag 27-29, Bernt 79, 1 101. toglossae, liv. 12, 16, 19, 20,25, 26,27, 33, 68. randifi v. 22, 27, 34, 40, 122, ser. Wecuinens, liv. 12, 33, 62, 68, ser. Paradosa, liv 132. nnatilobatae, liv. 26, 33, 36, 80 ser. pte liv. 27, 34, 42, 119, su . Amphilep oY. nw 10, 17, 26, 31, 32, 36, “45, 5 185. ticaria, tin: 2,11, ”, = 32, 59, 184. g. Yerbalesia, 7 11, 20, 29, 3h = : Suaureae, liv. 12, 20, 35.1 132, 159. *« subser. Pusillae, liv. 35, 132, Villaresia ¢ hilensis, Ixx. 92. Vineaious aie: hii. 82, 85. cteniophorum, lii. 84. dasystephanum, lii. 84. INDEX 89 Viola blanda, Ixii. 84. canadensis, Ixiii. conspersa, ixiii. 276; Ixvii. 177. "ote ata, f. ited Ixili. 274 ar. microtitis, lxiii. 274. Jisearpa: Ixiii. 2 76. ar. leiocarpa, Ixiii. 275, 276 fimbri ect Txiii. 138, 275. mou Ixiii. e Fo rbesii, Ixiii. 84, 275 igure Ixvil. 177. lanceol i. 43, 84. liqua, Ixii : pallens, lxii. 46, 84; Ikxiii. primulifolia, Ie 150, nthe ae Brainerdii, 1xiii. 275. scabriuscula, Ixili. 275. neg ratte ag bi. 83, 84; Ixiii. 275. Mg wage! Ixii. 83, 99. Violet, 135. Blue ‘lit, 83. elle bai, 275. Virginia Spidecwort, lviii. 49. a oe en A oo pedunculata, lix var. densa, lix. 32. ** sepulta, lix. 32 30. phacelioides, lix. pulchella, lix. 31. racemosa, lix. 30 a, lix. 32. ; Laurea < ite. tava, (UT. Vittadinia triloba, lii. 30, 31. ouapa macrophylla, lix, 21:- phaselocarpa. lix. 19. Walking Sedge, eee 103. Westen li Poy WwW , lxi Wheelerell, viii. 55; Ixx. 45; Ixxiv. 6, 26. circumscissa, Ixviil. 55; rr ge: _dichotoma, Ixviii. 55 5; Ixxiv. 91. . +e pee . ot Wickstroemia, = 37, 38. bi eeive soy awit, EI: i. 16. triata, "Wi i Wikstroemia, lili. 36-38. acutifolia, liii, 39. Pp: ora, liii. 40. portoricensis, liii. 40. 90 INDEX Wikstroemia (-ontinued). pubesc ar. glabrata, hii. 41. villosa, ie 40. n. 41. rightii Wikstrémia, x 282. Wild Pea, Ixii. 34, 68, 81. Wild Pease, Ixii. 81. Willoughbya, Ixiv. 27, 96. bs v. 98, 115. cordifolia, for. 41, 109, 111, 115. 98. Hieronymi, Ixiv. 109, 115. hirsutissima, lxiv. 101, 114, 115. Houstoni a 31. anuginoss, Ixiv. 101. Lehmanni, lxiv. 46. leucophylla, Ixiv. 106, 115. 0, 115, v. 42, ‘111, 115. rvi: . 48. odorata, lxiv. 108, 115. officinalis, Ixiv. 108. parviflora, 8. guaco, lxiv. 108. pailostachya, Ixiv, 97. scandens, Iv. 19, Lil, 112, 115; var. barbinervia, so 19, 112, 115; Ixviii. 4 wie’ = Wii, 49. Wale peae xiv. 27. Shae vg be Willugh ies. ‘Ixiv. yf Witch Pak lviii. 42. With-wood, Txii. 35, 94. Wollastonia, li 1. 40 lata, Ii, 149, 166, 170, 185; levi 1 virginica 147, ah 166, 170, bil 92, 100, 14 Wulffia, lii. 39. wana liv. 13, 16. stenoglossa, liv. 16. Wyethia, liv. 3 Xeralsine, — 12. erotes, 4, glauca, neil Ivi. 5. at vi. 4. parte a, lvi. Ximenesia foetida, hii. 45. hispida, Xylopleurum sislttonell Ixxv. 18. Vv. pteru m, Ixxv. 17. Xylothermia, Ixviii, montana, Ixvi 84. — subs tomentosa, Xyris, txiii, 99, 149. bulbosa, Ixiii. 92, 239 earoliniana, Ixiii. 99, 104, 134, 239. xuosa, Ixiii. 239. montana, lxiii. 99, 148-150, 161, 239; Ixvil. 164. torta, ‘xiii. ‘92. baa Birch, Ixvii. 167-170. iii. 275. Yerba Buena, liv. a 122. erba de vibora, li : Yerba de la vivosa; ti 25. Yerbalesia, liv. Yueca brevifolia, Wa. 6 15,16... Draconis, var. arborescens, liii. Schot 15. cass tian eo 15. -csesgen lii. 50; liv. 97. hi. ’50. enatols, Hv v. 58. pinna: atilobata, liv. 95, 96. et Spas ri Zangolica-sangolico, liii. 59. x a entata, 8. major, lxill. 140. var «xii ont 192. Zauschneria seer la a Ixiil. INDEX Zexmenia, lii. 9, 52, 53; liv. 31; Ixv. 40. oe (continued). brevifolia, lii. 52. eiman chiapensis, lii. 53. perccateoay ee costaricensis, lii. 51. micranthus, liii. 4. var. villosa, lii. 51. paniculatus, liii. 4. frutescens, lii. 50. porrifolius, liii. 4 var enuina, lii. 51. texensis, liii. 4. “< villosa, lii. 51. vagin » lili. 4 fruticosa, lii. 50. venenosus, liii. 4. guar aranitica, In. 2. virescens, liii. 4. hispida, lii. "41; ag 187. Zinnia, lii. 34. heen lii. 53. iebmannii, lii, 35. myrtifolia, lii. "3. Tuouhes cylocardia, liii. 35. nicaraguensis, hi. 51. Zostera, eas 207. iensis, lii. 52. marina, lviil. 53; Lxii. 40, 60. soa hi. 51. vai. stenophvlls, Ixiii. rgulta ima, = . 49. eons liii. 2-5. a liti chloranthus, liii. 4. Zwa ekhia, iexiii, a5, 49, elegans, liii. 4. ; Ixxiii. 49. Fremontii Sena litt. 2, 4 liti. 3, 4. : var. brevibracteatus, hii. 4, Zygia Brownei, lix. 3. glaberrimus, liii. fastigiata, lix. 4. 91 192.